Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Batch 2019
Faculty of EngineeringPunjabi Univers i ty Pat iala
General Instructions to the Paper Setters
(Common for BTech in Electronics and Communicat ion Engineering Electronics and Computer Engineer ing and Integrated BTech MBA Branches)
Applicable from 2014 Batch
The paper s t ruc ture wil l be as shown belowPattern of Question Paper
TITLE OF SUBJECT (CODE----)Bachelor of Technology (Branch) helliphelliphellip
End Semester ExamTIME ALLOWED 3 Hour Roll Nohelliphelliphelliphellip
Maximum Marks 50
Note- Section C is compulsory Attempt any s ix questions by selecting three quest ions from section A amp three questions from section B
Sect ion-A (From Section A of the syllabus)Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 3x5
Sect ion-B (From Sect ion B of the syl labus)Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 3x5
Sect ion-C (From whole syllabus)Q11a) b) c) d) e) f ) g) h) i ) j ) 10x2=20
Note for the paper se t ter 1 Total numbers of questions to be set are nine (11) as per the above format 2 There will be FIVE quest ions in each of the Sections A and B Each quest ion will be of five
(05) marks However a question may be segregated into subparts 3 Section C is compulsory and contains ten (10) sub-parts each of two (2) marks 4 The maximum limit on numerical problems to be set in the paper is 35 while minimum limit
is 205 The paper setter shal l provide detailed marking instructions and solut ions to numerical
problems for evaluation purpose in the separate white envelopes provided for solut ions6 The paper setters should seal the internal amp external envelope properly with signatures amp
cel lo tape at proper place 7 Log tables charts graphs Design data tables etc should be specified whenever needed
Use of Scientif ic calculator should be clearly specified
P a g e 1 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 3rd SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2020-2021)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECE 201 Electronic Devices 3 1 0 35
ECM 201 Wave Propagation 3 1 0 35
HSS 201 Management Practices amp Organizational Behaviour 3 0 0 30
CPE 209 Object Oriented Programming using C++ 3 0 0 30
ECM 203 Data Structures and Algorithms 3 1 0 35
BAS 202 Discrete Mathematics 3 1 0 35
ECE 251 Electronic Devices Lab 0 0 2 10
CPE 259 Object Oriented Programming using C++ Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 253 Data Structures and Algorithms Lab 0 0 2 10
Environment amp Road Safety Awareness 2 0 0 00
20 4 6 23
Total contact hours 30
ECE 251 CPE 259 ECM 253 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
In addition to above mentioned subjects there will be an additional course on Environment amp Road Safety Awareness as a qualifying subject
P a g e 2 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 201 INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC DEVICES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Diodes and transistors are basic devices in electronic circuits These devices are made of semiconductor materials To understand the operation of these devices basic knowledge of the structure of atoms and the interaction of atomic particles in the semiconductor material are necessary The p-n junction formed by adjacent p and n semiconductors is the basis of the operation of the diodes and transistors This course discusses on the current flow across the p-n junction that contributes to the characteristics of the diodes BJTs and FETs The objective of this course is to give understanding on how current flows through the p-n junction and relating these phenomena to the characterist ics and operation of the diodes bipolar and field-effect transistors Students will learn the applications of diode as clipper clamper and rectifier operation of BJTs FETs behavior of BJTs at low frequency and working of SCR
Section ndash A
Semiconductor Diodes Qualitative analysis of a P-N junction as a diode V-I characteristics and its temperature dependence Break down diodes Varactor diode Tunnel diode Semiconductor photo voltaic effect Light emitt ing diodes
Application of Diodes Diodes as a clipper Diode as a clamper Sampling gate Diode as a rectifier Half wave rectifier Full wave rectifier Bridge rectifier ripple factor regulation capacitor input fil ters inductor input fil ter L-type and π type-filters Electronic Voltage regulator (Series and Shunt type)
Transistor Characteristics Junction transistor current components Transistor as an amplifier Transistor construction Common base Common emitter Common collector configuration Various regions photo transistor
Transistor at Low frequencies Graphical analysis of CE configuration two port devices and hybrid model h-parameters Conversion formulas for parameters of three configurations Analysis of a transistor amplifier circuit using h-parameter Miller theorem amp its dual comparison of amplifier configuration
Section ndash B
Transistor Biasing and Thermal Stabilization Need of biasing Types of biasing circuits Operating point Bias stability Stabilization against variation in I C O VB E and β Compensation techniques Thermal run away Thermal stability
Field Effect Transistors Junction field effect transistor pinch off voltage JFET characterist ics and equivalent circuit MOSFETS their construction and characteristics Biasing of JFETs
Thyristors Thyristor family SCR-static and dynamic characteristics Thyristor commutated Techniques two transistor analogy Triggering circuits Thyristor applications
Text Books
1 Electronics Devices by Robert Boylsted Tata McGraw Hill publications2 Electronic Devices and circuits MC-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition by Millman amp Halkias3 Power Electronics by P S Bhimbra Khanna Publishers
Reference Books
1 Integrated Electronics by Millman amp Halkias Mc-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition2 Electronic Devices and Circuits S Salivahanan Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi3 Electron Devices by Floyd Pearson Asia 5th Edition 20014 Microelectronic Circuits by Sedra Smith Oxford University Press
P a g e 3 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 201 INT EXT L T P CrWAVE PROPAGATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilit ies in electromagnetic field theory by study the behavior of statics and time varying electric and magnetic field in a medium and transmission line
Section ndash A
Basic of Electromagnetic Del operator Curl Divergence Gradient Gauss divergence theorem Stokes theorem Coulombrsquos law Gaussian law Faradayrsquos law Amperersquos law
Boundary conditions Boundary conditions at electric interfaces and magnetic interfaces Maxwellrsquos equation in integral and differential form for static and time varying fields
Transmission line Transmission line equation primary and secondary constants condition for loss-less and distortion-less line loading of lines quarter wave transformer stub matching concept of VSWR and reflection coefficients
Section ndash B
Antenna parameters Radiation resistance Radiation pattern Beam width Gain Directivity Effective height Effective aperture Polarization Bandwidth and antenna temperature
Radiating Wire Structures Folded dipole loop antenna Principles of pattern multiplication Broadside arrays End fire arrays Yagi-Uda Antenna Horn Antenna Log Periodic Antenna Antenna Measurements (Gain amp Radiation pattern)
Propagation of Radio Waves Friss Free Space Equation Different modes of propagation Ground waves Space waves Surface waves and Troposphere waves Ionosphere Wave propagation in the Ionosphere Crit ical frequency Maximum usable frequency (MUF) Skips distance
Text Books
1 Kraus Electromagnetics McGraw Hill New York2 Sadiku Elements of Electromagnetics Oxford Press
Reference Books
1 EC Jordan Electromagnetic Waves and radiating systems Prentice Hall of India New Delhi2 Antennas Analysis amp Design C A Balanis John Wiley 1997
P a g e 4 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 201 INT EXT L T P CrMANAGEMENT PRACTICES amp ORGANISAIONAL BEHAVIOUR 50 50 3 0 0 30
Course Objective The course prepares the students for successful professional l ife by inculcating in them the abilities to understand the human interactions in an organization find what can drive human behavior and influence them to get better results for attaining business planning organizing staffing directing coordinating and controlling the activit ies of business enterprise
Section ndash A
Introduction to Management Definit ion Importance and functions of Management Theories of Management Classical Neo-classical and Modern Planning Nature of planning planning process types of plans Importance and Limitations of Planning Introduction to MBO (Management by Objectives) Social responsibility of business
Decision Making Importance and Process Organization Process of Organizing Organizing Principles Organization Chart Authority and Responsibili ty relationship Steps in Delegation of Authority Communication Process channels medium of communication communication barriers Controll ing Steps types of control system essentials of effective control system
Section ndash B
Organizational Behavior Concept features and importance Personality determinants and development Role of Values and Atti tudes in individuals behavior The concept of motivation and its theories Perception Concept Process Errors in perceptual accuracy Role of perception in decision making
Learning Classical and Operant conditioning theory Reinforcement-kinds and administration Concept of group dynamics Leadership theories and styles
Organizational conflict Concept Dimensions conflict management techniques Introduction to concept of power and polit ics in work related organization Organization culture and effectiveness
Text Books
1 Aswathappa K and Reddy G Sudarsana Management and Organisation Behaviour Himalya Publishing House
2 Pierce John L Gardner Donald Gardner Donald Management and Organisational Behavior An Integrated Perspective Ed1 Cengage Learning India
3 Laurie Mullins Management and Organisation Behaviour 7e Pearson Education4 Stephen P Robbins Seema Sanghi and Timothi A Judge Organizational Behavior 13e Pearson
Education5 Stephen P Robbins Mary Coulter and Neharika Vohra Management 10e Pearson Education6 Heinz Weihrich and Harold Koontz Essentials of Management Tata McGraw Hill7 Gene Burton and Manab Thakur Management Today Principles and Practice Tata McGraw-Hill8 P C Tripathy P N Reddy Principles of Management Tata McGraw-Hill9 Dr Neeru Vashishth Principles of Management with case studies Taxmann Publication10 LM Prasad Principles amp Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons Delhi11 James Stoner R Edward Freeman and Daniel R Gilbert Management 6e Pearson Education
P a g e 5 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 209 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ 50 50 3 0 0 30
Course Objective To become familiar with object-oriented programming concepts using C++ and be able to apply these concepts in solving diverse range of applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of basic concepts (Data types tokens operators arrays strings structure) Concepts of OOPS Comparison between procedural and OOPS Elements of OOPS its paradigm its merits and demerits functions function overloading and function
Classes and Objects Classes creating a class accessing class members memory allocation for objects array of objects static objects friend class empty classes nested classes abstract classes and container class
Constructor and Destructor Its need Types of constructor- Default Copy Multiple Dynamic Destructor Constructor and Destructor with static members Order of execution of constructor and destructor
Operator Overloading and type Conversion Definit ion Rules for overloading overloading of unary and binary operators Overloading NEW and DELETE operators Type conversion- Basic type to class type class type to basic type class to class type
Section ndash B
Inheritance - Virtual base class types of inheritance typing conversions and visibil ity
Polymorphism - Virtual functions Virtual destructors Concept of binding- early and late Virtual functions Pure virtual functions Polymorphism
Exception Handling Basics of exception handling Exception handling mechanisms throwing mechanisms Catching mechanisms
Pointers and dynamic memory management Understanding pointers accessing address of a variable declaring and initialization pointer arithmetic pointer to pointer pointer to function pointer to array array of pointers pointer to object this pointers null pointers dangling pointers and memory leak
Managing Data Files File streams Hierarchy of file streams ReadingWriting of files accessing records randomly and sequentially and updating files
Text Books
1 Schildt H C++ The Complete Reference Tata Mcgraw Hill (2003) 4th ed2 Lippman B S Lajoie J and Moo E B C++ Primer Addison-Wesley Professional (2013) 5th ed3 Stroustrup B The C++ programming language Pearson Education India (2013) 4th ed
P a g e 6 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 203 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms To understand concepts about searching and sorting techniques To Understand basic concepts about stacks queues l ists trees and graphs To understanding about writ ing algorithms and step by step approach in solving problems with the help of fundamental data structures
Section ndash A
Basic Data Structures Arrays Stacks and Queues and Their Applications Linked and Sequential Representation Linked List Representation of Linked List Multi-Linked Structures
Searching and Sorting use of Various Data Structures for Searching and Sorting Linear and Binary Search Bubble Sort Insertion Sort Shell Sort Selection Sort Merge Sort Radix Sort Quick Sort
Hashing Introduction to hash table hash function resolving collision by chaining and open addressing deleting i tems from a hash table
Section ndash B
Trees Definit ions and Basic Concepts Linked Tree Representation Representations in Contiguous Storage Binary Trees Binary Tree Traversal Searching Insertion and Deletion in Binary Trees Binary Search Tree Heap and Heap Sort Algorithm
Graphs Sequential and Linked Representation of Graph-Adjacency Matrix Operations on Graph Traversing a Graph Dijkstras Algorithm for Shortest Distance Minimal Spanning Tree
File Organization Sequential Relative Index Sequential
Text Books
1 Data structures A Pseudocode Approach with-C 2nd Edition Cengage Learning (Thomson)2 An introduction to data structures with applications Mc-Graw Hill Inc JP Trembley and PG
Sorensen3 Data Structures and Program Design in C Prentice Hall of India 1992 Robort L Kruse Bruce P
Leung Cluvis L Tundo
P a g e 7 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
BAS 202 INT EXT L T P CrDISCRETE MATHEMATICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Throughout the course students will be expected to demonstrate their understanding of Discrete Mathematics Use mathematically correct terminology and notation Construct correct direct and indirect proofs Demonstrate different methods for Graphs Boolean Algebra and Switching Theory Apply logical reasoning to solve a variety of problems
Section ndash A
Relations and Functions Binary Relations Types of Relations Compositions and inverse of Relations Equivalence Relations and Partit ions Partial Ordering Relations Chains and Anti-chains Functions Injective Functions Surjective Functions Bijective Functions Sum and Product of Functions Inverse and Composition of Functions Inclusion and Exclusion Pigeon-hole Principle Linear Recurrence Relations with constant coefficients Homogeneous solutions Particular solutions Solution by Method of Generating Functions
Algebraic Structures Algebraic structures with one binary operation semi-group monoid and groups Cosets Lagrangersquos Theorem (only statement) Homomorphism of groups
Section ndash B
Introduction to Graphs Graphs and their basic terminology Multigraphs and Weighted Graphs Matrix representation of Graphs Paths and Circuits Shortest Paths in Weighted Graphs Dijkstrarsquos Algorithm Planar Graphs Eulerrsquos Theorem Eulerian Paths and Circuits Hamiltonian Paths and Circuits
Boolean Algebra Partially Ordered Set Lattices and Algebraic System Principle of Duality Distributive and Complemented Lattices Boolean Algebra Boolean Functions and Boolean Expressions Disjunctive and Conjunctive Normal Forms Applications of Boolean Algebra in Switching Theory Series and Parallel connections
Text Books
1 C L Liu Elements of Discrete Mathematics 2nd Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 20002 J P Tremblay and R P Manohar Discrete Mathematics with Applications to Computer Science Tata
McGraw-Hill 19973 K H Rosen Discrete Mathematics and its Applications 6th Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 2007
P a g e 8 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 251 INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC DEVICES LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Study of h-Parameters of CE transistor
2 Study of h-Parameters of CB transistor
3 Study of V-I characteristics of Photodiode
4 Study of V-I characteristics of photo transistor
5 Study of V-I characteristics of JFET
6 Study of VI characteristics of MOSFET
7 Study of Clipping amp clamping CKT using Diode
8 Study of V-I characteristics of SCR
9 Study of Diode as rectifier
10 Study of different filters
11 Study of V-I characteristics of DIAC
12 Study of V-I characteristics of TRIAC
13 Study the applications of Thyristor
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 9 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 259 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to illustrate the working of different iterative controls
2 Write a program to illustrate the use of conditional statements
3 Write a program to illustrate difference between call by reference and call by value
4 Write a program to illustrate use of classes and objects
5 Write a program to illustrate the use of constructors and destructors
6 Write a program to illustrate the use operator overloading
7 Write a program to illustrate the use of inheritance and type of inheritance
8 Write a program to illustrate the use virtual function
9 Write a program to illustrate the use runtime polymorphism
10 Write a program to illustrate the use of File Stream operation
11 Create a class Time with members hours minutes seconds Add two class objects and display time
12 Write a program to perform addition of two complex numbers using constructor overloading
13 Write a program to find the greatest of two given numbers in two different classes using friend
function
14 Implement a class String with the following
Overload + operator to carry out the concatenation of strings
Overload = operator to carry out string copy
Overload lt= operator to carry out the comparison of strings
Function to display the length of a string
Function tolower() to convert upper case letters to lower case
Function toupper() to convert lower case letters to upper case
15 Create a class called List with two pure virtual function store() to save a value and retrieve() to get a
saved value from the list Derive two classes Stack and Queue from it and override store and retrieve
16 Write a program to define the function template for calculating the square of given numbers with
different data types
17 Write a program to perform the deletion of white spaces such as horizontal tab vertical tab space
line feed new line and carriage return from a text file and store the result in another file
18 Write a program to raise an exception if any attempt is made to refer to an element whose index is
beyond the array size
P a g e 10 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 253 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to check whether a string is palindrome or not
2 Write a program to extract substring from given string
3 Write a program to implement stack using arrays
4 Write a program to implement queues using arrays
5 Write a program to sort a given list of numbers using following algorithm
Bubble sort
Insertion sort
Selection sort
Quick sort
Radix sort
6 Write a program to implement linear and binary search algorithm
7 Write a program to create a linked list and perform following operations
Insert element at beginning
Insert element at end
Insert element at given position
Delete element from beginning
Delete element at end
Delete element from given position
8 Take a list of numbers and create a sorted linked list from given list
9 Implement stack using linked representation
10 Implement queue using linked representation
P a g e 11 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P CrENVIRONMENTAL AND ROAD SAFETY AWARENESS 2 0 0 0
Time Allowed 3 hours Total Marks 100Total lectures 50 Pass marks 35
Instructionsa) The paper has been introduced from the session 2013-14b) The paper will be taught in the Second yearfourth Semester of all the UG Courses (BA BCom
BSc Law Engineering Commerce Agriculture etc) except LLB three year course and will be a qualifying paper only The marks of this paper will not be counted towards final score of the under graduate degree
c) This will cover only preliminary and basics of the subject and the paper will be set accordinglyd) The written paper will have two parts Each part of the paper will be of 50 marks and will contain ten
questions The candidates will attempt five questions out of each part The answer to each question should not exceed 500 words Each question will carry ten marks
Section ndash IUnit 1 The multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition scope and importance
Concept of Biosphere ndash Lithosphere Hydrosphere Atmosphere Need for public awareness (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 2 Natural Resources ndash Renewable and non-renewable resources Natural resources and associated problems
a) Forest resources use and over exploitation deforestation and its impactb) Water resources use and overutilization of surface and ground water and its impactc) Mineral resources use and effects on environment on over exploitationd) Food resources Effects modern agriculture fertilizer-pesticide problem water logging and
salinitye) Energy resources Growing energy needs renewable and non-renewable energy sources use of
alternate energy resourcesf) Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources for sustainable development
(7 lectures)Unit 3 Ecosystems
Ecosystem and its components Definition structure and function producer consumer and decomposer Types of Ecosystem (Introduction only) Food Chains food web and ecological pyramids (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 4 Biodiversity and conservation Introduction ndash Definition genetic species and ecosystem diversity value of biodiversity Hot spots of biodiversity Threats to biodiversity habitat loss poocting of wildlife man-wildlife conflicts Endangered and endemic species of India Conservation of Biodiversity (6 lectures)
Section ndash IIUnits 5 Environmental Pollution
Definition causes effects and control measures of a) Air pollutionb) Water pollutionc) Soil pollutiond) Marine pollutione) Noise pollutionf) Thermal pollutiong) Nuclear hazard
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution Solid waste management vermicomposting Disaster management Floods earthquake cyclone and landslides (7 lectures)
Unit 6 Social Issues and the Environment Urban problems related to energy Water conservation rain water harvesting water shed management Resettlement and rehabilitation of people its problems and concerns Climate changes global warming acid rain ozone layer depletion Consumerism and waste products Population explosion ndash Family welfare programme (6 lectures)
Unit 7 Introduction to Environmental Protection Laws in India
P a g e 12 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
Environmental Protection Act Air (Prevention and control of pollution) Act Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act Wild life Protection Act Forest Conservation Act Issues involved in the enforcement of environmental legislation (6 lectures)
Unit 8 Road safety Awareness Concept and significance of Road safety Traffic signs Traffic rules Traffic Offences and penalties How to obtain license Role of first aid in Road Safety (6 lectures)
P a g e 13 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 4th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2020-2021)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECE 209 Digital Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECE 210 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECM 205 Computer System Architecture 3 1 0 35
ECM 206 Operating System 3 1 0 35
ECE 213 Circuit Theory 3 1 0 35
ECE 214 Signals amp Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 254 Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 256 Operating System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 263 Circuit Theory Lab 0 0 2 10
Punjabi 3 0 0 0
21 6 6 33
Total contact hours 33
ECM 254 ECM 256 ECE 263 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
In addition to above mentioned subjects there will be an additional course on Punjabi as a qualifying subject
P a g e 14 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 209 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the student should be able to demonstrate the ability to use logic gates Basic Boolean laws minimization techniques for the designing of various combinational circuits The student should also be able to describe operation characterist ic equations excitation table of various flip flops and explain the conversion of flip flops Design and analyze sequential circuits from the basic building blocks and describe memories AD DA Converters Logic families and their characteristics
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of Number Systems Codes and Gates evaluating logic circuit outputs Implementing circuits from Boolean expressions Boolean theorems DeMorgans theorem universality of NAND and NOR gates IEEEANSI standard logic symbols
Combinational Logic Circuits Sum of product form Product of sum form Simplification of Boolean functions using algebraic and Karnaugh map methods Half adder Full adder half subtractor full subtractor circuits parity generator and checker circuits comparator circuit
Combinational Digital Circuit Design Multiplexer Demultiplexer Code converters Combinational logic circuits Some examples of Boolean gate ICs
Sequential Circuits RS JK D and T fl ip-flops circuits and their conversions Serial and parallel counters and shift registers Universal shift registers some examples of counter and shift register ICs
Section ndash B
Logic families and digital ICs Characterist ics of digital ICs Classification of different logic families TTL ECL MOS and CMOS their operation and specifications
Memories Semi-conductor memories ROM and RAM ROM using diodes BJTs and FETs RAM cell Memory organization and expansion An idea about other types of memories
Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Converters Variable register network R-2R DA converters DA accuracy and resolution AD converters Simultaneous conversion and counter method
Text Books
1 Digital Design by Morris Mano PHI 4th edition 2008 2 Digital principles and Applications by Malvino Leach TMH 2011 3 Digital System Principles and Applications by R J Tocci (PHI) 2009 4 Modern Digital Electronics by R P Jain TMH 2006 5 Digital Integrated Electronics by Taub Schilling TMH 2004
P a g e 15 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 210 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Through this course the students will acquire knowledge of -The behavior of BJTs at high frequency using pi-model -Develop the abili ty to analyze and design analog electronic circuits using discrete components-Concept of feedback used in amplifiers and its need -Working of power amplifiers power amplifier circuits tuned amplifiers Oscillators compare experimental results in the laboratory with theoretical analysis
Section ndash A
High Frequency Transistor The high frequency T model CB short circuit current frequency response Alpha cut-off frequency CE short circuit current frequency response Hybrid pi CE transistor model hybrid pi conductance in terms of low frequency h ndash parameters CE short circuit current gain obtained with hybrid pi model current gain with resistive load
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Power Amplifiers Class A large signal amplifier second and higher harmonic distortion transformer coupled amplifiers Efficiency of amplifiers Push-pull amplifiers (class A amp class B)
Tuned Amplifiers Single tuned capacitively coupled amplifier amp its steady state response Determination of Gain Bandwidth product Tapped tuned Inductively coupled single tuned circuit Double tuned circuits
Oscillators Condition for sustained oscillation R-C phase shift Hartley Colpitts Crystal and Wien Bridge Oscillators
Text Books
1 Electronics Devices by Robert Boylsted Tata McGraw Hill publications2 Electronic Devices and circuits MC-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition by Millman amp Halkias3 Malvino Electronic Principles Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
Reference Books
1 Integrated Electronics by Millman amp Halkias Mc-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition2 Electronic Devices and Circuits S Salivahanan etal Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi3 Electron Devices by Floyd Pearson Asia 5th Edition 20014 Liner Integrated circuits by Gayekward5 Engineering Electronics by Alley amp Attwood6 Burns and Bond Principles of Electronic Circuits PWS Publishing Company Boston
P a g e 16 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 205 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a digital computer To discuss in detail the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms amp implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition subtraction multiplication amp division To study the different ways of communicating with IO devices and standard IO interfaces To study the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory
Section ndash A
Introduction Design of basic computer Registers Accumulator Flags Program Counter Stack Pointer Machine Instructions Instruction Cycle Machine Cycle Components of CPU
Register Transfer and Micro operations Register transfer Language Register transfer Bus amp memory transfer Logic micro operations Shift micro operation
Controller Design Hardwired and Micro programmed Approach
Micro program Control Organization Control Memory Address Sequencing Micro program Sequences Microinstruction Formats and Addressing modes
Arithmetic Unit Comparison and Subtraction of unsigned Binary Numbers Addition Subtraction Multiplication Algorithm
Section ndash B
Memory System Memory CPU interaction Principle of locality (Temporal and Spatial)
Memory Organization Interleaved Memory Organization Memory Hierarchy Main Memory Virtual Memory Cache Memory Cache Organization (Direct Fully Associative Set Associative) Cache Coherence Memory Management Hardware Performance Considerations
Input-Output Organization IO interfaces and Buses IO operations Program driven Input- Output Interrupt driven Input-Output DMA Priority Interrupt
Pipeline Processing Overview of Pipelining Types of Pipelining Hazards (Data Control Structural)
Computer Peripherals and Interfaces Introduction to IO buses ISA PCI SCSI EISA Local bus VESA Local bus PCI bus PCI Express Accelerated graphics port bus
Text Books
1 Computer System Architecture MM Mano Prentice Hall of India2 Structured Computer Organization Andrew S Tanenbaum Prentice Hall of India3 JP Hayes Computer Systeui Architecture Prentice Hall of India New Delhi4 Ali leigh System Architecture South Wester publishing co New Delhi5 William Stallings ldquoComputer Organization and Architecture ndash Designing for Performancerdquo 6th Edition
Pearson Education 2003
P a g e 17 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 206 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn the fundamentals of Operating Systems To learn the mechanisms of OS to handle processes and threads and their communication To learn the mechanisms involved in memory management in contemporary OS To gain knowledge on distributed operating system concepts that includes architecture Mutual exclusion algorithms deadlock detection algorithms and agreement protocols To know the components and management aspects of concurrency management To learn programmatically to implement simple OS mechanisms
Section ndash A
Basic Functions and Concepts of Operating Systems Concept of an operating system batch system Multi-programmed Time sharing Personal Computer System Parallel system Real time system Network Operating System and Distributed Operating System
Features and Objective of Operating Systems System components operating system services System calls System Programmers System Structure Simple Structure Layered Approach Microkernel
Process Management Concept of process process states process control block Process Scheduling Scheduling Queues Schedulers and Context Switch operations on processes CPU scheduling Algorithms FCFS SJF RR and priority Multilevel queue scheduling Multilevelfeedback queue scheduling
Deadlocks Introduction to deadlocks Necessary Conditions for deadlock Resource allocation graph Deadlock Prevention Deadlock Avoidance Safe state Resource-Allocation-Graph Algorithm Bankers Algorithm Deadlock Detection Recovery from Deadlock
Section ndash B
Memory Management Logical and physical address space Swapping Contiguous memory Allocation Memory Protection Memory Allocation Fragmentation paging basic method Protection and shared pages segmentation basic method hardware Protection and sharing virtual memory Demand Paging Page Replacement Algorithms ((FIFO Optimal LRU LRU Approximation page replacement) Allocation of Frames Thrashing
Information Management Files - file concept file types File attributes fi le operations access methods allocation methods (contiguous l inked indexed) directory structure free-space management (bit vector linked list grouping counting)
Disk Management Disk structure Disk Scheduling (FCFS SSTF SCAN C-SCAN LOOK) Disk Management (Disk Formatting Boot Block Bad Blocks) Swap Space Management Swap Space Use Swap Space Location
Case Studies Brief introduction of Windows UNIX and LINUX
Text Books
1 Operating System (Sixth Edition) 2005 Galvin Silberschatz Addison Wesley Publishing Ltd2 Flynn Understanding operating Systems Cengage Learning (Thomson)3 DM Dhamdhere Operating System r A Concept Based Approach Tata Me Graw- Hill4 Operating Systems Design and Implementation Andrew S Tanembaum PHI (Latest Edition)
P a g e 18 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 213 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The study of electrical circuits takes off from principles of AC and DC theory and introduces the student to parameters and characteristics of various networks The aim of the subject to understand the different types of circuits and their analysis based on network theorems and to determine the current voltage and power in the circuit The students will be able to analyze two port networks stability of a circuit and to find time response of the circuit The circuits are designed using Foster and Cauer forms The knowledge of Laplaces transform and Inverse will help students to work in multi-disciplinary fields of electronics engineering
Section ndash A
Network Theorems and Two Port Network Descriptions Thevenins theorem as applied to ac circuits Nortons theorem as applied to AC circuits Superposition theorem as applied to ac circuits Maximum power transfer theorem as applied to AC Circuits Two port description in terms of open circuits impedance Parameters Short circuit admittance parameters Hybrid parameters and transmission Inter-connection of two port network Duality networks
Inductively Coupled Circuits Coefficient of coupling mutual inductance in loop and nodal equations
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Time Domain Analysis Unit functions-step impulse and ramp functions Laplaces transform and Inverse Solution of network problems using Laplace transform Solution of Transient and Steady state response of RL amp RC networks with different types of forcing functions Solutions of transient and steady state response of series RLC circuit with step input
Network Synthesis Synthesis vs Analysis Elements of circuit synthesis Introduction and general considerations in network synthesis Purpose and scope of network synthesis
Positive Real Functions Definition Necessary and Sufficient conditions for a function to be positive real testing of driving point functions for positive realness
Foster amp Cauer Forms Foster and Cauer Forms realization in terms of RC RL and LC networks
Text Books
1 Sudhakar amp Shyammohan ldquoCircuits amp Networksrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 Joseph Administer ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo S Chand Series3 Abhijit Chakarbarti ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo Dhanpat Rai amp Sons New Delhi4 Vanvalkenberg ldquoNetwork Analysisrdquo Prentice Hall5 D Roy Choudhary ldquoNetworks amp Systemsrdquo New Age International New Delhi6 Vanvalkenberg ME ldquoNetworks Analysisrdquo P rentice Hall of India (2007) 3rded7 Arshad M ldquoNetwork Analysis and Synthesisrdquo Laxmi Publications (2008) 2nded
Reference Books
1 Franklin F Kuo Network Analysis and Synthesis John Wiley (2003) 2nd ed2 Anderson BDOVongpanitlerd S Network Analysis and Synthesis Dover Publications (2006) 3rd ed3 Charles A Desoer Ernest S Kuh ldquoBasic Circuit Theoryrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company4 William H Hayt Jr Jack E Kemmerly ldquoEngineering Circuit Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company
P a g e 19 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 20 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 214 INT EXT L T P CrSIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The aim of this subject is to develop analytical capability of students by which they would be able to handle real time signal processing related problems and projects The understanding of various transforms will help the students to analyze the problems in both time and frequency domain
Section ndash A
Representation of Signal and Systems Classifications of signals Linear time invariant systems Representation of signals in terms of impulses Discrete time LTI systems continuous t ime LTI systems Properties of LTI systems Systems described by differential and difference equations
Section ndash B
Fourier analysis Signal representation using Fourier series Representation of periodic signals Continuous and discrete time Fourier series Exponential Fourier series Properties of Fourier series Convergence of Fourier series Continuous and Discrete time Fourier transform Properties of Fourier transform Analysis of discrete time signals and systems Correlation Autocorrelation
Random Signals Probability Random variables Probabili ty density and distribution functions Moments of random variables Random processes Transmission of signals through LTI systems Gaussian Process Central Limit Theorem
Text Books
1 Oppenheim Willisky and Nawab Signals amp Systems Tata Mcgraw HillNew Delhi2 Simon Haykin and Barry Van Been ldquoCommunications System Wiley 3 Eastern USA4 BPLathi ldquoCommunication Systems Oxford Press USA5 A Papouils Random Variables amp Stochastic Process Mcgraw Hill USA
Reference Books
1 Charles L Philips John M Parr Eve A Riskin ldquoSignals Systems and Transformrdquo Prentice Hall Third Edition 2003
P a g e 21 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 254 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To plot frequency response characteristics of a RC Single stage RC coupled Amplifier
2 To determine the voltage gain of a two stage RC coupled amplifiers
3 To plot frequency response characteristics of Transformer coupled amplifier
4 To plot frequency response of a tuned voltage amplifier and to calculate its resonant frequency
5 To find voltage gain of an emitter follower and find its operating point
6 To study Wein Bridge Oscillator
7 To study Phase Shift Oscillator
8 To study OP-Amp as Differentiator amp Integrator
9 To study diode as a biased and unbiased clipper
10 To study Astable Multivibrator using Transistors
11 To study Bistable Multivibrator using Transistors
12 To study OP-Amp as an inverting and non-inverting amplifier
13 To study OP-Amp as summing and average amplifier
14 To study the frequency response of audio amplifier
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 22 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 256 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
HARDWARE LAB
1 Identification of Motherboard Processor System buses Power supplies Memories
2 PC assembling
SOFTWARE LAB
1 Familiarization of UNIXLINUX Environment
2 Installation and Administration of UNIXLINUX operating system
3 Implementation of common commands of UNIX operating systems
4 Shell programming and its features
5 Implementation of programs using shell scripts
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 23 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 263 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 24 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P Crਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ 3 0 0 0
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪਜਾਬੀਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਸਿਵਖ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਕਲਾਈਫਾਈਗ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਵਜ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ
ਉਦਸ਼ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ 13ਾਸਿਤ ਅਤ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣਾ ਮਖ ਰਪ ਸਿਵਚ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਬਲਣ ਪੜਹਨ ਦੀਆ 13ਮਸਿ13ਆਵਾ ਨ ਦਰ ਕਰਨ ਦ ਨਾਲndashਨਾਲ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਨਸਿਤਕ ਕਦਰਾ ndashਕੀਮਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣ ਦਾ ਉਪਰਾਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ
1 ਪਜਾਬੀ ਦੀ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ(ਮਖ 13ਪਾਦਕ ਬਲਦਵ ਸਿ13 ਘ ਚੀਮਾ ਪਰਕਾਸ਼ਕ ਪਬਲੀਕਸ਼ਨ ਸਿਬਊਰ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਪਸਿਟਆਲਾ)ਭਾਗ ਪਲਿਹਲਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਾਲਿਹਤ
(ੳ) ਕਸਿਵਤਾ(ਅ) ਕਾਣੀ(ੲ) ਨਾਟਕ
ਭਾਗ ਦਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬ ਸਲਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਲਕਧਾਰਾਭਾਗ ਤੀਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਤ ਗਰਮਖੀ ਲਿਲਪੀ
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਸਿਤ ਨ ਭਾਗ ਨ ਪਰਤ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦ ਭਾਗਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਵ ਗਾ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਪਸਿਲਾ ਭਾਗ
ਪ 13ਤਕ ਦ ਪਸਿਲ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 36 ਅਕ ਨ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਦਜਾ ਭਾਗ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦ ਜ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 24 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਅਤ ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਦ 12ndash12 ਅਕ ਣਗ
(1) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਪਲਿਹਲ ਭਾਗ ਦ ਲਿਤ ਨ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ਅਤ ੲ ਹਨ ਇਨਹਾ ਲਿਤ ਨਾ ਉਪndashਭਾਗਾ ਲਿਵਚ ਹਠ ਲਿਲਖ ਅਨਸਾਰ ਸਆਲ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ
(ੳ) ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਕਲ 12 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਐਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਣਗ ਅਕ 12x1 = 12
(ਅ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਲਘ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 3ndash3 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ ਉਤਰ ਪਜ ਲਾਈਨਾ ਤ ਵਧ ਨਾ ਵ ਅਕ 3x3 = 9x2 =18
(ੲ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਖ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ ਅਕ 1x6 = 6
(2) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਲਿਵਚ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਇਸ ਪਰਕਾਰ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ(ੳ) ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਔਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ
ਅਕ 8x1 = 8(ਅ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਕਲ 5 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨ ਣਗ ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ
ਨ ਅਕ 5x2 = 10(ੲ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ
ਅਕ 6x1 = 6ਨਟ ਮਲਿਖਕ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ ਤ ਹੀ ਆਧਾਲਿਰਤ ਹਵ ਗੀ ਇਸਦੀ ਲਿਵਧੀ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਹਵ ਗੀ
P a g e 25 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ (ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ)ਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ
For Other State Students ofB Tech amp Six Year BTech-MBA Integrated Program Only
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 (ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ 60 ਅਕ) ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਵਲ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਨ ਦ13ਵੀ ਪਧਰ ਦੀ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਪਾ13 ਨੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਦੀ ਲਈ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਲਬ13 ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਵਰਨਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲ ਕ ਮਾਤਰਾਵਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਵਾਕ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨ 13ਬ ਧੀ ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ ਉਦਸ਼ ਪਜਾਬ ਦ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਦ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਤ ਵਾਝ ਰਸਿ ਗਏ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾਉਣਾ ਅਤ ਬਾਰਲ 13ਸਿਬਆ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਇਕ ਨਵੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾ ਕ ਉਨਾ ਨ ਪਜਾਬ ਸਿਵਚ ਰਜ਼ਗਾਰ ਦ ਮਸਿਕਆ ਦ ਯਗ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ
ਭਾਗ ੳ
1) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਵਰਣਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲਖਣ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) ਅਖਰ ਸਿ13 ਸਿਖਆ ਤਰਤੀਬਵਾਰ ਤ ਭਲਾਵ ਅਖਰ(ਅ) ਅਖਰ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਖਰ ਰਪ ਤ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ
2) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਅਖਰ ਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਧਨੀਆ ਦਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) 13ਵਰ ਤ ਸਿਵਅਜਨ ਵਰਗੀਕਰਨ ਤ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਉਚਾਰਨ(ਅ) ਲਗਾ ndashਮਾਤਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
ਭਾਗ ਅ
1) ਸਿਲਪੀ ਦ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ(ੳ) ਪਰ ਤ ਅਧ ਅਖਰ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ਅ) 13ਵਰ 13ਚਕ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
2) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਣndashਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਫ਼ਤ ਦ ਸਿਦਨ(ਅ) ਮੀਸਿਨਆ ਦ ਨਾਮ(ੲ) ਰਗਾ ਦ ਨਾਮ(13) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਰਸ਼ਤਾndashਨਾਤਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ
ਭਾਗ ੲ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਜੜਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਦ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ(ਅ) ਸਿਤ ਨ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ
2) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਵਰਗਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀਆ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਨਾਵ ਪੜਨਾਵ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਸਿਕਸਿਰਆ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਆਸਿਦ)
ਭਾਗ ਸ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਅਗਤਰ ਸਿਪਛਤਰ 13ਮਾ13 ਦਰ ਕਤੀ)(ਅ) ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਵਾਕਸ਼ ਉਪndashਵਾਕ ਤ ਵਾਕ)
P a g e 26 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ
(1) 13ਲਬ13 ਦ ਚਾਰ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x5 = 20x 1 = 20(2) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 13ਖ ਪ ਉਤਰਾ ਵਾਲ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x 2 = 8x 2 = 16(3) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਵਰਣਾਤਮਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਵ ਗਾ 4x 1 = 4x 6 = 24
P a g e 27 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 5th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 301 Analog and Digital Communication Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 302 Web Programming amp Scripting 3 1 0 35
ECM 303 Mobile Application Development 3 1 0 35
ECM 304 Computer Networks 3 1 0 35
ECE 303 Microprocessor and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 351 Analog and Digital Communication Systems Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 353 Mobile Application Development Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 353 Microprocessor and Applications Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective ndash I 3 1 0 35
STG 351 Summer Training 60
Drug Abuse 3 0 0 00
21 6 6 30
Total contact hours 33
ECM 351 ECM 353 ECE 353 amp STG 351 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers Summer Training will be of 4-6 weeks duration in Industry or in- house Qualifying subject
Elective - I
1 ECE 305 ndash Linear Integrated Circuits amp Applications2 ECE 306 ndash Control Engineering 3 ECE 301 ndash Opto Electronics4 ECE 316 ndash HDL Based Digital Design5 ECE 318 ndash Communication Theory6 ECE 319 - Electronic Switching Circuits7 ECE 320 - Transmission Lines and Waveguides8 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 28 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 301 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is intended to understand all types of analog and digital modulation amp demodulation techniques and Recognize the importance of pre-emphasis and de-emphasis Focus will be on the fundamental system aspects of modern analog and digital communication System After successfully completing the course students will also be able to analyze the performance of a baseband and pass band digital communication system
Section-A
Amplitude Modulation (AM) Introduction Basic elements of communications Noise Need for modulation Expression for AM Double sideband suppressed carrier (DSB-SC) single sideband (SSB) and vestigial sideband (VSB)
AM Modulators and Demodulators Introduction with circuit diagram explanation of square law modulator and balanced modulator Fil tering method and Phasing method for generation of SSB Envelope detector and square law detector Working principles and block diagram explanations of super heterodyne receiver Specifications of receiver sensitivity selectivity fidelity signal to noise ratio and double spotting
Angle Modulation Introduction to Phase modulation (PM) and frequency modulation (FM) Relationship between PM and FM Expression of Phase and frequency modulation Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis circuits in FM Armstrong system of FM modulator slope detector balanced slope detector quadrature detector for FM demodulation FM stereo transmitter
Section-B
Pulse Modulation Introduction Sampling theorem and its applications Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) Pulse Time Modulation (PTM) Pulse code Modulation (PCM) quantization quantization error quantization noise companding Delta modulation Adaptive delta modulation Line Coding Schemes Introduction of line coding scheme ON-OFF signaling polar signaling bipolar amp split phase Manchester signaling and comparison among them Introduction to inter-symbol interference eye diagram Modulation Schemes Introduction generation reception spectrum and geometrical representation of BASK BFSK BPSK DPSKQPSK QAM and MSK techniques Use of signal space for calculation of error probabili ty for BPSK BFSK and QPSK Block diagram of digital communication system and functions of each block
TEXT BOOKS 1Electronic Communication Systems ndash George Kennedy and Bernard Davis TMH 2 Modern digital and analog Communication systems B P Lathi Oxford University Press 3 Communication Systems Harold PE Stern Samy and A Mahmond Pearson 4 Communication Systems Singh and Sapre Analog and digital TMH 5 Principles of Communication Systems ndash H Taub amp D Schilling Gautam Sahe TMH6 John Proakis ldquoDigital CommunicationsrdquoMcGrawHill7 Simon Haykin Digital communications John Wiley and sons8 Digital communication system by JSchitode
P a g e 29 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 302 INT EXT L T P CrWEB PROGRAMMING amp SCRIPTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Students are able to develop a dynamic webpage by the use of javascript and HTML Students will be able to know of CSS JQuery and AJAX
Section ndash A
HTML Tags Elements Attributes Headings Paragraphs Styles Formatting Quotations Comments Colors Hyperlinks Images Tables Lists Iframes Forms Form Elements Form Input Element types Canvas
CSS Inline amp External Anatomy of a CSS ruleset Measurement Units Colors Backgrounds Fonts Text Links Tables Borders Margins Lists Padding Dimensions Display Visibil ity Positioning Media Types Printing
Section ndash B
Javascript Syntax Variables Operators Data Types Number Boolean Strings Arrays Date Objects Functions Events If Else Switch Case While Loop For Loop For in RegExp HTML DOM Error Handling Dialog Boxes
Frameworks Introduction to jQuery Bootstrap JSON
Text Books
1 HTML5 for Web Designers by Jeremy Keith2 The Essential Guide to CSS and HTML Web Design by Craig Grannell3 JavaScript amp JQuery The Missing Manual by David McFarland
P a g e 30 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 303 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is related to the development of applications on mobile and wireless computing platforms Android will be used as a basis for teaching programming techniques and design patterns related to the development of standalone applications and mobile portals to enterprise systems Emphasis is placed on the processes tools and frameworks required to develop applications for current and emerging mobile computing devices Students will work at all stages of the software development life-cycle from inception through to implementation and testing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Android The Android Platform Android SDK Android App Resources Android App Manifest File Android App Permissions
Android Application Design Essentials Anatomy of an Android applications Android terminologies Application Context Activities Activity lifecycle Activity state changes Tasks and back stack Parcelables and bundles Fragments Services Intents
Section ndash B
Android User Interface Design Essentials User Interface Screen elements Designing User Interfaces with Layouts working with different types of resources
Android Architecture Components View Binding Data Binding LiveData ViewModel
WorkManager Room Persistence Library
Text Books
1 Lauren Darcey and Shane Conder ldquoAndroid Wireless Application Developmentrdquo Pearson Education 2nd ed (2011)
Reference Books
1 Reto Meier Professional Android 2 Application Developmentrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd2 Mark L Murphy Beginning Androidrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd
P a g e 31 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 304 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Build an understanding of the fundamental concepts of computer networking Familiarize the student with the basic taxonomy and terminology of the computer networking area Introduce the student to advanced networking concepts preparing the student for entry Advanced courses in computer networking Allow the student to gain expertise in some specific areas of networking such as the design and maintenance of individual networks
Section ndash A
Introduction history and development of computer networks Types of computer networks LAN MAN WAN broadcast and point to point networks Network topologies
Layered Architecture concept of layers protocols interfaces and services The OSI Reference Model The TCPIP Reference Model Comparison of OSI and TCPIP Models
Physical Layer Concept of Analog amp Digital Signal Bandwidth Transmission Impairments Attenuation Distortion Noise Data rate l imits Nyquist formula Shannon Formula
Switching Circuit Switching Message Switching and Packet Switching Comparison of Repeaters Hubs Switches
Transmission media Twisted Pair Co-axial Cables Fiber Optics Wireless Transmission Radio and Microwave and Infrared Transmission
Section ndash B
Data Link Layer Data l ink layer Design Issues Error Detection and Correction Elementary data link protocols An Unrestricted Simplex Protocol A Simplex Stop and Wait Protocol A Simplex Protocol for a Noisy Channel Sliding window protocols A One Bit Sliding Window Protocol A Protocol Using go back N A Protocol using Selective Repeat CSMA CSMACD Protocols
Network layer IP Addressing IPV4 header Fragmentation
Routing algorithms Shortest Path Routing Flooding Distance Vector Routing and Link State Routing Introduction to Congestion Congestion Control
Transport layer Introduction to Elements of Transport Protocols UDP TCP
Application layer Electronic-mail WWW Domain Name System SMTP HTTP
Text Books
1 A S Tannenbaum Computer Networks 3rd Edition Prentice-Hall2 D E Comer Internetworking with TCP-IP Principles Protocols and Architecture Vol I 2nd Edition
Prentice Hall 19913 D E Comer and D L Stevens Internetworking with TCP-IP Design Implementation and Internals
Vol II Prentice Hall 1990
P a g e 32 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 303 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To introduce 8085 architecture and programming in assembly language To introduce basic concepts of interfacing memory and peripheral devices to a microprocessor To introduce serial and parallel bus standards To introduce 8086 microprocessors To introduce various advanced processor architectures such as 80X86 Pentium and Multicore Processors
Section ndash A
Introduction Overview of architecture and instruction set of 8085 introduction to interfacing and inputoutput (IO) techniques Introduction to timing and control interrupts and programming of 8085Bus Contention amp solution
Interfacing Chips Block diagram and modes of operation of interfacing devices 81558156 and 83558755 multipurpose programmable devices 8279 programmable keyboarddisplay interface 8255A programmable peripheral interface 8253 programmable interval t imer 8259A programmable interrupt controller 8257 direct memory access(DMA) controller and 8251 USART
Section ndash B
Microprocessor Applications Interfacing of single and multiple digit seven-segment LED output display Interfacing of DAC (AD 558 AD 7522 amp DAC0800) and ADC (AD570 AD7574 and ADC0800) Applications like Temperature measurement and control water level indicator measurement and display of motor speed and traffic light control system
8086 Microprocessor Architecture memory segmentation parallel processing addressing modes instruction set and simple programming examples
Text Books
1 Ramesh S Gaonkar Microprocessor architecture Programming and applications with 8085 E Prentice Hall 2002
2 A Mathur Introduction to Micro Processor Tata-McGraw Hill3 Microprocessors and Digital systems by Douglas Hall Tata-McGraw Hill4 Fundamental of microprocessors and Micro Computers by B Ram Dhanpat Rai amp Sons5 Micro Processor 8086 by Gibson PHI
P a g e 33 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 351 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
17 To study line coding signals and its formats
18 To study Amplitude Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
19 To study Frequency Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
20 To study Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
21 To study Differential Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
22 To study Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
23 To study the sampling theorem amp reconstruction of signal
24 To study Delta Modulation amp Demodulation amp its characteristic
25 To study Adaptive Delta Modulation amp Demodulation
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 34 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 353 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Develop an Android application using various components fonts and colors
2 Develop an Android application that uses Layout Managers and event listeners
3 Develop an Android application for basic calculator
4 Develop an Android application to write data to the SD card
5 Develop an Android application that uses Fragments
6 Develop an Android application that uses Navigation component
7 Develop an Android application that uses GPS location information
8 Develop an Android application using various Firebase services
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 35 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 353 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To write and test a program for finding the largest and the smallest numbers out of the given list of
numbers
2 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in ascending order
3 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in descending order
4 Study of microprocessor-based temperature recording and monitoring system
5 Study of microprocessor-based Traffic Light Controller
6 Study of microprocessor-based DC Motor Controller
7 Study of microprocessor-based Stepper Motor Interface Card and Controller
8 Study of interfacing of ADC with microprocessor
9 Study of interfacing of DAC with microprocessor
10 To write and test different programs involving the use of interrupts subroutines Flags etc
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 36 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 305 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrLINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives This course introduces theoretical and circuit aspects of operational amplifier which is backbone for the basics of l inear Integrated circuits and its various applications and introduce some special function ICs
Section ndash A
Operational Amplifiers Differential Amplifier ndash Transfer characteristics CMRR PSRR current mirror voltage references internal structure of Op-amp Ideal Op-amp Characteristics Inverting and non-inverting Op-amp offset error voltages and currents slew rate characterization of Op-amp parameters Op-amp internal design starting from basic differential amplifier
Negative Feedback In Op-Amps Block diagram representation of feedback configurations Voltage-series feedback Amplifier Voltage shunt feedback amplifier Differential amplifiers with one op-amp two op-amps and three op-ampsFREQUENCY RESPONSE OF AN OP-AMP Frequency response Compensating Networks Frequency response of internally compensated Op-Amps Frequency response of Non compensated Op-amps Closed loop frequency response Slew rate causes of slew rate and its effect on applications
Section ndash B
Analog Systems with Operational Amplifier as A Building Block Basic applications ndash Inverter scale changer adder voltage to current current to voltage converter voltage follower Bridge amplifier Instrumentation amplifier Analog Integrator and Differentiator Logarithmic amplifier anti-log amplifierComparator amp other applications Comparator comparator characteristics limitation of Op-amp as comparator voltage limiters zero crossing detector timing mark generator precision rectifier average detector peak detector window detector voltage to frequency amp frequency to voltage converters
Specialized IC Applications Active filters First order low pass Butterworth Filter Second order low pass Butterworth Filter First order high pass Butterworth Filter Second Order High pass Butterworth Filter higher order filters Design of active filters Band Pass filters ndash wide band amp narrow band Band reject filters ndash wide band amp narrow band all pass filters 555 timer and its use as bistable monostable amp astable multivibrator Schmitt trigger Phase locked loop 565 applications frequency synthesizers and current differencing (Norton) amplifier
Reference Books
1 Op-Amp amp Linear Integrated Circuits- R A Gayakwad 4th Edition Pearson 20022 Operational Amplifier amp Linear integrated circuits- R F Coughlin amp FF Driscoll -6 th Edition and
Pearson 20013 Design with Op-Amps amp Analog ICs -Sergio France 3rd Edition McGraw Hill Hirher Education4 Linear Integrated Circuits- D Roy Choudhry New Age International Limited Publication
P a g e 37 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 306 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCONTROL ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To provide sound knowledge in the concepts of l inear control theory and design of control systems Further aims are - To develop mathematical model for electrical and mechanical systems - To understand the use of transfer function models in physical systems and simplification -To provide adequate knowledge in the time and frequency response of systems and steady state error analysis -To learn the importance of controllers and effect of different controllers to accord basic knowledge of stabili ty and various techniques to calculate stability -To introduce state space representation for different models -To study the basics of compensation and different types
Section ndash A
Basic Concepts Classification Open loop control system closed loop systems linear and non-linear systems time variant amp invariant systems Relative merits and demerits of open and closed loop systems Servomechanism
Mathematical Modeling Transfer function Mathematical modeling of electrical mechanical systems Analogies Block diagrams and signal flow graphs and their use in determining transfer function
Analysis Time and frequency domain analysis Transient and frequency response of first and second order systems Correlation ship between time and frequency domain specifications Steady-state errors and error constants Concepts and applications of P PD PI and PID types of control
Section ndash B
Stability Definit ion pole and Zero concept Routh-Hurwitz cri terion Root locus techniques Nyquist criterion Bode plots Relative stability Gain margin and phase margins
State Space Analysis Concepts of state State variables and state models State space equations Transfer function Transfer model State space representation of dynamic systems State transit ion matrix Controllability and observability
Compensation Necessity of compensation series and parallel compensations compensating networks
Reference Books
1 Modern Control Engg by K Ogata Prentice Hall New Delhi 19742 Control System Components by JF Gibsen Mcgraw Hill 19633 Automatic Control System by BC Kuo Prentice Hall 3rd Ed 19784 Control System Engineering by IJ Nagrath amp Gopal Wiley Eastern Ltd New Delhi5 DP Eckman Automatic process control6 Liptak ldquoHandbook of process controlrdquo
P a g e 38 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 301 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrOPTO-ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is to provide understanding of working principle performance analysis of various important components of fiber optical communication systems such as optical transmitter receiver optical amplifiers couplers split ters optical modulators etc When actual design of wavelength division multiplexed fiber optic communication systems will be done then working knowledge of Lasers LEDs photodiodes various types of optical amplifiers multiplexers fil ters etc will be beneficial The course is designed in a such way that the students learns the basic principle types of structures with their performances characterist ics of light sources (such as Lasers LEDs) optical detectors such as various types of photodiodes optical amplifiers multiplexers fi lters etc components of a wavelength division multiplexed optical communication systems At the end of course the student of must have thorough understanding of active and passive components of optical communication systems The course also provides basic knowledge of optical sensors which are used in optical instrumentation and many other applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of optoelectronics advantages applications-Network Military Civil industrial Sensors etc
Optoelectronic Sources Introduction Basic concepts Optical emission from semiconductor Semiconductor injection Laser amp its various structures injection laser characterist ics threshold condition wavelength tunable Lasers LED power and efficiency Heterojunction LED structure designs characterist ics Modulation response of an LED Source-Fiber coupling
Optoelectronic Detectors Introduction Device types basic principal of optoelectronic detection Absorption Quantum efficiency Responsivity wavelength cutoff Types of Photodiodes with and without internal gain Mid-infrared photodiode phototransistors Photo-conducting detectors Noise Considerations
Section ndash B
Passive Network Components amp Sensors Introduction CouplersSplit ters WDM multiplexers Demultiplexers Fil ters Isolators Circulators Attenuators Electro-optic Modulators Acousto-optic Modulators and their application areas
Optical Sensors classification-point distributed Intensity phase amp spectral Smart structures amp applications
Optical Amplifiers And Integrated Optics Introduction Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers (SOA) Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFA) Fiber Raman Amplifiers (FRA) Application areas of optical amplifiers Some integrated optical devices OEICs Optical bi-stability and digital optics Optical Computation
Reference Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash DK Mynbev LL Scheiner Pearson Education Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications
P a g e 39 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 316 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrHDL BASED DIGITAL DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of iterative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Introduction to HDL Design Flow Design Methodologies HDL History Capabilities Hardware Abstraction Basic Terminology Model Analysis Comparison between VHDL and Verilog
Basic VHDL Elements Identifiers Data Objects Data Types Operators
Behavioral Modeling Entity declaration architecture body Various Sequential Statements and Constructs multiple processes postponed processes
Dataflow Modeling Concurrent Signal Assignment Statements delta delay model multiple drivers block statement concurrent assertion statement
Structural Modeling Component Declaration component Instantiation resolving signal values
Section ndash B
Supporting Constructs Generics and Configuration Subprograms and Overloading Operator overloading Package declaration package body
Advanced Features Generate statements qualified expressions type conversions guarded signals attributes aggregate targets
Model Simulation Writing a Test Bench and Simulation for combinational circuits
Programmable Logic Devices (PLD) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) Basic Concepts Architecture and Usage
Text Books
a) A VHDL Primer ndash Jayaram Bhasker Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey b) VHDL Programming by Examples ndash Douglas L Perry Mc Graw Hill Fourth Editionc) FPGA based implementation of Signal Processing Systems RogerWoods John McAllister Dr Ying
Yi Gaye Lightbody Wileyd) Advanced FPGA Design ndash Architecture Implementation amp Optimization Steve Kilts
P a g e 40 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 318 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives After completing the course the student should be able to - Understand the basics of information theory and communication systems -understand the role of probability and statist ics in the analysis of communication systems -Solve problems related to channel capacity and spectral efficiency
Section ndash A
Introduction to information messages amp signals Classification of signals The discrete and continuous spectrum Power spectrum Energy density spectrum Dirac delta functions Sampling theory and approximations Convolution of signals LTI systems
Discrete probabili ty theory Continuous random variables Statist ically independent random variables Probability density functions of sums Transformation of density functions Ergodic Process Correlation functions Spectral density and White noise
Atmospheric Thermal Shot and Partition noise Noise figure and experimental determination of noise figure Shot noise in temperature limited diode and space charge limited diodes Pulse response and Digital noise
Section ndash B
Networks with random input Auto-correlations Spectral density and probabili ty density input-output relationships Optimum system and non-Linear systems Maximum criterion Equivalent noise bandwidth
Definit ion of information Units of information Entropy Uncertainty and information rate of communication Redundancy Relation between system capacity and information content of messages Shannonrsquos theorem Discrete noisy channel Channel capacity for different discrete channels
Text Books
1 Hancock JC ldquoAn Introduction to the Principles of Communication Theory Tata McGraw Hill 19612 Sharma Sanjay ldquoSignals and Systemsrdquo S K Kataria amp Sons 20093 Swartz Information Transmission Modulation amp Noiserdquo Mc Graw Hill4 Taub amp Schilling Principals of Communication System Mc Graw Hill5 Simon Haykin ldquoCommunication Systemsrdquo Wiley
Reference Books
1 Papoulis and S U Pillai ldquoProbability Random Variables and Stochastic Processesrdquo Tata McGraw Hill 2002
2 Claude E Shannon ldquoA Mathematical Theory of Communicationrdquo Bell System Technical Journal 27(3) 379-423
3 T Cover and J Thomas ldquoElements of Information Theoryrdquo Wiley 2006
P a g e 41 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 319 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC SWITCHING CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understanding of switching concept and different types of switching techniques Capabilit ies amp other details of finite state machines can be explored Will boost the knowledge of synchronous and asynchronous circuits design amp analysis Also explore the various types of Hazards
Section ndash A
Introduction to Sequential Circuits FlipndashFlops Flip-Flop conversions Classification of Sequential Circuits Registers and Counter circuits
Design amp Analysis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits Sequential circuits introductory examples Counters Finite state Machines Sequence Detector and Sequence Generator circuits Definite state model Basic definit ion Capabilit ies amp Limitation of finite state machines state equivalence amp machine minimization simplification of incompletely specified machines Extraction of maximum compatibles synthesis amp analysis of synchronous sequential circuits
Design amp Analysis of Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Introduction to asynchronous circuits t iming diagram state diagram amp flow tables fundamental mode circuits synthesis state assignment in asynchronous sequential circuits
Section ndash B
Hazards Introduction gate delays generation of spikes production of static hazards in combinational networks elimination of static hazards design of hazard free combinational networks hazard free asynchronous circuit design dynamic hazards essential hazards
Contact Networks amp Symmetric Networks Relay contents analysis amp Synthesis of contact Networks Properties of symmetric functions Synthesis ampidentification of symmetric functions Iterative Networks
Text Books
1 Switching and finite automata theory by ZVI Kohavi2 Logical design of switching circuits by Douglas Lewin 3 Logic Design by NN Biswas
P a g e 42 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 320 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrTRANSMISSION LINES AND WAVEGUIDES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the students should be able to familiarize with the new concepts towards propagation of signals through transmission lines and waveguides
Section ndash A
Classification of guided wave solutions-TE TM and TEM waves Field analysis transmission lines Rectangular and circular waveguides Excitation of waveguides Rectangular and circular cavity resonators
Transmission line equations Voltage and current waves Solutions for different terminations Transmission-line loading
Section ndash B
Impedance transformation and matching Smith Chart Quarter-wave and half-wave transformers Binomial and Tchebeyshev transformers Single double and triple stub matching
Microstriplines stripline slot lines coplanar waveguide and fin line Micro strip MIC design aspects Computer- aided analysis and synthesis
Text Books
1 DMPozar ldquoMicrowave Engineering (3e)rdquo Wiley 20042 JDRyder ldquoNetworks Lines and Fieldsrdquo PHI 20033 RECollin ldquoFoundations for Microwave Engineering (2e)rdquo McGraw-Hill 20024 SYLiao ldquoMicrowave Devices and Circuitsrdquo(3e) PHI 20055 J A Seeger ldquoMicrowave Theory Components and Devicesrdquo Prentice-Hall6 Jordan ldquoEM waves and Radiatingrdquo Prentice Hall7 GSN Raju ldquoElectromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Linesrdquo Pearson Education
P a g e 43 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
INT EXT L T P CrDRUG ABUSE PROBLEM MANAGEMENT AND PREVENTION 50 50 3 0 0 0
Note This is a compulsory qual i fying paper which the students have to study and quali fy during three years of their degree course
REGULAR STUDENTSMax Marks 70 Max Time 3hrsInternal Assessment 30Total Marks 100 Lectures per week 2
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERSThe question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have four quest ions from the respect ive sect ions of the syllabus Each question shal l carry 7 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 14 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any three quest ions f rom sect ion A and any three quest ions from sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
PRIVATE STUDENTSMax Marks 100 Max Time 3hrs
Lectures per week 2INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERS
The question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have three quest ions from the respective sect ions of the syl labus Each quest ion shal l car ry 15 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 20 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any two quest ions f rom sect ion A and any two quest ions f rom sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
SECTION AUNIT I ndash Problem of Drug Abuse Concept and Overview Types of Drug Often Abused
(a) Concept and OverviewWhat are drugs and what constitutes Drug Abuse Prevalence of menace of Drug Abuse How drug Abuse is different from Drug Dependence and Drug Addiction Physical and psychological dependence- concepts of drug tolerance
(b) Introduction to drugs of abuse Short Term Long term effects amp withdrawal symptoms Stimulants Amphetamines Cocaine NicotineDepressants Alcohol Barbiturates- Nembutal Seconal Phenobarbital Benzodiazepines ndashDiazepam Alprazolam FlunitrazepamNarcotics Opium morphine heroin Hallucinogens Cannabis amp derivatives (marijuana hashish hash oil)Steroids Inhalants
UNIT II ndashNature of the Problem Vulnerable Age Groups Signs and symptoms of Drug Abuse (a)- Physical indicators (b)- Academic indicators (c)- Behavioral and Psychological indicators
SECTION BUNIT III ndash Causes and Consequences of Drug Abuse
a) Causes Physiological Psychological Sociological b) Consequences of Drug Abuse For individuals For families For society amp Nation
Unit IV- Management amp Prevention of Drug AbuseManagement of Drug Abuse Prevention of Drug Abuse Role of Family School Media Legislat ion amp Deaddiction Centers
Suggested readings1 Kapoor T (1985) Drug Epidemic among Indian Youth New Delhi Mittal Pub2 Modi Ishwar and Modi Shalini (1997) Drugs Addiction and PreventionJaipur Rawat Publication3 Ahuja Ram(2003) Social Problems in India Rawat Publications Jaipur4 2003 National Household Survey of Alcohol and Drug Abuse New Delhi Clinical Epidemiological Unit All India
Institute of Medical Sciences 20045 World Drug Report 2011 United Nations Office of Drug and Crime6 World Drug Report 2010 United nations Office of Drug and Crime7 Extent Pattern and Trend of Drug Use in India Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment Government of India
20048 The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1985 (New Delhi Universal 2012)
Pedagogy of the Course WorkThe pedagogy of the course work wil l consist of the fol lowing 70 lectures ( including expert lectures) 30 assignments discussion and seminars and class tests Note A visi t to drug de-addiction centre could also be undertaken
P a g e 44 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 6th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 311 Artificial Intelligence and Machine learning 3 1 0 35
ECE 307 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 35
ECM 312 IoT and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 313 Database Management System 3 1 0 35
ECE 357 Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 363 Database Management System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 370 Minor Project 0 0 2 10
Elective-II 3 1 0 35
Elective-III 3 1 0 35
HSS 151 Communication skill Lab
18 6 6 25
Open elective
Total contact hours 32
ECE 357 ECM 363 ECM 370 and HSS 151 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
This is an optional course and student can opt any one elective subject from university Approved Open Elective Subject List with the consent of ACDHEADCourse Mentor
Elective - II
1 ECE 310 ndash Microelectronics 2 ECE 311 ndash Micro controller amp Applications3 ECE 312 ndash Information Theory amp Coding4 ECE 313 ndash Reliability Engineering5 ECE 315 - Modern Control System6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective - III
1 CPE 405 - Soft Computing Techniques2 CPE 406 - Digital Image Processing3 CPE 313 - System Simulation amp Modeling4 CPE 318 - Business Intelligence5 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 45 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 46 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 311 INT EXT L T P CrARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have an appreciation for and understanding of both the achievements of AI and the theory underlying those achievements To have an appreciation for the engineering issues underlying the design of AI systems To have a basic proficiency in a traditional AI language including an ability to write simple to intermediate programs and an ability to understand code written in that language To have a basic understanding of some of the more advanced topics of AI such as learning natural language processing agents and robotics expert systems and planning
Section ndash A
Artificial Intelligence Techniques levels of models understand the importance functions advantages as well as the limitations of art ificial intelligence Use of Artificial Intell igence and intell igent agents
State space search control strategies heuristic search problem characteristics production system characteristics Mapping between facts and representations approaches to knowledge representation semantic sets frame conceptual depending scripts predictive logic resolution in predicate logic
Section ndash B
Procedural Vs declarative knowledge matching conflict resolution Non-monotonic reasoning default reasoning statistical reasoning knowledge extraction Investigate the roles and development methods of artificial intell igence in decision making processes Neural network resources cognitive science role of neural network in computer science
Characteristics of AI language LISP-symbol manipulation- basic l isp function predicated condition recursion iteration Array-lambda functions input-output statements AI problems pattern recognition voice recognition Feature Extraction
Text Books
1 Artificial Intelligence by Rich and Kinght TMH2 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence by Charniak and Mcdermott Addison-Wesley 1985 3 Essentials of Artificial Intelligence by Ginsburg Morgan Kaufmann 1993 4 Artificial Intelligence by Winston 3rd Edition Addison Wesley 1992 5 Artificial Intelligence by Padhy Oxford Press
P a g e 47 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 307 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective DSP makes use of mathematical methods in order to handle and analyze the signals The use of such mathematical methods allows extracting information and even modifying the signal in order to use it as we desire DSP so widespread today and applied in everything around us At the end of course students may able to apply different operations of DSP such as filtering noise cancelling enhancing distorting smoothing in many application eg audio and speech processing sonar radar and other sensor array processing spectral statistical signal processing digital image processing signal processing for telecommunications control systems biomedical engineering seismology among others
Section ndash A
Z-Transform Introduction to signals and systems Z-transform pair properties of region of convergence (ROC) for the Z-transform properties of Z-transform analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Z-transforms System functions for interconnection of LTI systems Block diagram representation for causal LTI systems
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) Frequency domain sampling and reconstruction of discrete t ime signals DFT inverse DFT (IDFT) DFT as a linear transformation relationship of the DFT to other transforms properties of DFT use of DFT in l inear fil tering fil tering of long sequences frequency analysis of signals using DFT
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Direct computation of DFT divide and conquer approach to computation of the DFT radix-2 FFT algorithms use of FFT algorithm for efficient computation of the DFT of two real sequences and of the DFT of a 2N point real sequence
Section ndash B
Digital Filter Structures Introduction structures for FIR systems Direct form cascade form and latt ice structure structures for IIR systems Direct form cascade form parallel form and latt ice structures Fixed point representation of numbers errors resulting from rounding and truncation
Design of Digital Filters General considerations causali ty and its implications characterist ics of practical frequency selective fi lters design of symmetric linear phase FIR filters using rectangular Kaiser and Hamming window Design of digital IIR fil ters using impulse invariance transformation method amp bilinear transformation method
Text Books
1 Johan G Proakis and Dimitris G Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithms and Applicationsrdquo PHI
2 Oppenheim amp Schafer ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo PHI
P a g e 48 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 312 INT EXT L T P CrIOT AND APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Effective usage of IoT deployment for different sectors Developing and modifying code for various sensor-based applications using wireless sensor modules and working with variety of modules like environmental and security module Exploring the features of predictive data analytics for IoT applications Modular hands on training will enable participants to conduct IoT related activities in academic environment and init iate new projects in Industrial sectors
Section ndash A
Introduction to IoT Defining IoT Characteristics of IoT Physical design of IoT Logical design of IoT Functional blocks of IoT Communication models amp APIs
IoTamp M2M Machine to Machine Difference between IoT and M2M Software define network
Network and communication aspects Wireless medium access issues MAC protocol survey Survey routing protocols sensor deployment amp Node Discovery Data aggregation amp dissemination
Section ndash B
Applications of IoT Home automation Industry applications Surveillance applications other IOT applications
Challenges in IoT Design challenges Development challenges security challenges other challenges
Developing IoT Introduction to different IoT tools developing applications through IoT tools Implementing various IoT concepts
Text Books
1 SAMuel Greengard ldquothe Internet of Thingsrdquo2 Klaus Schweb ldquoThe Fourth Industrial revolutionrdquo3 CunoPfister ldquoGetting Started with Internet of Thingsrdquo4 Peter Wahel ldquoLearning Internet of Things
P a g e 49 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 313 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the different issues involved in the design and implementation of a database system To study the physical and logical database designs database modeling relational hierarchical and network models To understand and use data manipulation language to query update and manage a database To develop an understanding of essential DBMS concepts such as database security integrity concurrency To design and build a simple database system
Section ndash A
Introduction to Database Concepts Difference between Database and non-database system Data independence DBMS Architecture components of a database system Advantages and disadvantages of Database system Intended Uses of a DBMS Schemas and Instances Database Languages and Interfaces Classification of Database Management Systems
Data Models Relational Model Network Model Hierarchical Model ER Model Design issues Mapping constraints keys ER diagram weak entity sets extended ER features Design of an ER Database schema Reduction of an ER Schema to tables Comparison of Models
Query Processing Fundamental of Relational Algebra Tuple and Domain Relational Calculus
Relational Query Languages SQL Basic SQL Select Statements Table Creation and Management Create Alter Drop and Rename Constraints Primary key Foreign key Unique Not null and Check Data Manipulation Insert Update and Delete Restricting rows in Select using Where clause Comparison operators Logical Operators Order by clause
Section ndash B
Database Design Integrity Constraints Domain constraints Referential integrity enti ty integrity specify these constraints in SQL specification of Additional Constraints as assertions and triggers
Functional dependencies Functional dependencies Decomposition Normalization using FDrsquos MVDrsquos and JDrsquos Domain key normal form
Query Optimization Translating SQL Queries into Relational Algebra Notation for Query Trees and Query Graphs Heuristic Optimization of Query Trees Transformation Rules for Relational Algebra Operations Heuristic Algebraic Optimization Algorithm Converting Query Trees into Query Execution Plans Cost Components in Query Optimization Using cost estimates in query optimization
Joining Data from Multiple Tables Equi Non-Equi Self and Outer Joins Single-row and Group functions Sub-queries
Additional Database Object Sequences Synonyms and Views
Text Books1 Navathe and Elmasri Fundamentals of Database Systems Pearson education2 Korth and Silberschatz Abraham Database Concepts McGraw Hall 19913 An introduction to database system by CJ Date (Addison Welsey Publishing
house)4 Bipin Desai Database System TMG5 Prateek Bhatia Database Management system Kalayani Publishers
P a g e 50 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 357 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study of basic commands of MATLAB
2 Unit Ramp Unit Step Exponential and addition of two sinusoidal sequences
3 Convolution sum of discrete signals
4 Cross- correlation of two sequences
5 Frequency response of discrete system
6 DFT of the given sequence
7 Poles zeros and gain of transfer function
8 Magnitude amp phase of DFT
9 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of FIR Filter
10 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of IIR Filter
11 Analysis of FIR and IIR Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
12 Analysis of FFT Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 51 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 363 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Install procedure of the latest SQL Server edition
2 Write a query to create a table in SQL
3 Write a query to alter a table in SQL
4 Write a query to delete a table in SQL
5 Write a query to insert update and delete rows in a table in SQL
6 Write a query demonstrate the use of foreign keys in SQL
7 Write a query demonstrate various integrity constraints in SQL
8 Write a query demonstrate various joins in SQL
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 52 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 370 INT EXT L T P CrMINOR PROJECT 50 50 0 0 2 10
Electronic hardware andor software project Working model of hardware andor software project with real world usage according to recent trends in engineering
P a g e 53 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 151 INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Recognizing and articulating speech sounds mock dialogueconversation
2 Making an oral presentation class seminars paper reading
3 Participating in a group discussion
4 Holding a mock meeting
5 Developing skills related to Business Correspondence
6 Preparation for participating in a mock interview for a job etc
7 Developing skills for conducting a meeting attending telephonic calls
8 Listening to a recorded conversation and reviewingdiscussing its contents and style
P a g e 54 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 310 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Microelectronics is the branch of science that deals with microcircuits One most commonly used example of microcircuit is IC ie Integrated Circuits IC is a single substrate or chip on which active and passive components are fabricated the number of components which are fabricated on IC can give miniaturization of ICrsquoS This course provides a detailed fundamental analysis and discussion on various ICrsquos there fabrication steps and fabrication of BJTrsquos MOSFETS and CMOS This course than covers designing of layouts and stick diagram using NMOS PMOS and CMOS technology After successful completion of the device students will acquire a thorough understanding on the devices and be able to apply the knowledge to the development of new and novel devices for different applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Classification of integrated circuits (ICs) thick film thin film amp hybrid ICs Fabrication and component design resistor capacitors and inductors design and fabrication
Monolithic Techniques Process on sil icon crystals line growth refining substrate slicing polishing chemical vapor deposition thermal oxidation photolithography diffusion impurities diffusion system ion implantation metall ization isolation
Monolithic Components Bipolar IC process MOS IC process BJT construction diode instruction FET and MOS construction and resistors capacitors and inductors op-amp and voltage regulators design and fabrication
Section ndash B
LSI Circuits Brief introduction to LSI circuits realization of inter connection and realization of integrated elements
Basic VLSI Design Basic MOS transistor and working NMOS and CMOS fabrication thermal aspects MOS and VLSI some electrical properties of MOS design process circuit components system design and layout and scaling of MOS circuit some application of VLSI circuits like PLA
Text Books
1 SM Sze semiconductor device fundamentals Addison Wesley2 Howe R T and C G Sodini Microelectronics An Integrated Approach Upper Saddle River NJ
Prentice Hall 1996 ISBN 01358851833 N Weste and K Eshranghian Principles of CMOS VLSI Design Addison Wesley 19984 Jacob Backer Harry W Li and David E Boyce CMOS Circuit Design Layout and Simulation
Prentice Hall of India 1998 5 L Glaser and D Dobberpuhl The Design and Analysis of VLSI Circuitsrdquo Addison Wesley 19936 Fonstad C G Microelectronic Devices and Circuits New York NY McGraw-Hill 1994 ISBN
00702149647 Sedra A S and K C Smith Microelectronic Circuits 4th ed New York NY Oxford University
Press 1998 ISBN 01951166318 Pierret R F Semiconductor Device Fundamentals Upper Saddle River NJ Prentice Hall 1995 ISBN
0201543931
P a g e 55 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 311 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROCONTROLLER amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course provides ability to understand the basic concepts of microcontroller and its internal architecture The students would be able to learn the logic for assembly language programming It also provides the understanding about interfacing of input output devices with microcontroller So the overall objective of this subject is to make students aware of microcontrollers and their applications for serial parallel communication input output devices control and microcontroller-based projects
Section ndash A
Introduction 8051 Micro controller Comparison of Microprocessor and Microcontroller microcontroller and embedded processors processor Architecture - Harvard versus Princeton (Von Neumann) CISC versus RISC overview of 8051 families and other microcontrollers in use PIC ATMEL 8051 Pin description connections memory organization memory space of 8051 8051 flag bits and PSW register Register banks and stack
Instruction Familiarization Addressing modes and accessing memory using various addressing modes Arithmetic Logical jump loop and call instructions single bit instructions t ime delay generation amp calculation bit manipulation and programming Development system tools Data Types and directives 8051 assembly Language Programming Assembling an 8051 program
Section ndash B
Interrupt amp Embedded Device Programming Interrupts external amp internal hardware interrupts priority programmable IO Port Timercounter Serial Communication connection to RS 232
Real World Interfacing Interfacing of external memory RAM amp EPROM LCD ADC DAC sensors stepper motor and keyboard Interfacing to enhance 8051 capabili ties with 8255 amp Timer chips
Text Books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems -Ali Mazidi Pearson Education2 Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller -Myke Predko Tata Mc Graw Hill
Reference books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture Programming and appl -Kenneth Ayala Penram International2 Microcontrollers theory amp applications -Ajay V Deshmukh Mc Graw Hill
P a g e 56 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 312 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION THEORY AND CODING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Course will help to analyse error performance of a digital communication system in presence of noise and other interferences and it will help to improve the performance of the system The course will also build fundamental understanding of information theory and coding
Section ndash A
Discrete messages Concept of amount of information Average information and Entropy Information rate Coding to increase Average Information per bit Shannon s theorem Channel Capacity Gaussian channel Capacity Bandwidth-SN tradeoff use of orthogonal signals to attain Shannons limit Efficiency of Orthogonal signal transmission
Channel Coding bounds on communication Coding for Reliable Communication Parity check bit coding for Error detection Coding for Error Detection and Correction Linear Block Codes Cyclic Codes Golay Codes BCH codes Examples of algebraic codes Single Parity check bit code Repeated codes Hadaward code Hamming code
Section ndash B
Burst error correction introduction Block interleaving Convolution Interleaving Reed-Solo9mon (RS) code Concatenated codes Convolution Coding decoding of a Convolution Code Code tree decoding in the presence of noise sequential decoding State and Trellis diagram Viterbi algorithm
Probabili ty of Error of Convolution Codes Comparison of Error rates in Coded and Uncoded transmission Automatic-Repeat-Request (ARQ) Performance of ARQ Systems throughput of the stop amp wait ARQ throughput of Go-Back-N ARQ Selective Repeat ARQ Trellis decoded modulation
Text Books
1 Principles of communication systems by Taub amp Schilling Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing 2 Communication system engineering by Proakis TMH3 Digital Communications by Proakis TMH4 Introduction to the theory of error correcting codes Vera press 19925 Information theory amp reliable communication by Robert G Gallanger McGraw Hill 1992
P a g e 57 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 313 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrRELIABILITY ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Understanding of basic principles rather than lsquocook bookrsquo use of tables or handbooks Application to system requirements design manufacturing and testing with real-world examples
Section ndash A
Concept of Reliability Failures of systems and its modes Measure of Reliability Reliability function Hazard rate MTBF and their interrelations
Reliability Data and Analysis Data sources Data collection use of Reliability Data Reliability Analysis Performance Parameters calculation of failure rate Application of Weibull distribution
System Reliability and Modeling Series systems Parallel system series parallel systems Time dependence Reliability Determination stand-by systems r out of n Configurations Methods of tie set and cut sets of Or reliability evaluation simulation and Reliability prediction Monte Carlo method concepts of network topology Overall reliability evolution
Section ndash B
Maintainability and Availability Maintainability and its equation Factors affecting maintainability Measures of Maintainability Mean Down Time Availability Intrinsic availability equipment availability amp Mission availability Replacement processes and Policies
Life Testing of Equipment Non-destructive tests destruction tests and their Mathematic Modeling Quality and Reliability Measurement amp prediction of Human Reliability Reliability and safety safety margins in critical Devices case studies
Value Engineering Techniques in value Engineering Structure of value Engineering Reliability Management
Text Books
1 Reliability Engg By Govil2 Reliability Engg By Dr AK Aggarwal 19923 Related IEEEIEE publications
P a g e 58 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 315 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMODERN CONTROL SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Analyze dynamics of a linear system by State Space Representation Determine the stability of a linear system using pole-placement technique Design state observers Analyze basics of Non-linear control system Determine the stabili ty of Non-linear systems6 Realize the structure of a discrete time system and model i ts action mathematically
Section ndash A
Digital Control Introduction to digital control sampling Data reconstruction principles Pulse transfer functions Block diagram amp signal flow graph Digital Control Techniques- PID Deadbeat
Time domain analysis correlation between time response amp root location in S amp Z transform effect of pole-zero configuration in Z-plane on maximum overshoot amp peak time transient response
Stability in Z-plane using modified Routhrsquos criteria Jurys criteria
State Variable Analysis and Design Review of state space representation for l inear continuous time system solution of linear time invariant state equations controllabili ty and observability solution of state equation for discrete system state space analysis of discrete time systems pole placement Techniques
Section ndash B
Non-Linear Control System Introduction to non-linear feedback control system special features of linear system l imit cycle jump response sub harmonies etc describing function and phase plane techniques for analysis of non-linear system concept of local global asymptotic and total stability of non-linear system Liapunovs stability criterion
Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Basic Principles of Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Model Reference Adaptive Control Types of Learning-Supervised and Un-Supervised Learning Control Systems On-line and Off-line Learning Control Systems
Text Books
1 Katsuhiko Ogata Modern Control Engineering Prentice-Hall of India New Delhi 2 J Nagarath and M Gopal Control system Engineering New Age International (P) Ltd 3 Katsuhiko Ogata State Space Analysis of Control Systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 4 Benjamin C Kuo and Farid Golnaraghi Automatic Control Systems 8th Edition John Wiley amp Sons 5 H Khalil Nonlinear Control systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 6 Control System Engineering by Norman S Nise Wiley7 Modern Control System by RC Dorf RH Bishop Addision Wesley8 Digital Control amp State Variable Methods by M Gopal TMH9 Brogan W L Modern Control theory Prentice Hall International New Jersey
P a g e 59 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 405 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives It deals with Introduction and different architectures of neural network It deals with the Application of Neural Networks It deals with Genetic Algorithms and Hybrid Systems
Section ndash A
Introduction What is Soft Computing Difference between Hard and Soft computing Requirement of Soft computing Major Areas of Soft Computing Applications of Soft Computing
Neural Networks What is Neural Network Learning rules and various activation functions Single layer Perceptrons Back Propagation networks Architecture of Backpropagation (BP) Networks Backpropagation Learning Variation of Standard Back propagation Neural Network Introduction to Associative Memory Adaptive Resonance theory and Self Organizing Map Recent Applications
Section ndash B
Genetic Algorithm History of Genetic Algorithms (GA) Working Principle Various Encoding methods Fitness function GA Operators- Reproduction Crossover Mutation Convergence of GA Bit wise operation in GA Multi-level Optimization
GA based Backpropagation Networks GA based Weight Determination K - factor determination in Columns
Hybrid Systems Sequential Hybrid Systems Auxiliary Hybrid Systems Embedded Hybrid Systems Neuro-Fuzzy Hybrid Systems Neuro-Genetic Hybrid Systems Fuzzy-Genetic Hybrid Systems
Text Books
1 Rao Vallinu Band Rao Hayagriva Neural networks and fuzzy Logic second edition BPB Publication
2 Berkan C Riza Trubatch L Sheldon Fuzzy Systems design Principlea IEEE Press standard publishers
3 Freeman A James Skapura M David- neural networks algorithms applications and programming4 Soft Computing by Fred Aminzadel amp Jamshich Prentice Hall
P a g e 60 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 406 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understand what MFAs do and how they work Understand the fundamentals of diplomatic negotiations Understand bilateral and multi lateral diplomacy Understand subject-specific diplomacy Understand what makes a document a ldquotreatyrdquo Be aware of historical cases relevant to various diplomatic methods
Section ndash A
Introduction and Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image representation Fundamental steps in Image processing Elements of digital Image processing Sampling and quantization some basic relationships l ike neighborrsquos connectivity distance measure between pixels Image geometry
Image Transforms Discrete Fourier transform Some properties of two-dimensional Fourier transform Fast Fourier transform Inverse FFT
Image Enhancement Point Operations Histograms Spatial Domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement by point processing Spatial fil tering low pass filtering High pass fil tering Homomorphic fi ltering Color image processing Image Restoration Degradation model Algebraic approach to Restoration Inverse fi ltering Wiener fil ter Constrained least square restoration Interactive restoration Restoration in spatial domain
Section ndash B
Image Compression Coding Inter-pixel and Psycho visual redundancy Image Compression models Error free compression Lossy Compression Image Compression standards
Image Segmentation Detection of discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection Thresholding Region Orientation Segmentation Motion based segmentation
Representation and Description Representation schemes l ike chain coding Polygonal approximation Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary Description Regional descriptors Morphology
Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and pattern classes Decision Theoretic methods Structural methods Interpretation
Text Books
1 AK Jainrdquo Fundamentals of Digital Image Processingrdquo Pearson Education2 Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo AWL3 W K Prattrdquo Digital Image Processingrdquo4 Ramesh Jain Brian G Schunck ldquoMachine Visionrdquo TMH
P a g e 61 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 313 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSYSTEM SIMULATION amp MODELING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Systems modeling general systems theory Concept of simulation Simulation as a decision-making tool types of simulation Simulation Terminologies- Application areas ndash Model Classification ndashTypes of Simulation- Steps in a Simulation study- Concepts in Discrete Event Simulation - Simulation Examples
Statistical Models Concepts Discrete Distribution Continuous Distribution Poisson Process Empirical Distributions- Queueing Models ndash Characteristics Notation ndash Queueing Systems ndash Markovian Models- Properties of random numbers- Generation of Pseudo Random numbers- Techniques for generating random numbers-Testing random number generators- Generating Random-Variates- Inverse Transform technique ndash Acceptance- Rejection technique Composition amp Convolution Method
Section ndash B
Design of Simulation Experiments Problem formulation data collection and reduction time flow mechanism key variables logic flow chart starting condition run size experimental design consideration output analysis and interpretation validation input modeling Data collection Assessing sample independence Hypothesizing distribution family with data Parameter Estimation Goodness-of-fit tests Selecting input models in absence of data Output analysis for a Single system Terminating Simulations Steady state simulations
Development of simulation models using simulation language studied for systems like queuing systems Production systems Inventory systems maintenance and replacement systems and Investment analysis Simulation Tools ndash Model Input High level computer system simulation CPU ndashMemory Simulation Comparison of systems via simulation ndash Simulation Programming techniques - Development of Simulation models Simulation programming languages ndash simulation suitability with characterist ics Comparison and selection of simulation languages study of any one simulation language
Text Books
1 Jerry Banks and John Carson ldquoDiscrete Event System Simulationrdquo Fourth Edition PHI 20052 Geoffrey Gordon ldquoSystem Simulationrdquo Second Edition PHI 20063 Narsingh Deo ldquoSystem Simulation with Digital Computer ldquoPrentice Hall India 20014 Frank L Severance ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulationrdquo Wiley 20015 Jerry Banks ldquoHandbook of Simulation Principles Methodology Advances Applications and Practicerdquo
Wiley 1998
P a g e 62 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 318 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrBUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to digital data and its types ndash structured semi-structured and unstructured Introduction to OLTP and OLAP (MOLAP ROLAP HOLAP) BI Definitions amp Concepts BI Framework Data Warehousing concepts and its role in BI BI Infrastructure Components ndash BI Process BI Technology BI Roles amp Responsibili ties Business Applications of BI BI best practices
Basics of Data Integration (Extraction Transformation Loading) Concepts of data integration needs and advantages of using data integration introduction to common data integration approaches Meta data - types and sources Introduction to data quality data profiling concepts and applications introduction to ETL using Kettle
Section ndash B
Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling Introduction to data and dimension modeling multidimensional data model ER Modeling vs multi-dimensional modeling concepts of dimensions facts cubes attribute hierarchies star and snowflake schema introduction to business metrics and KPIs creating cubes using Microsoft Excel
Basics of Enterprise Reporting A typical enterprise Malcolm Baldrige - quality performance framework balanced scorecard enterprise dashboard balanced scorecard vs enterprise dashboard enterprise reporting using MS Access MS Excel best practices in the design of enterprise dashboards
Text Books
1 RN Prasad and Seema Acharya Fundamentals of Business Analytics Wiley India Ltd2 Mike Biere Business Intelligence for the Enterprise Prentice Hall Professional3 Teo Lachev Applied Microsoft Analysis Services 2005 And Microsoft Business Intelligence Platform
Prologika Press4 David Taniar Progressive methods in data warehousing and business intelligence concepts and
competitive analytics Idea Group Inc (IGI)5 Data warehousing the ultimate guide to building corporate business intelligence Birkhaumluser6 Mark Humphries Michael W Hawkins Michelle C Dy Data warehousing architecture and
implementation Prentice Hall Professional
P a g e 63 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 7th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 401 Cryptography and Network Security 3 1 0 35
ECE 413 Wireless amp Mobile Communications 3 1 0 35
ECM 402 Big Data amp Cloud Computing 3 1 0 35
ECE 304 Digital System Design 3 1 0 35
ECE 453 Wireless amp Mobile Communications Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 354 Digital Signal Design Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 453 Software Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective - IV 3 1 0 35
Elective ndash V 3 1 0 35
18 6 6 24
Total contact hours 30
ECE 453 ECE 354 amp ECM 453 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
Elective - IV
1 CPE 402 - Data Mining amp Warehousing2 CPE 403 - Information Security and Cyber Law3 CPE 308 - Computer Graphics4 CPE 409 - Advanced Computer Architecture5 CPE 304 - JAVA Programming6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective ndash V
1 ECE 401 - Microwave Engineering2 ECE 416 - Radar and Satellite Communication3 ECE 415 - Advanced Communication System4 ECE 407 - Nano Electronics5 ECE 408 - Biomedical Instrumentation6 ECE 409 - Optical Networks7 ECE 410 - Digital VLSI Design8 ECE 412 - Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic9 ECE 417 - RF System Design10 ECE 418 - Digital Image and Speech Processing11 ECE 321 ndash Optical Fiber Communications12 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
P a g e 64 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 65 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 401 INT EXT L T P CrCRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Conventional Encryption Introduction Conventional encryption model Steganography Data Encryption Standard block cipher Encryption algorithms confidentiality Key distribution
Public Key Encryption and Hashing Principles of public key cryptosystems RSA algorithm Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange Elliptic curve cryptology message authentication and Hash functions Hash and Mac algorithms Digital signatures
IP Security IP Security Overview IP security Architecture authentication Header Security payload security associations Key Management
Section ndash B
Web Security Web security requirement secure sockets layer transport layer security secure electronic transaction dual signature
Security System Intruders Viruses Worms firewall design Trusted systems antivirus techniques digital Immune systems
Text Books
1 William Stallings Cryptography and Network security 2nd ed Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
1999
2 Baldwin R and Rivest R The RC5 RC5-CBC RC5-CBC-Pad and RC5-CTS Algorithmsrdquo
October1996
P a g e 66 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 413 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Wireless communication has become a ubiquitous part of modern life from global cellular telephone systems to local and even personal area network The objective of the course is that students should be able to familiarize with the evolution and basics of wireless communication technology identify and explain various wireless systems design aspects of cellular systems radio propagation mechanism fading and upcoming wireless networks
Course Outcomes By the end of this course the students will be able to Explain the fundamental concepts of wireless communication systems Learn cellular system design basics and frequency management techniques Describe capacity increase mechanisms interference reduction strategies and long-distance propagation concepts Understand effects of fading voice coding techniques and signal processing in GSM network Update themselves with recent technology and happenings in the field of mobile technology
Section ndash A
Introduction History of wireless communication Future trends in cellular radio and personal communications Second generation (2G) cellular networks evolution to 25G wireless networks (HSCSD GPRS and EDGE for 25G GSM and IS-136 IS-95B for 25G CDMA) 3G Wireless Networks 3G W-CDMA (UMTS) 3G CDMA 2000 3G TD-SCDMA Wireless local loop (WLL) and LMDS WLANs Bluetooth and PANs
Cellular Concepts Introduction frequency reuse channel alignment strategies hand off strategies interference and system capacity Trunking and grade of service improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems using cell splitting sectoring cellular system design considerations
Mobile Radio Propagation Large scale path loss Introduction to radio wave propagation Free space propagation model Three basic propagation mechanism reflection ground reflection (two-ray) model Diffraction scattering shadow fading combined path loss and shadowing
Section ndash B
Small Scale Fading and Multipath Introduction small scale multipath propagation Impulse response of a multipath channel Factors influencing small scale fading parameters of mobile multipath channels (time dispersion coherence bandwidth doppler spread and coherence time) Types of small scale fading Rayleigh Rician and Nakagami fading distributions
Spread Spectrum Modulation Techniques Pseudo- noise (PN) sequences DS-SS FH-SS Block diagram of IS-95 forward link block diagram of IS-95 reverse link GSM (Architecture Channels and signal processing)
Current and upcoming Wireless Systems 4G LTE 5G Adhoc networks
Text Books
1 Mobile cellular Telecommunications William C Y Lee 2nd Edition McGraw Hill Latest edition
2 Wireless and Digital communications Dr Kamilo Feher 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
3 Wireless communication principal amppractice TS Rappaport 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
4 Wireless Communications- Andrea Goldsmith Cambridge University Press
P a g e 67 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 402 INT EXT L T P CrBIG DATA amp CLOUD COMPUTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn how to use Cloud Services To implement Virtualization To implement Task Scheduling algorithms Apply Map-Reduce concept to applications To build Private Cloud Broadly educate to know the impact of engineering on legal and societal issues involved
Section ndash A
Introduction Big Data and its importance Four Vrsquos Drivers for Big data Big data analytics Big data applications
Introduction to Hadoop Hadoop Eco System Moving Data in and out of Hadoop Understanding inputs and outputs of MapReduce
NoSQL Use of NoSQL Types of NoSQL databases Advantages of NoSQL SQL vs NoSQL
MongoDB Introduction to MongoDB key features Core Server tools MongoDB through the JavaScriptrsquos Shell Creating and Querying through Indexes Document-Oriented principles of schema design Constructing queries on Databases collections and documents MongoDB Query Language
Section ndash B
Recent trends in Computing Grid Computing Cluster Computing Distributed Computing Utility Computing Cloud computing
Cloud Computing Architecture Comparison with clientserver computing architecture Services provided at various levels Role of Networks in Cloud computing protocols used Role of Web services Service Models (XaaS) Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) Platform as a Service (PaaS) Software as a Service (SaaS) Public cloud Private cloud Hybrid cloud Community cloud
Cloud Security Infrastructure Security Network level security Host level security Application level security Data security and Storage Data privacy and security issues Jurisdictional issues raised by Data location Identity amp Access Management Access Control Trust Reputation Risk Authentication in cloud computing Client access in cloud Cloud contracting Model Commercial and business considerations
Text Books
1 Cloud Computing Bible Barrie Sosinsky Wiley-India 2010
2 Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms Editors Rajkumar Buyya James Broberg Andrzej M
Goscinski Wiley 2011
3 Cloud Computing Principles Systems and Applications Editors Nikos Antonopoulos Lee Gillam
Springer 2012
4 Cloud Security A Comprehensive Guide to Secure Cloud Computing Ronald L Krutz Russell Dean
Vines Wiley-India 2010
5 Boris lublinsky Kevin t Smith AlexeyYakubovich Professional Hadoop Solutions Wiley ISBN
9788126551071 2015
6 Chris EatonDirk derooset al Understanding Big data McGraw Hill 2012
7 BIG Data and Analytics Sima Acharya Subhashini Chhellappan Willey
P a g e 68 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 304 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of i terative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Review of Digital Electronics Concept MSI and LSI Circuits and Their Applications Arithmetic Circuits Comparators Multiplexers Code Converters XOR And AND-OR INVERTER Gates Wired Logic Bus Oriented Structures Tri-State Bus System Propagation Delay
Sequential Machines The Concept of Memory The Binary Cell The Cell and The Bouncing Switch Set Reset D Clocked T Clocked JK Flip Flop Design of Clock FF State Diagram Synchronous Analysis Process Design Steps for Traditional Synchronous Sequential Circuits State Reduction Design Steps for Next State Decoders Design of Out Put Decoders
Section ndash B
Multi Input System Controller Design System Controllers Design Phases and System Documentation Defining the System Timing and Frequency Considerations MDS Diagram State Assignment Next State Decoders and Its Maps Output Decoders ROM PLA And PAL Based Design
Asynchronous Finite State Machines Scope Asynchronous Analysis Design of Asynchronous Machines Cycle and Races Plotting and Reading the Excitation Map Hazards Essential Hazards Map Entered Variable MEV Approaches to Asynchronous Design Hazards in Circuit Developed by MEV Method
Text Books
1 Fletcher WI Engineering Approach to Digital Design Prentice Hall of India (2007) 4th ed2 Wakerly JF Digital Design Principles and Practices Prentice Hall of India (2013) 5th ed
Reference Books
1 Givone D D Digital Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill (2007) 2nd ed2 Tocci RJ Digital Systems Principles and Applications Prentice-Hall (2006) 10th ed3 Mano MM and Clitti M D Digital Design Prentice Hall (2001) 3rd ed
P a g e 69 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 453 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Note Do any Eight Experiments
I On Satellite Trainer Kit
1 Understanding the basic concepts of satellite Communication 2 Establish direct Communication link between uplink transmitter and downlink receiver using tone
signal 3 To Setup an active Satellite link and Demonstrate link fail Operations 4 To Establish an Audio-Video Satellite link between Transmitter and Receiver 5 To Communicate Voice Signal Through Satellite Link 6 To change different combinations of Uplink amp Downlink frequencies and to check Communication
Link 7 To Transmit and Receive 3 Separate Signals (Audio Video Tone) Simultaneously through Satellite
Link 8 To Transmit and Receive Function Generator Waveforms Through Satellite Link 9 To Transmit and Receive PC Data Through Satellite Link
II On Mobile Phone Trainer Kit
1 To study the Tx IQRx IQ Signals 2 To Observe signal constellation of GMSK signal 3 To Study the Working of Audio IC 4 To Study the Working of a SIM card in a GSM handset 5 To Study SIM CARD Detection
III On Antenna Trainer Kit
1 To study Antenna Trainer Kit 2 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Dipole 3 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ4 Dipole 4 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Folded Dipole 5 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample other Antennas
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 70 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 354 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Design all logic gates using VHDL
2 Write a VHDL programs for Half Adder circuit
3 Write a VHDL programs for Full Adder circuit
4 Write a VHDL programs for Multiplexer amp Demultiplexer circuits
5 Write a VHDL programs for Encoder amp Decoder circuits
6 Write a VHDL programs for Comparator circuit
7 Write a VHDL programs for Code Converter circuit
8 Write a VHDL programs for Flip-Flop circuit
9 Write a VHDL programs for Counter circuit
10 Write a VHDL programs for Register amp Shift Register circuits
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 71 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 453 INT EXT L T P CrSOFTWARE LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
Experiments The list of experiments will be based on the current market requirements and recent trends in latest software regime being followed to employ students with best in class skills at that present time
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 72 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 402 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrDATA MINING amp WAREHOUSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To introduce students to the basic concepts and techniques of Data Mining To develop skills of using recent data mining software for solving practical problems To gain experience of doing independent study and research To study the methodology of engineering legacy databases for data warehousing and data mining to derive business rules for decision support systems Develop and apply critical thinking problem-solving and decision-making skills Develop and apply enthusiasm for learning Class participation is encouraged in this course
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to RDBMS data warehouse transactional databases data mining functionalities classification of data mining system major issues in data mining
Data Preprocessing Data Cleaning Data Integration and Transformation Data Reduction Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation
Data Warehouse And OLAP Need for Data Warehousing Difference from Traditional Databases Data Warehouse Architecture Multidimensional Data Model Schemas for Multi-Dimensional Model Star Snowflake amp Fact Constellation OLAP Operations Types of OLAP Servers ROLAP Versus MOLAP Versus HOLAP
Introduction to Data Mining Basics of data mining Data mining techniques KDP (Knowledge Discovery Process) Application and Challenges of Data Mining Security Issue Privacy Issue
Section ndash B
Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Apriori Algorithm FP Growth Algorithm latest trends in association rules mining
Classification and Clustering classification and prediction issues regarding classification and prediction decision tree induction algorithm rule-based classification using if-then rules for classification prediction linear amp nonlinear regression cluster analysis type of data for cluster analysis introduction to Categorization of Major Clustering Methods Classical Parti tioning Method k-Means
Introduction to Mining Complex Types of Data Complex data objects Mining spatial databases Multimedia databases Time Series and sequence databases Text databases and World Wide Web
Text Books
1 Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo 2 gan Kaufmann Publishers 2000 (ISBN 1-55860-489-8)3 Ian H Witten and Eibe Frank ldquoData Mining Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques with
Java implementationsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers San Fransisco CA (2000)4 Dorian Pyle ldquoData Preparation for Data Miningrdquo Morgan Kaufmann (1999)5 Korth Silbertz Sudarshan ldquoDatabase Conceptsrdquo McGraw Hill6 Elmasri Navathe ldquoFundamentals Of Database Systemsrdquo Addision Wesley
P a g e 73 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 403 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION SECURITY AND CYBER LAW 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To provide an understanding Computer forensics fundamental To analyze various computer forensics technologies To provide computer forensics systems To identify methods for data recovery To apply the methods for preservation of digital evidence
Section ndash A
Introduction to Internet Cyber Space and threats Computer Storage Cell Phone Mobile Forensics Computer Ethics and Application Programs
Electronic and Digital Signatures -Intellectual Property ndash Data Protection and Privacy Need for cyber law and forensics Jurisprudence of Indian Cyber Law
Foot printing WHOIS and DNS enumeration network reconnaissance Email spoofing Email bombing Data diddling Denial of service attack Virusworm attacks- trojans and keyloggers Internet t ime theft Web jacking Phishing-Smishing-Vishing-Identity theft Cyber terrorism- use of encryption by terrorists Human trafficking
Section ndash B
The Legal Perspective ndash The IT Act Challenges faced by IT Act and its amendments Sections Under IT Act- Section 43656667686970 Section relevant to cybercrime under IPC (Indian Penal Code)
Ethical hacking Need penetration testing Information gathering tools like n-map vulnerabili ty detection scanners like nessus nexpose information analysis and planning attack and penetration tools like Metasploit results analysis and reporting
Text Books
1 Cyber Security - Understanding cybercrimes computer forensics and legal perspectives by Nina Godbole and Sunit Belapure
2 System Forensics by Ankit Fadia 3 hacking Exposed network security secrets and solutions by Stuart McClure Scambray and Kurtz Tata
McGraw Hill
P a g e 74 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 308 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER GRAPHICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course objectives To provide comprehensive introduction about computer graphics system design algorithms and two-dimensional transformations To make the students familiar with techniques of clipping three-dimensional graphics and three-dimensional transformations The computer graphics course prepares students for activit ies involving in design development and testing of modeling rendering shading and animation
Section ndash A
Graphics Hardware Raster CRTs Raster and Random Scan Displays Display Controllers and Processors Graphics Input Devices Applications of Computer Graphics
Raster Scan Conversion Algorithms Line Drawing Algorithms (DDA amp Bresenhamrsquos) Circle Drawing Algorithms (Mid-Point and Bresenhamrsquos)
Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Rotation and Scaling) Matrix Representation and Homogenous Coordinates Shear and Reflection Transformations Composite TransformationsFilling Region fi lling Algorithms (Boundary Fill and Flood Fill)
Section ndash B
Windowing and Clipping Viewing pipeline viewing transformations 2-D Clipping algorithms- Line clipping algorithms (Cohen Sutherland Liang Barsky algorithm) Polygon clipping (Sutherland Hodgeman polygon clipping Weiler and Atherton polygon clipping)
Three-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Scaling Rotation) Composite transformations
Projections Parallel and Perspective
Visible Surface Detection Methods Depth Buffer Method A-Buffer Method Scan Line Method Area Subdivision Method
Shading Gouraud and Phong Shading Algorithms Properties of Bezier and B-Spline Curves
Text Books
1 Computer Graphics By Donald Hearn M Pauline Baker2 Computer Graphics (Schaum Series) by Lipschutz (MC Graw Hill)3 Principles of Interactive Computer graphics By WM Newman R Sproull4 Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics By JD Foley A Van Dam5 Computer Graphics Using OPEN GL By FS Hill Jr6 Computer Graphics Roy A Plastock Gordon Kalley
P a g e 75 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 409 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction to Parallel Processing Evolution of Computer Architecture Parallelism in Uniprocessor System Parallel Computer Structures Architectural Classifications Schemes Multiprocessors and Multicomputers Multisector and SIMD Computers Parallel processing application
Memory and input output subsystems Hierarchical Memory structure Virtual memory system Memory Allocation and Management Cache Memories and Management Input-Output Subsystem
Pipelining and Vector Processing Pipelining Instruction and Arithmetic Pipelines Principles of Designing Pipelined Processors Vector Processing Requirements Vector Super Computers Pipeline Chaining and Vector Loops Vectorization and Optimization Methods
Section ndash B
Structures and Algorithms for Array Processors SIMD Array Processors SIMD Interconnection Networks Static amp Dynamic Networks Mesh Connected Network Cube interconnection Networks Parallel Algorithms for array processors Associative Array Processing
Multiprocessor Architecture and Programming Functional Structures Interconnection Networks Multi stage networks for multiprocessors Parallel Memory Organization Multiprocessor Operating System Exploiting Concurrency for Multiprocessing
Text Books
1 Hawang kai Briggs FA Computer Architectures and Parallel Processing McGraw-Hill2 Kain Richard Y Advanced Computer Architecture PHI3 Hwang Kai Advanced Computer Architecture McGraw-Hill4 Mano M Computer System Architecture PHI
P a g e 76 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 304 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrJAVA PROGRAMMING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The model of object-oriented programming abstract data types encapsulation inheritance and polymorphism Fundamental features of an object-oriented language like Java object classes and interfaces exceptions and libraries of object collections How to take the statement of a business problem and from this determine suitable logic for solving the problem then be able to proceed to code that logic as a program written in Java How to test document and prepare a professional looking package for each business project using javadoc
Section ndash A Introduction to Java Features of Java difference between Java and C++ JVM Bytecode data types Wrapper types variables arrays operators-arithmetic bit-wise relational Boolean various control statements
Introduction to Classes Class fundamentals declaring objects methods constructors garbage collection passing parameters to methods recursion
Inheritance types of inheritance Access Modifiers (Private Public Protected Default) Polymorphism (Overloading Overriding Super amp This Keyword) Final Variable Final Classes amp Methods Static variable Static method Abstract methods and classes Packages and interfaces importing packages
Exception Handling Exception types try catch finally throw and throws creating exception subclasses
Section ndash BMultithreading Multithread programming thread priorities synchronization interthread communication Thread class methods runnable interface
IO InputOutput streams reading and writing console inputoutput reading and writing files
Applets and Graphics Applet fundamentals Applet class Applet init ialization and termination event handling keyboard and mouse events AWT class Layout managers panels canvases Frame windows drawing lines rectangles ell ipses
JDBC programming Commonly used classes and interfaces of javasql package connecting java application to a database prepared statements
Advance Concepts Introduction to Java Beans Java Swings Java Server Pages
Recommended Books
1 Dietel and Dietal Java How to Program 6th Edition Pearson Education 2 Herbert Schildt The Complete Reference Java2 TMH 3 James Edward Keogh Jim Keogh J2EE The complete Reference McGraw-Hill
P a g e 77 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 401 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrMICROWAVE ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilities in Microwave engineering through understanding of electromagnetic wave generation transmission and measurements theory and technology by study of microwave transmission medium media and microwave devices and components
Section ndash A
Microwave Tubes and Circuits High frequency limitations of conventional tubes klystrons ndash two cavity klystron multicavity klystron Reflex klystron Travelling wave magnetron - operation and characteristics Helix TWT construction operation and applications
Microwave Solid State Devices amp Their Applications Classification of Microwave Devices Diodes-PIN diode Tunnel Diode varactor and step recovery diodes Transferred Electron Devices- GUNN Diode Avalanche transit time effect- IMPATT Microwave Transistors and high electron mobility transistor-characteristics and performance
Section ndash B
Microwave Components Waveguide Microwave Junctions Scattering matrix and their properties Microwave T junctions ndash H Plane Tee E Plane Tee Magic Tee Rat Race Junction Directional coupler ndashscattering matrix of a directional coupler Waveguide joints bends corners re-entrant cavities Ferrite devices ndash faraday rotation in devices circulator amp isolator phase shifters and microwave attenuators
Microwave Measurements General measurement setup Microwave bench power measurement ndash low medium amp high Attenuation measurement Measurement of VSWR Smith Charts Measurement of Impedance Impedance matching-single and double stub tuners
Text Books
1 Microwave devices and circuits Samuel Liao PHI2 Microwave devices and radar Engg M Kulkarni Umesh Publications3 Foundation of Microwave Engg RE Collin McGraw Hill4 Microwave Engg KC Gupta
P a g e 78 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 416 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRADAR amp SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The objective of this course is to understand analysis of waveguides and gain complete knowledge about microwave components design of impedance matching and tuning using lumped and distributed elements for network to analyze and study characteristics of microwave tube generators and amplifiers and study different RADARs and its supporting systems The course will also provide an in-depth understanding of different concepts used in a satellite communication system like the tools necessary for the calculation of basic parameters in a satellite communication system knowledge about every aspect of satellite communication such as orbital mechanics launching techniques satellite link design earth station technology and different access system towards a satellite
Section ndash A Introduction To Radar Basic Radar Radar equation Radar Block diagram Radar frequencies applications of Radar detection of signals in noise receiver noise and Signal to Noise ratio Probability of detection and false Alarm integration of Radar pulses Radar cross section targets Radar cross section of Fluctuations Antenna parameters system losses
MTI and Doppler Radar Introduction to Doppler and MTI Radar Delay line cancellers Staggered Pulse repetition Frequencies Moving Target Detector Limitations of moving platform Pulse Doppler Radar tracking with Radar Monopulse Tracking Conical Scan and sequential Lobing Limitation to tracking accuracy Tracking in Range
Section ndash B
Orbital aspects of Satellite Communication Introduction to geo-synchronous and geo-stationary satellites Keplerrsquos laws Locating the satellite with respect to the earth sub-satellite point look angles mechanics of launching a synchronous satellite Orbital effects Indian scenario in communication satellites Satellite sub-systems Attitude and Orbit control systems Telemetry Tracking and command control system Power supply system Space craft antennas multiple access techniques comparison of FDMA TDMA CDMA
Satellite link design basic transmission theory system noise temperature and GT ratio design of down link and uplink design of satellite links for specified CN satellite data communication protocols
Text Books
1 Introduction to Radar system by Merrill l Skolnik 3rd Edition Mcgraw Hill 20032 Satellite Communication By T Pratt amp CW Bostain Wiely eastern 2002 2 n d edit ion3 Satellite Communication By Tri T Ha Tata Mcgraw Hill 2nd Edition 1990
P a g e 79 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 415 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart knowledge about advanced communication systems and related design parameters To inculcate ability in students to design wireless communication systems which can provide high data rate to a large number of users The main goal is to utilize the concepts of analogdigital modulation techniques and signal processing in transmission and reception of wireless signals under static and dynamic channels in the presence of noise
Section ndash A
Radio channels and coding Characteristics of Mobile Radio channels Channel capacity and Diversity Overview of STBCs and STTCs
OFDM Introduction Basic principle of OFDM Block diagram of OFDM OFDM standards Spectrum analysis of OFDM Capacity analysis of OFDM Multi-path effects on OFDM BER analysis of OFDM timing and frequency synchronization PAPR in OFDM and its effects mitigation of PAPR
Section ndash B
WiMAX and LTE Background of IEEE 80216 and WiMAX Features of WiMAX WiMAX Network Architecture WiMAX physical layer WiMAX MAC layer channel performance of WiMAX Overview of LTE SAEEPS Architecture of LTE Frame structure in LTE Applications of WiMAX and LTE
MIMO Introduction to MIMO MIMO Spatial Multiplexing MIMO Channel Capacity MIMO Diversity and applications MIMO-OFDM Channel estimation for MIMO-OFDM Multi-user MIMO systems
Text Books
1 Ezio Biglieri Robert Calderbank and Andrea Goldsmith ldquoMIMO Wireless Communicationsrdquo Cambridge University Press
2 Mohinder Jankiraman ldquoSpace-Time Codes and MIMO Systemsrdquo Artech House3 Jeffrey G Andrews Arunabha Ghosh and Rias Muhamed ldquoFundamentals of WiMAX - Understanding
Broadband Wireless Networkingrdquo Prentice Hall4 Abd-Elhamid M Taha and Hossam S Hassanein ldquoLTE LTE-Advanced and WiMAX - Towards IMT-
Advanced Networksrdquo John Wiley and Sons Ltd5 Ramjee Prasad ldquoOFDM for Wireless Communications Systemsrdquo Artech House
P a g e 80 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 407 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNANO ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the fundamentals of Nanotechnology To give a general introduction to different types of nanomaterials spintronic bio electronics molecular electronics organic electronics nano fabrication techniques surface analytical instrumentation techniques micro electro mechanical system (MEMS) and nano electro mechanical system (NEMS) To impart basic knowledge on nano fabrication and surface analytical instrumentation techniques To bring out the magnetic properties optical properties and applications of nano materials
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to Nano-scale Science and Nano-scale Technology Why nano science and nano technology Length energy and time scales Nano structure types and properties electronic and optical properties of materials sensors
Quantum wires and dots single electron effects and single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metall ic tunnel junctions Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy
Fabrication Nanomagnets and spintronics non-ideal interfaces and defects nano fabrication (Lithography Self-assembly Contact imprinting) molecular electronics Organic Electronics (Carbon Fullerness and nanotubes polymers)
Bio Electronics Introduction Binding of Organic semiconductors DNA computing
Section ndash B
Nano-Photonics Emitters Wave Guides Detectors Photonic Crystals
Surface Analytical Instrumentation Techniques for Nanotechnology Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy Low Energy Electron Diffraction (LEED) Scanning Probe Microscopy UV Photo electron spectroscopy (UPS)
Mems and Nems MicroElectro mechanical systems (MEMS) and Nano electro mechanical systems (NEMS) size dependent electronic magnetic and optical behavior of nano materials
Application Introduction to quantum methods of information processing Nano Particles and Environmental Hazardness Industrial applications of Nano Sized materials
TEXT BOOKS
1 Transport in Nanostructures- David Ferry Cambridge University Press20002 Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics - Y Imry Oxford University Press19973 Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems S Datta Cambridge University Press19954 Single Charge Tunneling H Grabert and M Devoret Plenum Press19925 Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining and Microfabrication - P Rai Choudhary SPIE1997
P a g e 81 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 408 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrBIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course will cover various systems of the human physiology signals of biological origin obtained from these systems biosensors transducers bioelectrodes used to acquire such signals and amplifiers for measuring biopotentials Electrical safety of medical devices measurements of the blood pressure blood flow respiratory system clinical laboratory equipment medical imaging and bioethics will also be discussed The main objective of this course is to introduce student to basic biomedical engineering technology As a result student can understand design and evaluate systems and devices that can measure test andor acquire biological information from the human body
Section ndash A
Human Body Subsystems Brief description of neuronal Muscular Cardiovascular and respiratory systems their electrical Mechanical and chemical activities
Transducers and Electrodes Principles and classification of transducers for bio-medical applications Electrode theory Different types of electrodes Selection criteria for transducers and electrodes
Cardiovascular System Measurements Measurement of blood pressure Blood flow Measurement of pH value of blood Cardiac rate Heart sounds Electrocardiograph Plethysmograph
Respiratory System Measurements Measurement of gas volume Flow rate Carbon-dioxide and oxygen concentration in exhaled air
Measurement of Electrical Activity in Neuromuscular System and Brain Neuron potential Muscle potential Electromyograph Brain potentials Electroencephalograph
Section ndash B
Medical Imaging Diagnostic X-rays CAT MRI Ultrasonography Medical use of isotopes Endoscopy
Patient Care Monitoring and Safety Measures Elements of intensive care monitoring Basic hospital systems and components Physiological effect of electric currents Shock hazards from electrical equipment Safety measures
Assisting and Therapeutic Devices Introduction to cardiac pacemakers Defibrillators Ventilators Diathermy
Bio-Telemetry and Lasers Physiological parameters adaptable to Bio-telemetry components of a bio telemetry system Application of telemetry in patient care Application of lasers to biomedical sciences
TEXT BOOKS
1 L Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement - Chromwell FJ Weibell EA Pfeiffer Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
2 Introduction to biomedical Equipment technology- Carr JJ and Brown JM Pearson Publishers Delhi3 Medical Instrumentation applications and design -J G Webster John Wiley Sons New York4 Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation- RS Khandpur Tata Mc Graw Hill New Delhi5 Principles of applied Biomedical Instrumentation -LG Geddes LE Baker John Wiley Sons New
York
P a g e 82 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 409 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The objective of this course is to learn the basic elements of optical fiber transmission l ink fiber glass modes configurations and structures to understand different kinds of losses signal attenuation in optical fibers amp other dispersion factor to learn various optical sources LEDLASER structures receivers (PIN APD) and noise performance Also this course will provide the understanding of optical network system components variety of networking aspects SONETSDH and study of network operations OTDM OTDN etc l ink budget amp network design and management At the end of the course students will be able to apply the fundamental principles of optics and light wave to design optical fiber communication systems differentiate losses in optical fiber link and state transmission characterist ics of optical fiber design optical fiber communication links using appropriate optical fibers light sources detectors explore concept of designing and operating principles of modern optical systems and networks apply different network access schemes and packet switching in OFC systems design and manage networks with appropriate consideration
Section ndash A
Optical Networking Optical networking principle and challenges WDM networking evolution WDM network construction wireless optical systems switching elements Optical Add-Drop Multiplexers Optical Cross-Connect Micro-Electro Mechanical Systems Nonreconfigurable Wavelength Router Reconfigurable Wavelength-Routing Switch Wavelength conversion technologies
Designing WDM Optical Networks Systems Consideration Channels Power Considerations All-optical Cycle of Elimination Additional Considerations Elements of Local-Area WDM Network Design WDM Wide-Area Network Design Issues WDM Metro Network Design Issues Optical Access Network Design Issues
SONET amp SDH evolution multiplexing structure frame structure envelopes functional components problem detection payload pointers VTs overhead bytes SONET amp SDH concatenation Architecture of optical transport networks Digital wrappers hierarchy OTN layer models
Section ndash B
Optical Access Networks Introduction Challenges in Access Networks Next-Generation Access Networks Overview of PON Technologies Optical SplittersCouplers PON Topologies Burst-Mode Transceivers Ethernet PON (EPON) Access Network Ethernet Gaining in Prominence Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation Algorithms Considerations for IP-based Services over EPON Other Types of PONS APONBPON Generalized naming Procedure PON WDM-PON Architectures
ATM vs IP in optical internets IP over ATM amp SONET OSI internet layered model Encapsulation amp its methods PPP packet ATM vs IP debate Optical Internets Evolution to 3G architecture
Text Books
1 Optical WDM Networks - Biswanath Mukherjee ndash Springer2 Optical Networks-Third Generation Transport Systems ndash Uyless Black Pearson
Education3 Optical Network Design and Implementation - Vivek Alwayn Pearson Education4 Understanding SONETSDH and ATM-communications networks for the next millennium by
Stamatious V Kartalopoulos Prentice - Hall India
P a g e 83 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 410 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL VLSI DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course is designed to give the student an understanding of the different design steps required to carry out a complete digital VLSI (Very-Large-Scale Integration) design in silicon It will explore the fundamental concepts and structures of designing digital VLSI systems include CMOS devices and circuits standard CMOS fabrication processes CMOS design rules static and dynamic logic structures interconnect analysis CMOS chip layout simulation and testing low power techniques design tools and methodologies VLSI architecture
Section ndash A
MOS Transistor Theory Evolution of ICs Masking sequence of NMOS and CMOS Structures Electrical Design Rules Stick Diagram Layout Design Introduction to MOS Physics MOSFET Work Function MOS Models MOSFET Structure and Operation Accumulation Depletion and Inversion region Weak and Strong Inversion Threshold voltage Current-Voltage characteristics Body effect MOSFET Scaling theory Limits of miniaturization small geometry effects Sub threshold conduction
Circuit Characterization Resistive Load amp Active Load MOS Inverters NMOS Inverters CMOS Inverters Static Characterist ics Switching Characteristics Interconnect Parasit ics Propagation Delay Static and Dynamic Power Dissipation Noise Margin Logic Threshold Voltage
Section ndash B
Combinational amp Sequential Circuits MOS Logic Circuits with Depletion NMOS loads CMOS Logic Circuits Complex logic circuits Pass Gate Transmission Gate Double Gate Transistor Behavior of Bistable elements SR Latch Circuit Clocked Latch and Flip-Flop Circuits CMOS D-Latch and Edge-triggered Flip-flop Subsystem Design- Adders shifters ALU High Performance Dynamic CMOS Circuits ROM Circuits Static and Dynamic RAM Circuits
VLSI Design Methodologies Semi-custom and Full-Custom Design including Cell Library and Gate Array Based Design FPGA BiCMOS Logic Circuits Design for Testability
TEXT BOOKS
1 Basic VLSI design systems and circuits- Pucknell DA and Eshraghian K PHI2 VLSI design techniques for analog and digital circuits ndash Geiger Rr Allen PE Strader NR
P a g e 84 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 412 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize with soft computing concepts Introduce the ideas of Neural networks fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human experience Familiarize the concepts of Genetic algorithm Apply the soft computing concepts to solve practical problems One will be able to design supervised and unsupervised learning models
Section ndash A
Introduction History of neural networks biological neurons Artificial Neural Net terminology Model of a neuron topology Types of activation functions learning types of learning-supervised unsupervised re-inforcement learning
Neural Learning Perceptrons linear separability Basic learning laws Hebbs rule Delta rule Widrow amp Hoff LMS learning rule correlation learning rule instar and outstar learning rules Supervised learning- Multilayer networks back propagation algorithm and its variations unsupervised learning- competit ive learning K-means clustering algorithm Self-organizing maps Basic Hopfield model
Section ndash B
Radial Basis Functions RBF neural networks Introduction to counter Propagation networks CMAC networks ART networks Broad application areas of neural networks- classification clustering pattern association function approximation
Fuzzy Logic Basic concepts of Fuzzy Logic Fuzziness vs probabili ty Crisp logic vs fuzzy logic Fuzzy sets and systems operations on sets fuzzy relations membership functions fuzzy rule generation variable inference techniques defuzzification techniques Fuzzy applications in consumer products
Text Books
1 Artificial Neural Networks -Yegna Narayanan2 Neural Networks - Simon Haykin 3 Fuzzy logic with engineering application - ROSS JT (Tata Mc)4 Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic - Bart Kosko 5 Neural computing theory amp practice - PD Wasserman (ANZA PUB)6 Introduction to applied Fuzzy Electronics - Ahmad M Ibrahim (PHI)7 Introduction to artificial neural systems - JM Zurada Jaico Pub8 An introduction to Fuzzy control D Driankor H Hellendorn M Reinfrank
P a g e 85 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 417 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRF SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To design and analyse basic resonators and RF Filters 2 To study the operation and device characteristics of RF Active components 3 To design and analyze RF transistor amplifier 4 To understand the operation of Oscillators and mixers used in RF design
Section ndash A
Introduction RF circuits Impedance matching and Quality factor Efficiency Amplifiers RF preamplifiers fi lters Frequency converters Mixers Radio receivers
Oscillators And PLL Relaxation oscil lators Series resonant oscillators Negative resonant oscillators Oscillator dynamics Stabili ty oscillator noise Design examples phase locked loops-loop dynamics analysis Frequency synthesizers
Amplifiers and Power Supplies Amplifier specifications-gain bandwidth and impedance stability Amplifier design Noise considerations class C class D amplifiers High power amplifiers Rectifiers Switching converters Boost and Buck circuits
Section ndash B
Couplers and Waveguide Circuits Directional coupling Hybrids Power combining transformer equivalent circuits Double tuned transformers Transformers with magnetic and iron cores Transmission l ines transformers Baluns Waveguides matching in wave guide circuits Waveguide junctions coaxial lines resistance impedance bridge standing waves
Modulation and Detection Circuits AM High level modulation Digital to analog modulation SSB Angle and frequency modulation Diode detectors FM demodulators-Design power detectors Measurement of power Voltage and Impedance Swept frequency impedance measurements
Text Books
1 Jon B Hagen Radio Frequency Electronics Cambridge university press Cambridge19962 James Hardy High Frequency Circuit Design Resto Publishing Co NewYork19793 Ian Hickman RF HandBook Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd Oxford19934 Ulrich L Rohde TTN Bucher Communication Receivers McGraw Hill New York19985 R Ludcoig RF Circuit Design Pearson Asia Education and P Bretchko New Delhi2000
P a g e 86 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 418 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE AND SPEECH PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 Give the students a general understanding of the fundamentals of digital image processing 2 Introduce the student to analytical tools which are currently used in digital image processing as applied to image information for human viewing 3 To learn the fundamental concepts of digital image processing 4 To study basic image processing operations 5 To understand image analysis algorithms 6 To expose students to current applications in the field of digital image processing 7 Develop the studentrsquos abili ty to apply these tools in the laboratory in image restoration enhancement and compression 8 Understand differences between computer vision and image processing
The main purpose of this course is to provide the learners with solid fundamental tools and experience on the applied technology in the array of speech processing It also gives the opportunity to deepen and widen the understanding of this topic through the study of speech characterist ics and its applications in various fields l ike coding The course is one of the interesting applications of signal processing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Image Processing Overview of Image processing image processing and related fields types of images fundamental steps in image processing Image processing applications Digital image representation and image formation sampling amp Quantization amp application of image Processing
Image Processing operations Basic relationships and distance metrics classification of image processing operations Image Enhancement by Point operation An overview of point Processing constant amp non-linear operations between image amp histogram techniques
Section ndash B
Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing Articulatory Phonetics ndash Production and Classification of Speech Sounds Acoustic Phonetics ndash Acoustics of speech production Review of Digital Signal Processing concepts Short-Time Fourier Transform Filter-Bank and LPC Methods A Review of Discrete-Time Signal amp Systems the Z-transform the DFT Fundamental of Digital Filters FIR system IIR Systems
Features Feature Extraction and Pattern Comparison Techniques Speech distortion measuresndash mathematical and perceptual ndash LogndashSpectral Distance Cepstral Distances Weighted Cepstral Distances and Filtering Likelihood Distortions
Text Books
1 Digital image processing by S Sridhar Oxford University Press2 Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang ldquoFundamentals of Speech Recognitionrdquo
Pearson Education 20033 Digital Image Processing by Rafael C Gonzale amp Richard E Woods Pearson Education Asia4 Fundamentals of digital image processing by AK Jain 1989 Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ5 Ben Gold and Nelson Morgan ldquoSpeech and Audio Signal Processing Processing and Perception of
Speech and Musicrdquo Wiley- India Edition 2006
P a g e 87 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 321 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To understand the basic architecture of optical fiber and related losses like absorption attenuation bending etc 2 To understand the architecture of optical transmitter and receiver for optical communication systems 3 After gone through the design consideration of optical communication the various modulation techniques and measurement techniques will be studied
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of fiber optic communications and its advantages
Review of LEDs and Lasers optical sources PIN and APD diodes optical detectorsOptical Fiber Waveguides amp Its Connections Introduction Ray theory transmission Electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation cylindrical fibers single mode fibers joints - fiber alignment splices connectors
Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers amp Cables Introduction Attenuation Material absorption losses Linear scattering losses Nonlinear scattering losses fiber bend loss Dispersion Intermodal dispersion Overall fiber dispersion Dispersion modified single-mode fibers Polarization
Section ndash B
Optical Fiber Systems Intensity modulationDirect Detection amp Coherent Introduction Optical transmitter circuit Optical receiver circuits system design considerations Digital systems Analog systems Advanced multiplexing strategies Coherent system constraints modulation formats Demodulation schemes Receiver sensitivities
Optical Fiber Measurements Introduction attenuation dispersion refractive index profile cutoff wavelength numerical aperture diameter mode field diameter and field measurements
Text Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash Djafar K Mynbev Lowell L Scheiner Pearson Education
Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill 4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications5 Optoelectronics Fiber optics and Lasers a Text-Lab Manual - Morris Tischler McGraw Hill 6 Related IEEE papers amp websites
P a g e 88 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 8th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
PRJ 451 Project Semester - One Semester Training in Industry 0 0 0 20
INDUSTIAL VISIT BY FACULTY COORDINATOR (150 MARKS) (within 10-12 weeks of commencement of training)
Presentation 60 MarksViva-voce 60 MarksReport (Hard Copy) 30 Marks
Evaluation by Faculty Coordinator in consultation with Industrial Coordinator during industrial visit
EVALUATION BY A TEAM OF FACULTY MEMBERS IN THE INSTITUTE (250 MARKS)(within one week of completion of training)
Presentation 100 MarksViva-voce 100 MarksFinal Report (Hard Copy) 50 Marks
The final presentation and viva-voce will be conducted jointly by the faculty coordinator nominee of the Head to be appointed by the Head of the DepartmentThe letter grade will be awarded to the students according to marks obtained by himher out of total 400 marks
PRJ 451 L T P CrPROJECT SEMESTER 0 0 0 20
Project Semester spans over a period of one Semester
The students shall undertake project (s) in Industry RampD or service organizations under the joint supervision of a faculty member and an executive from the organization The emphasis of the work undertaken is on problem identification and its techno-economic solution for the benefit of the host industry
The project must normally include identification of problem data collection analysis and generating solutions with cost and benefits and recommendations for their implementation If a single project is not available in the industry more than one projects might be undertaken
The evaluation of the project semester should be carried out on a continuous basis and must include the evaluation by faculty coordinator during his visit(s) to the concerned industries evaluation by faculty coordinator towards the completion of the semester and the final evaluation in the Institute by a committee of faculty members
P a g e 89 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 3rd SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2020-2021)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECE 201 Electronic Devices 3 1 0 35
ECM 201 Wave Propagation 3 1 0 35
HSS 201 Management Practices amp Organizational Behaviour 3 0 0 30
CPE 209 Object Oriented Programming using C++ 3 0 0 30
ECM 203 Data Structures and Algorithms 3 1 0 35
BAS 202 Discrete Mathematics 3 1 0 35
ECE 251 Electronic Devices Lab 0 0 2 10
CPE 259 Object Oriented Programming using C++ Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 253 Data Structures and Algorithms Lab 0 0 2 10
Environment amp Road Safety Awareness 2 0 0 00
20 4 6 23
Total contact hours 30
ECE 251 CPE 259 ECM 253 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
In addition to above mentioned subjects there will be an additional course on Environment amp Road Safety Awareness as a qualifying subject
P a g e 2 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 201 INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC DEVICES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Diodes and transistors are basic devices in electronic circuits These devices are made of semiconductor materials To understand the operation of these devices basic knowledge of the structure of atoms and the interaction of atomic particles in the semiconductor material are necessary The p-n junction formed by adjacent p and n semiconductors is the basis of the operation of the diodes and transistors This course discusses on the current flow across the p-n junction that contributes to the characteristics of the diodes BJTs and FETs The objective of this course is to give understanding on how current flows through the p-n junction and relating these phenomena to the characterist ics and operation of the diodes bipolar and field-effect transistors Students will learn the applications of diode as clipper clamper and rectifier operation of BJTs FETs behavior of BJTs at low frequency and working of SCR
Section ndash A
Semiconductor Diodes Qualitative analysis of a P-N junction as a diode V-I characteristics and its temperature dependence Break down diodes Varactor diode Tunnel diode Semiconductor photo voltaic effect Light emitt ing diodes
Application of Diodes Diodes as a clipper Diode as a clamper Sampling gate Diode as a rectifier Half wave rectifier Full wave rectifier Bridge rectifier ripple factor regulation capacitor input fil ters inductor input fil ter L-type and π type-filters Electronic Voltage regulator (Series and Shunt type)
Transistor Characteristics Junction transistor current components Transistor as an amplifier Transistor construction Common base Common emitter Common collector configuration Various regions photo transistor
Transistor at Low frequencies Graphical analysis of CE configuration two port devices and hybrid model h-parameters Conversion formulas for parameters of three configurations Analysis of a transistor amplifier circuit using h-parameter Miller theorem amp its dual comparison of amplifier configuration
Section ndash B
Transistor Biasing and Thermal Stabilization Need of biasing Types of biasing circuits Operating point Bias stability Stabilization against variation in I C O VB E and β Compensation techniques Thermal run away Thermal stability
Field Effect Transistors Junction field effect transistor pinch off voltage JFET characterist ics and equivalent circuit MOSFETS their construction and characteristics Biasing of JFETs
Thyristors Thyristor family SCR-static and dynamic characteristics Thyristor commutated Techniques two transistor analogy Triggering circuits Thyristor applications
Text Books
1 Electronics Devices by Robert Boylsted Tata McGraw Hill publications2 Electronic Devices and circuits MC-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition by Millman amp Halkias3 Power Electronics by P S Bhimbra Khanna Publishers
Reference Books
1 Integrated Electronics by Millman amp Halkias Mc-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition2 Electronic Devices and Circuits S Salivahanan Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi3 Electron Devices by Floyd Pearson Asia 5th Edition 20014 Microelectronic Circuits by Sedra Smith Oxford University Press
P a g e 3 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 201 INT EXT L T P CrWAVE PROPAGATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilit ies in electromagnetic field theory by study the behavior of statics and time varying electric and magnetic field in a medium and transmission line
Section ndash A
Basic of Electromagnetic Del operator Curl Divergence Gradient Gauss divergence theorem Stokes theorem Coulombrsquos law Gaussian law Faradayrsquos law Amperersquos law
Boundary conditions Boundary conditions at electric interfaces and magnetic interfaces Maxwellrsquos equation in integral and differential form for static and time varying fields
Transmission line Transmission line equation primary and secondary constants condition for loss-less and distortion-less line loading of lines quarter wave transformer stub matching concept of VSWR and reflection coefficients
Section ndash B
Antenna parameters Radiation resistance Radiation pattern Beam width Gain Directivity Effective height Effective aperture Polarization Bandwidth and antenna temperature
Radiating Wire Structures Folded dipole loop antenna Principles of pattern multiplication Broadside arrays End fire arrays Yagi-Uda Antenna Horn Antenna Log Periodic Antenna Antenna Measurements (Gain amp Radiation pattern)
Propagation of Radio Waves Friss Free Space Equation Different modes of propagation Ground waves Space waves Surface waves and Troposphere waves Ionosphere Wave propagation in the Ionosphere Crit ical frequency Maximum usable frequency (MUF) Skips distance
Text Books
1 Kraus Electromagnetics McGraw Hill New York2 Sadiku Elements of Electromagnetics Oxford Press
Reference Books
1 EC Jordan Electromagnetic Waves and radiating systems Prentice Hall of India New Delhi2 Antennas Analysis amp Design C A Balanis John Wiley 1997
P a g e 4 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 201 INT EXT L T P CrMANAGEMENT PRACTICES amp ORGANISAIONAL BEHAVIOUR 50 50 3 0 0 30
Course Objective The course prepares the students for successful professional l ife by inculcating in them the abilities to understand the human interactions in an organization find what can drive human behavior and influence them to get better results for attaining business planning organizing staffing directing coordinating and controlling the activit ies of business enterprise
Section ndash A
Introduction to Management Definit ion Importance and functions of Management Theories of Management Classical Neo-classical and Modern Planning Nature of planning planning process types of plans Importance and Limitations of Planning Introduction to MBO (Management by Objectives) Social responsibility of business
Decision Making Importance and Process Organization Process of Organizing Organizing Principles Organization Chart Authority and Responsibili ty relationship Steps in Delegation of Authority Communication Process channels medium of communication communication barriers Controll ing Steps types of control system essentials of effective control system
Section ndash B
Organizational Behavior Concept features and importance Personality determinants and development Role of Values and Atti tudes in individuals behavior The concept of motivation and its theories Perception Concept Process Errors in perceptual accuracy Role of perception in decision making
Learning Classical and Operant conditioning theory Reinforcement-kinds and administration Concept of group dynamics Leadership theories and styles
Organizational conflict Concept Dimensions conflict management techniques Introduction to concept of power and polit ics in work related organization Organization culture and effectiveness
Text Books
1 Aswathappa K and Reddy G Sudarsana Management and Organisation Behaviour Himalya Publishing House
2 Pierce John L Gardner Donald Gardner Donald Management and Organisational Behavior An Integrated Perspective Ed1 Cengage Learning India
3 Laurie Mullins Management and Organisation Behaviour 7e Pearson Education4 Stephen P Robbins Seema Sanghi and Timothi A Judge Organizational Behavior 13e Pearson
Education5 Stephen P Robbins Mary Coulter and Neharika Vohra Management 10e Pearson Education6 Heinz Weihrich and Harold Koontz Essentials of Management Tata McGraw Hill7 Gene Burton and Manab Thakur Management Today Principles and Practice Tata McGraw-Hill8 P C Tripathy P N Reddy Principles of Management Tata McGraw-Hill9 Dr Neeru Vashishth Principles of Management with case studies Taxmann Publication10 LM Prasad Principles amp Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons Delhi11 James Stoner R Edward Freeman and Daniel R Gilbert Management 6e Pearson Education
P a g e 5 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 209 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ 50 50 3 0 0 30
Course Objective To become familiar with object-oriented programming concepts using C++ and be able to apply these concepts in solving diverse range of applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of basic concepts (Data types tokens operators arrays strings structure) Concepts of OOPS Comparison between procedural and OOPS Elements of OOPS its paradigm its merits and demerits functions function overloading and function
Classes and Objects Classes creating a class accessing class members memory allocation for objects array of objects static objects friend class empty classes nested classes abstract classes and container class
Constructor and Destructor Its need Types of constructor- Default Copy Multiple Dynamic Destructor Constructor and Destructor with static members Order of execution of constructor and destructor
Operator Overloading and type Conversion Definit ion Rules for overloading overloading of unary and binary operators Overloading NEW and DELETE operators Type conversion- Basic type to class type class type to basic type class to class type
Section ndash B
Inheritance - Virtual base class types of inheritance typing conversions and visibil ity
Polymorphism - Virtual functions Virtual destructors Concept of binding- early and late Virtual functions Pure virtual functions Polymorphism
Exception Handling Basics of exception handling Exception handling mechanisms throwing mechanisms Catching mechanisms
Pointers and dynamic memory management Understanding pointers accessing address of a variable declaring and initialization pointer arithmetic pointer to pointer pointer to function pointer to array array of pointers pointer to object this pointers null pointers dangling pointers and memory leak
Managing Data Files File streams Hierarchy of file streams ReadingWriting of files accessing records randomly and sequentially and updating files
Text Books
1 Schildt H C++ The Complete Reference Tata Mcgraw Hill (2003) 4th ed2 Lippman B S Lajoie J and Moo E B C++ Primer Addison-Wesley Professional (2013) 5th ed3 Stroustrup B The C++ programming language Pearson Education India (2013) 4th ed
P a g e 6 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 203 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms To understand concepts about searching and sorting techniques To Understand basic concepts about stacks queues l ists trees and graphs To understanding about writ ing algorithms and step by step approach in solving problems with the help of fundamental data structures
Section ndash A
Basic Data Structures Arrays Stacks and Queues and Their Applications Linked and Sequential Representation Linked List Representation of Linked List Multi-Linked Structures
Searching and Sorting use of Various Data Structures for Searching and Sorting Linear and Binary Search Bubble Sort Insertion Sort Shell Sort Selection Sort Merge Sort Radix Sort Quick Sort
Hashing Introduction to hash table hash function resolving collision by chaining and open addressing deleting i tems from a hash table
Section ndash B
Trees Definit ions and Basic Concepts Linked Tree Representation Representations in Contiguous Storage Binary Trees Binary Tree Traversal Searching Insertion and Deletion in Binary Trees Binary Search Tree Heap and Heap Sort Algorithm
Graphs Sequential and Linked Representation of Graph-Adjacency Matrix Operations on Graph Traversing a Graph Dijkstras Algorithm for Shortest Distance Minimal Spanning Tree
File Organization Sequential Relative Index Sequential
Text Books
1 Data structures A Pseudocode Approach with-C 2nd Edition Cengage Learning (Thomson)2 An introduction to data structures with applications Mc-Graw Hill Inc JP Trembley and PG
Sorensen3 Data Structures and Program Design in C Prentice Hall of India 1992 Robort L Kruse Bruce P
Leung Cluvis L Tundo
P a g e 7 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
BAS 202 INT EXT L T P CrDISCRETE MATHEMATICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Throughout the course students will be expected to demonstrate their understanding of Discrete Mathematics Use mathematically correct terminology and notation Construct correct direct and indirect proofs Demonstrate different methods for Graphs Boolean Algebra and Switching Theory Apply logical reasoning to solve a variety of problems
Section ndash A
Relations and Functions Binary Relations Types of Relations Compositions and inverse of Relations Equivalence Relations and Partit ions Partial Ordering Relations Chains and Anti-chains Functions Injective Functions Surjective Functions Bijective Functions Sum and Product of Functions Inverse and Composition of Functions Inclusion and Exclusion Pigeon-hole Principle Linear Recurrence Relations with constant coefficients Homogeneous solutions Particular solutions Solution by Method of Generating Functions
Algebraic Structures Algebraic structures with one binary operation semi-group monoid and groups Cosets Lagrangersquos Theorem (only statement) Homomorphism of groups
Section ndash B
Introduction to Graphs Graphs and their basic terminology Multigraphs and Weighted Graphs Matrix representation of Graphs Paths and Circuits Shortest Paths in Weighted Graphs Dijkstrarsquos Algorithm Planar Graphs Eulerrsquos Theorem Eulerian Paths and Circuits Hamiltonian Paths and Circuits
Boolean Algebra Partially Ordered Set Lattices and Algebraic System Principle of Duality Distributive and Complemented Lattices Boolean Algebra Boolean Functions and Boolean Expressions Disjunctive and Conjunctive Normal Forms Applications of Boolean Algebra in Switching Theory Series and Parallel connections
Text Books
1 C L Liu Elements of Discrete Mathematics 2nd Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 20002 J P Tremblay and R P Manohar Discrete Mathematics with Applications to Computer Science Tata
McGraw-Hill 19973 K H Rosen Discrete Mathematics and its Applications 6th Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 2007
P a g e 8 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 251 INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC DEVICES LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Study of h-Parameters of CE transistor
2 Study of h-Parameters of CB transistor
3 Study of V-I characteristics of Photodiode
4 Study of V-I characteristics of photo transistor
5 Study of V-I characteristics of JFET
6 Study of VI characteristics of MOSFET
7 Study of Clipping amp clamping CKT using Diode
8 Study of V-I characteristics of SCR
9 Study of Diode as rectifier
10 Study of different filters
11 Study of V-I characteristics of DIAC
12 Study of V-I characteristics of TRIAC
13 Study the applications of Thyristor
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 9 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 259 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to illustrate the working of different iterative controls
2 Write a program to illustrate the use of conditional statements
3 Write a program to illustrate difference between call by reference and call by value
4 Write a program to illustrate use of classes and objects
5 Write a program to illustrate the use of constructors and destructors
6 Write a program to illustrate the use operator overloading
7 Write a program to illustrate the use of inheritance and type of inheritance
8 Write a program to illustrate the use virtual function
9 Write a program to illustrate the use runtime polymorphism
10 Write a program to illustrate the use of File Stream operation
11 Create a class Time with members hours minutes seconds Add two class objects and display time
12 Write a program to perform addition of two complex numbers using constructor overloading
13 Write a program to find the greatest of two given numbers in two different classes using friend
function
14 Implement a class String with the following
Overload + operator to carry out the concatenation of strings
Overload = operator to carry out string copy
Overload lt= operator to carry out the comparison of strings
Function to display the length of a string
Function tolower() to convert upper case letters to lower case
Function toupper() to convert lower case letters to upper case
15 Create a class called List with two pure virtual function store() to save a value and retrieve() to get a
saved value from the list Derive two classes Stack and Queue from it and override store and retrieve
16 Write a program to define the function template for calculating the square of given numbers with
different data types
17 Write a program to perform the deletion of white spaces such as horizontal tab vertical tab space
line feed new line and carriage return from a text file and store the result in another file
18 Write a program to raise an exception if any attempt is made to refer to an element whose index is
beyond the array size
P a g e 10 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 253 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to check whether a string is palindrome or not
2 Write a program to extract substring from given string
3 Write a program to implement stack using arrays
4 Write a program to implement queues using arrays
5 Write a program to sort a given list of numbers using following algorithm
Bubble sort
Insertion sort
Selection sort
Quick sort
Radix sort
6 Write a program to implement linear and binary search algorithm
7 Write a program to create a linked list and perform following operations
Insert element at beginning
Insert element at end
Insert element at given position
Delete element from beginning
Delete element at end
Delete element from given position
8 Take a list of numbers and create a sorted linked list from given list
9 Implement stack using linked representation
10 Implement queue using linked representation
P a g e 11 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P CrENVIRONMENTAL AND ROAD SAFETY AWARENESS 2 0 0 0
Time Allowed 3 hours Total Marks 100Total lectures 50 Pass marks 35
Instructionsa) The paper has been introduced from the session 2013-14b) The paper will be taught in the Second yearfourth Semester of all the UG Courses (BA BCom
BSc Law Engineering Commerce Agriculture etc) except LLB three year course and will be a qualifying paper only The marks of this paper will not be counted towards final score of the under graduate degree
c) This will cover only preliminary and basics of the subject and the paper will be set accordinglyd) The written paper will have two parts Each part of the paper will be of 50 marks and will contain ten
questions The candidates will attempt five questions out of each part The answer to each question should not exceed 500 words Each question will carry ten marks
Section ndash IUnit 1 The multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition scope and importance
Concept of Biosphere ndash Lithosphere Hydrosphere Atmosphere Need for public awareness (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 2 Natural Resources ndash Renewable and non-renewable resources Natural resources and associated problems
a) Forest resources use and over exploitation deforestation and its impactb) Water resources use and overutilization of surface and ground water and its impactc) Mineral resources use and effects on environment on over exploitationd) Food resources Effects modern agriculture fertilizer-pesticide problem water logging and
salinitye) Energy resources Growing energy needs renewable and non-renewable energy sources use of
alternate energy resourcesf) Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources for sustainable development
(7 lectures)Unit 3 Ecosystems
Ecosystem and its components Definition structure and function producer consumer and decomposer Types of Ecosystem (Introduction only) Food Chains food web and ecological pyramids (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 4 Biodiversity and conservation Introduction ndash Definition genetic species and ecosystem diversity value of biodiversity Hot spots of biodiversity Threats to biodiversity habitat loss poocting of wildlife man-wildlife conflicts Endangered and endemic species of India Conservation of Biodiversity (6 lectures)
Section ndash IIUnits 5 Environmental Pollution
Definition causes effects and control measures of a) Air pollutionb) Water pollutionc) Soil pollutiond) Marine pollutione) Noise pollutionf) Thermal pollutiong) Nuclear hazard
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution Solid waste management vermicomposting Disaster management Floods earthquake cyclone and landslides (7 lectures)
Unit 6 Social Issues and the Environment Urban problems related to energy Water conservation rain water harvesting water shed management Resettlement and rehabilitation of people its problems and concerns Climate changes global warming acid rain ozone layer depletion Consumerism and waste products Population explosion ndash Family welfare programme (6 lectures)
Unit 7 Introduction to Environmental Protection Laws in India
P a g e 12 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
Environmental Protection Act Air (Prevention and control of pollution) Act Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act Wild life Protection Act Forest Conservation Act Issues involved in the enforcement of environmental legislation (6 lectures)
Unit 8 Road safety Awareness Concept and significance of Road safety Traffic signs Traffic rules Traffic Offences and penalties How to obtain license Role of first aid in Road Safety (6 lectures)
P a g e 13 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 4th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2020-2021)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECE 209 Digital Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECE 210 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECM 205 Computer System Architecture 3 1 0 35
ECM 206 Operating System 3 1 0 35
ECE 213 Circuit Theory 3 1 0 35
ECE 214 Signals amp Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 254 Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 256 Operating System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 263 Circuit Theory Lab 0 0 2 10
Punjabi 3 0 0 0
21 6 6 33
Total contact hours 33
ECM 254 ECM 256 ECE 263 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
In addition to above mentioned subjects there will be an additional course on Punjabi as a qualifying subject
P a g e 14 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 209 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the student should be able to demonstrate the ability to use logic gates Basic Boolean laws minimization techniques for the designing of various combinational circuits The student should also be able to describe operation characterist ic equations excitation table of various flip flops and explain the conversion of flip flops Design and analyze sequential circuits from the basic building blocks and describe memories AD DA Converters Logic families and their characteristics
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of Number Systems Codes and Gates evaluating logic circuit outputs Implementing circuits from Boolean expressions Boolean theorems DeMorgans theorem universality of NAND and NOR gates IEEEANSI standard logic symbols
Combinational Logic Circuits Sum of product form Product of sum form Simplification of Boolean functions using algebraic and Karnaugh map methods Half adder Full adder half subtractor full subtractor circuits parity generator and checker circuits comparator circuit
Combinational Digital Circuit Design Multiplexer Demultiplexer Code converters Combinational logic circuits Some examples of Boolean gate ICs
Sequential Circuits RS JK D and T fl ip-flops circuits and their conversions Serial and parallel counters and shift registers Universal shift registers some examples of counter and shift register ICs
Section ndash B
Logic families and digital ICs Characterist ics of digital ICs Classification of different logic families TTL ECL MOS and CMOS their operation and specifications
Memories Semi-conductor memories ROM and RAM ROM using diodes BJTs and FETs RAM cell Memory organization and expansion An idea about other types of memories
Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Converters Variable register network R-2R DA converters DA accuracy and resolution AD converters Simultaneous conversion and counter method
Text Books
1 Digital Design by Morris Mano PHI 4th edition 2008 2 Digital principles and Applications by Malvino Leach TMH 2011 3 Digital System Principles and Applications by R J Tocci (PHI) 2009 4 Modern Digital Electronics by R P Jain TMH 2006 5 Digital Integrated Electronics by Taub Schilling TMH 2004
P a g e 15 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 210 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Through this course the students will acquire knowledge of -The behavior of BJTs at high frequency using pi-model -Develop the abili ty to analyze and design analog electronic circuits using discrete components-Concept of feedback used in amplifiers and its need -Working of power amplifiers power amplifier circuits tuned amplifiers Oscillators compare experimental results in the laboratory with theoretical analysis
Section ndash A
High Frequency Transistor The high frequency T model CB short circuit current frequency response Alpha cut-off frequency CE short circuit current frequency response Hybrid pi CE transistor model hybrid pi conductance in terms of low frequency h ndash parameters CE short circuit current gain obtained with hybrid pi model current gain with resistive load
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Power Amplifiers Class A large signal amplifier second and higher harmonic distortion transformer coupled amplifiers Efficiency of amplifiers Push-pull amplifiers (class A amp class B)
Tuned Amplifiers Single tuned capacitively coupled amplifier amp its steady state response Determination of Gain Bandwidth product Tapped tuned Inductively coupled single tuned circuit Double tuned circuits
Oscillators Condition for sustained oscillation R-C phase shift Hartley Colpitts Crystal and Wien Bridge Oscillators
Text Books
1 Electronics Devices by Robert Boylsted Tata McGraw Hill publications2 Electronic Devices and circuits MC-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition by Millman amp Halkias3 Malvino Electronic Principles Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
Reference Books
1 Integrated Electronics by Millman amp Halkias Mc-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition2 Electronic Devices and Circuits S Salivahanan etal Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi3 Electron Devices by Floyd Pearson Asia 5th Edition 20014 Liner Integrated circuits by Gayekward5 Engineering Electronics by Alley amp Attwood6 Burns and Bond Principles of Electronic Circuits PWS Publishing Company Boston
P a g e 16 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 205 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a digital computer To discuss in detail the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms amp implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition subtraction multiplication amp division To study the different ways of communicating with IO devices and standard IO interfaces To study the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory
Section ndash A
Introduction Design of basic computer Registers Accumulator Flags Program Counter Stack Pointer Machine Instructions Instruction Cycle Machine Cycle Components of CPU
Register Transfer and Micro operations Register transfer Language Register transfer Bus amp memory transfer Logic micro operations Shift micro operation
Controller Design Hardwired and Micro programmed Approach
Micro program Control Organization Control Memory Address Sequencing Micro program Sequences Microinstruction Formats and Addressing modes
Arithmetic Unit Comparison and Subtraction of unsigned Binary Numbers Addition Subtraction Multiplication Algorithm
Section ndash B
Memory System Memory CPU interaction Principle of locality (Temporal and Spatial)
Memory Organization Interleaved Memory Organization Memory Hierarchy Main Memory Virtual Memory Cache Memory Cache Organization (Direct Fully Associative Set Associative) Cache Coherence Memory Management Hardware Performance Considerations
Input-Output Organization IO interfaces and Buses IO operations Program driven Input- Output Interrupt driven Input-Output DMA Priority Interrupt
Pipeline Processing Overview of Pipelining Types of Pipelining Hazards (Data Control Structural)
Computer Peripherals and Interfaces Introduction to IO buses ISA PCI SCSI EISA Local bus VESA Local bus PCI bus PCI Express Accelerated graphics port bus
Text Books
1 Computer System Architecture MM Mano Prentice Hall of India2 Structured Computer Organization Andrew S Tanenbaum Prentice Hall of India3 JP Hayes Computer Systeui Architecture Prentice Hall of India New Delhi4 Ali leigh System Architecture South Wester publishing co New Delhi5 William Stallings ldquoComputer Organization and Architecture ndash Designing for Performancerdquo 6th Edition
Pearson Education 2003
P a g e 17 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 206 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn the fundamentals of Operating Systems To learn the mechanisms of OS to handle processes and threads and their communication To learn the mechanisms involved in memory management in contemporary OS To gain knowledge on distributed operating system concepts that includes architecture Mutual exclusion algorithms deadlock detection algorithms and agreement protocols To know the components and management aspects of concurrency management To learn programmatically to implement simple OS mechanisms
Section ndash A
Basic Functions and Concepts of Operating Systems Concept of an operating system batch system Multi-programmed Time sharing Personal Computer System Parallel system Real time system Network Operating System and Distributed Operating System
Features and Objective of Operating Systems System components operating system services System calls System Programmers System Structure Simple Structure Layered Approach Microkernel
Process Management Concept of process process states process control block Process Scheduling Scheduling Queues Schedulers and Context Switch operations on processes CPU scheduling Algorithms FCFS SJF RR and priority Multilevel queue scheduling Multilevelfeedback queue scheduling
Deadlocks Introduction to deadlocks Necessary Conditions for deadlock Resource allocation graph Deadlock Prevention Deadlock Avoidance Safe state Resource-Allocation-Graph Algorithm Bankers Algorithm Deadlock Detection Recovery from Deadlock
Section ndash B
Memory Management Logical and physical address space Swapping Contiguous memory Allocation Memory Protection Memory Allocation Fragmentation paging basic method Protection and shared pages segmentation basic method hardware Protection and sharing virtual memory Demand Paging Page Replacement Algorithms ((FIFO Optimal LRU LRU Approximation page replacement) Allocation of Frames Thrashing
Information Management Files - file concept file types File attributes fi le operations access methods allocation methods (contiguous l inked indexed) directory structure free-space management (bit vector linked list grouping counting)
Disk Management Disk structure Disk Scheduling (FCFS SSTF SCAN C-SCAN LOOK) Disk Management (Disk Formatting Boot Block Bad Blocks) Swap Space Management Swap Space Use Swap Space Location
Case Studies Brief introduction of Windows UNIX and LINUX
Text Books
1 Operating System (Sixth Edition) 2005 Galvin Silberschatz Addison Wesley Publishing Ltd2 Flynn Understanding operating Systems Cengage Learning (Thomson)3 DM Dhamdhere Operating System r A Concept Based Approach Tata Me Graw- Hill4 Operating Systems Design and Implementation Andrew S Tanembaum PHI (Latest Edition)
P a g e 18 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 213 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The study of electrical circuits takes off from principles of AC and DC theory and introduces the student to parameters and characteristics of various networks The aim of the subject to understand the different types of circuits and their analysis based on network theorems and to determine the current voltage and power in the circuit The students will be able to analyze two port networks stability of a circuit and to find time response of the circuit The circuits are designed using Foster and Cauer forms The knowledge of Laplaces transform and Inverse will help students to work in multi-disciplinary fields of electronics engineering
Section ndash A
Network Theorems and Two Port Network Descriptions Thevenins theorem as applied to ac circuits Nortons theorem as applied to AC circuits Superposition theorem as applied to ac circuits Maximum power transfer theorem as applied to AC Circuits Two port description in terms of open circuits impedance Parameters Short circuit admittance parameters Hybrid parameters and transmission Inter-connection of two port network Duality networks
Inductively Coupled Circuits Coefficient of coupling mutual inductance in loop and nodal equations
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Time Domain Analysis Unit functions-step impulse and ramp functions Laplaces transform and Inverse Solution of network problems using Laplace transform Solution of Transient and Steady state response of RL amp RC networks with different types of forcing functions Solutions of transient and steady state response of series RLC circuit with step input
Network Synthesis Synthesis vs Analysis Elements of circuit synthesis Introduction and general considerations in network synthesis Purpose and scope of network synthesis
Positive Real Functions Definition Necessary and Sufficient conditions for a function to be positive real testing of driving point functions for positive realness
Foster amp Cauer Forms Foster and Cauer Forms realization in terms of RC RL and LC networks
Text Books
1 Sudhakar amp Shyammohan ldquoCircuits amp Networksrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 Joseph Administer ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo S Chand Series3 Abhijit Chakarbarti ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo Dhanpat Rai amp Sons New Delhi4 Vanvalkenberg ldquoNetwork Analysisrdquo Prentice Hall5 D Roy Choudhary ldquoNetworks amp Systemsrdquo New Age International New Delhi6 Vanvalkenberg ME ldquoNetworks Analysisrdquo P rentice Hall of India (2007) 3rded7 Arshad M ldquoNetwork Analysis and Synthesisrdquo Laxmi Publications (2008) 2nded
Reference Books
1 Franklin F Kuo Network Analysis and Synthesis John Wiley (2003) 2nd ed2 Anderson BDOVongpanitlerd S Network Analysis and Synthesis Dover Publications (2006) 3rd ed3 Charles A Desoer Ernest S Kuh ldquoBasic Circuit Theoryrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company4 William H Hayt Jr Jack E Kemmerly ldquoEngineering Circuit Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company
P a g e 19 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 20 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 214 INT EXT L T P CrSIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The aim of this subject is to develop analytical capability of students by which they would be able to handle real time signal processing related problems and projects The understanding of various transforms will help the students to analyze the problems in both time and frequency domain
Section ndash A
Representation of Signal and Systems Classifications of signals Linear time invariant systems Representation of signals in terms of impulses Discrete time LTI systems continuous t ime LTI systems Properties of LTI systems Systems described by differential and difference equations
Section ndash B
Fourier analysis Signal representation using Fourier series Representation of periodic signals Continuous and discrete time Fourier series Exponential Fourier series Properties of Fourier series Convergence of Fourier series Continuous and Discrete time Fourier transform Properties of Fourier transform Analysis of discrete time signals and systems Correlation Autocorrelation
Random Signals Probability Random variables Probabili ty density and distribution functions Moments of random variables Random processes Transmission of signals through LTI systems Gaussian Process Central Limit Theorem
Text Books
1 Oppenheim Willisky and Nawab Signals amp Systems Tata Mcgraw HillNew Delhi2 Simon Haykin and Barry Van Been ldquoCommunications System Wiley 3 Eastern USA4 BPLathi ldquoCommunication Systems Oxford Press USA5 A Papouils Random Variables amp Stochastic Process Mcgraw Hill USA
Reference Books
1 Charles L Philips John M Parr Eve A Riskin ldquoSignals Systems and Transformrdquo Prentice Hall Third Edition 2003
P a g e 21 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 254 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To plot frequency response characteristics of a RC Single stage RC coupled Amplifier
2 To determine the voltage gain of a two stage RC coupled amplifiers
3 To plot frequency response characteristics of Transformer coupled amplifier
4 To plot frequency response of a tuned voltage amplifier and to calculate its resonant frequency
5 To find voltage gain of an emitter follower and find its operating point
6 To study Wein Bridge Oscillator
7 To study Phase Shift Oscillator
8 To study OP-Amp as Differentiator amp Integrator
9 To study diode as a biased and unbiased clipper
10 To study Astable Multivibrator using Transistors
11 To study Bistable Multivibrator using Transistors
12 To study OP-Amp as an inverting and non-inverting amplifier
13 To study OP-Amp as summing and average amplifier
14 To study the frequency response of audio amplifier
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 22 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 256 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
HARDWARE LAB
1 Identification of Motherboard Processor System buses Power supplies Memories
2 PC assembling
SOFTWARE LAB
1 Familiarization of UNIXLINUX Environment
2 Installation and Administration of UNIXLINUX operating system
3 Implementation of common commands of UNIX operating systems
4 Shell programming and its features
5 Implementation of programs using shell scripts
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 23 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 263 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 24 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P Crਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ 3 0 0 0
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪਜਾਬੀਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਸਿਵਖ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਕਲਾਈਫਾਈਗ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਵਜ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ
ਉਦਸ਼ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ 13ਾਸਿਤ ਅਤ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣਾ ਮਖ ਰਪ ਸਿਵਚ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਬਲਣ ਪੜਹਨ ਦੀਆ 13ਮਸਿ13ਆਵਾ ਨ ਦਰ ਕਰਨ ਦ ਨਾਲndashਨਾਲ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਨਸਿਤਕ ਕਦਰਾ ndashਕੀਮਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣ ਦਾ ਉਪਰਾਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ
1 ਪਜਾਬੀ ਦੀ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ(ਮਖ 13ਪਾਦਕ ਬਲਦਵ ਸਿ13 ਘ ਚੀਮਾ ਪਰਕਾਸ਼ਕ ਪਬਲੀਕਸ਼ਨ ਸਿਬਊਰ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਪਸਿਟਆਲਾ)ਭਾਗ ਪਲਿਹਲਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਾਲਿਹਤ
(ੳ) ਕਸਿਵਤਾ(ਅ) ਕਾਣੀ(ੲ) ਨਾਟਕ
ਭਾਗ ਦਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬ ਸਲਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਲਕਧਾਰਾਭਾਗ ਤੀਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਤ ਗਰਮਖੀ ਲਿਲਪੀ
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਸਿਤ ਨ ਭਾਗ ਨ ਪਰਤ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦ ਭਾਗਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਵ ਗਾ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਪਸਿਲਾ ਭਾਗ
ਪ 13ਤਕ ਦ ਪਸਿਲ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 36 ਅਕ ਨ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਦਜਾ ਭਾਗ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦ ਜ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 24 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਅਤ ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਦ 12ndash12 ਅਕ ਣਗ
(1) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਪਲਿਹਲ ਭਾਗ ਦ ਲਿਤ ਨ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ਅਤ ੲ ਹਨ ਇਨਹਾ ਲਿਤ ਨਾ ਉਪndashਭਾਗਾ ਲਿਵਚ ਹਠ ਲਿਲਖ ਅਨਸਾਰ ਸਆਲ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ
(ੳ) ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਕਲ 12 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਐਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਣਗ ਅਕ 12x1 = 12
(ਅ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਲਘ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 3ndash3 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ ਉਤਰ ਪਜ ਲਾਈਨਾ ਤ ਵਧ ਨਾ ਵ ਅਕ 3x3 = 9x2 =18
(ੲ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਖ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ ਅਕ 1x6 = 6
(2) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਲਿਵਚ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਇਸ ਪਰਕਾਰ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ(ੳ) ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਔਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ
ਅਕ 8x1 = 8(ਅ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਕਲ 5 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨ ਣਗ ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ
ਨ ਅਕ 5x2 = 10(ੲ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ
ਅਕ 6x1 = 6ਨਟ ਮਲਿਖਕ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ ਤ ਹੀ ਆਧਾਲਿਰਤ ਹਵ ਗੀ ਇਸਦੀ ਲਿਵਧੀ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਹਵ ਗੀ
P a g e 25 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ (ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ)ਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ
For Other State Students ofB Tech amp Six Year BTech-MBA Integrated Program Only
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 (ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ 60 ਅਕ) ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਵਲ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਨ ਦ13ਵੀ ਪਧਰ ਦੀ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਪਾ13 ਨੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਦੀ ਲਈ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਲਬ13 ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਵਰਨਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲ ਕ ਮਾਤਰਾਵਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਵਾਕ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨ 13ਬ ਧੀ ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ ਉਦਸ਼ ਪਜਾਬ ਦ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਦ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਤ ਵਾਝ ਰਸਿ ਗਏ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾਉਣਾ ਅਤ ਬਾਰਲ 13ਸਿਬਆ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਇਕ ਨਵੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾ ਕ ਉਨਾ ਨ ਪਜਾਬ ਸਿਵਚ ਰਜ਼ਗਾਰ ਦ ਮਸਿਕਆ ਦ ਯਗ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ
ਭਾਗ ੳ
1) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਵਰਣਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲਖਣ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) ਅਖਰ ਸਿ13 ਸਿਖਆ ਤਰਤੀਬਵਾਰ ਤ ਭਲਾਵ ਅਖਰ(ਅ) ਅਖਰ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਖਰ ਰਪ ਤ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ
2) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਅਖਰ ਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਧਨੀਆ ਦਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) 13ਵਰ ਤ ਸਿਵਅਜਨ ਵਰਗੀਕਰਨ ਤ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਉਚਾਰਨ(ਅ) ਲਗਾ ndashਮਾਤਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
ਭਾਗ ਅ
1) ਸਿਲਪੀ ਦ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ(ੳ) ਪਰ ਤ ਅਧ ਅਖਰ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ਅ) 13ਵਰ 13ਚਕ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
2) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਣndashਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਫ਼ਤ ਦ ਸਿਦਨ(ਅ) ਮੀਸਿਨਆ ਦ ਨਾਮ(ੲ) ਰਗਾ ਦ ਨਾਮ(13) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਰਸ਼ਤਾndashਨਾਤਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ
ਭਾਗ ੲ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਜੜਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਦ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ(ਅ) ਸਿਤ ਨ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ
2) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਵਰਗਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀਆ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਨਾਵ ਪੜਨਾਵ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਸਿਕਸਿਰਆ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਆਸਿਦ)
ਭਾਗ ਸ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਅਗਤਰ ਸਿਪਛਤਰ 13ਮਾ13 ਦਰ ਕਤੀ)(ਅ) ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਵਾਕਸ਼ ਉਪndashਵਾਕ ਤ ਵਾਕ)
P a g e 26 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ
(1) 13ਲਬ13 ਦ ਚਾਰ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x5 = 20x 1 = 20(2) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 13ਖ ਪ ਉਤਰਾ ਵਾਲ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x 2 = 8x 2 = 16(3) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਵਰਣਾਤਮਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਵ ਗਾ 4x 1 = 4x 6 = 24
P a g e 27 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 5th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 301 Analog and Digital Communication Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 302 Web Programming amp Scripting 3 1 0 35
ECM 303 Mobile Application Development 3 1 0 35
ECM 304 Computer Networks 3 1 0 35
ECE 303 Microprocessor and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 351 Analog and Digital Communication Systems Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 353 Mobile Application Development Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 353 Microprocessor and Applications Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective ndash I 3 1 0 35
STG 351 Summer Training 60
Drug Abuse 3 0 0 00
21 6 6 30
Total contact hours 33
ECM 351 ECM 353 ECE 353 amp STG 351 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers Summer Training will be of 4-6 weeks duration in Industry or in- house Qualifying subject
Elective - I
1 ECE 305 ndash Linear Integrated Circuits amp Applications2 ECE 306 ndash Control Engineering 3 ECE 301 ndash Opto Electronics4 ECE 316 ndash HDL Based Digital Design5 ECE 318 ndash Communication Theory6 ECE 319 - Electronic Switching Circuits7 ECE 320 - Transmission Lines and Waveguides8 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 28 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 301 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is intended to understand all types of analog and digital modulation amp demodulation techniques and Recognize the importance of pre-emphasis and de-emphasis Focus will be on the fundamental system aspects of modern analog and digital communication System After successfully completing the course students will also be able to analyze the performance of a baseband and pass band digital communication system
Section-A
Amplitude Modulation (AM) Introduction Basic elements of communications Noise Need for modulation Expression for AM Double sideband suppressed carrier (DSB-SC) single sideband (SSB) and vestigial sideband (VSB)
AM Modulators and Demodulators Introduction with circuit diagram explanation of square law modulator and balanced modulator Fil tering method and Phasing method for generation of SSB Envelope detector and square law detector Working principles and block diagram explanations of super heterodyne receiver Specifications of receiver sensitivity selectivity fidelity signal to noise ratio and double spotting
Angle Modulation Introduction to Phase modulation (PM) and frequency modulation (FM) Relationship between PM and FM Expression of Phase and frequency modulation Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis circuits in FM Armstrong system of FM modulator slope detector balanced slope detector quadrature detector for FM demodulation FM stereo transmitter
Section-B
Pulse Modulation Introduction Sampling theorem and its applications Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) Pulse Time Modulation (PTM) Pulse code Modulation (PCM) quantization quantization error quantization noise companding Delta modulation Adaptive delta modulation Line Coding Schemes Introduction of line coding scheme ON-OFF signaling polar signaling bipolar amp split phase Manchester signaling and comparison among them Introduction to inter-symbol interference eye diagram Modulation Schemes Introduction generation reception spectrum and geometrical representation of BASK BFSK BPSK DPSKQPSK QAM and MSK techniques Use of signal space for calculation of error probabili ty for BPSK BFSK and QPSK Block diagram of digital communication system and functions of each block
TEXT BOOKS 1Electronic Communication Systems ndash George Kennedy and Bernard Davis TMH 2 Modern digital and analog Communication systems B P Lathi Oxford University Press 3 Communication Systems Harold PE Stern Samy and A Mahmond Pearson 4 Communication Systems Singh and Sapre Analog and digital TMH 5 Principles of Communication Systems ndash H Taub amp D Schilling Gautam Sahe TMH6 John Proakis ldquoDigital CommunicationsrdquoMcGrawHill7 Simon Haykin Digital communications John Wiley and sons8 Digital communication system by JSchitode
P a g e 29 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 302 INT EXT L T P CrWEB PROGRAMMING amp SCRIPTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Students are able to develop a dynamic webpage by the use of javascript and HTML Students will be able to know of CSS JQuery and AJAX
Section ndash A
HTML Tags Elements Attributes Headings Paragraphs Styles Formatting Quotations Comments Colors Hyperlinks Images Tables Lists Iframes Forms Form Elements Form Input Element types Canvas
CSS Inline amp External Anatomy of a CSS ruleset Measurement Units Colors Backgrounds Fonts Text Links Tables Borders Margins Lists Padding Dimensions Display Visibil ity Positioning Media Types Printing
Section ndash B
Javascript Syntax Variables Operators Data Types Number Boolean Strings Arrays Date Objects Functions Events If Else Switch Case While Loop For Loop For in RegExp HTML DOM Error Handling Dialog Boxes
Frameworks Introduction to jQuery Bootstrap JSON
Text Books
1 HTML5 for Web Designers by Jeremy Keith2 The Essential Guide to CSS and HTML Web Design by Craig Grannell3 JavaScript amp JQuery The Missing Manual by David McFarland
P a g e 30 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 303 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is related to the development of applications on mobile and wireless computing platforms Android will be used as a basis for teaching programming techniques and design patterns related to the development of standalone applications and mobile portals to enterprise systems Emphasis is placed on the processes tools and frameworks required to develop applications for current and emerging mobile computing devices Students will work at all stages of the software development life-cycle from inception through to implementation and testing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Android The Android Platform Android SDK Android App Resources Android App Manifest File Android App Permissions
Android Application Design Essentials Anatomy of an Android applications Android terminologies Application Context Activities Activity lifecycle Activity state changes Tasks and back stack Parcelables and bundles Fragments Services Intents
Section ndash B
Android User Interface Design Essentials User Interface Screen elements Designing User Interfaces with Layouts working with different types of resources
Android Architecture Components View Binding Data Binding LiveData ViewModel
WorkManager Room Persistence Library
Text Books
1 Lauren Darcey and Shane Conder ldquoAndroid Wireless Application Developmentrdquo Pearson Education 2nd ed (2011)
Reference Books
1 Reto Meier Professional Android 2 Application Developmentrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd2 Mark L Murphy Beginning Androidrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd
P a g e 31 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 304 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Build an understanding of the fundamental concepts of computer networking Familiarize the student with the basic taxonomy and terminology of the computer networking area Introduce the student to advanced networking concepts preparing the student for entry Advanced courses in computer networking Allow the student to gain expertise in some specific areas of networking such as the design and maintenance of individual networks
Section ndash A
Introduction history and development of computer networks Types of computer networks LAN MAN WAN broadcast and point to point networks Network topologies
Layered Architecture concept of layers protocols interfaces and services The OSI Reference Model The TCPIP Reference Model Comparison of OSI and TCPIP Models
Physical Layer Concept of Analog amp Digital Signal Bandwidth Transmission Impairments Attenuation Distortion Noise Data rate l imits Nyquist formula Shannon Formula
Switching Circuit Switching Message Switching and Packet Switching Comparison of Repeaters Hubs Switches
Transmission media Twisted Pair Co-axial Cables Fiber Optics Wireless Transmission Radio and Microwave and Infrared Transmission
Section ndash B
Data Link Layer Data l ink layer Design Issues Error Detection and Correction Elementary data link protocols An Unrestricted Simplex Protocol A Simplex Stop and Wait Protocol A Simplex Protocol for a Noisy Channel Sliding window protocols A One Bit Sliding Window Protocol A Protocol Using go back N A Protocol using Selective Repeat CSMA CSMACD Protocols
Network layer IP Addressing IPV4 header Fragmentation
Routing algorithms Shortest Path Routing Flooding Distance Vector Routing and Link State Routing Introduction to Congestion Congestion Control
Transport layer Introduction to Elements of Transport Protocols UDP TCP
Application layer Electronic-mail WWW Domain Name System SMTP HTTP
Text Books
1 A S Tannenbaum Computer Networks 3rd Edition Prentice-Hall2 D E Comer Internetworking with TCP-IP Principles Protocols and Architecture Vol I 2nd Edition
Prentice Hall 19913 D E Comer and D L Stevens Internetworking with TCP-IP Design Implementation and Internals
Vol II Prentice Hall 1990
P a g e 32 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 303 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To introduce 8085 architecture and programming in assembly language To introduce basic concepts of interfacing memory and peripheral devices to a microprocessor To introduce serial and parallel bus standards To introduce 8086 microprocessors To introduce various advanced processor architectures such as 80X86 Pentium and Multicore Processors
Section ndash A
Introduction Overview of architecture and instruction set of 8085 introduction to interfacing and inputoutput (IO) techniques Introduction to timing and control interrupts and programming of 8085Bus Contention amp solution
Interfacing Chips Block diagram and modes of operation of interfacing devices 81558156 and 83558755 multipurpose programmable devices 8279 programmable keyboarddisplay interface 8255A programmable peripheral interface 8253 programmable interval t imer 8259A programmable interrupt controller 8257 direct memory access(DMA) controller and 8251 USART
Section ndash B
Microprocessor Applications Interfacing of single and multiple digit seven-segment LED output display Interfacing of DAC (AD 558 AD 7522 amp DAC0800) and ADC (AD570 AD7574 and ADC0800) Applications like Temperature measurement and control water level indicator measurement and display of motor speed and traffic light control system
8086 Microprocessor Architecture memory segmentation parallel processing addressing modes instruction set and simple programming examples
Text Books
1 Ramesh S Gaonkar Microprocessor architecture Programming and applications with 8085 E Prentice Hall 2002
2 A Mathur Introduction to Micro Processor Tata-McGraw Hill3 Microprocessors and Digital systems by Douglas Hall Tata-McGraw Hill4 Fundamental of microprocessors and Micro Computers by B Ram Dhanpat Rai amp Sons5 Micro Processor 8086 by Gibson PHI
P a g e 33 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 351 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
17 To study line coding signals and its formats
18 To study Amplitude Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
19 To study Frequency Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
20 To study Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
21 To study Differential Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
22 To study Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
23 To study the sampling theorem amp reconstruction of signal
24 To study Delta Modulation amp Demodulation amp its characteristic
25 To study Adaptive Delta Modulation amp Demodulation
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 34 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 353 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Develop an Android application using various components fonts and colors
2 Develop an Android application that uses Layout Managers and event listeners
3 Develop an Android application for basic calculator
4 Develop an Android application to write data to the SD card
5 Develop an Android application that uses Fragments
6 Develop an Android application that uses Navigation component
7 Develop an Android application that uses GPS location information
8 Develop an Android application using various Firebase services
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 35 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 353 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To write and test a program for finding the largest and the smallest numbers out of the given list of
numbers
2 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in ascending order
3 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in descending order
4 Study of microprocessor-based temperature recording and monitoring system
5 Study of microprocessor-based Traffic Light Controller
6 Study of microprocessor-based DC Motor Controller
7 Study of microprocessor-based Stepper Motor Interface Card and Controller
8 Study of interfacing of ADC with microprocessor
9 Study of interfacing of DAC with microprocessor
10 To write and test different programs involving the use of interrupts subroutines Flags etc
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 36 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 305 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrLINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives This course introduces theoretical and circuit aspects of operational amplifier which is backbone for the basics of l inear Integrated circuits and its various applications and introduce some special function ICs
Section ndash A
Operational Amplifiers Differential Amplifier ndash Transfer characteristics CMRR PSRR current mirror voltage references internal structure of Op-amp Ideal Op-amp Characteristics Inverting and non-inverting Op-amp offset error voltages and currents slew rate characterization of Op-amp parameters Op-amp internal design starting from basic differential amplifier
Negative Feedback In Op-Amps Block diagram representation of feedback configurations Voltage-series feedback Amplifier Voltage shunt feedback amplifier Differential amplifiers with one op-amp two op-amps and three op-ampsFREQUENCY RESPONSE OF AN OP-AMP Frequency response Compensating Networks Frequency response of internally compensated Op-Amps Frequency response of Non compensated Op-amps Closed loop frequency response Slew rate causes of slew rate and its effect on applications
Section ndash B
Analog Systems with Operational Amplifier as A Building Block Basic applications ndash Inverter scale changer adder voltage to current current to voltage converter voltage follower Bridge amplifier Instrumentation amplifier Analog Integrator and Differentiator Logarithmic amplifier anti-log amplifierComparator amp other applications Comparator comparator characteristics limitation of Op-amp as comparator voltage limiters zero crossing detector timing mark generator precision rectifier average detector peak detector window detector voltage to frequency amp frequency to voltage converters
Specialized IC Applications Active filters First order low pass Butterworth Filter Second order low pass Butterworth Filter First order high pass Butterworth Filter Second Order High pass Butterworth Filter higher order filters Design of active filters Band Pass filters ndash wide band amp narrow band Band reject filters ndash wide band amp narrow band all pass filters 555 timer and its use as bistable monostable amp astable multivibrator Schmitt trigger Phase locked loop 565 applications frequency synthesizers and current differencing (Norton) amplifier
Reference Books
1 Op-Amp amp Linear Integrated Circuits- R A Gayakwad 4th Edition Pearson 20022 Operational Amplifier amp Linear integrated circuits- R F Coughlin amp FF Driscoll -6 th Edition and
Pearson 20013 Design with Op-Amps amp Analog ICs -Sergio France 3rd Edition McGraw Hill Hirher Education4 Linear Integrated Circuits- D Roy Choudhry New Age International Limited Publication
P a g e 37 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 306 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCONTROL ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To provide sound knowledge in the concepts of l inear control theory and design of control systems Further aims are - To develop mathematical model for electrical and mechanical systems - To understand the use of transfer function models in physical systems and simplification -To provide adequate knowledge in the time and frequency response of systems and steady state error analysis -To learn the importance of controllers and effect of different controllers to accord basic knowledge of stabili ty and various techniques to calculate stability -To introduce state space representation for different models -To study the basics of compensation and different types
Section ndash A
Basic Concepts Classification Open loop control system closed loop systems linear and non-linear systems time variant amp invariant systems Relative merits and demerits of open and closed loop systems Servomechanism
Mathematical Modeling Transfer function Mathematical modeling of electrical mechanical systems Analogies Block diagrams and signal flow graphs and their use in determining transfer function
Analysis Time and frequency domain analysis Transient and frequency response of first and second order systems Correlation ship between time and frequency domain specifications Steady-state errors and error constants Concepts and applications of P PD PI and PID types of control
Section ndash B
Stability Definit ion pole and Zero concept Routh-Hurwitz cri terion Root locus techniques Nyquist criterion Bode plots Relative stability Gain margin and phase margins
State Space Analysis Concepts of state State variables and state models State space equations Transfer function Transfer model State space representation of dynamic systems State transit ion matrix Controllability and observability
Compensation Necessity of compensation series and parallel compensations compensating networks
Reference Books
1 Modern Control Engg by K Ogata Prentice Hall New Delhi 19742 Control System Components by JF Gibsen Mcgraw Hill 19633 Automatic Control System by BC Kuo Prentice Hall 3rd Ed 19784 Control System Engineering by IJ Nagrath amp Gopal Wiley Eastern Ltd New Delhi5 DP Eckman Automatic process control6 Liptak ldquoHandbook of process controlrdquo
P a g e 38 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 301 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrOPTO-ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is to provide understanding of working principle performance analysis of various important components of fiber optical communication systems such as optical transmitter receiver optical amplifiers couplers split ters optical modulators etc When actual design of wavelength division multiplexed fiber optic communication systems will be done then working knowledge of Lasers LEDs photodiodes various types of optical amplifiers multiplexers fil ters etc will be beneficial The course is designed in a such way that the students learns the basic principle types of structures with their performances characterist ics of light sources (such as Lasers LEDs) optical detectors such as various types of photodiodes optical amplifiers multiplexers fi lters etc components of a wavelength division multiplexed optical communication systems At the end of course the student of must have thorough understanding of active and passive components of optical communication systems The course also provides basic knowledge of optical sensors which are used in optical instrumentation and many other applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of optoelectronics advantages applications-Network Military Civil industrial Sensors etc
Optoelectronic Sources Introduction Basic concepts Optical emission from semiconductor Semiconductor injection Laser amp its various structures injection laser characterist ics threshold condition wavelength tunable Lasers LED power and efficiency Heterojunction LED structure designs characterist ics Modulation response of an LED Source-Fiber coupling
Optoelectronic Detectors Introduction Device types basic principal of optoelectronic detection Absorption Quantum efficiency Responsivity wavelength cutoff Types of Photodiodes with and without internal gain Mid-infrared photodiode phototransistors Photo-conducting detectors Noise Considerations
Section ndash B
Passive Network Components amp Sensors Introduction CouplersSplit ters WDM multiplexers Demultiplexers Fil ters Isolators Circulators Attenuators Electro-optic Modulators Acousto-optic Modulators and their application areas
Optical Sensors classification-point distributed Intensity phase amp spectral Smart structures amp applications
Optical Amplifiers And Integrated Optics Introduction Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers (SOA) Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFA) Fiber Raman Amplifiers (FRA) Application areas of optical amplifiers Some integrated optical devices OEICs Optical bi-stability and digital optics Optical Computation
Reference Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash DK Mynbev LL Scheiner Pearson Education Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications
P a g e 39 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 316 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrHDL BASED DIGITAL DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of iterative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Introduction to HDL Design Flow Design Methodologies HDL History Capabilities Hardware Abstraction Basic Terminology Model Analysis Comparison between VHDL and Verilog
Basic VHDL Elements Identifiers Data Objects Data Types Operators
Behavioral Modeling Entity declaration architecture body Various Sequential Statements and Constructs multiple processes postponed processes
Dataflow Modeling Concurrent Signal Assignment Statements delta delay model multiple drivers block statement concurrent assertion statement
Structural Modeling Component Declaration component Instantiation resolving signal values
Section ndash B
Supporting Constructs Generics and Configuration Subprograms and Overloading Operator overloading Package declaration package body
Advanced Features Generate statements qualified expressions type conversions guarded signals attributes aggregate targets
Model Simulation Writing a Test Bench and Simulation for combinational circuits
Programmable Logic Devices (PLD) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) Basic Concepts Architecture and Usage
Text Books
a) A VHDL Primer ndash Jayaram Bhasker Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey b) VHDL Programming by Examples ndash Douglas L Perry Mc Graw Hill Fourth Editionc) FPGA based implementation of Signal Processing Systems RogerWoods John McAllister Dr Ying
Yi Gaye Lightbody Wileyd) Advanced FPGA Design ndash Architecture Implementation amp Optimization Steve Kilts
P a g e 40 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 318 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives After completing the course the student should be able to - Understand the basics of information theory and communication systems -understand the role of probability and statist ics in the analysis of communication systems -Solve problems related to channel capacity and spectral efficiency
Section ndash A
Introduction to information messages amp signals Classification of signals The discrete and continuous spectrum Power spectrum Energy density spectrum Dirac delta functions Sampling theory and approximations Convolution of signals LTI systems
Discrete probabili ty theory Continuous random variables Statist ically independent random variables Probability density functions of sums Transformation of density functions Ergodic Process Correlation functions Spectral density and White noise
Atmospheric Thermal Shot and Partition noise Noise figure and experimental determination of noise figure Shot noise in temperature limited diode and space charge limited diodes Pulse response and Digital noise
Section ndash B
Networks with random input Auto-correlations Spectral density and probabili ty density input-output relationships Optimum system and non-Linear systems Maximum criterion Equivalent noise bandwidth
Definit ion of information Units of information Entropy Uncertainty and information rate of communication Redundancy Relation between system capacity and information content of messages Shannonrsquos theorem Discrete noisy channel Channel capacity for different discrete channels
Text Books
1 Hancock JC ldquoAn Introduction to the Principles of Communication Theory Tata McGraw Hill 19612 Sharma Sanjay ldquoSignals and Systemsrdquo S K Kataria amp Sons 20093 Swartz Information Transmission Modulation amp Noiserdquo Mc Graw Hill4 Taub amp Schilling Principals of Communication System Mc Graw Hill5 Simon Haykin ldquoCommunication Systemsrdquo Wiley
Reference Books
1 Papoulis and S U Pillai ldquoProbability Random Variables and Stochastic Processesrdquo Tata McGraw Hill 2002
2 Claude E Shannon ldquoA Mathematical Theory of Communicationrdquo Bell System Technical Journal 27(3) 379-423
3 T Cover and J Thomas ldquoElements of Information Theoryrdquo Wiley 2006
P a g e 41 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 319 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC SWITCHING CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understanding of switching concept and different types of switching techniques Capabilit ies amp other details of finite state machines can be explored Will boost the knowledge of synchronous and asynchronous circuits design amp analysis Also explore the various types of Hazards
Section ndash A
Introduction to Sequential Circuits FlipndashFlops Flip-Flop conversions Classification of Sequential Circuits Registers and Counter circuits
Design amp Analysis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits Sequential circuits introductory examples Counters Finite state Machines Sequence Detector and Sequence Generator circuits Definite state model Basic definit ion Capabilit ies amp Limitation of finite state machines state equivalence amp machine minimization simplification of incompletely specified machines Extraction of maximum compatibles synthesis amp analysis of synchronous sequential circuits
Design amp Analysis of Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Introduction to asynchronous circuits t iming diagram state diagram amp flow tables fundamental mode circuits synthesis state assignment in asynchronous sequential circuits
Section ndash B
Hazards Introduction gate delays generation of spikes production of static hazards in combinational networks elimination of static hazards design of hazard free combinational networks hazard free asynchronous circuit design dynamic hazards essential hazards
Contact Networks amp Symmetric Networks Relay contents analysis amp Synthesis of contact Networks Properties of symmetric functions Synthesis ampidentification of symmetric functions Iterative Networks
Text Books
1 Switching and finite automata theory by ZVI Kohavi2 Logical design of switching circuits by Douglas Lewin 3 Logic Design by NN Biswas
P a g e 42 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 320 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrTRANSMISSION LINES AND WAVEGUIDES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the students should be able to familiarize with the new concepts towards propagation of signals through transmission lines and waveguides
Section ndash A
Classification of guided wave solutions-TE TM and TEM waves Field analysis transmission lines Rectangular and circular waveguides Excitation of waveguides Rectangular and circular cavity resonators
Transmission line equations Voltage and current waves Solutions for different terminations Transmission-line loading
Section ndash B
Impedance transformation and matching Smith Chart Quarter-wave and half-wave transformers Binomial and Tchebeyshev transformers Single double and triple stub matching
Microstriplines stripline slot lines coplanar waveguide and fin line Micro strip MIC design aspects Computer- aided analysis and synthesis
Text Books
1 DMPozar ldquoMicrowave Engineering (3e)rdquo Wiley 20042 JDRyder ldquoNetworks Lines and Fieldsrdquo PHI 20033 RECollin ldquoFoundations for Microwave Engineering (2e)rdquo McGraw-Hill 20024 SYLiao ldquoMicrowave Devices and Circuitsrdquo(3e) PHI 20055 J A Seeger ldquoMicrowave Theory Components and Devicesrdquo Prentice-Hall6 Jordan ldquoEM waves and Radiatingrdquo Prentice Hall7 GSN Raju ldquoElectromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Linesrdquo Pearson Education
P a g e 43 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
INT EXT L T P CrDRUG ABUSE PROBLEM MANAGEMENT AND PREVENTION 50 50 3 0 0 0
Note This is a compulsory qual i fying paper which the students have to study and quali fy during three years of their degree course
REGULAR STUDENTSMax Marks 70 Max Time 3hrsInternal Assessment 30Total Marks 100 Lectures per week 2
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERSThe question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have four quest ions from the respect ive sect ions of the syllabus Each question shal l carry 7 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 14 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any three quest ions f rom sect ion A and any three quest ions from sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
PRIVATE STUDENTSMax Marks 100 Max Time 3hrs
Lectures per week 2INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERS
The question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have three quest ions from the respective sect ions of the syl labus Each quest ion shal l car ry 15 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 20 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any two quest ions f rom sect ion A and any two quest ions f rom sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
SECTION AUNIT I ndash Problem of Drug Abuse Concept and Overview Types of Drug Often Abused
(a) Concept and OverviewWhat are drugs and what constitutes Drug Abuse Prevalence of menace of Drug Abuse How drug Abuse is different from Drug Dependence and Drug Addiction Physical and psychological dependence- concepts of drug tolerance
(b) Introduction to drugs of abuse Short Term Long term effects amp withdrawal symptoms Stimulants Amphetamines Cocaine NicotineDepressants Alcohol Barbiturates- Nembutal Seconal Phenobarbital Benzodiazepines ndashDiazepam Alprazolam FlunitrazepamNarcotics Opium morphine heroin Hallucinogens Cannabis amp derivatives (marijuana hashish hash oil)Steroids Inhalants
UNIT II ndashNature of the Problem Vulnerable Age Groups Signs and symptoms of Drug Abuse (a)- Physical indicators (b)- Academic indicators (c)- Behavioral and Psychological indicators
SECTION BUNIT III ndash Causes and Consequences of Drug Abuse
a) Causes Physiological Psychological Sociological b) Consequences of Drug Abuse For individuals For families For society amp Nation
Unit IV- Management amp Prevention of Drug AbuseManagement of Drug Abuse Prevention of Drug Abuse Role of Family School Media Legislat ion amp Deaddiction Centers
Suggested readings1 Kapoor T (1985) Drug Epidemic among Indian Youth New Delhi Mittal Pub2 Modi Ishwar and Modi Shalini (1997) Drugs Addiction and PreventionJaipur Rawat Publication3 Ahuja Ram(2003) Social Problems in India Rawat Publications Jaipur4 2003 National Household Survey of Alcohol and Drug Abuse New Delhi Clinical Epidemiological Unit All India
Institute of Medical Sciences 20045 World Drug Report 2011 United Nations Office of Drug and Crime6 World Drug Report 2010 United nations Office of Drug and Crime7 Extent Pattern and Trend of Drug Use in India Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment Government of India
20048 The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1985 (New Delhi Universal 2012)
Pedagogy of the Course WorkThe pedagogy of the course work wil l consist of the fol lowing 70 lectures ( including expert lectures) 30 assignments discussion and seminars and class tests Note A visi t to drug de-addiction centre could also be undertaken
P a g e 44 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 6th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 311 Artificial Intelligence and Machine learning 3 1 0 35
ECE 307 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 35
ECM 312 IoT and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 313 Database Management System 3 1 0 35
ECE 357 Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 363 Database Management System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 370 Minor Project 0 0 2 10
Elective-II 3 1 0 35
Elective-III 3 1 0 35
HSS 151 Communication skill Lab
18 6 6 25
Open elective
Total contact hours 32
ECE 357 ECM 363 ECM 370 and HSS 151 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
This is an optional course and student can opt any one elective subject from university Approved Open Elective Subject List with the consent of ACDHEADCourse Mentor
Elective - II
1 ECE 310 ndash Microelectronics 2 ECE 311 ndash Micro controller amp Applications3 ECE 312 ndash Information Theory amp Coding4 ECE 313 ndash Reliability Engineering5 ECE 315 - Modern Control System6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective - III
1 CPE 405 - Soft Computing Techniques2 CPE 406 - Digital Image Processing3 CPE 313 - System Simulation amp Modeling4 CPE 318 - Business Intelligence5 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 45 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 46 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 311 INT EXT L T P CrARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have an appreciation for and understanding of both the achievements of AI and the theory underlying those achievements To have an appreciation for the engineering issues underlying the design of AI systems To have a basic proficiency in a traditional AI language including an ability to write simple to intermediate programs and an ability to understand code written in that language To have a basic understanding of some of the more advanced topics of AI such as learning natural language processing agents and robotics expert systems and planning
Section ndash A
Artificial Intelligence Techniques levels of models understand the importance functions advantages as well as the limitations of art ificial intelligence Use of Artificial Intell igence and intell igent agents
State space search control strategies heuristic search problem characteristics production system characteristics Mapping between facts and representations approaches to knowledge representation semantic sets frame conceptual depending scripts predictive logic resolution in predicate logic
Section ndash B
Procedural Vs declarative knowledge matching conflict resolution Non-monotonic reasoning default reasoning statistical reasoning knowledge extraction Investigate the roles and development methods of artificial intell igence in decision making processes Neural network resources cognitive science role of neural network in computer science
Characteristics of AI language LISP-symbol manipulation- basic l isp function predicated condition recursion iteration Array-lambda functions input-output statements AI problems pattern recognition voice recognition Feature Extraction
Text Books
1 Artificial Intelligence by Rich and Kinght TMH2 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence by Charniak and Mcdermott Addison-Wesley 1985 3 Essentials of Artificial Intelligence by Ginsburg Morgan Kaufmann 1993 4 Artificial Intelligence by Winston 3rd Edition Addison Wesley 1992 5 Artificial Intelligence by Padhy Oxford Press
P a g e 47 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 307 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective DSP makes use of mathematical methods in order to handle and analyze the signals The use of such mathematical methods allows extracting information and even modifying the signal in order to use it as we desire DSP so widespread today and applied in everything around us At the end of course students may able to apply different operations of DSP such as filtering noise cancelling enhancing distorting smoothing in many application eg audio and speech processing sonar radar and other sensor array processing spectral statistical signal processing digital image processing signal processing for telecommunications control systems biomedical engineering seismology among others
Section ndash A
Z-Transform Introduction to signals and systems Z-transform pair properties of region of convergence (ROC) for the Z-transform properties of Z-transform analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Z-transforms System functions for interconnection of LTI systems Block diagram representation for causal LTI systems
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) Frequency domain sampling and reconstruction of discrete t ime signals DFT inverse DFT (IDFT) DFT as a linear transformation relationship of the DFT to other transforms properties of DFT use of DFT in l inear fil tering fil tering of long sequences frequency analysis of signals using DFT
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Direct computation of DFT divide and conquer approach to computation of the DFT radix-2 FFT algorithms use of FFT algorithm for efficient computation of the DFT of two real sequences and of the DFT of a 2N point real sequence
Section ndash B
Digital Filter Structures Introduction structures for FIR systems Direct form cascade form and latt ice structure structures for IIR systems Direct form cascade form parallel form and latt ice structures Fixed point representation of numbers errors resulting from rounding and truncation
Design of Digital Filters General considerations causali ty and its implications characterist ics of practical frequency selective fi lters design of symmetric linear phase FIR filters using rectangular Kaiser and Hamming window Design of digital IIR fil ters using impulse invariance transformation method amp bilinear transformation method
Text Books
1 Johan G Proakis and Dimitris G Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithms and Applicationsrdquo PHI
2 Oppenheim amp Schafer ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo PHI
P a g e 48 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 312 INT EXT L T P CrIOT AND APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Effective usage of IoT deployment for different sectors Developing and modifying code for various sensor-based applications using wireless sensor modules and working with variety of modules like environmental and security module Exploring the features of predictive data analytics for IoT applications Modular hands on training will enable participants to conduct IoT related activities in academic environment and init iate new projects in Industrial sectors
Section ndash A
Introduction to IoT Defining IoT Characteristics of IoT Physical design of IoT Logical design of IoT Functional blocks of IoT Communication models amp APIs
IoTamp M2M Machine to Machine Difference between IoT and M2M Software define network
Network and communication aspects Wireless medium access issues MAC protocol survey Survey routing protocols sensor deployment amp Node Discovery Data aggregation amp dissemination
Section ndash B
Applications of IoT Home automation Industry applications Surveillance applications other IOT applications
Challenges in IoT Design challenges Development challenges security challenges other challenges
Developing IoT Introduction to different IoT tools developing applications through IoT tools Implementing various IoT concepts
Text Books
1 SAMuel Greengard ldquothe Internet of Thingsrdquo2 Klaus Schweb ldquoThe Fourth Industrial revolutionrdquo3 CunoPfister ldquoGetting Started with Internet of Thingsrdquo4 Peter Wahel ldquoLearning Internet of Things
P a g e 49 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 313 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the different issues involved in the design and implementation of a database system To study the physical and logical database designs database modeling relational hierarchical and network models To understand and use data manipulation language to query update and manage a database To develop an understanding of essential DBMS concepts such as database security integrity concurrency To design and build a simple database system
Section ndash A
Introduction to Database Concepts Difference between Database and non-database system Data independence DBMS Architecture components of a database system Advantages and disadvantages of Database system Intended Uses of a DBMS Schemas and Instances Database Languages and Interfaces Classification of Database Management Systems
Data Models Relational Model Network Model Hierarchical Model ER Model Design issues Mapping constraints keys ER diagram weak entity sets extended ER features Design of an ER Database schema Reduction of an ER Schema to tables Comparison of Models
Query Processing Fundamental of Relational Algebra Tuple and Domain Relational Calculus
Relational Query Languages SQL Basic SQL Select Statements Table Creation and Management Create Alter Drop and Rename Constraints Primary key Foreign key Unique Not null and Check Data Manipulation Insert Update and Delete Restricting rows in Select using Where clause Comparison operators Logical Operators Order by clause
Section ndash B
Database Design Integrity Constraints Domain constraints Referential integrity enti ty integrity specify these constraints in SQL specification of Additional Constraints as assertions and triggers
Functional dependencies Functional dependencies Decomposition Normalization using FDrsquos MVDrsquos and JDrsquos Domain key normal form
Query Optimization Translating SQL Queries into Relational Algebra Notation for Query Trees and Query Graphs Heuristic Optimization of Query Trees Transformation Rules for Relational Algebra Operations Heuristic Algebraic Optimization Algorithm Converting Query Trees into Query Execution Plans Cost Components in Query Optimization Using cost estimates in query optimization
Joining Data from Multiple Tables Equi Non-Equi Self and Outer Joins Single-row and Group functions Sub-queries
Additional Database Object Sequences Synonyms and Views
Text Books1 Navathe and Elmasri Fundamentals of Database Systems Pearson education2 Korth and Silberschatz Abraham Database Concepts McGraw Hall 19913 An introduction to database system by CJ Date (Addison Welsey Publishing
house)4 Bipin Desai Database System TMG5 Prateek Bhatia Database Management system Kalayani Publishers
P a g e 50 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 357 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study of basic commands of MATLAB
2 Unit Ramp Unit Step Exponential and addition of two sinusoidal sequences
3 Convolution sum of discrete signals
4 Cross- correlation of two sequences
5 Frequency response of discrete system
6 DFT of the given sequence
7 Poles zeros and gain of transfer function
8 Magnitude amp phase of DFT
9 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of FIR Filter
10 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of IIR Filter
11 Analysis of FIR and IIR Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
12 Analysis of FFT Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 51 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 363 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Install procedure of the latest SQL Server edition
2 Write a query to create a table in SQL
3 Write a query to alter a table in SQL
4 Write a query to delete a table in SQL
5 Write a query to insert update and delete rows in a table in SQL
6 Write a query demonstrate the use of foreign keys in SQL
7 Write a query demonstrate various integrity constraints in SQL
8 Write a query demonstrate various joins in SQL
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 52 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 370 INT EXT L T P CrMINOR PROJECT 50 50 0 0 2 10
Electronic hardware andor software project Working model of hardware andor software project with real world usage according to recent trends in engineering
P a g e 53 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 151 INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Recognizing and articulating speech sounds mock dialogueconversation
2 Making an oral presentation class seminars paper reading
3 Participating in a group discussion
4 Holding a mock meeting
5 Developing skills related to Business Correspondence
6 Preparation for participating in a mock interview for a job etc
7 Developing skills for conducting a meeting attending telephonic calls
8 Listening to a recorded conversation and reviewingdiscussing its contents and style
P a g e 54 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 310 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Microelectronics is the branch of science that deals with microcircuits One most commonly used example of microcircuit is IC ie Integrated Circuits IC is a single substrate or chip on which active and passive components are fabricated the number of components which are fabricated on IC can give miniaturization of ICrsquoS This course provides a detailed fundamental analysis and discussion on various ICrsquos there fabrication steps and fabrication of BJTrsquos MOSFETS and CMOS This course than covers designing of layouts and stick diagram using NMOS PMOS and CMOS technology After successful completion of the device students will acquire a thorough understanding on the devices and be able to apply the knowledge to the development of new and novel devices for different applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Classification of integrated circuits (ICs) thick film thin film amp hybrid ICs Fabrication and component design resistor capacitors and inductors design and fabrication
Monolithic Techniques Process on sil icon crystals line growth refining substrate slicing polishing chemical vapor deposition thermal oxidation photolithography diffusion impurities diffusion system ion implantation metall ization isolation
Monolithic Components Bipolar IC process MOS IC process BJT construction diode instruction FET and MOS construction and resistors capacitors and inductors op-amp and voltage regulators design and fabrication
Section ndash B
LSI Circuits Brief introduction to LSI circuits realization of inter connection and realization of integrated elements
Basic VLSI Design Basic MOS transistor and working NMOS and CMOS fabrication thermal aspects MOS and VLSI some electrical properties of MOS design process circuit components system design and layout and scaling of MOS circuit some application of VLSI circuits like PLA
Text Books
1 SM Sze semiconductor device fundamentals Addison Wesley2 Howe R T and C G Sodini Microelectronics An Integrated Approach Upper Saddle River NJ
Prentice Hall 1996 ISBN 01358851833 N Weste and K Eshranghian Principles of CMOS VLSI Design Addison Wesley 19984 Jacob Backer Harry W Li and David E Boyce CMOS Circuit Design Layout and Simulation
Prentice Hall of India 1998 5 L Glaser and D Dobberpuhl The Design and Analysis of VLSI Circuitsrdquo Addison Wesley 19936 Fonstad C G Microelectronic Devices and Circuits New York NY McGraw-Hill 1994 ISBN
00702149647 Sedra A S and K C Smith Microelectronic Circuits 4th ed New York NY Oxford University
Press 1998 ISBN 01951166318 Pierret R F Semiconductor Device Fundamentals Upper Saddle River NJ Prentice Hall 1995 ISBN
0201543931
P a g e 55 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 311 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROCONTROLLER amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course provides ability to understand the basic concepts of microcontroller and its internal architecture The students would be able to learn the logic for assembly language programming It also provides the understanding about interfacing of input output devices with microcontroller So the overall objective of this subject is to make students aware of microcontrollers and their applications for serial parallel communication input output devices control and microcontroller-based projects
Section ndash A
Introduction 8051 Micro controller Comparison of Microprocessor and Microcontroller microcontroller and embedded processors processor Architecture - Harvard versus Princeton (Von Neumann) CISC versus RISC overview of 8051 families and other microcontrollers in use PIC ATMEL 8051 Pin description connections memory organization memory space of 8051 8051 flag bits and PSW register Register banks and stack
Instruction Familiarization Addressing modes and accessing memory using various addressing modes Arithmetic Logical jump loop and call instructions single bit instructions t ime delay generation amp calculation bit manipulation and programming Development system tools Data Types and directives 8051 assembly Language Programming Assembling an 8051 program
Section ndash B
Interrupt amp Embedded Device Programming Interrupts external amp internal hardware interrupts priority programmable IO Port Timercounter Serial Communication connection to RS 232
Real World Interfacing Interfacing of external memory RAM amp EPROM LCD ADC DAC sensors stepper motor and keyboard Interfacing to enhance 8051 capabili ties with 8255 amp Timer chips
Text Books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems -Ali Mazidi Pearson Education2 Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller -Myke Predko Tata Mc Graw Hill
Reference books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture Programming and appl -Kenneth Ayala Penram International2 Microcontrollers theory amp applications -Ajay V Deshmukh Mc Graw Hill
P a g e 56 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 312 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION THEORY AND CODING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Course will help to analyse error performance of a digital communication system in presence of noise and other interferences and it will help to improve the performance of the system The course will also build fundamental understanding of information theory and coding
Section ndash A
Discrete messages Concept of amount of information Average information and Entropy Information rate Coding to increase Average Information per bit Shannon s theorem Channel Capacity Gaussian channel Capacity Bandwidth-SN tradeoff use of orthogonal signals to attain Shannons limit Efficiency of Orthogonal signal transmission
Channel Coding bounds on communication Coding for Reliable Communication Parity check bit coding for Error detection Coding for Error Detection and Correction Linear Block Codes Cyclic Codes Golay Codes BCH codes Examples of algebraic codes Single Parity check bit code Repeated codes Hadaward code Hamming code
Section ndash B
Burst error correction introduction Block interleaving Convolution Interleaving Reed-Solo9mon (RS) code Concatenated codes Convolution Coding decoding of a Convolution Code Code tree decoding in the presence of noise sequential decoding State and Trellis diagram Viterbi algorithm
Probabili ty of Error of Convolution Codes Comparison of Error rates in Coded and Uncoded transmission Automatic-Repeat-Request (ARQ) Performance of ARQ Systems throughput of the stop amp wait ARQ throughput of Go-Back-N ARQ Selective Repeat ARQ Trellis decoded modulation
Text Books
1 Principles of communication systems by Taub amp Schilling Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing 2 Communication system engineering by Proakis TMH3 Digital Communications by Proakis TMH4 Introduction to the theory of error correcting codes Vera press 19925 Information theory amp reliable communication by Robert G Gallanger McGraw Hill 1992
P a g e 57 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 313 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrRELIABILITY ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Understanding of basic principles rather than lsquocook bookrsquo use of tables or handbooks Application to system requirements design manufacturing and testing with real-world examples
Section ndash A
Concept of Reliability Failures of systems and its modes Measure of Reliability Reliability function Hazard rate MTBF and their interrelations
Reliability Data and Analysis Data sources Data collection use of Reliability Data Reliability Analysis Performance Parameters calculation of failure rate Application of Weibull distribution
System Reliability and Modeling Series systems Parallel system series parallel systems Time dependence Reliability Determination stand-by systems r out of n Configurations Methods of tie set and cut sets of Or reliability evaluation simulation and Reliability prediction Monte Carlo method concepts of network topology Overall reliability evolution
Section ndash B
Maintainability and Availability Maintainability and its equation Factors affecting maintainability Measures of Maintainability Mean Down Time Availability Intrinsic availability equipment availability amp Mission availability Replacement processes and Policies
Life Testing of Equipment Non-destructive tests destruction tests and their Mathematic Modeling Quality and Reliability Measurement amp prediction of Human Reliability Reliability and safety safety margins in critical Devices case studies
Value Engineering Techniques in value Engineering Structure of value Engineering Reliability Management
Text Books
1 Reliability Engg By Govil2 Reliability Engg By Dr AK Aggarwal 19923 Related IEEEIEE publications
P a g e 58 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 315 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMODERN CONTROL SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Analyze dynamics of a linear system by State Space Representation Determine the stability of a linear system using pole-placement technique Design state observers Analyze basics of Non-linear control system Determine the stabili ty of Non-linear systems6 Realize the structure of a discrete time system and model i ts action mathematically
Section ndash A
Digital Control Introduction to digital control sampling Data reconstruction principles Pulse transfer functions Block diagram amp signal flow graph Digital Control Techniques- PID Deadbeat
Time domain analysis correlation between time response amp root location in S amp Z transform effect of pole-zero configuration in Z-plane on maximum overshoot amp peak time transient response
Stability in Z-plane using modified Routhrsquos criteria Jurys criteria
State Variable Analysis and Design Review of state space representation for l inear continuous time system solution of linear time invariant state equations controllabili ty and observability solution of state equation for discrete system state space analysis of discrete time systems pole placement Techniques
Section ndash B
Non-Linear Control System Introduction to non-linear feedback control system special features of linear system l imit cycle jump response sub harmonies etc describing function and phase plane techniques for analysis of non-linear system concept of local global asymptotic and total stability of non-linear system Liapunovs stability criterion
Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Basic Principles of Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Model Reference Adaptive Control Types of Learning-Supervised and Un-Supervised Learning Control Systems On-line and Off-line Learning Control Systems
Text Books
1 Katsuhiko Ogata Modern Control Engineering Prentice-Hall of India New Delhi 2 J Nagarath and M Gopal Control system Engineering New Age International (P) Ltd 3 Katsuhiko Ogata State Space Analysis of Control Systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 4 Benjamin C Kuo and Farid Golnaraghi Automatic Control Systems 8th Edition John Wiley amp Sons 5 H Khalil Nonlinear Control systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 6 Control System Engineering by Norman S Nise Wiley7 Modern Control System by RC Dorf RH Bishop Addision Wesley8 Digital Control amp State Variable Methods by M Gopal TMH9 Brogan W L Modern Control theory Prentice Hall International New Jersey
P a g e 59 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 405 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives It deals with Introduction and different architectures of neural network It deals with the Application of Neural Networks It deals with Genetic Algorithms and Hybrid Systems
Section ndash A
Introduction What is Soft Computing Difference between Hard and Soft computing Requirement of Soft computing Major Areas of Soft Computing Applications of Soft Computing
Neural Networks What is Neural Network Learning rules and various activation functions Single layer Perceptrons Back Propagation networks Architecture of Backpropagation (BP) Networks Backpropagation Learning Variation of Standard Back propagation Neural Network Introduction to Associative Memory Adaptive Resonance theory and Self Organizing Map Recent Applications
Section ndash B
Genetic Algorithm History of Genetic Algorithms (GA) Working Principle Various Encoding methods Fitness function GA Operators- Reproduction Crossover Mutation Convergence of GA Bit wise operation in GA Multi-level Optimization
GA based Backpropagation Networks GA based Weight Determination K - factor determination in Columns
Hybrid Systems Sequential Hybrid Systems Auxiliary Hybrid Systems Embedded Hybrid Systems Neuro-Fuzzy Hybrid Systems Neuro-Genetic Hybrid Systems Fuzzy-Genetic Hybrid Systems
Text Books
1 Rao Vallinu Band Rao Hayagriva Neural networks and fuzzy Logic second edition BPB Publication
2 Berkan C Riza Trubatch L Sheldon Fuzzy Systems design Principlea IEEE Press standard publishers
3 Freeman A James Skapura M David- neural networks algorithms applications and programming4 Soft Computing by Fred Aminzadel amp Jamshich Prentice Hall
P a g e 60 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 406 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understand what MFAs do and how they work Understand the fundamentals of diplomatic negotiations Understand bilateral and multi lateral diplomacy Understand subject-specific diplomacy Understand what makes a document a ldquotreatyrdquo Be aware of historical cases relevant to various diplomatic methods
Section ndash A
Introduction and Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image representation Fundamental steps in Image processing Elements of digital Image processing Sampling and quantization some basic relationships l ike neighborrsquos connectivity distance measure between pixels Image geometry
Image Transforms Discrete Fourier transform Some properties of two-dimensional Fourier transform Fast Fourier transform Inverse FFT
Image Enhancement Point Operations Histograms Spatial Domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement by point processing Spatial fil tering low pass filtering High pass fil tering Homomorphic fi ltering Color image processing Image Restoration Degradation model Algebraic approach to Restoration Inverse fi ltering Wiener fil ter Constrained least square restoration Interactive restoration Restoration in spatial domain
Section ndash B
Image Compression Coding Inter-pixel and Psycho visual redundancy Image Compression models Error free compression Lossy Compression Image Compression standards
Image Segmentation Detection of discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection Thresholding Region Orientation Segmentation Motion based segmentation
Representation and Description Representation schemes l ike chain coding Polygonal approximation Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary Description Regional descriptors Morphology
Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and pattern classes Decision Theoretic methods Structural methods Interpretation
Text Books
1 AK Jainrdquo Fundamentals of Digital Image Processingrdquo Pearson Education2 Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo AWL3 W K Prattrdquo Digital Image Processingrdquo4 Ramesh Jain Brian G Schunck ldquoMachine Visionrdquo TMH
P a g e 61 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 313 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSYSTEM SIMULATION amp MODELING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Systems modeling general systems theory Concept of simulation Simulation as a decision-making tool types of simulation Simulation Terminologies- Application areas ndash Model Classification ndashTypes of Simulation- Steps in a Simulation study- Concepts in Discrete Event Simulation - Simulation Examples
Statistical Models Concepts Discrete Distribution Continuous Distribution Poisson Process Empirical Distributions- Queueing Models ndash Characteristics Notation ndash Queueing Systems ndash Markovian Models- Properties of random numbers- Generation of Pseudo Random numbers- Techniques for generating random numbers-Testing random number generators- Generating Random-Variates- Inverse Transform technique ndash Acceptance- Rejection technique Composition amp Convolution Method
Section ndash B
Design of Simulation Experiments Problem formulation data collection and reduction time flow mechanism key variables logic flow chart starting condition run size experimental design consideration output analysis and interpretation validation input modeling Data collection Assessing sample independence Hypothesizing distribution family with data Parameter Estimation Goodness-of-fit tests Selecting input models in absence of data Output analysis for a Single system Terminating Simulations Steady state simulations
Development of simulation models using simulation language studied for systems like queuing systems Production systems Inventory systems maintenance and replacement systems and Investment analysis Simulation Tools ndash Model Input High level computer system simulation CPU ndashMemory Simulation Comparison of systems via simulation ndash Simulation Programming techniques - Development of Simulation models Simulation programming languages ndash simulation suitability with characterist ics Comparison and selection of simulation languages study of any one simulation language
Text Books
1 Jerry Banks and John Carson ldquoDiscrete Event System Simulationrdquo Fourth Edition PHI 20052 Geoffrey Gordon ldquoSystem Simulationrdquo Second Edition PHI 20063 Narsingh Deo ldquoSystem Simulation with Digital Computer ldquoPrentice Hall India 20014 Frank L Severance ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulationrdquo Wiley 20015 Jerry Banks ldquoHandbook of Simulation Principles Methodology Advances Applications and Practicerdquo
Wiley 1998
P a g e 62 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 318 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrBUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to digital data and its types ndash structured semi-structured and unstructured Introduction to OLTP and OLAP (MOLAP ROLAP HOLAP) BI Definitions amp Concepts BI Framework Data Warehousing concepts and its role in BI BI Infrastructure Components ndash BI Process BI Technology BI Roles amp Responsibili ties Business Applications of BI BI best practices
Basics of Data Integration (Extraction Transformation Loading) Concepts of data integration needs and advantages of using data integration introduction to common data integration approaches Meta data - types and sources Introduction to data quality data profiling concepts and applications introduction to ETL using Kettle
Section ndash B
Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling Introduction to data and dimension modeling multidimensional data model ER Modeling vs multi-dimensional modeling concepts of dimensions facts cubes attribute hierarchies star and snowflake schema introduction to business metrics and KPIs creating cubes using Microsoft Excel
Basics of Enterprise Reporting A typical enterprise Malcolm Baldrige - quality performance framework balanced scorecard enterprise dashboard balanced scorecard vs enterprise dashboard enterprise reporting using MS Access MS Excel best practices in the design of enterprise dashboards
Text Books
1 RN Prasad and Seema Acharya Fundamentals of Business Analytics Wiley India Ltd2 Mike Biere Business Intelligence for the Enterprise Prentice Hall Professional3 Teo Lachev Applied Microsoft Analysis Services 2005 And Microsoft Business Intelligence Platform
Prologika Press4 David Taniar Progressive methods in data warehousing and business intelligence concepts and
competitive analytics Idea Group Inc (IGI)5 Data warehousing the ultimate guide to building corporate business intelligence Birkhaumluser6 Mark Humphries Michael W Hawkins Michelle C Dy Data warehousing architecture and
implementation Prentice Hall Professional
P a g e 63 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 7th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 401 Cryptography and Network Security 3 1 0 35
ECE 413 Wireless amp Mobile Communications 3 1 0 35
ECM 402 Big Data amp Cloud Computing 3 1 0 35
ECE 304 Digital System Design 3 1 0 35
ECE 453 Wireless amp Mobile Communications Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 354 Digital Signal Design Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 453 Software Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective - IV 3 1 0 35
Elective ndash V 3 1 0 35
18 6 6 24
Total contact hours 30
ECE 453 ECE 354 amp ECM 453 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
Elective - IV
1 CPE 402 - Data Mining amp Warehousing2 CPE 403 - Information Security and Cyber Law3 CPE 308 - Computer Graphics4 CPE 409 - Advanced Computer Architecture5 CPE 304 - JAVA Programming6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective ndash V
1 ECE 401 - Microwave Engineering2 ECE 416 - Radar and Satellite Communication3 ECE 415 - Advanced Communication System4 ECE 407 - Nano Electronics5 ECE 408 - Biomedical Instrumentation6 ECE 409 - Optical Networks7 ECE 410 - Digital VLSI Design8 ECE 412 - Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic9 ECE 417 - RF System Design10 ECE 418 - Digital Image and Speech Processing11 ECE 321 ndash Optical Fiber Communications12 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
P a g e 64 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 65 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 401 INT EXT L T P CrCRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Conventional Encryption Introduction Conventional encryption model Steganography Data Encryption Standard block cipher Encryption algorithms confidentiality Key distribution
Public Key Encryption and Hashing Principles of public key cryptosystems RSA algorithm Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange Elliptic curve cryptology message authentication and Hash functions Hash and Mac algorithms Digital signatures
IP Security IP Security Overview IP security Architecture authentication Header Security payload security associations Key Management
Section ndash B
Web Security Web security requirement secure sockets layer transport layer security secure electronic transaction dual signature
Security System Intruders Viruses Worms firewall design Trusted systems antivirus techniques digital Immune systems
Text Books
1 William Stallings Cryptography and Network security 2nd ed Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
1999
2 Baldwin R and Rivest R The RC5 RC5-CBC RC5-CBC-Pad and RC5-CTS Algorithmsrdquo
October1996
P a g e 66 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 413 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Wireless communication has become a ubiquitous part of modern life from global cellular telephone systems to local and even personal area network The objective of the course is that students should be able to familiarize with the evolution and basics of wireless communication technology identify and explain various wireless systems design aspects of cellular systems radio propagation mechanism fading and upcoming wireless networks
Course Outcomes By the end of this course the students will be able to Explain the fundamental concepts of wireless communication systems Learn cellular system design basics and frequency management techniques Describe capacity increase mechanisms interference reduction strategies and long-distance propagation concepts Understand effects of fading voice coding techniques and signal processing in GSM network Update themselves with recent technology and happenings in the field of mobile technology
Section ndash A
Introduction History of wireless communication Future trends in cellular radio and personal communications Second generation (2G) cellular networks evolution to 25G wireless networks (HSCSD GPRS and EDGE for 25G GSM and IS-136 IS-95B for 25G CDMA) 3G Wireless Networks 3G W-CDMA (UMTS) 3G CDMA 2000 3G TD-SCDMA Wireless local loop (WLL) and LMDS WLANs Bluetooth and PANs
Cellular Concepts Introduction frequency reuse channel alignment strategies hand off strategies interference and system capacity Trunking and grade of service improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems using cell splitting sectoring cellular system design considerations
Mobile Radio Propagation Large scale path loss Introduction to radio wave propagation Free space propagation model Three basic propagation mechanism reflection ground reflection (two-ray) model Diffraction scattering shadow fading combined path loss and shadowing
Section ndash B
Small Scale Fading and Multipath Introduction small scale multipath propagation Impulse response of a multipath channel Factors influencing small scale fading parameters of mobile multipath channels (time dispersion coherence bandwidth doppler spread and coherence time) Types of small scale fading Rayleigh Rician and Nakagami fading distributions
Spread Spectrum Modulation Techniques Pseudo- noise (PN) sequences DS-SS FH-SS Block diagram of IS-95 forward link block diagram of IS-95 reverse link GSM (Architecture Channels and signal processing)
Current and upcoming Wireless Systems 4G LTE 5G Adhoc networks
Text Books
1 Mobile cellular Telecommunications William C Y Lee 2nd Edition McGraw Hill Latest edition
2 Wireless and Digital communications Dr Kamilo Feher 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
3 Wireless communication principal amppractice TS Rappaport 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
4 Wireless Communications- Andrea Goldsmith Cambridge University Press
P a g e 67 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 402 INT EXT L T P CrBIG DATA amp CLOUD COMPUTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn how to use Cloud Services To implement Virtualization To implement Task Scheduling algorithms Apply Map-Reduce concept to applications To build Private Cloud Broadly educate to know the impact of engineering on legal and societal issues involved
Section ndash A
Introduction Big Data and its importance Four Vrsquos Drivers for Big data Big data analytics Big data applications
Introduction to Hadoop Hadoop Eco System Moving Data in and out of Hadoop Understanding inputs and outputs of MapReduce
NoSQL Use of NoSQL Types of NoSQL databases Advantages of NoSQL SQL vs NoSQL
MongoDB Introduction to MongoDB key features Core Server tools MongoDB through the JavaScriptrsquos Shell Creating and Querying through Indexes Document-Oriented principles of schema design Constructing queries on Databases collections and documents MongoDB Query Language
Section ndash B
Recent trends in Computing Grid Computing Cluster Computing Distributed Computing Utility Computing Cloud computing
Cloud Computing Architecture Comparison with clientserver computing architecture Services provided at various levels Role of Networks in Cloud computing protocols used Role of Web services Service Models (XaaS) Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) Platform as a Service (PaaS) Software as a Service (SaaS) Public cloud Private cloud Hybrid cloud Community cloud
Cloud Security Infrastructure Security Network level security Host level security Application level security Data security and Storage Data privacy and security issues Jurisdictional issues raised by Data location Identity amp Access Management Access Control Trust Reputation Risk Authentication in cloud computing Client access in cloud Cloud contracting Model Commercial and business considerations
Text Books
1 Cloud Computing Bible Barrie Sosinsky Wiley-India 2010
2 Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms Editors Rajkumar Buyya James Broberg Andrzej M
Goscinski Wiley 2011
3 Cloud Computing Principles Systems and Applications Editors Nikos Antonopoulos Lee Gillam
Springer 2012
4 Cloud Security A Comprehensive Guide to Secure Cloud Computing Ronald L Krutz Russell Dean
Vines Wiley-India 2010
5 Boris lublinsky Kevin t Smith AlexeyYakubovich Professional Hadoop Solutions Wiley ISBN
9788126551071 2015
6 Chris EatonDirk derooset al Understanding Big data McGraw Hill 2012
7 BIG Data and Analytics Sima Acharya Subhashini Chhellappan Willey
P a g e 68 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 304 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of i terative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Review of Digital Electronics Concept MSI and LSI Circuits and Their Applications Arithmetic Circuits Comparators Multiplexers Code Converters XOR And AND-OR INVERTER Gates Wired Logic Bus Oriented Structures Tri-State Bus System Propagation Delay
Sequential Machines The Concept of Memory The Binary Cell The Cell and The Bouncing Switch Set Reset D Clocked T Clocked JK Flip Flop Design of Clock FF State Diagram Synchronous Analysis Process Design Steps for Traditional Synchronous Sequential Circuits State Reduction Design Steps for Next State Decoders Design of Out Put Decoders
Section ndash B
Multi Input System Controller Design System Controllers Design Phases and System Documentation Defining the System Timing and Frequency Considerations MDS Diagram State Assignment Next State Decoders and Its Maps Output Decoders ROM PLA And PAL Based Design
Asynchronous Finite State Machines Scope Asynchronous Analysis Design of Asynchronous Machines Cycle and Races Plotting and Reading the Excitation Map Hazards Essential Hazards Map Entered Variable MEV Approaches to Asynchronous Design Hazards in Circuit Developed by MEV Method
Text Books
1 Fletcher WI Engineering Approach to Digital Design Prentice Hall of India (2007) 4th ed2 Wakerly JF Digital Design Principles and Practices Prentice Hall of India (2013) 5th ed
Reference Books
1 Givone D D Digital Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill (2007) 2nd ed2 Tocci RJ Digital Systems Principles and Applications Prentice-Hall (2006) 10th ed3 Mano MM and Clitti M D Digital Design Prentice Hall (2001) 3rd ed
P a g e 69 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 453 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Note Do any Eight Experiments
I On Satellite Trainer Kit
1 Understanding the basic concepts of satellite Communication 2 Establish direct Communication link between uplink transmitter and downlink receiver using tone
signal 3 To Setup an active Satellite link and Demonstrate link fail Operations 4 To Establish an Audio-Video Satellite link between Transmitter and Receiver 5 To Communicate Voice Signal Through Satellite Link 6 To change different combinations of Uplink amp Downlink frequencies and to check Communication
Link 7 To Transmit and Receive 3 Separate Signals (Audio Video Tone) Simultaneously through Satellite
Link 8 To Transmit and Receive Function Generator Waveforms Through Satellite Link 9 To Transmit and Receive PC Data Through Satellite Link
II On Mobile Phone Trainer Kit
1 To study the Tx IQRx IQ Signals 2 To Observe signal constellation of GMSK signal 3 To Study the Working of Audio IC 4 To Study the Working of a SIM card in a GSM handset 5 To Study SIM CARD Detection
III On Antenna Trainer Kit
1 To study Antenna Trainer Kit 2 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Dipole 3 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ4 Dipole 4 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Folded Dipole 5 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample other Antennas
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 70 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 354 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Design all logic gates using VHDL
2 Write a VHDL programs for Half Adder circuit
3 Write a VHDL programs for Full Adder circuit
4 Write a VHDL programs for Multiplexer amp Demultiplexer circuits
5 Write a VHDL programs for Encoder amp Decoder circuits
6 Write a VHDL programs for Comparator circuit
7 Write a VHDL programs for Code Converter circuit
8 Write a VHDL programs for Flip-Flop circuit
9 Write a VHDL programs for Counter circuit
10 Write a VHDL programs for Register amp Shift Register circuits
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 71 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 453 INT EXT L T P CrSOFTWARE LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
Experiments The list of experiments will be based on the current market requirements and recent trends in latest software regime being followed to employ students with best in class skills at that present time
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 72 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 402 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrDATA MINING amp WAREHOUSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To introduce students to the basic concepts and techniques of Data Mining To develop skills of using recent data mining software for solving practical problems To gain experience of doing independent study and research To study the methodology of engineering legacy databases for data warehousing and data mining to derive business rules for decision support systems Develop and apply critical thinking problem-solving and decision-making skills Develop and apply enthusiasm for learning Class participation is encouraged in this course
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to RDBMS data warehouse transactional databases data mining functionalities classification of data mining system major issues in data mining
Data Preprocessing Data Cleaning Data Integration and Transformation Data Reduction Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation
Data Warehouse And OLAP Need for Data Warehousing Difference from Traditional Databases Data Warehouse Architecture Multidimensional Data Model Schemas for Multi-Dimensional Model Star Snowflake amp Fact Constellation OLAP Operations Types of OLAP Servers ROLAP Versus MOLAP Versus HOLAP
Introduction to Data Mining Basics of data mining Data mining techniques KDP (Knowledge Discovery Process) Application and Challenges of Data Mining Security Issue Privacy Issue
Section ndash B
Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Apriori Algorithm FP Growth Algorithm latest trends in association rules mining
Classification and Clustering classification and prediction issues regarding classification and prediction decision tree induction algorithm rule-based classification using if-then rules for classification prediction linear amp nonlinear regression cluster analysis type of data for cluster analysis introduction to Categorization of Major Clustering Methods Classical Parti tioning Method k-Means
Introduction to Mining Complex Types of Data Complex data objects Mining spatial databases Multimedia databases Time Series and sequence databases Text databases and World Wide Web
Text Books
1 Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo 2 gan Kaufmann Publishers 2000 (ISBN 1-55860-489-8)3 Ian H Witten and Eibe Frank ldquoData Mining Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques with
Java implementationsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers San Fransisco CA (2000)4 Dorian Pyle ldquoData Preparation for Data Miningrdquo Morgan Kaufmann (1999)5 Korth Silbertz Sudarshan ldquoDatabase Conceptsrdquo McGraw Hill6 Elmasri Navathe ldquoFundamentals Of Database Systemsrdquo Addision Wesley
P a g e 73 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 403 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION SECURITY AND CYBER LAW 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To provide an understanding Computer forensics fundamental To analyze various computer forensics technologies To provide computer forensics systems To identify methods for data recovery To apply the methods for preservation of digital evidence
Section ndash A
Introduction to Internet Cyber Space and threats Computer Storage Cell Phone Mobile Forensics Computer Ethics and Application Programs
Electronic and Digital Signatures -Intellectual Property ndash Data Protection and Privacy Need for cyber law and forensics Jurisprudence of Indian Cyber Law
Foot printing WHOIS and DNS enumeration network reconnaissance Email spoofing Email bombing Data diddling Denial of service attack Virusworm attacks- trojans and keyloggers Internet t ime theft Web jacking Phishing-Smishing-Vishing-Identity theft Cyber terrorism- use of encryption by terrorists Human trafficking
Section ndash B
The Legal Perspective ndash The IT Act Challenges faced by IT Act and its amendments Sections Under IT Act- Section 43656667686970 Section relevant to cybercrime under IPC (Indian Penal Code)
Ethical hacking Need penetration testing Information gathering tools like n-map vulnerabili ty detection scanners like nessus nexpose information analysis and planning attack and penetration tools like Metasploit results analysis and reporting
Text Books
1 Cyber Security - Understanding cybercrimes computer forensics and legal perspectives by Nina Godbole and Sunit Belapure
2 System Forensics by Ankit Fadia 3 hacking Exposed network security secrets and solutions by Stuart McClure Scambray and Kurtz Tata
McGraw Hill
P a g e 74 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 308 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER GRAPHICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course objectives To provide comprehensive introduction about computer graphics system design algorithms and two-dimensional transformations To make the students familiar with techniques of clipping three-dimensional graphics and three-dimensional transformations The computer graphics course prepares students for activit ies involving in design development and testing of modeling rendering shading and animation
Section ndash A
Graphics Hardware Raster CRTs Raster and Random Scan Displays Display Controllers and Processors Graphics Input Devices Applications of Computer Graphics
Raster Scan Conversion Algorithms Line Drawing Algorithms (DDA amp Bresenhamrsquos) Circle Drawing Algorithms (Mid-Point and Bresenhamrsquos)
Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Rotation and Scaling) Matrix Representation and Homogenous Coordinates Shear and Reflection Transformations Composite TransformationsFilling Region fi lling Algorithms (Boundary Fill and Flood Fill)
Section ndash B
Windowing and Clipping Viewing pipeline viewing transformations 2-D Clipping algorithms- Line clipping algorithms (Cohen Sutherland Liang Barsky algorithm) Polygon clipping (Sutherland Hodgeman polygon clipping Weiler and Atherton polygon clipping)
Three-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Scaling Rotation) Composite transformations
Projections Parallel and Perspective
Visible Surface Detection Methods Depth Buffer Method A-Buffer Method Scan Line Method Area Subdivision Method
Shading Gouraud and Phong Shading Algorithms Properties of Bezier and B-Spline Curves
Text Books
1 Computer Graphics By Donald Hearn M Pauline Baker2 Computer Graphics (Schaum Series) by Lipschutz (MC Graw Hill)3 Principles of Interactive Computer graphics By WM Newman R Sproull4 Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics By JD Foley A Van Dam5 Computer Graphics Using OPEN GL By FS Hill Jr6 Computer Graphics Roy A Plastock Gordon Kalley
P a g e 75 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 409 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction to Parallel Processing Evolution of Computer Architecture Parallelism in Uniprocessor System Parallel Computer Structures Architectural Classifications Schemes Multiprocessors and Multicomputers Multisector and SIMD Computers Parallel processing application
Memory and input output subsystems Hierarchical Memory structure Virtual memory system Memory Allocation and Management Cache Memories and Management Input-Output Subsystem
Pipelining and Vector Processing Pipelining Instruction and Arithmetic Pipelines Principles of Designing Pipelined Processors Vector Processing Requirements Vector Super Computers Pipeline Chaining and Vector Loops Vectorization and Optimization Methods
Section ndash B
Structures and Algorithms for Array Processors SIMD Array Processors SIMD Interconnection Networks Static amp Dynamic Networks Mesh Connected Network Cube interconnection Networks Parallel Algorithms for array processors Associative Array Processing
Multiprocessor Architecture and Programming Functional Structures Interconnection Networks Multi stage networks for multiprocessors Parallel Memory Organization Multiprocessor Operating System Exploiting Concurrency for Multiprocessing
Text Books
1 Hawang kai Briggs FA Computer Architectures and Parallel Processing McGraw-Hill2 Kain Richard Y Advanced Computer Architecture PHI3 Hwang Kai Advanced Computer Architecture McGraw-Hill4 Mano M Computer System Architecture PHI
P a g e 76 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 304 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrJAVA PROGRAMMING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The model of object-oriented programming abstract data types encapsulation inheritance and polymorphism Fundamental features of an object-oriented language like Java object classes and interfaces exceptions and libraries of object collections How to take the statement of a business problem and from this determine suitable logic for solving the problem then be able to proceed to code that logic as a program written in Java How to test document and prepare a professional looking package for each business project using javadoc
Section ndash A Introduction to Java Features of Java difference between Java and C++ JVM Bytecode data types Wrapper types variables arrays operators-arithmetic bit-wise relational Boolean various control statements
Introduction to Classes Class fundamentals declaring objects methods constructors garbage collection passing parameters to methods recursion
Inheritance types of inheritance Access Modifiers (Private Public Protected Default) Polymorphism (Overloading Overriding Super amp This Keyword) Final Variable Final Classes amp Methods Static variable Static method Abstract methods and classes Packages and interfaces importing packages
Exception Handling Exception types try catch finally throw and throws creating exception subclasses
Section ndash BMultithreading Multithread programming thread priorities synchronization interthread communication Thread class methods runnable interface
IO InputOutput streams reading and writing console inputoutput reading and writing files
Applets and Graphics Applet fundamentals Applet class Applet init ialization and termination event handling keyboard and mouse events AWT class Layout managers panels canvases Frame windows drawing lines rectangles ell ipses
JDBC programming Commonly used classes and interfaces of javasql package connecting java application to a database prepared statements
Advance Concepts Introduction to Java Beans Java Swings Java Server Pages
Recommended Books
1 Dietel and Dietal Java How to Program 6th Edition Pearson Education 2 Herbert Schildt The Complete Reference Java2 TMH 3 James Edward Keogh Jim Keogh J2EE The complete Reference McGraw-Hill
P a g e 77 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 401 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrMICROWAVE ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilities in Microwave engineering through understanding of electromagnetic wave generation transmission and measurements theory and technology by study of microwave transmission medium media and microwave devices and components
Section ndash A
Microwave Tubes and Circuits High frequency limitations of conventional tubes klystrons ndash two cavity klystron multicavity klystron Reflex klystron Travelling wave magnetron - operation and characteristics Helix TWT construction operation and applications
Microwave Solid State Devices amp Their Applications Classification of Microwave Devices Diodes-PIN diode Tunnel Diode varactor and step recovery diodes Transferred Electron Devices- GUNN Diode Avalanche transit time effect- IMPATT Microwave Transistors and high electron mobility transistor-characteristics and performance
Section ndash B
Microwave Components Waveguide Microwave Junctions Scattering matrix and their properties Microwave T junctions ndash H Plane Tee E Plane Tee Magic Tee Rat Race Junction Directional coupler ndashscattering matrix of a directional coupler Waveguide joints bends corners re-entrant cavities Ferrite devices ndash faraday rotation in devices circulator amp isolator phase shifters and microwave attenuators
Microwave Measurements General measurement setup Microwave bench power measurement ndash low medium amp high Attenuation measurement Measurement of VSWR Smith Charts Measurement of Impedance Impedance matching-single and double stub tuners
Text Books
1 Microwave devices and circuits Samuel Liao PHI2 Microwave devices and radar Engg M Kulkarni Umesh Publications3 Foundation of Microwave Engg RE Collin McGraw Hill4 Microwave Engg KC Gupta
P a g e 78 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 416 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRADAR amp SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The objective of this course is to understand analysis of waveguides and gain complete knowledge about microwave components design of impedance matching and tuning using lumped and distributed elements for network to analyze and study characteristics of microwave tube generators and amplifiers and study different RADARs and its supporting systems The course will also provide an in-depth understanding of different concepts used in a satellite communication system like the tools necessary for the calculation of basic parameters in a satellite communication system knowledge about every aspect of satellite communication such as orbital mechanics launching techniques satellite link design earth station technology and different access system towards a satellite
Section ndash A Introduction To Radar Basic Radar Radar equation Radar Block diagram Radar frequencies applications of Radar detection of signals in noise receiver noise and Signal to Noise ratio Probability of detection and false Alarm integration of Radar pulses Radar cross section targets Radar cross section of Fluctuations Antenna parameters system losses
MTI and Doppler Radar Introduction to Doppler and MTI Radar Delay line cancellers Staggered Pulse repetition Frequencies Moving Target Detector Limitations of moving platform Pulse Doppler Radar tracking with Radar Monopulse Tracking Conical Scan and sequential Lobing Limitation to tracking accuracy Tracking in Range
Section ndash B
Orbital aspects of Satellite Communication Introduction to geo-synchronous and geo-stationary satellites Keplerrsquos laws Locating the satellite with respect to the earth sub-satellite point look angles mechanics of launching a synchronous satellite Orbital effects Indian scenario in communication satellites Satellite sub-systems Attitude and Orbit control systems Telemetry Tracking and command control system Power supply system Space craft antennas multiple access techniques comparison of FDMA TDMA CDMA
Satellite link design basic transmission theory system noise temperature and GT ratio design of down link and uplink design of satellite links for specified CN satellite data communication protocols
Text Books
1 Introduction to Radar system by Merrill l Skolnik 3rd Edition Mcgraw Hill 20032 Satellite Communication By T Pratt amp CW Bostain Wiely eastern 2002 2 n d edit ion3 Satellite Communication By Tri T Ha Tata Mcgraw Hill 2nd Edition 1990
P a g e 79 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 415 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart knowledge about advanced communication systems and related design parameters To inculcate ability in students to design wireless communication systems which can provide high data rate to a large number of users The main goal is to utilize the concepts of analogdigital modulation techniques and signal processing in transmission and reception of wireless signals under static and dynamic channels in the presence of noise
Section ndash A
Radio channels and coding Characteristics of Mobile Radio channels Channel capacity and Diversity Overview of STBCs and STTCs
OFDM Introduction Basic principle of OFDM Block diagram of OFDM OFDM standards Spectrum analysis of OFDM Capacity analysis of OFDM Multi-path effects on OFDM BER analysis of OFDM timing and frequency synchronization PAPR in OFDM and its effects mitigation of PAPR
Section ndash B
WiMAX and LTE Background of IEEE 80216 and WiMAX Features of WiMAX WiMAX Network Architecture WiMAX physical layer WiMAX MAC layer channel performance of WiMAX Overview of LTE SAEEPS Architecture of LTE Frame structure in LTE Applications of WiMAX and LTE
MIMO Introduction to MIMO MIMO Spatial Multiplexing MIMO Channel Capacity MIMO Diversity and applications MIMO-OFDM Channel estimation for MIMO-OFDM Multi-user MIMO systems
Text Books
1 Ezio Biglieri Robert Calderbank and Andrea Goldsmith ldquoMIMO Wireless Communicationsrdquo Cambridge University Press
2 Mohinder Jankiraman ldquoSpace-Time Codes and MIMO Systemsrdquo Artech House3 Jeffrey G Andrews Arunabha Ghosh and Rias Muhamed ldquoFundamentals of WiMAX - Understanding
Broadband Wireless Networkingrdquo Prentice Hall4 Abd-Elhamid M Taha and Hossam S Hassanein ldquoLTE LTE-Advanced and WiMAX - Towards IMT-
Advanced Networksrdquo John Wiley and Sons Ltd5 Ramjee Prasad ldquoOFDM for Wireless Communications Systemsrdquo Artech House
P a g e 80 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 407 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNANO ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the fundamentals of Nanotechnology To give a general introduction to different types of nanomaterials spintronic bio electronics molecular electronics organic electronics nano fabrication techniques surface analytical instrumentation techniques micro electro mechanical system (MEMS) and nano electro mechanical system (NEMS) To impart basic knowledge on nano fabrication and surface analytical instrumentation techniques To bring out the magnetic properties optical properties and applications of nano materials
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to Nano-scale Science and Nano-scale Technology Why nano science and nano technology Length energy and time scales Nano structure types and properties electronic and optical properties of materials sensors
Quantum wires and dots single electron effects and single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metall ic tunnel junctions Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy
Fabrication Nanomagnets and spintronics non-ideal interfaces and defects nano fabrication (Lithography Self-assembly Contact imprinting) molecular electronics Organic Electronics (Carbon Fullerness and nanotubes polymers)
Bio Electronics Introduction Binding of Organic semiconductors DNA computing
Section ndash B
Nano-Photonics Emitters Wave Guides Detectors Photonic Crystals
Surface Analytical Instrumentation Techniques for Nanotechnology Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy Low Energy Electron Diffraction (LEED) Scanning Probe Microscopy UV Photo electron spectroscopy (UPS)
Mems and Nems MicroElectro mechanical systems (MEMS) and Nano electro mechanical systems (NEMS) size dependent electronic magnetic and optical behavior of nano materials
Application Introduction to quantum methods of information processing Nano Particles and Environmental Hazardness Industrial applications of Nano Sized materials
TEXT BOOKS
1 Transport in Nanostructures- David Ferry Cambridge University Press20002 Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics - Y Imry Oxford University Press19973 Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems S Datta Cambridge University Press19954 Single Charge Tunneling H Grabert and M Devoret Plenum Press19925 Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining and Microfabrication - P Rai Choudhary SPIE1997
P a g e 81 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 408 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrBIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course will cover various systems of the human physiology signals of biological origin obtained from these systems biosensors transducers bioelectrodes used to acquire such signals and amplifiers for measuring biopotentials Electrical safety of medical devices measurements of the blood pressure blood flow respiratory system clinical laboratory equipment medical imaging and bioethics will also be discussed The main objective of this course is to introduce student to basic biomedical engineering technology As a result student can understand design and evaluate systems and devices that can measure test andor acquire biological information from the human body
Section ndash A
Human Body Subsystems Brief description of neuronal Muscular Cardiovascular and respiratory systems their electrical Mechanical and chemical activities
Transducers and Electrodes Principles and classification of transducers for bio-medical applications Electrode theory Different types of electrodes Selection criteria for transducers and electrodes
Cardiovascular System Measurements Measurement of blood pressure Blood flow Measurement of pH value of blood Cardiac rate Heart sounds Electrocardiograph Plethysmograph
Respiratory System Measurements Measurement of gas volume Flow rate Carbon-dioxide and oxygen concentration in exhaled air
Measurement of Electrical Activity in Neuromuscular System and Brain Neuron potential Muscle potential Electromyograph Brain potentials Electroencephalograph
Section ndash B
Medical Imaging Diagnostic X-rays CAT MRI Ultrasonography Medical use of isotopes Endoscopy
Patient Care Monitoring and Safety Measures Elements of intensive care monitoring Basic hospital systems and components Physiological effect of electric currents Shock hazards from electrical equipment Safety measures
Assisting and Therapeutic Devices Introduction to cardiac pacemakers Defibrillators Ventilators Diathermy
Bio-Telemetry and Lasers Physiological parameters adaptable to Bio-telemetry components of a bio telemetry system Application of telemetry in patient care Application of lasers to biomedical sciences
TEXT BOOKS
1 L Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement - Chromwell FJ Weibell EA Pfeiffer Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
2 Introduction to biomedical Equipment technology- Carr JJ and Brown JM Pearson Publishers Delhi3 Medical Instrumentation applications and design -J G Webster John Wiley Sons New York4 Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation- RS Khandpur Tata Mc Graw Hill New Delhi5 Principles of applied Biomedical Instrumentation -LG Geddes LE Baker John Wiley Sons New
York
P a g e 82 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 409 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The objective of this course is to learn the basic elements of optical fiber transmission l ink fiber glass modes configurations and structures to understand different kinds of losses signal attenuation in optical fibers amp other dispersion factor to learn various optical sources LEDLASER structures receivers (PIN APD) and noise performance Also this course will provide the understanding of optical network system components variety of networking aspects SONETSDH and study of network operations OTDM OTDN etc l ink budget amp network design and management At the end of the course students will be able to apply the fundamental principles of optics and light wave to design optical fiber communication systems differentiate losses in optical fiber link and state transmission characterist ics of optical fiber design optical fiber communication links using appropriate optical fibers light sources detectors explore concept of designing and operating principles of modern optical systems and networks apply different network access schemes and packet switching in OFC systems design and manage networks with appropriate consideration
Section ndash A
Optical Networking Optical networking principle and challenges WDM networking evolution WDM network construction wireless optical systems switching elements Optical Add-Drop Multiplexers Optical Cross-Connect Micro-Electro Mechanical Systems Nonreconfigurable Wavelength Router Reconfigurable Wavelength-Routing Switch Wavelength conversion technologies
Designing WDM Optical Networks Systems Consideration Channels Power Considerations All-optical Cycle of Elimination Additional Considerations Elements of Local-Area WDM Network Design WDM Wide-Area Network Design Issues WDM Metro Network Design Issues Optical Access Network Design Issues
SONET amp SDH evolution multiplexing structure frame structure envelopes functional components problem detection payload pointers VTs overhead bytes SONET amp SDH concatenation Architecture of optical transport networks Digital wrappers hierarchy OTN layer models
Section ndash B
Optical Access Networks Introduction Challenges in Access Networks Next-Generation Access Networks Overview of PON Technologies Optical SplittersCouplers PON Topologies Burst-Mode Transceivers Ethernet PON (EPON) Access Network Ethernet Gaining in Prominence Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation Algorithms Considerations for IP-based Services over EPON Other Types of PONS APONBPON Generalized naming Procedure PON WDM-PON Architectures
ATM vs IP in optical internets IP over ATM amp SONET OSI internet layered model Encapsulation amp its methods PPP packet ATM vs IP debate Optical Internets Evolution to 3G architecture
Text Books
1 Optical WDM Networks - Biswanath Mukherjee ndash Springer2 Optical Networks-Third Generation Transport Systems ndash Uyless Black Pearson
Education3 Optical Network Design and Implementation - Vivek Alwayn Pearson Education4 Understanding SONETSDH and ATM-communications networks for the next millennium by
Stamatious V Kartalopoulos Prentice - Hall India
P a g e 83 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 410 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL VLSI DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course is designed to give the student an understanding of the different design steps required to carry out a complete digital VLSI (Very-Large-Scale Integration) design in silicon It will explore the fundamental concepts and structures of designing digital VLSI systems include CMOS devices and circuits standard CMOS fabrication processes CMOS design rules static and dynamic logic structures interconnect analysis CMOS chip layout simulation and testing low power techniques design tools and methodologies VLSI architecture
Section ndash A
MOS Transistor Theory Evolution of ICs Masking sequence of NMOS and CMOS Structures Electrical Design Rules Stick Diagram Layout Design Introduction to MOS Physics MOSFET Work Function MOS Models MOSFET Structure and Operation Accumulation Depletion and Inversion region Weak and Strong Inversion Threshold voltage Current-Voltage characteristics Body effect MOSFET Scaling theory Limits of miniaturization small geometry effects Sub threshold conduction
Circuit Characterization Resistive Load amp Active Load MOS Inverters NMOS Inverters CMOS Inverters Static Characterist ics Switching Characteristics Interconnect Parasit ics Propagation Delay Static and Dynamic Power Dissipation Noise Margin Logic Threshold Voltage
Section ndash B
Combinational amp Sequential Circuits MOS Logic Circuits with Depletion NMOS loads CMOS Logic Circuits Complex logic circuits Pass Gate Transmission Gate Double Gate Transistor Behavior of Bistable elements SR Latch Circuit Clocked Latch and Flip-Flop Circuits CMOS D-Latch and Edge-triggered Flip-flop Subsystem Design- Adders shifters ALU High Performance Dynamic CMOS Circuits ROM Circuits Static and Dynamic RAM Circuits
VLSI Design Methodologies Semi-custom and Full-Custom Design including Cell Library and Gate Array Based Design FPGA BiCMOS Logic Circuits Design for Testability
TEXT BOOKS
1 Basic VLSI design systems and circuits- Pucknell DA and Eshraghian K PHI2 VLSI design techniques for analog and digital circuits ndash Geiger Rr Allen PE Strader NR
P a g e 84 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 412 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize with soft computing concepts Introduce the ideas of Neural networks fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human experience Familiarize the concepts of Genetic algorithm Apply the soft computing concepts to solve practical problems One will be able to design supervised and unsupervised learning models
Section ndash A
Introduction History of neural networks biological neurons Artificial Neural Net terminology Model of a neuron topology Types of activation functions learning types of learning-supervised unsupervised re-inforcement learning
Neural Learning Perceptrons linear separability Basic learning laws Hebbs rule Delta rule Widrow amp Hoff LMS learning rule correlation learning rule instar and outstar learning rules Supervised learning- Multilayer networks back propagation algorithm and its variations unsupervised learning- competit ive learning K-means clustering algorithm Self-organizing maps Basic Hopfield model
Section ndash B
Radial Basis Functions RBF neural networks Introduction to counter Propagation networks CMAC networks ART networks Broad application areas of neural networks- classification clustering pattern association function approximation
Fuzzy Logic Basic concepts of Fuzzy Logic Fuzziness vs probabili ty Crisp logic vs fuzzy logic Fuzzy sets and systems operations on sets fuzzy relations membership functions fuzzy rule generation variable inference techniques defuzzification techniques Fuzzy applications in consumer products
Text Books
1 Artificial Neural Networks -Yegna Narayanan2 Neural Networks - Simon Haykin 3 Fuzzy logic with engineering application - ROSS JT (Tata Mc)4 Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic - Bart Kosko 5 Neural computing theory amp practice - PD Wasserman (ANZA PUB)6 Introduction to applied Fuzzy Electronics - Ahmad M Ibrahim (PHI)7 Introduction to artificial neural systems - JM Zurada Jaico Pub8 An introduction to Fuzzy control D Driankor H Hellendorn M Reinfrank
P a g e 85 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 417 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRF SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To design and analyse basic resonators and RF Filters 2 To study the operation and device characteristics of RF Active components 3 To design and analyze RF transistor amplifier 4 To understand the operation of Oscillators and mixers used in RF design
Section ndash A
Introduction RF circuits Impedance matching and Quality factor Efficiency Amplifiers RF preamplifiers fi lters Frequency converters Mixers Radio receivers
Oscillators And PLL Relaxation oscil lators Series resonant oscillators Negative resonant oscillators Oscillator dynamics Stabili ty oscillator noise Design examples phase locked loops-loop dynamics analysis Frequency synthesizers
Amplifiers and Power Supplies Amplifier specifications-gain bandwidth and impedance stability Amplifier design Noise considerations class C class D amplifiers High power amplifiers Rectifiers Switching converters Boost and Buck circuits
Section ndash B
Couplers and Waveguide Circuits Directional coupling Hybrids Power combining transformer equivalent circuits Double tuned transformers Transformers with magnetic and iron cores Transmission l ines transformers Baluns Waveguides matching in wave guide circuits Waveguide junctions coaxial lines resistance impedance bridge standing waves
Modulation and Detection Circuits AM High level modulation Digital to analog modulation SSB Angle and frequency modulation Diode detectors FM demodulators-Design power detectors Measurement of power Voltage and Impedance Swept frequency impedance measurements
Text Books
1 Jon B Hagen Radio Frequency Electronics Cambridge university press Cambridge19962 James Hardy High Frequency Circuit Design Resto Publishing Co NewYork19793 Ian Hickman RF HandBook Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd Oxford19934 Ulrich L Rohde TTN Bucher Communication Receivers McGraw Hill New York19985 R Ludcoig RF Circuit Design Pearson Asia Education and P Bretchko New Delhi2000
P a g e 86 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 418 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE AND SPEECH PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 Give the students a general understanding of the fundamentals of digital image processing 2 Introduce the student to analytical tools which are currently used in digital image processing as applied to image information for human viewing 3 To learn the fundamental concepts of digital image processing 4 To study basic image processing operations 5 To understand image analysis algorithms 6 To expose students to current applications in the field of digital image processing 7 Develop the studentrsquos abili ty to apply these tools in the laboratory in image restoration enhancement and compression 8 Understand differences between computer vision and image processing
The main purpose of this course is to provide the learners with solid fundamental tools and experience on the applied technology in the array of speech processing It also gives the opportunity to deepen and widen the understanding of this topic through the study of speech characterist ics and its applications in various fields l ike coding The course is one of the interesting applications of signal processing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Image Processing Overview of Image processing image processing and related fields types of images fundamental steps in image processing Image processing applications Digital image representation and image formation sampling amp Quantization amp application of image Processing
Image Processing operations Basic relationships and distance metrics classification of image processing operations Image Enhancement by Point operation An overview of point Processing constant amp non-linear operations between image amp histogram techniques
Section ndash B
Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing Articulatory Phonetics ndash Production and Classification of Speech Sounds Acoustic Phonetics ndash Acoustics of speech production Review of Digital Signal Processing concepts Short-Time Fourier Transform Filter-Bank and LPC Methods A Review of Discrete-Time Signal amp Systems the Z-transform the DFT Fundamental of Digital Filters FIR system IIR Systems
Features Feature Extraction and Pattern Comparison Techniques Speech distortion measuresndash mathematical and perceptual ndash LogndashSpectral Distance Cepstral Distances Weighted Cepstral Distances and Filtering Likelihood Distortions
Text Books
1 Digital image processing by S Sridhar Oxford University Press2 Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang ldquoFundamentals of Speech Recognitionrdquo
Pearson Education 20033 Digital Image Processing by Rafael C Gonzale amp Richard E Woods Pearson Education Asia4 Fundamentals of digital image processing by AK Jain 1989 Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ5 Ben Gold and Nelson Morgan ldquoSpeech and Audio Signal Processing Processing and Perception of
Speech and Musicrdquo Wiley- India Edition 2006
P a g e 87 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 321 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To understand the basic architecture of optical fiber and related losses like absorption attenuation bending etc 2 To understand the architecture of optical transmitter and receiver for optical communication systems 3 After gone through the design consideration of optical communication the various modulation techniques and measurement techniques will be studied
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of fiber optic communications and its advantages
Review of LEDs and Lasers optical sources PIN and APD diodes optical detectorsOptical Fiber Waveguides amp Its Connections Introduction Ray theory transmission Electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation cylindrical fibers single mode fibers joints - fiber alignment splices connectors
Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers amp Cables Introduction Attenuation Material absorption losses Linear scattering losses Nonlinear scattering losses fiber bend loss Dispersion Intermodal dispersion Overall fiber dispersion Dispersion modified single-mode fibers Polarization
Section ndash B
Optical Fiber Systems Intensity modulationDirect Detection amp Coherent Introduction Optical transmitter circuit Optical receiver circuits system design considerations Digital systems Analog systems Advanced multiplexing strategies Coherent system constraints modulation formats Demodulation schemes Receiver sensitivities
Optical Fiber Measurements Introduction attenuation dispersion refractive index profile cutoff wavelength numerical aperture diameter mode field diameter and field measurements
Text Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash Djafar K Mynbev Lowell L Scheiner Pearson Education
Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill 4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications5 Optoelectronics Fiber optics and Lasers a Text-Lab Manual - Morris Tischler McGraw Hill 6 Related IEEE papers amp websites
P a g e 88 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 8th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
PRJ 451 Project Semester - One Semester Training in Industry 0 0 0 20
INDUSTIAL VISIT BY FACULTY COORDINATOR (150 MARKS) (within 10-12 weeks of commencement of training)
Presentation 60 MarksViva-voce 60 MarksReport (Hard Copy) 30 Marks
Evaluation by Faculty Coordinator in consultation with Industrial Coordinator during industrial visit
EVALUATION BY A TEAM OF FACULTY MEMBERS IN THE INSTITUTE (250 MARKS)(within one week of completion of training)
Presentation 100 MarksViva-voce 100 MarksFinal Report (Hard Copy) 50 Marks
The final presentation and viva-voce will be conducted jointly by the faculty coordinator nominee of the Head to be appointed by the Head of the DepartmentThe letter grade will be awarded to the students according to marks obtained by himher out of total 400 marks
PRJ 451 L T P CrPROJECT SEMESTER 0 0 0 20
Project Semester spans over a period of one Semester
The students shall undertake project (s) in Industry RampD or service organizations under the joint supervision of a faculty member and an executive from the organization The emphasis of the work undertaken is on problem identification and its techno-economic solution for the benefit of the host industry
The project must normally include identification of problem data collection analysis and generating solutions with cost and benefits and recommendations for their implementation If a single project is not available in the industry more than one projects might be undertaken
The evaluation of the project semester should be carried out on a continuous basis and must include the evaluation by faculty coordinator during his visit(s) to the concerned industries evaluation by faculty coordinator towards the completion of the semester and the final evaluation in the Institute by a committee of faculty members
P a g e 89 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 201 INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC DEVICES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Diodes and transistors are basic devices in electronic circuits These devices are made of semiconductor materials To understand the operation of these devices basic knowledge of the structure of atoms and the interaction of atomic particles in the semiconductor material are necessary The p-n junction formed by adjacent p and n semiconductors is the basis of the operation of the diodes and transistors This course discusses on the current flow across the p-n junction that contributes to the characteristics of the diodes BJTs and FETs The objective of this course is to give understanding on how current flows through the p-n junction and relating these phenomena to the characterist ics and operation of the diodes bipolar and field-effect transistors Students will learn the applications of diode as clipper clamper and rectifier operation of BJTs FETs behavior of BJTs at low frequency and working of SCR
Section ndash A
Semiconductor Diodes Qualitative analysis of a P-N junction as a diode V-I characteristics and its temperature dependence Break down diodes Varactor diode Tunnel diode Semiconductor photo voltaic effect Light emitt ing diodes
Application of Diodes Diodes as a clipper Diode as a clamper Sampling gate Diode as a rectifier Half wave rectifier Full wave rectifier Bridge rectifier ripple factor regulation capacitor input fil ters inductor input fil ter L-type and π type-filters Electronic Voltage regulator (Series and Shunt type)
Transistor Characteristics Junction transistor current components Transistor as an amplifier Transistor construction Common base Common emitter Common collector configuration Various regions photo transistor
Transistor at Low frequencies Graphical analysis of CE configuration two port devices and hybrid model h-parameters Conversion formulas for parameters of three configurations Analysis of a transistor amplifier circuit using h-parameter Miller theorem amp its dual comparison of amplifier configuration
Section ndash B
Transistor Biasing and Thermal Stabilization Need of biasing Types of biasing circuits Operating point Bias stability Stabilization against variation in I C O VB E and β Compensation techniques Thermal run away Thermal stability
Field Effect Transistors Junction field effect transistor pinch off voltage JFET characterist ics and equivalent circuit MOSFETS their construction and characteristics Biasing of JFETs
Thyristors Thyristor family SCR-static and dynamic characteristics Thyristor commutated Techniques two transistor analogy Triggering circuits Thyristor applications
Text Books
1 Electronics Devices by Robert Boylsted Tata McGraw Hill publications2 Electronic Devices and circuits MC-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition by Millman amp Halkias3 Power Electronics by P S Bhimbra Khanna Publishers
Reference Books
1 Integrated Electronics by Millman amp Halkias Mc-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition2 Electronic Devices and Circuits S Salivahanan Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi3 Electron Devices by Floyd Pearson Asia 5th Edition 20014 Microelectronic Circuits by Sedra Smith Oxford University Press
P a g e 3 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 201 INT EXT L T P CrWAVE PROPAGATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilit ies in electromagnetic field theory by study the behavior of statics and time varying electric and magnetic field in a medium and transmission line
Section ndash A
Basic of Electromagnetic Del operator Curl Divergence Gradient Gauss divergence theorem Stokes theorem Coulombrsquos law Gaussian law Faradayrsquos law Amperersquos law
Boundary conditions Boundary conditions at electric interfaces and magnetic interfaces Maxwellrsquos equation in integral and differential form for static and time varying fields
Transmission line Transmission line equation primary and secondary constants condition for loss-less and distortion-less line loading of lines quarter wave transformer stub matching concept of VSWR and reflection coefficients
Section ndash B
Antenna parameters Radiation resistance Radiation pattern Beam width Gain Directivity Effective height Effective aperture Polarization Bandwidth and antenna temperature
Radiating Wire Structures Folded dipole loop antenna Principles of pattern multiplication Broadside arrays End fire arrays Yagi-Uda Antenna Horn Antenna Log Periodic Antenna Antenna Measurements (Gain amp Radiation pattern)
Propagation of Radio Waves Friss Free Space Equation Different modes of propagation Ground waves Space waves Surface waves and Troposphere waves Ionosphere Wave propagation in the Ionosphere Crit ical frequency Maximum usable frequency (MUF) Skips distance
Text Books
1 Kraus Electromagnetics McGraw Hill New York2 Sadiku Elements of Electromagnetics Oxford Press
Reference Books
1 EC Jordan Electromagnetic Waves and radiating systems Prentice Hall of India New Delhi2 Antennas Analysis amp Design C A Balanis John Wiley 1997
P a g e 4 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 201 INT EXT L T P CrMANAGEMENT PRACTICES amp ORGANISAIONAL BEHAVIOUR 50 50 3 0 0 30
Course Objective The course prepares the students for successful professional l ife by inculcating in them the abilities to understand the human interactions in an organization find what can drive human behavior and influence them to get better results for attaining business planning organizing staffing directing coordinating and controlling the activit ies of business enterprise
Section ndash A
Introduction to Management Definit ion Importance and functions of Management Theories of Management Classical Neo-classical and Modern Planning Nature of planning planning process types of plans Importance and Limitations of Planning Introduction to MBO (Management by Objectives) Social responsibility of business
Decision Making Importance and Process Organization Process of Organizing Organizing Principles Organization Chart Authority and Responsibili ty relationship Steps in Delegation of Authority Communication Process channels medium of communication communication barriers Controll ing Steps types of control system essentials of effective control system
Section ndash B
Organizational Behavior Concept features and importance Personality determinants and development Role of Values and Atti tudes in individuals behavior The concept of motivation and its theories Perception Concept Process Errors in perceptual accuracy Role of perception in decision making
Learning Classical and Operant conditioning theory Reinforcement-kinds and administration Concept of group dynamics Leadership theories and styles
Organizational conflict Concept Dimensions conflict management techniques Introduction to concept of power and polit ics in work related organization Organization culture and effectiveness
Text Books
1 Aswathappa K and Reddy G Sudarsana Management and Organisation Behaviour Himalya Publishing House
2 Pierce John L Gardner Donald Gardner Donald Management and Organisational Behavior An Integrated Perspective Ed1 Cengage Learning India
3 Laurie Mullins Management and Organisation Behaviour 7e Pearson Education4 Stephen P Robbins Seema Sanghi and Timothi A Judge Organizational Behavior 13e Pearson
Education5 Stephen P Robbins Mary Coulter and Neharika Vohra Management 10e Pearson Education6 Heinz Weihrich and Harold Koontz Essentials of Management Tata McGraw Hill7 Gene Burton and Manab Thakur Management Today Principles and Practice Tata McGraw-Hill8 P C Tripathy P N Reddy Principles of Management Tata McGraw-Hill9 Dr Neeru Vashishth Principles of Management with case studies Taxmann Publication10 LM Prasad Principles amp Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons Delhi11 James Stoner R Edward Freeman and Daniel R Gilbert Management 6e Pearson Education
P a g e 5 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 209 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ 50 50 3 0 0 30
Course Objective To become familiar with object-oriented programming concepts using C++ and be able to apply these concepts in solving diverse range of applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of basic concepts (Data types tokens operators arrays strings structure) Concepts of OOPS Comparison between procedural and OOPS Elements of OOPS its paradigm its merits and demerits functions function overloading and function
Classes and Objects Classes creating a class accessing class members memory allocation for objects array of objects static objects friend class empty classes nested classes abstract classes and container class
Constructor and Destructor Its need Types of constructor- Default Copy Multiple Dynamic Destructor Constructor and Destructor with static members Order of execution of constructor and destructor
Operator Overloading and type Conversion Definit ion Rules for overloading overloading of unary and binary operators Overloading NEW and DELETE operators Type conversion- Basic type to class type class type to basic type class to class type
Section ndash B
Inheritance - Virtual base class types of inheritance typing conversions and visibil ity
Polymorphism - Virtual functions Virtual destructors Concept of binding- early and late Virtual functions Pure virtual functions Polymorphism
Exception Handling Basics of exception handling Exception handling mechanisms throwing mechanisms Catching mechanisms
Pointers and dynamic memory management Understanding pointers accessing address of a variable declaring and initialization pointer arithmetic pointer to pointer pointer to function pointer to array array of pointers pointer to object this pointers null pointers dangling pointers and memory leak
Managing Data Files File streams Hierarchy of file streams ReadingWriting of files accessing records randomly and sequentially and updating files
Text Books
1 Schildt H C++ The Complete Reference Tata Mcgraw Hill (2003) 4th ed2 Lippman B S Lajoie J and Moo E B C++ Primer Addison-Wesley Professional (2013) 5th ed3 Stroustrup B The C++ programming language Pearson Education India (2013) 4th ed
P a g e 6 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 203 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms To understand concepts about searching and sorting techniques To Understand basic concepts about stacks queues l ists trees and graphs To understanding about writ ing algorithms and step by step approach in solving problems with the help of fundamental data structures
Section ndash A
Basic Data Structures Arrays Stacks and Queues and Their Applications Linked and Sequential Representation Linked List Representation of Linked List Multi-Linked Structures
Searching and Sorting use of Various Data Structures for Searching and Sorting Linear and Binary Search Bubble Sort Insertion Sort Shell Sort Selection Sort Merge Sort Radix Sort Quick Sort
Hashing Introduction to hash table hash function resolving collision by chaining and open addressing deleting i tems from a hash table
Section ndash B
Trees Definit ions and Basic Concepts Linked Tree Representation Representations in Contiguous Storage Binary Trees Binary Tree Traversal Searching Insertion and Deletion in Binary Trees Binary Search Tree Heap and Heap Sort Algorithm
Graphs Sequential and Linked Representation of Graph-Adjacency Matrix Operations on Graph Traversing a Graph Dijkstras Algorithm for Shortest Distance Minimal Spanning Tree
File Organization Sequential Relative Index Sequential
Text Books
1 Data structures A Pseudocode Approach with-C 2nd Edition Cengage Learning (Thomson)2 An introduction to data structures with applications Mc-Graw Hill Inc JP Trembley and PG
Sorensen3 Data Structures and Program Design in C Prentice Hall of India 1992 Robort L Kruse Bruce P
Leung Cluvis L Tundo
P a g e 7 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
BAS 202 INT EXT L T P CrDISCRETE MATHEMATICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Throughout the course students will be expected to demonstrate their understanding of Discrete Mathematics Use mathematically correct terminology and notation Construct correct direct and indirect proofs Demonstrate different methods for Graphs Boolean Algebra and Switching Theory Apply logical reasoning to solve a variety of problems
Section ndash A
Relations and Functions Binary Relations Types of Relations Compositions and inverse of Relations Equivalence Relations and Partit ions Partial Ordering Relations Chains and Anti-chains Functions Injective Functions Surjective Functions Bijective Functions Sum and Product of Functions Inverse and Composition of Functions Inclusion and Exclusion Pigeon-hole Principle Linear Recurrence Relations with constant coefficients Homogeneous solutions Particular solutions Solution by Method of Generating Functions
Algebraic Structures Algebraic structures with one binary operation semi-group monoid and groups Cosets Lagrangersquos Theorem (only statement) Homomorphism of groups
Section ndash B
Introduction to Graphs Graphs and their basic terminology Multigraphs and Weighted Graphs Matrix representation of Graphs Paths and Circuits Shortest Paths in Weighted Graphs Dijkstrarsquos Algorithm Planar Graphs Eulerrsquos Theorem Eulerian Paths and Circuits Hamiltonian Paths and Circuits
Boolean Algebra Partially Ordered Set Lattices and Algebraic System Principle of Duality Distributive and Complemented Lattices Boolean Algebra Boolean Functions and Boolean Expressions Disjunctive and Conjunctive Normal Forms Applications of Boolean Algebra in Switching Theory Series and Parallel connections
Text Books
1 C L Liu Elements of Discrete Mathematics 2nd Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 20002 J P Tremblay and R P Manohar Discrete Mathematics with Applications to Computer Science Tata
McGraw-Hill 19973 K H Rosen Discrete Mathematics and its Applications 6th Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 2007
P a g e 8 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 251 INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC DEVICES LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Study of h-Parameters of CE transistor
2 Study of h-Parameters of CB transistor
3 Study of V-I characteristics of Photodiode
4 Study of V-I characteristics of photo transistor
5 Study of V-I characteristics of JFET
6 Study of VI characteristics of MOSFET
7 Study of Clipping amp clamping CKT using Diode
8 Study of V-I characteristics of SCR
9 Study of Diode as rectifier
10 Study of different filters
11 Study of V-I characteristics of DIAC
12 Study of V-I characteristics of TRIAC
13 Study the applications of Thyristor
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 9 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 259 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to illustrate the working of different iterative controls
2 Write a program to illustrate the use of conditional statements
3 Write a program to illustrate difference between call by reference and call by value
4 Write a program to illustrate use of classes and objects
5 Write a program to illustrate the use of constructors and destructors
6 Write a program to illustrate the use operator overloading
7 Write a program to illustrate the use of inheritance and type of inheritance
8 Write a program to illustrate the use virtual function
9 Write a program to illustrate the use runtime polymorphism
10 Write a program to illustrate the use of File Stream operation
11 Create a class Time with members hours minutes seconds Add two class objects and display time
12 Write a program to perform addition of two complex numbers using constructor overloading
13 Write a program to find the greatest of two given numbers in two different classes using friend
function
14 Implement a class String with the following
Overload + operator to carry out the concatenation of strings
Overload = operator to carry out string copy
Overload lt= operator to carry out the comparison of strings
Function to display the length of a string
Function tolower() to convert upper case letters to lower case
Function toupper() to convert lower case letters to upper case
15 Create a class called List with two pure virtual function store() to save a value and retrieve() to get a
saved value from the list Derive two classes Stack and Queue from it and override store and retrieve
16 Write a program to define the function template for calculating the square of given numbers with
different data types
17 Write a program to perform the deletion of white spaces such as horizontal tab vertical tab space
line feed new line and carriage return from a text file and store the result in another file
18 Write a program to raise an exception if any attempt is made to refer to an element whose index is
beyond the array size
P a g e 10 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 253 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to check whether a string is palindrome or not
2 Write a program to extract substring from given string
3 Write a program to implement stack using arrays
4 Write a program to implement queues using arrays
5 Write a program to sort a given list of numbers using following algorithm
Bubble sort
Insertion sort
Selection sort
Quick sort
Radix sort
6 Write a program to implement linear and binary search algorithm
7 Write a program to create a linked list and perform following operations
Insert element at beginning
Insert element at end
Insert element at given position
Delete element from beginning
Delete element at end
Delete element from given position
8 Take a list of numbers and create a sorted linked list from given list
9 Implement stack using linked representation
10 Implement queue using linked representation
P a g e 11 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P CrENVIRONMENTAL AND ROAD SAFETY AWARENESS 2 0 0 0
Time Allowed 3 hours Total Marks 100Total lectures 50 Pass marks 35
Instructionsa) The paper has been introduced from the session 2013-14b) The paper will be taught in the Second yearfourth Semester of all the UG Courses (BA BCom
BSc Law Engineering Commerce Agriculture etc) except LLB three year course and will be a qualifying paper only The marks of this paper will not be counted towards final score of the under graduate degree
c) This will cover only preliminary and basics of the subject and the paper will be set accordinglyd) The written paper will have two parts Each part of the paper will be of 50 marks and will contain ten
questions The candidates will attempt five questions out of each part The answer to each question should not exceed 500 words Each question will carry ten marks
Section ndash IUnit 1 The multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition scope and importance
Concept of Biosphere ndash Lithosphere Hydrosphere Atmosphere Need for public awareness (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 2 Natural Resources ndash Renewable and non-renewable resources Natural resources and associated problems
a) Forest resources use and over exploitation deforestation and its impactb) Water resources use and overutilization of surface and ground water and its impactc) Mineral resources use and effects on environment on over exploitationd) Food resources Effects modern agriculture fertilizer-pesticide problem water logging and
salinitye) Energy resources Growing energy needs renewable and non-renewable energy sources use of
alternate energy resourcesf) Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources for sustainable development
(7 lectures)Unit 3 Ecosystems
Ecosystem and its components Definition structure and function producer consumer and decomposer Types of Ecosystem (Introduction only) Food Chains food web and ecological pyramids (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 4 Biodiversity and conservation Introduction ndash Definition genetic species and ecosystem diversity value of biodiversity Hot spots of biodiversity Threats to biodiversity habitat loss poocting of wildlife man-wildlife conflicts Endangered and endemic species of India Conservation of Biodiversity (6 lectures)
Section ndash IIUnits 5 Environmental Pollution
Definition causes effects and control measures of a) Air pollutionb) Water pollutionc) Soil pollutiond) Marine pollutione) Noise pollutionf) Thermal pollutiong) Nuclear hazard
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution Solid waste management vermicomposting Disaster management Floods earthquake cyclone and landslides (7 lectures)
Unit 6 Social Issues and the Environment Urban problems related to energy Water conservation rain water harvesting water shed management Resettlement and rehabilitation of people its problems and concerns Climate changes global warming acid rain ozone layer depletion Consumerism and waste products Population explosion ndash Family welfare programme (6 lectures)
Unit 7 Introduction to Environmental Protection Laws in India
P a g e 12 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
Environmental Protection Act Air (Prevention and control of pollution) Act Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act Wild life Protection Act Forest Conservation Act Issues involved in the enforcement of environmental legislation (6 lectures)
Unit 8 Road safety Awareness Concept and significance of Road safety Traffic signs Traffic rules Traffic Offences and penalties How to obtain license Role of first aid in Road Safety (6 lectures)
P a g e 13 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 4th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2020-2021)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECE 209 Digital Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECE 210 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECM 205 Computer System Architecture 3 1 0 35
ECM 206 Operating System 3 1 0 35
ECE 213 Circuit Theory 3 1 0 35
ECE 214 Signals amp Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 254 Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 256 Operating System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 263 Circuit Theory Lab 0 0 2 10
Punjabi 3 0 0 0
21 6 6 33
Total contact hours 33
ECM 254 ECM 256 ECE 263 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
In addition to above mentioned subjects there will be an additional course on Punjabi as a qualifying subject
P a g e 14 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 209 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the student should be able to demonstrate the ability to use logic gates Basic Boolean laws minimization techniques for the designing of various combinational circuits The student should also be able to describe operation characterist ic equations excitation table of various flip flops and explain the conversion of flip flops Design and analyze sequential circuits from the basic building blocks and describe memories AD DA Converters Logic families and their characteristics
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of Number Systems Codes and Gates evaluating logic circuit outputs Implementing circuits from Boolean expressions Boolean theorems DeMorgans theorem universality of NAND and NOR gates IEEEANSI standard logic symbols
Combinational Logic Circuits Sum of product form Product of sum form Simplification of Boolean functions using algebraic and Karnaugh map methods Half adder Full adder half subtractor full subtractor circuits parity generator and checker circuits comparator circuit
Combinational Digital Circuit Design Multiplexer Demultiplexer Code converters Combinational logic circuits Some examples of Boolean gate ICs
Sequential Circuits RS JK D and T fl ip-flops circuits and their conversions Serial and parallel counters and shift registers Universal shift registers some examples of counter and shift register ICs
Section ndash B
Logic families and digital ICs Characterist ics of digital ICs Classification of different logic families TTL ECL MOS and CMOS their operation and specifications
Memories Semi-conductor memories ROM and RAM ROM using diodes BJTs and FETs RAM cell Memory organization and expansion An idea about other types of memories
Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Converters Variable register network R-2R DA converters DA accuracy and resolution AD converters Simultaneous conversion and counter method
Text Books
1 Digital Design by Morris Mano PHI 4th edition 2008 2 Digital principles and Applications by Malvino Leach TMH 2011 3 Digital System Principles and Applications by R J Tocci (PHI) 2009 4 Modern Digital Electronics by R P Jain TMH 2006 5 Digital Integrated Electronics by Taub Schilling TMH 2004
P a g e 15 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 210 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Through this course the students will acquire knowledge of -The behavior of BJTs at high frequency using pi-model -Develop the abili ty to analyze and design analog electronic circuits using discrete components-Concept of feedback used in amplifiers and its need -Working of power amplifiers power amplifier circuits tuned amplifiers Oscillators compare experimental results in the laboratory with theoretical analysis
Section ndash A
High Frequency Transistor The high frequency T model CB short circuit current frequency response Alpha cut-off frequency CE short circuit current frequency response Hybrid pi CE transistor model hybrid pi conductance in terms of low frequency h ndash parameters CE short circuit current gain obtained with hybrid pi model current gain with resistive load
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Power Amplifiers Class A large signal amplifier second and higher harmonic distortion transformer coupled amplifiers Efficiency of amplifiers Push-pull amplifiers (class A amp class B)
Tuned Amplifiers Single tuned capacitively coupled amplifier amp its steady state response Determination of Gain Bandwidth product Tapped tuned Inductively coupled single tuned circuit Double tuned circuits
Oscillators Condition for sustained oscillation R-C phase shift Hartley Colpitts Crystal and Wien Bridge Oscillators
Text Books
1 Electronics Devices by Robert Boylsted Tata McGraw Hill publications2 Electronic Devices and circuits MC-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition by Millman amp Halkias3 Malvino Electronic Principles Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
Reference Books
1 Integrated Electronics by Millman amp Halkias Mc-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition2 Electronic Devices and Circuits S Salivahanan etal Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi3 Electron Devices by Floyd Pearson Asia 5th Edition 20014 Liner Integrated circuits by Gayekward5 Engineering Electronics by Alley amp Attwood6 Burns and Bond Principles of Electronic Circuits PWS Publishing Company Boston
P a g e 16 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 205 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a digital computer To discuss in detail the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms amp implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition subtraction multiplication amp division To study the different ways of communicating with IO devices and standard IO interfaces To study the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory
Section ndash A
Introduction Design of basic computer Registers Accumulator Flags Program Counter Stack Pointer Machine Instructions Instruction Cycle Machine Cycle Components of CPU
Register Transfer and Micro operations Register transfer Language Register transfer Bus amp memory transfer Logic micro operations Shift micro operation
Controller Design Hardwired and Micro programmed Approach
Micro program Control Organization Control Memory Address Sequencing Micro program Sequences Microinstruction Formats and Addressing modes
Arithmetic Unit Comparison and Subtraction of unsigned Binary Numbers Addition Subtraction Multiplication Algorithm
Section ndash B
Memory System Memory CPU interaction Principle of locality (Temporal and Spatial)
Memory Organization Interleaved Memory Organization Memory Hierarchy Main Memory Virtual Memory Cache Memory Cache Organization (Direct Fully Associative Set Associative) Cache Coherence Memory Management Hardware Performance Considerations
Input-Output Organization IO interfaces and Buses IO operations Program driven Input- Output Interrupt driven Input-Output DMA Priority Interrupt
Pipeline Processing Overview of Pipelining Types of Pipelining Hazards (Data Control Structural)
Computer Peripherals and Interfaces Introduction to IO buses ISA PCI SCSI EISA Local bus VESA Local bus PCI bus PCI Express Accelerated graphics port bus
Text Books
1 Computer System Architecture MM Mano Prentice Hall of India2 Structured Computer Organization Andrew S Tanenbaum Prentice Hall of India3 JP Hayes Computer Systeui Architecture Prentice Hall of India New Delhi4 Ali leigh System Architecture South Wester publishing co New Delhi5 William Stallings ldquoComputer Organization and Architecture ndash Designing for Performancerdquo 6th Edition
Pearson Education 2003
P a g e 17 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 206 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn the fundamentals of Operating Systems To learn the mechanisms of OS to handle processes and threads and their communication To learn the mechanisms involved in memory management in contemporary OS To gain knowledge on distributed operating system concepts that includes architecture Mutual exclusion algorithms deadlock detection algorithms and agreement protocols To know the components and management aspects of concurrency management To learn programmatically to implement simple OS mechanisms
Section ndash A
Basic Functions and Concepts of Operating Systems Concept of an operating system batch system Multi-programmed Time sharing Personal Computer System Parallel system Real time system Network Operating System and Distributed Operating System
Features and Objective of Operating Systems System components operating system services System calls System Programmers System Structure Simple Structure Layered Approach Microkernel
Process Management Concept of process process states process control block Process Scheduling Scheduling Queues Schedulers and Context Switch operations on processes CPU scheduling Algorithms FCFS SJF RR and priority Multilevel queue scheduling Multilevelfeedback queue scheduling
Deadlocks Introduction to deadlocks Necessary Conditions for deadlock Resource allocation graph Deadlock Prevention Deadlock Avoidance Safe state Resource-Allocation-Graph Algorithm Bankers Algorithm Deadlock Detection Recovery from Deadlock
Section ndash B
Memory Management Logical and physical address space Swapping Contiguous memory Allocation Memory Protection Memory Allocation Fragmentation paging basic method Protection and shared pages segmentation basic method hardware Protection and sharing virtual memory Demand Paging Page Replacement Algorithms ((FIFO Optimal LRU LRU Approximation page replacement) Allocation of Frames Thrashing
Information Management Files - file concept file types File attributes fi le operations access methods allocation methods (contiguous l inked indexed) directory structure free-space management (bit vector linked list grouping counting)
Disk Management Disk structure Disk Scheduling (FCFS SSTF SCAN C-SCAN LOOK) Disk Management (Disk Formatting Boot Block Bad Blocks) Swap Space Management Swap Space Use Swap Space Location
Case Studies Brief introduction of Windows UNIX and LINUX
Text Books
1 Operating System (Sixth Edition) 2005 Galvin Silberschatz Addison Wesley Publishing Ltd2 Flynn Understanding operating Systems Cengage Learning (Thomson)3 DM Dhamdhere Operating System r A Concept Based Approach Tata Me Graw- Hill4 Operating Systems Design and Implementation Andrew S Tanembaum PHI (Latest Edition)
P a g e 18 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 213 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The study of electrical circuits takes off from principles of AC and DC theory and introduces the student to parameters and characteristics of various networks The aim of the subject to understand the different types of circuits and their analysis based on network theorems and to determine the current voltage and power in the circuit The students will be able to analyze two port networks stability of a circuit and to find time response of the circuit The circuits are designed using Foster and Cauer forms The knowledge of Laplaces transform and Inverse will help students to work in multi-disciplinary fields of electronics engineering
Section ndash A
Network Theorems and Two Port Network Descriptions Thevenins theorem as applied to ac circuits Nortons theorem as applied to AC circuits Superposition theorem as applied to ac circuits Maximum power transfer theorem as applied to AC Circuits Two port description in terms of open circuits impedance Parameters Short circuit admittance parameters Hybrid parameters and transmission Inter-connection of two port network Duality networks
Inductively Coupled Circuits Coefficient of coupling mutual inductance in loop and nodal equations
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Time Domain Analysis Unit functions-step impulse and ramp functions Laplaces transform and Inverse Solution of network problems using Laplace transform Solution of Transient and Steady state response of RL amp RC networks with different types of forcing functions Solutions of transient and steady state response of series RLC circuit with step input
Network Synthesis Synthesis vs Analysis Elements of circuit synthesis Introduction and general considerations in network synthesis Purpose and scope of network synthesis
Positive Real Functions Definition Necessary and Sufficient conditions for a function to be positive real testing of driving point functions for positive realness
Foster amp Cauer Forms Foster and Cauer Forms realization in terms of RC RL and LC networks
Text Books
1 Sudhakar amp Shyammohan ldquoCircuits amp Networksrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 Joseph Administer ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo S Chand Series3 Abhijit Chakarbarti ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo Dhanpat Rai amp Sons New Delhi4 Vanvalkenberg ldquoNetwork Analysisrdquo Prentice Hall5 D Roy Choudhary ldquoNetworks amp Systemsrdquo New Age International New Delhi6 Vanvalkenberg ME ldquoNetworks Analysisrdquo P rentice Hall of India (2007) 3rded7 Arshad M ldquoNetwork Analysis and Synthesisrdquo Laxmi Publications (2008) 2nded
Reference Books
1 Franklin F Kuo Network Analysis and Synthesis John Wiley (2003) 2nd ed2 Anderson BDOVongpanitlerd S Network Analysis and Synthesis Dover Publications (2006) 3rd ed3 Charles A Desoer Ernest S Kuh ldquoBasic Circuit Theoryrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company4 William H Hayt Jr Jack E Kemmerly ldquoEngineering Circuit Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company
P a g e 19 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 20 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 214 INT EXT L T P CrSIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The aim of this subject is to develop analytical capability of students by which they would be able to handle real time signal processing related problems and projects The understanding of various transforms will help the students to analyze the problems in both time and frequency domain
Section ndash A
Representation of Signal and Systems Classifications of signals Linear time invariant systems Representation of signals in terms of impulses Discrete time LTI systems continuous t ime LTI systems Properties of LTI systems Systems described by differential and difference equations
Section ndash B
Fourier analysis Signal representation using Fourier series Representation of periodic signals Continuous and discrete time Fourier series Exponential Fourier series Properties of Fourier series Convergence of Fourier series Continuous and Discrete time Fourier transform Properties of Fourier transform Analysis of discrete time signals and systems Correlation Autocorrelation
Random Signals Probability Random variables Probabili ty density and distribution functions Moments of random variables Random processes Transmission of signals through LTI systems Gaussian Process Central Limit Theorem
Text Books
1 Oppenheim Willisky and Nawab Signals amp Systems Tata Mcgraw HillNew Delhi2 Simon Haykin and Barry Van Been ldquoCommunications System Wiley 3 Eastern USA4 BPLathi ldquoCommunication Systems Oxford Press USA5 A Papouils Random Variables amp Stochastic Process Mcgraw Hill USA
Reference Books
1 Charles L Philips John M Parr Eve A Riskin ldquoSignals Systems and Transformrdquo Prentice Hall Third Edition 2003
P a g e 21 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 254 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To plot frequency response characteristics of a RC Single stage RC coupled Amplifier
2 To determine the voltage gain of a two stage RC coupled amplifiers
3 To plot frequency response characteristics of Transformer coupled amplifier
4 To plot frequency response of a tuned voltage amplifier and to calculate its resonant frequency
5 To find voltage gain of an emitter follower and find its operating point
6 To study Wein Bridge Oscillator
7 To study Phase Shift Oscillator
8 To study OP-Amp as Differentiator amp Integrator
9 To study diode as a biased and unbiased clipper
10 To study Astable Multivibrator using Transistors
11 To study Bistable Multivibrator using Transistors
12 To study OP-Amp as an inverting and non-inverting amplifier
13 To study OP-Amp as summing and average amplifier
14 To study the frequency response of audio amplifier
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 22 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 256 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
HARDWARE LAB
1 Identification of Motherboard Processor System buses Power supplies Memories
2 PC assembling
SOFTWARE LAB
1 Familiarization of UNIXLINUX Environment
2 Installation and Administration of UNIXLINUX operating system
3 Implementation of common commands of UNIX operating systems
4 Shell programming and its features
5 Implementation of programs using shell scripts
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 23 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 263 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 24 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P Crਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ 3 0 0 0
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪਜਾਬੀਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਸਿਵਖ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਕਲਾਈਫਾਈਗ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਵਜ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ
ਉਦਸ਼ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ 13ਾਸਿਤ ਅਤ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣਾ ਮਖ ਰਪ ਸਿਵਚ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਬਲਣ ਪੜਹਨ ਦੀਆ 13ਮਸਿ13ਆਵਾ ਨ ਦਰ ਕਰਨ ਦ ਨਾਲndashਨਾਲ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਨਸਿਤਕ ਕਦਰਾ ndashਕੀਮਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣ ਦਾ ਉਪਰਾਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ
1 ਪਜਾਬੀ ਦੀ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ(ਮਖ 13ਪਾਦਕ ਬਲਦਵ ਸਿ13 ਘ ਚੀਮਾ ਪਰਕਾਸ਼ਕ ਪਬਲੀਕਸ਼ਨ ਸਿਬਊਰ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਪਸਿਟਆਲਾ)ਭਾਗ ਪਲਿਹਲਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਾਲਿਹਤ
(ੳ) ਕਸਿਵਤਾ(ਅ) ਕਾਣੀ(ੲ) ਨਾਟਕ
ਭਾਗ ਦਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬ ਸਲਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਲਕਧਾਰਾਭਾਗ ਤੀਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਤ ਗਰਮਖੀ ਲਿਲਪੀ
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਸਿਤ ਨ ਭਾਗ ਨ ਪਰਤ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦ ਭਾਗਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਵ ਗਾ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਪਸਿਲਾ ਭਾਗ
ਪ 13ਤਕ ਦ ਪਸਿਲ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 36 ਅਕ ਨ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਦਜਾ ਭਾਗ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦ ਜ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 24 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਅਤ ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਦ 12ndash12 ਅਕ ਣਗ
(1) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਪਲਿਹਲ ਭਾਗ ਦ ਲਿਤ ਨ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ਅਤ ੲ ਹਨ ਇਨਹਾ ਲਿਤ ਨਾ ਉਪndashਭਾਗਾ ਲਿਵਚ ਹਠ ਲਿਲਖ ਅਨਸਾਰ ਸਆਲ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ
(ੳ) ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਕਲ 12 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਐਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਣਗ ਅਕ 12x1 = 12
(ਅ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਲਘ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 3ndash3 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ ਉਤਰ ਪਜ ਲਾਈਨਾ ਤ ਵਧ ਨਾ ਵ ਅਕ 3x3 = 9x2 =18
(ੲ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਖ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ ਅਕ 1x6 = 6
(2) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਲਿਵਚ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਇਸ ਪਰਕਾਰ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ(ੳ) ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਔਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ
ਅਕ 8x1 = 8(ਅ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਕਲ 5 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨ ਣਗ ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ
ਨ ਅਕ 5x2 = 10(ੲ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ
ਅਕ 6x1 = 6ਨਟ ਮਲਿਖਕ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ ਤ ਹੀ ਆਧਾਲਿਰਤ ਹਵ ਗੀ ਇਸਦੀ ਲਿਵਧੀ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਹਵ ਗੀ
P a g e 25 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ (ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ)ਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ
For Other State Students ofB Tech amp Six Year BTech-MBA Integrated Program Only
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 (ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ 60 ਅਕ) ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਵਲ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਨ ਦ13ਵੀ ਪਧਰ ਦੀ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਪਾ13 ਨੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਦੀ ਲਈ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਲਬ13 ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਵਰਨਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲ ਕ ਮਾਤਰਾਵਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਵਾਕ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨ 13ਬ ਧੀ ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ ਉਦਸ਼ ਪਜਾਬ ਦ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਦ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਤ ਵਾਝ ਰਸਿ ਗਏ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾਉਣਾ ਅਤ ਬਾਰਲ 13ਸਿਬਆ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਇਕ ਨਵੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾ ਕ ਉਨਾ ਨ ਪਜਾਬ ਸਿਵਚ ਰਜ਼ਗਾਰ ਦ ਮਸਿਕਆ ਦ ਯਗ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ
ਭਾਗ ੳ
1) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਵਰਣਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲਖਣ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) ਅਖਰ ਸਿ13 ਸਿਖਆ ਤਰਤੀਬਵਾਰ ਤ ਭਲਾਵ ਅਖਰ(ਅ) ਅਖਰ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਖਰ ਰਪ ਤ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ
2) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਅਖਰ ਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਧਨੀਆ ਦਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) 13ਵਰ ਤ ਸਿਵਅਜਨ ਵਰਗੀਕਰਨ ਤ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਉਚਾਰਨ(ਅ) ਲਗਾ ndashਮਾਤਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
ਭਾਗ ਅ
1) ਸਿਲਪੀ ਦ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ(ੳ) ਪਰ ਤ ਅਧ ਅਖਰ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ਅ) 13ਵਰ 13ਚਕ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
2) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਣndashਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਫ਼ਤ ਦ ਸਿਦਨ(ਅ) ਮੀਸਿਨਆ ਦ ਨਾਮ(ੲ) ਰਗਾ ਦ ਨਾਮ(13) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਰਸ਼ਤਾndashਨਾਤਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ
ਭਾਗ ੲ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਜੜਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਦ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ(ਅ) ਸਿਤ ਨ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ
2) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਵਰਗਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀਆ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਨਾਵ ਪੜਨਾਵ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਸਿਕਸਿਰਆ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਆਸਿਦ)
ਭਾਗ ਸ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਅਗਤਰ ਸਿਪਛਤਰ 13ਮਾ13 ਦਰ ਕਤੀ)(ਅ) ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਵਾਕਸ਼ ਉਪndashਵਾਕ ਤ ਵਾਕ)
P a g e 26 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ
(1) 13ਲਬ13 ਦ ਚਾਰ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x5 = 20x 1 = 20(2) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 13ਖ ਪ ਉਤਰਾ ਵਾਲ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x 2 = 8x 2 = 16(3) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਵਰਣਾਤਮਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਵ ਗਾ 4x 1 = 4x 6 = 24
P a g e 27 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 5th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 301 Analog and Digital Communication Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 302 Web Programming amp Scripting 3 1 0 35
ECM 303 Mobile Application Development 3 1 0 35
ECM 304 Computer Networks 3 1 0 35
ECE 303 Microprocessor and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 351 Analog and Digital Communication Systems Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 353 Mobile Application Development Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 353 Microprocessor and Applications Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective ndash I 3 1 0 35
STG 351 Summer Training 60
Drug Abuse 3 0 0 00
21 6 6 30
Total contact hours 33
ECM 351 ECM 353 ECE 353 amp STG 351 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers Summer Training will be of 4-6 weeks duration in Industry or in- house Qualifying subject
Elective - I
1 ECE 305 ndash Linear Integrated Circuits amp Applications2 ECE 306 ndash Control Engineering 3 ECE 301 ndash Opto Electronics4 ECE 316 ndash HDL Based Digital Design5 ECE 318 ndash Communication Theory6 ECE 319 - Electronic Switching Circuits7 ECE 320 - Transmission Lines and Waveguides8 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 28 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 301 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is intended to understand all types of analog and digital modulation amp demodulation techniques and Recognize the importance of pre-emphasis and de-emphasis Focus will be on the fundamental system aspects of modern analog and digital communication System After successfully completing the course students will also be able to analyze the performance of a baseband and pass band digital communication system
Section-A
Amplitude Modulation (AM) Introduction Basic elements of communications Noise Need for modulation Expression for AM Double sideband suppressed carrier (DSB-SC) single sideband (SSB) and vestigial sideband (VSB)
AM Modulators and Demodulators Introduction with circuit diagram explanation of square law modulator and balanced modulator Fil tering method and Phasing method for generation of SSB Envelope detector and square law detector Working principles and block diagram explanations of super heterodyne receiver Specifications of receiver sensitivity selectivity fidelity signal to noise ratio and double spotting
Angle Modulation Introduction to Phase modulation (PM) and frequency modulation (FM) Relationship between PM and FM Expression of Phase and frequency modulation Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis circuits in FM Armstrong system of FM modulator slope detector balanced slope detector quadrature detector for FM demodulation FM stereo transmitter
Section-B
Pulse Modulation Introduction Sampling theorem and its applications Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) Pulse Time Modulation (PTM) Pulse code Modulation (PCM) quantization quantization error quantization noise companding Delta modulation Adaptive delta modulation Line Coding Schemes Introduction of line coding scheme ON-OFF signaling polar signaling bipolar amp split phase Manchester signaling and comparison among them Introduction to inter-symbol interference eye diagram Modulation Schemes Introduction generation reception spectrum and geometrical representation of BASK BFSK BPSK DPSKQPSK QAM and MSK techniques Use of signal space for calculation of error probabili ty for BPSK BFSK and QPSK Block diagram of digital communication system and functions of each block
TEXT BOOKS 1Electronic Communication Systems ndash George Kennedy and Bernard Davis TMH 2 Modern digital and analog Communication systems B P Lathi Oxford University Press 3 Communication Systems Harold PE Stern Samy and A Mahmond Pearson 4 Communication Systems Singh and Sapre Analog and digital TMH 5 Principles of Communication Systems ndash H Taub amp D Schilling Gautam Sahe TMH6 John Proakis ldquoDigital CommunicationsrdquoMcGrawHill7 Simon Haykin Digital communications John Wiley and sons8 Digital communication system by JSchitode
P a g e 29 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 302 INT EXT L T P CrWEB PROGRAMMING amp SCRIPTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Students are able to develop a dynamic webpage by the use of javascript and HTML Students will be able to know of CSS JQuery and AJAX
Section ndash A
HTML Tags Elements Attributes Headings Paragraphs Styles Formatting Quotations Comments Colors Hyperlinks Images Tables Lists Iframes Forms Form Elements Form Input Element types Canvas
CSS Inline amp External Anatomy of a CSS ruleset Measurement Units Colors Backgrounds Fonts Text Links Tables Borders Margins Lists Padding Dimensions Display Visibil ity Positioning Media Types Printing
Section ndash B
Javascript Syntax Variables Operators Data Types Number Boolean Strings Arrays Date Objects Functions Events If Else Switch Case While Loop For Loop For in RegExp HTML DOM Error Handling Dialog Boxes
Frameworks Introduction to jQuery Bootstrap JSON
Text Books
1 HTML5 for Web Designers by Jeremy Keith2 The Essential Guide to CSS and HTML Web Design by Craig Grannell3 JavaScript amp JQuery The Missing Manual by David McFarland
P a g e 30 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 303 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is related to the development of applications on mobile and wireless computing platforms Android will be used as a basis for teaching programming techniques and design patterns related to the development of standalone applications and mobile portals to enterprise systems Emphasis is placed on the processes tools and frameworks required to develop applications for current and emerging mobile computing devices Students will work at all stages of the software development life-cycle from inception through to implementation and testing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Android The Android Platform Android SDK Android App Resources Android App Manifest File Android App Permissions
Android Application Design Essentials Anatomy of an Android applications Android terminologies Application Context Activities Activity lifecycle Activity state changes Tasks and back stack Parcelables and bundles Fragments Services Intents
Section ndash B
Android User Interface Design Essentials User Interface Screen elements Designing User Interfaces with Layouts working with different types of resources
Android Architecture Components View Binding Data Binding LiveData ViewModel
WorkManager Room Persistence Library
Text Books
1 Lauren Darcey and Shane Conder ldquoAndroid Wireless Application Developmentrdquo Pearson Education 2nd ed (2011)
Reference Books
1 Reto Meier Professional Android 2 Application Developmentrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd2 Mark L Murphy Beginning Androidrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd
P a g e 31 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 304 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Build an understanding of the fundamental concepts of computer networking Familiarize the student with the basic taxonomy and terminology of the computer networking area Introduce the student to advanced networking concepts preparing the student for entry Advanced courses in computer networking Allow the student to gain expertise in some specific areas of networking such as the design and maintenance of individual networks
Section ndash A
Introduction history and development of computer networks Types of computer networks LAN MAN WAN broadcast and point to point networks Network topologies
Layered Architecture concept of layers protocols interfaces and services The OSI Reference Model The TCPIP Reference Model Comparison of OSI and TCPIP Models
Physical Layer Concept of Analog amp Digital Signal Bandwidth Transmission Impairments Attenuation Distortion Noise Data rate l imits Nyquist formula Shannon Formula
Switching Circuit Switching Message Switching and Packet Switching Comparison of Repeaters Hubs Switches
Transmission media Twisted Pair Co-axial Cables Fiber Optics Wireless Transmission Radio and Microwave and Infrared Transmission
Section ndash B
Data Link Layer Data l ink layer Design Issues Error Detection and Correction Elementary data link protocols An Unrestricted Simplex Protocol A Simplex Stop and Wait Protocol A Simplex Protocol for a Noisy Channel Sliding window protocols A One Bit Sliding Window Protocol A Protocol Using go back N A Protocol using Selective Repeat CSMA CSMACD Protocols
Network layer IP Addressing IPV4 header Fragmentation
Routing algorithms Shortest Path Routing Flooding Distance Vector Routing and Link State Routing Introduction to Congestion Congestion Control
Transport layer Introduction to Elements of Transport Protocols UDP TCP
Application layer Electronic-mail WWW Domain Name System SMTP HTTP
Text Books
1 A S Tannenbaum Computer Networks 3rd Edition Prentice-Hall2 D E Comer Internetworking with TCP-IP Principles Protocols and Architecture Vol I 2nd Edition
Prentice Hall 19913 D E Comer and D L Stevens Internetworking with TCP-IP Design Implementation and Internals
Vol II Prentice Hall 1990
P a g e 32 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 303 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To introduce 8085 architecture and programming in assembly language To introduce basic concepts of interfacing memory and peripheral devices to a microprocessor To introduce serial and parallel bus standards To introduce 8086 microprocessors To introduce various advanced processor architectures such as 80X86 Pentium and Multicore Processors
Section ndash A
Introduction Overview of architecture and instruction set of 8085 introduction to interfacing and inputoutput (IO) techniques Introduction to timing and control interrupts and programming of 8085Bus Contention amp solution
Interfacing Chips Block diagram and modes of operation of interfacing devices 81558156 and 83558755 multipurpose programmable devices 8279 programmable keyboarddisplay interface 8255A programmable peripheral interface 8253 programmable interval t imer 8259A programmable interrupt controller 8257 direct memory access(DMA) controller and 8251 USART
Section ndash B
Microprocessor Applications Interfacing of single and multiple digit seven-segment LED output display Interfacing of DAC (AD 558 AD 7522 amp DAC0800) and ADC (AD570 AD7574 and ADC0800) Applications like Temperature measurement and control water level indicator measurement and display of motor speed and traffic light control system
8086 Microprocessor Architecture memory segmentation parallel processing addressing modes instruction set and simple programming examples
Text Books
1 Ramesh S Gaonkar Microprocessor architecture Programming and applications with 8085 E Prentice Hall 2002
2 A Mathur Introduction to Micro Processor Tata-McGraw Hill3 Microprocessors and Digital systems by Douglas Hall Tata-McGraw Hill4 Fundamental of microprocessors and Micro Computers by B Ram Dhanpat Rai amp Sons5 Micro Processor 8086 by Gibson PHI
P a g e 33 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 351 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
17 To study line coding signals and its formats
18 To study Amplitude Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
19 To study Frequency Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
20 To study Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
21 To study Differential Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
22 To study Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
23 To study the sampling theorem amp reconstruction of signal
24 To study Delta Modulation amp Demodulation amp its characteristic
25 To study Adaptive Delta Modulation amp Demodulation
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 34 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 353 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Develop an Android application using various components fonts and colors
2 Develop an Android application that uses Layout Managers and event listeners
3 Develop an Android application for basic calculator
4 Develop an Android application to write data to the SD card
5 Develop an Android application that uses Fragments
6 Develop an Android application that uses Navigation component
7 Develop an Android application that uses GPS location information
8 Develop an Android application using various Firebase services
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 35 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 353 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To write and test a program for finding the largest and the smallest numbers out of the given list of
numbers
2 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in ascending order
3 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in descending order
4 Study of microprocessor-based temperature recording and monitoring system
5 Study of microprocessor-based Traffic Light Controller
6 Study of microprocessor-based DC Motor Controller
7 Study of microprocessor-based Stepper Motor Interface Card and Controller
8 Study of interfacing of ADC with microprocessor
9 Study of interfacing of DAC with microprocessor
10 To write and test different programs involving the use of interrupts subroutines Flags etc
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 36 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 305 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrLINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives This course introduces theoretical and circuit aspects of operational amplifier which is backbone for the basics of l inear Integrated circuits and its various applications and introduce some special function ICs
Section ndash A
Operational Amplifiers Differential Amplifier ndash Transfer characteristics CMRR PSRR current mirror voltage references internal structure of Op-amp Ideal Op-amp Characteristics Inverting and non-inverting Op-amp offset error voltages and currents slew rate characterization of Op-amp parameters Op-amp internal design starting from basic differential amplifier
Negative Feedback In Op-Amps Block diagram representation of feedback configurations Voltage-series feedback Amplifier Voltage shunt feedback amplifier Differential amplifiers with one op-amp two op-amps and three op-ampsFREQUENCY RESPONSE OF AN OP-AMP Frequency response Compensating Networks Frequency response of internally compensated Op-Amps Frequency response of Non compensated Op-amps Closed loop frequency response Slew rate causes of slew rate and its effect on applications
Section ndash B
Analog Systems with Operational Amplifier as A Building Block Basic applications ndash Inverter scale changer adder voltage to current current to voltage converter voltage follower Bridge amplifier Instrumentation amplifier Analog Integrator and Differentiator Logarithmic amplifier anti-log amplifierComparator amp other applications Comparator comparator characteristics limitation of Op-amp as comparator voltage limiters zero crossing detector timing mark generator precision rectifier average detector peak detector window detector voltage to frequency amp frequency to voltage converters
Specialized IC Applications Active filters First order low pass Butterworth Filter Second order low pass Butterworth Filter First order high pass Butterworth Filter Second Order High pass Butterworth Filter higher order filters Design of active filters Band Pass filters ndash wide band amp narrow band Band reject filters ndash wide band amp narrow band all pass filters 555 timer and its use as bistable monostable amp astable multivibrator Schmitt trigger Phase locked loop 565 applications frequency synthesizers and current differencing (Norton) amplifier
Reference Books
1 Op-Amp amp Linear Integrated Circuits- R A Gayakwad 4th Edition Pearson 20022 Operational Amplifier amp Linear integrated circuits- R F Coughlin amp FF Driscoll -6 th Edition and
Pearson 20013 Design with Op-Amps amp Analog ICs -Sergio France 3rd Edition McGraw Hill Hirher Education4 Linear Integrated Circuits- D Roy Choudhry New Age International Limited Publication
P a g e 37 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 306 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCONTROL ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To provide sound knowledge in the concepts of l inear control theory and design of control systems Further aims are - To develop mathematical model for electrical and mechanical systems - To understand the use of transfer function models in physical systems and simplification -To provide adequate knowledge in the time and frequency response of systems and steady state error analysis -To learn the importance of controllers and effect of different controllers to accord basic knowledge of stabili ty and various techniques to calculate stability -To introduce state space representation for different models -To study the basics of compensation and different types
Section ndash A
Basic Concepts Classification Open loop control system closed loop systems linear and non-linear systems time variant amp invariant systems Relative merits and demerits of open and closed loop systems Servomechanism
Mathematical Modeling Transfer function Mathematical modeling of electrical mechanical systems Analogies Block diagrams and signal flow graphs and their use in determining transfer function
Analysis Time and frequency domain analysis Transient and frequency response of first and second order systems Correlation ship between time and frequency domain specifications Steady-state errors and error constants Concepts and applications of P PD PI and PID types of control
Section ndash B
Stability Definit ion pole and Zero concept Routh-Hurwitz cri terion Root locus techniques Nyquist criterion Bode plots Relative stability Gain margin and phase margins
State Space Analysis Concepts of state State variables and state models State space equations Transfer function Transfer model State space representation of dynamic systems State transit ion matrix Controllability and observability
Compensation Necessity of compensation series and parallel compensations compensating networks
Reference Books
1 Modern Control Engg by K Ogata Prentice Hall New Delhi 19742 Control System Components by JF Gibsen Mcgraw Hill 19633 Automatic Control System by BC Kuo Prentice Hall 3rd Ed 19784 Control System Engineering by IJ Nagrath amp Gopal Wiley Eastern Ltd New Delhi5 DP Eckman Automatic process control6 Liptak ldquoHandbook of process controlrdquo
P a g e 38 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 301 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrOPTO-ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is to provide understanding of working principle performance analysis of various important components of fiber optical communication systems such as optical transmitter receiver optical amplifiers couplers split ters optical modulators etc When actual design of wavelength division multiplexed fiber optic communication systems will be done then working knowledge of Lasers LEDs photodiodes various types of optical amplifiers multiplexers fil ters etc will be beneficial The course is designed in a such way that the students learns the basic principle types of structures with their performances characterist ics of light sources (such as Lasers LEDs) optical detectors such as various types of photodiodes optical amplifiers multiplexers fi lters etc components of a wavelength division multiplexed optical communication systems At the end of course the student of must have thorough understanding of active and passive components of optical communication systems The course also provides basic knowledge of optical sensors which are used in optical instrumentation and many other applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of optoelectronics advantages applications-Network Military Civil industrial Sensors etc
Optoelectronic Sources Introduction Basic concepts Optical emission from semiconductor Semiconductor injection Laser amp its various structures injection laser characterist ics threshold condition wavelength tunable Lasers LED power and efficiency Heterojunction LED structure designs characterist ics Modulation response of an LED Source-Fiber coupling
Optoelectronic Detectors Introduction Device types basic principal of optoelectronic detection Absorption Quantum efficiency Responsivity wavelength cutoff Types of Photodiodes with and without internal gain Mid-infrared photodiode phototransistors Photo-conducting detectors Noise Considerations
Section ndash B
Passive Network Components amp Sensors Introduction CouplersSplit ters WDM multiplexers Demultiplexers Fil ters Isolators Circulators Attenuators Electro-optic Modulators Acousto-optic Modulators and their application areas
Optical Sensors classification-point distributed Intensity phase amp spectral Smart structures amp applications
Optical Amplifiers And Integrated Optics Introduction Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers (SOA) Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFA) Fiber Raman Amplifiers (FRA) Application areas of optical amplifiers Some integrated optical devices OEICs Optical bi-stability and digital optics Optical Computation
Reference Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash DK Mynbev LL Scheiner Pearson Education Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications
P a g e 39 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 316 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrHDL BASED DIGITAL DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of iterative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Introduction to HDL Design Flow Design Methodologies HDL History Capabilities Hardware Abstraction Basic Terminology Model Analysis Comparison between VHDL and Verilog
Basic VHDL Elements Identifiers Data Objects Data Types Operators
Behavioral Modeling Entity declaration architecture body Various Sequential Statements and Constructs multiple processes postponed processes
Dataflow Modeling Concurrent Signal Assignment Statements delta delay model multiple drivers block statement concurrent assertion statement
Structural Modeling Component Declaration component Instantiation resolving signal values
Section ndash B
Supporting Constructs Generics and Configuration Subprograms and Overloading Operator overloading Package declaration package body
Advanced Features Generate statements qualified expressions type conversions guarded signals attributes aggregate targets
Model Simulation Writing a Test Bench and Simulation for combinational circuits
Programmable Logic Devices (PLD) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) Basic Concepts Architecture and Usage
Text Books
a) A VHDL Primer ndash Jayaram Bhasker Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey b) VHDL Programming by Examples ndash Douglas L Perry Mc Graw Hill Fourth Editionc) FPGA based implementation of Signal Processing Systems RogerWoods John McAllister Dr Ying
Yi Gaye Lightbody Wileyd) Advanced FPGA Design ndash Architecture Implementation amp Optimization Steve Kilts
P a g e 40 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 318 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives After completing the course the student should be able to - Understand the basics of information theory and communication systems -understand the role of probability and statist ics in the analysis of communication systems -Solve problems related to channel capacity and spectral efficiency
Section ndash A
Introduction to information messages amp signals Classification of signals The discrete and continuous spectrum Power spectrum Energy density spectrum Dirac delta functions Sampling theory and approximations Convolution of signals LTI systems
Discrete probabili ty theory Continuous random variables Statist ically independent random variables Probability density functions of sums Transformation of density functions Ergodic Process Correlation functions Spectral density and White noise
Atmospheric Thermal Shot and Partition noise Noise figure and experimental determination of noise figure Shot noise in temperature limited diode and space charge limited diodes Pulse response and Digital noise
Section ndash B
Networks with random input Auto-correlations Spectral density and probabili ty density input-output relationships Optimum system and non-Linear systems Maximum criterion Equivalent noise bandwidth
Definit ion of information Units of information Entropy Uncertainty and information rate of communication Redundancy Relation between system capacity and information content of messages Shannonrsquos theorem Discrete noisy channel Channel capacity for different discrete channels
Text Books
1 Hancock JC ldquoAn Introduction to the Principles of Communication Theory Tata McGraw Hill 19612 Sharma Sanjay ldquoSignals and Systemsrdquo S K Kataria amp Sons 20093 Swartz Information Transmission Modulation amp Noiserdquo Mc Graw Hill4 Taub amp Schilling Principals of Communication System Mc Graw Hill5 Simon Haykin ldquoCommunication Systemsrdquo Wiley
Reference Books
1 Papoulis and S U Pillai ldquoProbability Random Variables and Stochastic Processesrdquo Tata McGraw Hill 2002
2 Claude E Shannon ldquoA Mathematical Theory of Communicationrdquo Bell System Technical Journal 27(3) 379-423
3 T Cover and J Thomas ldquoElements of Information Theoryrdquo Wiley 2006
P a g e 41 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 319 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC SWITCHING CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understanding of switching concept and different types of switching techniques Capabilit ies amp other details of finite state machines can be explored Will boost the knowledge of synchronous and asynchronous circuits design amp analysis Also explore the various types of Hazards
Section ndash A
Introduction to Sequential Circuits FlipndashFlops Flip-Flop conversions Classification of Sequential Circuits Registers and Counter circuits
Design amp Analysis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits Sequential circuits introductory examples Counters Finite state Machines Sequence Detector and Sequence Generator circuits Definite state model Basic definit ion Capabilit ies amp Limitation of finite state machines state equivalence amp machine minimization simplification of incompletely specified machines Extraction of maximum compatibles synthesis amp analysis of synchronous sequential circuits
Design amp Analysis of Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Introduction to asynchronous circuits t iming diagram state diagram amp flow tables fundamental mode circuits synthesis state assignment in asynchronous sequential circuits
Section ndash B
Hazards Introduction gate delays generation of spikes production of static hazards in combinational networks elimination of static hazards design of hazard free combinational networks hazard free asynchronous circuit design dynamic hazards essential hazards
Contact Networks amp Symmetric Networks Relay contents analysis amp Synthesis of contact Networks Properties of symmetric functions Synthesis ampidentification of symmetric functions Iterative Networks
Text Books
1 Switching and finite automata theory by ZVI Kohavi2 Logical design of switching circuits by Douglas Lewin 3 Logic Design by NN Biswas
P a g e 42 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 320 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrTRANSMISSION LINES AND WAVEGUIDES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the students should be able to familiarize with the new concepts towards propagation of signals through transmission lines and waveguides
Section ndash A
Classification of guided wave solutions-TE TM and TEM waves Field analysis transmission lines Rectangular and circular waveguides Excitation of waveguides Rectangular and circular cavity resonators
Transmission line equations Voltage and current waves Solutions for different terminations Transmission-line loading
Section ndash B
Impedance transformation and matching Smith Chart Quarter-wave and half-wave transformers Binomial and Tchebeyshev transformers Single double and triple stub matching
Microstriplines stripline slot lines coplanar waveguide and fin line Micro strip MIC design aspects Computer- aided analysis and synthesis
Text Books
1 DMPozar ldquoMicrowave Engineering (3e)rdquo Wiley 20042 JDRyder ldquoNetworks Lines and Fieldsrdquo PHI 20033 RECollin ldquoFoundations for Microwave Engineering (2e)rdquo McGraw-Hill 20024 SYLiao ldquoMicrowave Devices and Circuitsrdquo(3e) PHI 20055 J A Seeger ldquoMicrowave Theory Components and Devicesrdquo Prentice-Hall6 Jordan ldquoEM waves and Radiatingrdquo Prentice Hall7 GSN Raju ldquoElectromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Linesrdquo Pearson Education
P a g e 43 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
INT EXT L T P CrDRUG ABUSE PROBLEM MANAGEMENT AND PREVENTION 50 50 3 0 0 0
Note This is a compulsory qual i fying paper which the students have to study and quali fy during three years of their degree course
REGULAR STUDENTSMax Marks 70 Max Time 3hrsInternal Assessment 30Total Marks 100 Lectures per week 2
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERSThe question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have four quest ions from the respect ive sect ions of the syllabus Each question shal l carry 7 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 14 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any three quest ions f rom sect ion A and any three quest ions from sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
PRIVATE STUDENTSMax Marks 100 Max Time 3hrs
Lectures per week 2INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERS
The question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have three quest ions from the respective sect ions of the syl labus Each quest ion shal l car ry 15 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 20 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any two quest ions f rom sect ion A and any two quest ions f rom sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
SECTION AUNIT I ndash Problem of Drug Abuse Concept and Overview Types of Drug Often Abused
(a) Concept and OverviewWhat are drugs and what constitutes Drug Abuse Prevalence of menace of Drug Abuse How drug Abuse is different from Drug Dependence and Drug Addiction Physical and psychological dependence- concepts of drug tolerance
(b) Introduction to drugs of abuse Short Term Long term effects amp withdrawal symptoms Stimulants Amphetamines Cocaine NicotineDepressants Alcohol Barbiturates- Nembutal Seconal Phenobarbital Benzodiazepines ndashDiazepam Alprazolam FlunitrazepamNarcotics Opium morphine heroin Hallucinogens Cannabis amp derivatives (marijuana hashish hash oil)Steroids Inhalants
UNIT II ndashNature of the Problem Vulnerable Age Groups Signs and symptoms of Drug Abuse (a)- Physical indicators (b)- Academic indicators (c)- Behavioral and Psychological indicators
SECTION BUNIT III ndash Causes and Consequences of Drug Abuse
a) Causes Physiological Psychological Sociological b) Consequences of Drug Abuse For individuals For families For society amp Nation
Unit IV- Management amp Prevention of Drug AbuseManagement of Drug Abuse Prevention of Drug Abuse Role of Family School Media Legislat ion amp Deaddiction Centers
Suggested readings1 Kapoor T (1985) Drug Epidemic among Indian Youth New Delhi Mittal Pub2 Modi Ishwar and Modi Shalini (1997) Drugs Addiction and PreventionJaipur Rawat Publication3 Ahuja Ram(2003) Social Problems in India Rawat Publications Jaipur4 2003 National Household Survey of Alcohol and Drug Abuse New Delhi Clinical Epidemiological Unit All India
Institute of Medical Sciences 20045 World Drug Report 2011 United Nations Office of Drug and Crime6 World Drug Report 2010 United nations Office of Drug and Crime7 Extent Pattern and Trend of Drug Use in India Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment Government of India
20048 The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1985 (New Delhi Universal 2012)
Pedagogy of the Course WorkThe pedagogy of the course work wil l consist of the fol lowing 70 lectures ( including expert lectures) 30 assignments discussion and seminars and class tests Note A visi t to drug de-addiction centre could also be undertaken
P a g e 44 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 6th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 311 Artificial Intelligence and Machine learning 3 1 0 35
ECE 307 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 35
ECM 312 IoT and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 313 Database Management System 3 1 0 35
ECE 357 Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 363 Database Management System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 370 Minor Project 0 0 2 10
Elective-II 3 1 0 35
Elective-III 3 1 0 35
HSS 151 Communication skill Lab
18 6 6 25
Open elective
Total contact hours 32
ECE 357 ECM 363 ECM 370 and HSS 151 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
This is an optional course and student can opt any one elective subject from university Approved Open Elective Subject List with the consent of ACDHEADCourse Mentor
Elective - II
1 ECE 310 ndash Microelectronics 2 ECE 311 ndash Micro controller amp Applications3 ECE 312 ndash Information Theory amp Coding4 ECE 313 ndash Reliability Engineering5 ECE 315 - Modern Control System6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective - III
1 CPE 405 - Soft Computing Techniques2 CPE 406 - Digital Image Processing3 CPE 313 - System Simulation amp Modeling4 CPE 318 - Business Intelligence5 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 45 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 46 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 311 INT EXT L T P CrARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have an appreciation for and understanding of both the achievements of AI and the theory underlying those achievements To have an appreciation for the engineering issues underlying the design of AI systems To have a basic proficiency in a traditional AI language including an ability to write simple to intermediate programs and an ability to understand code written in that language To have a basic understanding of some of the more advanced topics of AI such as learning natural language processing agents and robotics expert systems and planning
Section ndash A
Artificial Intelligence Techniques levels of models understand the importance functions advantages as well as the limitations of art ificial intelligence Use of Artificial Intell igence and intell igent agents
State space search control strategies heuristic search problem characteristics production system characteristics Mapping between facts and representations approaches to knowledge representation semantic sets frame conceptual depending scripts predictive logic resolution in predicate logic
Section ndash B
Procedural Vs declarative knowledge matching conflict resolution Non-monotonic reasoning default reasoning statistical reasoning knowledge extraction Investigate the roles and development methods of artificial intell igence in decision making processes Neural network resources cognitive science role of neural network in computer science
Characteristics of AI language LISP-symbol manipulation- basic l isp function predicated condition recursion iteration Array-lambda functions input-output statements AI problems pattern recognition voice recognition Feature Extraction
Text Books
1 Artificial Intelligence by Rich and Kinght TMH2 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence by Charniak and Mcdermott Addison-Wesley 1985 3 Essentials of Artificial Intelligence by Ginsburg Morgan Kaufmann 1993 4 Artificial Intelligence by Winston 3rd Edition Addison Wesley 1992 5 Artificial Intelligence by Padhy Oxford Press
P a g e 47 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 307 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective DSP makes use of mathematical methods in order to handle and analyze the signals The use of such mathematical methods allows extracting information and even modifying the signal in order to use it as we desire DSP so widespread today and applied in everything around us At the end of course students may able to apply different operations of DSP such as filtering noise cancelling enhancing distorting smoothing in many application eg audio and speech processing sonar radar and other sensor array processing spectral statistical signal processing digital image processing signal processing for telecommunications control systems biomedical engineering seismology among others
Section ndash A
Z-Transform Introduction to signals and systems Z-transform pair properties of region of convergence (ROC) for the Z-transform properties of Z-transform analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Z-transforms System functions for interconnection of LTI systems Block diagram representation for causal LTI systems
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) Frequency domain sampling and reconstruction of discrete t ime signals DFT inverse DFT (IDFT) DFT as a linear transformation relationship of the DFT to other transforms properties of DFT use of DFT in l inear fil tering fil tering of long sequences frequency analysis of signals using DFT
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Direct computation of DFT divide and conquer approach to computation of the DFT radix-2 FFT algorithms use of FFT algorithm for efficient computation of the DFT of two real sequences and of the DFT of a 2N point real sequence
Section ndash B
Digital Filter Structures Introduction structures for FIR systems Direct form cascade form and latt ice structure structures for IIR systems Direct form cascade form parallel form and latt ice structures Fixed point representation of numbers errors resulting from rounding and truncation
Design of Digital Filters General considerations causali ty and its implications characterist ics of practical frequency selective fi lters design of symmetric linear phase FIR filters using rectangular Kaiser and Hamming window Design of digital IIR fil ters using impulse invariance transformation method amp bilinear transformation method
Text Books
1 Johan G Proakis and Dimitris G Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithms and Applicationsrdquo PHI
2 Oppenheim amp Schafer ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo PHI
P a g e 48 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 312 INT EXT L T P CrIOT AND APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Effective usage of IoT deployment for different sectors Developing and modifying code for various sensor-based applications using wireless sensor modules and working with variety of modules like environmental and security module Exploring the features of predictive data analytics for IoT applications Modular hands on training will enable participants to conduct IoT related activities in academic environment and init iate new projects in Industrial sectors
Section ndash A
Introduction to IoT Defining IoT Characteristics of IoT Physical design of IoT Logical design of IoT Functional blocks of IoT Communication models amp APIs
IoTamp M2M Machine to Machine Difference between IoT and M2M Software define network
Network and communication aspects Wireless medium access issues MAC protocol survey Survey routing protocols sensor deployment amp Node Discovery Data aggregation amp dissemination
Section ndash B
Applications of IoT Home automation Industry applications Surveillance applications other IOT applications
Challenges in IoT Design challenges Development challenges security challenges other challenges
Developing IoT Introduction to different IoT tools developing applications through IoT tools Implementing various IoT concepts
Text Books
1 SAMuel Greengard ldquothe Internet of Thingsrdquo2 Klaus Schweb ldquoThe Fourth Industrial revolutionrdquo3 CunoPfister ldquoGetting Started with Internet of Thingsrdquo4 Peter Wahel ldquoLearning Internet of Things
P a g e 49 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 313 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the different issues involved in the design and implementation of a database system To study the physical and logical database designs database modeling relational hierarchical and network models To understand and use data manipulation language to query update and manage a database To develop an understanding of essential DBMS concepts such as database security integrity concurrency To design and build a simple database system
Section ndash A
Introduction to Database Concepts Difference between Database and non-database system Data independence DBMS Architecture components of a database system Advantages and disadvantages of Database system Intended Uses of a DBMS Schemas and Instances Database Languages and Interfaces Classification of Database Management Systems
Data Models Relational Model Network Model Hierarchical Model ER Model Design issues Mapping constraints keys ER diagram weak entity sets extended ER features Design of an ER Database schema Reduction of an ER Schema to tables Comparison of Models
Query Processing Fundamental of Relational Algebra Tuple and Domain Relational Calculus
Relational Query Languages SQL Basic SQL Select Statements Table Creation and Management Create Alter Drop and Rename Constraints Primary key Foreign key Unique Not null and Check Data Manipulation Insert Update and Delete Restricting rows in Select using Where clause Comparison operators Logical Operators Order by clause
Section ndash B
Database Design Integrity Constraints Domain constraints Referential integrity enti ty integrity specify these constraints in SQL specification of Additional Constraints as assertions and triggers
Functional dependencies Functional dependencies Decomposition Normalization using FDrsquos MVDrsquos and JDrsquos Domain key normal form
Query Optimization Translating SQL Queries into Relational Algebra Notation for Query Trees and Query Graphs Heuristic Optimization of Query Trees Transformation Rules for Relational Algebra Operations Heuristic Algebraic Optimization Algorithm Converting Query Trees into Query Execution Plans Cost Components in Query Optimization Using cost estimates in query optimization
Joining Data from Multiple Tables Equi Non-Equi Self and Outer Joins Single-row and Group functions Sub-queries
Additional Database Object Sequences Synonyms and Views
Text Books1 Navathe and Elmasri Fundamentals of Database Systems Pearson education2 Korth and Silberschatz Abraham Database Concepts McGraw Hall 19913 An introduction to database system by CJ Date (Addison Welsey Publishing
house)4 Bipin Desai Database System TMG5 Prateek Bhatia Database Management system Kalayani Publishers
P a g e 50 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 357 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study of basic commands of MATLAB
2 Unit Ramp Unit Step Exponential and addition of two sinusoidal sequences
3 Convolution sum of discrete signals
4 Cross- correlation of two sequences
5 Frequency response of discrete system
6 DFT of the given sequence
7 Poles zeros and gain of transfer function
8 Magnitude amp phase of DFT
9 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of FIR Filter
10 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of IIR Filter
11 Analysis of FIR and IIR Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
12 Analysis of FFT Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 51 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 363 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Install procedure of the latest SQL Server edition
2 Write a query to create a table in SQL
3 Write a query to alter a table in SQL
4 Write a query to delete a table in SQL
5 Write a query to insert update and delete rows in a table in SQL
6 Write a query demonstrate the use of foreign keys in SQL
7 Write a query demonstrate various integrity constraints in SQL
8 Write a query demonstrate various joins in SQL
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 52 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 370 INT EXT L T P CrMINOR PROJECT 50 50 0 0 2 10
Electronic hardware andor software project Working model of hardware andor software project with real world usage according to recent trends in engineering
P a g e 53 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 151 INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Recognizing and articulating speech sounds mock dialogueconversation
2 Making an oral presentation class seminars paper reading
3 Participating in a group discussion
4 Holding a mock meeting
5 Developing skills related to Business Correspondence
6 Preparation for participating in a mock interview for a job etc
7 Developing skills for conducting a meeting attending telephonic calls
8 Listening to a recorded conversation and reviewingdiscussing its contents and style
P a g e 54 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 310 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Microelectronics is the branch of science that deals with microcircuits One most commonly used example of microcircuit is IC ie Integrated Circuits IC is a single substrate or chip on which active and passive components are fabricated the number of components which are fabricated on IC can give miniaturization of ICrsquoS This course provides a detailed fundamental analysis and discussion on various ICrsquos there fabrication steps and fabrication of BJTrsquos MOSFETS and CMOS This course than covers designing of layouts and stick diagram using NMOS PMOS and CMOS technology After successful completion of the device students will acquire a thorough understanding on the devices and be able to apply the knowledge to the development of new and novel devices for different applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Classification of integrated circuits (ICs) thick film thin film amp hybrid ICs Fabrication and component design resistor capacitors and inductors design and fabrication
Monolithic Techniques Process on sil icon crystals line growth refining substrate slicing polishing chemical vapor deposition thermal oxidation photolithography diffusion impurities diffusion system ion implantation metall ization isolation
Monolithic Components Bipolar IC process MOS IC process BJT construction diode instruction FET and MOS construction and resistors capacitors and inductors op-amp and voltage regulators design and fabrication
Section ndash B
LSI Circuits Brief introduction to LSI circuits realization of inter connection and realization of integrated elements
Basic VLSI Design Basic MOS transistor and working NMOS and CMOS fabrication thermal aspects MOS and VLSI some electrical properties of MOS design process circuit components system design and layout and scaling of MOS circuit some application of VLSI circuits like PLA
Text Books
1 SM Sze semiconductor device fundamentals Addison Wesley2 Howe R T and C G Sodini Microelectronics An Integrated Approach Upper Saddle River NJ
Prentice Hall 1996 ISBN 01358851833 N Weste and K Eshranghian Principles of CMOS VLSI Design Addison Wesley 19984 Jacob Backer Harry W Li and David E Boyce CMOS Circuit Design Layout and Simulation
Prentice Hall of India 1998 5 L Glaser and D Dobberpuhl The Design and Analysis of VLSI Circuitsrdquo Addison Wesley 19936 Fonstad C G Microelectronic Devices and Circuits New York NY McGraw-Hill 1994 ISBN
00702149647 Sedra A S and K C Smith Microelectronic Circuits 4th ed New York NY Oxford University
Press 1998 ISBN 01951166318 Pierret R F Semiconductor Device Fundamentals Upper Saddle River NJ Prentice Hall 1995 ISBN
0201543931
P a g e 55 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 311 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROCONTROLLER amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course provides ability to understand the basic concepts of microcontroller and its internal architecture The students would be able to learn the logic for assembly language programming It also provides the understanding about interfacing of input output devices with microcontroller So the overall objective of this subject is to make students aware of microcontrollers and their applications for serial parallel communication input output devices control and microcontroller-based projects
Section ndash A
Introduction 8051 Micro controller Comparison of Microprocessor and Microcontroller microcontroller and embedded processors processor Architecture - Harvard versus Princeton (Von Neumann) CISC versus RISC overview of 8051 families and other microcontrollers in use PIC ATMEL 8051 Pin description connections memory organization memory space of 8051 8051 flag bits and PSW register Register banks and stack
Instruction Familiarization Addressing modes and accessing memory using various addressing modes Arithmetic Logical jump loop and call instructions single bit instructions t ime delay generation amp calculation bit manipulation and programming Development system tools Data Types and directives 8051 assembly Language Programming Assembling an 8051 program
Section ndash B
Interrupt amp Embedded Device Programming Interrupts external amp internal hardware interrupts priority programmable IO Port Timercounter Serial Communication connection to RS 232
Real World Interfacing Interfacing of external memory RAM amp EPROM LCD ADC DAC sensors stepper motor and keyboard Interfacing to enhance 8051 capabili ties with 8255 amp Timer chips
Text Books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems -Ali Mazidi Pearson Education2 Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller -Myke Predko Tata Mc Graw Hill
Reference books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture Programming and appl -Kenneth Ayala Penram International2 Microcontrollers theory amp applications -Ajay V Deshmukh Mc Graw Hill
P a g e 56 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 312 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION THEORY AND CODING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Course will help to analyse error performance of a digital communication system in presence of noise and other interferences and it will help to improve the performance of the system The course will also build fundamental understanding of information theory and coding
Section ndash A
Discrete messages Concept of amount of information Average information and Entropy Information rate Coding to increase Average Information per bit Shannon s theorem Channel Capacity Gaussian channel Capacity Bandwidth-SN tradeoff use of orthogonal signals to attain Shannons limit Efficiency of Orthogonal signal transmission
Channel Coding bounds on communication Coding for Reliable Communication Parity check bit coding for Error detection Coding for Error Detection and Correction Linear Block Codes Cyclic Codes Golay Codes BCH codes Examples of algebraic codes Single Parity check bit code Repeated codes Hadaward code Hamming code
Section ndash B
Burst error correction introduction Block interleaving Convolution Interleaving Reed-Solo9mon (RS) code Concatenated codes Convolution Coding decoding of a Convolution Code Code tree decoding in the presence of noise sequential decoding State and Trellis diagram Viterbi algorithm
Probabili ty of Error of Convolution Codes Comparison of Error rates in Coded and Uncoded transmission Automatic-Repeat-Request (ARQ) Performance of ARQ Systems throughput of the stop amp wait ARQ throughput of Go-Back-N ARQ Selective Repeat ARQ Trellis decoded modulation
Text Books
1 Principles of communication systems by Taub amp Schilling Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing 2 Communication system engineering by Proakis TMH3 Digital Communications by Proakis TMH4 Introduction to the theory of error correcting codes Vera press 19925 Information theory amp reliable communication by Robert G Gallanger McGraw Hill 1992
P a g e 57 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 313 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrRELIABILITY ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Understanding of basic principles rather than lsquocook bookrsquo use of tables or handbooks Application to system requirements design manufacturing and testing with real-world examples
Section ndash A
Concept of Reliability Failures of systems and its modes Measure of Reliability Reliability function Hazard rate MTBF and their interrelations
Reliability Data and Analysis Data sources Data collection use of Reliability Data Reliability Analysis Performance Parameters calculation of failure rate Application of Weibull distribution
System Reliability and Modeling Series systems Parallel system series parallel systems Time dependence Reliability Determination stand-by systems r out of n Configurations Methods of tie set and cut sets of Or reliability evaluation simulation and Reliability prediction Monte Carlo method concepts of network topology Overall reliability evolution
Section ndash B
Maintainability and Availability Maintainability and its equation Factors affecting maintainability Measures of Maintainability Mean Down Time Availability Intrinsic availability equipment availability amp Mission availability Replacement processes and Policies
Life Testing of Equipment Non-destructive tests destruction tests and their Mathematic Modeling Quality and Reliability Measurement amp prediction of Human Reliability Reliability and safety safety margins in critical Devices case studies
Value Engineering Techniques in value Engineering Structure of value Engineering Reliability Management
Text Books
1 Reliability Engg By Govil2 Reliability Engg By Dr AK Aggarwal 19923 Related IEEEIEE publications
P a g e 58 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 315 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMODERN CONTROL SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Analyze dynamics of a linear system by State Space Representation Determine the stability of a linear system using pole-placement technique Design state observers Analyze basics of Non-linear control system Determine the stabili ty of Non-linear systems6 Realize the structure of a discrete time system and model i ts action mathematically
Section ndash A
Digital Control Introduction to digital control sampling Data reconstruction principles Pulse transfer functions Block diagram amp signal flow graph Digital Control Techniques- PID Deadbeat
Time domain analysis correlation between time response amp root location in S amp Z transform effect of pole-zero configuration in Z-plane on maximum overshoot amp peak time transient response
Stability in Z-plane using modified Routhrsquos criteria Jurys criteria
State Variable Analysis and Design Review of state space representation for l inear continuous time system solution of linear time invariant state equations controllabili ty and observability solution of state equation for discrete system state space analysis of discrete time systems pole placement Techniques
Section ndash B
Non-Linear Control System Introduction to non-linear feedback control system special features of linear system l imit cycle jump response sub harmonies etc describing function and phase plane techniques for analysis of non-linear system concept of local global asymptotic and total stability of non-linear system Liapunovs stability criterion
Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Basic Principles of Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Model Reference Adaptive Control Types of Learning-Supervised and Un-Supervised Learning Control Systems On-line and Off-line Learning Control Systems
Text Books
1 Katsuhiko Ogata Modern Control Engineering Prentice-Hall of India New Delhi 2 J Nagarath and M Gopal Control system Engineering New Age International (P) Ltd 3 Katsuhiko Ogata State Space Analysis of Control Systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 4 Benjamin C Kuo and Farid Golnaraghi Automatic Control Systems 8th Edition John Wiley amp Sons 5 H Khalil Nonlinear Control systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 6 Control System Engineering by Norman S Nise Wiley7 Modern Control System by RC Dorf RH Bishop Addision Wesley8 Digital Control amp State Variable Methods by M Gopal TMH9 Brogan W L Modern Control theory Prentice Hall International New Jersey
P a g e 59 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 405 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives It deals with Introduction and different architectures of neural network It deals with the Application of Neural Networks It deals with Genetic Algorithms and Hybrid Systems
Section ndash A
Introduction What is Soft Computing Difference between Hard and Soft computing Requirement of Soft computing Major Areas of Soft Computing Applications of Soft Computing
Neural Networks What is Neural Network Learning rules and various activation functions Single layer Perceptrons Back Propagation networks Architecture of Backpropagation (BP) Networks Backpropagation Learning Variation of Standard Back propagation Neural Network Introduction to Associative Memory Adaptive Resonance theory and Self Organizing Map Recent Applications
Section ndash B
Genetic Algorithm History of Genetic Algorithms (GA) Working Principle Various Encoding methods Fitness function GA Operators- Reproduction Crossover Mutation Convergence of GA Bit wise operation in GA Multi-level Optimization
GA based Backpropagation Networks GA based Weight Determination K - factor determination in Columns
Hybrid Systems Sequential Hybrid Systems Auxiliary Hybrid Systems Embedded Hybrid Systems Neuro-Fuzzy Hybrid Systems Neuro-Genetic Hybrid Systems Fuzzy-Genetic Hybrid Systems
Text Books
1 Rao Vallinu Band Rao Hayagriva Neural networks and fuzzy Logic second edition BPB Publication
2 Berkan C Riza Trubatch L Sheldon Fuzzy Systems design Principlea IEEE Press standard publishers
3 Freeman A James Skapura M David- neural networks algorithms applications and programming4 Soft Computing by Fred Aminzadel amp Jamshich Prentice Hall
P a g e 60 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 406 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understand what MFAs do and how they work Understand the fundamentals of diplomatic negotiations Understand bilateral and multi lateral diplomacy Understand subject-specific diplomacy Understand what makes a document a ldquotreatyrdquo Be aware of historical cases relevant to various diplomatic methods
Section ndash A
Introduction and Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image representation Fundamental steps in Image processing Elements of digital Image processing Sampling and quantization some basic relationships l ike neighborrsquos connectivity distance measure between pixels Image geometry
Image Transforms Discrete Fourier transform Some properties of two-dimensional Fourier transform Fast Fourier transform Inverse FFT
Image Enhancement Point Operations Histograms Spatial Domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement by point processing Spatial fil tering low pass filtering High pass fil tering Homomorphic fi ltering Color image processing Image Restoration Degradation model Algebraic approach to Restoration Inverse fi ltering Wiener fil ter Constrained least square restoration Interactive restoration Restoration in spatial domain
Section ndash B
Image Compression Coding Inter-pixel and Psycho visual redundancy Image Compression models Error free compression Lossy Compression Image Compression standards
Image Segmentation Detection of discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection Thresholding Region Orientation Segmentation Motion based segmentation
Representation and Description Representation schemes l ike chain coding Polygonal approximation Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary Description Regional descriptors Morphology
Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and pattern classes Decision Theoretic methods Structural methods Interpretation
Text Books
1 AK Jainrdquo Fundamentals of Digital Image Processingrdquo Pearson Education2 Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo AWL3 W K Prattrdquo Digital Image Processingrdquo4 Ramesh Jain Brian G Schunck ldquoMachine Visionrdquo TMH
P a g e 61 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 313 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSYSTEM SIMULATION amp MODELING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Systems modeling general systems theory Concept of simulation Simulation as a decision-making tool types of simulation Simulation Terminologies- Application areas ndash Model Classification ndashTypes of Simulation- Steps in a Simulation study- Concepts in Discrete Event Simulation - Simulation Examples
Statistical Models Concepts Discrete Distribution Continuous Distribution Poisson Process Empirical Distributions- Queueing Models ndash Characteristics Notation ndash Queueing Systems ndash Markovian Models- Properties of random numbers- Generation of Pseudo Random numbers- Techniques for generating random numbers-Testing random number generators- Generating Random-Variates- Inverse Transform technique ndash Acceptance- Rejection technique Composition amp Convolution Method
Section ndash B
Design of Simulation Experiments Problem formulation data collection and reduction time flow mechanism key variables logic flow chart starting condition run size experimental design consideration output analysis and interpretation validation input modeling Data collection Assessing sample independence Hypothesizing distribution family with data Parameter Estimation Goodness-of-fit tests Selecting input models in absence of data Output analysis for a Single system Terminating Simulations Steady state simulations
Development of simulation models using simulation language studied for systems like queuing systems Production systems Inventory systems maintenance and replacement systems and Investment analysis Simulation Tools ndash Model Input High level computer system simulation CPU ndashMemory Simulation Comparison of systems via simulation ndash Simulation Programming techniques - Development of Simulation models Simulation programming languages ndash simulation suitability with characterist ics Comparison and selection of simulation languages study of any one simulation language
Text Books
1 Jerry Banks and John Carson ldquoDiscrete Event System Simulationrdquo Fourth Edition PHI 20052 Geoffrey Gordon ldquoSystem Simulationrdquo Second Edition PHI 20063 Narsingh Deo ldquoSystem Simulation with Digital Computer ldquoPrentice Hall India 20014 Frank L Severance ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulationrdquo Wiley 20015 Jerry Banks ldquoHandbook of Simulation Principles Methodology Advances Applications and Practicerdquo
Wiley 1998
P a g e 62 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 318 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrBUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to digital data and its types ndash structured semi-structured and unstructured Introduction to OLTP and OLAP (MOLAP ROLAP HOLAP) BI Definitions amp Concepts BI Framework Data Warehousing concepts and its role in BI BI Infrastructure Components ndash BI Process BI Technology BI Roles amp Responsibili ties Business Applications of BI BI best practices
Basics of Data Integration (Extraction Transformation Loading) Concepts of data integration needs and advantages of using data integration introduction to common data integration approaches Meta data - types and sources Introduction to data quality data profiling concepts and applications introduction to ETL using Kettle
Section ndash B
Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling Introduction to data and dimension modeling multidimensional data model ER Modeling vs multi-dimensional modeling concepts of dimensions facts cubes attribute hierarchies star and snowflake schema introduction to business metrics and KPIs creating cubes using Microsoft Excel
Basics of Enterprise Reporting A typical enterprise Malcolm Baldrige - quality performance framework balanced scorecard enterprise dashboard balanced scorecard vs enterprise dashboard enterprise reporting using MS Access MS Excel best practices in the design of enterprise dashboards
Text Books
1 RN Prasad and Seema Acharya Fundamentals of Business Analytics Wiley India Ltd2 Mike Biere Business Intelligence for the Enterprise Prentice Hall Professional3 Teo Lachev Applied Microsoft Analysis Services 2005 And Microsoft Business Intelligence Platform
Prologika Press4 David Taniar Progressive methods in data warehousing and business intelligence concepts and
competitive analytics Idea Group Inc (IGI)5 Data warehousing the ultimate guide to building corporate business intelligence Birkhaumluser6 Mark Humphries Michael W Hawkins Michelle C Dy Data warehousing architecture and
implementation Prentice Hall Professional
P a g e 63 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 7th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 401 Cryptography and Network Security 3 1 0 35
ECE 413 Wireless amp Mobile Communications 3 1 0 35
ECM 402 Big Data amp Cloud Computing 3 1 0 35
ECE 304 Digital System Design 3 1 0 35
ECE 453 Wireless amp Mobile Communications Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 354 Digital Signal Design Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 453 Software Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective - IV 3 1 0 35
Elective ndash V 3 1 0 35
18 6 6 24
Total contact hours 30
ECE 453 ECE 354 amp ECM 453 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
Elective - IV
1 CPE 402 - Data Mining amp Warehousing2 CPE 403 - Information Security and Cyber Law3 CPE 308 - Computer Graphics4 CPE 409 - Advanced Computer Architecture5 CPE 304 - JAVA Programming6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective ndash V
1 ECE 401 - Microwave Engineering2 ECE 416 - Radar and Satellite Communication3 ECE 415 - Advanced Communication System4 ECE 407 - Nano Electronics5 ECE 408 - Biomedical Instrumentation6 ECE 409 - Optical Networks7 ECE 410 - Digital VLSI Design8 ECE 412 - Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic9 ECE 417 - RF System Design10 ECE 418 - Digital Image and Speech Processing11 ECE 321 ndash Optical Fiber Communications12 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
P a g e 64 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 65 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 401 INT EXT L T P CrCRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Conventional Encryption Introduction Conventional encryption model Steganography Data Encryption Standard block cipher Encryption algorithms confidentiality Key distribution
Public Key Encryption and Hashing Principles of public key cryptosystems RSA algorithm Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange Elliptic curve cryptology message authentication and Hash functions Hash and Mac algorithms Digital signatures
IP Security IP Security Overview IP security Architecture authentication Header Security payload security associations Key Management
Section ndash B
Web Security Web security requirement secure sockets layer transport layer security secure electronic transaction dual signature
Security System Intruders Viruses Worms firewall design Trusted systems antivirus techniques digital Immune systems
Text Books
1 William Stallings Cryptography and Network security 2nd ed Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
1999
2 Baldwin R and Rivest R The RC5 RC5-CBC RC5-CBC-Pad and RC5-CTS Algorithmsrdquo
October1996
P a g e 66 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 413 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Wireless communication has become a ubiquitous part of modern life from global cellular telephone systems to local and even personal area network The objective of the course is that students should be able to familiarize with the evolution and basics of wireless communication technology identify and explain various wireless systems design aspects of cellular systems radio propagation mechanism fading and upcoming wireless networks
Course Outcomes By the end of this course the students will be able to Explain the fundamental concepts of wireless communication systems Learn cellular system design basics and frequency management techniques Describe capacity increase mechanisms interference reduction strategies and long-distance propagation concepts Understand effects of fading voice coding techniques and signal processing in GSM network Update themselves with recent technology and happenings in the field of mobile technology
Section ndash A
Introduction History of wireless communication Future trends in cellular radio and personal communications Second generation (2G) cellular networks evolution to 25G wireless networks (HSCSD GPRS and EDGE for 25G GSM and IS-136 IS-95B for 25G CDMA) 3G Wireless Networks 3G W-CDMA (UMTS) 3G CDMA 2000 3G TD-SCDMA Wireless local loop (WLL) and LMDS WLANs Bluetooth and PANs
Cellular Concepts Introduction frequency reuse channel alignment strategies hand off strategies interference and system capacity Trunking and grade of service improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems using cell splitting sectoring cellular system design considerations
Mobile Radio Propagation Large scale path loss Introduction to radio wave propagation Free space propagation model Three basic propagation mechanism reflection ground reflection (two-ray) model Diffraction scattering shadow fading combined path loss and shadowing
Section ndash B
Small Scale Fading and Multipath Introduction small scale multipath propagation Impulse response of a multipath channel Factors influencing small scale fading parameters of mobile multipath channels (time dispersion coherence bandwidth doppler spread and coherence time) Types of small scale fading Rayleigh Rician and Nakagami fading distributions
Spread Spectrum Modulation Techniques Pseudo- noise (PN) sequences DS-SS FH-SS Block diagram of IS-95 forward link block diagram of IS-95 reverse link GSM (Architecture Channels and signal processing)
Current and upcoming Wireless Systems 4G LTE 5G Adhoc networks
Text Books
1 Mobile cellular Telecommunications William C Y Lee 2nd Edition McGraw Hill Latest edition
2 Wireless and Digital communications Dr Kamilo Feher 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
3 Wireless communication principal amppractice TS Rappaport 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
4 Wireless Communications- Andrea Goldsmith Cambridge University Press
P a g e 67 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 402 INT EXT L T P CrBIG DATA amp CLOUD COMPUTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn how to use Cloud Services To implement Virtualization To implement Task Scheduling algorithms Apply Map-Reduce concept to applications To build Private Cloud Broadly educate to know the impact of engineering on legal and societal issues involved
Section ndash A
Introduction Big Data and its importance Four Vrsquos Drivers for Big data Big data analytics Big data applications
Introduction to Hadoop Hadoop Eco System Moving Data in and out of Hadoop Understanding inputs and outputs of MapReduce
NoSQL Use of NoSQL Types of NoSQL databases Advantages of NoSQL SQL vs NoSQL
MongoDB Introduction to MongoDB key features Core Server tools MongoDB through the JavaScriptrsquos Shell Creating and Querying through Indexes Document-Oriented principles of schema design Constructing queries on Databases collections and documents MongoDB Query Language
Section ndash B
Recent trends in Computing Grid Computing Cluster Computing Distributed Computing Utility Computing Cloud computing
Cloud Computing Architecture Comparison with clientserver computing architecture Services provided at various levels Role of Networks in Cloud computing protocols used Role of Web services Service Models (XaaS) Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) Platform as a Service (PaaS) Software as a Service (SaaS) Public cloud Private cloud Hybrid cloud Community cloud
Cloud Security Infrastructure Security Network level security Host level security Application level security Data security and Storage Data privacy and security issues Jurisdictional issues raised by Data location Identity amp Access Management Access Control Trust Reputation Risk Authentication in cloud computing Client access in cloud Cloud contracting Model Commercial and business considerations
Text Books
1 Cloud Computing Bible Barrie Sosinsky Wiley-India 2010
2 Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms Editors Rajkumar Buyya James Broberg Andrzej M
Goscinski Wiley 2011
3 Cloud Computing Principles Systems and Applications Editors Nikos Antonopoulos Lee Gillam
Springer 2012
4 Cloud Security A Comprehensive Guide to Secure Cloud Computing Ronald L Krutz Russell Dean
Vines Wiley-India 2010
5 Boris lublinsky Kevin t Smith AlexeyYakubovich Professional Hadoop Solutions Wiley ISBN
9788126551071 2015
6 Chris EatonDirk derooset al Understanding Big data McGraw Hill 2012
7 BIG Data and Analytics Sima Acharya Subhashini Chhellappan Willey
P a g e 68 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 304 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of i terative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Review of Digital Electronics Concept MSI and LSI Circuits and Their Applications Arithmetic Circuits Comparators Multiplexers Code Converters XOR And AND-OR INVERTER Gates Wired Logic Bus Oriented Structures Tri-State Bus System Propagation Delay
Sequential Machines The Concept of Memory The Binary Cell The Cell and The Bouncing Switch Set Reset D Clocked T Clocked JK Flip Flop Design of Clock FF State Diagram Synchronous Analysis Process Design Steps for Traditional Synchronous Sequential Circuits State Reduction Design Steps for Next State Decoders Design of Out Put Decoders
Section ndash B
Multi Input System Controller Design System Controllers Design Phases and System Documentation Defining the System Timing and Frequency Considerations MDS Diagram State Assignment Next State Decoders and Its Maps Output Decoders ROM PLA And PAL Based Design
Asynchronous Finite State Machines Scope Asynchronous Analysis Design of Asynchronous Machines Cycle and Races Plotting and Reading the Excitation Map Hazards Essential Hazards Map Entered Variable MEV Approaches to Asynchronous Design Hazards in Circuit Developed by MEV Method
Text Books
1 Fletcher WI Engineering Approach to Digital Design Prentice Hall of India (2007) 4th ed2 Wakerly JF Digital Design Principles and Practices Prentice Hall of India (2013) 5th ed
Reference Books
1 Givone D D Digital Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill (2007) 2nd ed2 Tocci RJ Digital Systems Principles and Applications Prentice-Hall (2006) 10th ed3 Mano MM and Clitti M D Digital Design Prentice Hall (2001) 3rd ed
P a g e 69 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 453 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Note Do any Eight Experiments
I On Satellite Trainer Kit
1 Understanding the basic concepts of satellite Communication 2 Establish direct Communication link between uplink transmitter and downlink receiver using tone
signal 3 To Setup an active Satellite link and Demonstrate link fail Operations 4 To Establish an Audio-Video Satellite link between Transmitter and Receiver 5 To Communicate Voice Signal Through Satellite Link 6 To change different combinations of Uplink amp Downlink frequencies and to check Communication
Link 7 To Transmit and Receive 3 Separate Signals (Audio Video Tone) Simultaneously through Satellite
Link 8 To Transmit and Receive Function Generator Waveforms Through Satellite Link 9 To Transmit and Receive PC Data Through Satellite Link
II On Mobile Phone Trainer Kit
1 To study the Tx IQRx IQ Signals 2 To Observe signal constellation of GMSK signal 3 To Study the Working of Audio IC 4 To Study the Working of a SIM card in a GSM handset 5 To Study SIM CARD Detection
III On Antenna Trainer Kit
1 To study Antenna Trainer Kit 2 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Dipole 3 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ4 Dipole 4 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Folded Dipole 5 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample other Antennas
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 70 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 354 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Design all logic gates using VHDL
2 Write a VHDL programs for Half Adder circuit
3 Write a VHDL programs for Full Adder circuit
4 Write a VHDL programs for Multiplexer amp Demultiplexer circuits
5 Write a VHDL programs for Encoder amp Decoder circuits
6 Write a VHDL programs for Comparator circuit
7 Write a VHDL programs for Code Converter circuit
8 Write a VHDL programs for Flip-Flop circuit
9 Write a VHDL programs for Counter circuit
10 Write a VHDL programs for Register amp Shift Register circuits
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 71 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 453 INT EXT L T P CrSOFTWARE LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
Experiments The list of experiments will be based on the current market requirements and recent trends in latest software regime being followed to employ students with best in class skills at that present time
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 72 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 402 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrDATA MINING amp WAREHOUSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To introduce students to the basic concepts and techniques of Data Mining To develop skills of using recent data mining software for solving practical problems To gain experience of doing independent study and research To study the methodology of engineering legacy databases for data warehousing and data mining to derive business rules for decision support systems Develop and apply critical thinking problem-solving and decision-making skills Develop and apply enthusiasm for learning Class participation is encouraged in this course
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to RDBMS data warehouse transactional databases data mining functionalities classification of data mining system major issues in data mining
Data Preprocessing Data Cleaning Data Integration and Transformation Data Reduction Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation
Data Warehouse And OLAP Need for Data Warehousing Difference from Traditional Databases Data Warehouse Architecture Multidimensional Data Model Schemas for Multi-Dimensional Model Star Snowflake amp Fact Constellation OLAP Operations Types of OLAP Servers ROLAP Versus MOLAP Versus HOLAP
Introduction to Data Mining Basics of data mining Data mining techniques KDP (Knowledge Discovery Process) Application and Challenges of Data Mining Security Issue Privacy Issue
Section ndash B
Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Apriori Algorithm FP Growth Algorithm latest trends in association rules mining
Classification and Clustering classification and prediction issues regarding classification and prediction decision tree induction algorithm rule-based classification using if-then rules for classification prediction linear amp nonlinear regression cluster analysis type of data for cluster analysis introduction to Categorization of Major Clustering Methods Classical Parti tioning Method k-Means
Introduction to Mining Complex Types of Data Complex data objects Mining spatial databases Multimedia databases Time Series and sequence databases Text databases and World Wide Web
Text Books
1 Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo 2 gan Kaufmann Publishers 2000 (ISBN 1-55860-489-8)3 Ian H Witten and Eibe Frank ldquoData Mining Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques with
Java implementationsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers San Fransisco CA (2000)4 Dorian Pyle ldquoData Preparation for Data Miningrdquo Morgan Kaufmann (1999)5 Korth Silbertz Sudarshan ldquoDatabase Conceptsrdquo McGraw Hill6 Elmasri Navathe ldquoFundamentals Of Database Systemsrdquo Addision Wesley
P a g e 73 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 403 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION SECURITY AND CYBER LAW 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To provide an understanding Computer forensics fundamental To analyze various computer forensics technologies To provide computer forensics systems To identify methods for data recovery To apply the methods for preservation of digital evidence
Section ndash A
Introduction to Internet Cyber Space and threats Computer Storage Cell Phone Mobile Forensics Computer Ethics and Application Programs
Electronic and Digital Signatures -Intellectual Property ndash Data Protection and Privacy Need for cyber law and forensics Jurisprudence of Indian Cyber Law
Foot printing WHOIS and DNS enumeration network reconnaissance Email spoofing Email bombing Data diddling Denial of service attack Virusworm attacks- trojans and keyloggers Internet t ime theft Web jacking Phishing-Smishing-Vishing-Identity theft Cyber terrorism- use of encryption by terrorists Human trafficking
Section ndash B
The Legal Perspective ndash The IT Act Challenges faced by IT Act and its amendments Sections Under IT Act- Section 43656667686970 Section relevant to cybercrime under IPC (Indian Penal Code)
Ethical hacking Need penetration testing Information gathering tools like n-map vulnerabili ty detection scanners like nessus nexpose information analysis and planning attack and penetration tools like Metasploit results analysis and reporting
Text Books
1 Cyber Security - Understanding cybercrimes computer forensics and legal perspectives by Nina Godbole and Sunit Belapure
2 System Forensics by Ankit Fadia 3 hacking Exposed network security secrets and solutions by Stuart McClure Scambray and Kurtz Tata
McGraw Hill
P a g e 74 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 308 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER GRAPHICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course objectives To provide comprehensive introduction about computer graphics system design algorithms and two-dimensional transformations To make the students familiar with techniques of clipping three-dimensional graphics and three-dimensional transformations The computer graphics course prepares students for activit ies involving in design development and testing of modeling rendering shading and animation
Section ndash A
Graphics Hardware Raster CRTs Raster and Random Scan Displays Display Controllers and Processors Graphics Input Devices Applications of Computer Graphics
Raster Scan Conversion Algorithms Line Drawing Algorithms (DDA amp Bresenhamrsquos) Circle Drawing Algorithms (Mid-Point and Bresenhamrsquos)
Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Rotation and Scaling) Matrix Representation and Homogenous Coordinates Shear and Reflection Transformations Composite TransformationsFilling Region fi lling Algorithms (Boundary Fill and Flood Fill)
Section ndash B
Windowing and Clipping Viewing pipeline viewing transformations 2-D Clipping algorithms- Line clipping algorithms (Cohen Sutherland Liang Barsky algorithm) Polygon clipping (Sutherland Hodgeman polygon clipping Weiler and Atherton polygon clipping)
Three-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Scaling Rotation) Composite transformations
Projections Parallel and Perspective
Visible Surface Detection Methods Depth Buffer Method A-Buffer Method Scan Line Method Area Subdivision Method
Shading Gouraud and Phong Shading Algorithms Properties of Bezier and B-Spline Curves
Text Books
1 Computer Graphics By Donald Hearn M Pauline Baker2 Computer Graphics (Schaum Series) by Lipschutz (MC Graw Hill)3 Principles of Interactive Computer graphics By WM Newman R Sproull4 Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics By JD Foley A Van Dam5 Computer Graphics Using OPEN GL By FS Hill Jr6 Computer Graphics Roy A Plastock Gordon Kalley
P a g e 75 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 409 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction to Parallel Processing Evolution of Computer Architecture Parallelism in Uniprocessor System Parallel Computer Structures Architectural Classifications Schemes Multiprocessors and Multicomputers Multisector and SIMD Computers Parallel processing application
Memory and input output subsystems Hierarchical Memory structure Virtual memory system Memory Allocation and Management Cache Memories and Management Input-Output Subsystem
Pipelining and Vector Processing Pipelining Instruction and Arithmetic Pipelines Principles of Designing Pipelined Processors Vector Processing Requirements Vector Super Computers Pipeline Chaining and Vector Loops Vectorization and Optimization Methods
Section ndash B
Structures and Algorithms for Array Processors SIMD Array Processors SIMD Interconnection Networks Static amp Dynamic Networks Mesh Connected Network Cube interconnection Networks Parallel Algorithms for array processors Associative Array Processing
Multiprocessor Architecture and Programming Functional Structures Interconnection Networks Multi stage networks for multiprocessors Parallel Memory Organization Multiprocessor Operating System Exploiting Concurrency for Multiprocessing
Text Books
1 Hawang kai Briggs FA Computer Architectures and Parallel Processing McGraw-Hill2 Kain Richard Y Advanced Computer Architecture PHI3 Hwang Kai Advanced Computer Architecture McGraw-Hill4 Mano M Computer System Architecture PHI
P a g e 76 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 304 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrJAVA PROGRAMMING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The model of object-oriented programming abstract data types encapsulation inheritance and polymorphism Fundamental features of an object-oriented language like Java object classes and interfaces exceptions and libraries of object collections How to take the statement of a business problem and from this determine suitable logic for solving the problem then be able to proceed to code that logic as a program written in Java How to test document and prepare a professional looking package for each business project using javadoc
Section ndash A Introduction to Java Features of Java difference between Java and C++ JVM Bytecode data types Wrapper types variables arrays operators-arithmetic bit-wise relational Boolean various control statements
Introduction to Classes Class fundamentals declaring objects methods constructors garbage collection passing parameters to methods recursion
Inheritance types of inheritance Access Modifiers (Private Public Protected Default) Polymorphism (Overloading Overriding Super amp This Keyword) Final Variable Final Classes amp Methods Static variable Static method Abstract methods and classes Packages and interfaces importing packages
Exception Handling Exception types try catch finally throw and throws creating exception subclasses
Section ndash BMultithreading Multithread programming thread priorities synchronization interthread communication Thread class methods runnable interface
IO InputOutput streams reading and writing console inputoutput reading and writing files
Applets and Graphics Applet fundamentals Applet class Applet init ialization and termination event handling keyboard and mouse events AWT class Layout managers panels canvases Frame windows drawing lines rectangles ell ipses
JDBC programming Commonly used classes and interfaces of javasql package connecting java application to a database prepared statements
Advance Concepts Introduction to Java Beans Java Swings Java Server Pages
Recommended Books
1 Dietel and Dietal Java How to Program 6th Edition Pearson Education 2 Herbert Schildt The Complete Reference Java2 TMH 3 James Edward Keogh Jim Keogh J2EE The complete Reference McGraw-Hill
P a g e 77 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 401 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrMICROWAVE ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilities in Microwave engineering through understanding of electromagnetic wave generation transmission and measurements theory and technology by study of microwave transmission medium media and microwave devices and components
Section ndash A
Microwave Tubes and Circuits High frequency limitations of conventional tubes klystrons ndash two cavity klystron multicavity klystron Reflex klystron Travelling wave magnetron - operation and characteristics Helix TWT construction operation and applications
Microwave Solid State Devices amp Their Applications Classification of Microwave Devices Diodes-PIN diode Tunnel Diode varactor and step recovery diodes Transferred Electron Devices- GUNN Diode Avalanche transit time effect- IMPATT Microwave Transistors and high electron mobility transistor-characteristics and performance
Section ndash B
Microwave Components Waveguide Microwave Junctions Scattering matrix and their properties Microwave T junctions ndash H Plane Tee E Plane Tee Magic Tee Rat Race Junction Directional coupler ndashscattering matrix of a directional coupler Waveguide joints bends corners re-entrant cavities Ferrite devices ndash faraday rotation in devices circulator amp isolator phase shifters and microwave attenuators
Microwave Measurements General measurement setup Microwave bench power measurement ndash low medium amp high Attenuation measurement Measurement of VSWR Smith Charts Measurement of Impedance Impedance matching-single and double stub tuners
Text Books
1 Microwave devices and circuits Samuel Liao PHI2 Microwave devices and radar Engg M Kulkarni Umesh Publications3 Foundation of Microwave Engg RE Collin McGraw Hill4 Microwave Engg KC Gupta
P a g e 78 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 416 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRADAR amp SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The objective of this course is to understand analysis of waveguides and gain complete knowledge about microwave components design of impedance matching and tuning using lumped and distributed elements for network to analyze and study characteristics of microwave tube generators and amplifiers and study different RADARs and its supporting systems The course will also provide an in-depth understanding of different concepts used in a satellite communication system like the tools necessary for the calculation of basic parameters in a satellite communication system knowledge about every aspect of satellite communication such as orbital mechanics launching techniques satellite link design earth station technology and different access system towards a satellite
Section ndash A Introduction To Radar Basic Radar Radar equation Radar Block diagram Radar frequencies applications of Radar detection of signals in noise receiver noise and Signal to Noise ratio Probability of detection and false Alarm integration of Radar pulses Radar cross section targets Radar cross section of Fluctuations Antenna parameters system losses
MTI and Doppler Radar Introduction to Doppler and MTI Radar Delay line cancellers Staggered Pulse repetition Frequencies Moving Target Detector Limitations of moving platform Pulse Doppler Radar tracking with Radar Monopulse Tracking Conical Scan and sequential Lobing Limitation to tracking accuracy Tracking in Range
Section ndash B
Orbital aspects of Satellite Communication Introduction to geo-synchronous and geo-stationary satellites Keplerrsquos laws Locating the satellite with respect to the earth sub-satellite point look angles mechanics of launching a synchronous satellite Orbital effects Indian scenario in communication satellites Satellite sub-systems Attitude and Orbit control systems Telemetry Tracking and command control system Power supply system Space craft antennas multiple access techniques comparison of FDMA TDMA CDMA
Satellite link design basic transmission theory system noise temperature and GT ratio design of down link and uplink design of satellite links for specified CN satellite data communication protocols
Text Books
1 Introduction to Radar system by Merrill l Skolnik 3rd Edition Mcgraw Hill 20032 Satellite Communication By T Pratt amp CW Bostain Wiely eastern 2002 2 n d edit ion3 Satellite Communication By Tri T Ha Tata Mcgraw Hill 2nd Edition 1990
P a g e 79 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 415 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart knowledge about advanced communication systems and related design parameters To inculcate ability in students to design wireless communication systems which can provide high data rate to a large number of users The main goal is to utilize the concepts of analogdigital modulation techniques and signal processing in transmission and reception of wireless signals under static and dynamic channels in the presence of noise
Section ndash A
Radio channels and coding Characteristics of Mobile Radio channels Channel capacity and Diversity Overview of STBCs and STTCs
OFDM Introduction Basic principle of OFDM Block diagram of OFDM OFDM standards Spectrum analysis of OFDM Capacity analysis of OFDM Multi-path effects on OFDM BER analysis of OFDM timing and frequency synchronization PAPR in OFDM and its effects mitigation of PAPR
Section ndash B
WiMAX and LTE Background of IEEE 80216 and WiMAX Features of WiMAX WiMAX Network Architecture WiMAX physical layer WiMAX MAC layer channel performance of WiMAX Overview of LTE SAEEPS Architecture of LTE Frame structure in LTE Applications of WiMAX and LTE
MIMO Introduction to MIMO MIMO Spatial Multiplexing MIMO Channel Capacity MIMO Diversity and applications MIMO-OFDM Channel estimation for MIMO-OFDM Multi-user MIMO systems
Text Books
1 Ezio Biglieri Robert Calderbank and Andrea Goldsmith ldquoMIMO Wireless Communicationsrdquo Cambridge University Press
2 Mohinder Jankiraman ldquoSpace-Time Codes and MIMO Systemsrdquo Artech House3 Jeffrey G Andrews Arunabha Ghosh and Rias Muhamed ldquoFundamentals of WiMAX - Understanding
Broadband Wireless Networkingrdquo Prentice Hall4 Abd-Elhamid M Taha and Hossam S Hassanein ldquoLTE LTE-Advanced and WiMAX - Towards IMT-
Advanced Networksrdquo John Wiley and Sons Ltd5 Ramjee Prasad ldquoOFDM for Wireless Communications Systemsrdquo Artech House
P a g e 80 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 407 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNANO ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the fundamentals of Nanotechnology To give a general introduction to different types of nanomaterials spintronic bio electronics molecular electronics organic electronics nano fabrication techniques surface analytical instrumentation techniques micro electro mechanical system (MEMS) and nano electro mechanical system (NEMS) To impart basic knowledge on nano fabrication and surface analytical instrumentation techniques To bring out the magnetic properties optical properties and applications of nano materials
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to Nano-scale Science and Nano-scale Technology Why nano science and nano technology Length energy and time scales Nano structure types and properties electronic and optical properties of materials sensors
Quantum wires and dots single electron effects and single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metall ic tunnel junctions Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy
Fabrication Nanomagnets and spintronics non-ideal interfaces and defects nano fabrication (Lithography Self-assembly Contact imprinting) molecular electronics Organic Electronics (Carbon Fullerness and nanotubes polymers)
Bio Electronics Introduction Binding of Organic semiconductors DNA computing
Section ndash B
Nano-Photonics Emitters Wave Guides Detectors Photonic Crystals
Surface Analytical Instrumentation Techniques for Nanotechnology Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy Low Energy Electron Diffraction (LEED) Scanning Probe Microscopy UV Photo electron spectroscopy (UPS)
Mems and Nems MicroElectro mechanical systems (MEMS) and Nano electro mechanical systems (NEMS) size dependent electronic magnetic and optical behavior of nano materials
Application Introduction to quantum methods of information processing Nano Particles and Environmental Hazardness Industrial applications of Nano Sized materials
TEXT BOOKS
1 Transport in Nanostructures- David Ferry Cambridge University Press20002 Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics - Y Imry Oxford University Press19973 Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems S Datta Cambridge University Press19954 Single Charge Tunneling H Grabert and M Devoret Plenum Press19925 Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining and Microfabrication - P Rai Choudhary SPIE1997
P a g e 81 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 408 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrBIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course will cover various systems of the human physiology signals of biological origin obtained from these systems biosensors transducers bioelectrodes used to acquire such signals and amplifiers for measuring biopotentials Electrical safety of medical devices measurements of the blood pressure blood flow respiratory system clinical laboratory equipment medical imaging and bioethics will also be discussed The main objective of this course is to introduce student to basic biomedical engineering technology As a result student can understand design and evaluate systems and devices that can measure test andor acquire biological information from the human body
Section ndash A
Human Body Subsystems Brief description of neuronal Muscular Cardiovascular and respiratory systems their electrical Mechanical and chemical activities
Transducers and Electrodes Principles and classification of transducers for bio-medical applications Electrode theory Different types of electrodes Selection criteria for transducers and electrodes
Cardiovascular System Measurements Measurement of blood pressure Blood flow Measurement of pH value of blood Cardiac rate Heart sounds Electrocardiograph Plethysmograph
Respiratory System Measurements Measurement of gas volume Flow rate Carbon-dioxide and oxygen concentration in exhaled air
Measurement of Electrical Activity in Neuromuscular System and Brain Neuron potential Muscle potential Electromyograph Brain potentials Electroencephalograph
Section ndash B
Medical Imaging Diagnostic X-rays CAT MRI Ultrasonography Medical use of isotopes Endoscopy
Patient Care Monitoring and Safety Measures Elements of intensive care monitoring Basic hospital systems and components Physiological effect of electric currents Shock hazards from electrical equipment Safety measures
Assisting and Therapeutic Devices Introduction to cardiac pacemakers Defibrillators Ventilators Diathermy
Bio-Telemetry and Lasers Physiological parameters adaptable to Bio-telemetry components of a bio telemetry system Application of telemetry in patient care Application of lasers to biomedical sciences
TEXT BOOKS
1 L Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement - Chromwell FJ Weibell EA Pfeiffer Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
2 Introduction to biomedical Equipment technology- Carr JJ and Brown JM Pearson Publishers Delhi3 Medical Instrumentation applications and design -J G Webster John Wiley Sons New York4 Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation- RS Khandpur Tata Mc Graw Hill New Delhi5 Principles of applied Biomedical Instrumentation -LG Geddes LE Baker John Wiley Sons New
York
P a g e 82 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 409 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The objective of this course is to learn the basic elements of optical fiber transmission l ink fiber glass modes configurations and structures to understand different kinds of losses signal attenuation in optical fibers amp other dispersion factor to learn various optical sources LEDLASER structures receivers (PIN APD) and noise performance Also this course will provide the understanding of optical network system components variety of networking aspects SONETSDH and study of network operations OTDM OTDN etc l ink budget amp network design and management At the end of the course students will be able to apply the fundamental principles of optics and light wave to design optical fiber communication systems differentiate losses in optical fiber link and state transmission characterist ics of optical fiber design optical fiber communication links using appropriate optical fibers light sources detectors explore concept of designing and operating principles of modern optical systems and networks apply different network access schemes and packet switching in OFC systems design and manage networks with appropriate consideration
Section ndash A
Optical Networking Optical networking principle and challenges WDM networking evolution WDM network construction wireless optical systems switching elements Optical Add-Drop Multiplexers Optical Cross-Connect Micro-Electro Mechanical Systems Nonreconfigurable Wavelength Router Reconfigurable Wavelength-Routing Switch Wavelength conversion technologies
Designing WDM Optical Networks Systems Consideration Channels Power Considerations All-optical Cycle of Elimination Additional Considerations Elements of Local-Area WDM Network Design WDM Wide-Area Network Design Issues WDM Metro Network Design Issues Optical Access Network Design Issues
SONET amp SDH evolution multiplexing structure frame structure envelopes functional components problem detection payload pointers VTs overhead bytes SONET amp SDH concatenation Architecture of optical transport networks Digital wrappers hierarchy OTN layer models
Section ndash B
Optical Access Networks Introduction Challenges in Access Networks Next-Generation Access Networks Overview of PON Technologies Optical SplittersCouplers PON Topologies Burst-Mode Transceivers Ethernet PON (EPON) Access Network Ethernet Gaining in Prominence Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation Algorithms Considerations for IP-based Services over EPON Other Types of PONS APONBPON Generalized naming Procedure PON WDM-PON Architectures
ATM vs IP in optical internets IP over ATM amp SONET OSI internet layered model Encapsulation amp its methods PPP packet ATM vs IP debate Optical Internets Evolution to 3G architecture
Text Books
1 Optical WDM Networks - Biswanath Mukherjee ndash Springer2 Optical Networks-Third Generation Transport Systems ndash Uyless Black Pearson
Education3 Optical Network Design and Implementation - Vivek Alwayn Pearson Education4 Understanding SONETSDH and ATM-communications networks for the next millennium by
Stamatious V Kartalopoulos Prentice - Hall India
P a g e 83 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 410 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL VLSI DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course is designed to give the student an understanding of the different design steps required to carry out a complete digital VLSI (Very-Large-Scale Integration) design in silicon It will explore the fundamental concepts and structures of designing digital VLSI systems include CMOS devices and circuits standard CMOS fabrication processes CMOS design rules static and dynamic logic structures interconnect analysis CMOS chip layout simulation and testing low power techniques design tools and methodologies VLSI architecture
Section ndash A
MOS Transistor Theory Evolution of ICs Masking sequence of NMOS and CMOS Structures Electrical Design Rules Stick Diagram Layout Design Introduction to MOS Physics MOSFET Work Function MOS Models MOSFET Structure and Operation Accumulation Depletion and Inversion region Weak and Strong Inversion Threshold voltage Current-Voltage characteristics Body effect MOSFET Scaling theory Limits of miniaturization small geometry effects Sub threshold conduction
Circuit Characterization Resistive Load amp Active Load MOS Inverters NMOS Inverters CMOS Inverters Static Characterist ics Switching Characteristics Interconnect Parasit ics Propagation Delay Static and Dynamic Power Dissipation Noise Margin Logic Threshold Voltage
Section ndash B
Combinational amp Sequential Circuits MOS Logic Circuits with Depletion NMOS loads CMOS Logic Circuits Complex logic circuits Pass Gate Transmission Gate Double Gate Transistor Behavior of Bistable elements SR Latch Circuit Clocked Latch and Flip-Flop Circuits CMOS D-Latch and Edge-triggered Flip-flop Subsystem Design- Adders shifters ALU High Performance Dynamic CMOS Circuits ROM Circuits Static and Dynamic RAM Circuits
VLSI Design Methodologies Semi-custom and Full-Custom Design including Cell Library and Gate Array Based Design FPGA BiCMOS Logic Circuits Design for Testability
TEXT BOOKS
1 Basic VLSI design systems and circuits- Pucknell DA and Eshraghian K PHI2 VLSI design techniques for analog and digital circuits ndash Geiger Rr Allen PE Strader NR
P a g e 84 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 412 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize with soft computing concepts Introduce the ideas of Neural networks fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human experience Familiarize the concepts of Genetic algorithm Apply the soft computing concepts to solve practical problems One will be able to design supervised and unsupervised learning models
Section ndash A
Introduction History of neural networks biological neurons Artificial Neural Net terminology Model of a neuron topology Types of activation functions learning types of learning-supervised unsupervised re-inforcement learning
Neural Learning Perceptrons linear separability Basic learning laws Hebbs rule Delta rule Widrow amp Hoff LMS learning rule correlation learning rule instar and outstar learning rules Supervised learning- Multilayer networks back propagation algorithm and its variations unsupervised learning- competit ive learning K-means clustering algorithm Self-organizing maps Basic Hopfield model
Section ndash B
Radial Basis Functions RBF neural networks Introduction to counter Propagation networks CMAC networks ART networks Broad application areas of neural networks- classification clustering pattern association function approximation
Fuzzy Logic Basic concepts of Fuzzy Logic Fuzziness vs probabili ty Crisp logic vs fuzzy logic Fuzzy sets and systems operations on sets fuzzy relations membership functions fuzzy rule generation variable inference techniques defuzzification techniques Fuzzy applications in consumer products
Text Books
1 Artificial Neural Networks -Yegna Narayanan2 Neural Networks - Simon Haykin 3 Fuzzy logic with engineering application - ROSS JT (Tata Mc)4 Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic - Bart Kosko 5 Neural computing theory amp practice - PD Wasserman (ANZA PUB)6 Introduction to applied Fuzzy Electronics - Ahmad M Ibrahim (PHI)7 Introduction to artificial neural systems - JM Zurada Jaico Pub8 An introduction to Fuzzy control D Driankor H Hellendorn M Reinfrank
P a g e 85 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 417 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRF SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To design and analyse basic resonators and RF Filters 2 To study the operation and device characteristics of RF Active components 3 To design and analyze RF transistor amplifier 4 To understand the operation of Oscillators and mixers used in RF design
Section ndash A
Introduction RF circuits Impedance matching and Quality factor Efficiency Amplifiers RF preamplifiers fi lters Frequency converters Mixers Radio receivers
Oscillators And PLL Relaxation oscil lators Series resonant oscillators Negative resonant oscillators Oscillator dynamics Stabili ty oscillator noise Design examples phase locked loops-loop dynamics analysis Frequency synthesizers
Amplifiers and Power Supplies Amplifier specifications-gain bandwidth and impedance stability Amplifier design Noise considerations class C class D amplifiers High power amplifiers Rectifiers Switching converters Boost and Buck circuits
Section ndash B
Couplers and Waveguide Circuits Directional coupling Hybrids Power combining transformer equivalent circuits Double tuned transformers Transformers with magnetic and iron cores Transmission l ines transformers Baluns Waveguides matching in wave guide circuits Waveguide junctions coaxial lines resistance impedance bridge standing waves
Modulation and Detection Circuits AM High level modulation Digital to analog modulation SSB Angle and frequency modulation Diode detectors FM demodulators-Design power detectors Measurement of power Voltage and Impedance Swept frequency impedance measurements
Text Books
1 Jon B Hagen Radio Frequency Electronics Cambridge university press Cambridge19962 James Hardy High Frequency Circuit Design Resto Publishing Co NewYork19793 Ian Hickman RF HandBook Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd Oxford19934 Ulrich L Rohde TTN Bucher Communication Receivers McGraw Hill New York19985 R Ludcoig RF Circuit Design Pearson Asia Education and P Bretchko New Delhi2000
P a g e 86 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 418 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE AND SPEECH PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 Give the students a general understanding of the fundamentals of digital image processing 2 Introduce the student to analytical tools which are currently used in digital image processing as applied to image information for human viewing 3 To learn the fundamental concepts of digital image processing 4 To study basic image processing operations 5 To understand image analysis algorithms 6 To expose students to current applications in the field of digital image processing 7 Develop the studentrsquos abili ty to apply these tools in the laboratory in image restoration enhancement and compression 8 Understand differences between computer vision and image processing
The main purpose of this course is to provide the learners with solid fundamental tools and experience on the applied technology in the array of speech processing It also gives the opportunity to deepen and widen the understanding of this topic through the study of speech characterist ics and its applications in various fields l ike coding The course is one of the interesting applications of signal processing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Image Processing Overview of Image processing image processing and related fields types of images fundamental steps in image processing Image processing applications Digital image representation and image formation sampling amp Quantization amp application of image Processing
Image Processing operations Basic relationships and distance metrics classification of image processing operations Image Enhancement by Point operation An overview of point Processing constant amp non-linear operations between image amp histogram techniques
Section ndash B
Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing Articulatory Phonetics ndash Production and Classification of Speech Sounds Acoustic Phonetics ndash Acoustics of speech production Review of Digital Signal Processing concepts Short-Time Fourier Transform Filter-Bank and LPC Methods A Review of Discrete-Time Signal amp Systems the Z-transform the DFT Fundamental of Digital Filters FIR system IIR Systems
Features Feature Extraction and Pattern Comparison Techniques Speech distortion measuresndash mathematical and perceptual ndash LogndashSpectral Distance Cepstral Distances Weighted Cepstral Distances and Filtering Likelihood Distortions
Text Books
1 Digital image processing by S Sridhar Oxford University Press2 Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang ldquoFundamentals of Speech Recognitionrdquo
Pearson Education 20033 Digital Image Processing by Rafael C Gonzale amp Richard E Woods Pearson Education Asia4 Fundamentals of digital image processing by AK Jain 1989 Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ5 Ben Gold and Nelson Morgan ldquoSpeech and Audio Signal Processing Processing and Perception of
Speech and Musicrdquo Wiley- India Edition 2006
P a g e 87 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 321 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To understand the basic architecture of optical fiber and related losses like absorption attenuation bending etc 2 To understand the architecture of optical transmitter and receiver for optical communication systems 3 After gone through the design consideration of optical communication the various modulation techniques and measurement techniques will be studied
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of fiber optic communications and its advantages
Review of LEDs and Lasers optical sources PIN and APD diodes optical detectorsOptical Fiber Waveguides amp Its Connections Introduction Ray theory transmission Electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation cylindrical fibers single mode fibers joints - fiber alignment splices connectors
Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers amp Cables Introduction Attenuation Material absorption losses Linear scattering losses Nonlinear scattering losses fiber bend loss Dispersion Intermodal dispersion Overall fiber dispersion Dispersion modified single-mode fibers Polarization
Section ndash B
Optical Fiber Systems Intensity modulationDirect Detection amp Coherent Introduction Optical transmitter circuit Optical receiver circuits system design considerations Digital systems Analog systems Advanced multiplexing strategies Coherent system constraints modulation formats Demodulation schemes Receiver sensitivities
Optical Fiber Measurements Introduction attenuation dispersion refractive index profile cutoff wavelength numerical aperture diameter mode field diameter and field measurements
Text Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash Djafar K Mynbev Lowell L Scheiner Pearson Education
Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill 4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications5 Optoelectronics Fiber optics and Lasers a Text-Lab Manual - Morris Tischler McGraw Hill 6 Related IEEE papers amp websites
P a g e 88 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 8th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
PRJ 451 Project Semester - One Semester Training in Industry 0 0 0 20
INDUSTIAL VISIT BY FACULTY COORDINATOR (150 MARKS) (within 10-12 weeks of commencement of training)
Presentation 60 MarksViva-voce 60 MarksReport (Hard Copy) 30 Marks
Evaluation by Faculty Coordinator in consultation with Industrial Coordinator during industrial visit
EVALUATION BY A TEAM OF FACULTY MEMBERS IN THE INSTITUTE (250 MARKS)(within one week of completion of training)
Presentation 100 MarksViva-voce 100 MarksFinal Report (Hard Copy) 50 Marks
The final presentation and viva-voce will be conducted jointly by the faculty coordinator nominee of the Head to be appointed by the Head of the DepartmentThe letter grade will be awarded to the students according to marks obtained by himher out of total 400 marks
PRJ 451 L T P CrPROJECT SEMESTER 0 0 0 20
Project Semester spans over a period of one Semester
The students shall undertake project (s) in Industry RampD or service organizations under the joint supervision of a faculty member and an executive from the organization The emphasis of the work undertaken is on problem identification and its techno-economic solution for the benefit of the host industry
The project must normally include identification of problem data collection analysis and generating solutions with cost and benefits and recommendations for their implementation If a single project is not available in the industry more than one projects might be undertaken
The evaluation of the project semester should be carried out on a continuous basis and must include the evaluation by faculty coordinator during his visit(s) to the concerned industries evaluation by faculty coordinator towards the completion of the semester and the final evaluation in the Institute by a committee of faculty members
P a g e 89 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 201 INT EXT L T P CrWAVE PROPAGATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilit ies in electromagnetic field theory by study the behavior of statics and time varying electric and magnetic field in a medium and transmission line
Section ndash A
Basic of Electromagnetic Del operator Curl Divergence Gradient Gauss divergence theorem Stokes theorem Coulombrsquos law Gaussian law Faradayrsquos law Amperersquos law
Boundary conditions Boundary conditions at electric interfaces and magnetic interfaces Maxwellrsquos equation in integral and differential form for static and time varying fields
Transmission line Transmission line equation primary and secondary constants condition for loss-less and distortion-less line loading of lines quarter wave transformer stub matching concept of VSWR and reflection coefficients
Section ndash B
Antenna parameters Radiation resistance Radiation pattern Beam width Gain Directivity Effective height Effective aperture Polarization Bandwidth and antenna temperature
Radiating Wire Structures Folded dipole loop antenna Principles of pattern multiplication Broadside arrays End fire arrays Yagi-Uda Antenna Horn Antenna Log Periodic Antenna Antenna Measurements (Gain amp Radiation pattern)
Propagation of Radio Waves Friss Free Space Equation Different modes of propagation Ground waves Space waves Surface waves and Troposphere waves Ionosphere Wave propagation in the Ionosphere Crit ical frequency Maximum usable frequency (MUF) Skips distance
Text Books
1 Kraus Electromagnetics McGraw Hill New York2 Sadiku Elements of Electromagnetics Oxford Press
Reference Books
1 EC Jordan Electromagnetic Waves and radiating systems Prentice Hall of India New Delhi2 Antennas Analysis amp Design C A Balanis John Wiley 1997
P a g e 4 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 201 INT EXT L T P CrMANAGEMENT PRACTICES amp ORGANISAIONAL BEHAVIOUR 50 50 3 0 0 30
Course Objective The course prepares the students for successful professional l ife by inculcating in them the abilities to understand the human interactions in an organization find what can drive human behavior and influence them to get better results for attaining business planning organizing staffing directing coordinating and controlling the activit ies of business enterprise
Section ndash A
Introduction to Management Definit ion Importance and functions of Management Theories of Management Classical Neo-classical and Modern Planning Nature of planning planning process types of plans Importance and Limitations of Planning Introduction to MBO (Management by Objectives) Social responsibility of business
Decision Making Importance and Process Organization Process of Organizing Organizing Principles Organization Chart Authority and Responsibili ty relationship Steps in Delegation of Authority Communication Process channels medium of communication communication barriers Controll ing Steps types of control system essentials of effective control system
Section ndash B
Organizational Behavior Concept features and importance Personality determinants and development Role of Values and Atti tudes in individuals behavior The concept of motivation and its theories Perception Concept Process Errors in perceptual accuracy Role of perception in decision making
Learning Classical and Operant conditioning theory Reinforcement-kinds and administration Concept of group dynamics Leadership theories and styles
Organizational conflict Concept Dimensions conflict management techniques Introduction to concept of power and polit ics in work related organization Organization culture and effectiveness
Text Books
1 Aswathappa K and Reddy G Sudarsana Management and Organisation Behaviour Himalya Publishing House
2 Pierce John L Gardner Donald Gardner Donald Management and Organisational Behavior An Integrated Perspective Ed1 Cengage Learning India
3 Laurie Mullins Management and Organisation Behaviour 7e Pearson Education4 Stephen P Robbins Seema Sanghi and Timothi A Judge Organizational Behavior 13e Pearson
Education5 Stephen P Robbins Mary Coulter and Neharika Vohra Management 10e Pearson Education6 Heinz Weihrich and Harold Koontz Essentials of Management Tata McGraw Hill7 Gene Burton and Manab Thakur Management Today Principles and Practice Tata McGraw-Hill8 P C Tripathy P N Reddy Principles of Management Tata McGraw-Hill9 Dr Neeru Vashishth Principles of Management with case studies Taxmann Publication10 LM Prasad Principles amp Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons Delhi11 James Stoner R Edward Freeman and Daniel R Gilbert Management 6e Pearson Education
P a g e 5 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 209 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ 50 50 3 0 0 30
Course Objective To become familiar with object-oriented programming concepts using C++ and be able to apply these concepts in solving diverse range of applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of basic concepts (Data types tokens operators arrays strings structure) Concepts of OOPS Comparison between procedural and OOPS Elements of OOPS its paradigm its merits and demerits functions function overloading and function
Classes and Objects Classes creating a class accessing class members memory allocation for objects array of objects static objects friend class empty classes nested classes abstract classes and container class
Constructor and Destructor Its need Types of constructor- Default Copy Multiple Dynamic Destructor Constructor and Destructor with static members Order of execution of constructor and destructor
Operator Overloading and type Conversion Definit ion Rules for overloading overloading of unary and binary operators Overloading NEW and DELETE operators Type conversion- Basic type to class type class type to basic type class to class type
Section ndash B
Inheritance - Virtual base class types of inheritance typing conversions and visibil ity
Polymorphism - Virtual functions Virtual destructors Concept of binding- early and late Virtual functions Pure virtual functions Polymorphism
Exception Handling Basics of exception handling Exception handling mechanisms throwing mechanisms Catching mechanisms
Pointers and dynamic memory management Understanding pointers accessing address of a variable declaring and initialization pointer arithmetic pointer to pointer pointer to function pointer to array array of pointers pointer to object this pointers null pointers dangling pointers and memory leak
Managing Data Files File streams Hierarchy of file streams ReadingWriting of files accessing records randomly and sequentially and updating files
Text Books
1 Schildt H C++ The Complete Reference Tata Mcgraw Hill (2003) 4th ed2 Lippman B S Lajoie J and Moo E B C++ Primer Addison-Wesley Professional (2013) 5th ed3 Stroustrup B The C++ programming language Pearson Education India (2013) 4th ed
P a g e 6 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 203 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms To understand concepts about searching and sorting techniques To Understand basic concepts about stacks queues l ists trees and graphs To understanding about writ ing algorithms and step by step approach in solving problems with the help of fundamental data structures
Section ndash A
Basic Data Structures Arrays Stacks and Queues and Their Applications Linked and Sequential Representation Linked List Representation of Linked List Multi-Linked Structures
Searching and Sorting use of Various Data Structures for Searching and Sorting Linear and Binary Search Bubble Sort Insertion Sort Shell Sort Selection Sort Merge Sort Radix Sort Quick Sort
Hashing Introduction to hash table hash function resolving collision by chaining and open addressing deleting i tems from a hash table
Section ndash B
Trees Definit ions and Basic Concepts Linked Tree Representation Representations in Contiguous Storage Binary Trees Binary Tree Traversal Searching Insertion and Deletion in Binary Trees Binary Search Tree Heap and Heap Sort Algorithm
Graphs Sequential and Linked Representation of Graph-Adjacency Matrix Operations on Graph Traversing a Graph Dijkstras Algorithm for Shortest Distance Minimal Spanning Tree
File Organization Sequential Relative Index Sequential
Text Books
1 Data structures A Pseudocode Approach with-C 2nd Edition Cengage Learning (Thomson)2 An introduction to data structures with applications Mc-Graw Hill Inc JP Trembley and PG
Sorensen3 Data Structures and Program Design in C Prentice Hall of India 1992 Robort L Kruse Bruce P
Leung Cluvis L Tundo
P a g e 7 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
BAS 202 INT EXT L T P CrDISCRETE MATHEMATICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Throughout the course students will be expected to demonstrate their understanding of Discrete Mathematics Use mathematically correct terminology and notation Construct correct direct and indirect proofs Demonstrate different methods for Graphs Boolean Algebra and Switching Theory Apply logical reasoning to solve a variety of problems
Section ndash A
Relations and Functions Binary Relations Types of Relations Compositions and inverse of Relations Equivalence Relations and Partit ions Partial Ordering Relations Chains and Anti-chains Functions Injective Functions Surjective Functions Bijective Functions Sum and Product of Functions Inverse and Composition of Functions Inclusion and Exclusion Pigeon-hole Principle Linear Recurrence Relations with constant coefficients Homogeneous solutions Particular solutions Solution by Method of Generating Functions
Algebraic Structures Algebraic structures with one binary operation semi-group monoid and groups Cosets Lagrangersquos Theorem (only statement) Homomorphism of groups
Section ndash B
Introduction to Graphs Graphs and their basic terminology Multigraphs and Weighted Graphs Matrix representation of Graphs Paths and Circuits Shortest Paths in Weighted Graphs Dijkstrarsquos Algorithm Planar Graphs Eulerrsquos Theorem Eulerian Paths and Circuits Hamiltonian Paths and Circuits
Boolean Algebra Partially Ordered Set Lattices and Algebraic System Principle of Duality Distributive and Complemented Lattices Boolean Algebra Boolean Functions and Boolean Expressions Disjunctive and Conjunctive Normal Forms Applications of Boolean Algebra in Switching Theory Series and Parallel connections
Text Books
1 C L Liu Elements of Discrete Mathematics 2nd Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 20002 J P Tremblay and R P Manohar Discrete Mathematics with Applications to Computer Science Tata
McGraw-Hill 19973 K H Rosen Discrete Mathematics and its Applications 6th Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 2007
P a g e 8 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 251 INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC DEVICES LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Study of h-Parameters of CE transistor
2 Study of h-Parameters of CB transistor
3 Study of V-I characteristics of Photodiode
4 Study of V-I characteristics of photo transistor
5 Study of V-I characteristics of JFET
6 Study of VI characteristics of MOSFET
7 Study of Clipping amp clamping CKT using Diode
8 Study of V-I characteristics of SCR
9 Study of Diode as rectifier
10 Study of different filters
11 Study of V-I characteristics of DIAC
12 Study of V-I characteristics of TRIAC
13 Study the applications of Thyristor
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 9 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 259 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to illustrate the working of different iterative controls
2 Write a program to illustrate the use of conditional statements
3 Write a program to illustrate difference between call by reference and call by value
4 Write a program to illustrate use of classes and objects
5 Write a program to illustrate the use of constructors and destructors
6 Write a program to illustrate the use operator overloading
7 Write a program to illustrate the use of inheritance and type of inheritance
8 Write a program to illustrate the use virtual function
9 Write a program to illustrate the use runtime polymorphism
10 Write a program to illustrate the use of File Stream operation
11 Create a class Time with members hours minutes seconds Add two class objects and display time
12 Write a program to perform addition of two complex numbers using constructor overloading
13 Write a program to find the greatest of two given numbers in two different classes using friend
function
14 Implement a class String with the following
Overload + operator to carry out the concatenation of strings
Overload = operator to carry out string copy
Overload lt= operator to carry out the comparison of strings
Function to display the length of a string
Function tolower() to convert upper case letters to lower case
Function toupper() to convert lower case letters to upper case
15 Create a class called List with two pure virtual function store() to save a value and retrieve() to get a
saved value from the list Derive two classes Stack and Queue from it and override store and retrieve
16 Write a program to define the function template for calculating the square of given numbers with
different data types
17 Write a program to perform the deletion of white spaces such as horizontal tab vertical tab space
line feed new line and carriage return from a text file and store the result in another file
18 Write a program to raise an exception if any attempt is made to refer to an element whose index is
beyond the array size
P a g e 10 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 253 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to check whether a string is palindrome or not
2 Write a program to extract substring from given string
3 Write a program to implement stack using arrays
4 Write a program to implement queues using arrays
5 Write a program to sort a given list of numbers using following algorithm
Bubble sort
Insertion sort
Selection sort
Quick sort
Radix sort
6 Write a program to implement linear and binary search algorithm
7 Write a program to create a linked list and perform following operations
Insert element at beginning
Insert element at end
Insert element at given position
Delete element from beginning
Delete element at end
Delete element from given position
8 Take a list of numbers and create a sorted linked list from given list
9 Implement stack using linked representation
10 Implement queue using linked representation
P a g e 11 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P CrENVIRONMENTAL AND ROAD SAFETY AWARENESS 2 0 0 0
Time Allowed 3 hours Total Marks 100Total lectures 50 Pass marks 35
Instructionsa) The paper has been introduced from the session 2013-14b) The paper will be taught in the Second yearfourth Semester of all the UG Courses (BA BCom
BSc Law Engineering Commerce Agriculture etc) except LLB three year course and will be a qualifying paper only The marks of this paper will not be counted towards final score of the under graduate degree
c) This will cover only preliminary and basics of the subject and the paper will be set accordinglyd) The written paper will have two parts Each part of the paper will be of 50 marks and will contain ten
questions The candidates will attempt five questions out of each part The answer to each question should not exceed 500 words Each question will carry ten marks
Section ndash IUnit 1 The multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition scope and importance
Concept of Biosphere ndash Lithosphere Hydrosphere Atmosphere Need for public awareness (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 2 Natural Resources ndash Renewable and non-renewable resources Natural resources and associated problems
a) Forest resources use and over exploitation deforestation and its impactb) Water resources use and overutilization of surface and ground water and its impactc) Mineral resources use and effects on environment on over exploitationd) Food resources Effects modern agriculture fertilizer-pesticide problem water logging and
salinitye) Energy resources Growing energy needs renewable and non-renewable energy sources use of
alternate energy resourcesf) Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources for sustainable development
(7 lectures)Unit 3 Ecosystems
Ecosystem and its components Definition structure and function producer consumer and decomposer Types of Ecosystem (Introduction only) Food Chains food web and ecological pyramids (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 4 Biodiversity and conservation Introduction ndash Definition genetic species and ecosystem diversity value of biodiversity Hot spots of biodiversity Threats to biodiversity habitat loss poocting of wildlife man-wildlife conflicts Endangered and endemic species of India Conservation of Biodiversity (6 lectures)
Section ndash IIUnits 5 Environmental Pollution
Definition causes effects and control measures of a) Air pollutionb) Water pollutionc) Soil pollutiond) Marine pollutione) Noise pollutionf) Thermal pollutiong) Nuclear hazard
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution Solid waste management vermicomposting Disaster management Floods earthquake cyclone and landslides (7 lectures)
Unit 6 Social Issues and the Environment Urban problems related to energy Water conservation rain water harvesting water shed management Resettlement and rehabilitation of people its problems and concerns Climate changes global warming acid rain ozone layer depletion Consumerism and waste products Population explosion ndash Family welfare programme (6 lectures)
Unit 7 Introduction to Environmental Protection Laws in India
P a g e 12 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
Environmental Protection Act Air (Prevention and control of pollution) Act Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act Wild life Protection Act Forest Conservation Act Issues involved in the enforcement of environmental legislation (6 lectures)
Unit 8 Road safety Awareness Concept and significance of Road safety Traffic signs Traffic rules Traffic Offences and penalties How to obtain license Role of first aid in Road Safety (6 lectures)
P a g e 13 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 4th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2020-2021)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECE 209 Digital Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECE 210 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECM 205 Computer System Architecture 3 1 0 35
ECM 206 Operating System 3 1 0 35
ECE 213 Circuit Theory 3 1 0 35
ECE 214 Signals amp Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 254 Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 256 Operating System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 263 Circuit Theory Lab 0 0 2 10
Punjabi 3 0 0 0
21 6 6 33
Total contact hours 33
ECM 254 ECM 256 ECE 263 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
In addition to above mentioned subjects there will be an additional course on Punjabi as a qualifying subject
P a g e 14 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 209 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the student should be able to demonstrate the ability to use logic gates Basic Boolean laws minimization techniques for the designing of various combinational circuits The student should also be able to describe operation characterist ic equations excitation table of various flip flops and explain the conversion of flip flops Design and analyze sequential circuits from the basic building blocks and describe memories AD DA Converters Logic families and their characteristics
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of Number Systems Codes and Gates evaluating logic circuit outputs Implementing circuits from Boolean expressions Boolean theorems DeMorgans theorem universality of NAND and NOR gates IEEEANSI standard logic symbols
Combinational Logic Circuits Sum of product form Product of sum form Simplification of Boolean functions using algebraic and Karnaugh map methods Half adder Full adder half subtractor full subtractor circuits parity generator and checker circuits comparator circuit
Combinational Digital Circuit Design Multiplexer Demultiplexer Code converters Combinational logic circuits Some examples of Boolean gate ICs
Sequential Circuits RS JK D and T fl ip-flops circuits and their conversions Serial and parallel counters and shift registers Universal shift registers some examples of counter and shift register ICs
Section ndash B
Logic families and digital ICs Characterist ics of digital ICs Classification of different logic families TTL ECL MOS and CMOS their operation and specifications
Memories Semi-conductor memories ROM and RAM ROM using diodes BJTs and FETs RAM cell Memory organization and expansion An idea about other types of memories
Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Converters Variable register network R-2R DA converters DA accuracy and resolution AD converters Simultaneous conversion and counter method
Text Books
1 Digital Design by Morris Mano PHI 4th edition 2008 2 Digital principles and Applications by Malvino Leach TMH 2011 3 Digital System Principles and Applications by R J Tocci (PHI) 2009 4 Modern Digital Electronics by R P Jain TMH 2006 5 Digital Integrated Electronics by Taub Schilling TMH 2004
P a g e 15 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 210 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Through this course the students will acquire knowledge of -The behavior of BJTs at high frequency using pi-model -Develop the abili ty to analyze and design analog electronic circuits using discrete components-Concept of feedback used in amplifiers and its need -Working of power amplifiers power amplifier circuits tuned amplifiers Oscillators compare experimental results in the laboratory with theoretical analysis
Section ndash A
High Frequency Transistor The high frequency T model CB short circuit current frequency response Alpha cut-off frequency CE short circuit current frequency response Hybrid pi CE transistor model hybrid pi conductance in terms of low frequency h ndash parameters CE short circuit current gain obtained with hybrid pi model current gain with resistive load
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Power Amplifiers Class A large signal amplifier second and higher harmonic distortion transformer coupled amplifiers Efficiency of amplifiers Push-pull amplifiers (class A amp class B)
Tuned Amplifiers Single tuned capacitively coupled amplifier amp its steady state response Determination of Gain Bandwidth product Tapped tuned Inductively coupled single tuned circuit Double tuned circuits
Oscillators Condition for sustained oscillation R-C phase shift Hartley Colpitts Crystal and Wien Bridge Oscillators
Text Books
1 Electronics Devices by Robert Boylsted Tata McGraw Hill publications2 Electronic Devices and circuits MC-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition by Millman amp Halkias3 Malvino Electronic Principles Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
Reference Books
1 Integrated Electronics by Millman amp Halkias Mc-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition2 Electronic Devices and Circuits S Salivahanan etal Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi3 Electron Devices by Floyd Pearson Asia 5th Edition 20014 Liner Integrated circuits by Gayekward5 Engineering Electronics by Alley amp Attwood6 Burns and Bond Principles of Electronic Circuits PWS Publishing Company Boston
P a g e 16 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 205 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a digital computer To discuss in detail the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms amp implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition subtraction multiplication amp division To study the different ways of communicating with IO devices and standard IO interfaces To study the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory
Section ndash A
Introduction Design of basic computer Registers Accumulator Flags Program Counter Stack Pointer Machine Instructions Instruction Cycle Machine Cycle Components of CPU
Register Transfer and Micro operations Register transfer Language Register transfer Bus amp memory transfer Logic micro operations Shift micro operation
Controller Design Hardwired and Micro programmed Approach
Micro program Control Organization Control Memory Address Sequencing Micro program Sequences Microinstruction Formats and Addressing modes
Arithmetic Unit Comparison and Subtraction of unsigned Binary Numbers Addition Subtraction Multiplication Algorithm
Section ndash B
Memory System Memory CPU interaction Principle of locality (Temporal and Spatial)
Memory Organization Interleaved Memory Organization Memory Hierarchy Main Memory Virtual Memory Cache Memory Cache Organization (Direct Fully Associative Set Associative) Cache Coherence Memory Management Hardware Performance Considerations
Input-Output Organization IO interfaces and Buses IO operations Program driven Input- Output Interrupt driven Input-Output DMA Priority Interrupt
Pipeline Processing Overview of Pipelining Types of Pipelining Hazards (Data Control Structural)
Computer Peripherals and Interfaces Introduction to IO buses ISA PCI SCSI EISA Local bus VESA Local bus PCI bus PCI Express Accelerated graphics port bus
Text Books
1 Computer System Architecture MM Mano Prentice Hall of India2 Structured Computer Organization Andrew S Tanenbaum Prentice Hall of India3 JP Hayes Computer Systeui Architecture Prentice Hall of India New Delhi4 Ali leigh System Architecture South Wester publishing co New Delhi5 William Stallings ldquoComputer Organization and Architecture ndash Designing for Performancerdquo 6th Edition
Pearson Education 2003
P a g e 17 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 206 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn the fundamentals of Operating Systems To learn the mechanisms of OS to handle processes and threads and their communication To learn the mechanisms involved in memory management in contemporary OS To gain knowledge on distributed operating system concepts that includes architecture Mutual exclusion algorithms deadlock detection algorithms and agreement protocols To know the components and management aspects of concurrency management To learn programmatically to implement simple OS mechanisms
Section ndash A
Basic Functions and Concepts of Operating Systems Concept of an operating system batch system Multi-programmed Time sharing Personal Computer System Parallel system Real time system Network Operating System and Distributed Operating System
Features and Objective of Operating Systems System components operating system services System calls System Programmers System Structure Simple Structure Layered Approach Microkernel
Process Management Concept of process process states process control block Process Scheduling Scheduling Queues Schedulers and Context Switch operations on processes CPU scheduling Algorithms FCFS SJF RR and priority Multilevel queue scheduling Multilevelfeedback queue scheduling
Deadlocks Introduction to deadlocks Necessary Conditions for deadlock Resource allocation graph Deadlock Prevention Deadlock Avoidance Safe state Resource-Allocation-Graph Algorithm Bankers Algorithm Deadlock Detection Recovery from Deadlock
Section ndash B
Memory Management Logical and physical address space Swapping Contiguous memory Allocation Memory Protection Memory Allocation Fragmentation paging basic method Protection and shared pages segmentation basic method hardware Protection and sharing virtual memory Demand Paging Page Replacement Algorithms ((FIFO Optimal LRU LRU Approximation page replacement) Allocation of Frames Thrashing
Information Management Files - file concept file types File attributes fi le operations access methods allocation methods (contiguous l inked indexed) directory structure free-space management (bit vector linked list grouping counting)
Disk Management Disk structure Disk Scheduling (FCFS SSTF SCAN C-SCAN LOOK) Disk Management (Disk Formatting Boot Block Bad Blocks) Swap Space Management Swap Space Use Swap Space Location
Case Studies Brief introduction of Windows UNIX and LINUX
Text Books
1 Operating System (Sixth Edition) 2005 Galvin Silberschatz Addison Wesley Publishing Ltd2 Flynn Understanding operating Systems Cengage Learning (Thomson)3 DM Dhamdhere Operating System r A Concept Based Approach Tata Me Graw- Hill4 Operating Systems Design and Implementation Andrew S Tanembaum PHI (Latest Edition)
P a g e 18 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 213 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The study of electrical circuits takes off from principles of AC and DC theory and introduces the student to parameters and characteristics of various networks The aim of the subject to understand the different types of circuits and their analysis based on network theorems and to determine the current voltage and power in the circuit The students will be able to analyze two port networks stability of a circuit and to find time response of the circuit The circuits are designed using Foster and Cauer forms The knowledge of Laplaces transform and Inverse will help students to work in multi-disciplinary fields of electronics engineering
Section ndash A
Network Theorems and Two Port Network Descriptions Thevenins theorem as applied to ac circuits Nortons theorem as applied to AC circuits Superposition theorem as applied to ac circuits Maximum power transfer theorem as applied to AC Circuits Two port description in terms of open circuits impedance Parameters Short circuit admittance parameters Hybrid parameters and transmission Inter-connection of two port network Duality networks
Inductively Coupled Circuits Coefficient of coupling mutual inductance in loop and nodal equations
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Time Domain Analysis Unit functions-step impulse and ramp functions Laplaces transform and Inverse Solution of network problems using Laplace transform Solution of Transient and Steady state response of RL amp RC networks with different types of forcing functions Solutions of transient and steady state response of series RLC circuit with step input
Network Synthesis Synthesis vs Analysis Elements of circuit synthesis Introduction and general considerations in network synthesis Purpose and scope of network synthesis
Positive Real Functions Definition Necessary and Sufficient conditions for a function to be positive real testing of driving point functions for positive realness
Foster amp Cauer Forms Foster and Cauer Forms realization in terms of RC RL and LC networks
Text Books
1 Sudhakar amp Shyammohan ldquoCircuits amp Networksrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 Joseph Administer ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo S Chand Series3 Abhijit Chakarbarti ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo Dhanpat Rai amp Sons New Delhi4 Vanvalkenberg ldquoNetwork Analysisrdquo Prentice Hall5 D Roy Choudhary ldquoNetworks amp Systemsrdquo New Age International New Delhi6 Vanvalkenberg ME ldquoNetworks Analysisrdquo P rentice Hall of India (2007) 3rded7 Arshad M ldquoNetwork Analysis and Synthesisrdquo Laxmi Publications (2008) 2nded
Reference Books
1 Franklin F Kuo Network Analysis and Synthesis John Wiley (2003) 2nd ed2 Anderson BDOVongpanitlerd S Network Analysis and Synthesis Dover Publications (2006) 3rd ed3 Charles A Desoer Ernest S Kuh ldquoBasic Circuit Theoryrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company4 William H Hayt Jr Jack E Kemmerly ldquoEngineering Circuit Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company
P a g e 19 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 20 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 214 INT EXT L T P CrSIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The aim of this subject is to develop analytical capability of students by which they would be able to handle real time signal processing related problems and projects The understanding of various transforms will help the students to analyze the problems in both time and frequency domain
Section ndash A
Representation of Signal and Systems Classifications of signals Linear time invariant systems Representation of signals in terms of impulses Discrete time LTI systems continuous t ime LTI systems Properties of LTI systems Systems described by differential and difference equations
Section ndash B
Fourier analysis Signal representation using Fourier series Representation of periodic signals Continuous and discrete time Fourier series Exponential Fourier series Properties of Fourier series Convergence of Fourier series Continuous and Discrete time Fourier transform Properties of Fourier transform Analysis of discrete time signals and systems Correlation Autocorrelation
Random Signals Probability Random variables Probabili ty density and distribution functions Moments of random variables Random processes Transmission of signals through LTI systems Gaussian Process Central Limit Theorem
Text Books
1 Oppenheim Willisky and Nawab Signals amp Systems Tata Mcgraw HillNew Delhi2 Simon Haykin and Barry Van Been ldquoCommunications System Wiley 3 Eastern USA4 BPLathi ldquoCommunication Systems Oxford Press USA5 A Papouils Random Variables amp Stochastic Process Mcgraw Hill USA
Reference Books
1 Charles L Philips John M Parr Eve A Riskin ldquoSignals Systems and Transformrdquo Prentice Hall Third Edition 2003
P a g e 21 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 254 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To plot frequency response characteristics of a RC Single stage RC coupled Amplifier
2 To determine the voltage gain of a two stage RC coupled amplifiers
3 To plot frequency response characteristics of Transformer coupled amplifier
4 To plot frequency response of a tuned voltage amplifier and to calculate its resonant frequency
5 To find voltage gain of an emitter follower and find its operating point
6 To study Wein Bridge Oscillator
7 To study Phase Shift Oscillator
8 To study OP-Amp as Differentiator amp Integrator
9 To study diode as a biased and unbiased clipper
10 To study Astable Multivibrator using Transistors
11 To study Bistable Multivibrator using Transistors
12 To study OP-Amp as an inverting and non-inverting amplifier
13 To study OP-Amp as summing and average amplifier
14 To study the frequency response of audio amplifier
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 22 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 256 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
HARDWARE LAB
1 Identification of Motherboard Processor System buses Power supplies Memories
2 PC assembling
SOFTWARE LAB
1 Familiarization of UNIXLINUX Environment
2 Installation and Administration of UNIXLINUX operating system
3 Implementation of common commands of UNIX operating systems
4 Shell programming and its features
5 Implementation of programs using shell scripts
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 23 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 263 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 24 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P Crਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ 3 0 0 0
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪਜਾਬੀਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਸਿਵਖ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਕਲਾਈਫਾਈਗ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਵਜ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ
ਉਦਸ਼ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ 13ਾਸਿਤ ਅਤ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣਾ ਮਖ ਰਪ ਸਿਵਚ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਬਲਣ ਪੜਹਨ ਦੀਆ 13ਮਸਿ13ਆਵਾ ਨ ਦਰ ਕਰਨ ਦ ਨਾਲndashਨਾਲ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਨਸਿਤਕ ਕਦਰਾ ndashਕੀਮਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣ ਦਾ ਉਪਰਾਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ
1 ਪਜਾਬੀ ਦੀ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ(ਮਖ 13ਪਾਦਕ ਬਲਦਵ ਸਿ13 ਘ ਚੀਮਾ ਪਰਕਾਸ਼ਕ ਪਬਲੀਕਸ਼ਨ ਸਿਬਊਰ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਪਸਿਟਆਲਾ)ਭਾਗ ਪਲਿਹਲਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਾਲਿਹਤ
(ੳ) ਕਸਿਵਤਾ(ਅ) ਕਾਣੀ(ੲ) ਨਾਟਕ
ਭਾਗ ਦਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬ ਸਲਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਲਕਧਾਰਾਭਾਗ ਤੀਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਤ ਗਰਮਖੀ ਲਿਲਪੀ
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਸਿਤ ਨ ਭਾਗ ਨ ਪਰਤ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦ ਭਾਗਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਵ ਗਾ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਪਸਿਲਾ ਭਾਗ
ਪ 13ਤਕ ਦ ਪਸਿਲ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 36 ਅਕ ਨ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਦਜਾ ਭਾਗ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦ ਜ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 24 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਅਤ ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਦ 12ndash12 ਅਕ ਣਗ
(1) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਪਲਿਹਲ ਭਾਗ ਦ ਲਿਤ ਨ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ਅਤ ੲ ਹਨ ਇਨਹਾ ਲਿਤ ਨਾ ਉਪndashਭਾਗਾ ਲਿਵਚ ਹਠ ਲਿਲਖ ਅਨਸਾਰ ਸਆਲ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ
(ੳ) ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਕਲ 12 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਐਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਣਗ ਅਕ 12x1 = 12
(ਅ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਲਘ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 3ndash3 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ ਉਤਰ ਪਜ ਲਾਈਨਾ ਤ ਵਧ ਨਾ ਵ ਅਕ 3x3 = 9x2 =18
(ੲ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਖ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ ਅਕ 1x6 = 6
(2) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਲਿਵਚ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਇਸ ਪਰਕਾਰ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ(ੳ) ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਔਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ
ਅਕ 8x1 = 8(ਅ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਕਲ 5 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨ ਣਗ ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ
ਨ ਅਕ 5x2 = 10(ੲ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ
ਅਕ 6x1 = 6ਨਟ ਮਲਿਖਕ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ ਤ ਹੀ ਆਧਾਲਿਰਤ ਹਵ ਗੀ ਇਸਦੀ ਲਿਵਧੀ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਹਵ ਗੀ
P a g e 25 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ (ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ)ਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ
For Other State Students ofB Tech amp Six Year BTech-MBA Integrated Program Only
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 (ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ 60 ਅਕ) ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਵਲ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਨ ਦ13ਵੀ ਪਧਰ ਦੀ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਪਾ13 ਨੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਦੀ ਲਈ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਲਬ13 ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਵਰਨਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲ ਕ ਮਾਤਰਾਵਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਵਾਕ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨ 13ਬ ਧੀ ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ ਉਦਸ਼ ਪਜਾਬ ਦ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਦ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਤ ਵਾਝ ਰਸਿ ਗਏ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾਉਣਾ ਅਤ ਬਾਰਲ 13ਸਿਬਆ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਇਕ ਨਵੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾ ਕ ਉਨਾ ਨ ਪਜਾਬ ਸਿਵਚ ਰਜ਼ਗਾਰ ਦ ਮਸਿਕਆ ਦ ਯਗ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ
ਭਾਗ ੳ
1) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਵਰਣਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲਖਣ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) ਅਖਰ ਸਿ13 ਸਿਖਆ ਤਰਤੀਬਵਾਰ ਤ ਭਲਾਵ ਅਖਰ(ਅ) ਅਖਰ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਖਰ ਰਪ ਤ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ
2) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਅਖਰ ਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਧਨੀਆ ਦਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) 13ਵਰ ਤ ਸਿਵਅਜਨ ਵਰਗੀਕਰਨ ਤ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਉਚਾਰਨ(ਅ) ਲਗਾ ndashਮਾਤਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
ਭਾਗ ਅ
1) ਸਿਲਪੀ ਦ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ(ੳ) ਪਰ ਤ ਅਧ ਅਖਰ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ਅ) 13ਵਰ 13ਚਕ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
2) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਣndashਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਫ਼ਤ ਦ ਸਿਦਨ(ਅ) ਮੀਸਿਨਆ ਦ ਨਾਮ(ੲ) ਰਗਾ ਦ ਨਾਮ(13) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਰਸ਼ਤਾndashਨਾਤਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ
ਭਾਗ ੲ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਜੜਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਦ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ(ਅ) ਸਿਤ ਨ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ
2) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਵਰਗਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀਆ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਨਾਵ ਪੜਨਾਵ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਸਿਕਸਿਰਆ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਆਸਿਦ)
ਭਾਗ ਸ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਅਗਤਰ ਸਿਪਛਤਰ 13ਮਾ13 ਦਰ ਕਤੀ)(ਅ) ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਵਾਕਸ਼ ਉਪndashਵਾਕ ਤ ਵਾਕ)
P a g e 26 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ
(1) 13ਲਬ13 ਦ ਚਾਰ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x5 = 20x 1 = 20(2) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 13ਖ ਪ ਉਤਰਾ ਵਾਲ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x 2 = 8x 2 = 16(3) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਵਰਣਾਤਮਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਵ ਗਾ 4x 1 = 4x 6 = 24
P a g e 27 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 5th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 301 Analog and Digital Communication Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 302 Web Programming amp Scripting 3 1 0 35
ECM 303 Mobile Application Development 3 1 0 35
ECM 304 Computer Networks 3 1 0 35
ECE 303 Microprocessor and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 351 Analog and Digital Communication Systems Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 353 Mobile Application Development Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 353 Microprocessor and Applications Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective ndash I 3 1 0 35
STG 351 Summer Training 60
Drug Abuse 3 0 0 00
21 6 6 30
Total contact hours 33
ECM 351 ECM 353 ECE 353 amp STG 351 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers Summer Training will be of 4-6 weeks duration in Industry or in- house Qualifying subject
Elective - I
1 ECE 305 ndash Linear Integrated Circuits amp Applications2 ECE 306 ndash Control Engineering 3 ECE 301 ndash Opto Electronics4 ECE 316 ndash HDL Based Digital Design5 ECE 318 ndash Communication Theory6 ECE 319 - Electronic Switching Circuits7 ECE 320 - Transmission Lines and Waveguides8 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 28 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 301 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is intended to understand all types of analog and digital modulation amp demodulation techniques and Recognize the importance of pre-emphasis and de-emphasis Focus will be on the fundamental system aspects of modern analog and digital communication System After successfully completing the course students will also be able to analyze the performance of a baseband and pass band digital communication system
Section-A
Amplitude Modulation (AM) Introduction Basic elements of communications Noise Need for modulation Expression for AM Double sideband suppressed carrier (DSB-SC) single sideband (SSB) and vestigial sideband (VSB)
AM Modulators and Demodulators Introduction with circuit diagram explanation of square law modulator and balanced modulator Fil tering method and Phasing method for generation of SSB Envelope detector and square law detector Working principles and block diagram explanations of super heterodyne receiver Specifications of receiver sensitivity selectivity fidelity signal to noise ratio and double spotting
Angle Modulation Introduction to Phase modulation (PM) and frequency modulation (FM) Relationship between PM and FM Expression of Phase and frequency modulation Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis circuits in FM Armstrong system of FM modulator slope detector balanced slope detector quadrature detector for FM demodulation FM stereo transmitter
Section-B
Pulse Modulation Introduction Sampling theorem and its applications Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) Pulse Time Modulation (PTM) Pulse code Modulation (PCM) quantization quantization error quantization noise companding Delta modulation Adaptive delta modulation Line Coding Schemes Introduction of line coding scheme ON-OFF signaling polar signaling bipolar amp split phase Manchester signaling and comparison among them Introduction to inter-symbol interference eye diagram Modulation Schemes Introduction generation reception spectrum and geometrical representation of BASK BFSK BPSK DPSKQPSK QAM and MSK techniques Use of signal space for calculation of error probabili ty for BPSK BFSK and QPSK Block diagram of digital communication system and functions of each block
TEXT BOOKS 1Electronic Communication Systems ndash George Kennedy and Bernard Davis TMH 2 Modern digital and analog Communication systems B P Lathi Oxford University Press 3 Communication Systems Harold PE Stern Samy and A Mahmond Pearson 4 Communication Systems Singh and Sapre Analog and digital TMH 5 Principles of Communication Systems ndash H Taub amp D Schilling Gautam Sahe TMH6 John Proakis ldquoDigital CommunicationsrdquoMcGrawHill7 Simon Haykin Digital communications John Wiley and sons8 Digital communication system by JSchitode
P a g e 29 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 302 INT EXT L T P CrWEB PROGRAMMING amp SCRIPTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Students are able to develop a dynamic webpage by the use of javascript and HTML Students will be able to know of CSS JQuery and AJAX
Section ndash A
HTML Tags Elements Attributes Headings Paragraphs Styles Formatting Quotations Comments Colors Hyperlinks Images Tables Lists Iframes Forms Form Elements Form Input Element types Canvas
CSS Inline amp External Anatomy of a CSS ruleset Measurement Units Colors Backgrounds Fonts Text Links Tables Borders Margins Lists Padding Dimensions Display Visibil ity Positioning Media Types Printing
Section ndash B
Javascript Syntax Variables Operators Data Types Number Boolean Strings Arrays Date Objects Functions Events If Else Switch Case While Loop For Loop For in RegExp HTML DOM Error Handling Dialog Boxes
Frameworks Introduction to jQuery Bootstrap JSON
Text Books
1 HTML5 for Web Designers by Jeremy Keith2 The Essential Guide to CSS and HTML Web Design by Craig Grannell3 JavaScript amp JQuery The Missing Manual by David McFarland
P a g e 30 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 303 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is related to the development of applications on mobile and wireless computing platforms Android will be used as a basis for teaching programming techniques and design patterns related to the development of standalone applications and mobile portals to enterprise systems Emphasis is placed on the processes tools and frameworks required to develop applications for current and emerging mobile computing devices Students will work at all stages of the software development life-cycle from inception through to implementation and testing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Android The Android Platform Android SDK Android App Resources Android App Manifest File Android App Permissions
Android Application Design Essentials Anatomy of an Android applications Android terminologies Application Context Activities Activity lifecycle Activity state changes Tasks and back stack Parcelables and bundles Fragments Services Intents
Section ndash B
Android User Interface Design Essentials User Interface Screen elements Designing User Interfaces with Layouts working with different types of resources
Android Architecture Components View Binding Data Binding LiveData ViewModel
WorkManager Room Persistence Library
Text Books
1 Lauren Darcey and Shane Conder ldquoAndroid Wireless Application Developmentrdquo Pearson Education 2nd ed (2011)
Reference Books
1 Reto Meier Professional Android 2 Application Developmentrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd2 Mark L Murphy Beginning Androidrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd
P a g e 31 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 304 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Build an understanding of the fundamental concepts of computer networking Familiarize the student with the basic taxonomy and terminology of the computer networking area Introduce the student to advanced networking concepts preparing the student for entry Advanced courses in computer networking Allow the student to gain expertise in some specific areas of networking such as the design and maintenance of individual networks
Section ndash A
Introduction history and development of computer networks Types of computer networks LAN MAN WAN broadcast and point to point networks Network topologies
Layered Architecture concept of layers protocols interfaces and services The OSI Reference Model The TCPIP Reference Model Comparison of OSI and TCPIP Models
Physical Layer Concept of Analog amp Digital Signal Bandwidth Transmission Impairments Attenuation Distortion Noise Data rate l imits Nyquist formula Shannon Formula
Switching Circuit Switching Message Switching and Packet Switching Comparison of Repeaters Hubs Switches
Transmission media Twisted Pair Co-axial Cables Fiber Optics Wireless Transmission Radio and Microwave and Infrared Transmission
Section ndash B
Data Link Layer Data l ink layer Design Issues Error Detection and Correction Elementary data link protocols An Unrestricted Simplex Protocol A Simplex Stop and Wait Protocol A Simplex Protocol for a Noisy Channel Sliding window protocols A One Bit Sliding Window Protocol A Protocol Using go back N A Protocol using Selective Repeat CSMA CSMACD Protocols
Network layer IP Addressing IPV4 header Fragmentation
Routing algorithms Shortest Path Routing Flooding Distance Vector Routing and Link State Routing Introduction to Congestion Congestion Control
Transport layer Introduction to Elements of Transport Protocols UDP TCP
Application layer Electronic-mail WWW Domain Name System SMTP HTTP
Text Books
1 A S Tannenbaum Computer Networks 3rd Edition Prentice-Hall2 D E Comer Internetworking with TCP-IP Principles Protocols and Architecture Vol I 2nd Edition
Prentice Hall 19913 D E Comer and D L Stevens Internetworking with TCP-IP Design Implementation and Internals
Vol II Prentice Hall 1990
P a g e 32 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 303 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To introduce 8085 architecture and programming in assembly language To introduce basic concepts of interfacing memory and peripheral devices to a microprocessor To introduce serial and parallel bus standards To introduce 8086 microprocessors To introduce various advanced processor architectures such as 80X86 Pentium and Multicore Processors
Section ndash A
Introduction Overview of architecture and instruction set of 8085 introduction to interfacing and inputoutput (IO) techniques Introduction to timing and control interrupts and programming of 8085Bus Contention amp solution
Interfacing Chips Block diagram and modes of operation of interfacing devices 81558156 and 83558755 multipurpose programmable devices 8279 programmable keyboarddisplay interface 8255A programmable peripheral interface 8253 programmable interval t imer 8259A programmable interrupt controller 8257 direct memory access(DMA) controller and 8251 USART
Section ndash B
Microprocessor Applications Interfacing of single and multiple digit seven-segment LED output display Interfacing of DAC (AD 558 AD 7522 amp DAC0800) and ADC (AD570 AD7574 and ADC0800) Applications like Temperature measurement and control water level indicator measurement and display of motor speed and traffic light control system
8086 Microprocessor Architecture memory segmentation parallel processing addressing modes instruction set and simple programming examples
Text Books
1 Ramesh S Gaonkar Microprocessor architecture Programming and applications with 8085 E Prentice Hall 2002
2 A Mathur Introduction to Micro Processor Tata-McGraw Hill3 Microprocessors and Digital systems by Douglas Hall Tata-McGraw Hill4 Fundamental of microprocessors and Micro Computers by B Ram Dhanpat Rai amp Sons5 Micro Processor 8086 by Gibson PHI
P a g e 33 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 351 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
17 To study line coding signals and its formats
18 To study Amplitude Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
19 To study Frequency Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
20 To study Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
21 To study Differential Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
22 To study Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
23 To study the sampling theorem amp reconstruction of signal
24 To study Delta Modulation amp Demodulation amp its characteristic
25 To study Adaptive Delta Modulation amp Demodulation
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 34 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 353 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Develop an Android application using various components fonts and colors
2 Develop an Android application that uses Layout Managers and event listeners
3 Develop an Android application for basic calculator
4 Develop an Android application to write data to the SD card
5 Develop an Android application that uses Fragments
6 Develop an Android application that uses Navigation component
7 Develop an Android application that uses GPS location information
8 Develop an Android application using various Firebase services
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 35 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 353 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To write and test a program for finding the largest and the smallest numbers out of the given list of
numbers
2 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in ascending order
3 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in descending order
4 Study of microprocessor-based temperature recording and monitoring system
5 Study of microprocessor-based Traffic Light Controller
6 Study of microprocessor-based DC Motor Controller
7 Study of microprocessor-based Stepper Motor Interface Card and Controller
8 Study of interfacing of ADC with microprocessor
9 Study of interfacing of DAC with microprocessor
10 To write and test different programs involving the use of interrupts subroutines Flags etc
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 36 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 305 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrLINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives This course introduces theoretical and circuit aspects of operational amplifier which is backbone for the basics of l inear Integrated circuits and its various applications and introduce some special function ICs
Section ndash A
Operational Amplifiers Differential Amplifier ndash Transfer characteristics CMRR PSRR current mirror voltage references internal structure of Op-amp Ideal Op-amp Characteristics Inverting and non-inverting Op-amp offset error voltages and currents slew rate characterization of Op-amp parameters Op-amp internal design starting from basic differential amplifier
Negative Feedback In Op-Amps Block diagram representation of feedback configurations Voltage-series feedback Amplifier Voltage shunt feedback amplifier Differential amplifiers with one op-amp two op-amps and three op-ampsFREQUENCY RESPONSE OF AN OP-AMP Frequency response Compensating Networks Frequency response of internally compensated Op-Amps Frequency response of Non compensated Op-amps Closed loop frequency response Slew rate causes of slew rate and its effect on applications
Section ndash B
Analog Systems with Operational Amplifier as A Building Block Basic applications ndash Inverter scale changer adder voltage to current current to voltage converter voltage follower Bridge amplifier Instrumentation amplifier Analog Integrator and Differentiator Logarithmic amplifier anti-log amplifierComparator amp other applications Comparator comparator characteristics limitation of Op-amp as comparator voltage limiters zero crossing detector timing mark generator precision rectifier average detector peak detector window detector voltage to frequency amp frequency to voltage converters
Specialized IC Applications Active filters First order low pass Butterworth Filter Second order low pass Butterworth Filter First order high pass Butterworth Filter Second Order High pass Butterworth Filter higher order filters Design of active filters Band Pass filters ndash wide band amp narrow band Band reject filters ndash wide band amp narrow band all pass filters 555 timer and its use as bistable monostable amp astable multivibrator Schmitt trigger Phase locked loop 565 applications frequency synthesizers and current differencing (Norton) amplifier
Reference Books
1 Op-Amp amp Linear Integrated Circuits- R A Gayakwad 4th Edition Pearson 20022 Operational Amplifier amp Linear integrated circuits- R F Coughlin amp FF Driscoll -6 th Edition and
Pearson 20013 Design with Op-Amps amp Analog ICs -Sergio France 3rd Edition McGraw Hill Hirher Education4 Linear Integrated Circuits- D Roy Choudhry New Age International Limited Publication
P a g e 37 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 306 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCONTROL ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To provide sound knowledge in the concepts of l inear control theory and design of control systems Further aims are - To develop mathematical model for electrical and mechanical systems - To understand the use of transfer function models in physical systems and simplification -To provide adequate knowledge in the time and frequency response of systems and steady state error analysis -To learn the importance of controllers and effect of different controllers to accord basic knowledge of stabili ty and various techniques to calculate stability -To introduce state space representation for different models -To study the basics of compensation and different types
Section ndash A
Basic Concepts Classification Open loop control system closed loop systems linear and non-linear systems time variant amp invariant systems Relative merits and demerits of open and closed loop systems Servomechanism
Mathematical Modeling Transfer function Mathematical modeling of electrical mechanical systems Analogies Block diagrams and signal flow graphs and their use in determining transfer function
Analysis Time and frequency domain analysis Transient and frequency response of first and second order systems Correlation ship between time and frequency domain specifications Steady-state errors and error constants Concepts and applications of P PD PI and PID types of control
Section ndash B
Stability Definit ion pole and Zero concept Routh-Hurwitz cri terion Root locus techniques Nyquist criterion Bode plots Relative stability Gain margin and phase margins
State Space Analysis Concepts of state State variables and state models State space equations Transfer function Transfer model State space representation of dynamic systems State transit ion matrix Controllability and observability
Compensation Necessity of compensation series and parallel compensations compensating networks
Reference Books
1 Modern Control Engg by K Ogata Prentice Hall New Delhi 19742 Control System Components by JF Gibsen Mcgraw Hill 19633 Automatic Control System by BC Kuo Prentice Hall 3rd Ed 19784 Control System Engineering by IJ Nagrath amp Gopal Wiley Eastern Ltd New Delhi5 DP Eckman Automatic process control6 Liptak ldquoHandbook of process controlrdquo
P a g e 38 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 301 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrOPTO-ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is to provide understanding of working principle performance analysis of various important components of fiber optical communication systems such as optical transmitter receiver optical amplifiers couplers split ters optical modulators etc When actual design of wavelength division multiplexed fiber optic communication systems will be done then working knowledge of Lasers LEDs photodiodes various types of optical amplifiers multiplexers fil ters etc will be beneficial The course is designed in a such way that the students learns the basic principle types of structures with their performances characterist ics of light sources (such as Lasers LEDs) optical detectors such as various types of photodiodes optical amplifiers multiplexers fi lters etc components of a wavelength division multiplexed optical communication systems At the end of course the student of must have thorough understanding of active and passive components of optical communication systems The course also provides basic knowledge of optical sensors which are used in optical instrumentation and many other applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of optoelectronics advantages applications-Network Military Civil industrial Sensors etc
Optoelectronic Sources Introduction Basic concepts Optical emission from semiconductor Semiconductor injection Laser amp its various structures injection laser characterist ics threshold condition wavelength tunable Lasers LED power and efficiency Heterojunction LED structure designs characterist ics Modulation response of an LED Source-Fiber coupling
Optoelectronic Detectors Introduction Device types basic principal of optoelectronic detection Absorption Quantum efficiency Responsivity wavelength cutoff Types of Photodiodes with and without internal gain Mid-infrared photodiode phototransistors Photo-conducting detectors Noise Considerations
Section ndash B
Passive Network Components amp Sensors Introduction CouplersSplit ters WDM multiplexers Demultiplexers Fil ters Isolators Circulators Attenuators Electro-optic Modulators Acousto-optic Modulators and their application areas
Optical Sensors classification-point distributed Intensity phase amp spectral Smart structures amp applications
Optical Amplifiers And Integrated Optics Introduction Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers (SOA) Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFA) Fiber Raman Amplifiers (FRA) Application areas of optical amplifiers Some integrated optical devices OEICs Optical bi-stability and digital optics Optical Computation
Reference Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash DK Mynbev LL Scheiner Pearson Education Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications
P a g e 39 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 316 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrHDL BASED DIGITAL DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of iterative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Introduction to HDL Design Flow Design Methodologies HDL History Capabilities Hardware Abstraction Basic Terminology Model Analysis Comparison between VHDL and Verilog
Basic VHDL Elements Identifiers Data Objects Data Types Operators
Behavioral Modeling Entity declaration architecture body Various Sequential Statements and Constructs multiple processes postponed processes
Dataflow Modeling Concurrent Signal Assignment Statements delta delay model multiple drivers block statement concurrent assertion statement
Structural Modeling Component Declaration component Instantiation resolving signal values
Section ndash B
Supporting Constructs Generics and Configuration Subprograms and Overloading Operator overloading Package declaration package body
Advanced Features Generate statements qualified expressions type conversions guarded signals attributes aggregate targets
Model Simulation Writing a Test Bench and Simulation for combinational circuits
Programmable Logic Devices (PLD) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) Basic Concepts Architecture and Usage
Text Books
a) A VHDL Primer ndash Jayaram Bhasker Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey b) VHDL Programming by Examples ndash Douglas L Perry Mc Graw Hill Fourth Editionc) FPGA based implementation of Signal Processing Systems RogerWoods John McAllister Dr Ying
Yi Gaye Lightbody Wileyd) Advanced FPGA Design ndash Architecture Implementation amp Optimization Steve Kilts
P a g e 40 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 318 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives After completing the course the student should be able to - Understand the basics of information theory and communication systems -understand the role of probability and statist ics in the analysis of communication systems -Solve problems related to channel capacity and spectral efficiency
Section ndash A
Introduction to information messages amp signals Classification of signals The discrete and continuous spectrum Power spectrum Energy density spectrum Dirac delta functions Sampling theory and approximations Convolution of signals LTI systems
Discrete probabili ty theory Continuous random variables Statist ically independent random variables Probability density functions of sums Transformation of density functions Ergodic Process Correlation functions Spectral density and White noise
Atmospheric Thermal Shot and Partition noise Noise figure and experimental determination of noise figure Shot noise in temperature limited diode and space charge limited diodes Pulse response and Digital noise
Section ndash B
Networks with random input Auto-correlations Spectral density and probabili ty density input-output relationships Optimum system and non-Linear systems Maximum criterion Equivalent noise bandwidth
Definit ion of information Units of information Entropy Uncertainty and information rate of communication Redundancy Relation between system capacity and information content of messages Shannonrsquos theorem Discrete noisy channel Channel capacity for different discrete channels
Text Books
1 Hancock JC ldquoAn Introduction to the Principles of Communication Theory Tata McGraw Hill 19612 Sharma Sanjay ldquoSignals and Systemsrdquo S K Kataria amp Sons 20093 Swartz Information Transmission Modulation amp Noiserdquo Mc Graw Hill4 Taub amp Schilling Principals of Communication System Mc Graw Hill5 Simon Haykin ldquoCommunication Systemsrdquo Wiley
Reference Books
1 Papoulis and S U Pillai ldquoProbability Random Variables and Stochastic Processesrdquo Tata McGraw Hill 2002
2 Claude E Shannon ldquoA Mathematical Theory of Communicationrdquo Bell System Technical Journal 27(3) 379-423
3 T Cover and J Thomas ldquoElements of Information Theoryrdquo Wiley 2006
P a g e 41 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 319 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC SWITCHING CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understanding of switching concept and different types of switching techniques Capabilit ies amp other details of finite state machines can be explored Will boost the knowledge of synchronous and asynchronous circuits design amp analysis Also explore the various types of Hazards
Section ndash A
Introduction to Sequential Circuits FlipndashFlops Flip-Flop conversions Classification of Sequential Circuits Registers and Counter circuits
Design amp Analysis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits Sequential circuits introductory examples Counters Finite state Machines Sequence Detector and Sequence Generator circuits Definite state model Basic definit ion Capabilit ies amp Limitation of finite state machines state equivalence amp machine minimization simplification of incompletely specified machines Extraction of maximum compatibles synthesis amp analysis of synchronous sequential circuits
Design amp Analysis of Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Introduction to asynchronous circuits t iming diagram state diagram amp flow tables fundamental mode circuits synthesis state assignment in asynchronous sequential circuits
Section ndash B
Hazards Introduction gate delays generation of spikes production of static hazards in combinational networks elimination of static hazards design of hazard free combinational networks hazard free asynchronous circuit design dynamic hazards essential hazards
Contact Networks amp Symmetric Networks Relay contents analysis amp Synthesis of contact Networks Properties of symmetric functions Synthesis ampidentification of symmetric functions Iterative Networks
Text Books
1 Switching and finite automata theory by ZVI Kohavi2 Logical design of switching circuits by Douglas Lewin 3 Logic Design by NN Biswas
P a g e 42 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 320 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrTRANSMISSION LINES AND WAVEGUIDES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the students should be able to familiarize with the new concepts towards propagation of signals through transmission lines and waveguides
Section ndash A
Classification of guided wave solutions-TE TM and TEM waves Field analysis transmission lines Rectangular and circular waveguides Excitation of waveguides Rectangular and circular cavity resonators
Transmission line equations Voltage and current waves Solutions for different terminations Transmission-line loading
Section ndash B
Impedance transformation and matching Smith Chart Quarter-wave and half-wave transformers Binomial and Tchebeyshev transformers Single double and triple stub matching
Microstriplines stripline slot lines coplanar waveguide and fin line Micro strip MIC design aspects Computer- aided analysis and synthesis
Text Books
1 DMPozar ldquoMicrowave Engineering (3e)rdquo Wiley 20042 JDRyder ldquoNetworks Lines and Fieldsrdquo PHI 20033 RECollin ldquoFoundations for Microwave Engineering (2e)rdquo McGraw-Hill 20024 SYLiao ldquoMicrowave Devices and Circuitsrdquo(3e) PHI 20055 J A Seeger ldquoMicrowave Theory Components and Devicesrdquo Prentice-Hall6 Jordan ldquoEM waves and Radiatingrdquo Prentice Hall7 GSN Raju ldquoElectromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Linesrdquo Pearson Education
P a g e 43 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
INT EXT L T P CrDRUG ABUSE PROBLEM MANAGEMENT AND PREVENTION 50 50 3 0 0 0
Note This is a compulsory qual i fying paper which the students have to study and quali fy during three years of their degree course
REGULAR STUDENTSMax Marks 70 Max Time 3hrsInternal Assessment 30Total Marks 100 Lectures per week 2
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERSThe question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have four quest ions from the respect ive sect ions of the syllabus Each question shal l carry 7 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 14 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any three quest ions f rom sect ion A and any three quest ions from sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
PRIVATE STUDENTSMax Marks 100 Max Time 3hrs
Lectures per week 2INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERS
The question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have three quest ions from the respective sect ions of the syl labus Each quest ion shal l car ry 15 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 20 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any two quest ions f rom sect ion A and any two quest ions f rom sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
SECTION AUNIT I ndash Problem of Drug Abuse Concept and Overview Types of Drug Often Abused
(a) Concept and OverviewWhat are drugs and what constitutes Drug Abuse Prevalence of menace of Drug Abuse How drug Abuse is different from Drug Dependence and Drug Addiction Physical and psychological dependence- concepts of drug tolerance
(b) Introduction to drugs of abuse Short Term Long term effects amp withdrawal symptoms Stimulants Amphetamines Cocaine NicotineDepressants Alcohol Barbiturates- Nembutal Seconal Phenobarbital Benzodiazepines ndashDiazepam Alprazolam FlunitrazepamNarcotics Opium morphine heroin Hallucinogens Cannabis amp derivatives (marijuana hashish hash oil)Steroids Inhalants
UNIT II ndashNature of the Problem Vulnerable Age Groups Signs and symptoms of Drug Abuse (a)- Physical indicators (b)- Academic indicators (c)- Behavioral and Psychological indicators
SECTION BUNIT III ndash Causes and Consequences of Drug Abuse
a) Causes Physiological Psychological Sociological b) Consequences of Drug Abuse For individuals For families For society amp Nation
Unit IV- Management amp Prevention of Drug AbuseManagement of Drug Abuse Prevention of Drug Abuse Role of Family School Media Legislat ion amp Deaddiction Centers
Suggested readings1 Kapoor T (1985) Drug Epidemic among Indian Youth New Delhi Mittal Pub2 Modi Ishwar and Modi Shalini (1997) Drugs Addiction and PreventionJaipur Rawat Publication3 Ahuja Ram(2003) Social Problems in India Rawat Publications Jaipur4 2003 National Household Survey of Alcohol and Drug Abuse New Delhi Clinical Epidemiological Unit All India
Institute of Medical Sciences 20045 World Drug Report 2011 United Nations Office of Drug and Crime6 World Drug Report 2010 United nations Office of Drug and Crime7 Extent Pattern and Trend of Drug Use in India Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment Government of India
20048 The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1985 (New Delhi Universal 2012)
Pedagogy of the Course WorkThe pedagogy of the course work wil l consist of the fol lowing 70 lectures ( including expert lectures) 30 assignments discussion and seminars and class tests Note A visi t to drug de-addiction centre could also be undertaken
P a g e 44 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 6th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 311 Artificial Intelligence and Machine learning 3 1 0 35
ECE 307 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 35
ECM 312 IoT and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 313 Database Management System 3 1 0 35
ECE 357 Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 363 Database Management System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 370 Minor Project 0 0 2 10
Elective-II 3 1 0 35
Elective-III 3 1 0 35
HSS 151 Communication skill Lab
18 6 6 25
Open elective
Total contact hours 32
ECE 357 ECM 363 ECM 370 and HSS 151 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
This is an optional course and student can opt any one elective subject from university Approved Open Elective Subject List with the consent of ACDHEADCourse Mentor
Elective - II
1 ECE 310 ndash Microelectronics 2 ECE 311 ndash Micro controller amp Applications3 ECE 312 ndash Information Theory amp Coding4 ECE 313 ndash Reliability Engineering5 ECE 315 - Modern Control System6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective - III
1 CPE 405 - Soft Computing Techniques2 CPE 406 - Digital Image Processing3 CPE 313 - System Simulation amp Modeling4 CPE 318 - Business Intelligence5 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 45 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 46 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 311 INT EXT L T P CrARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have an appreciation for and understanding of both the achievements of AI and the theory underlying those achievements To have an appreciation for the engineering issues underlying the design of AI systems To have a basic proficiency in a traditional AI language including an ability to write simple to intermediate programs and an ability to understand code written in that language To have a basic understanding of some of the more advanced topics of AI such as learning natural language processing agents and robotics expert systems and planning
Section ndash A
Artificial Intelligence Techniques levels of models understand the importance functions advantages as well as the limitations of art ificial intelligence Use of Artificial Intell igence and intell igent agents
State space search control strategies heuristic search problem characteristics production system characteristics Mapping between facts and representations approaches to knowledge representation semantic sets frame conceptual depending scripts predictive logic resolution in predicate logic
Section ndash B
Procedural Vs declarative knowledge matching conflict resolution Non-monotonic reasoning default reasoning statistical reasoning knowledge extraction Investigate the roles and development methods of artificial intell igence in decision making processes Neural network resources cognitive science role of neural network in computer science
Characteristics of AI language LISP-symbol manipulation- basic l isp function predicated condition recursion iteration Array-lambda functions input-output statements AI problems pattern recognition voice recognition Feature Extraction
Text Books
1 Artificial Intelligence by Rich and Kinght TMH2 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence by Charniak and Mcdermott Addison-Wesley 1985 3 Essentials of Artificial Intelligence by Ginsburg Morgan Kaufmann 1993 4 Artificial Intelligence by Winston 3rd Edition Addison Wesley 1992 5 Artificial Intelligence by Padhy Oxford Press
P a g e 47 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 307 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective DSP makes use of mathematical methods in order to handle and analyze the signals The use of such mathematical methods allows extracting information and even modifying the signal in order to use it as we desire DSP so widespread today and applied in everything around us At the end of course students may able to apply different operations of DSP such as filtering noise cancelling enhancing distorting smoothing in many application eg audio and speech processing sonar radar and other sensor array processing spectral statistical signal processing digital image processing signal processing for telecommunications control systems biomedical engineering seismology among others
Section ndash A
Z-Transform Introduction to signals and systems Z-transform pair properties of region of convergence (ROC) for the Z-transform properties of Z-transform analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Z-transforms System functions for interconnection of LTI systems Block diagram representation for causal LTI systems
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) Frequency domain sampling and reconstruction of discrete t ime signals DFT inverse DFT (IDFT) DFT as a linear transformation relationship of the DFT to other transforms properties of DFT use of DFT in l inear fil tering fil tering of long sequences frequency analysis of signals using DFT
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Direct computation of DFT divide and conquer approach to computation of the DFT radix-2 FFT algorithms use of FFT algorithm for efficient computation of the DFT of two real sequences and of the DFT of a 2N point real sequence
Section ndash B
Digital Filter Structures Introduction structures for FIR systems Direct form cascade form and latt ice structure structures for IIR systems Direct form cascade form parallel form and latt ice structures Fixed point representation of numbers errors resulting from rounding and truncation
Design of Digital Filters General considerations causali ty and its implications characterist ics of practical frequency selective fi lters design of symmetric linear phase FIR filters using rectangular Kaiser and Hamming window Design of digital IIR fil ters using impulse invariance transformation method amp bilinear transformation method
Text Books
1 Johan G Proakis and Dimitris G Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithms and Applicationsrdquo PHI
2 Oppenheim amp Schafer ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo PHI
P a g e 48 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 312 INT EXT L T P CrIOT AND APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Effective usage of IoT deployment for different sectors Developing and modifying code for various sensor-based applications using wireless sensor modules and working with variety of modules like environmental and security module Exploring the features of predictive data analytics for IoT applications Modular hands on training will enable participants to conduct IoT related activities in academic environment and init iate new projects in Industrial sectors
Section ndash A
Introduction to IoT Defining IoT Characteristics of IoT Physical design of IoT Logical design of IoT Functional blocks of IoT Communication models amp APIs
IoTamp M2M Machine to Machine Difference between IoT and M2M Software define network
Network and communication aspects Wireless medium access issues MAC protocol survey Survey routing protocols sensor deployment amp Node Discovery Data aggregation amp dissemination
Section ndash B
Applications of IoT Home automation Industry applications Surveillance applications other IOT applications
Challenges in IoT Design challenges Development challenges security challenges other challenges
Developing IoT Introduction to different IoT tools developing applications through IoT tools Implementing various IoT concepts
Text Books
1 SAMuel Greengard ldquothe Internet of Thingsrdquo2 Klaus Schweb ldquoThe Fourth Industrial revolutionrdquo3 CunoPfister ldquoGetting Started with Internet of Thingsrdquo4 Peter Wahel ldquoLearning Internet of Things
P a g e 49 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 313 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the different issues involved in the design and implementation of a database system To study the physical and logical database designs database modeling relational hierarchical and network models To understand and use data manipulation language to query update and manage a database To develop an understanding of essential DBMS concepts such as database security integrity concurrency To design and build a simple database system
Section ndash A
Introduction to Database Concepts Difference between Database and non-database system Data independence DBMS Architecture components of a database system Advantages and disadvantages of Database system Intended Uses of a DBMS Schemas and Instances Database Languages and Interfaces Classification of Database Management Systems
Data Models Relational Model Network Model Hierarchical Model ER Model Design issues Mapping constraints keys ER diagram weak entity sets extended ER features Design of an ER Database schema Reduction of an ER Schema to tables Comparison of Models
Query Processing Fundamental of Relational Algebra Tuple and Domain Relational Calculus
Relational Query Languages SQL Basic SQL Select Statements Table Creation and Management Create Alter Drop and Rename Constraints Primary key Foreign key Unique Not null and Check Data Manipulation Insert Update and Delete Restricting rows in Select using Where clause Comparison operators Logical Operators Order by clause
Section ndash B
Database Design Integrity Constraints Domain constraints Referential integrity enti ty integrity specify these constraints in SQL specification of Additional Constraints as assertions and triggers
Functional dependencies Functional dependencies Decomposition Normalization using FDrsquos MVDrsquos and JDrsquos Domain key normal form
Query Optimization Translating SQL Queries into Relational Algebra Notation for Query Trees and Query Graphs Heuristic Optimization of Query Trees Transformation Rules for Relational Algebra Operations Heuristic Algebraic Optimization Algorithm Converting Query Trees into Query Execution Plans Cost Components in Query Optimization Using cost estimates in query optimization
Joining Data from Multiple Tables Equi Non-Equi Self and Outer Joins Single-row and Group functions Sub-queries
Additional Database Object Sequences Synonyms and Views
Text Books1 Navathe and Elmasri Fundamentals of Database Systems Pearson education2 Korth and Silberschatz Abraham Database Concepts McGraw Hall 19913 An introduction to database system by CJ Date (Addison Welsey Publishing
house)4 Bipin Desai Database System TMG5 Prateek Bhatia Database Management system Kalayani Publishers
P a g e 50 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 357 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study of basic commands of MATLAB
2 Unit Ramp Unit Step Exponential and addition of two sinusoidal sequences
3 Convolution sum of discrete signals
4 Cross- correlation of two sequences
5 Frequency response of discrete system
6 DFT of the given sequence
7 Poles zeros and gain of transfer function
8 Magnitude amp phase of DFT
9 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of FIR Filter
10 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of IIR Filter
11 Analysis of FIR and IIR Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
12 Analysis of FFT Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 51 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 363 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Install procedure of the latest SQL Server edition
2 Write a query to create a table in SQL
3 Write a query to alter a table in SQL
4 Write a query to delete a table in SQL
5 Write a query to insert update and delete rows in a table in SQL
6 Write a query demonstrate the use of foreign keys in SQL
7 Write a query demonstrate various integrity constraints in SQL
8 Write a query demonstrate various joins in SQL
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 52 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 370 INT EXT L T P CrMINOR PROJECT 50 50 0 0 2 10
Electronic hardware andor software project Working model of hardware andor software project with real world usage according to recent trends in engineering
P a g e 53 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 151 INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Recognizing and articulating speech sounds mock dialogueconversation
2 Making an oral presentation class seminars paper reading
3 Participating in a group discussion
4 Holding a mock meeting
5 Developing skills related to Business Correspondence
6 Preparation for participating in a mock interview for a job etc
7 Developing skills for conducting a meeting attending telephonic calls
8 Listening to a recorded conversation and reviewingdiscussing its contents and style
P a g e 54 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 310 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Microelectronics is the branch of science that deals with microcircuits One most commonly used example of microcircuit is IC ie Integrated Circuits IC is a single substrate or chip on which active and passive components are fabricated the number of components which are fabricated on IC can give miniaturization of ICrsquoS This course provides a detailed fundamental analysis and discussion on various ICrsquos there fabrication steps and fabrication of BJTrsquos MOSFETS and CMOS This course than covers designing of layouts and stick diagram using NMOS PMOS and CMOS technology After successful completion of the device students will acquire a thorough understanding on the devices and be able to apply the knowledge to the development of new and novel devices for different applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Classification of integrated circuits (ICs) thick film thin film amp hybrid ICs Fabrication and component design resistor capacitors and inductors design and fabrication
Monolithic Techniques Process on sil icon crystals line growth refining substrate slicing polishing chemical vapor deposition thermal oxidation photolithography diffusion impurities diffusion system ion implantation metall ization isolation
Monolithic Components Bipolar IC process MOS IC process BJT construction diode instruction FET and MOS construction and resistors capacitors and inductors op-amp and voltage regulators design and fabrication
Section ndash B
LSI Circuits Brief introduction to LSI circuits realization of inter connection and realization of integrated elements
Basic VLSI Design Basic MOS transistor and working NMOS and CMOS fabrication thermal aspects MOS and VLSI some electrical properties of MOS design process circuit components system design and layout and scaling of MOS circuit some application of VLSI circuits like PLA
Text Books
1 SM Sze semiconductor device fundamentals Addison Wesley2 Howe R T and C G Sodini Microelectronics An Integrated Approach Upper Saddle River NJ
Prentice Hall 1996 ISBN 01358851833 N Weste and K Eshranghian Principles of CMOS VLSI Design Addison Wesley 19984 Jacob Backer Harry W Li and David E Boyce CMOS Circuit Design Layout and Simulation
Prentice Hall of India 1998 5 L Glaser and D Dobberpuhl The Design and Analysis of VLSI Circuitsrdquo Addison Wesley 19936 Fonstad C G Microelectronic Devices and Circuits New York NY McGraw-Hill 1994 ISBN
00702149647 Sedra A S and K C Smith Microelectronic Circuits 4th ed New York NY Oxford University
Press 1998 ISBN 01951166318 Pierret R F Semiconductor Device Fundamentals Upper Saddle River NJ Prentice Hall 1995 ISBN
0201543931
P a g e 55 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 311 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROCONTROLLER amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course provides ability to understand the basic concepts of microcontroller and its internal architecture The students would be able to learn the logic for assembly language programming It also provides the understanding about interfacing of input output devices with microcontroller So the overall objective of this subject is to make students aware of microcontrollers and their applications for serial parallel communication input output devices control and microcontroller-based projects
Section ndash A
Introduction 8051 Micro controller Comparison of Microprocessor and Microcontroller microcontroller and embedded processors processor Architecture - Harvard versus Princeton (Von Neumann) CISC versus RISC overview of 8051 families and other microcontrollers in use PIC ATMEL 8051 Pin description connections memory organization memory space of 8051 8051 flag bits and PSW register Register banks and stack
Instruction Familiarization Addressing modes and accessing memory using various addressing modes Arithmetic Logical jump loop and call instructions single bit instructions t ime delay generation amp calculation bit manipulation and programming Development system tools Data Types and directives 8051 assembly Language Programming Assembling an 8051 program
Section ndash B
Interrupt amp Embedded Device Programming Interrupts external amp internal hardware interrupts priority programmable IO Port Timercounter Serial Communication connection to RS 232
Real World Interfacing Interfacing of external memory RAM amp EPROM LCD ADC DAC sensors stepper motor and keyboard Interfacing to enhance 8051 capabili ties with 8255 amp Timer chips
Text Books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems -Ali Mazidi Pearson Education2 Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller -Myke Predko Tata Mc Graw Hill
Reference books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture Programming and appl -Kenneth Ayala Penram International2 Microcontrollers theory amp applications -Ajay V Deshmukh Mc Graw Hill
P a g e 56 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 312 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION THEORY AND CODING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Course will help to analyse error performance of a digital communication system in presence of noise and other interferences and it will help to improve the performance of the system The course will also build fundamental understanding of information theory and coding
Section ndash A
Discrete messages Concept of amount of information Average information and Entropy Information rate Coding to increase Average Information per bit Shannon s theorem Channel Capacity Gaussian channel Capacity Bandwidth-SN tradeoff use of orthogonal signals to attain Shannons limit Efficiency of Orthogonal signal transmission
Channel Coding bounds on communication Coding for Reliable Communication Parity check bit coding for Error detection Coding for Error Detection and Correction Linear Block Codes Cyclic Codes Golay Codes BCH codes Examples of algebraic codes Single Parity check bit code Repeated codes Hadaward code Hamming code
Section ndash B
Burst error correction introduction Block interleaving Convolution Interleaving Reed-Solo9mon (RS) code Concatenated codes Convolution Coding decoding of a Convolution Code Code tree decoding in the presence of noise sequential decoding State and Trellis diagram Viterbi algorithm
Probabili ty of Error of Convolution Codes Comparison of Error rates in Coded and Uncoded transmission Automatic-Repeat-Request (ARQ) Performance of ARQ Systems throughput of the stop amp wait ARQ throughput of Go-Back-N ARQ Selective Repeat ARQ Trellis decoded modulation
Text Books
1 Principles of communication systems by Taub amp Schilling Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing 2 Communication system engineering by Proakis TMH3 Digital Communications by Proakis TMH4 Introduction to the theory of error correcting codes Vera press 19925 Information theory amp reliable communication by Robert G Gallanger McGraw Hill 1992
P a g e 57 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 313 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrRELIABILITY ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Understanding of basic principles rather than lsquocook bookrsquo use of tables or handbooks Application to system requirements design manufacturing and testing with real-world examples
Section ndash A
Concept of Reliability Failures of systems and its modes Measure of Reliability Reliability function Hazard rate MTBF and their interrelations
Reliability Data and Analysis Data sources Data collection use of Reliability Data Reliability Analysis Performance Parameters calculation of failure rate Application of Weibull distribution
System Reliability and Modeling Series systems Parallel system series parallel systems Time dependence Reliability Determination stand-by systems r out of n Configurations Methods of tie set and cut sets of Or reliability evaluation simulation and Reliability prediction Monte Carlo method concepts of network topology Overall reliability evolution
Section ndash B
Maintainability and Availability Maintainability and its equation Factors affecting maintainability Measures of Maintainability Mean Down Time Availability Intrinsic availability equipment availability amp Mission availability Replacement processes and Policies
Life Testing of Equipment Non-destructive tests destruction tests and their Mathematic Modeling Quality and Reliability Measurement amp prediction of Human Reliability Reliability and safety safety margins in critical Devices case studies
Value Engineering Techniques in value Engineering Structure of value Engineering Reliability Management
Text Books
1 Reliability Engg By Govil2 Reliability Engg By Dr AK Aggarwal 19923 Related IEEEIEE publications
P a g e 58 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 315 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMODERN CONTROL SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Analyze dynamics of a linear system by State Space Representation Determine the stability of a linear system using pole-placement technique Design state observers Analyze basics of Non-linear control system Determine the stabili ty of Non-linear systems6 Realize the structure of a discrete time system and model i ts action mathematically
Section ndash A
Digital Control Introduction to digital control sampling Data reconstruction principles Pulse transfer functions Block diagram amp signal flow graph Digital Control Techniques- PID Deadbeat
Time domain analysis correlation between time response amp root location in S amp Z transform effect of pole-zero configuration in Z-plane on maximum overshoot amp peak time transient response
Stability in Z-plane using modified Routhrsquos criteria Jurys criteria
State Variable Analysis and Design Review of state space representation for l inear continuous time system solution of linear time invariant state equations controllabili ty and observability solution of state equation for discrete system state space analysis of discrete time systems pole placement Techniques
Section ndash B
Non-Linear Control System Introduction to non-linear feedback control system special features of linear system l imit cycle jump response sub harmonies etc describing function and phase plane techniques for analysis of non-linear system concept of local global asymptotic and total stability of non-linear system Liapunovs stability criterion
Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Basic Principles of Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Model Reference Adaptive Control Types of Learning-Supervised and Un-Supervised Learning Control Systems On-line and Off-line Learning Control Systems
Text Books
1 Katsuhiko Ogata Modern Control Engineering Prentice-Hall of India New Delhi 2 J Nagarath and M Gopal Control system Engineering New Age International (P) Ltd 3 Katsuhiko Ogata State Space Analysis of Control Systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 4 Benjamin C Kuo and Farid Golnaraghi Automatic Control Systems 8th Edition John Wiley amp Sons 5 H Khalil Nonlinear Control systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 6 Control System Engineering by Norman S Nise Wiley7 Modern Control System by RC Dorf RH Bishop Addision Wesley8 Digital Control amp State Variable Methods by M Gopal TMH9 Brogan W L Modern Control theory Prentice Hall International New Jersey
P a g e 59 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 405 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives It deals with Introduction and different architectures of neural network It deals with the Application of Neural Networks It deals with Genetic Algorithms and Hybrid Systems
Section ndash A
Introduction What is Soft Computing Difference between Hard and Soft computing Requirement of Soft computing Major Areas of Soft Computing Applications of Soft Computing
Neural Networks What is Neural Network Learning rules and various activation functions Single layer Perceptrons Back Propagation networks Architecture of Backpropagation (BP) Networks Backpropagation Learning Variation of Standard Back propagation Neural Network Introduction to Associative Memory Adaptive Resonance theory and Self Organizing Map Recent Applications
Section ndash B
Genetic Algorithm History of Genetic Algorithms (GA) Working Principle Various Encoding methods Fitness function GA Operators- Reproduction Crossover Mutation Convergence of GA Bit wise operation in GA Multi-level Optimization
GA based Backpropagation Networks GA based Weight Determination K - factor determination in Columns
Hybrid Systems Sequential Hybrid Systems Auxiliary Hybrid Systems Embedded Hybrid Systems Neuro-Fuzzy Hybrid Systems Neuro-Genetic Hybrid Systems Fuzzy-Genetic Hybrid Systems
Text Books
1 Rao Vallinu Band Rao Hayagriva Neural networks and fuzzy Logic second edition BPB Publication
2 Berkan C Riza Trubatch L Sheldon Fuzzy Systems design Principlea IEEE Press standard publishers
3 Freeman A James Skapura M David- neural networks algorithms applications and programming4 Soft Computing by Fred Aminzadel amp Jamshich Prentice Hall
P a g e 60 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 406 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understand what MFAs do and how they work Understand the fundamentals of diplomatic negotiations Understand bilateral and multi lateral diplomacy Understand subject-specific diplomacy Understand what makes a document a ldquotreatyrdquo Be aware of historical cases relevant to various diplomatic methods
Section ndash A
Introduction and Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image representation Fundamental steps in Image processing Elements of digital Image processing Sampling and quantization some basic relationships l ike neighborrsquos connectivity distance measure between pixels Image geometry
Image Transforms Discrete Fourier transform Some properties of two-dimensional Fourier transform Fast Fourier transform Inverse FFT
Image Enhancement Point Operations Histograms Spatial Domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement by point processing Spatial fil tering low pass filtering High pass fil tering Homomorphic fi ltering Color image processing Image Restoration Degradation model Algebraic approach to Restoration Inverse fi ltering Wiener fil ter Constrained least square restoration Interactive restoration Restoration in spatial domain
Section ndash B
Image Compression Coding Inter-pixel and Psycho visual redundancy Image Compression models Error free compression Lossy Compression Image Compression standards
Image Segmentation Detection of discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection Thresholding Region Orientation Segmentation Motion based segmentation
Representation and Description Representation schemes l ike chain coding Polygonal approximation Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary Description Regional descriptors Morphology
Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and pattern classes Decision Theoretic methods Structural methods Interpretation
Text Books
1 AK Jainrdquo Fundamentals of Digital Image Processingrdquo Pearson Education2 Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo AWL3 W K Prattrdquo Digital Image Processingrdquo4 Ramesh Jain Brian G Schunck ldquoMachine Visionrdquo TMH
P a g e 61 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 313 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSYSTEM SIMULATION amp MODELING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Systems modeling general systems theory Concept of simulation Simulation as a decision-making tool types of simulation Simulation Terminologies- Application areas ndash Model Classification ndashTypes of Simulation- Steps in a Simulation study- Concepts in Discrete Event Simulation - Simulation Examples
Statistical Models Concepts Discrete Distribution Continuous Distribution Poisson Process Empirical Distributions- Queueing Models ndash Characteristics Notation ndash Queueing Systems ndash Markovian Models- Properties of random numbers- Generation of Pseudo Random numbers- Techniques for generating random numbers-Testing random number generators- Generating Random-Variates- Inverse Transform technique ndash Acceptance- Rejection technique Composition amp Convolution Method
Section ndash B
Design of Simulation Experiments Problem formulation data collection and reduction time flow mechanism key variables logic flow chart starting condition run size experimental design consideration output analysis and interpretation validation input modeling Data collection Assessing sample independence Hypothesizing distribution family with data Parameter Estimation Goodness-of-fit tests Selecting input models in absence of data Output analysis for a Single system Terminating Simulations Steady state simulations
Development of simulation models using simulation language studied for systems like queuing systems Production systems Inventory systems maintenance and replacement systems and Investment analysis Simulation Tools ndash Model Input High level computer system simulation CPU ndashMemory Simulation Comparison of systems via simulation ndash Simulation Programming techniques - Development of Simulation models Simulation programming languages ndash simulation suitability with characterist ics Comparison and selection of simulation languages study of any one simulation language
Text Books
1 Jerry Banks and John Carson ldquoDiscrete Event System Simulationrdquo Fourth Edition PHI 20052 Geoffrey Gordon ldquoSystem Simulationrdquo Second Edition PHI 20063 Narsingh Deo ldquoSystem Simulation with Digital Computer ldquoPrentice Hall India 20014 Frank L Severance ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulationrdquo Wiley 20015 Jerry Banks ldquoHandbook of Simulation Principles Methodology Advances Applications and Practicerdquo
Wiley 1998
P a g e 62 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 318 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrBUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to digital data and its types ndash structured semi-structured and unstructured Introduction to OLTP and OLAP (MOLAP ROLAP HOLAP) BI Definitions amp Concepts BI Framework Data Warehousing concepts and its role in BI BI Infrastructure Components ndash BI Process BI Technology BI Roles amp Responsibili ties Business Applications of BI BI best practices
Basics of Data Integration (Extraction Transformation Loading) Concepts of data integration needs and advantages of using data integration introduction to common data integration approaches Meta data - types and sources Introduction to data quality data profiling concepts and applications introduction to ETL using Kettle
Section ndash B
Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling Introduction to data and dimension modeling multidimensional data model ER Modeling vs multi-dimensional modeling concepts of dimensions facts cubes attribute hierarchies star and snowflake schema introduction to business metrics and KPIs creating cubes using Microsoft Excel
Basics of Enterprise Reporting A typical enterprise Malcolm Baldrige - quality performance framework balanced scorecard enterprise dashboard balanced scorecard vs enterprise dashboard enterprise reporting using MS Access MS Excel best practices in the design of enterprise dashboards
Text Books
1 RN Prasad and Seema Acharya Fundamentals of Business Analytics Wiley India Ltd2 Mike Biere Business Intelligence for the Enterprise Prentice Hall Professional3 Teo Lachev Applied Microsoft Analysis Services 2005 And Microsoft Business Intelligence Platform
Prologika Press4 David Taniar Progressive methods in data warehousing and business intelligence concepts and
competitive analytics Idea Group Inc (IGI)5 Data warehousing the ultimate guide to building corporate business intelligence Birkhaumluser6 Mark Humphries Michael W Hawkins Michelle C Dy Data warehousing architecture and
implementation Prentice Hall Professional
P a g e 63 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 7th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 401 Cryptography and Network Security 3 1 0 35
ECE 413 Wireless amp Mobile Communications 3 1 0 35
ECM 402 Big Data amp Cloud Computing 3 1 0 35
ECE 304 Digital System Design 3 1 0 35
ECE 453 Wireless amp Mobile Communications Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 354 Digital Signal Design Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 453 Software Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective - IV 3 1 0 35
Elective ndash V 3 1 0 35
18 6 6 24
Total contact hours 30
ECE 453 ECE 354 amp ECM 453 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
Elective - IV
1 CPE 402 - Data Mining amp Warehousing2 CPE 403 - Information Security and Cyber Law3 CPE 308 - Computer Graphics4 CPE 409 - Advanced Computer Architecture5 CPE 304 - JAVA Programming6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective ndash V
1 ECE 401 - Microwave Engineering2 ECE 416 - Radar and Satellite Communication3 ECE 415 - Advanced Communication System4 ECE 407 - Nano Electronics5 ECE 408 - Biomedical Instrumentation6 ECE 409 - Optical Networks7 ECE 410 - Digital VLSI Design8 ECE 412 - Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic9 ECE 417 - RF System Design10 ECE 418 - Digital Image and Speech Processing11 ECE 321 ndash Optical Fiber Communications12 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
P a g e 64 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 65 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 401 INT EXT L T P CrCRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Conventional Encryption Introduction Conventional encryption model Steganography Data Encryption Standard block cipher Encryption algorithms confidentiality Key distribution
Public Key Encryption and Hashing Principles of public key cryptosystems RSA algorithm Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange Elliptic curve cryptology message authentication and Hash functions Hash and Mac algorithms Digital signatures
IP Security IP Security Overview IP security Architecture authentication Header Security payload security associations Key Management
Section ndash B
Web Security Web security requirement secure sockets layer transport layer security secure electronic transaction dual signature
Security System Intruders Viruses Worms firewall design Trusted systems antivirus techniques digital Immune systems
Text Books
1 William Stallings Cryptography and Network security 2nd ed Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
1999
2 Baldwin R and Rivest R The RC5 RC5-CBC RC5-CBC-Pad and RC5-CTS Algorithmsrdquo
October1996
P a g e 66 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 413 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Wireless communication has become a ubiquitous part of modern life from global cellular telephone systems to local and even personal area network The objective of the course is that students should be able to familiarize with the evolution and basics of wireless communication technology identify and explain various wireless systems design aspects of cellular systems radio propagation mechanism fading and upcoming wireless networks
Course Outcomes By the end of this course the students will be able to Explain the fundamental concepts of wireless communication systems Learn cellular system design basics and frequency management techniques Describe capacity increase mechanisms interference reduction strategies and long-distance propagation concepts Understand effects of fading voice coding techniques and signal processing in GSM network Update themselves with recent technology and happenings in the field of mobile technology
Section ndash A
Introduction History of wireless communication Future trends in cellular radio and personal communications Second generation (2G) cellular networks evolution to 25G wireless networks (HSCSD GPRS and EDGE for 25G GSM and IS-136 IS-95B for 25G CDMA) 3G Wireless Networks 3G W-CDMA (UMTS) 3G CDMA 2000 3G TD-SCDMA Wireless local loop (WLL) and LMDS WLANs Bluetooth and PANs
Cellular Concepts Introduction frequency reuse channel alignment strategies hand off strategies interference and system capacity Trunking and grade of service improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems using cell splitting sectoring cellular system design considerations
Mobile Radio Propagation Large scale path loss Introduction to radio wave propagation Free space propagation model Three basic propagation mechanism reflection ground reflection (two-ray) model Diffraction scattering shadow fading combined path loss and shadowing
Section ndash B
Small Scale Fading and Multipath Introduction small scale multipath propagation Impulse response of a multipath channel Factors influencing small scale fading parameters of mobile multipath channels (time dispersion coherence bandwidth doppler spread and coherence time) Types of small scale fading Rayleigh Rician and Nakagami fading distributions
Spread Spectrum Modulation Techniques Pseudo- noise (PN) sequences DS-SS FH-SS Block diagram of IS-95 forward link block diagram of IS-95 reverse link GSM (Architecture Channels and signal processing)
Current and upcoming Wireless Systems 4G LTE 5G Adhoc networks
Text Books
1 Mobile cellular Telecommunications William C Y Lee 2nd Edition McGraw Hill Latest edition
2 Wireless and Digital communications Dr Kamilo Feher 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
3 Wireless communication principal amppractice TS Rappaport 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
4 Wireless Communications- Andrea Goldsmith Cambridge University Press
P a g e 67 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 402 INT EXT L T P CrBIG DATA amp CLOUD COMPUTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn how to use Cloud Services To implement Virtualization To implement Task Scheduling algorithms Apply Map-Reduce concept to applications To build Private Cloud Broadly educate to know the impact of engineering on legal and societal issues involved
Section ndash A
Introduction Big Data and its importance Four Vrsquos Drivers for Big data Big data analytics Big data applications
Introduction to Hadoop Hadoop Eco System Moving Data in and out of Hadoop Understanding inputs and outputs of MapReduce
NoSQL Use of NoSQL Types of NoSQL databases Advantages of NoSQL SQL vs NoSQL
MongoDB Introduction to MongoDB key features Core Server tools MongoDB through the JavaScriptrsquos Shell Creating and Querying through Indexes Document-Oriented principles of schema design Constructing queries on Databases collections and documents MongoDB Query Language
Section ndash B
Recent trends in Computing Grid Computing Cluster Computing Distributed Computing Utility Computing Cloud computing
Cloud Computing Architecture Comparison with clientserver computing architecture Services provided at various levels Role of Networks in Cloud computing protocols used Role of Web services Service Models (XaaS) Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) Platform as a Service (PaaS) Software as a Service (SaaS) Public cloud Private cloud Hybrid cloud Community cloud
Cloud Security Infrastructure Security Network level security Host level security Application level security Data security and Storage Data privacy and security issues Jurisdictional issues raised by Data location Identity amp Access Management Access Control Trust Reputation Risk Authentication in cloud computing Client access in cloud Cloud contracting Model Commercial and business considerations
Text Books
1 Cloud Computing Bible Barrie Sosinsky Wiley-India 2010
2 Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms Editors Rajkumar Buyya James Broberg Andrzej M
Goscinski Wiley 2011
3 Cloud Computing Principles Systems and Applications Editors Nikos Antonopoulos Lee Gillam
Springer 2012
4 Cloud Security A Comprehensive Guide to Secure Cloud Computing Ronald L Krutz Russell Dean
Vines Wiley-India 2010
5 Boris lublinsky Kevin t Smith AlexeyYakubovich Professional Hadoop Solutions Wiley ISBN
9788126551071 2015
6 Chris EatonDirk derooset al Understanding Big data McGraw Hill 2012
7 BIG Data and Analytics Sima Acharya Subhashini Chhellappan Willey
P a g e 68 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 304 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of i terative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Review of Digital Electronics Concept MSI and LSI Circuits and Their Applications Arithmetic Circuits Comparators Multiplexers Code Converters XOR And AND-OR INVERTER Gates Wired Logic Bus Oriented Structures Tri-State Bus System Propagation Delay
Sequential Machines The Concept of Memory The Binary Cell The Cell and The Bouncing Switch Set Reset D Clocked T Clocked JK Flip Flop Design of Clock FF State Diagram Synchronous Analysis Process Design Steps for Traditional Synchronous Sequential Circuits State Reduction Design Steps for Next State Decoders Design of Out Put Decoders
Section ndash B
Multi Input System Controller Design System Controllers Design Phases and System Documentation Defining the System Timing and Frequency Considerations MDS Diagram State Assignment Next State Decoders and Its Maps Output Decoders ROM PLA And PAL Based Design
Asynchronous Finite State Machines Scope Asynchronous Analysis Design of Asynchronous Machines Cycle and Races Plotting and Reading the Excitation Map Hazards Essential Hazards Map Entered Variable MEV Approaches to Asynchronous Design Hazards in Circuit Developed by MEV Method
Text Books
1 Fletcher WI Engineering Approach to Digital Design Prentice Hall of India (2007) 4th ed2 Wakerly JF Digital Design Principles and Practices Prentice Hall of India (2013) 5th ed
Reference Books
1 Givone D D Digital Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill (2007) 2nd ed2 Tocci RJ Digital Systems Principles and Applications Prentice-Hall (2006) 10th ed3 Mano MM and Clitti M D Digital Design Prentice Hall (2001) 3rd ed
P a g e 69 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 453 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Note Do any Eight Experiments
I On Satellite Trainer Kit
1 Understanding the basic concepts of satellite Communication 2 Establish direct Communication link between uplink transmitter and downlink receiver using tone
signal 3 To Setup an active Satellite link and Demonstrate link fail Operations 4 To Establish an Audio-Video Satellite link between Transmitter and Receiver 5 To Communicate Voice Signal Through Satellite Link 6 To change different combinations of Uplink amp Downlink frequencies and to check Communication
Link 7 To Transmit and Receive 3 Separate Signals (Audio Video Tone) Simultaneously through Satellite
Link 8 To Transmit and Receive Function Generator Waveforms Through Satellite Link 9 To Transmit and Receive PC Data Through Satellite Link
II On Mobile Phone Trainer Kit
1 To study the Tx IQRx IQ Signals 2 To Observe signal constellation of GMSK signal 3 To Study the Working of Audio IC 4 To Study the Working of a SIM card in a GSM handset 5 To Study SIM CARD Detection
III On Antenna Trainer Kit
1 To study Antenna Trainer Kit 2 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Dipole 3 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ4 Dipole 4 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Folded Dipole 5 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample other Antennas
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 70 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 354 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Design all logic gates using VHDL
2 Write a VHDL programs for Half Adder circuit
3 Write a VHDL programs for Full Adder circuit
4 Write a VHDL programs for Multiplexer amp Demultiplexer circuits
5 Write a VHDL programs for Encoder amp Decoder circuits
6 Write a VHDL programs for Comparator circuit
7 Write a VHDL programs for Code Converter circuit
8 Write a VHDL programs for Flip-Flop circuit
9 Write a VHDL programs for Counter circuit
10 Write a VHDL programs for Register amp Shift Register circuits
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 71 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 453 INT EXT L T P CrSOFTWARE LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
Experiments The list of experiments will be based on the current market requirements and recent trends in latest software regime being followed to employ students with best in class skills at that present time
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 72 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 402 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrDATA MINING amp WAREHOUSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To introduce students to the basic concepts and techniques of Data Mining To develop skills of using recent data mining software for solving practical problems To gain experience of doing independent study and research To study the methodology of engineering legacy databases for data warehousing and data mining to derive business rules for decision support systems Develop and apply critical thinking problem-solving and decision-making skills Develop and apply enthusiasm for learning Class participation is encouraged in this course
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to RDBMS data warehouse transactional databases data mining functionalities classification of data mining system major issues in data mining
Data Preprocessing Data Cleaning Data Integration and Transformation Data Reduction Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation
Data Warehouse And OLAP Need for Data Warehousing Difference from Traditional Databases Data Warehouse Architecture Multidimensional Data Model Schemas for Multi-Dimensional Model Star Snowflake amp Fact Constellation OLAP Operations Types of OLAP Servers ROLAP Versus MOLAP Versus HOLAP
Introduction to Data Mining Basics of data mining Data mining techniques KDP (Knowledge Discovery Process) Application and Challenges of Data Mining Security Issue Privacy Issue
Section ndash B
Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Apriori Algorithm FP Growth Algorithm latest trends in association rules mining
Classification and Clustering classification and prediction issues regarding classification and prediction decision tree induction algorithm rule-based classification using if-then rules for classification prediction linear amp nonlinear regression cluster analysis type of data for cluster analysis introduction to Categorization of Major Clustering Methods Classical Parti tioning Method k-Means
Introduction to Mining Complex Types of Data Complex data objects Mining spatial databases Multimedia databases Time Series and sequence databases Text databases and World Wide Web
Text Books
1 Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo 2 gan Kaufmann Publishers 2000 (ISBN 1-55860-489-8)3 Ian H Witten and Eibe Frank ldquoData Mining Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques with
Java implementationsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers San Fransisco CA (2000)4 Dorian Pyle ldquoData Preparation for Data Miningrdquo Morgan Kaufmann (1999)5 Korth Silbertz Sudarshan ldquoDatabase Conceptsrdquo McGraw Hill6 Elmasri Navathe ldquoFundamentals Of Database Systemsrdquo Addision Wesley
P a g e 73 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 403 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION SECURITY AND CYBER LAW 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To provide an understanding Computer forensics fundamental To analyze various computer forensics technologies To provide computer forensics systems To identify methods for data recovery To apply the methods for preservation of digital evidence
Section ndash A
Introduction to Internet Cyber Space and threats Computer Storage Cell Phone Mobile Forensics Computer Ethics and Application Programs
Electronic and Digital Signatures -Intellectual Property ndash Data Protection and Privacy Need for cyber law and forensics Jurisprudence of Indian Cyber Law
Foot printing WHOIS and DNS enumeration network reconnaissance Email spoofing Email bombing Data diddling Denial of service attack Virusworm attacks- trojans and keyloggers Internet t ime theft Web jacking Phishing-Smishing-Vishing-Identity theft Cyber terrorism- use of encryption by terrorists Human trafficking
Section ndash B
The Legal Perspective ndash The IT Act Challenges faced by IT Act and its amendments Sections Under IT Act- Section 43656667686970 Section relevant to cybercrime under IPC (Indian Penal Code)
Ethical hacking Need penetration testing Information gathering tools like n-map vulnerabili ty detection scanners like nessus nexpose information analysis and planning attack and penetration tools like Metasploit results analysis and reporting
Text Books
1 Cyber Security - Understanding cybercrimes computer forensics and legal perspectives by Nina Godbole and Sunit Belapure
2 System Forensics by Ankit Fadia 3 hacking Exposed network security secrets and solutions by Stuart McClure Scambray and Kurtz Tata
McGraw Hill
P a g e 74 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 308 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER GRAPHICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course objectives To provide comprehensive introduction about computer graphics system design algorithms and two-dimensional transformations To make the students familiar with techniques of clipping three-dimensional graphics and three-dimensional transformations The computer graphics course prepares students for activit ies involving in design development and testing of modeling rendering shading and animation
Section ndash A
Graphics Hardware Raster CRTs Raster and Random Scan Displays Display Controllers and Processors Graphics Input Devices Applications of Computer Graphics
Raster Scan Conversion Algorithms Line Drawing Algorithms (DDA amp Bresenhamrsquos) Circle Drawing Algorithms (Mid-Point and Bresenhamrsquos)
Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Rotation and Scaling) Matrix Representation and Homogenous Coordinates Shear and Reflection Transformations Composite TransformationsFilling Region fi lling Algorithms (Boundary Fill and Flood Fill)
Section ndash B
Windowing and Clipping Viewing pipeline viewing transformations 2-D Clipping algorithms- Line clipping algorithms (Cohen Sutherland Liang Barsky algorithm) Polygon clipping (Sutherland Hodgeman polygon clipping Weiler and Atherton polygon clipping)
Three-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Scaling Rotation) Composite transformations
Projections Parallel and Perspective
Visible Surface Detection Methods Depth Buffer Method A-Buffer Method Scan Line Method Area Subdivision Method
Shading Gouraud and Phong Shading Algorithms Properties of Bezier and B-Spline Curves
Text Books
1 Computer Graphics By Donald Hearn M Pauline Baker2 Computer Graphics (Schaum Series) by Lipschutz (MC Graw Hill)3 Principles of Interactive Computer graphics By WM Newman R Sproull4 Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics By JD Foley A Van Dam5 Computer Graphics Using OPEN GL By FS Hill Jr6 Computer Graphics Roy A Plastock Gordon Kalley
P a g e 75 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 409 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction to Parallel Processing Evolution of Computer Architecture Parallelism in Uniprocessor System Parallel Computer Structures Architectural Classifications Schemes Multiprocessors and Multicomputers Multisector and SIMD Computers Parallel processing application
Memory and input output subsystems Hierarchical Memory structure Virtual memory system Memory Allocation and Management Cache Memories and Management Input-Output Subsystem
Pipelining and Vector Processing Pipelining Instruction and Arithmetic Pipelines Principles of Designing Pipelined Processors Vector Processing Requirements Vector Super Computers Pipeline Chaining and Vector Loops Vectorization and Optimization Methods
Section ndash B
Structures and Algorithms for Array Processors SIMD Array Processors SIMD Interconnection Networks Static amp Dynamic Networks Mesh Connected Network Cube interconnection Networks Parallel Algorithms for array processors Associative Array Processing
Multiprocessor Architecture and Programming Functional Structures Interconnection Networks Multi stage networks for multiprocessors Parallel Memory Organization Multiprocessor Operating System Exploiting Concurrency for Multiprocessing
Text Books
1 Hawang kai Briggs FA Computer Architectures and Parallel Processing McGraw-Hill2 Kain Richard Y Advanced Computer Architecture PHI3 Hwang Kai Advanced Computer Architecture McGraw-Hill4 Mano M Computer System Architecture PHI
P a g e 76 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 304 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrJAVA PROGRAMMING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The model of object-oriented programming abstract data types encapsulation inheritance and polymorphism Fundamental features of an object-oriented language like Java object classes and interfaces exceptions and libraries of object collections How to take the statement of a business problem and from this determine suitable logic for solving the problem then be able to proceed to code that logic as a program written in Java How to test document and prepare a professional looking package for each business project using javadoc
Section ndash A Introduction to Java Features of Java difference between Java and C++ JVM Bytecode data types Wrapper types variables arrays operators-arithmetic bit-wise relational Boolean various control statements
Introduction to Classes Class fundamentals declaring objects methods constructors garbage collection passing parameters to methods recursion
Inheritance types of inheritance Access Modifiers (Private Public Protected Default) Polymorphism (Overloading Overriding Super amp This Keyword) Final Variable Final Classes amp Methods Static variable Static method Abstract methods and classes Packages and interfaces importing packages
Exception Handling Exception types try catch finally throw and throws creating exception subclasses
Section ndash BMultithreading Multithread programming thread priorities synchronization interthread communication Thread class methods runnable interface
IO InputOutput streams reading and writing console inputoutput reading and writing files
Applets and Graphics Applet fundamentals Applet class Applet init ialization and termination event handling keyboard and mouse events AWT class Layout managers panels canvases Frame windows drawing lines rectangles ell ipses
JDBC programming Commonly used classes and interfaces of javasql package connecting java application to a database prepared statements
Advance Concepts Introduction to Java Beans Java Swings Java Server Pages
Recommended Books
1 Dietel and Dietal Java How to Program 6th Edition Pearson Education 2 Herbert Schildt The Complete Reference Java2 TMH 3 James Edward Keogh Jim Keogh J2EE The complete Reference McGraw-Hill
P a g e 77 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 401 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrMICROWAVE ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilities in Microwave engineering through understanding of electromagnetic wave generation transmission and measurements theory and technology by study of microwave transmission medium media and microwave devices and components
Section ndash A
Microwave Tubes and Circuits High frequency limitations of conventional tubes klystrons ndash two cavity klystron multicavity klystron Reflex klystron Travelling wave magnetron - operation and characteristics Helix TWT construction operation and applications
Microwave Solid State Devices amp Their Applications Classification of Microwave Devices Diodes-PIN diode Tunnel Diode varactor and step recovery diodes Transferred Electron Devices- GUNN Diode Avalanche transit time effect- IMPATT Microwave Transistors and high electron mobility transistor-characteristics and performance
Section ndash B
Microwave Components Waveguide Microwave Junctions Scattering matrix and their properties Microwave T junctions ndash H Plane Tee E Plane Tee Magic Tee Rat Race Junction Directional coupler ndashscattering matrix of a directional coupler Waveguide joints bends corners re-entrant cavities Ferrite devices ndash faraday rotation in devices circulator amp isolator phase shifters and microwave attenuators
Microwave Measurements General measurement setup Microwave bench power measurement ndash low medium amp high Attenuation measurement Measurement of VSWR Smith Charts Measurement of Impedance Impedance matching-single and double stub tuners
Text Books
1 Microwave devices and circuits Samuel Liao PHI2 Microwave devices and radar Engg M Kulkarni Umesh Publications3 Foundation of Microwave Engg RE Collin McGraw Hill4 Microwave Engg KC Gupta
P a g e 78 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 416 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRADAR amp SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The objective of this course is to understand analysis of waveguides and gain complete knowledge about microwave components design of impedance matching and tuning using lumped and distributed elements for network to analyze and study characteristics of microwave tube generators and amplifiers and study different RADARs and its supporting systems The course will also provide an in-depth understanding of different concepts used in a satellite communication system like the tools necessary for the calculation of basic parameters in a satellite communication system knowledge about every aspect of satellite communication such as orbital mechanics launching techniques satellite link design earth station technology and different access system towards a satellite
Section ndash A Introduction To Radar Basic Radar Radar equation Radar Block diagram Radar frequencies applications of Radar detection of signals in noise receiver noise and Signal to Noise ratio Probability of detection and false Alarm integration of Radar pulses Radar cross section targets Radar cross section of Fluctuations Antenna parameters system losses
MTI and Doppler Radar Introduction to Doppler and MTI Radar Delay line cancellers Staggered Pulse repetition Frequencies Moving Target Detector Limitations of moving platform Pulse Doppler Radar tracking with Radar Monopulse Tracking Conical Scan and sequential Lobing Limitation to tracking accuracy Tracking in Range
Section ndash B
Orbital aspects of Satellite Communication Introduction to geo-synchronous and geo-stationary satellites Keplerrsquos laws Locating the satellite with respect to the earth sub-satellite point look angles mechanics of launching a synchronous satellite Orbital effects Indian scenario in communication satellites Satellite sub-systems Attitude and Orbit control systems Telemetry Tracking and command control system Power supply system Space craft antennas multiple access techniques comparison of FDMA TDMA CDMA
Satellite link design basic transmission theory system noise temperature and GT ratio design of down link and uplink design of satellite links for specified CN satellite data communication protocols
Text Books
1 Introduction to Radar system by Merrill l Skolnik 3rd Edition Mcgraw Hill 20032 Satellite Communication By T Pratt amp CW Bostain Wiely eastern 2002 2 n d edit ion3 Satellite Communication By Tri T Ha Tata Mcgraw Hill 2nd Edition 1990
P a g e 79 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 415 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart knowledge about advanced communication systems and related design parameters To inculcate ability in students to design wireless communication systems which can provide high data rate to a large number of users The main goal is to utilize the concepts of analogdigital modulation techniques and signal processing in transmission and reception of wireless signals under static and dynamic channels in the presence of noise
Section ndash A
Radio channels and coding Characteristics of Mobile Radio channels Channel capacity and Diversity Overview of STBCs and STTCs
OFDM Introduction Basic principle of OFDM Block diagram of OFDM OFDM standards Spectrum analysis of OFDM Capacity analysis of OFDM Multi-path effects on OFDM BER analysis of OFDM timing and frequency synchronization PAPR in OFDM and its effects mitigation of PAPR
Section ndash B
WiMAX and LTE Background of IEEE 80216 and WiMAX Features of WiMAX WiMAX Network Architecture WiMAX physical layer WiMAX MAC layer channel performance of WiMAX Overview of LTE SAEEPS Architecture of LTE Frame structure in LTE Applications of WiMAX and LTE
MIMO Introduction to MIMO MIMO Spatial Multiplexing MIMO Channel Capacity MIMO Diversity and applications MIMO-OFDM Channel estimation for MIMO-OFDM Multi-user MIMO systems
Text Books
1 Ezio Biglieri Robert Calderbank and Andrea Goldsmith ldquoMIMO Wireless Communicationsrdquo Cambridge University Press
2 Mohinder Jankiraman ldquoSpace-Time Codes and MIMO Systemsrdquo Artech House3 Jeffrey G Andrews Arunabha Ghosh and Rias Muhamed ldquoFundamentals of WiMAX - Understanding
Broadband Wireless Networkingrdquo Prentice Hall4 Abd-Elhamid M Taha and Hossam S Hassanein ldquoLTE LTE-Advanced and WiMAX - Towards IMT-
Advanced Networksrdquo John Wiley and Sons Ltd5 Ramjee Prasad ldquoOFDM for Wireless Communications Systemsrdquo Artech House
P a g e 80 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 407 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNANO ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the fundamentals of Nanotechnology To give a general introduction to different types of nanomaterials spintronic bio electronics molecular electronics organic electronics nano fabrication techniques surface analytical instrumentation techniques micro electro mechanical system (MEMS) and nano electro mechanical system (NEMS) To impart basic knowledge on nano fabrication and surface analytical instrumentation techniques To bring out the magnetic properties optical properties and applications of nano materials
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to Nano-scale Science and Nano-scale Technology Why nano science and nano technology Length energy and time scales Nano structure types and properties electronic and optical properties of materials sensors
Quantum wires and dots single electron effects and single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metall ic tunnel junctions Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy
Fabrication Nanomagnets and spintronics non-ideal interfaces and defects nano fabrication (Lithography Self-assembly Contact imprinting) molecular electronics Organic Electronics (Carbon Fullerness and nanotubes polymers)
Bio Electronics Introduction Binding of Organic semiconductors DNA computing
Section ndash B
Nano-Photonics Emitters Wave Guides Detectors Photonic Crystals
Surface Analytical Instrumentation Techniques for Nanotechnology Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy Low Energy Electron Diffraction (LEED) Scanning Probe Microscopy UV Photo electron spectroscopy (UPS)
Mems and Nems MicroElectro mechanical systems (MEMS) and Nano electro mechanical systems (NEMS) size dependent electronic magnetic and optical behavior of nano materials
Application Introduction to quantum methods of information processing Nano Particles and Environmental Hazardness Industrial applications of Nano Sized materials
TEXT BOOKS
1 Transport in Nanostructures- David Ferry Cambridge University Press20002 Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics - Y Imry Oxford University Press19973 Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems S Datta Cambridge University Press19954 Single Charge Tunneling H Grabert and M Devoret Plenum Press19925 Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining and Microfabrication - P Rai Choudhary SPIE1997
P a g e 81 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 408 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrBIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course will cover various systems of the human physiology signals of biological origin obtained from these systems biosensors transducers bioelectrodes used to acquire such signals and amplifiers for measuring biopotentials Electrical safety of medical devices measurements of the blood pressure blood flow respiratory system clinical laboratory equipment medical imaging and bioethics will also be discussed The main objective of this course is to introduce student to basic biomedical engineering technology As a result student can understand design and evaluate systems and devices that can measure test andor acquire biological information from the human body
Section ndash A
Human Body Subsystems Brief description of neuronal Muscular Cardiovascular and respiratory systems their electrical Mechanical and chemical activities
Transducers and Electrodes Principles and classification of transducers for bio-medical applications Electrode theory Different types of electrodes Selection criteria for transducers and electrodes
Cardiovascular System Measurements Measurement of blood pressure Blood flow Measurement of pH value of blood Cardiac rate Heart sounds Electrocardiograph Plethysmograph
Respiratory System Measurements Measurement of gas volume Flow rate Carbon-dioxide and oxygen concentration in exhaled air
Measurement of Electrical Activity in Neuromuscular System and Brain Neuron potential Muscle potential Electromyograph Brain potentials Electroencephalograph
Section ndash B
Medical Imaging Diagnostic X-rays CAT MRI Ultrasonography Medical use of isotopes Endoscopy
Patient Care Monitoring and Safety Measures Elements of intensive care monitoring Basic hospital systems and components Physiological effect of electric currents Shock hazards from electrical equipment Safety measures
Assisting and Therapeutic Devices Introduction to cardiac pacemakers Defibrillators Ventilators Diathermy
Bio-Telemetry and Lasers Physiological parameters adaptable to Bio-telemetry components of a bio telemetry system Application of telemetry in patient care Application of lasers to biomedical sciences
TEXT BOOKS
1 L Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement - Chromwell FJ Weibell EA Pfeiffer Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
2 Introduction to biomedical Equipment technology- Carr JJ and Brown JM Pearson Publishers Delhi3 Medical Instrumentation applications and design -J G Webster John Wiley Sons New York4 Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation- RS Khandpur Tata Mc Graw Hill New Delhi5 Principles of applied Biomedical Instrumentation -LG Geddes LE Baker John Wiley Sons New
York
P a g e 82 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 409 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The objective of this course is to learn the basic elements of optical fiber transmission l ink fiber glass modes configurations and structures to understand different kinds of losses signal attenuation in optical fibers amp other dispersion factor to learn various optical sources LEDLASER structures receivers (PIN APD) and noise performance Also this course will provide the understanding of optical network system components variety of networking aspects SONETSDH and study of network operations OTDM OTDN etc l ink budget amp network design and management At the end of the course students will be able to apply the fundamental principles of optics and light wave to design optical fiber communication systems differentiate losses in optical fiber link and state transmission characterist ics of optical fiber design optical fiber communication links using appropriate optical fibers light sources detectors explore concept of designing and operating principles of modern optical systems and networks apply different network access schemes and packet switching in OFC systems design and manage networks with appropriate consideration
Section ndash A
Optical Networking Optical networking principle and challenges WDM networking evolution WDM network construction wireless optical systems switching elements Optical Add-Drop Multiplexers Optical Cross-Connect Micro-Electro Mechanical Systems Nonreconfigurable Wavelength Router Reconfigurable Wavelength-Routing Switch Wavelength conversion technologies
Designing WDM Optical Networks Systems Consideration Channels Power Considerations All-optical Cycle of Elimination Additional Considerations Elements of Local-Area WDM Network Design WDM Wide-Area Network Design Issues WDM Metro Network Design Issues Optical Access Network Design Issues
SONET amp SDH evolution multiplexing structure frame structure envelopes functional components problem detection payload pointers VTs overhead bytes SONET amp SDH concatenation Architecture of optical transport networks Digital wrappers hierarchy OTN layer models
Section ndash B
Optical Access Networks Introduction Challenges in Access Networks Next-Generation Access Networks Overview of PON Technologies Optical SplittersCouplers PON Topologies Burst-Mode Transceivers Ethernet PON (EPON) Access Network Ethernet Gaining in Prominence Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation Algorithms Considerations for IP-based Services over EPON Other Types of PONS APONBPON Generalized naming Procedure PON WDM-PON Architectures
ATM vs IP in optical internets IP over ATM amp SONET OSI internet layered model Encapsulation amp its methods PPP packet ATM vs IP debate Optical Internets Evolution to 3G architecture
Text Books
1 Optical WDM Networks - Biswanath Mukherjee ndash Springer2 Optical Networks-Third Generation Transport Systems ndash Uyless Black Pearson
Education3 Optical Network Design and Implementation - Vivek Alwayn Pearson Education4 Understanding SONETSDH and ATM-communications networks for the next millennium by
Stamatious V Kartalopoulos Prentice - Hall India
P a g e 83 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 410 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL VLSI DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course is designed to give the student an understanding of the different design steps required to carry out a complete digital VLSI (Very-Large-Scale Integration) design in silicon It will explore the fundamental concepts and structures of designing digital VLSI systems include CMOS devices and circuits standard CMOS fabrication processes CMOS design rules static and dynamic logic structures interconnect analysis CMOS chip layout simulation and testing low power techniques design tools and methodologies VLSI architecture
Section ndash A
MOS Transistor Theory Evolution of ICs Masking sequence of NMOS and CMOS Structures Electrical Design Rules Stick Diagram Layout Design Introduction to MOS Physics MOSFET Work Function MOS Models MOSFET Structure and Operation Accumulation Depletion and Inversion region Weak and Strong Inversion Threshold voltage Current-Voltage characteristics Body effect MOSFET Scaling theory Limits of miniaturization small geometry effects Sub threshold conduction
Circuit Characterization Resistive Load amp Active Load MOS Inverters NMOS Inverters CMOS Inverters Static Characterist ics Switching Characteristics Interconnect Parasit ics Propagation Delay Static and Dynamic Power Dissipation Noise Margin Logic Threshold Voltage
Section ndash B
Combinational amp Sequential Circuits MOS Logic Circuits with Depletion NMOS loads CMOS Logic Circuits Complex logic circuits Pass Gate Transmission Gate Double Gate Transistor Behavior of Bistable elements SR Latch Circuit Clocked Latch and Flip-Flop Circuits CMOS D-Latch and Edge-triggered Flip-flop Subsystem Design- Adders shifters ALU High Performance Dynamic CMOS Circuits ROM Circuits Static and Dynamic RAM Circuits
VLSI Design Methodologies Semi-custom and Full-Custom Design including Cell Library and Gate Array Based Design FPGA BiCMOS Logic Circuits Design for Testability
TEXT BOOKS
1 Basic VLSI design systems and circuits- Pucknell DA and Eshraghian K PHI2 VLSI design techniques for analog and digital circuits ndash Geiger Rr Allen PE Strader NR
P a g e 84 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 412 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize with soft computing concepts Introduce the ideas of Neural networks fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human experience Familiarize the concepts of Genetic algorithm Apply the soft computing concepts to solve practical problems One will be able to design supervised and unsupervised learning models
Section ndash A
Introduction History of neural networks biological neurons Artificial Neural Net terminology Model of a neuron topology Types of activation functions learning types of learning-supervised unsupervised re-inforcement learning
Neural Learning Perceptrons linear separability Basic learning laws Hebbs rule Delta rule Widrow amp Hoff LMS learning rule correlation learning rule instar and outstar learning rules Supervised learning- Multilayer networks back propagation algorithm and its variations unsupervised learning- competit ive learning K-means clustering algorithm Self-organizing maps Basic Hopfield model
Section ndash B
Radial Basis Functions RBF neural networks Introduction to counter Propagation networks CMAC networks ART networks Broad application areas of neural networks- classification clustering pattern association function approximation
Fuzzy Logic Basic concepts of Fuzzy Logic Fuzziness vs probabili ty Crisp logic vs fuzzy logic Fuzzy sets and systems operations on sets fuzzy relations membership functions fuzzy rule generation variable inference techniques defuzzification techniques Fuzzy applications in consumer products
Text Books
1 Artificial Neural Networks -Yegna Narayanan2 Neural Networks - Simon Haykin 3 Fuzzy logic with engineering application - ROSS JT (Tata Mc)4 Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic - Bart Kosko 5 Neural computing theory amp practice - PD Wasserman (ANZA PUB)6 Introduction to applied Fuzzy Electronics - Ahmad M Ibrahim (PHI)7 Introduction to artificial neural systems - JM Zurada Jaico Pub8 An introduction to Fuzzy control D Driankor H Hellendorn M Reinfrank
P a g e 85 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 417 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRF SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To design and analyse basic resonators and RF Filters 2 To study the operation and device characteristics of RF Active components 3 To design and analyze RF transistor amplifier 4 To understand the operation of Oscillators and mixers used in RF design
Section ndash A
Introduction RF circuits Impedance matching and Quality factor Efficiency Amplifiers RF preamplifiers fi lters Frequency converters Mixers Radio receivers
Oscillators And PLL Relaxation oscil lators Series resonant oscillators Negative resonant oscillators Oscillator dynamics Stabili ty oscillator noise Design examples phase locked loops-loop dynamics analysis Frequency synthesizers
Amplifiers and Power Supplies Amplifier specifications-gain bandwidth and impedance stability Amplifier design Noise considerations class C class D amplifiers High power amplifiers Rectifiers Switching converters Boost and Buck circuits
Section ndash B
Couplers and Waveguide Circuits Directional coupling Hybrids Power combining transformer equivalent circuits Double tuned transformers Transformers with magnetic and iron cores Transmission l ines transformers Baluns Waveguides matching in wave guide circuits Waveguide junctions coaxial lines resistance impedance bridge standing waves
Modulation and Detection Circuits AM High level modulation Digital to analog modulation SSB Angle and frequency modulation Diode detectors FM demodulators-Design power detectors Measurement of power Voltage and Impedance Swept frequency impedance measurements
Text Books
1 Jon B Hagen Radio Frequency Electronics Cambridge university press Cambridge19962 James Hardy High Frequency Circuit Design Resto Publishing Co NewYork19793 Ian Hickman RF HandBook Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd Oxford19934 Ulrich L Rohde TTN Bucher Communication Receivers McGraw Hill New York19985 R Ludcoig RF Circuit Design Pearson Asia Education and P Bretchko New Delhi2000
P a g e 86 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 418 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE AND SPEECH PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 Give the students a general understanding of the fundamentals of digital image processing 2 Introduce the student to analytical tools which are currently used in digital image processing as applied to image information for human viewing 3 To learn the fundamental concepts of digital image processing 4 To study basic image processing operations 5 To understand image analysis algorithms 6 To expose students to current applications in the field of digital image processing 7 Develop the studentrsquos abili ty to apply these tools in the laboratory in image restoration enhancement and compression 8 Understand differences between computer vision and image processing
The main purpose of this course is to provide the learners with solid fundamental tools and experience on the applied technology in the array of speech processing It also gives the opportunity to deepen and widen the understanding of this topic through the study of speech characterist ics and its applications in various fields l ike coding The course is one of the interesting applications of signal processing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Image Processing Overview of Image processing image processing and related fields types of images fundamental steps in image processing Image processing applications Digital image representation and image formation sampling amp Quantization amp application of image Processing
Image Processing operations Basic relationships and distance metrics classification of image processing operations Image Enhancement by Point operation An overview of point Processing constant amp non-linear operations between image amp histogram techniques
Section ndash B
Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing Articulatory Phonetics ndash Production and Classification of Speech Sounds Acoustic Phonetics ndash Acoustics of speech production Review of Digital Signal Processing concepts Short-Time Fourier Transform Filter-Bank and LPC Methods A Review of Discrete-Time Signal amp Systems the Z-transform the DFT Fundamental of Digital Filters FIR system IIR Systems
Features Feature Extraction and Pattern Comparison Techniques Speech distortion measuresndash mathematical and perceptual ndash LogndashSpectral Distance Cepstral Distances Weighted Cepstral Distances and Filtering Likelihood Distortions
Text Books
1 Digital image processing by S Sridhar Oxford University Press2 Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang ldquoFundamentals of Speech Recognitionrdquo
Pearson Education 20033 Digital Image Processing by Rafael C Gonzale amp Richard E Woods Pearson Education Asia4 Fundamentals of digital image processing by AK Jain 1989 Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ5 Ben Gold and Nelson Morgan ldquoSpeech and Audio Signal Processing Processing and Perception of
Speech and Musicrdquo Wiley- India Edition 2006
P a g e 87 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 321 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To understand the basic architecture of optical fiber and related losses like absorption attenuation bending etc 2 To understand the architecture of optical transmitter and receiver for optical communication systems 3 After gone through the design consideration of optical communication the various modulation techniques and measurement techniques will be studied
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of fiber optic communications and its advantages
Review of LEDs and Lasers optical sources PIN and APD diodes optical detectorsOptical Fiber Waveguides amp Its Connections Introduction Ray theory transmission Electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation cylindrical fibers single mode fibers joints - fiber alignment splices connectors
Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers amp Cables Introduction Attenuation Material absorption losses Linear scattering losses Nonlinear scattering losses fiber bend loss Dispersion Intermodal dispersion Overall fiber dispersion Dispersion modified single-mode fibers Polarization
Section ndash B
Optical Fiber Systems Intensity modulationDirect Detection amp Coherent Introduction Optical transmitter circuit Optical receiver circuits system design considerations Digital systems Analog systems Advanced multiplexing strategies Coherent system constraints modulation formats Demodulation schemes Receiver sensitivities
Optical Fiber Measurements Introduction attenuation dispersion refractive index profile cutoff wavelength numerical aperture diameter mode field diameter and field measurements
Text Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash Djafar K Mynbev Lowell L Scheiner Pearson Education
Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill 4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications5 Optoelectronics Fiber optics and Lasers a Text-Lab Manual - Morris Tischler McGraw Hill 6 Related IEEE papers amp websites
P a g e 88 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 8th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
PRJ 451 Project Semester - One Semester Training in Industry 0 0 0 20
INDUSTIAL VISIT BY FACULTY COORDINATOR (150 MARKS) (within 10-12 weeks of commencement of training)
Presentation 60 MarksViva-voce 60 MarksReport (Hard Copy) 30 Marks
Evaluation by Faculty Coordinator in consultation with Industrial Coordinator during industrial visit
EVALUATION BY A TEAM OF FACULTY MEMBERS IN THE INSTITUTE (250 MARKS)(within one week of completion of training)
Presentation 100 MarksViva-voce 100 MarksFinal Report (Hard Copy) 50 Marks
The final presentation and viva-voce will be conducted jointly by the faculty coordinator nominee of the Head to be appointed by the Head of the DepartmentThe letter grade will be awarded to the students according to marks obtained by himher out of total 400 marks
PRJ 451 L T P CrPROJECT SEMESTER 0 0 0 20
Project Semester spans over a period of one Semester
The students shall undertake project (s) in Industry RampD or service organizations under the joint supervision of a faculty member and an executive from the organization The emphasis of the work undertaken is on problem identification and its techno-economic solution for the benefit of the host industry
The project must normally include identification of problem data collection analysis and generating solutions with cost and benefits and recommendations for their implementation If a single project is not available in the industry more than one projects might be undertaken
The evaluation of the project semester should be carried out on a continuous basis and must include the evaluation by faculty coordinator during his visit(s) to the concerned industries evaluation by faculty coordinator towards the completion of the semester and the final evaluation in the Institute by a committee of faculty members
P a g e 89 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 201 INT EXT L T P CrMANAGEMENT PRACTICES amp ORGANISAIONAL BEHAVIOUR 50 50 3 0 0 30
Course Objective The course prepares the students for successful professional l ife by inculcating in them the abilities to understand the human interactions in an organization find what can drive human behavior and influence them to get better results for attaining business planning organizing staffing directing coordinating and controlling the activit ies of business enterprise
Section ndash A
Introduction to Management Definit ion Importance and functions of Management Theories of Management Classical Neo-classical and Modern Planning Nature of planning planning process types of plans Importance and Limitations of Planning Introduction to MBO (Management by Objectives) Social responsibility of business
Decision Making Importance and Process Organization Process of Organizing Organizing Principles Organization Chart Authority and Responsibili ty relationship Steps in Delegation of Authority Communication Process channels medium of communication communication barriers Controll ing Steps types of control system essentials of effective control system
Section ndash B
Organizational Behavior Concept features and importance Personality determinants and development Role of Values and Atti tudes in individuals behavior The concept of motivation and its theories Perception Concept Process Errors in perceptual accuracy Role of perception in decision making
Learning Classical and Operant conditioning theory Reinforcement-kinds and administration Concept of group dynamics Leadership theories and styles
Organizational conflict Concept Dimensions conflict management techniques Introduction to concept of power and polit ics in work related organization Organization culture and effectiveness
Text Books
1 Aswathappa K and Reddy G Sudarsana Management and Organisation Behaviour Himalya Publishing House
2 Pierce John L Gardner Donald Gardner Donald Management and Organisational Behavior An Integrated Perspective Ed1 Cengage Learning India
3 Laurie Mullins Management and Organisation Behaviour 7e Pearson Education4 Stephen P Robbins Seema Sanghi and Timothi A Judge Organizational Behavior 13e Pearson
Education5 Stephen P Robbins Mary Coulter and Neharika Vohra Management 10e Pearson Education6 Heinz Weihrich and Harold Koontz Essentials of Management Tata McGraw Hill7 Gene Burton and Manab Thakur Management Today Principles and Practice Tata McGraw-Hill8 P C Tripathy P N Reddy Principles of Management Tata McGraw-Hill9 Dr Neeru Vashishth Principles of Management with case studies Taxmann Publication10 LM Prasad Principles amp Practice of Management Sultan Chand amp Sons Delhi11 James Stoner R Edward Freeman and Daniel R Gilbert Management 6e Pearson Education
P a g e 5 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 209 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ 50 50 3 0 0 30
Course Objective To become familiar with object-oriented programming concepts using C++ and be able to apply these concepts in solving diverse range of applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of basic concepts (Data types tokens operators arrays strings structure) Concepts of OOPS Comparison between procedural and OOPS Elements of OOPS its paradigm its merits and demerits functions function overloading and function
Classes and Objects Classes creating a class accessing class members memory allocation for objects array of objects static objects friend class empty classes nested classes abstract classes and container class
Constructor and Destructor Its need Types of constructor- Default Copy Multiple Dynamic Destructor Constructor and Destructor with static members Order of execution of constructor and destructor
Operator Overloading and type Conversion Definit ion Rules for overloading overloading of unary and binary operators Overloading NEW and DELETE operators Type conversion- Basic type to class type class type to basic type class to class type
Section ndash B
Inheritance - Virtual base class types of inheritance typing conversions and visibil ity
Polymorphism - Virtual functions Virtual destructors Concept of binding- early and late Virtual functions Pure virtual functions Polymorphism
Exception Handling Basics of exception handling Exception handling mechanisms throwing mechanisms Catching mechanisms
Pointers and dynamic memory management Understanding pointers accessing address of a variable declaring and initialization pointer arithmetic pointer to pointer pointer to function pointer to array array of pointers pointer to object this pointers null pointers dangling pointers and memory leak
Managing Data Files File streams Hierarchy of file streams ReadingWriting of files accessing records randomly and sequentially and updating files
Text Books
1 Schildt H C++ The Complete Reference Tata Mcgraw Hill (2003) 4th ed2 Lippman B S Lajoie J and Moo E B C++ Primer Addison-Wesley Professional (2013) 5th ed3 Stroustrup B The C++ programming language Pearson Education India (2013) 4th ed
P a g e 6 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 203 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms To understand concepts about searching and sorting techniques To Understand basic concepts about stacks queues l ists trees and graphs To understanding about writ ing algorithms and step by step approach in solving problems with the help of fundamental data structures
Section ndash A
Basic Data Structures Arrays Stacks and Queues and Their Applications Linked and Sequential Representation Linked List Representation of Linked List Multi-Linked Structures
Searching and Sorting use of Various Data Structures for Searching and Sorting Linear and Binary Search Bubble Sort Insertion Sort Shell Sort Selection Sort Merge Sort Radix Sort Quick Sort
Hashing Introduction to hash table hash function resolving collision by chaining and open addressing deleting i tems from a hash table
Section ndash B
Trees Definit ions and Basic Concepts Linked Tree Representation Representations in Contiguous Storage Binary Trees Binary Tree Traversal Searching Insertion and Deletion in Binary Trees Binary Search Tree Heap and Heap Sort Algorithm
Graphs Sequential and Linked Representation of Graph-Adjacency Matrix Operations on Graph Traversing a Graph Dijkstras Algorithm for Shortest Distance Minimal Spanning Tree
File Organization Sequential Relative Index Sequential
Text Books
1 Data structures A Pseudocode Approach with-C 2nd Edition Cengage Learning (Thomson)2 An introduction to data structures with applications Mc-Graw Hill Inc JP Trembley and PG
Sorensen3 Data Structures and Program Design in C Prentice Hall of India 1992 Robort L Kruse Bruce P
Leung Cluvis L Tundo
P a g e 7 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
BAS 202 INT EXT L T P CrDISCRETE MATHEMATICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Throughout the course students will be expected to demonstrate their understanding of Discrete Mathematics Use mathematically correct terminology and notation Construct correct direct and indirect proofs Demonstrate different methods for Graphs Boolean Algebra and Switching Theory Apply logical reasoning to solve a variety of problems
Section ndash A
Relations and Functions Binary Relations Types of Relations Compositions and inverse of Relations Equivalence Relations and Partit ions Partial Ordering Relations Chains and Anti-chains Functions Injective Functions Surjective Functions Bijective Functions Sum and Product of Functions Inverse and Composition of Functions Inclusion and Exclusion Pigeon-hole Principle Linear Recurrence Relations with constant coefficients Homogeneous solutions Particular solutions Solution by Method of Generating Functions
Algebraic Structures Algebraic structures with one binary operation semi-group monoid and groups Cosets Lagrangersquos Theorem (only statement) Homomorphism of groups
Section ndash B
Introduction to Graphs Graphs and their basic terminology Multigraphs and Weighted Graphs Matrix representation of Graphs Paths and Circuits Shortest Paths in Weighted Graphs Dijkstrarsquos Algorithm Planar Graphs Eulerrsquos Theorem Eulerian Paths and Circuits Hamiltonian Paths and Circuits
Boolean Algebra Partially Ordered Set Lattices and Algebraic System Principle of Duality Distributive and Complemented Lattices Boolean Algebra Boolean Functions and Boolean Expressions Disjunctive and Conjunctive Normal Forms Applications of Boolean Algebra in Switching Theory Series and Parallel connections
Text Books
1 C L Liu Elements of Discrete Mathematics 2nd Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 20002 J P Tremblay and R P Manohar Discrete Mathematics with Applications to Computer Science Tata
McGraw-Hill 19973 K H Rosen Discrete Mathematics and its Applications 6th Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 2007
P a g e 8 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 251 INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC DEVICES LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Study of h-Parameters of CE transistor
2 Study of h-Parameters of CB transistor
3 Study of V-I characteristics of Photodiode
4 Study of V-I characteristics of photo transistor
5 Study of V-I characteristics of JFET
6 Study of VI characteristics of MOSFET
7 Study of Clipping amp clamping CKT using Diode
8 Study of V-I characteristics of SCR
9 Study of Diode as rectifier
10 Study of different filters
11 Study of V-I characteristics of DIAC
12 Study of V-I characteristics of TRIAC
13 Study the applications of Thyristor
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 9 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 259 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to illustrate the working of different iterative controls
2 Write a program to illustrate the use of conditional statements
3 Write a program to illustrate difference between call by reference and call by value
4 Write a program to illustrate use of classes and objects
5 Write a program to illustrate the use of constructors and destructors
6 Write a program to illustrate the use operator overloading
7 Write a program to illustrate the use of inheritance and type of inheritance
8 Write a program to illustrate the use virtual function
9 Write a program to illustrate the use runtime polymorphism
10 Write a program to illustrate the use of File Stream operation
11 Create a class Time with members hours minutes seconds Add two class objects and display time
12 Write a program to perform addition of two complex numbers using constructor overloading
13 Write a program to find the greatest of two given numbers in two different classes using friend
function
14 Implement a class String with the following
Overload + operator to carry out the concatenation of strings
Overload = operator to carry out string copy
Overload lt= operator to carry out the comparison of strings
Function to display the length of a string
Function tolower() to convert upper case letters to lower case
Function toupper() to convert lower case letters to upper case
15 Create a class called List with two pure virtual function store() to save a value and retrieve() to get a
saved value from the list Derive two classes Stack and Queue from it and override store and retrieve
16 Write a program to define the function template for calculating the square of given numbers with
different data types
17 Write a program to perform the deletion of white spaces such as horizontal tab vertical tab space
line feed new line and carriage return from a text file and store the result in another file
18 Write a program to raise an exception if any attempt is made to refer to an element whose index is
beyond the array size
P a g e 10 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 253 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to check whether a string is palindrome or not
2 Write a program to extract substring from given string
3 Write a program to implement stack using arrays
4 Write a program to implement queues using arrays
5 Write a program to sort a given list of numbers using following algorithm
Bubble sort
Insertion sort
Selection sort
Quick sort
Radix sort
6 Write a program to implement linear and binary search algorithm
7 Write a program to create a linked list and perform following operations
Insert element at beginning
Insert element at end
Insert element at given position
Delete element from beginning
Delete element at end
Delete element from given position
8 Take a list of numbers and create a sorted linked list from given list
9 Implement stack using linked representation
10 Implement queue using linked representation
P a g e 11 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P CrENVIRONMENTAL AND ROAD SAFETY AWARENESS 2 0 0 0
Time Allowed 3 hours Total Marks 100Total lectures 50 Pass marks 35
Instructionsa) The paper has been introduced from the session 2013-14b) The paper will be taught in the Second yearfourth Semester of all the UG Courses (BA BCom
BSc Law Engineering Commerce Agriculture etc) except LLB three year course and will be a qualifying paper only The marks of this paper will not be counted towards final score of the under graduate degree
c) This will cover only preliminary and basics of the subject and the paper will be set accordinglyd) The written paper will have two parts Each part of the paper will be of 50 marks and will contain ten
questions The candidates will attempt five questions out of each part The answer to each question should not exceed 500 words Each question will carry ten marks
Section ndash IUnit 1 The multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition scope and importance
Concept of Biosphere ndash Lithosphere Hydrosphere Atmosphere Need for public awareness (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 2 Natural Resources ndash Renewable and non-renewable resources Natural resources and associated problems
a) Forest resources use and over exploitation deforestation and its impactb) Water resources use and overutilization of surface and ground water and its impactc) Mineral resources use and effects on environment on over exploitationd) Food resources Effects modern agriculture fertilizer-pesticide problem water logging and
salinitye) Energy resources Growing energy needs renewable and non-renewable energy sources use of
alternate energy resourcesf) Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources for sustainable development
(7 lectures)Unit 3 Ecosystems
Ecosystem and its components Definition structure and function producer consumer and decomposer Types of Ecosystem (Introduction only) Food Chains food web and ecological pyramids (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 4 Biodiversity and conservation Introduction ndash Definition genetic species and ecosystem diversity value of biodiversity Hot spots of biodiversity Threats to biodiversity habitat loss poocting of wildlife man-wildlife conflicts Endangered and endemic species of India Conservation of Biodiversity (6 lectures)
Section ndash IIUnits 5 Environmental Pollution
Definition causes effects and control measures of a) Air pollutionb) Water pollutionc) Soil pollutiond) Marine pollutione) Noise pollutionf) Thermal pollutiong) Nuclear hazard
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution Solid waste management vermicomposting Disaster management Floods earthquake cyclone and landslides (7 lectures)
Unit 6 Social Issues and the Environment Urban problems related to energy Water conservation rain water harvesting water shed management Resettlement and rehabilitation of people its problems and concerns Climate changes global warming acid rain ozone layer depletion Consumerism and waste products Population explosion ndash Family welfare programme (6 lectures)
Unit 7 Introduction to Environmental Protection Laws in India
P a g e 12 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
Environmental Protection Act Air (Prevention and control of pollution) Act Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act Wild life Protection Act Forest Conservation Act Issues involved in the enforcement of environmental legislation (6 lectures)
Unit 8 Road safety Awareness Concept and significance of Road safety Traffic signs Traffic rules Traffic Offences and penalties How to obtain license Role of first aid in Road Safety (6 lectures)
P a g e 13 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 4th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2020-2021)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECE 209 Digital Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECE 210 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECM 205 Computer System Architecture 3 1 0 35
ECM 206 Operating System 3 1 0 35
ECE 213 Circuit Theory 3 1 0 35
ECE 214 Signals amp Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 254 Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 256 Operating System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 263 Circuit Theory Lab 0 0 2 10
Punjabi 3 0 0 0
21 6 6 33
Total contact hours 33
ECM 254 ECM 256 ECE 263 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
In addition to above mentioned subjects there will be an additional course on Punjabi as a qualifying subject
P a g e 14 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 209 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the student should be able to demonstrate the ability to use logic gates Basic Boolean laws minimization techniques for the designing of various combinational circuits The student should also be able to describe operation characterist ic equations excitation table of various flip flops and explain the conversion of flip flops Design and analyze sequential circuits from the basic building blocks and describe memories AD DA Converters Logic families and their characteristics
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of Number Systems Codes and Gates evaluating logic circuit outputs Implementing circuits from Boolean expressions Boolean theorems DeMorgans theorem universality of NAND and NOR gates IEEEANSI standard logic symbols
Combinational Logic Circuits Sum of product form Product of sum form Simplification of Boolean functions using algebraic and Karnaugh map methods Half adder Full adder half subtractor full subtractor circuits parity generator and checker circuits comparator circuit
Combinational Digital Circuit Design Multiplexer Demultiplexer Code converters Combinational logic circuits Some examples of Boolean gate ICs
Sequential Circuits RS JK D and T fl ip-flops circuits and their conversions Serial and parallel counters and shift registers Universal shift registers some examples of counter and shift register ICs
Section ndash B
Logic families and digital ICs Characterist ics of digital ICs Classification of different logic families TTL ECL MOS and CMOS their operation and specifications
Memories Semi-conductor memories ROM and RAM ROM using diodes BJTs and FETs RAM cell Memory organization and expansion An idea about other types of memories
Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Converters Variable register network R-2R DA converters DA accuracy and resolution AD converters Simultaneous conversion and counter method
Text Books
1 Digital Design by Morris Mano PHI 4th edition 2008 2 Digital principles and Applications by Malvino Leach TMH 2011 3 Digital System Principles and Applications by R J Tocci (PHI) 2009 4 Modern Digital Electronics by R P Jain TMH 2006 5 Digital Integrated Electronics by Taub Schilling TMH 2004
P a g e 15 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 210 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Through this course the students will acquire knowledge of -The behavior of BJTs at high frequency using pi-model -Develop the abili ty to analyze and design analog electronic circuits using discrete components-Concept of feedback used in amplifiers and its need -Working of power amplifiers power amplifier circuits tuned amplifiers Oscillators compare experimental results in the laboratory with theoretical analysis
Section ndash A
High Frequency Transistor The high frequency T model CB short circuit current frequency response Alpha cut-off frequency CE short circuit current frequency response Hybrid pi CE transistor model hybrid pi conductance in terms of low frequency h ndash parameters CE short circuit current gain obtained with hybrid pi model current gain with resistive load
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Power Amplifiers Class A large signal amplifier second and higher harmonic distortion transformer coupled amplifiers Efficiency of amplifiers Push-pull amplifiers (class A amp class B)
Tuned Amplifiers Single tuned capacitively coupled amplifier amp its steady state response Determination of Gain Bandwidth product Tapped tuned Inductively coupled single tuned circuit Double tuned circuits
Oscillators Condition for sustained oscillation R-C phase shift Hartley Colpitts Crystal and Wien Bridge Oscillators
Text Books
1 Electronics Devices by Robert Boylsted Tata McGraw Hill publications2 Electronic Devices and circuits MC-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition by Millman amp Halkias3 Malvino Electronic Principles Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
Reference Books
1 Integrated Electronics by Millman amp Halkias Mc-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition2 Electronic Devices and Circuits S Salivahanan etal Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi3 Electron Devices by Floyd Pearson Asia 5th Edition 20014 Liner Integrated circuits by Gayekward5 Engineering Electronics by Alley amp Attwood6 Burns and Bond Principles of Electronic Circuits PWS Publishing Company Boston
P a g e 16 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 205 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a digital computer To discuss in detail the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms amp implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition subtraction multiplication amp division To study the different ways of communicating with IO devices and standard IO interfaces To study the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory
Section ndash A
Introduction Design of basic computer Registers Accumulator Flags Program Counter Stack Pointer Machine Instructions Instruction Cycle Machine Cycle Components of CPU
Register Transfer and Micro operations Register transfer Language Register transfer Bus amp memory transfer Logic micro operations Shift micro operation
Controller Design Hardwired and Micro programmed Approach
Micro program Control Organization Control Memory Address Sequencing Micro program Sequences Microinstruction Formats and Addressing modes
Arithmetic Unit Comparison and Subtraction of unsigned Binary Numbers Addition Subtraction Multiplication Algorithm
Section ndash B
Memory System Memory CPU interaction Principle of locality (Temporal and Spatial)
Memory Organization Interleaved Memory Organization Memory Hierarchy Main Memory Virtual Memory Cache Memory Cache Organization (Direct Fully Associative Set Associative) Cache Coherence Memory Management Hardware Performance Considerations
Input-Output Organization IO interfaces and Buses IO operations Program driven Input- Output Interrupt driven Input-Output DMA Priority Interrupt
Pipeline Processing Overview of Pipelining Types of Pipelining Hazards (Data Control Structural)
Computer Peripherals and Interfaces Introduction to IO buses ISA PCI SCSI EISA Local bus VESA Local bus PCI bus PCI Express Accelerated graphics port bus
Text Books
1 Computer System Architecture MM Mano Prentice Hall of India2 Structured Computer Organization Andrew S Tanenbaum Prentice Hall of India3 JP Hayes Computer Systeui Architecture Prentice Hall of India New Delhi4 Ali leigh System Architecture South Wester publishing co New Delhi5 William Stallings ldquoComputer Organization and Architecture ndash Designing for Performancerdquo 6th Edition
Pearson Education 2003
P a g e 17 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 206 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn the fundamentals of Operating Systems To learn the mechanisms of OS to handle processes and threads and their communication To learn the mechanisms involved in memory management in contemporary OS To gain knowledge on distributed operating system concepts that includes architecture Mutual exclusion algorithms deadlock detection algorithms and agreement protocols To know the components and management aspects of concurrency management To learn programmatically to implement simple OS mechanisms
Section ndash A
Basic Functions and Concepts of Operating Systems Concept of an operating system batch system Multi-programmed Time sharing Personal Computer System Parallel system Real time system Network Operating System and Distributed Operating System
Features and Objective of Operating Systems System components operating system services System calls System Programmers System Structure Simple Structure Layered Approach Microkernel
Process Management Concept of process process states process control block Process Scheduling Scheduling Queues Schedulers and Context Switch operations on processes CPU scheduling Algorithms FCFS SJF RR and priority Multilevel queue scheduling Multilevelfeedback queue scheduling
Deadlocks Introduction to deadlocks Necessary Conditions for deadlock Resource allocation graph Deadlock Prevention Deadlock Avoidance Safe state Resource-Allocation-Graph Algorithm Bankers Algorithm Deadlock Detection Recovery from Deadlock
Section ndash B
Memory Management Logical and physical address space Swapping Contiguous memory Allocation Memory Protection Memory Allocation Fragmentation paging basic method Protection and shared pages segmentation basic method hardware Protection and sharing virtual memory Demand Paging Page Replacement Algorithms ((FIFO Optimal LRU LRU Approximation page replacement) Allocation of Frames Thrashing
Information Management Files - file concept file types File attributes fi le operations access methods allocation methods (contiguous l inked indexed) directory structure free-space management (bit vector linked list grouping counting)
Disk Management Disk structure Disk Scheduling (FCFS SSTF SCAN C-SCAN LOOK) Disk Management (Disk Formatting Boot Block Bad Blocks) Swap Space Management Swap Space Use Swap Space Location
Case Studies Brief introduction of Windows UNIX and LINUX
Text Books
1 Operating System (Sixth Edition) 2005 Galvin Silberschatz Addison Wesley Publishing Ltd2 Flynn Understanding operating Systems Cengage Learning (Thomson)3 DM Dhamdhere Operating System r A Concept Based Approach Tata Me Graw- Hill4 Operating Systems Design and Implementation Andrew S Tanembaum PHI (Latest Edition)
P a g e 18 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 213 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The study of electrical circuits takes off from principles of AC and DC theory and introduces the student to parameters and characteristics of various networks The aim of the subject to understand the different types of circuits and their analysis based on network theorems and to determine the current voltage and power in the circuit The students will be able to analyze two port networks stability of a circuit and to find time response of the circuit The circuits are designed using Foster and Cauer forms The knowledge of Laplaces transform and Inverse will help students to work in multi-disciplinary fields of electronics engineering
Section ndash A
Network Theorems and Two Port Network Descriptions Thevenins theorem as applied to ac circuits Nortons theorem as applied to AC circuits Superposition theorem as applied to ac circuits Maximum power transfer theorem as applied to AC Circuits Two port description in terms of open circuits impedance Parameters Short circuit admittance parameters Hybrid parameters and transmission Inter-connection of two port network Duality networks
Inductively Coupled Circuits Coefficient of coupling mutual inductance in loop and nodal equations
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Time Domain Analysis Unit functions-step impulse and ramp functions Laplaces transform and Inverse Solution of network problems using Laplace transform Solution of Transient and Steady state response of RL amp RC networks with different types of forcing functions Solutions of transient and steady state response of series RLC circuit with step input
Network Synthesis Synthesis vs Analysis Elements of circuit synthesis Introduction and general considerations in network synthesis Purpose and scope of network synthesis
Positive Real Functions Definition Necessary and Sufficient conditions for a function to be positive real testing of driving point functions for positive realness
Foster amp Cauer Forms Foster and Cauer Forms realization in terms of RC RL and LC networks
Text Books
1 Sudhakar amp Shyammohan ldquoCircuits amp Networksrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 Joseph Administer ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo S Chand Series3 Abhijit Chakarbarti ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo Dhanpat Rai amp Sons New Delhi4 Vanvalkenberg ldquoNetwork Analysisrdquo Prentice Hall5 D Roy Choudhary ldquoNetworks amp Systemsrdquo New Age International New Delhi6 Vanvalkenberg ME ldquoNetworks Analysisrdquo P rentice Hall of India (2007) 3rded7 Arshad M ldquoNetwork Analysis and Synthesisrdquo Laxmi Publications (2008) 2nded
Reference Books
1 Franklin F Kuo Network Analysis and Synthesis John Wiley (2003) 2nd ed2 Anderson BDOVongpanitlerd S Network Analysis and Synthesis Dover Publications (2006) 3rd ed3 Charles A Desoer Ernest S Kuh ldquoBasic Circuit Theoryrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company4 William H Hayt Jr Jack E Kemmerly ldquoEngineering Circuit Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company
P a g e 19 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 20 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 214 INT EXT L T P CrSIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The aim of this subject is to develop analytical capability of students by which they would be able to handle real time signal processing related problems and projects The understanding of various transforms will help the students to analyze the problems in both time and frequency domain
Section ndash A
Representation of Signal and Systems Classifications of signals Linear time invariant systems Representation of signals in terms of impulses Discrete time LTI systems continuous t ime LTI systems Properties of LTI systems Systems described by differential and difference equations
Section ndash B
Fourier analysis Signal representation using Fourier series Representation of periodic signals Continuous and discrete time Fourier series Exponential Fourier series Properties of Fourier series Convergence of Fourier series Continuous and Discrete time Fourier transform Properties of Fourier transform Analysis of discrete time signals and systems Correlation Autocorrelation
Random Signals Probability Random variables Probabili ty density and distribution functions Moments of random variables Random processes Transmission of signals through LTI systems Gaussian Process Central Limit Theorem
Text Books
1 Oppenheim Willisky and Nawab Signals amp Systems Tata Mcgraw HillNew Delhi2 Simon Haykin and Barry Van Been ldquoCommunications System Wiley 3 Eastern USA4 BPLathi ldquoCommunication Systems Oxford Press USA5 A Papouils Random Variables amp Stochastic Process Mcgraw Hill USA
Reference Books
1 Charles L Philips John M Parr Eve A Riskin ldquoSignals Systems and Transformrdquo Prentice Hall Third Edition 2003
P a g e 21 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 254 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To plot frequency response characteristics of a RC Single stage RC coupled Amplifier
2 To determine the voltage gain of a two stage RC coupled amplifiers
3 To plot frequency response characteristics of Transformer coupled amplifier
4 To plot frequency response of a tuned voltage amplifier and to calculate its resonant frequency
5 To find voltage gain of an emitter follower and find its operating point
6 To study Wein Bridge Oscillator
7 To study Phase Shift Oscillator
8 To study OP-Amp as Differentiator amp Integrator
9 To study diode as a biased and unbiased clipper
10 To study Astable Multivibrator using Transistors
11 To study Bistable Multivibrator using Transistors
12 To study OP-Amp as an inverting and non-inverting amplifier
13 To study OP-Amp as summing and average amplifier
14 To study the frequency response of audio amplifier
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 22 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 256 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
HARDWARE LAB
1 Identification of Motherboard Processor System buses Power supplies Memories
2 PC assembling
SOFTWARE LAB
1 Familiarization of UNIXLINUX Environment
2 Installation and Administration of UNIXLINUX operating system
3 Implementation of common commands of UNIX operating systems
4 Shell programming and its features
5 Implementation of programs using shell scripts
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 23 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 263 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 24 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P Crਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ 3 0 0 0
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪਜਾਬੀਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਸਿਵਖ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਕਲਾਈਫਾਈਗ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਵਜ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ
ਉਦਸ਼ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ 13ਾਸਿਤ ਅਤ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣਾ ਮਖ ਰਪ ਸਿਵਚ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਬਲਣ ਪੜਹਨ ਦੀਆ 13ਮਸਿ13ਆਵਾ ਨ ਦਰ ਕਰਨ ਦ ਨਾਲndashਨਾਲ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਨਸਿਤਕ ਕਦਰਾ ndashਕੀਮਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣ ਦਾ ਉਪਰਾਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ
1 ਪਜਾਬੀ ਦੀ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ(ਮਖ 13ਪਾਦਕ ਬਲਦਵ ਸਿ13 ਘ ਚੀਮਾ ਪਰਕਾਸ਼ਕ ਪਬਲੀਕਸ਼ਨ ਸਿਬਊਰ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਪਸਿਟਆਲਾ)ਭਾਗ ਪਲਿਹਲਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਾਲਿਹਤ
(ੳ) ਕਸਿਵਤਾ(ਅ) ਕਾਣੀ(ੲ) ਨਾਟਕ
ਭਾਗ ਦਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬ ਸਲਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਲਕਧਾਰਾਭਾਗ ਤੀਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਤ ਗਰਮਖੀ ਲਿਲਪੀ
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਸਿਤ ਨ ਭਾਗ ਨ ਪਰਤ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦ ਭਾਗਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਵ ਗਾ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਪਸਿਲਾ ਭਾਗ
ਪ 13ਤਕ ਦ ਪਸਿਲ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 36 ਅਕ ਨ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਦਜਾ ਭਾਗ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦ ਜ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 24 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਅਤ ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਦ 12ndash12 ਅਕ ਣਗ
(1) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਪਲਿਹਲ ਭਾਗ ਦ ਲਿਤ ਨ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ਅਤ ੲ ਹਨ ਇਨਹਾ ਲਿਤ ਨਾ ਉਪndashਭਾਗਾ ਲਿਵਚ ਹਠ ਲਿਲਖ ਅਨਸਾਰ ਸਆਲ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ
(ੳ) ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਕਲ 12 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਐਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਣਗ ਅਕ 12x1 = 12
(ਅ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਲਘ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 3ndash3 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ ਉਤਰ ਪਜ ਲਾਈਨਾ ਤ ਵਧ ਨਾ ਵ ਅਕ 3x3 = 9x2 =18
(ੲ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਖ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ ਅਕ 1x6 = 6
(2) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਲਿਵਚ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਇਸ ਪਰਕਾਰ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ(ੳ) ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਔਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ
ਅਕ 8x1 = 8(ਅ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਕਲ 5 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨ ਣਗ ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ
ਨ ਅਕ 5x2 = 10(ੲ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ
ਅਕ 6x1 = 6ਨਟ ਮਲਿਖਕ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ ਤ ਹੀ ਆਧਾਲਿਰਤ ਹਵ ਗੀ ਇਸਦੀ ਲਿਵਧੀ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਹਵ ਗੀ
P a g e 25 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ (ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ)ਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ
For Other State Students ofB Tech amp Six Year BTech-MBA Integrated Program Only
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 (ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ 60 ਅਕ) ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਵਲ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਨ ਦ13ਵੀ ਪਧਰ ਦੀ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਪਾ13 ਨੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਦੀ ਲਈ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਲਬ13 ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਵਰਨਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲ ਕ ਮਾਤਰਾਵਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਵਾਕ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨ 13ਬ ਧੀ ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ ਉਦਸ਼ ਪਜਾਬ ਦ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਦ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਤ ਵਾਝ ਰਸਿ ਗਏ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾਉਣਾ ਅਤ ਬਾਰਲ 13ਸਿਬਆ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਇਕ ਨਵੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾ ਕ ਉਨਾ ਨ ਪਜਾਬ ਸਿਵਚ ਰਜ਼ਗਾਰ ਦ ਮਸਿਕਆ ਦ ਯਗ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ
ਭਾਗ ੳ
1) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਵਰਣਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲਖਣ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) ਅਖਰ ਸਿ13 ਸਿਖਆ ਤਰਤੀਬਵਾਰ ਤ ਭਲਾਵ ਅਖਰ(ਅ) ਅਖਰ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਖਰ ਰਪ ਤ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ
2) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਅਖਰ ਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਧਨੀਆ ਦਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) 13ਵਰ ਤ ਸਿਵਅਜਨ ਵਰਗੀਕਰਨ ਤ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਉਚਾਰਨ(ਅ) ਲਗਾ ndashਮਾਤਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
ਭਾਗ ਅ
1) ਸਿਲਪੀ ਦ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ(ੳ) ਪਰ ਤ ਅਧ ਅਖਰ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ਅ) 13ਵਰ 13ਚਕ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
2) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਣndashਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਫ਼ਤ ਦ ਸਿਦਨ(ਅ) ਮੀਸਿਨਆ ਦ ਨਾਮ(ੲ) ਰਗਾ ਦ ਨਾਮ(13) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਰਸ਼ਤਾndashਨਾਤਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ
ਭਾਗ ੲ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਜੜਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਦ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ(ਅ) ਸਿਤ ਨ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ
2) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਵਰਗਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀਆ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਨਾਵ ਪੜਨਾਵ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਸਿਕਸਿਰਆ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਆਸਿਦ)
ਭਾਗ ਸ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਅਗਤਰ ਸਿਪਛਤਰ 13ਮਾ13 ਦਰ ਕਤੀ)(ਅ) ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਵਾਕਸ਼ ਉਪndashਵਾਕ ਤ ਵਾਕ)
P a g e 26 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ
(1) 13ਲਬ13 ਦ ਚਾਰ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x5 = 20x 1 = 20(2) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 13ਖ ਪ ਉਤਰਾ ਵਾਲ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x 2 = 8x 2 = 16(3) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਵਰਣਾਤਮਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਵ ਗਾ 4x 1 = 4x 6 = 24
P a g e 27 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 5th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 301 Analog and Digital Communication Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 302 Web Programming amp Scripting 3 1 0 35
ECM 303 Mobile Application Development 3 1 0 35
ECM 304 Computer Networks 3 1 0 35
ECE 303 Microprocessor and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 351 Analog and Digital Communication Systems Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 353 Mobile Application Development Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 353 Microprocessor and Applications Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective ndash I 3 1 0 35
STG 351 Summer Training 60
Drug Abuse 3 0 0 00
21 6 6 30
Total contact hours 33
ECM 351 ECM 353 ECE 353 amp STG 351 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers Summer Training will be of 4-6 weeks duration in Industry or in- house Qualifying subject
Elective - I
1 ECE 305 ndash Linear Integrated Circuits amp Applications2 ECE 306 ndash Control Engineering 3 ECE 301 ndash Opto Electronics4 ECE 316 ndash HDL Based Digital Design5 ECE 318 ndash Communication Theory6 ECE 319 - Electronic Switching Circuits7 ECE 320 - Transmission Lines and Waveguides8 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 28 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 301 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is intended to understand all types of analog and digital modulation amp demodulation techniques and Recognize the importance of pre-emphasis and de-emphasis Focus will be on the fundamental system aspects of modern analog and digital communication System After successfully completing the course students will also be able to analyze the performance of a baseband and pass band digital communication system
Section-A
Amplitude Modulation (AM) Introduction Basic elements of communications Noise Need for modulation Expression for AM Double sideband suppressed carrier (DSB-SC) single sideband (SSB) and vestigial sideband (VSB)
AM Modulators and Demodulators Introduction with circuit diagram explanation of square law modulator and balanced modulator Fil tering method and Phasing method for generation of SSB Envelope detector and square law detector Working principles and block diagram explanations of super heterodyne receiver Specifications of receiver sensitivity selectivity fidelity signal to noise ratio and double spotting
Angle Modulation Introduction to Phase modulation (PM) and frequency modulation (FM) Relationship between PM and FM Expression of Phase and frequency modulation Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis circuits in FM Armstrong system of FM modulator slope detector balanced slope detector quadrature detector for FM demodulation FM stereo transmitter
Section-B
Pulse Modulation Introduction Sampling theorem and its applications Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) Pulse Time Modulation (PTM) Pulse code Modulation (PCM) quantization quantization error quantization noise companding Delta modulation Adaptive delta modulation Line Coding Schemes Introduction of line coding scheme ON-OFF signaling polar signaling bipolar amp split phase Manchester signaling and comparison among them Introduction to inter-symbol interference eye diagram Modulation Schemes Introduction generation reception spectrum and geometrical representation of BASK BFSK BPSK DPSKQPSK QAM and MSK techniques Use of signal space for calculation of error probabili ty for BPSK BFSK and QPSK Block diagram of digital communication system and functions of each block
TEXT BOOKS 1Electronic Communication Systems ndash George Kennedy and Bernard Davis TMH 2 Modern digital and analog Communication systems B P Lathi Oxford University Press 3 Communication Systems Harold PE Stern Samy and A Mahmond Pearson 4 Communication Systems Singh and Sapre Analog and digital TMH 5 Principles of Communication Systems ndash H Taub amp D Schilling Gautam Sahe TMH6 John Proakis ldquoDigital CommunicationsrdquoMcGrawHill7 Simon Haykin Digital communications John Wiley and sons8 Digital communication system by JSchitode
P a g e 29 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 302 INT EXT L T P CrWEB PROGRAMMING amp SCRIPTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Students are able to develop a dynamic webpage by the use of javascript and HTML Students will be able to know of CSS JQuery and AJAX
Section ndash A
HTML Tags Elements Attributes Headings Paragraphs Styles Formatting Quotations Comments Colors Hyperlinks Images Tables Lists Iframes Forms Form Elements Form Input Element types Canvas
CSS Inline amp External Anatomy of a CSS ruleset Measurement Units Colors Backgrounds Fonts Text Links Tables Borders Margins Lists Padding Dimensions Display Visibil ity Positioning Media Types Printing
Section ndash B
Javascript Syntax Variables Operators Data Types Number Boolean Strings Arrays Date Objects Functions Events If Else Switch Case While Loop For Loop For in RegExp HTML DOM Error Handling Dialog Boxes
Frameworks Introduction to jQuery Bootstrap JSON
Text Books
1 HTML5 for Web Designers by Jeremy Keith2 The Essential Guide to CSS and HTML Web Design by Craig Grannell3 JavaScript amp JQuery The Missing Manual by David McFarland
P a g e 30 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 303 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is related to the development of applications on mobile and wireless computing platforms Android will be used as a basis for teaching programming techniques and design patterns related to the development of standalone applications and mobile portals to enterprise systems Emphasis is placed on the processes tools and frameworks required to develop applications for current and emerging mobile computing devices Students will work at all stages of the software development life-cycle from inception through to implementation and testing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Android The Android Platform Android SDK Android App Resources Android App Manifest File Android App Permissions
Android Application Design Essentials Anatomy of an Android applications Android terminologies Application Context Activities Activity lifecycle Activity state changes Tasks and back stack Parcelables and bundles Fragments Services Intents
Section ndash B
Android User Interface Design Essentials User Interface Screen elements Designing User Interfaces with Layouts working with different types of resources
Android Architecture Components View Binding Data Binding LiveData ViewModel
WorkManager Room Persistence Library
Text Books
1 Lauren Darcey and Shane Conder ldquoAndroid Wireless Application Developmentrdquo Pearson Education 2nd ed (2011)
Reference Books
1 Reto Meier Professional Android 2 Application Developmentrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd2 Mark L Murphy Beginning Androidrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd
P a g e 31 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 304 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Build an understanding of the fundamental concepts of computer networking Familiarize the student with the basic taxonomy and terminology of the computer networking area Introduce the student to advanced networking concepts preparing the student for entry Advanced courses in computer networking Allow the student to gain expertise in some specific areas of networking such as the design and maintenance of individual networks
Section ndash A
Introduction history and development of computer networks Types of computer networks LAN MAN WAN broadcast and point to point networks Network topologies
Layered Architecture concept of layers protocols interfaces and services The OSI Reference Model The TCPIP Reference Model Comparison of OSI and TCPIP Models
Physical Layer Concept of Analog amp Digital Signal Bandwidth Transmission Impairments Attenuation Distortion Noise Data rate l imits Nyquist formula Shannon Formula
Switching Circuit Switching Message Switching and Packet Switching Comparison of Repeaters Hubs Switches
Transmission media Twisted Pair Co-axial Cables Fiber Optics Wireless Transmission Radio and Microwave and Infrared Transmission
Section ndash B
Data Link Layer Data l ink layer Design Issues Error Detection and Correction Elementary data link protocols An Unrestricted Simplex Protocol A Simplex Stop and Wait Protocol A Simplex Protocol for a Noisy Channel Sliding window protocols A One Bit Sliding Window Protocol A Protocol Using go back N A Protocol using Selective Repeat CSMA CSMACD Protocols
Network layer IP Addressing IPV4 header Fragmentation
Routing algorithms Shortest Path Routing Flooding Distance Vector Routing and Link State Routing Introduction to Congestion Congestion Control
Transport layer Introduction to Elements of Transport Protocols UDP TCP
Application layer Electronic-mail WWW Domain Name System SMTP HTTP
Text Books
1 A S Tannenbaum Computer Networks 3rd Edition Prentice-Hall2 D E Comer Internetworking with TCP-IP Principles Protocols and Architecture Vol I 2nd Edition
Prentice Hall 19913 D E Comer and D L Stevens Internetworking with TCP-IP Design Implementation and Internals
Vol II Prentice Hall 1990
P a g e 32 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 303 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To introduce 8085 architecture and programming in assembly language To introduce basic concepts of interfacing memory and peripheral devices to a microprocessor To introduce serial and parallel bus standards To introduce 8086 microprocessors To introduce various advanced processor architectures such as 80X86 Pentium and Multicore Processors
Section ndash A
Introduction Overview of architecture and instruction set of 8085 introduction to interfacing and inputoutput (IO) techniques Introduction to timing and control interrupts and programming of 8085Bus Contention amp solution
Interfacing Chips Block diagram and modes of operation of interfacing devices 81558156 and 83558755 multipurpose programmable devices 8279 programmable keyboarddisplay interface 8255A programmable peripheral interface 8253 programmable interval t imer 8259A programmable interrupt controller 8257 direct memory access(DMA) controller and 8251 USART
Section ndash B
Microprocessor Applications Interfacing of single and multiple digit seven-segment LED output display Interfacing of DAC (AD 558 AD 7522 amp DAC0800) and ADC (AD570 AD7574 and ADC0800) Applications like Temperature measurement and control water level indicator measurement and display of motor speed and traffic light control system
8086 Microprocessor Architecture memory segmentation parallel processing addressing modes instruction set and simple programming examples
Text Books
1 Ramesh S Gaonkar Microprocessor architecture Programming and applications with 8085 E Prentice Hall 2002
2 A Mathur Introduction to Micro Processor Tata-McGraw Hill3 Microprocessors and Digital systems by Douglas Hall Tata-McGraw Hill4 Fundamental of microprocessors and Micro Computers by B Ram Dhanpat Rai amp Sons5 Micro Processor 8086 by Gibson PHI
P a g e 33 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 351 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
17 To study line coding signals and its formats
18 To study Amplitude Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
19 To study Frequency Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
20 To study Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
21 To study Differential Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
22 To study Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
23 To study the sampling theorem amp reconstruction of signal
24 To study Delta Modulation amp Demodulation amp its characteristic
25 To study Adaptive Delta Modulation amp Demodulation
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 34 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 353 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Develop an Android application using various components fonts and colors
2 Develop an Android application that uses Layout Managers and event listeners
3 Develop an Android application for basic calculator
4 Develop an Android application to write data to the SD card
5 Develop an Android application that uses Fragments
6 Develop an Android application that uses Navigation component
7 Develop an Android application that uses GPS location information
8 Develop an Android application using various Firebase services
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 35 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 353 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To write and test a program for finding the largest and the smallest numbers out of the given list of
numbers
2 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in ascending order
3 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in descending order
4 Study of microprocessor-based temperature recording and monitoring system
5 Study of microprocessor-based Traffic Light Controller
6 Study of microprocessor-based DC Motor Controller
7 Study of microprocessor-based Stepper Motor Interface Card and Controller
8 Study of interfacing of ADC with microprocessor
9 Study of interfacing of DAC with microprocessor
10 To write and test different programs involving the use of interrupts subroutines Flags etc
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 36 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 305 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrLINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives This course introduces theoretical and circuit aspects of operational amplifier which is backbone for the basics of l inear Integrated circuits and its various applications and introduce some special function ICs
Section ndash A
Operational Amplifiers Differential Amplifier ndash Transfer characteristics CMRR PSRR current mirror voltage references internal structure of Op-amp Ideal Op-amp Characteristics Inverting and non-inverting Op-amp offset error voltages and currents slew rate characterization of Op-amp parameters Op-amp internal design starting from basic differential amplifier
Negative Feedback In Op-Amps Block diagram representation of feedback configurations Voltage-series feedback Amplifier Voltage shunt feedback amplifier Differential amplifiers with one op-amp two op-amps and three op-ampsFREQUENCY RESPONSE OF AN OP-AMP Frequency response Compensating Networks Frequency response of internally compensated Op-Amps Frequency response of Non compensated Op-amps Closed loop frequency response Slew rate causes of slew rate and its effect on applications
Section ndash B
Analog Systems with Operational Amplifier as A Building Block Basic applications ndash Inverter scale changer adder voltage to current current to voltage converter voltage follower Bridge amplifier Instrumentation amplifier Analog Integrator and Differentiator Logarithmic amplifier anti-log amplifierComparator amp other applications Comparator comparator characteristics limitation of Op-amp as comparator voltage limiters zero crossing detector timing mark generator precision rectifier average detector peak detector window detector voltage to frequency amp frequency to voltage converters
Specialized IC Applications Active filters First order low pass Butterworth Filter Second order low pass Butterworth Filter First order high pass Butterworth Filter Second Order High pass Butterworth Filter higher order filters Design of active filters Band Pass filters ndash wide band amp narrow band Band reject filters ndash wide band amp narrow band all pass filters 555 timer and its use as bistable monostable amp astable multivibrator Schmitt trigger Phase locked loop 565 applications frequency synthesizers and current differencing (Norton) amplifier
Reference Books
1 Op-Amp amp Linear Integrated Circuits- R A Gayakwad 4th Edition Pearson 20022 Operational Amplifier amp Linear integrated circuits- R F Coughlin amp FF Driscoll -6 th Edition and
Pearson 20013 Design with Op-Amps amp Analog ICs -Sergio France 3rd Edition McGraw Hill Hirher Education4 Linear Integrated Circuits- D Roy Choudhry New Age International Limited Publication
P a g e 37 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 306 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCONTROL ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To provide sound knowledge in the concepts of l inear control theory and design of control systems Further aims are - To develop mathematical model for electrical and mechanical systems - To understand the use of transfer function models in physical systems and simplification -To provide adequate knowledge in the time and frequency response of systems and steady state error analysis -To learn the importance of controllers and effect of different controllers to accord basic knowledge of stabili ty and various techniques to calculate stability -To introduce state space representation for different models -To study the basics of compensation and different types
Section ndash A
Basic Concepts Classification Open loop control system closed loop systems linear and non-linear systems time variant amp invariant systems Relative merits and demerits of open and closed loop systems Servomechanism
Mathematical Modeling Transfer function Mathematical modeling of electrical mechanical systems Analogies Block diagrams and signal flow graphs and their use in determining transfer function
Analysis Time and frequency domain analysis Transient and frequency response of first and second order systems Correlation ship between time and frequency domain specifications Steady-state errors and error constants Concepts and applications of P PD PI and PID types of control
Section ndash B
Stability Definit ion pole and Zero concept Routh-Hurwitz cri terion Root locus techniques Nyquist criterion Bode plots Relative stability Gain margin and phase margins
State Space Analysis Concepts of state State variables and state models State space equations Transfer function Transfer model State space representation of dynamic systems State transit ion matrix Controllability and observability
Compensation Necessity of compensation series and parallel compensations compensating networks
Reference Books
1 Modern Control Engg by K Ogata Prentice Hall New Delhi 19742 Control System Components by JF Gibsen Mcgraw Hill 19633 Automatic Control System by BC Kuo Prentice Hall 3rd Ed 19784 Control System Engineering by IJ Nagrath amp Gopal Wiley Eastern Ltd New Delhi5 DP Eckman Automatic process control6 Liptak ldquoHandbook of process controlrdquo
P a g e 38 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 301 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrOPTO-ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is to provide understanding of working principle performance analysis of various important components of fiber optical communication systems such as optical transmitter receiver optical amplifiers couplers split ters optical modulators etc When actual design of wavelength division multiplexed fiber optic communication systems will be done then working knowledge of Lasers LEDs photodiodes various types of optical amplifiers multiplexers fil ters etc will be beneficial The course is designed in a such way that the students learns the basic principle types of structures with their performances characterist ics of light sources (such as Lasers LEDs) optical detectors such as various types of photodiodes optical amplifiers multiplexers fi lters etc components of a wavelength division multiplexed optical communication systems At the end of course the student of must have thorough understanding of active and passive components of optical communication systems The course also provides basic knowledge of optical sensors which are used in optical instrumentation and many other applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of optoelectronics advantages applications-Network Military Civil industrial Sensors etc
Optoelectronic Sources Introduction Basic concepts Optical emission from semiconductor Semiconductor injection Laser amp its various structures injection laser characterist ics threshold condition wavelength tunable Lasers LED power and efficiency Heterojunction LED structure designs characterist ics Modulation response of an LED Source-Fiber coupling
Optoelectronic Detectors Introduction Device types basic principal of optoelectronic detection Absorption Quantum efficiency Responsivity wavelength cutoff Types of Photodiodes with and without internal gain Mid-infrared photodiode phototransistors Photo-conducting detectors Noise Considerations
Section ndash B
Passive Network Components amp Sensors Introduction CouplersSplit ters WDM multiplexers Demultiplexers Fil ters Isolators Circulators Attenuators Electro-optic Modulators Acousto-optic Modulators and their application areas
Optical Sensors classification-point distributed Intensity phase amp spectral Smart structures amp applications
Optical Amplifiers And Integrated Optics Introduction Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers (SOA) Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFA) Fiber Raman Amplifiers (FRA) Application areas of optical amplifiers Some integrated optical devices OEICs Optical bi-stability and digital optics Optical Computation
Reference Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash DK Mynbev LL Scheiner Pearson Education Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications
P a g e 39 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 316 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrHDL BASED DIGITAL DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of iterative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Introduction to HDL Design Flow Design Methodologies HDL History Capabilities Hardware Abstraction Basic Terminology Model Analysis Comparison between VHDL and Verilog
Basic VHDL Elements Identifiers Data Objects Data Types Operators
Behavioral Modeling Entity declaration architecture body Various Sequential Statements and Constructs multiple processes postponed processes
Dataflow Modeling Concurrent Signal Assignment Statements delta delay model multiple drivers block statement concurrent assertion statement
Structural Modeling Component Declaration component Instantiation resolving signal values
Section ndash B
Supporting Constructs Generics and Configuration Subprograms and Overloading Operator overloading Package declaration package body
Advanced Features Generate statements qualified expressions type conversions guarded signals attributes aggregate targets
Model Simulation Writing a Test Bench and Simulation for combinational circuits
Programmable Logic Devices (PLD) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) Basic Concepts Architecture and Usage
Text Books
a) A VHDL Primer ndash Jayaram Bhasker Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey b) VHDL Programming by Examples ndash Douglas L Perry Mc Graw Hill Fourth Editionc) FPGA based implementation of Signal Processing Systems RogerWoods John McAllister Dr Ying
Yi Gaye Lightbody Wileyd) Advanced FPGA Design ndash Architecture Implementation amp Optimization Steve Kilts
P a g e 40 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 318 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives After completing the course the student should be able to - Understand the basics of information theory and communication systems -understand the role of probability and statist ics in the analysis of communication systems -Solve problems related to channel capacity and spectral efficiency
Section ndash A
Introduction to information messages amp signals Classification of signals The discrete and continuous spectrum Power spectrum Energy density spectrum Dirac delta functions Sampling theory and approximations Convolution of signals LTI systems
Discrete probabili ty theory Continuous random variables Statist ically independent random variables Probability density functions of sums Transformation of density functions Ergodic Process Correlation functions Spectral density and White noise
Atmospheric Thermal Shot and Partition noise Noise figure and experimental determination of noise figure Shot noise in temperature limited diode and space charge limited diodes Pulse response and Digital noise
Section ndash B
Networks with random input Auto-correlations Spectral density and probabili ty density input-output relationships Optimum system and non-Linear systems Maximum criterion Equivalent noise bandwidth
Definit ion of information Units of information Entropy Uncertainty and information rate of communication Redundancy Relation between system capacity and information content of messages Shannonrsquos theorem Discrete noisy channel Channel capacity for different discrete channels
Text Books
1 Hancock JC ldquoAn Introduction to the Principles of Communication Theory Tata McGraw Hill 19612 Sharma Sanjay ldquoSignals and Systemsrdquo S K Kataria amp Sons 20093 Swartz Information Transmission Modulation amp Noiserdquo Mc Graw Hill4 Taub amp Schilling Principals of Communication System Mc Graw Hill5 Simon Haykin ldquoCommunication Systemsrdquo Wiley
Reference Books
1 Papoulis and S U Pillai ldquoProbability Random Variables and Stochastic Processesrdquo Tata McGraw Hill 2002
2 Claude E Shannon ldquoA Mathematical Theory of Communicationrdquo Bell System Technical Journal 27(3) 379-423
3 T Cover and J Thomas ldquoElements of Information Theoryrdquo Wiley 2006
P a g e 41 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 319 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC SWITCHING CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understanding of switching concept and different types of switching techniques Capabilit ies amp other details of finite state machines can be explored Will boost the knowledge of synchronous and asynchronous circuits design amp analysis Also explore the various types of Hazards
Section ndash A
Introduction to Sequential Circuits FlipndashFlops Flip-Flop conversions Classification of Sequential Circuits Registers and Counter circuits
Design amp Analysis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits Sequential circuits introductory examples Counters Finite state Machines Sequence Detector and Sequence Generator circuits Definite state model Basic definit ion Capabilit ies amp Limitation of finite state machines state equivalence amp machine minimization simplification of incompletely specified machines Extraction of maximum compatibles synthesis amp analysis of synchronous sequential circuits
Design amp Analysis of Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Introduction to asynchronous circuits t iming diagram state diagram amp flow tables fundamental mode circuits synthesis state assignment in asynchronous sequential circuits
Section ndash B
Hazards Introduction gate delays generation of spikes production of static hazards in combinational networks elimination of static hazards design of hazard free combinational networks hazard free asynchronous circuit design dynamic hazards essential hazards
Contact Networks amp Symmetric Networks Relay contents analysis amp Synthesis of contact Networks Properties of symmetric functions Synthesis ampidentification of symmetric functions Iterative Networks
Text Books
1 Switching and finite automata theory by ZVI Kohavi2 Logical design of switching circuits by Douglas Lewin 3 Logic Design by NN Biswas
P a g e 42 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 320 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrTRANSMISSION LINES AND WAVEGUIDES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the students should be able to familiarize with the new concepts towards propagation of signals through transmission lines and waveguides
Section ndash A
Classification of guided wave solutions-TE TM and TEM waves Field analysis transmission lines Rectangular and circular waveguides Excitation of waveguides Rectangular and circular cavity resonators
Transmission line equations Voltage and current waves Solutions for different terminations Transmission-line loading
Section ndash B
Impedance transformation and matching Smith Chart Quarter-wave and half-wave transformers Binomial and Tchebeyshev transformers Single double and triple stub matching
Microstriplines stripline slot lines coplanar waveguide and fin line Micro strip MIC design aspects Computer- aided analysis and synthesis
Text Books
1 DMPozar ldquoMicrowave Engineering (3e)rdquo Wiley 20042 JDRyder ldquoNetworks Lines and Fieldsrdquo PHI 20033 RECollin ldquoFoundations for Microwave Engineering (2e)rdquo McGraw-Hill 20024 SYLiao ldquoMicrowave Devices and Circuitsrdquo(3e) PHI 20055 J A Seeger ldquoMicrowave Theory Components and Devicesrdquo Prentice-Hall6 Jordan ldquoEM waves and Radiatingrdquo Prentice Hall7 GSN Raju ldquoElectromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Linesrdquo Pearson Education
P a g e 43 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
INT EXT L T P CrDRUG ABUSE PROBLEM MANAGEMENT AND PREVENTION 50 50 3 0 0 0
Note This is a compulsory qual i fying paper which the students have to study and quali fy during three years of their degree course
REGULAR STUDENTSMax Marks 70 Max Time 3hrsInternal Assessment 30Total Marks 100 Lectures per week 2
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERSThe question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have four quest ions from the respect ive sect ions of the syllabus Each question shal l carry 7 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 14 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any three quest ions f rom sect ion A and any three quest ions from sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
PRIVATE STUDENTSMax Marks 100 Max Time 3hrs
Lectures per week 2INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERS
The question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have three quest ions from the respective sect ions of the syl labus Each quest ion shal l car ry 15 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 20 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any two quest ions f rom sect ion A and any two quest ions f rom sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
SECTION AUNIT I ndash Problem of Drug Abuse Concept and Overview Types of Drug Often Abused
(a) Concept and OverviewWhat are drugs and what constitutes Drug Abuse Prevalence of menace of Drug Abuse How drug Abuse is different from Drug Dependence and Drug Addiction Physical and psychological dependence- concepts of drug tolerance
(b) Introduction to drugs of abuse Short Term Long term effects amp withdrawal symptoms Stimulants Amphetamines Cocaine NicotineDepressants Alcohol Barbiturates- Nembutal Seconal Phenobarbital Benzodiazepines ndashDiazepam Alprazolam FlunitrazepamNarcotics Opium morphine heroin Hallucinogens Cannabis amp derivatives (marijuana hashish hash oil)Steroids Inhalants
UNIT II ndashNature of the Problem Vulnerable Age Groups Signs and symptoms of Drug Abuse (a)- Physical indicators (b)- Academic indicators (c)- Behavioral and Psychological indicators
SECTION BUNIT III ndash Causes and Consequences of Drug Abuse
a) Causes Physiological Psychological Sociological b) Consequences of Drug Abuse For individuals For families For society amp Nation
Unit IV- Management amp Prevention of Drug AbuseManagement of Drug Abuse Prevention of Drug Abuse Role of Family School Media Legislat ion amp Deaddiction Centers
Suggested readings1 Kapoor T (1985) Drug Epidemic among Indian Youth New Delhi Mittal Pub2 Modi Ishwar and Modi Shalini (1997) Drugs Addiction and PreventionJaipur Rawat Publication3 Ahuja Ram(2003) Social Problems in India Rawat Publications Jaipur4 2003 National Household Survey of Alcohol and Drug Abuse New Delhi Clinical Epidemiological Unit All India
Institute of Medical Sciences 20045 World Drug Report 2011 United Nations Office of Drug and Crime6 World Drug Report 2010 United nations Office of Drug and Crime7 Extent Pattern and Trend of Drug Use in India Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment Government of India
20048 The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1985 (New Delhi Universal 2012)
Pedagogy of the Course WorkThe pedagogy of the course work wil l consist of the fol lowing 70 lectures ( including expert lectures) 30 assignments discussion and seminars and class tests Note A visi t to drug de-addiction centre could also be undertaken
P a g e 44 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 6th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 311 Artificial Intelligence and Machine learning 3 1 0 35
ECE 307 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 35
ECM 312 IoT and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 313 Database Management System 3 1 0 35
ECE 357 Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 363 Database Management System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 370 Minor Project 0 0 2 10
Elective-II 3 1 0 35
Elective-III 3 1 0 35
HSS 151 Communication skill Lab
18 6 6 25
Open elective
Total contact hours 32
ECE 357 ECM 363 ECM 370 and HSS 151 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
This is an optional course and student can opt any one elective subject from university Approved Open Elective Subject List with the consent of ACDHEADCourse Mentor
Elective - II
1 ECE 310 ndash Microelectronics 2 ECE 311 ndash Micro controller amp Applications3 ECE 312 ndash Information Theory amp Coding4 ECE 313 ndash Reliability Engineering5 ECE 315 - Modern Control System6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective - III
1 CPE 405 - Soft Computing Techniques2 CPE 406 - Digital Image Processing3 CPE 313 - System Simulation amp Modeling4 CPE 318 - Business Intelligence5 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 45 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 46 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 311 INT EXT L T P CrARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have an appreciation for and understanding of both the achievements of AI and the theory underlying those achievements To have an appreciation for the engineering issues underlying the design of AI systems To have a basic proficiency in a traditional AI language including an ability to write simple to intermediate programs and an ability to understand code written in that language To have a basic understanding of some of the more advanced topics of AI such as learning natural language processing agents and robotics expert systems and planning
Section ndash A
Artificial Intelligence Techniques levels of models understand the importance functions advantages as well as the limitations of art ificial intelligence Use of Artificial Intell igence and intell igent agents
State space search control strategies heuristic search problem characteristics production system characteristics Mapping between facts and representations approaches to knowledge representation semantic sets frame conceptual depending scripts predictive logic resolution in predicate logic
Section ndash B
Procedural Vs declarative knowledge matching conflict resolution Non-monotonic reasoning default reasoning statistical reasoning knowledge extraction Investigate the roles and development methods of artificial intell igence in decision making processes Neural network resources cognitive science role of neural network in computer science
Characteristics of AI language LISP-symbol manipulation- basic l isp function predicated condition recursion iteration Array-lambda functions input-output statements AI problems pattern recognition voice recognition Feature Extraction
Text Books
1 Artificial Intelligence by Rich and Kinght TMH2 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence by Charniak and Mcdermott Addison-Wesley 1985 3 Essentials of Artificial Intelligence by Ginsburg Morgan Kaufmann 1993 4 Artificial Intelligence by Winston 3rd Edition Addison Wesley 1992 5 Artificial Intelligence by Padhy Oxford Press
P a g e 47 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 307 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective DSP makes use of mathematical methods in order to handle and analyze the signals The use of such mathematical methods allows extracting information and even modifying the signal in order to use it as we desire DSP so widespread today and applied in everything around us At the end of course students may able to apply different operations of DSP such as filtering noise cancelling enhancing distorting smoothing in many application eg audio and speech processing sonar radar and other sensor array processing spectral statistical signal processing digital image processing signal processing for telecommunications control systems biomedical engineering seismology among others
Section ndash A
Z-Transform Introduction to signals and systems Z-transform pair properties of region of convergence (ROC) for the Z-transform properties of Z-transform analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Z-transforms System functions for interconnection of LTI systems Block diagram representation for causal LTI systems
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) Frequency domain sampling and reconstruction of discrete t ime signals DFT inverse DFT (IDFT) DFT as a linear transformation relationship of the DFT to other transforms properties of DFT use of DFT in l inear fil tering fil tering of long sequences frequency analysis of signals using DFT
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Direct computation of DFT divide and conquer approach to computation of the DFT radix-2 FFT algorithms use of FFT algorithm for efficient computation of the DFT of two real sequences and of the DFT of a 2N point real sequence
Section ndash B
Digital Filter Structures Introduction structures for FIR systems Direct form cascade form and latt ice structure structures for IIR systems Direct form cascade form parallel form and latt ice structures Fixed point representation of numbers errors resulting from rounding and truncation
Design of Digital Filters General considerations causali ty and its implications characterist ics of practical frequency selective fi lters design of symmetric linear phase FIR filters using rectangular Kaiser and Hamming window Design of digital IIR fil ters using impulse invariance transformation method amp bilinear transformation method
Text Books
1 Johan G Proakis and Dimitris G Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithms and Applicationsrdquo PHI
2 Oppenheim amp Schafer ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo PHI
P a g e 48 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 312 INT EXT L T P CrIOT AND APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Effective usage of IoT deployment for different sectors Developing and modifying code for various sensor-based applications using wireless sensor modules and working with variety of modules like environmental and security module Exploring the features of predictive data analytics for IoT applications Modular hands on training will enable participants to conduct IoT related activities in academic environment and init iate new projects in Industrial sectors
Section ndash A
Introduction to IoT Defining IoT Characteristics of IoT Physical design of IoT Logical design of IoT Functional blocks of IoT Communication models amp APIs
IoTamp M2M Machine to Machine Difference between IoT and M2M Software define network
Network and communication aspects Wireless medium access issues MAC protocol survey Survey routing protocols sensor deployment amp Node Discovery Data aggregation amp dissemination
Section ndash B
Applications of IoT Home automation Industry applications Surveillance applications other IOT applications
Challenges in IoT Design challenges Development challenges security challenges other challenges
Developing IoT Introduction to different IoT tools developing applications through IoT tools Implementing various IoT concepts
Text Books
1 SAMuel Greengard ldquothe Internet of Thingsrdquo2 Klaus Schweb ldquoThe Fourth Industrial revolutionrdquo3 CunoPfister ldquoGetting Started with Internet of Thingsrdquo4 Peter Wahel ldquoLearning Internet of Things
P a g e 49 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 313 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the different issues involved in the design and implementation of a database system To study the physical and logical database designs database modeling relational hierarchical and network models To understand and use data manipulation language to query update and manage a database To develop an understanding of essential DBMS concepts such as database security integrity concurrency To design and build a simple database system
Section ndash A
Introduction to Database Concepts Difference between Database and non-database system Data independence DBMS Architecture components of a database system Advantages and disadvantages of Database system Intended Uses of a DBMS Schemas and Instances Database Languages and Interfaces Classification of Database Management Systems
Data Models Relational Model Network Model Hierarchical Model ER Model Design issues Mapping constraints keys ER diagram weak entity sets extended ER features Design of an ER Database schema Reduction of an ER Schema to tables Comparison of Models
Query Processing Fundamental of Relational Algebra Tuple and Domain Relational Calculus
Relational Query Languages SQL Basic SQL Select Statements Table Creation and Management Create Alter Drop and Rename Constraints Primary key Foreign key Unique Not null and Check Data Manipulation Insert Update and Delete Restricting rows in Select using Where clause Comparison operators Logical Operators Order by clause
Section ndash B
Database Design Integrity Constraints Domain constraints Referential integrity enti ty integrity specify these constraints in SQL specification of Additional Constraints as assertions and triggers
Functional dependencies Functional dependencies Decomposition Normalization using FDrsquos MVDrsquos and JDrsquos Domain key normal form
Query Optimization Translating SQL Queries into Relational Algebra Notation for Query Trees and Query Graphs Heuristic Optimization of Query Trees Transformation Rules for Relational Algebra Operations Heuristic Algebraic Optimization Algorithm Converting Query Trees into Query Execution Plans Cost Components in Query Optimization Using cost estimates in query optimization
Joining Data from Multiple Tables Equi Non-Equi Self and Outer Joins Single-row and Group functions Sub-queries
Additional Database Object Sequences Synonyms and Views
Text Books1 Navathe and Elmasri Fundamentals of Database Systems Pearson education2 Korth and Silberschatz Abraham Database Concepts McGraw Hall 19913 An introduction to database system by CJ Date (Addison Welsey Publishing
house)4 Bipin Desai Database System TMG5 Prateek Bhatia Database Management system Kalayani Publishers
P a g e 50 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 357 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study of basic commands of MATLAB
2 Unit Ramp Unit Step Exponential and addition of two sinusoidal sequences
3 Convolution sum of discrete signals
4 Cross- correlation of two sequences
5 Frequency response of discrete system
6 DFT of the given sequence
7 Poles zeros and gain of transfer function
8 Magnitude amp phase of DFT
9 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of FIR Filter
10 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of IIR Filter
11 Analysis of FIR and IIR Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
12 Analysis of FFT Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 51 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 363 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Install procedure of the latest SQL Server edition
2 Write a query to create a table in SQL
3 Write a query to alter a table in SQL
4 Write a query to delete a table in SQL
5 Write a query to insert update and delete rows in a table in SQL
6 Write a query demonstrate the use of foreign keys in SQL
7 Write a query demonstrate various integrity constraints in SQL
8 Write a query demonstrate various joins in SQL
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 52 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 370 INT EXT L T P CrMINOR PROJECT 50 50 0 0 2 10
Electronic hardware andor software project Working model of hardware andor software project with real world usage according to recent trends in engineering
P a g e 53 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 151 INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Recognizing and articulating speech sounds mock dialogueconversation
2 Making an oral presentation class seminars paper reading
3 Participating in a group discussion
4 Holding a mock meeting
5 Developing skills related to Business Correspondence
6 Preparation for participating in a mock interview for a job etc
7 Developing skills for conducting a meeting attending telephonic calls
8 Listening to a recorded conversation and reviewingdiscussing its contents and style
P a g e 54 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 310 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Microelectronics is the branch of science that deals with microcircuits One most commonly used example of microcircuit is IC ie Integrated Circuits IC is a single substrate or chip on which active and passive components are fabricated the number of components which are fabricated on IC can give miniaturization of ICrsquoS This course provides a detailed fundamental analysis and discussion on various ICrsquos there fabrication steps and fabrication of BJTrsquos MOSFETS and CMOS This course than covers designing of layouts and stick diagram using NMOS PMOS and CMOS technology After successful completion of the device students will acquire a thorough understanding on the devices and be able to apply the knowledge to the development of new and novel devices for different applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Classification of integrated circuits (ICs) thick film thin film amp hybrid ICs Fabrication and component design resistor capacitors and inductors design and fabrication
Monolithic Techniques Process on sil icon crystals line growth refining substrate slicing polishing chemical vapor deposition thermal oxidation photolithography diffusion impurities diffusion system ion implantation metall ization isolation
Monolithic Components Bipolar IC process MOS IC process BJT construction diode instruction FET and MOS construction and resistors capacitors and inductors op-amp and voltage regulators design and fabrication
Section ndash B
LSI Circuits Brief introduction to LSI circuits realization of inter connection and realization of integrated elements
Basic VLSI Design Basic MOS transistor and working NMOS and CMOS fabrication thermal aspects MOS and VLSI some electrical properties of MOS design process circuit components system design and layout and scaling of MOS circuit some application of VLSI circuits like PLA
Text Books
1 SM Sze semiconductor device fundamentals Addison Wesley2 Howe R T and C G Sodini Microelectronics An Integrated Approach Upper Saddle River NJ
Prentice Hall 1996 ISBN 01358851833 N Weste and K Eshranghian Principles of CMOS VLSI Design Addison Wesley 19984 Jacob Backer Harry W Li and David E Boyce CMOS Circuit Design Layout and Simulation
Prentice Hall of India 1998 5 L Glaser and D Dobberpuhl The Design and Analysis of VLSI Circuitsrdquo Addison Wesley 19936 Fonstad C G Microelectronic Devices and Circuits New York NY McGraw-Hill 1994 ISBN
00702149647 Sedra A S and K C Smith Microelectronic Circuits 4th ed New York NY Oxford University
Press 1998 ISBN 01951166318 Pierret R F Semiconductor Device Fundamentals Upper Saddle River NJ Prentice Hall 1995 ISBN
0201543931
P a g e 55 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 311 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROCONTROLLER amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course provides ability to understand the basic concepts of microcontroller and its internal architecture The students would be able to learn the logic for assembly language programming It also provides the understanding about interfacing of input output devices with microcontroller So the overall objective of this subject is to make students aware of microcontrollers and their applications for serial parallel communication input output devices control and microcontroller-based projects
Section ndash A
Introduction 8051 Micro controller Comparison of Microprocessor and Microcontroller microcontroller and embedded processors processor Architecture - Harvard versus Princeton (Von Neumann) CISC versus RISC overview of 8051 families and other microcontrollers in use PIC ATMEL 8051 Pin description connections memory organization memory space of 8051 8051 flag bits and PSW register Register banks and stack
Instruction Familiarization Addressing modes and accessing memory using various addressing modes Arithmetic Logical jump loop and call instructions single bit instructions t ime delay generation amp calculation bit manipulation and programming Development system tools Data Types and directives 8051 assembly Language Programming Assembling an 8051 program
Section ndash B
Interrupt amp Embedded Device Programming Interrupts external amp internal hardware interrupts priority programmable IO Port Timercounter Serial Communication connection to RS 232
Real World Interfacing Interfacing of external memory RAM amp EPROM LCD ADC DAC sensors stepper motor and keyboard Interfacing to enhance 8051 capabili ties with 8255 amp Timer chips
Text Books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems -Ali Mazidi Pearson Education2 Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller -Myke Predko Tata Mc Graw Hill
Reference books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture Programming and appl -Kenneth Ayala Penram International2 Microcontrollers theory amp applications -Ajay V Deshmukh Mc Graw Hill
P a g e 56 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 312 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION THEORY AND CODING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Course will help to analyse error performance of a digital communication system in presence of noise and other interferences and it will help to improve the performance of the system The course will also build fundamental understanding of information theory and coding
Section ndash A
Discrete messages Concept of amount of information Average information and Entropy Information rate Coding to increase Average Information per bit Shannon s theorem Channel Capacity Gaussian channel Capacity Bandwidth-SN tradeoff use of orthogonal signals to attain Shannons limit Efficiency of Orthogonal signal transmission
Channel Coding bounds on communication Coding for Reliable Communication Parity check bit coding for Error detection Coding for Error Detection and Correction Linear Block Codes Cyclic Codes Golay Codes BCH codes Examples of algebraic codes Single Parity check bit code Repeated codes Hadaward code Hamming code
Section ndash B
Burst error correction introduction Block interleaving Convolution Interleaving Reed-Solo9mon (RS) code Concatenated codes Convolution Coding decoding of a Convolution Code Code tree decoding in the presence of noise sequential decoding State and Trellis diagram Viterbi algorithm
Probabili ty of Error of Convolution Codes Comparison of Error rates in Coded and Uncoded transmission Automatic-Repeat-Request (ARQ) Performance of ARQ Systems throughput of the stop amp wait ARQ throughput of Go-Back-N ARQ Selective Repeat ARQ Trellis decoded modulation
Text Books
1 Principles of communication systems by Taub amp Schilling Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing 2 Communication system engineering by Proakis TMH3 Digital Communications by Proakis TMH4 Introduction to the theory of error correcting codes Vera press 19925 Information theory amp reliable communication by Robert G Gallanger McGraw Hill 1992
P a g e 57 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 313 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrRELIABILITY ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Understanding of basic principles rather than lsquocook bookrsquo use of tables or handbooks Application to system requirements design manufacturing and testing with real-world examples
Section ndash A
Concept of Reliability Failures of systems and its modes Measure of Reliability Reliability function Hazard rate MTBF and their interrelations
Reliability Data and Analysis Data sources Data collection use of Reliability Data Reliability Analysis Performance Parameters calculation of failure rate Application of Weibull distribution
System Reliability and Modeling Series systems Parallel system series parallel systems Time dependence Reliability Determination stand-by systems r out of n Configurations Methods of tie set and cut sets of Or reliability evaluation simulation and Reliability prediction Monte Carlo method concepts of network topology Overall reliability evolution
Section ndash B
Maintainability and Availability Maintainability and its equation Factors affecting maintainability Measures of Maintainability Mean Down Time Availability Intrinsic availability equipment availability amp Mission availability Replacement processes and Policies
Life Testing of Equipment Non-destructive tests destruction tests and their Mathematic Modeling Quality and Reliability Measurement amp prediction of Human Reliability Reliability and safety safety margins in critical Devices case studies
Value Engineering Techniques in value Engineering Structure of value Engineering Reliability Management
Text Books
1 Reliability Engg By Govil2 Reliability Engg By Dr AK Aggarwal 19923 Related IEEEIEE publications
P a g e 58 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 315 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMODERN CONTROL SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Analyze dynamics of a linear system by State Space Representation Determine the stability of a linear system using pole-placement technique Design state observers Analyze basics of Non-linear control system Determine the stabili ty of Non-linear systems6 Realize the structure of a discrete time system and model i ts action mathematically
Section ndash A
Digital Control Introduction to digital control sampling Data reconstruction principles Pulse transfer functions Block diagram amp signal flow graph Digital Control Techniques- PID Deadbeat
Time domain analysis correlation between time response amp root location in S amp Z transform effect of pole-zero configuration in Z-plane on maximum overshoot amp peak time transient response
Stability in Z-plane using modified Routhrsquos criteria Jurys criteria
State Variable Analysis and Design Review of state space representation for l inear continuous time system solution of linear time invariant state equations controllabili ty and observability solution of state equation for discrete system state space analysis of discrete time systems pole placement Techniques
Section ndash B
Non-Linear Control System Introduction to non-linear feedback control system special features of linear system l imit cycle jump response sub harmonies etc describing function and phase plane techniques for analysis of non-linear system concept of local global asymptotic and total stability of non-linear system Liapunovs stability criterion
Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Basic Principles of Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Model Reference Adaptive Control Types of Learning-Supervised and Un-Supervised Learning Control Systems On-line and Off-line Learning Control Systems
Text Books
1 Katsuhiko Ogata Modern Control Engineering Prentice-Hall of India New Delhi 2 J Nagarath and M Gopal Control system Engineering New Age International (P) Ltd 3 Katsuhiko Ogata State Space Analysis of Control Systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 4 Benjamin C Kuo and Farid Golnaraghi Automatic Control Systems 8th Edition John Wiley amp Sons 5 H Khalil Nonlinear Control systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 6 Control System Engineering by Norman S Nise Wiley7 Modern Control System by RC Dorf RH Bishop Addision Wesley8 Digital Control amp State Variable Methods by M Gopal TMH9 Brogan W L Modern Control theory Prentice Hall International New Jersey
P a g e 59 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 405 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives It deals with Introduction and different architectures of neural network It deals with the Application of Neural Networks It deals with Genetic Algorithms and Hybrid Systems
Section ndash A
Introduction What is Soft Computing Difference between Hard and Soft computing Requirement of Soft computing Major Areas of Soft Computing Applications of Soft Computing
Neural Networks What is Neural Network Learning rules and various activation functions Single layer Perceptrons Back Propagation networks Architecture of Backpropagation (BP) Networks Backpropagation Learning Variation of Standard Back propagation Neural Network Introduction to Associative Memory Adaptive Resonance theory and Self Organizing Map Recent Applications
Section ndash B
Genetic Algorithm History of Genetic Algorithms (GA) Working Principle Various Encoding methods Fitness function GA Operators- Reproduction Crossover Mutation Convergence of GA Bit wise operation in GA Multi-level Optimization
GA based Backpropagation Networks GA based Weight Determination K - factor determination in Columns
Hybrid Systems Sequential Hybrid Systems Auxiliary Hybrid Systems Embedded Hybrid Systems Neuro-Fuzzy Hybrid Systems Neuro-Genetic Hybrid Systems Fuzzy-Genetic Hybrid Systems
Text Books
1 Rao Vallinu Band Rao Hayagriva Neural networks and fuzzy Logic second edition BPB Publication
2 Berkan C Riza Trubatch L Sheldon Fuzzy Systems design Principlea IEEE Press standard publishers
3 Freeman A James Skapura M David- neural networks algorithms applications and programming4 Soft Computing by Fred Aminzadel amp Jamshich Prentice Hall
P a g e 60 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 406 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understand what MFAs do and how they work Understand the fundamentals of diplomatic negotiations Understand bilateral and multi lateral diplomacy Understand subject-specific diplomacy Understand what makes a document a ldquotreatyrdquo Be aware of historical cases relevant to various diplomatic methods
Section ndash A
Introduction and Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image representation Fundamental steps in Image processing Elements of digital Image processing Sampling and quantization some basic relationships l ike neighborrsquos connectivity distance measure between pixels Image geometry
Image Transforms Discrete Fourier transform Some properties of two-dimensional Fourier transform Fast Fourier transform Inverse FFT
Image Enhancement Point Operations Histograms Spatial Domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement by point processing Spatial fil tering low pass filtering High pass fil tering Homomorphic fi ltering Color image processing Image Restoration Degradation model Algebraic approach to Restoration Inverse fi ltering Wiener fil ter Constrained least square restoration Interactive restoration Restoration in spatial domain
Section ndash B
Image Compression Coding Inter-pixel and Psycho visual redundancy Image Compression models Error free compression Lossy Compression Image Compression standards
Image Segmentation Detection of discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection Thresholding Region Orientation Segmentation Motion based segmentation
Representation and Description Representation schemes l ike chain coding Polygonal approximation Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary Description Regional descriptors Morphology
Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and pattern classes Decision Theoretic methods Structural methods Interpretation
Text Books
1 AK Jainrdquo Fundamentals of Digital Image Processingrdquo Pearson Education2 Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo AWL3 W K Prattrdquo Digital Image Processingrdquo4 Ramesh Jain Brian G Schunck ldquoMachine Visionrdquo TMH
P a g e 61 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 313 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSYSTEM SIMULATION amp MODELING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Systems modeling general systems theory Concept of simulation Simulation as a decision-making tool types of simulation Simulation Terminologies- Application areas ndash Model Classification ndashTypes of Simulation- Steps in a Simulation study- Concepts in Discrete Event Simulation - Simulation Examples
Statistical Models Concepts Discrete Distribution Continuous Distribution Poisson Process Empirical Distributions- Queueing Models ndash Characteristics Notation ndash Queueing Systems ndash Markovian Models- Properties of random numbers- Generation of Pseudo Random numbers- Techniques for generating random numbers-Testing random number generators- Generating Random-Variates- Inverse Transform technique ndash Acceptance- Rejection technique Composition amp Convolution Method
Section ndash B
Design of Simulation Experiments Problem formulation data collection and reduction time flow mechanism key variables logic flow chart starting condition run size experimental design consideration output analysis and interpretation validation input modeling Data collection Assessing sample independence Hypothesizing distribution family with data Parameter Estimation Goodness-of-fit tests Selecting input models in absence of data Output analysis for a Single system Terminating Simulations Steady state simulations
Development of simulation models using simulation language studied for systems like queuing systems Production systems Inventory systems maintenance and replacement systems and Investment analysis Simulation Tools ndash Model Input High level computer system simulation CPU ndashMemory Simulation Comparison of systems via simulation ndash Simulation Programming techniques - Development of Simulation models Simulation programming languages ndash simulation suitability with characterist ics Comparison and selection of simulation languages study of any one simulation language
Text Books
1 Jerry Banks and John Carson ldquoDiscrete Event System Simulationrdquo Fourth Edition PHI 20052 Geoffrey Gordon ldquoSystem Simulationrdquo Second Edition PHI 20063 Narsingh Deo ldquoSystem Simulation with Digital Computer ldquoPrentice Hall India 20014 Frank L Severance ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulationrdquo Wiley 20015 Jerry Banks ldquoHandbook of Simulation Principles Methodology Advances Applications and Practicerdquo
Wiley 1998
P a g e 62 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 318 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrBUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to digital data and its types ndash structured semi-structured and unstructured Introduction to OLTP and OLAP (MOLAP ROLAP HOLAP) BI Definitions amp Concepts BI Framework Data Warehousing concepts and its role in BI BI Infrastructure Components ndash BI Process BI Technology BI Roles amp Responsibili ties Business Applications of BI BI best practices
Basics of Data Integration (Extraction Transformation Loading) Concepts of data integration needs and advantages of using data integration introduction to common data integration approaches Meta data - types and sources Introduction to data quality data profiling concepts and applications introduction to ETL using Kettle
Section ndash B
Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling Introduction to data and dimension modeling multidimensional data model ER Modeling vs multi-dimensional modeling concepts of dimensions facts cubes attribute hierarchies star and snowflake schema introduction to business metrics and KPIs creating cubes using Microsoft Excel
Basics of Enterprise Reporting A typical enterprise Malcolm Baldrige - quality performance framework balanced scorecard enterprise dashboard balanced scorecard vs enterprise dashboard enterprise reporting using MS Access MS Excel best practices in the design of enterprise dashboards
Text Books
1 RN Prasad and Seema Acharya Fundamentals of Business Analytics Wiley India Ltd2 Mike Biere Business Intelligence for the Enterprise Prentice Hall Professional3 Teo Lachev Applied Microsoft Analysis Services 2005 And Microsoft Business Intelligence Platform
Prologika Press4 David Taniar Progressive methods in data warehousing and business intelligence concepts and
competitive analytics Idea Group Inc (IGI)5 Data warehousing the ultimate guide to building corporate business intelligence Birkhaumluser6 Mark Humphries Michael W Hawkins Michelle C Dy Data warehousing architecture and
implementation Prentice Hall Professional
P a g e 63 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 7th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 401 Cryptography and Network Security 3 1 0 35
ECE 413 Wireless amp Mobile Communications 3 1 0 35
ECM 402 Big Data amp Cloud Computing 3 1 0 35
ECE 304 Digital System Design 3 1 0 35
ECE 453 Wireless amp Mobile Communications Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 354 Digital Signal Design Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 453 Software Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective - IV 3 1 0 35
Elective ndash V 3 1 0 35
18 6 6 24
Total contact hours 30
ECE 453 ECE 354 amp ECM 453 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
Elective - IV
1 CPE 402 - Data Mining amp Warehousing2 CPE 403 - Information Security and Cyber Law3 CPE 308 - Computer Graphics4 CPE 409 - Advanced Computer Architecture5 CPE 304 - JAVA Programming6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective ndash V
1 ECE 401 - Microwave Engineering2 ECE 416 - Radar and Satellite Communication3 ECE 415 - Advanced Communication System4 ECE 407 - Nano Electronics5 ECE 408 - Biomedical Instrumentation6 ECE 409 - Optical Networks7 ECE 410 - Digital VLSI Design8 ECE 412 - Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic9 ECE 417 - RF System Design10 ECE 418 - Digital Image and Speech Processing11 ECE 321 ndash Optical Fiber Communications12 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
P a g e 64 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 65 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 401 INT EXT L T P CrCRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Conventional Encryption Introduction Conventional encryption model Steganography Data Encryption Standard block cipher Encryption algorithms confidentiality Key distribution
Public Key Encryption and Hashing Principles of public key cryptosystems RSA algorithm Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange Elliptic curve cryptology message authentication and Hash functions Hash and Mac algorithms Digital signatures
IP Security IP Security Overview IP security Architecture authentication Header Security payload security associations Key Management
Section ndash B
Web Security Web security requirement secure sockets layer transport layer security secure electronic transaction dual signature
Security System Intruders Viruses Worms firewall design Trusted systems antivirus techniques digital Immune systems
Text Books
1 William Stallings Cryptography and Network security 2nd ed Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
1999
2 Baldwin R and Rivest R The RC5 RC5-CBC RC5-CBC-Pad and RC5-CTS Algorithmsrdquo
October1996
P a g e 66 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 413 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Wireless communication has become a ubiquitous part of modern life from global cellular telephone systems to local and even personal area network The objective of the course is that students should be able to familiarize with the evolution and basics of wireless communication technology identify and explain various wireless systems design aspects of cellular systems radio propagation mechanism fading and upcoming wireless networks
Course Outcomes By the end of this course the students will be able to Explain the fundamental concepts of wireless communication systems Learn cellular system design basics and frequency management techniques Describe capacity increase mechanisms interference reduction strategies and long-distance propagation concepts Understand effects of fading voice coding techniques and signal processing in GSM network Update themselves with recent technology and happenings in the field of mobile technology
Section ndash A
Introduction History of wireless communication Future trends in cellular radio and personal communications Second generation (2G) cellular networks evolution to 25G wireless networks (HSCSD GPRS and EDGE for 25G GSM and IS-136 IS-95B for 25G CDMA) 3G Wireless Networks 3G W-CDMA (UMTS) 3G CDMA 2000 3G TD-SCDMA Wireless local loop (WLL) and LMDS WLANs Bluetooth and PANs
Cellular Concepts Introduction frequency reuse channel alignment strategies hand off strategies interference and system capacity Trunking and grade of service improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems using cell splitting sectoring cellular system design considerations
Mobile Radio Propagation Large scale path loss Introduction to radio wave propagation Free space propagation model Three basic propagation mechanism reflection ground reflection (two-ray) model Diffraction scattering shadow fading combined path loss and shadowing
Section ndash B
Small Scale Fading and Multipath Introduction small scale multipath propagation Impulse response of a multipath channel Factors influencing small scale fading parameters of mobile multipath channels (time dispersion coherence bandwidth doppler spread and coherence time) Types of small scale fading Rayleigh Rician and Nakagami fading distributions
Spread Spectrum Modulation Techniques Pseudo- noise (PN) sequences DS-SS FH-SS Block diagram of IS-95 forward link block diagram of IS-95 reverse link GSM (Architecture Channels and signal processing)
Current and upcoming Wireless Systems 4G LTE 5G Adhoc networks
Text Books
1 Mobile cellular Telecommunications William C Y Lee 2nd Edition McGraw Hill Latest edition
2 Wireless and Digital communications Dr Kamilo Feher 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
3 Wireless communication principal amppractice TS Rappaport 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
4 Wireless Communications- Andrea Goldsmith Cambridge University Press
P a g e 67 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 402 INT EXT L T P CrBIG DATA amp CLOUD COMPUTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn how to use Cloud Services To implement Virtualization To implement Task Scheduling algorithms Apply Map-Reduce concept to applications To build Private Cloud Broadly educate to know the impact of engineering on legal and societal issues involved
Section ndash A
Introduction Big Data and its importance Four Vrsquos Drivers for Big data Big data analytics Big data applications
Introduction to Hadoop Hadoop Eco System Moving Data in and out of Hadoop Understanding inputs and outputs of MapReduce
NoSQL Use of NoSQL Types of NoSQL databases Advantages of NoSQL SQL vs NoSQL
MongoDB Introduction to MongoDB key features Core Server tools MongoDB through the JavaScriptrsquos Shell Creating and Querying through Indexes Document-Oriented principles of schema design Constructing queries on Databases collections and documents MongoDB Query Language
Section ndash B
Recent trends in Computing Grid Computing Cluster Computing Distributed Computing Utility Computing Cloud computing
Cloud Computing Architecture Comparison with clientserver computing architecture Services provided at various levels Role of Networks in Cloud computing protocols used Role of Web services Service Models (XaaS) Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) Platform as a Service (PaaS) Software as a Service (SaaS) Public cloud Private cloud Hybrid cloud Community cloud
Cloud Security Infrastructure Security Network level security Host level security Application level security Data security and Storage Data privacy and security issues Jurisdictional issues raised by Data location Identity amp Access Management Access Control Trust Reputation Risk Authentication in cloud computing Client access in cloud Cloud contracting Model Commercial and business considerations
Text Books
1 Cloud Computing Bible Barrie Sosinsky Wiley-India 2010
2 Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms Editors Rajkumar Buyya James Broberg Andrzej M
Goscinski Wiley 2011
3 Cloud Computing Principles Systems and Applications Editors Nikos Antonopoulos Lee Gillam
Springer 2012
4 Cloud Security A Comprehensive Guide to Secure Cloud Computing Ronald L Krutz Russell Dean
Vines Wiley-India 2010
5 Boris lublinsky Kevin t Smith AlexeyYakubovich Professional Hadoop Solutions Wiley ISBN
9788126551071 2015
6 Chris EatonDirk derooset al Understanding Big data McGraw Hill 2012
7 BIG Data and Analytics Sima Acharya Subhashini Chhellappan Willey
P a g e 68 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 304 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of i terative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Review of Digital Electronics Concept MSI and LSI Circuits and Their Applications Arithmetic Circuits Comparators Multiplexers Code Converters XOR And AND-OR INVERTER Gates Wired Logic Bus Oriented Structures Tri-State Bus System Propagation Delay
Sequential Machines The Concept of Memory The Binary Cell The Cell and The Bouncing Switch Set Reset D Clocked T Clocked JK Flip Flop Design of Clock FF State Diagram Synchronous Analysis Process Design Steps for Traditional Synchronous Sequential Circuits State Reduction Design Steps for Next State Decoders Design of Out Put Decoders
Section ndash B
Multi Input System Controller Design System Controllers Design Phases and System Documentation Defining the System Timing and Frequency Considerations MDS Diagram State Assignment Next State Decoders and Its Maps Output Decoders ROM PLA And PAL Based Design
Asynchronous Finite State Machines Scope Asynchronous Analysis Design of Asynchronous Machines Cycle and Races Plotting and Reading the Excitation Map Hazards Essential Hazards Map Entered Variable MEV Approaches to Asynchronous Design Hazards in Circuit Developed by MEV Method
Text Books
1 Fletcher WI Engineering Approach to Digital Design Prentice Hall of India (2007) 4th ed2 Wakerly JF Digital Design Principles and Practices Prentice Hall of India (2013) 5th ed
Reference Books
1 Givone D D Digital Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill (2007) 2nd ed2 Tocci RJ Digital Systems Principles and Applications Prentice-Hall (2006) 10th ed3 Mano MM and Clitti M D Digital Design Prentice Hall (2001) 3rd ed
P a g e 69 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 453 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Note Do any Eight Experiments
I On Satellite Trainer Kit
1 Understanding the basic concepts of satellite Communication 2 Establish direct Communication link between uplink transmitter and downlink receiver using tone
signal 3 To Setup an active Satellite link and Demonstrate link fail Operations 4 To Establish an Audio-Video Satellite link between Transmitter and Receiver 5 To Communicate Voice Signal Through Satellite Link 6 To change different combinations of Uplink amp Downlink frequencies and to check Communication
Link 7 To Transmit and Receive 3 Separate Signals (Audio Video Tone) Simultaneously through Satellite
Link 8 To Transmit and Receive Function Generator Waveforms Through Satellite Link 9 To Transmit and Receive PC Data Through Satellite Link
II On Mobile Phone Trainer Kit
1 To study the Tx IQRx IQ Signals 2 To Observe signal constellation of GMSK signal 3 To Study the Working of Audio IC 4 To Study the Working of a SIM card in a GSM handset 5 To Study SIM CARD Detection
III On Antenna Trainer Kit
1 To study Antenna Trainer Kit 2 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Dipole 3 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ4 Dipole 4 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Folded Dipole 5 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample other Antennas
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 70 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 354 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Design all logic gates using VHDL
2 Write a VHDL programs for Half Adder circuit
3 Write a VHDL programs for Full Adder circuit
4 Write a VHDL programs for Multiplexer amp Demultiplexer circuits
5 Write a VHDL programs for Encoder amp Decoder circuits
6 Write a VHDL programs for Comparator circuit
7 Write a VHDL programs for Code Converter circuit
8 Write a VHDL programs for Flip-Flop circuit
9 Write a VHDL programs for Counter circuit
10 Write a VHDL programs for Register amp Shift Register circuits
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 71 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 453 INT EXT L T P CrSOFTWARE LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
Experiments The list of experiments will be based on the current market requirements and recent trends in latest software regime being followed to employ students with best in class skills at that present time
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 72 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 402 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrDATA MINING amp WAREHOUSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To introduce students to the basic concepts and techniques of Data Mining To develop skills of using recent data mining software for solving practical problems To gain experience of doing independent study and research To study the methodology of engineering legacy databases for data warehousing and data mining to derive business rules for decision support systems Develop and apply critical thinking problem-solving and decision-making skills Develop and apply enthusiasm for learning Class participation is encouraged in this course
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to RDBMS data warehouse transactional databases data mining functionalities classification of data mining system major issues in data mining
Data Preprocessing Data Cleaning Data Integration and Transformation Data Reduction Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation
Data Warehouse And OLAP Need for Data Warehousing Difference from Traditional Databases Data Warehouse Architecture Multidimensional Data Model Schemas for Multi-Dimensional Model Star Snowflake amp Fact Constellation OLAP Operations Types of OLAP Servers ROLAP Versus MOLAP Versus HOLAP
Introduction to Data Mining Basics of data mining Data mining techniques KDP (Knowledge Discovery Process) Application and Challenges of Data Mining Security Issue Privacy Issue
Section ndash B
Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Apriori Algorithm FP Growth Algorithm latest trends in association rules mining
Classification and Clustering classification and prediction issues regarding classification and prediction decision tree induction algorithm rule-based classification using if-then rules for classification prediction linear amp nonlinear regression cluster analysis type of data for cluster analysis introduction to Categorization of Major Clustering Methods Classical Parti tioning Method k-Means
Introduction to Mining Complex Types of Data Complex data objects Mining spatial databases Multimedia databases Time Series and sequence databases Text databases and World Wide Web
Text Books
1 Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo 2 gan Kaufmann Publishers 2000 (ISBN 1-55860-489-8)3 Ian H Witten and Eibe Frank ldquoData Mining Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques with
Java implementationsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers San Fransisco CA (2000)4 Dorian Pyle ldquoData Preparation for Data Miningrdquo Morgan Kaufmann (1999)5 Korth Silbertz Sudarshan ldquoDatabase Conceptsrdquo McGraw Hill6 Elmasri Navathe ldquoFundamentals Of Database Systemsrdquo Addision Wesley
P a g e 73 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 403 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION SECURITY AND CYBER LAW 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To provide an understanding Computer forensics fundamental To analyze various computer forensics technologies To provide computer forensics systems To identify methods for data recovery To apply the methods for preservation of digital evidence
Section ndash A
Introduction to Internet Cyber Space and threats Computer Storage Cell Phone Mobile Forensics Computer Ethics and Application Programs
Electronic and Digital Signatures -Intellectual Property ndash Data Protection and Privacy Need for cyber law and forensics Jurisprudence of Indian Cyber Law
Foot printing WHOIS and DNS enumeration network reconnaissance Email spoofing Email bombing Data diddling Denial of service attack Virusworm attacks- trojans and keyloggers Internet t ime theft Web jacking Phishing-Smishing-Vishing-Identity theft Cyber terrorism- use of encryption by terrorists Human trafficking
Section ndash B
The Legal Perspective ndash The IT Act Challenges faced by IT Act and its amendments Sections Under IT Act- Section 43656667686970 Section relevant to cybercrime under IPC (Indian Penal Code)
Ethical hacking Need penetration testing Information gathering tools like n-map vulnerabili ty detection scanners like nessus nexpose information analysis and planning attack and penetration tools like Metasploit results analysis and reporting
Text Books
1 Cyber Security - Understanding cybercrimes computer forensics and legal perspectives by Nina Godbole and Sunit Belapure
2 System Forensics by Ankit Fadia 3 hacking Exposed network security secrets and solutions by Stuart McClure Scambray and Kurtz Tata
McGraw Hill
P a g e 74 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 308 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER GRAPHICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course objectives To provide comprehensive introduction about computer graphics system design algorithms and two-dimensional transformations To make the students familiar with techniques of clipping three-dimensional graphics and three-dimensional transformations The computer graphics course prepares students for activit ies involving in design development and testing of modeling rendering shading and animation
Section ndash A
Graphics Hardware Raster CRTs Raster and Random Scan Displays Display Controllers and Processors Graphics Input Devices Applications of Computer Graphics
Raster Scan Conversion Algorithms Line Drawing Algorithms (DDA amp Bresenhamrsquos) Circle Drawing Algorithms (Mid-Point and Bresenhamrsquos)
Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Rotation and Scaling) Matrix Representation and Homogenous Coordinates Shear and Reflection Transformations Composite TransformationsFilling Region fi lling Algorithms (Boundary Fill and Flood Fill)
Section ndash B
Windowing and Clipping Viewing pipeline viewing transformations 2-D Clipping algorithms- Line clipping algorithms (Cohen Sutherland Liang Barsky algorithm) Polygon clipping (Sutherland Hodgeman polygon clipping Weiler and Atherton polygon clipping)
Three-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Scaling Rotation) Composite transformations
Projections Parallel and Perspective
Visible Surface Detection Methods Depth Buffer Method A-Buffer Method Scan Line Method Area Subdivision Method
Shading Gouraud and Phong Shading Algorithms Properties of Bezier and B-Spline Curves
Text Books
1 Computer Graphics By Donald Hearn M Pauline Baker2 Computer Graphics (Schaum Series) by Lipschutz (MC Graw Hill)3 Principles of Interactive Computer graphics By WM Newman R Sproull4 Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics By JD Foley A Van Dam5 Computer Graphics Using OPEN GL By FS Hill Jr6 Computer Graphics Roy A Plastock Gordon Kalley
P a g e 75 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 409 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction to Parallel Processing Evolution of Computer Architecture Parallelism in Uniprocessor System Parallel Computer Structures Architectural Classifications Schemes Multiprocessors and Multicomputers Multisector and SIMD Computers Parallel processing application
Memory and input output subsystems Hierarchical Memory structure Virtual memory system Memory Allocation and Management Cache Memories and Management Input-Output Subsystem
Pipelining and Vector Processing Pipelining Instruction and Arithmetic Pipelines Principles of Designing Pipelined Processors Vector Processing Requirements Vector Super Computers Pipeline Chaining and Vector Loops Vectorization and Optimization Methods
Section ndash B
Structures and Algorithms for Array Processors SIMD Array Processors SIMD Interconnection Networks Static amp Dynamic Networks Mesh Connected Network Cube interconnection Networks Parallel Algorithms for array processors Associative Array Processing
Multiprocessor Architecture and Programming Functional Structures Interconnection Networks Multi stage networks for multiprocessors Parallel Memory Organization Multiprocessor Operating System Exploiting Concurrency for Multiprocessing
Text Books
1 Hawang kai Briggs FA Computer Architectures and Parallel Processing McGraw-Hill2 Kain Richard Y Advanced Computer Architecture PHI3 Hwang Kai Advanced Computer Architecture McGraw-Hill4 Mano M Computer System Architecture PHI
P a g e 76 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 304 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrJAVA PROGRAMMING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The model of object-oriented programming abstract data types encapsulation inheritance and polymorphism Fundamental features of an object-oriented language like Java object classes and interfaces exceptions and libraries of object collections How to take the statement of a business problem and from this determine suitable logic for solving the problem then be able to proceed to code that logic as a program written in Java How to test document and prepare a professional looking package for each business project using javadoc
Section ndash A Introduction to Java Features of Java difference between Java and C++ JVM Bytecode data types Wrapper types variables arrays operators-arithmetic bit-wise relational Boolean various control statements
Introduction to Classes Class fundamentals declaring objects methods constructors garbage collection passing parameters to methods recursion
Inheritance types of inheritance Access Modifiers (Private Public Protected Default) Polymorphism (Overloading Overriding Super amp This Keyword) Final Variable Final Classes amp Methods Static variable Static method Abstract methods and classes Packages and interfaces importing packages
Exception Handling Exception types try catch finally throw and throws creating exception subclasses
Section ndash BMultithreading Multithread programming thread priorities synchronization interthread communication Thread class methods runnable interface
IO InputOutput streams reading and writing console inputoutput reading and writing files
Applets and Graphics Applet fundamentals Applet class Applet init ialization and termination event handling keyboard and mouse events AWT class Layout managers panels canvases Frame windows drawing lines rectangles ell ipses
JDBC programming Commonly used classes and interfaces of javasql package connecting java application to a database prepared statements
Advance Concepts Introduction to Java Beans Java Swings Java Server Pages
Recommended Books
1 Dietel and Dietal Java How to Program 6th Edition Pearson Education 2 Herbert Schildt The Complete Reference Java2 TMH 3 James Edward Keogh Jim Keogh J2EE The complete Reference McGraw-Hill
P a g e 77 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 401 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrMICROWAVE ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilities in Microwave engineering through understanding of electromagnetic wave generation transmission and measurements theory and technology by study of microwave transmission medium media and microwave devices and components
Section ndash A
Microwave Tubes and Circuits High frequency limitations of conventional tubes klystrons ndash two cavity klystron multicavity klystron Reflex klystron Travelling wave magnetron - operation and characteristics Helix TWT construction operation and applications
Microwave Solid State Devices amp Their Applications Classification of Microwave Devices Diodes-PIN diode Tunnel Diode varactor and step recovery diodes Transferred Electron Devices- GUNN Diode Avalanche transit time effect- IMPATT Microwave Transistors and high electron mobility transistor-characteristics and performance
Section ndash B
Microwave Components Waveguide Microwave Junctions Scattering matrix and their properties Microwave T junctions ndash H Plane Tee E Plane Tee Magic Tee Rat Race Junction Directional coupler ndashscattering matrix of a directional coupler Waveguide joints bends corners re-entrant cavities Ferrite devices ndash faraday rotation in devices circulator amp isolator phase shifters and microwave attenuators
Microwave Measurements General measurement setup Microwave bench power measurement ndash low medium amp high Attenuation measurement Measurement of VSWR Smith Charts Measurement of Impedance Impedance matching-single and double stub tuners
Text Books
1 Microwave devices and circuits Samuel Liao PHI2 Microwave devices and radar Engg M Kulkarni Umesh Publications3 Foundation of Microwave Engg RE Collin McGraw Hill4 Microwave Engg KC Gupta
P a g e 78 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 416 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRADAR amp SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The objective of this course is to understand analysis of waveguides and gain complete knowledge about microwave components design of impedance matching and tuning using lumped and distributed elements for network to analyze and study characteristics of microwave tube generators and amplifiers and study different RADARs and its supporting systems The course will also provide an in-depth understanding of different concepts used in a satellite communication system like the tools necessary for the calculation of basic parameters in a satellite communication system knowledge about every aspect of satellite communication such as orbital mechanics launching techniques satellite link design earth station technology and different access system towards a satellite
Section ndash A Introduction To Radar Basic Radar Radar equation Radar Block diagram Radar frequencies applications of Radar detection of signals in noise receiver noise and Signal to Noise ratio Probability of detection and false Alarm integration of Radar pulses Radar cross section targets Radar cross section of Fluctuations Antenna parameters system losses
MTI and Doppler Radar Introduction to Doppler and MTI Radar Delay line cancellers Staggered Pulse repetition Frequencies Moving Target Detector Limitations of moving platform Pulse Doppler Radar tracking with Radar Monopulse Tracking Conical Scan and sequential Lobing Limitation to tracking accuracy Tracking in Range
Section ndash B
Orbital aspects of Satellite Communication Introduction to geo-synchronous and geo-stationary satellites Keplerrsquos laws Locating the satellite with respect to the earth sub-satellite point look angles mechanics of launching a synchronous satellite Orbital effects Indian scenario in communication satellites Satellite sub-systems Attitude and Orbit control systems Telemetry Tracking and command control system Power supply system Space craft antennas multiple access techniques comparison of FDMA TDMA CDMA
Satellite link design basic transmission theory system noise temperature and GT ratio design of down link and uplink design of satellite links for specified CN satellite data communication protocols
Text Books
1 Introduction to Radar system by Merrill l Skolnik 3rd Edition Mcgraw Hill 20032 Satellite Communication By T Pratt amp CW Bostain Wiely eastern 2002 2 n d edit ion3 Satellite Communication By Tri T Ha Tata Mcgraw Hill 2nd Edition 1990
P a g e 79 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 415 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart knowledge about advanced communication systems and related design parameters To inculcate ability in students to design wireless communication systems which can provide high data rate to a large number of users The main goal is to utilize the concepts of analogdigital modulation techniques and signal processing in transmission and reception of wireless signals under static and dynamic channels in the presence of noise
Section ndash A
Radio channels and coding Characteristics of Mobile Radio channels Channel capacity and Diversity Overview of STBCs and STTCs
OFDM Introduction Basic principle of OFDM Block diagram of OFDM OFDM standards Spectrum analysis of OFDM Capacity analysis of OFDM Multi-path effects on OFDM BER analysis of OFDM timing and frequency synchronization PAPR in OFDM and its effects mitigation of PAPR
Section ndash B
WiMAX and LTE Background of IEEE 80216 and WiMAX Features of WiMAX WiMAX Network Architecture WiMAX physical layer WiMAX MAC layer channel performance of WiMAX Overview of LTE SAEEPS Architecture of LTE Frame structure in LTE Applications of WiMAX and LTE
MIMO Introduction to MIMO MIMO Spatial Multiplexing MIMO Channel Capacity MIMO Diversity and applications MIMO-OFDM Channel estimation for MIMO-OFDM Multi-user MIMO systems
Text Books
1 Ezio Biglieri Robert Calderbank and Andrea Goldsmith ldquoMIMO Wireless Communicationsrdquo Cambridge University Press
2 Mohinder Jankiraman ldquoSpace-Time Codes and MIMO Systemsrdquo Artech House3 Jeffrey G Andrews Arunabha Ghosh and Rias Muhamed ldquoFundamentals of WiMAX - Understanding
Broadband Wireless Networkingrdquo Prentice Hall4 Abd-Elhamid M Taha and Hossam S Hassanein ldquoLTE LTE-Advanced and WiMAX - Towards IMT-
Advanced Networksrdquo John Wiley and Sons Ltd5 Ramjee Prasad ldquoOFDM for Wireless Communications Systemsrdquo Artech House
P a g e 80 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 407 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNANO ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the fundamentals of Nanotechnology To give a general introduction to different types of nanomaterials spintronic bio electronics molecular electronics organic electronics nano fabrication techniques surface analytical instrumentation techniques micro electro mechanical system (MEMS) and nano electro mechanical system (NEMS) To impart basic knowledge on nano fabrication and surface analytical instrumentation techniques To bring out the magnetic properties optical properties and applications of nano materials
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to Nano-scale Science and Nano-scale Technology Why nano science and nano technology Length energy and time scales Nano structure types and properties electronic and optical properties of materials sensors
Quantum wires and dots single electron effects and single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metall ic tunnel junctions Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy
Fabrication Nanomagnets and spintronics non-ideal interfaces and defects nano fabrication (Lithography Self-assembly Contact imprinting) molecular electronics Organic Electronics (Carbon Fullerness and nanotubes polymers)
Bio Electronics Introduction Binding of Organic semiconductors DNA computing
Section ndash B
Nano-Photonics Emitters Wave Guides Detectors Photonic Crystals
Surface Analytical Instrumentation Techniques for Nanotechnology Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy Low Energy Electron Diffraction (LEED) Scanning Probe Microscopy UV Photo electron spectroscopy (UPS)
Mems and Nems MicroElectro mechanical systems (MEMS) and Nano electro mechanical systems (NEMS) size dependent electronic magnetic and optical behavior of nano materials
Application Introduction to quantum methods of information processing Nano Particles and Environmental Hazardness Industrial applications of Nano Sized materials
TEXT BOOKS
1 Transport in Nanostructures- David Ferry Cambridge University Press20002 Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics - Y Imry Oxford University Press19973 Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems S Datta Cambridge University Press19954 Single Charge Tunneling H Grabert and M Devoret Plenum Press19925 Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining and Microfabrication - P Rai Choudhary SPIE1997
P a g e 81 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 408 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrBIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course will cover various systems of the human physiology signals of biological origin obtained from these systems biosensors transducers bioelectrodes used to acquire such signals and amplifiers for measuring biopotentials Electrical safety of medical devices measurements of the blood pressure blood flow respiratory system clinical laboratory equipment medical imaging and bioethics will also be discussed The main objective of this course is to introduce student to basic biomedical engineering technology As a result student can understand design and evaluate systems and devices that can measure test andor acquire biological information from the human body
Section ndash A
Human Body Subsystems Brief description of neuronal Muscular Cardiovascular and respiratory systems their electrical Mechanical and chemical activities
Transducers and Electrodes Principles and classification of transducers for bio-medical applications Electrode theory Different types of electrodes Selection criteria for transducers and electrodes
Cardiovascular System Measurements Measurement of blood pressure Blood flow Measurement of pH value of blood Cardiac rate Heart sounds Electrocardiograph Plethysmograph
Respiratory System Measurements Measurement of gas volume Flow rate Carbon-dioxide and oxygen concentration in exhaled air
Measurement of Electrical Activity in Neuromuscular System and Brain Neuron potential Muscle potential Electromyograph Brain potentials Electroencephalograph
Section ndash B
Medical Imaging Diagnostic X-rays CAT MRI Ultrasonography Medical use of isotopes Endoscopy
Patient Care Monitoring and Safety Measures Elements of intensive care monitoring Basic hospital systems and components Physiological effect of electric currents Shock hazards from electrical equipment Safety measures
Assisting and Therapeutic Devices Introduction to cardiac pacemakers Defibrillators Ventilators Diathermy
Bio-Telemetry and Lasers Physiological parameters adaptable to Bio-telemetry components of a bio telemetry system Application of telemetry in patient care Application of lasers to biomedical sciences
TEXT BOOKS
1 L Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement - Chromwell FJ Weibell EA Pfeiffer Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
2 Introduction to biomedical Equipment technology- Carr JJ and Brown JM Pearson Publishers Delhi3 Medical Instrumentation applications and design -J G Webster John Wiley Sons New York4 Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation- RS Khandpur Tata Mc Graw Hill New Delhi5 Principles of applied Biomedical Instrumentation -LG Geddes LE Baker John Wiley Sons New
York
P a g e 82 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 409 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The objective of this course is to learn the basic elements of optical fiber transmission l ink fiber glass modes configurations and structures to understand different kinds of losses signal attenuation in optical fibers amp other dispersion factor to learn various optical sources LEDLASER structures receivers (PIN APD) and noise performance Also this course will provide the understanding of optical network system components variety of networking aspects SONETSDH and study of network operations OTDM OTDN etc l ink budget amp network design and management At the end of the course students will be able to apply the fundamental principles of optics and light wave to design optical fiber communication systems differentiate losses in optical fiber link and state transmission characterist ics of optical fiber design optical fiber communication links using appropriate optical fibers light sources detectors explore concept of designing and operating principles of modern optical systems and networks apply different network access schemes and packet switching in OFC systems design and manage networks with appropriate consideration
Section ndash A
Optical Networking Optical networking principle and challenges WDM networking evolution WDM network construction wireless optical systems switching elements Optical Add-Drop Multiplexers Optical Cross-Connect Micro-Electro Mechanical Systems Nonreconfigurable Wavelength Router Reconfigurable Wavelength-Routing Switch Wavelength conversion technologies
Designing WDM Optical Networks Systems Consideration Channels Power Considerations All-optical Cycle of Elimination Additional Considerations Elements of Local-Area WDM Network Design WDM Wide-Area Network Design Issues WDM Metro Network Design Issues Optical Access Network Design Issues
SONET amp SDH evolution multiplexing structure frame structure envelopes functional components problem detection payload pointers VTs overhead bytes SONET amp SDH concatenation Architecture of optical transport networks Digital wrappers hierarchy OTN layer models
Section ndash B
Optical Access Networks Introduction Challenges in Access Networks Next-Generation Access Networks Overview of PON Technologies Optical SplittersCouplers PON Topologies Burst-Mode Transceivers Ethernet PON (EPON) Access Network Ethernet Gaining in Prominence Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation Algorithms Considerations for IP-based Services over EPON Other Types of PONS APONBPON Generalized naming Procedure PON WDM-PON Architectures
ATM vs IP in optical internets IP over ATM amp SONET OSI internet layered model Encapsulation amp its methods PPP packet ATM vs IP debate Optical Internets Evolution to 3G architecture
Text Books
1 Optical WDM Networks - Biswanath Mukherjee ndash Springer2 Optical Networks-Third Generation Transport Systems ndash Uyless Black Pearson
Education3 Optical Network Design and Implementation - Vivek Alwayn Pearson Education4 Understanding SONETSDH and ATM-communications networks for the next millennium by
Stamatious V Kartalopoulos Prentice - Hall India
P a g e 83 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 410 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL VLSI DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course is designed to give the student an understanding of the different design steps required to carry out a complete digital VLSI (Very-Large-Scale Integration) design in silicon It will explore the fundamental concepts and structures of designing digital VLSI systems include CMOS devices and circuits standard CMOS fabrication processes CMOS design rules static and dynamic logic structures interconnect analysis CMOS chip layout simulation and testing low power techniques design tools and methodologies VLSI architecture
Section ndash A
MOS Transistor Theory Evolution of ICs Masking sequence of NMOS and CMOS Structures Electrical Design Rules Stick Diagram Layout Design Introduction to MOS Physics MOSFET Work Function MOS Models MOSFET Structure and Operation Accumulation Depletion and Inversion region Weak and Strong Inversion Threshold voltage Current-Voltage characteristics Body effect MOSFET Scaling theory Limits of miniaturization small geometry effects Sub threshold conduction
Circuit Characterization Resistive Load amp Active Load MOS Inverters NMOS Inverters CMOS Inverters Static Characterist ics Switching Characteristics Interconnect Parasit ics Propagation Delay Static and Dynamic Power Dissipation Noise Margin Logic Threshold Voltage
Section ndash B
Combinational amp Sequential Circuits MOS Logic Circuits with Depletion NMOS loads CMOS Logic Circuits Complex logic circuits Pass Gate Transmission Gate Double Gate Transistor Behavior of Bistable elements SR Latch Circuit Clocked Latch and Flip-Flop Circuits CMOS D-Latch and Edge-triggered Flip-flop Subsystem Design- Adders shifters ALU High Performance Dynamic CMOS Circuits ROM Circuits Static and Dynamic RAM Circuits
VLSI Design Methodologies Semi-custom and Full-Custom Design including Cell Library and Gate Array Based Design FPGA BiCMOS Logic Circuits Design for Testability
TEXT BOOKS
1 Basic VLSI design systems and circuits- Pucknell DA and Eshraghian K PHI2 VLSI design techniques for analog and digital circuits ndash Geiger Rr Allen PE Strader NR
P a g e 84 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 412 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize with soft computing concepts Introduce the ideas of Neural networks fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human experience Familiarize the concepts of Genetic algorithm Apply the soft computing concepts to solve practical problems One will be able to design supervised and unsupervised learning models
Section ndash A
Introduction History of neural networks biological neurons Artificial Neural Net terminology Model of a neuron topology Types of activation functions learning types of learning-supervised unsupervised re-inforcement learning
Neural Learning Perceptrons linear separability Basic learning laws Hebbs rule Delta rule Widrow amp Hoff LMS learning rule correlation learning rule instar and outstar learning rules Supervised learning- Multilayer networks back propagation algorithm and its variations unsupervised learning- competit ive learning K-means clustering algorithm Self-organizing maps Basic Hopfield model
Section ndash B
Radial Basis Functions RBF neural networks Introduction to counter Propagation networks CMAC networks ART networks Broad application areas of neural networks- classification clustering pattern association function approximation
Fuzzy Logic Basic concepts of Fuzzy Logic Fuzziness vs probabili ty Crisp logic vs fuzzy logic Fuzzy sets and systems operations on sets fuzzy relations membership functions fuzzy rule generation variable inference techniques defuzzification techniques Fuzzy applications in consumer products
Text Books
1 Artificial Neural Networks -Yegna Narayanan2 Neural Networks - Simon Haykin 3 Fuzzy logic with engineering application - ROSS JT (Tata Mc)4 Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic - Bart Kosko 5 Neural computing theory amp practice - PD Wasserman (ANZA PUB)6 Introduction to applied Fuzzy Electronics - Ahmad M Ibrahim (PHI)7 Introduction to artificial neural systems - JM Zurada Jaico Pub8 An introduction to Fuzzy control D Driankor H Hellendorn M Reinfrank
P a g e 85 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 417 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRF SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To design and analyse basic resonators and RF Filters 2 To study the operation and device characteristics of RF Active components 3 To design and analyze RF transistor amplifier 4 To understand the operation of Oscillators and mixers used in RF design
Section ndash A
Introduction RF circuits Impedance matching and Quality factor Efficiency Amplifiers RF preamplifiers fi lters Frequency converters Mixers Radio receivers
Oscillators And PLL Relaxation oscil lators Series resonant oscillators Negative resonant oscillators Oscillator dynamics Stabili ty oscillator noise Design examples phase locked loops-loop dynamics analysis Frequency synthesizers
Amplifiers and Power Supplies Amplifier specifications-gain bandwidth and impedance stability Amplifier design Noise considerations class C class D amplifiers High power amplifiers Rectifiers Switching converters Boost and Buck circuits
Section ndash B
Couplers and Waveguide Circuits Directional coupling Hybrids Power combining transformer equivalent circuits Double tuned transformers Transformers with magnetic and iron cores Transmission l ines transformers Baluns Waveguides matching in wave guide circuits Waveguide junctions coaxial lines resistance impedance bridge standing waves
Modulation and Detection Circuits AM High level modulation Digital to analog modulation SSB Angle and frequency modulation Diode detectors FM demodulators-Design power detectors Measurement of power Voltage and Impedance Swept frequency impedance measurements
Text Books
1 Jon B Hagen Radio Frequency Electronics Cambridge university press Cambridge19962 James Hardy High Frequency Circuit Design Resto Publishing Co NewYork19793 Ian Hickman RF HandBook Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd Oxford19934 Ulrich L Rohde TTN Bucher Communication Receivers McGraw Hill New York19985 R Ludcoig RF Circuit Design Pearson Asia Education and P Bretchko New Delhi2000
P a g e 86 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 418 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE AND SPEECH PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 Give the students a general understanding of the fundamentals of digital image processing 2 Introduce the student to analytical tools which are currently used in digital image processing as applied to image information for human viewing 3 To learn the fundamental concepts of digital image processing 4 To study basic image processing operations 5 To understand image analysis algorithms 6 To expose students to current applications in the field of digital image processing 7 Develop the studentrsquos abili ty to apply these tools in the laboratory in image restoration enhancement and compression 8 Understand differences between computer vision and image processing
The main purpose of this course is to provide the learners with solid fundamental tools and experience on the applied technology in the array of speech processing It also gives the opportunity to deepen and widen the understanding of this topic through the study of speech characterist ics and its applications in various fields l ike coding The course is one of the interesting applications of signal processing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Image Processing Overview of Image processing image processing and related fields types of images fundamental steps in image processing Image processing applications Digital image representation and image formation sampling amp Quantization amp application of image Processing
Image Processing operations Basic relationships and distance metrics classification of image processing operations Image Enhancement by Point operation An overview of point Processing constant amp non-linear operations between image amp histogram techniques
Section ndash B
Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing Articulatory Phonetics ndash Production and Classification of Speech Sounds Acoustic Phonetics ndash Acoustics of speech production Review of Digital Signal Processing concepts Short-Time Fourier Transform Filter-Bank and LPC Methods A Review of Discrete-Time Signal amp Systems the Z-transform the DFT Fundamental of Digital Filters FIR system IIR Systems
Features Feature Extraction and Pattern Comparison Techniques Speech distortion measuresndash mathematical and perceptual ndash LogndashSpectral Distance Cepstral Distances Weighted Cepstral Distances and Filtering Likelihood Distortions
Text Books
1 Digital image processing by S Sridhar Oxford University Press2 Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang ldquoFundamentals of Speech Recognitionrdquo
Pearson Education 20033 Digital Image Processing by Rafael C Gonzale amp Richard E Woods Pearson Education Asia4 Fundamentals of digital image processing by AK Jain 1989 Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ5 Ben Gold and Nelson Morgan ldquoSpeech and Audio Signal Processing Processing and Perception of
Speech and Musicrdquo Wiley- India Edition 2006
P a g e 87 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 321 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To understand the basic architecture of optical fiber and related losses like absorption attenuation bending etc 2 To understand the architecture of optical transmitter and receiver for optical communication systems 3 After gone through the design consideration of optical communication the various modulation techniques and measurement techniques will be studied
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of fiber optic communications and its advantages
Review of LEDs and Lasers optical sources PIN and APD diodes optical detectorsOptical Fiber Waveguides amp Its Connections Introduction Ray theory transmission Electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation cylindrical fibers single mode fibers joints - fiber alignment splices connectors
Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers amp Cables Introduction Attenuation Material absorption losses Linear scattering losses Nonlinear scattering losses fiber bend loss Dispersion Intermodal dispersion Overall fiber dispersion Dispersion modified single-mode fibers Polarization
Section ndash B
Optical Fiber Systems Intensity modulationDirect Detection amp Coherent Introduction Optical transmitter circuit Optical receiver circuits system design considerations Digital systems Analog systems Advanced multiplexing strategies Coherent system constraints modulation formats Demodulation schemes Receiver sensitivities
Optical Fiber Measurements Introduction attenuation dispersion refractive index profile cutoff wavelength numerical aperture diameter mode field diameter and field measurements
Text Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash Djafar K Mynbev Lowell L Scheiner Pearson Education
Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill 4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications5 Optoelectronics Fiber optics and Lasers a Text-Lab Manual - Morris Tischler McGraw Hill 6 Related IEEE papers amp websites
P a g e 88 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 8th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
PRJ 451 Project Semester - One Semester Training in Industry 0 0 0 20
INDUSTIAL VISIT BY FACULTY COORDINATOR (150 MARKS) (within 10-12 weeks of commencement of training)
Presentation 60 MarksViva-voce 60 MarksReport (Hard Copy) 30 Marks
Evaluation by Faculty Coordinator in consultation with Industrial Coordinator during industrial visit
EVALUATION BY A TEAM OF FACULTY MEMBERS IN THE INSTITUTE (250 MARKS)(within one week of completion of training)
Presentation 100 MarksViva-voce 100 MarksFinal Report (Hard Copy) 50 Marks
The final presentation and viva-voce will be conducted jointly by the faculty coordinator nominee of the Head to be appointed by the Head of the DepartmentThe letter grade will be awarded to the students according to marks obtained by himher out of total 400 marks
PRJ 451 L T P CrPROJECT SEMESTER 0 0 0 20
Project Semester spans over a period of one Semester
The students shall undertake project (s) in Industry RampD or service organizations under the joint supervision of a faculty member and an executive from the organization The emphasis of the work undertaken is on problem identification and its techno-economic solution for the benefit of the host industry
The project must normally include identification of problem data collection analysis and generating solutions with cost and benefits and recommendations for their implementation If a single project is not available in the industry more than one projects might be undertaken
The evaluation of the project semester should be carried out on a continuous basis and must include the evaluation by faculty coordinator during his visit(s) to the concerned industries evaluation by faculty coordinator towards the completion of the semester and the final evaluation in the Institute by a committee of faculty members
P a g e 89 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 209 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ 50 50 3 0 0 30
Course Objective To become familiar with object-oriented programming concepts using C++ and be able to apply these concepts in solving diverse range of applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of basic concepts (Data types tokens operators arrays strings structure) Concepts of OOPS Comparison between procedural and OOPS Elements of OOPS its paradigm its merits and demerits functions function overloading and function
Classes and Objects Classes creating a class accessing class members memory allocation for objects array of objects static objects friend class empty classes nested classes abstract classes and container class
Constructor and Destructor Its need Types of constructor- Default Copy Multiple Dynamic Destructor Constructor and Destructor with static members Order of execution of constructor and destructor
Operator Overloading and type Conversion Definit ion Rules for overloading overloading of unary and binary operators Overloading NEW and DELETE operators Type conversion- Basic type to class type class type to basic type class to class type
Section ndash B
Inheritance - Virtual base class types of inheritance typing conversions and visibil ity
Polymorphism - Virtual functions Virtual destructors Concept of binding- early and late Virtual functions Pure virtual functions Polymorphism
Exception Handling Basics of exception handling Exception handling mechanisms throwing mechanisms Catching mechanisms
Pointers and dynamic memory management Understanding pointers accessing address of a variable declaring and initialization pointer arithmetic pointer to pointer pointer to function pointer to array array of pointers pointer to object this pointers null pointers dangling pointers and memory leak
Managing Data Files File streams Hierarchy of file streams ReadingWriting of files accessing records randomly and sequentially and updating files
Text Books
1 Schildt H C++ The Complete Reference Tata Mcgraw Hill (2003) 4th ed2 Lippman B S Lajoie J and Moo E B C++ Primer Addison-Wesley Professional (2013) 5th ed3 Stroustrup B The C++ programming language Pearson Education India (2013) 4th ed
P a g e 6 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 203 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms To understand concepts about searching and sorting techniques To Understand basic concepts about stacks queues l ists trees and graphs To understanding about writ ing algorithms and step by step approach in solving problems with the help of fundamental data structures
Section ndash A
Basic Data Structures Arrays Stacks and Queues and Their Applications Linked and Sequential Representation Linked List Representation of Linked List Multi-Linked Structures
Searching and Sorting use of Various Data Structures for Searching and Sorting Linear and Binary Search Bubble Sort Insertion Sort Shell Sort Selection Sort Merge Sort Radix Sort Quick Sort
Hashing Introduction to hash table hash function resolving collision by chaining and open addressing deleting i tems from a hash table
Section ndash B
Trees Definit ions and Basic Concepts Linked Tree Representation Representations in Contiguous Storage Binary Trees Binary Tree Traversal Searching Insertion and Deletion in Binary Trees Binary Search Tree Heap and Heap Sort Algorithm
Graphs Sequential and Linked Representation of Graph-Adjacency Matrix Operations on Graph Traversing a Graph Dijkstras Algorithm for Shortest Distance Minimal Spanning Tree
File Organization Sequential Relative Index Sequential
Text Books
1 Data structures A Pseudocode Approach with-C 2nd Edition Cengage Learning (Thomson)2 An introduction to data structures with applications Mc-Graw Hill Inc JP Trembley and PG
Sorensen3 Data Structures and Program Design in C Prentice Hall of India 1992 Robort L Kruse Bruce P
Leung Cluvis L Tundo
P a g e 7 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
BAS 202 INT EXT L T P CrDISCRETE MATHEMATICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Throughout the course students will be expected to demonstrate their understanding of Discrete Mathematics Use mathematically correct terminology and notation Construct correct direct and indirect proofs Demonstrate different methods for Graphs Boolean Algebra and Switching Theory Apply logical reasoning to solve a variety of problems
Section ndash A
Relations and Functions Binary Relations Types of Relations Compositions and inverse of Relations Equivalence Relations and Partit ions Partial Ordering Relations Chains and Anti-chains Functions Injective Functions Surjective Functions Bijective Functions Sum and Product of Functions Inverse and Composition of Functions Inclusion and Exclusion Pigeon-hole Principle Linear Recurrence Relations with constant coefficients Homogeneous solutions Particular solutions Solution by Method of Generating Functions
Algebraic Structures Algebraic structures with one binary operation semi-group monoid and groups Cosets Lagrangersquos Theorem (only statement) Homomorphism of groups
Section ndash B
Introduction to Graphs Graphs and their basic terminology Multigraphs and Weighted Graphs Matrix representation of Graphs Paths and Circuits Shortest Paths in Weighted Graphs Dijkstrarsquos Algorithm Planar Graphs Eulerrsquos Theorem Eulerian Paths and Circuits Hamiltonian Paths and Circuits
Boolean Algebra Partially Ordered Set Lattices and Algebraic System Principle of Duality Distributive and Complemented Lattices Boolean Algebra Boolean Functions and Boolean Expressions Disjunctive and Conjunctive Normal Forms Applications of Boolean Algebra in Switching Theory Series and Parallel connections
Text Books
1 C L Liu Elements of Discrete Mathematics 2nd Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 20002 J P Tremblay and R P Manohar Discrete Mathematics with Applications to Computer Science Tata
McGraw-Hill 19973 K H Rosen Discrete Mathematics and its Applications 6th Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 2007
P a g e 8 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 251 INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC DEVICES LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Study of h-Parameters of CE transistor
2 Study of h-Parameters of CB transistor
3 Study of V-I characteristics of Photodiode
4 Study of V-I characteristics of photo transistor
5 Study of V-I characteristics of JFET
6 Study of VI characteristics of MOSFET
7 Study of Clipping amp clamping CKT using Diode
8 Study of V-I characteristics of SCR
9 Study of Diode as rectifier
10 Study of different filters
11 Study of V-I characteristics of DIAC
12 Study of V-I characteristics of TRIAC
13 Study the applications of Thyristor
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 9 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 259 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to illustrate the working of different iterative controls
2 Write a program to illustrate the use of conditional statements
3 Write a program to illustrate difference between call by reference and call by value
4 Write a program to illustrate use of classes and objects
5 Write a program to illustrate the use of constructors and destructors
6 Write a program to illustrate the use operator overloading
7 Write a program to illustrate the use of inheritance and type of inheritance
8 Write a program to illustrate the use virtual function
9 Write a program to illustrate the use runtime polymorphism
10 Write a program to illustrate the use of File Stream operation
11 Create a class Time with members hours minutes seconds Add two class objects and display time
12 Write a program to perform addition of two complex numbers using constructor overloading
13 Write a program to find the greatest of two given numbers in two different classes using friend
function
14 Implement a class String with the following
Overload + operator to carry out the concatenation of strings
Overload = operator to carry out string copy
Overload lt= operator to carry out the comparison of strings
Function to display the length of a string
Function tolower() to convert upper case letters to lower case
Function toupper() to convert lower case letters to upper case
15 Create a class called List with two pure virtual function store() to save a value and retrieve() to get a
saved value from the list Derive two classes Stack and Queue from it and override store and retrieve
16 Write a program to define the function template for calculating the square of given numbers with
different data types
17 Write a program to perform the deletion of white spaces such as horizontal tab vertical tab space
line feed new line and carriage return from a text file and store the result in another file
18 Write a program to raise an exception if any attempt is made to refer to an element whose index is
beyond the array size
P a g e 10 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 253 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to check whether a string is palindrome or not
2 Write a program to extract substring from given string
3 Write a program to implement stack using arrays
4 Write a program to implement queues using arrays
5 Write a program to sort a given list of numbers using following algorithm
Bubble sort
Insertion sort
Selection sort
Quick sort
Radix sort
6 Write a program to implement linear and binary search algorithm
7 Write a program to create a linked list and perform following operations
Insert element at beginning
Insert element at end
Insert element at given position
Delete element from beginning
Delete element at end
Delete element from given position
8 Take a list of numbers and create a sorted linked list from given list
9 Implement stack using linked representation
10 Implement queue using linked representation
P a g e 11 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P CrENVIRONMENTAL AND ROAD SAFETY AWARENESS 2 0 0 0
Time Allowed 3 hours Total Marks 100Total lectures 50 Pass marks 35
Instructionsa) The paper has been introduced from the session 2013-14b) The paper will be taught in the Second yearfourth Semester of all the UG Courses (BA BCom
BSc Law Engineering Commerce Agriculture etc) except LLB three year course and will be a qualifying paper only The marks of this paper will not be counted towards final score of the under graduate degree
c) This will cover only preliminary and basics of the subject and the paper will be set accordinglyd) The written paper will have two parts Each part of the paper will be of 50 marks and will contain ten
questions The candidates will attempt five questions out of each part The answer to each question should not exceed 500 words Each question will carry ten marks
Section ndash IUnit 1 The multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition scope and importance
Concept of Biosphere ndash Lithosphere Hydrosphere Atmosphere Need for public awareness (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 2 Natural Resources ndash Renewable and non-renewable resources Natural resources and associated problems
a) Forest resources use and over exploitation deforestation and its impactb) Water resources use and overutilization of surface and ground water and its impactc) Mineral resources use and effects on environment on over exploitationd) Food resources Effects modern agriculture fertilizer-pesticide problem water logging and
salinitye) Energy resources Growing energy needs renewable and non-renewable energy sources use of
alternate energy resourcesf) Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources for sustainable development
(7 lectures)Unit 3 Ecosystems
Ecosystem and its components Definition structure and function producer consumer and decomposer Types of Ecosystem (Introduction only) Food Chains food web and ecological pyramids (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 4 Biodiversity and conservation Introduction ndash Definition genetic species and ecosystem diversity value of biodiversity Hot spots of biodiversity Threats to biodiversity habitat loss poocting of wildlife man-wildlife conflicts Endangered and endemic species of India Conservation of Biodiversity (6 lectures)
Section ndash IIUnits 5 Environmental Pollution
Definition causes effects and control measures of a) Air pollutionb) Water pollutionc) Soil pollutiond) Marine pollutione) Noise pollutionf) Thermal pollutiong) Nuclear hazard
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution Solid waste management vermicomposting Disaster management Floods earthquake cyclone and landslides (7 lectures)
Unit 6 Social Issues and the Environment Urban problems related to energy Water conservation rain water harvesting water shed management Resettlement and rehabilitation of people its problems and concerns Climate changes global warming acid rain ozone layer depletion Consumerism and waste products Population explosion ndash Family welfare programme (6 lectures)
Unit 7 Introduction to Environmental Protection Laws in India
P a g e 12 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
Environmental Protection Act Air (Prevention and control of pollution) Act Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act Wild life Protection Act Forest Conservation Act Issues involved in the enforcement of environmental legislation (6 lectures)
Unit 8 Road safety Awareness Concept and significance of Road safety Traffic signs Traffic rules Traffic Offences and penalties How to obtain license Role of first aid in Road Safety (6 lectures)
P a g e 13 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 4th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2020-2021)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECE 209 Digital Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECE 210 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECM 205 Computer System Architecture 3 1 0 35
ECM 206 Operating System 3 1 0 35
ECE 213 Circuit Theory 3 1 0 35
ECE 214 Signals amp Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 254 Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 256 Operating System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 263 Circuit Theory Lab 0 0 2 10
Punjabi 3 0 0 0
21 6 6 33
Total contact hours 33
ECM 254 ECM 256 ECE 263 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
In addition to above mentioned subjects there will be an additional course on Punjabi as a qualifying subject
P a g e 14 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 209 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the student should be able to demonstrate the ability to use logic gates Basic Boolean laws minimization techniques for the designing of various combinational circuits The student should also be able to describe operation characterist ic equations excitation table of various flip flops and explain the conversion of flip flops Design and analyze sequential circuits from the basic building blocks and describe memories AD DA Converters Logic families and their characteristics
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of Number Systems Codes and Gates evaluating logic circuit outputs Implementing circuits from Boolean expressions Boolean theorems DeMorgans theorem universality of NAND and NOR gates IEEEANSI standard logic symbols
Combinational Logic Circuits Sum of product form Product of sum form Simplification of Boolean functions using algebraic and Karnaugh map methods Half adder Full adder half subtractor full subtractor circuits parity generator and checker circuits comparator circuit
Combinational Digital Circuit Design Multiplexer Demultiplexer Code converters Combinational logic circuits Some examples of Boolean gate ICs
Sequential Circuits RS JK D and T fl ip-flops circuits and their conversions Serial and parallel counters and shift registers Universal shift registers some examples of counter and shift register ICs
Section ndash B
Logic families and digital ICs Characterist ics of digital ICs Classification of different logic families TTL ECL MOS and CMOS their operation and specifications
Memories Semi-conductor memories ROM and RAM ROM using diodes BJTs and FETs RAM cell Memory organization and expansion An idea about other types of memories
Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Converters Variable register network R-2R DA converters DA accuracy and resolution AD converters Simultaneous conversion and counter method
Text Books
1 Digital Design by Morris Mano PHI 4th edition 2008 2 Digital principles and Applications by Malvino Leach TMH 2011 3 Digital System Principles and Applications by R J Tocci (PHI) 2009 4 Modern Digital Electronics by R P Jain TMH 2006 5 Digital Integrated Electronics by Taub Schilling TMH 2004
P a g e 15 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 210 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Through this course the students will acquire knowledge of -The behavior of BJTs at high frequency using pi-model -Develop the abili ty to analyze and design analog electronic circuits using discrete components-Concept of feedback used in amplifiers and its need -Working of power amplifiers power amplifier circuits tuned amplifiers Oscillators compare experimental results in the laboratory with theoretical analysis
Section ndash A
High Frequency Transistor The high frequency T model CB short circuit current frequency response Alpha cut-off frequency CE short circuit current frequency response Hybrid pi CE transistor model hybrid pi conductance in terms of low frequency h ndash parameters CE short circuit current gain obtained with hybrid pi model current gain with resistive load
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Power Amplifiers Class A large signal amplifier second and higher harmonic distortion transformer coupled amplifiers Efficiency of amplifiers Push-pull amplifiers (class A amp class B)
Tuned Amplifiers Single tuned capacitively coupled amplifier amp its steady state response Determination of Gain Bandwidth product Tapped tuned Inductively coupled single tuned circuit Double tuned circuits
Oscillators Condition for sustained oscillation R-C phase shift Hartley Colpitts Crystal and Wien Bridge Oscillators
Text Books
1 Electronics Devices by Robert Boylsted Tata McGraw Hill publications2 Electronic Devices and circuits MC-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition by Millman amp Halkias3 Malvino Electronic Principles Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
Reference Books
1 Integrated Electronics by Millman amp Halkias Mc-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition2 Electronic Devices and Circuits S Salivahanan etal Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi3 Electron Devices by Floyd Pearson Asia 5th Edition 20014 Liner Integrated circuits by Gayekward5 Engineering Electronics by Alley amp Attwood6 Burns and Bond Principles of Electronic Circuits PWS Publishing Company Boston
P a g e 16 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 205 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a digital computer To discuss in detail the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms amp implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition subtraction multiplication amp division To study the different ways of communicating with IO devices and standard IO interfaces To study the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory
Section ndash A
Introduction Design of basic computer Registers Accumulator Flags Program Counter Stack Pointer Machine Instructions Instruction Cycle Machine Cycle Components of CPU
Register Transfer and Micro operations Register transfer Language Register transfer Bus amp memory transfer Logic micro operations Shift micro operation
Controller Design Hardwired and Micro programmed Approach
Micro program Control Organization Control Memory Address Sequencing Micro program Sequences Microinstruction Formats and Addressing modes
Arithmetic Unit Comparison and Subtraction of unsigned Binary Numbers Addition Subtraction Multiplication Algorithm
Section ndash B
Memory System Memory CPU interaction Principle of locality (Temporal and Spatial)
Memory Organization Interleaved Memory Organization Memory Hierarchy Main Memory Virtual Memory Cache Memory Cache Organization (Direct Fully Associative Set Associative) Cache Coherence Memory Management Hardware Performance Considerations
Input-Output Organization IO interfaces and Buses IO operations Program driven Input- Output Interrupt driven Input-Output DMA Priority Interrupt
Pipeline Processing Overview of Pipelining Types of Pipelining Hazards (Data Control Structural)
Computer Peripherals and Interfaces Introduction to IO buses ISA PCI SCSI EISA Local bus VESA Local bus PCI bus PCI Express Accelerated graphics port bus
Text Books
1 Computer System Architecture MM Mano Prentice Hall of India2 Structured Computer Organization Andrew S Tanenbaum Prentice Hall of India3 JP Hayes Computer Systeui Architecture Prentice Hall of India New Delhi4 Ali leigh System Architecture South Wester publishing co New Delhi5 William Stallings ldquoComputer Organization and Architecture ndash Designing for Performancerdquo 6th Edition
Pearson Education 2003
P a g e 17 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 206 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn the fundamentals of Operating Systems To learn the mechanisms of OS to handle processes and threads and their communication To learn the mechanisms involved in memory management in contemporary OS To gain knowledge on distributed operating system concepts that includes architecture Mutual exclusion algorithms deadlock detection algorithms and agreement protocols To know the components and management aspects of concurrency management To learn programmatically to implement simple OS mechanisms
Section ndash A
Basic Functions and Concepts of Operating Systems Concept of an operating system batch system Multi-programmed Time sharing Personal Computer System Parallel system Real time system Network Operating System and Distributed Operating System
Features and Objective of Operating Systems System components operating system services System calls System Programmers System Structure Simple Structure Layered Approach Microkernel
Process Management Concept of process process states process control block Process Scheduling Scheduling Queues Schedulers and Context Switch operations on processes CPU scheduling Algorithms FCFS SJF RR and priority Multilevel queue scheduling Multilevelfeedback queue scheduling
Deadlocks Introduction to deadlocks Necessary Conditions for deadlock Resource allocation graph Deadlock Prevention Deadlock Avoidance Safe state Resource-Allocation-Graph Algorithm Bankers Algorithm Deadlock Detection Recovery from Deadlock
Section ndash B
Memory Management Logical and physical address space Swapping Contiguous memory Allocation Memory Protection Memory Allocation Fragmentation paging basic method Protection and shared pages segmentation basic method hardware Protection and sharing virtual memory Demand Paging Page Replacement Algorithms ((FIFO Optimal LRU LRU Approximation page replacement) Allocation of Frames Thrashing
Information Management Files - file concept file types File attributes fi le operations access methods allocation methods (contiguous l inked indexed) directory structure free-space management (bit vector linked list grouping counting)
Disk Management Disk structure Disk Scheduling (FCFS SSTF SCAN C-SCAN LOOK) Disk Management (Disk Formatting Boot Block Bad Blocks) Swap Space Management Swap Space Use Swap Space Location
Case Studies Brief introduction of Windows UNIX and LINUX
Text Books
1 Operating System (Sixth Edition) 2005 Galvin Silberschatz Addison Wesley Publishing Ltd2 Flynn Understanding operating Systems Cengage Learning (Thomson)3 DM Dhamdhere Operating System r A Concept Based Approach Tata Me Graw- Hill4 Operating Systems Design and Implementation Andrew S Tanembaum PHI (Latest Edition)
P a g e 18 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 213 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The study of electrical circuits takes off from principles of AC and DC theory and introduces the student to parameters and characteristics of various networks The aim of the subject to understand the different types of circuits and their analysis based on network theorems and to determine the current voltage and power in the circuit The students will be able to analyze two port networks stability of a circuit and to find time response of the circuit The circuits are designed using Foster and Cauer forms The knowledge of Laplaces transform and Inverse will help students to work in multi-disciplinary fields of electronics engineering
Section ndash A
Network Theorems and Two Port Network Descriptions Thevenins theorem as applied to ac circuits Nortons theorem as applied to AC circuits Superposition theorem as applied to ac circuits Maximum power transfer theorem as applied to AC Circuits Two port description in terms of open circuits impedance Parameters Short circuit admittance parameters Hybrid parameters and transmission Inter-connection of two port network Duality networks
Inductively Coupled Circuits Coefficient of coupling mutual inductance in loop and nodal equations
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Time Domain Analysis Unit functions-step impulse and ramp functions Laplaces transform and Inverse Solution of network problems using Laplace transform Solution of Transient and Steady state response of RL amp RC networks with different types of forcing functions Solutions of transient and steady state response of series RLC circuit with step input
Network Synthesis Synthesis vs Analysis Elements of circuit synthesis Introduction and general considerations in network synthesis Purpose and scope of network synthesis
Positive Real Functions Definition Necessary and Sufficient conditions for a function to be positive real testing of driving point functions for positive realness
Foster amp Cauer Forms Foster and Cauer Forms realization in terms of RC RL and LC networks
Text Books
1 Sudhakar amp Shyammohan ldquoCircuits amp Networksrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 Joseph Administer ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo S Chand Series3 Abhijit Chakarbarti ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo Dhanpat Rai amp Sons New Delhi4 Vanvalkenberg ldquoNetwork Analysisrdquo Prentice Hall5 D Roy Choudhary ldquoNetworks amp Systemsrdquo New Age International New Delhi6 Vanvalkenberg ME ldquoNetworks Analysisrdquo P rentice Hall of India (2007) 3rded7 Arshad M ldquoNetwork Analysis and Synthesisrdquo Laxmi Publications (2008) 2nded
Reference Books
1 Franklin F Kuo Network Analysis and Synthesis John Wiley (2003) 2nd ed2 Anderson BDOVongpanitlerd S Network Analysis and Synthesis Dover Publications (2006) 3rd ed3 Charles A Desoer Ernest S Kuh ldquoBasic Circuit Theoryrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company4 William H Hayt Jr Jack E Kemmerly ldquoEngineering Circuit Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company
P a g e 19 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 20 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 214 INT EXT L T P CrSIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The aim of this subject is to develop analytical capability of students by which they would be able to handle real time signal processing related problems and projects The understanding of various transforms will help the students to analyze the problems in both time and frequency domain
Section ndash A
Representation of Signal and Systems Classifications of signals Linear time invariant systems Representation of signals in terms of impulses Discrete time LTI systems continuous t ime LTI systems Properties of LTI systems Systems described by differential and difference equations
Section ndash B
Fourier analysis Signal representation using Fourier series Representation of periodic signals Continuous and discrete time Fourier series Exponential Fourier series Properties of Fourier series Convergence of Fourier series Continuous and Discrete time Fourier transform Properties of Fourier transform Analysis of discrete time signals and systems Correlation Autocorrelation
Random Signals Probability Random variables Probabili ty density and distribution functions Moments of random variables Random processes Transmission of signals through LTI systems Gaussian Process Central Limit Theorem
Text Books
1 Oppenheim Willisky and Nawab Signals amp Systems Tata Mcgraw HillNew Delhi2 Simon Haykin and Barry Van Been ldquoCommunications System Wiley 3 Eastern USA4 BPLathi ldquoCommunication Systems Oxford Press USA5 A Papouils Random Variables amp Stochastic Process Mcgraw Hill USA
Reference Books
1 Charles L Philips John M Parr Eve A Riskin ldquoSignals Systems and Transformrdquo Prentice Hall Third Edition 2003
P a g e 21 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 254 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To plot frequency response characteristics of a RC Single stage RC coupled Amplifier
2 To determine the voltage gain of a two stage RC coupled amplifiers
3 To plot frequency response characteristics of Transformer coupled amplifier
4 To plot frequency response of a tuned voltage amplifier and to calculate its resonant frequency
5 To find voltage gain of an emitter follower and find its operating point
6 To study Wein Bridge Oscillator
7 To study Phase Shift Oscillator
8 To study OP-Amp as Differentiator amp Integrator
9 To study diode as a biased and unbiased clipper
10 To study Astable Multivibrator using Transistors
11 To study Bistable Multivibrator using Transistors
12 To study OP-Amp as an inverting and non-inverting amplifier
13 To study OP-Amp as summing and average amplifier
14 To study the frequency response of audio amplifier
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 22 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 256 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
HARDWARE LAB
1 Identification of Motherboard Processor System buses Power supplies Memories
2 PC assembling
SOFTWARE LAB
1 Familiarization of UNIXLINUX Environment
2 Installation and Administration of UNIXLINUX operating system
3 Implementation of common commands of UNIX operating systems
4 Shell programming and its features
5 Implementation of programs using shell scripts
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 23 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 263 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 24 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P Crਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ 3 0 0 0
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪਜਾਬੀਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਸਿਵਖ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਕਲਾਈਫਾਈਗ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਵਜ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ
ਉਦਸ਼ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ 13ਾਸਿਤ ਅਤ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣਾ ਮਖ ਰਪ ਸਿਵਚ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਬਲਣ ਪੜਹਨ ਦੀਆ 13ਮਸਿ13ਆਵਾ ਨ ਦਰ ਕਰਨ ਦ ਨਾਲndashਨਾਲ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਨਸਿਤਕ ਕਦਰਾ ndashਕੀਮਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣ ਦਾ ਉਪਰਾਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ
1 ਪਜਾਬੀ ਦੀ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ(ਮਖ 13ਪਾਦਕ ਬਲਦਵ ਸਿ13 ਘ ਚੀਮਾ ਪਰਕਾਸ਼ਕ ਪਬਲੀਕਸ਼ਨ ਸਿਬਊਰ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਪਸਿਟਆਲਾ)ਭਾਗ ਪਲਿਹਲਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਾਲਿਹਤ
(ੳ) ਕਸਿਵਤਾ(ਅ) ਕਾਣੀ(ੲ) ਨਾਟਕ
ਭਾਗ ਦਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬ ਸਲਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਲਕਧਾਰਾਭਾਗ ਤੀਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਤ ਗਰਮਖੀ ਲਿਲਪੀ
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਸਿਤ ਨ ਭਾਗ ਨ ਪਰਤ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦ ਭਾਗਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਵ ਗਾ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਪਸਿਲਾ ਭਾਗ
ਪ 13ਤਕ ਦ ਪਸਿਲ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 36 ਅਕ ਨ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਦਜਾ ਭਾਗ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦ ਜ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 24 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਅਤ ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਦ 12ndash12 ਅਕ ਣਗ
(1) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਪਲਿਹਲ ਭਾਗ ਦ ਲਿਤ ਨ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ਅਤ ੲ ਹਨ ਇਨਹਾ ਲਿਤ ਨਾ ਉਪndashਭਾਗਾ ਲਿਵਚ ਹਠ ਲਿਲਖ ਅਨਸਾਰ ਸਆਲ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ
(ੳ) ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਕਲ 12 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਐਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਣਗ ਅਕ 12x1 = 12
(ਅ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਲਘ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 3ndash3 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ ਉਤਰ ਪਜ ਲਾਈਨਾ ਤ ਵਧ ਨਾ ਵ ਅਕ 3x3 = 9x2 =18
(ੲ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਖ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ ਅਕ 1x6 = 6
(2) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਲਿਵਚ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਇਸ ਪਰਕਾਰ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ(ੳ) ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਔਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ
ਅਕ 8x1 = 8(ਅ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਕਲ 5 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨ ਣਗ ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ
ਨ ਅਕ 5x2 = 10(ੲ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ
ਅਕ 6x1 = 6ਨਟ ਮਲਿਖਕ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ ਤ ਹੀ ਆਧਾਲਿਰਤ ਹਵ ਗੀ ਇਸਦੀ ਲਿਵਧੀ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਹਵ ਗੀ
P a g e 25 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ (ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ)ਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ
For Other State Students ofB Tech amp Six Year BTech-MBA Integrated Program Only
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 (ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ 60 ਅਕ) ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਵਲ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਨ ਦ13ਵੀ ਪਧਰ ਦੀ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਪਾ13 ਨੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਦੀ ਲਈ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਲਬ13 ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਵਰਨਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲ ਕ ਮਾਤਰਾਵਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਵਾਕ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨ 13ਬ ਧੀ ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ ਉਦਸ਼ ਪਜਾਬ ਦ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਦ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਤ ਵਾਝ ਰਸਿ ਗਏ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾਉਣਾ ਅਤ ਬਾਰਲ 13ਸਿਬਆ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਇਕ ਨਵੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾ ਕ ਉਨਾ ਨ ਪਜਾਬ ਸਿਵਚ ਰਜ਼ਗਾਰ ਦ ਮਸਿਕਆ ਦ ਯਗ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ
ਭਾਗ ੳ
1) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਵਰਣਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲਖਣ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) ਅਖਰ ਸਿ13 ਸਿਖਆ ਤਰਤੀਬਵਾਰ ਤ ਭਲਾਵ ਅਖਰ(ਅ) ਅਖਰ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਖਰ ਰਪ ਤ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ
2) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਅਖਰ ਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਧਨੀਆ ਦਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) 13ਵਰ ਤ ਸਿਵਅਜਨ ਵਰਗੀਕਰਨ ਤ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਉਚਾਰਨ(ਅ) ਲਗਾ ndashਮਾਤਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
ਭਾਗ ਅ
1) ਸਿਲਪੀ ਦ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ(ੳ) ਪਰ ਤ ਅਧ ਅਖਰ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ਅ) 13ਵਰ 13ਚਕ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
2) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਣndashਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਫ਼ਤ ਦ ਸਿਦਨ(ਅ) ਮੀਸਿਨਆ ਦ ਨਾਮ(ੲ) ਰਗਾ ਦ ਨਾਮ(13) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਰਸ਼ਤਾndashਨਾਤਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ
ਭਾਗ ੲ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਜੜਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਦ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ(ਅ) ਸਿਤ ਨ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ
2) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਵਰਗਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀਆ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਨਾਵ ਪੜਨਾਵ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਸਿਕਸਿਰਆ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਆਸਿਦ)
ਭਾਗ ਸ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਅਗਤਰ ਸਿਪਛਤਰ 13ਮਾ13 ਦਰ ਕਤੀ)(ਅ) ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਵਾਕਸ਼ ਉਪndashਵਾਕ ਤ ਵਾਕ)
P a g e 26 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ
(1) 13ਲਬ13 ਦ ਚਾਰ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x5 = 20x 1 = 20(2) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 13ਖ ਪ ਉਤਰਾ ਵਾਲ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x 2 = 8x 2 = 16(3) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਵਰਣਾਤਮਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਵ ਗਾ 4x 1 = 4x 6 = 24
P a g e 27 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 5th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 301 Analog and Digital Communication Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 302 Web Programming amp Scripting 3 1 0 35
ECM 303 Mobile Application Development 3 1 0 35
ECM 304 Computer Networks 3 1 0 35
ECE 303 Microprocessor and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 351 Analog and Digital Communication Systems Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 353 Mobile Application Development Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 353 Microprocessor and Applications Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective ndash I 3 1 0 35
STG 351 Summer Training 60
Drug Abuse 3 0 0 00
21 6 6 30
Total contact hours 33
ECM 351 ECM 353 ECE 353 amp STG 351 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers Summer Training will be of 4-6 weeks duration in Industry or in- house Qualifying subject
Elective - I
1 ECE 305 ndash Linear Integrated Circuits amp Applications2 ECE 306 ndash Control Engineering 3 ECE 301 ndash Opto Electronics4 ECE 316 ndash HDL Based Digital Design5 ECE 318 ndash Communication Theory6 ECE 319 - Electronic Switching Circuits7 ECE 320 - Transmission Lines and Waveguides8 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 28 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 301 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is intended to understand all types of analog and digital modulation amp demodulation techniques and Recognize the importance of pre-emphasis and de-emphasis Focus will be on the fundamental system aspects of modern analog and digital communication System After successfully completing the course students will also be able to analyze the performance of a baseband and pass band digital communication system
Section-A
Amplitude Modulation (AM) Introduction Basic elements of communications Noise Need for modulation Expression for AM Double sideband suppressed carrier (DSB-SC) single sideband (SSB) and vestigial sideband (VSB)
AM Modulators and Demodulators Introduction with circuit diagram explanation of square law modulator and balanced modulator Fil tering method and Phasing method for generation of SSB Envelope detector and square law detector Working principles and block diagram explanations of super heterodyne receiver Specifications of receiver sensitivity selectivity fidelity signal to noise ratio and double spotting
Angle Modulation Introduction to Phase modulation (PM) and frequency modulation (FM) Relationship between PM and FM Expression of Phase and frequency modulation Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis circuits in FM Armstrong system of FM modulator slope detector balanced slope detector quadrature detector for FM demodulation FM stereo transmitter
Section-B
Pulse Modulation Introduction Sampling theorem and its applications Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) Pulse Time Modulation (PTM) Pulse code Modulation (PCM) quantization quantization error quantization noise companding Delta modulation Adaptive delta modulation Line Coding Schemes Introduction of line coding scheme ON-OFF signaling polar signaling bipolar amp split phase Manchester signaling and comparison among them Introduction to inter-symbol interference eye diagram Modulation Schemes Introduction generation reception spectrum and geometrical representation of BASK BFSK BPSK DPSKQPSK QAM and MSK techniques Use of signal space for calculation of error probabili ty for BPSK BFSK and QPSK Block diagram of digital communication system and functions of each block
TEXT BOOKS 1Electronic Communication Systems ndash George Kennedy and Bernard Davis TMH 2 Modern digital and analog Communication systems B P Lathi Oxford University Press 3 Communication Systems Harold PE Stern Samy and A Mahmond Pearson 4 Communication Systems Singh and Sapre Analog and digital TMH 5 Principles of Communication Systems ndash H Taub amp D Schilling Gautam Sahe TMH6 John Proakis ldquoDigital CommunicationsrdquoMcGrawHill7 Simon Haykin Digital communications John Wiley and sons8 Digital communication system by JSchitode
P a g e 29 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 302 INT EXT L T P CrWEB PROGRAMMING amp SCRIPTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Students are able to develop a dynamic webpage by the use of javascript and HTML Students will be able to know of CSS JQuery and AJAX
Section ndash A
HTML Tags Elements Attributes Headings Paragraphs Styles Formatting Quotations Comments Colors Hyperlinks Images Tables Lists Iframes Forms Form Elements Form Input Element types Canvas
CSS Inline amp External Anatomy of a CSS ruleset Measurement Units Colors Backgrounds Fonts Text Links Tables Borders Margins Lists Padding Dimensions Display Visibil ity Positioning Media Types Printing
Section ndash B
Javascript Syntax Variables Operators Data Types Number Boolean Strings Arrays Date Objects Functions Events If Else Switch Case While Loop For Loop For in RegExp HTML DOM Error Handling Dialog Boxes
Frameworks Introduction to jQuery Bootstrap JSON
Text Books
1 HTML5 for Web Designers by Jeremy Keith2 The Essential Guide to CSS and HTML Web Design by Craig Grannell3 JavaScript amp JQuery The Missing Manual by David McFarland
P a g e 30 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 303 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is related to the development of applications on mobile and wireless computing platforms Android will be used as a basis for teaching programming techniques and design patterns related to the development of standalone applications and mobile portals to enterprise systems Emphasis is placed on the processes tools and frameworks required to develop applications for current and emerging mobile computing devices Students will work at all stages of the software development life-cycle from inception through to implementation and testing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Android The Android Platform Android SDK Android App Resources Android App Manifest File Android App Permissions
Android Application Design Essentials Anatomy of an Android applications Android terminologies Application Context Activities Activity lifecycle Activity state changes Tasks and back stack Parcelables and bundles Fragments Services Intents
Section ndash B
Android User Interface Design Essentials User Interface Screen elements Designing User Interfaces with Layouts working with different types of resources
Android Architecture Components View Binding Data Binding LiveData ViewModel
WorkManager Room Persistence Library
Text Books
1 Lauren Darcey and Shane Conder ldquoAndroid Wireless Application Developmentrdquo Pearson Education 2nd ed (2011)
Reference Books
1 Reto Meier Professional Android 2 Application Developmentrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd2 Mark L Murphy Beginning Androidrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd
P a g e 31 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 304 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Build an understanding of the fundamental concepts of computer networking Familiarize the student with the basic taxonomy and terminology of the computer networking area Introduce the student to advanced networking concepts preparing the student for entry Advanced courses in computer networking Allow the student to gain expertise in some specific areas of networking such as the design and maintenance of individual networks
Section ndash A
Introduction history and development of computer networks Types of computer networks LAN MAN WAN broadcast and point to point networks Network topologies
Layered Architecture concept of layers protocols interfaces and services The OSI Reference Model The TCPIP Reference Model Comparison of OSI and TCPIP Models
Physical Layer Concept of Analog amp Digital Signal Bandwidth Transmission Impairments Attenuation Distortion Noise Data rate l imits Nyquist formula Shannon Formula
Switching Circuit Switching Message Switching and Packet Switching Comparison of Repeaters Hubs Switches
Transmission media Twisted Pair Co-axial Cables Fiber Optics Wireless Transmission Radio and Microwave and Infrared Transmission
Section ndash B
Data Link Layer Data l ink layer Design Issues Error Detection and Correction Elementary data link protocols An Unrestricted Simplex Protocol A Simplex Stop and Wait Protocol A Simplex Protocol for a Noisy Channel Sliding window protocols A One Bit Sliding Window Protocol A Protocol Using go back N A Protocol using Selective Repeat CSMA CSMACD Protocols
Network layer IP Addressing IPV4 header Fragmentation
Routing algorithms Shortest Path Routing Flooding Distance Vector Routing and Link State Routing Introduction to Congestion Congestion Control
Transport layer Introduction to Elements of Transport Protocols UDP TCP
Application layer Electronic-mail WWW Domain Name System SMTP HTTP
Text Books
1 A S Tannenbaum Computer Networks 3rd Edition Prentice-Hall2 D E Comer Internetworking with TCP-IP Principles Protocols and Architecture Vol I 2nd Edition
Prentice Hall 19913 D E Comer and D L Stevens Internetworking with TCP-IP Design Implementation and Internals
Vol II Prentice Hall 1990
P a g e 32 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 303 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To introduce 8085 architecture and programming in assembly language To introduce basic concepts of interfacing memory and peripheral devices to a microprocessor To introduce serial and parallel bus standards To introduce 8086 microprocessors To introduce various advanced processor architectures such as 80X86 Pentium and Multicore Processors
Section ndash A
Introduction Overview of architecture and instruction set of 8085 introduction to interfacing and inputoutput (IO) techniques Introduction to timing and control interrupts and programming of 8085Bus Contention amp solution
Interfacing Chips Block diagram and modes of operation of interfacing devices 81558156 and 83558755 multipurpose programmable devices 8279 programmable keyboarddisplay interface 8255A programmable peripheral interface 8253 programmable interval t imer 8259A programmable interrupt controller 8257 direct memory access(DMA) controller and 8251 USART
Section ndash B
Microprocessor Applications Interfacing of single and multiple digit seven-segment LED output display Interfacing of DAC (AD 558 AD 7522 amp DAC0800) and ADC (AD570 AD7574 and ADC0800) Applications like Temperature measurement and control water level indicator measurement and display of motor speed and traffic light control system
8086 Microprocessor Architecture memory segmentation parallel processing addressing modes instruction set and simple programming examples
Text Books
1 Ramesh S Gaonkar Microprocessor architecture Programming and applications with 8085 E Prentice Hall 2002
2 A Mathur Introduction to Micro Processor Tata-McGraw Hill3 Microprocessors and Digital systems by Douglas Hall Tata-McGraw Hill4 Fundamental of microprocessors and Micro Computers by B Ram Dhanpat Rai amp Sons5 Micro Processor 8086 by Gibson PHI
P a g e 33 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 351 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
17 To study line coding signals and its formats
18 To study Amplitude Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
19 To study Frequency Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
20 To study Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
21 To study Differential Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
22 To study Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
23 To study the sampling theorem amp reconstruction of signal
24 To study Delta Modulation amp Demodulation amp its characteristic
25 To study Adaptive Delta Modulation amp Demodulation
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 34 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 353 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Develop an Android application using various components fonts and colors
2 Develop an Android application that uses Layout Managers and event listeners
3 Develop an Android application for basic calculator
4 Develop an Android application to write data to the SD card
5 Develop an Android application that uses Fragments
6 Develop an Android application that uses Navigation component
7 Develop an Android application that uses GPS location information
8 Develop an Android application using various Firebase services
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 35 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 353 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To write and test a program for finding the largest and the smallest numbers out of the given list of
numbers
2 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in ascending order
3 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in descending order
4 Study of microprocessor-based temperature recording and monitoring system
5 Study of microprocessor-based Traffic Light Controller
6 Study of microprocessor-based DC Motor Controller
7 Study of microprocessor-based Stepper Motor Interface Card and Controller
8 Study of interfacing of ADC with microprocessor
9 Study of interfacing of DAC with microprocessor
10 To write and test different programs involving the use of interrupts subroutines Flags etc
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 36 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 305 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrLINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives This course introduces theoretical and circuit aspects of operational amplifier which is backbone for the basics of l inear Integrated circuits and its various applications and introduce some special function ICs
Section ndash A
Operational Amplifiers Differential Amplifier ndash Transfer characteristics CMRR PSRR current mirror voltage references internal structure of Op-amp Ideal Op-amp Characteristics Inverting and non-inverting Op-amp offset error voltages and currents slew rate characterization of Op-amp parameters Op-amp internal design starting from basic differential amplifier
Negative Feedback In Op-Amps Block diagram representation of feedback configurations Voltage-series feedback Amplifier Voltage shunt feedback amplifier Differential amplifiers with one op-amp two op-amps and three op-ampsFREQUENCY RESPONSE OF AN OP-AMP Frequency response Compensating Networks Frequency response of internally compensated Op-Amps Frequency response of Non compensated Op-amps Closed loop frequency response Slew rate causes of slew rate and its effect on applications
Section ndash B
Analog Systems with Operational Amplifier as A Building Block Basic applications ndash Inverter scale changer adder voltage to current current to voltage converter voltage follower Bridge amplifier Instrumentation amplifier Analog Integrator and Differentiator Logarithmic amplifier anti-log amplifierComparator amp other applications Comparator comparator characteristics limitation of Op-amp as comparator voltage limiters zero crossing detector timing mark generator precision rectifier average detector peak detector window detector voltage to frequency amp frequency to voltage converters
Specialized IC Applications Active filters First order low pass Butterworth Filter Second order low pass Butterworth Filter First order high pass Butterworth Filter Second Order High pass Butterworth Filter higher order filters Design of active filters Band Pass filters ndash wide band amp narrow band Band reject filters ndash wide band amp narrow band all pass filters 555 timer and its use as bistable monostable amp astable multivibrator Schmitt trigger Phase locked loop 565 applications frequency synthesizers and current differencing (Norton) amplifier
Reference Books
1 Op-Amp amp Linear Integrated Circuits- R A Gayakwad 4th Edition Pearson 20022 Operational Amplifier amp Linear integrated circuits- R F Coughlin amp FF Driscoll -6 th Edition and
Pearson 20013 Design with Op-Amps amp Analog ICs -Sergio France 3rd Edition McGraw Hill Hirher Education4 Linear Integrated Circuits- D Roy Choudhry New Age International Limited Publication
P a g e 37 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 306 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCONTROL ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To provide sound knowledge in the concepts of l inear control theory and design of control systems Further aims are - To develop mathematical model for electrical and mechanical systems - To understand the use of transfer function models in physical systems and simplification -To provide adequate knowledge in the time and frequency response of systems and steady state error analysis -To learn the importance of controllers and effect of different controllers to accord basic knowledge of stabili ty and various techniques to calculate stability -To introduce state space representation for different models -To study the basics of compensation and different types
Section ndash A
Basic Concepts Classification Open loop control system closed loop systems linear and non-linear systems time variant amp invariant systems Relative merits and demerits of open and closed loop systems Servomechanism
Mathematical Modeling Transfer function Mathematical modeling of electrical mechanical systems Analogies Block diagrams and signal flow graphs and their use in determining transfer function
Analysis Time and frequency domain analysis Transient and frequency response of first and second order systems Correlation ship between time and frequency domain specifications Steady-state errors and error constants Concepts and applications of P PD PI and PID types of control
Section ndash B
Stability Definit ion pole and Zero concept Routh-Hurwitz cri terion Root locus techniques Nyquist criterion Bode plots Relative stability Gain margin and phase margins
State Space Analysis Concepts of state State variables and state models State space equations Transfer function Transfer model State space representation of dynamic systems State transit ion matrix Controllability and observability
Compensation Necessity of compensation series and parallel compensations compensating networks
Reference Books
1 Modern Control Engg by K Ogata Prentice Hall New Delhi 19742 Control System Components by JF Gibsen Mcgraw Hill 19633 Automatic Control System by BC Kuo Prentice Hall 3rd Ed 19784 Control System Engineering by IJ Nagrath amp Gopal Wiley Eastern Ltd New Delhi5 DP Eckman Automatic process control6 Liptak ldquoHandbook of process controlrdquo
P a g e 38 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 301 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrOPTO-ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is to provide understanding of working principle performance analysis of various important components of fiber optical communication systems such as optical transmitter receiver optical amplifiers couplers split ters optical modulators etc When actual design of wavelength division multiplexed fiber optic communication systems will be done then working knowledge of Lasers LEDs photodiodes various types of optical amplifiers multiplexers fil ters etc will be beneficial The course is designed in a such way that the students learns the basic principle types of structures with their performances characterist ics of light sources (such as Lasers LEDs) optical detectors such as various types of photodiodes optical amplifiers multiplexers fi lters etc components of a wavelength division multiplexed optical communication systems At the end of course the student of must have thorough understanding of active and passive components of optical communication systems The course also provides basic knowledge of optical sensors which are used in optical instrumentation and many other applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of optoelectronics advantages applications-Network Military Civil industrial Sensors etc
Optoelectronic Sources Introduction Basic concepts Optical emission from semiconductor Semiconductor injection Laser amp its various structures injection laser characterist ics threshold condition wavelength tunable Lasers LED power and efficiency Heterojunction LED structure designs characterist ics Modulation response of an LED Source-Fiber coupling
Optoelectronic Detectors Introduction Device types basic principal of optoelectronic detection Absorption Quantum efficiency Responsivity wavelength cutoff Types of Photodiodes with and without internal gain Mid-infrared photodiode phototransistors Photo-conducting detectors Noise Considerations
Section ndash B
Passive Network Components amp Sensors Introduction CouplersSplit ters WDM multiplexers Demultiplexers Fil ters Isolators Circulators Attenuators Electro-optic Modulators Acousto-optic Modulators and their application areas
Optical Sensors classification-point distributed Intensity phase amp spectral Smart structures amp applications
Optical Amplifiers And Integrated Optics Introduction Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers (SOA) Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFA) Fiber Raman Amplifiers (FRA) Application areas of optical amplifiers Some integrated optical devices OEICs Optical bi-stability and digital optics Optical Computation
Reference Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash DK Mynbev LL Scheiner Pearson Education Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications
P a g e 39 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 316 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrHDL BASED DIGITAL DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of iterative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Introduction to HDL Design Flow Design Methodologies HDL History Capabilities Hardware Abstraction Basic Terminology Model Analysis Comparison between VHDL and Verilog
Basic VHDL Elements Identifiers Data Objects Data Types Operators
Behavioral Modeling Entity declaration architecture body Various Sequential Statements and Constructs multiple processes postponed processes
Dataflow Modeling Concurrent Signal Assignment Statements delta delay model multiple drivers block statement concurrent assertion statement
Structural Modeling Component Declaration component Instantiation resolving signal values
Section ndash B
Supporting Constructs Generics and Configuration Subprograms and Overloading Operator overloading Package declaration package body
Advanced Features Generate statements qualified expressions type conversions guarded signals attributes aggregate targets
Model Simulation Writing a Test Bench and Simulation for combinational circuits
Programmable Logic Devices (PLD) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) Basic Concepts Architecture and Usage
Text Books
a) A VHDL Primer ndash Jayaram Bhasker Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey b) VHDL Programming by Examples ndash Douglas L Perry Mc Graw Hill Fourth Editionc) FPGA based implementation of Signal Processing Systems RogerWoods John McAllister Dr Ying
Yi Gaye Lightbody Wileyd) Advanced FPGA Design ndash Architecture Implementation amp Optimization Steve Kilts
P a g e 40 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 318 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives After completing the course the student should be able to - Understand the basics of information theory and communication systems -understand the role of probability and statist ics in the analysis of communication systems -Solve problems related to channel capacity and spectral efficiency
Section ndash A
Introduction to information messages amp signals Classification of signals The discrete and continuous spectrum Power spectrum Energy density spectrum Dirac delta functions Sampling theory and approximations Convolution of signals LTI systems
Discrete probabili ty theory Continuous random variables Statist ically independent random variables Probability density functions of sums Transformation of density functions Ergodic Process Correlation functions Spectral density and White noise
Atmospheric Thermal Shot and Partition noise Noise figure and experimental determination of noise figure Shot noise in temperature limited diode and space charge limited diodes Pulse response and Digital noise
Section ndash B
Networks with random input Auto-correlations Spectral density and probabili ty density input-output relationships Optimum system and non-Linear systems Maximum criterion Equivalent noise bandwidth
Definit ion of information Units of information Entropy Uncertainty and information rate of communication Redundancy Relation between system capacity and information content of messages Shannonrsquos theorem Discrete noisy channel Channel capacity for different discrete channels
Text Books
1 Hancock JC ldquoAn Introduction to the Principles of Communication Theory Tata McGraw Hill 19612 Sharma Sanjay ldquoSignals and Systemsrdquo S K Kataria amp Sons 20093 Swartz Information Transmission Modulation amp Noiserdquo Mc Graw Hill4 Taub amp Schilling Principals of Communication System Mc Graw Hill5 Simon Haykin ldquoCommunication Systemsrdquo Wiley
Reference Books
1 Papoulis and S U Pillai ldquoProbability Random Variables and Stochastic Processesrdquo Tata McGraw Hill 2002
2 Claude E Shannon ldquoA Mathematical Theory of Communicationrdquo Bell System Technical Journal 27(3) 379-423
3 T Cover and J Thomas ldquoElements of Information Theoryrdquo Wiley 2006
P a g e 41 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 319 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC SWITCHING CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understanding of switching concept and different types of switching techniques Capabilit ies amp other details of finite state machines can be explored Will boost the knowledge of synchronous and asynchronous circuits design amp analysis Also explore the various types of Hazards
Section ndash A
Introduction to Sequential Circuits FlipndashFlops Flip-Flop conversions Classification of Sequential Circuits Registers and Counter circuits
Design amp Analysis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits Sequential circuits introductory examples Counters Finite state Machines Sequence Detector and Sequence Generator circuits Definite state model Basic definit ion Capabilit ies amp Limitation of finite state machines state equivalence amp machine minimization simplification of incompletely specified machines Extraction of maximum compatibles synthesis amp analysis of synchronous sequential circuits
Design amp Analysis of Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Introduction to asynchronous circuits t iming diagram state diagram amp flow tables fundamental mode circuits synthesis state assignment in asynchronous sequential circuits
Section ndash B
Hazards Introduction gate delays generation of spikes production of static hazards in combinational networks elimination of static hazards design of hazard free combinational networks hazard free asynchronous circuit design dynamic hazards essential hazards
Contact Networks amp Symmetric Networks Relay contents analysis amp Synthesis of contact Networks Properties of symmetric functions Synthesis ampidentification of symmetric functions Iterative Networks
Text Books
1 Switching and finite automata theory by ZVI Kohavi2 Logical design of switching circuits by Douglas Lewin 3 Logic Design by NN Biswas
P a g e 42 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 320 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrTRANSMISSION LINES AND WAVEGUIDES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the students should be able to familiarize with the new concepts towards propagation of signals through transmission lines and waveguides
Section ndash A
Classification of guided wave solutions-TE TM and TEM waves Field analysis transmission lines Rectangular and circular waveguides Excitation of waveguides Rectangular and circular cavity resonators
Transmission line equations Voltage and current waves Solutions for different terminations Transmission-line loading
Section ndash B
Impedance transformation and matching Smith Chart Quarter-wave and half-wave transformers Binomial and Tchebeyshev transformers Single double and triple stub matching
Microstriplines stripline slot lines coplanar waveguide and fin line Micro strip MIC design aspects Computer- aided analysis and synthesis
Text Books
1 DMPozar ldquoMicrowave Engineering (3e)rdquo Wiley 20042 JDRyder ldquoNetworks Lines and Fieldsrdquo PHI 20033 RECollin ldquoFoundations for Microwave Engineering (2e)rdquo McGraw-Hill 20024 SYLiao ldquoMicrowave Devices and Circuitsrdquo(3e) PHI 20055 J A Seeger ldquoMicrowave Theory Components and Devicesrdquo Prentice-Hall6 Jordan ldquoEM waves and Radiatingrdquo Prentice Hall7 GSN Raju ldquoElectromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Linesrdquo Pearson Education
P a g e 43 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
INT EXT L T P CrDRUG ABUSE PROBLEM MANAGEMENT AND PREVENTION 50 50 3 0 0 0
Note This is a compulsory qual i fying paper which the students have to study and quali fy during three years of their degree course
REGULAR STUDENTSMax Marks 70 Max Time 3hrsInternal Assessment 30Total Marks 100 Lectures per week 2
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERSThe question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have four quest ions from the respect ive sect ions of the syllabus Each question shal l carry 7 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 14 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any three quest ions f rom sect ion A and any three quest ions from sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
PRIVATE STUDENTSMax Marks 100 Max Time 3hrs
Lectures per week 2INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERS
The question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have three quest ions from the respective sect ions of the syl labus Each quest ion shal l car ry 15 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 20 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any two quest ions f rom sect ion A and any two quest ions f rom sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
SECTION AUNIT I ndash Problem of Drug Abuse Concept and Overview Types of Drug Often Abused
(a) Concept and OverviewWhat are drugs and what constitutes Drug Abuse Prevalence of menace of Drug Abuse How drug Abuse is different from Drug Dependence and Drug Addiction Physical and psychological dependence- concepts of drug tolerance
(b) Introduction to drugs of abuse Short Term Long term effects amp withdrawal symptoms Stimulants Amphetamines Cocaine NicotineDepressants Alcohol Barbiturates- Nembutal Seconal Phenobarbital Benzodiazepines ndashDiazepam Alprazolam FlunitrazepamNarcotics Opium morphine heroin Hallucinogens Cannabis amp derivatives (marijuana hashish hash oil)Steroids Inhalants
UNIT II ndashNature of the Problem Vulnerable Age Groups Signs and symptoms of Drug Abuse (a)- Physical indicators (b)- Academic indicators (c)- Behavioral and Psychological indicators
SECTION BUNIT III ndash Causes and Consequences of Drug Abuse
a) Causes Physiological Psychological Sociological b) Consequences of Drug Abuse For individuals For families For society amp Nation
Unit IV- Management amp Prevention of Drug AbuseManagement of Drug Abuse Prevention of Drug Abuse Role of Family School Media Legislat ion amp Deaddiction Centers
Suggested readings1 Kapoor T (1985) Drug Epidemic among Indian Youth New Delhi Mittal Pub2 Modi Ishwar and Modi Shalini (1997) Drugs Addiction and PreventionJaipur Rawat Publication3 Ahuja Ram(2003) Social Problems in India Rawat Publications Jaipur4 2003 National Household Survey of Alcohol and Drug Abuse New Delhi Clinical Epidemiological Unit All India
Institute of Medical Sciences 20045 World Drug Report 2011 United Nations Office of Drug and Crime6 World Drug Report 2010 United nations Office of Drug and Crime7 Extent Pattern and Trend of Drug Use in India Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment Government of India
20048 The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1985 (New Delhi Universal 2012)
Pedagogy of the Course WorkThe pedagogy of the course work wil l consist of the fol lowing 70 lectures ( including expert lectures) 30 assignments discussion and seminars and class tests Note A visi t to drug de-addiction centre could also be undertaken
P a g e 44 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 6th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 311 Artificial Intelligence and Machine learning 3 1 0 35
ECE 307 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 35
ECM 312 IoT and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 313 Database Management System 3 1 0 35
ECE 357 Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 363 Database Management System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 370 Minor Project 0 0 2 10
Elective-II 3 1 0 35
Elective-III 3 1 0 35
HSS 151 Communication skill Lab
18 6 6 25
Open elective
Total contact hours 32
ECE 357 ECM 363 ECM 370 and HSS 151 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
This is an optional course and student can opt any one elective subject from university Approved Open Elective Subject List with the consent of ACDHEADCourse Mentor
Elective - II
1 ECE 310 ndash Microelectronics 2 ECE 311 ndash Micro controller amp Applications3 ECE 312 ndash Information Theory amp Coding4 ECE 313 ndash Reliability Engineering5 ECE 315 - Modern Control System6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective - III
1 CPE 405 - Soft Computing Techniques2 CPE 406 - Digital Image Processing3 CPE 313 - System Simulation amp Modeling4 CPE 318 - Business Intelligence5 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 45 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 46 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 311 INT EXT L T P CrARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have an appreciation for and understanding of both the achievements of AI and the theory underlying those achievements To have an appreciation for the engineering issues underlying the design of AI systems To have a basic proficiency in a traditional AI language including an ability to write simple to intermediate programs and an ability to understand code written in that language To have a basic understanding of some of the more advanced topics of AI such as learning natural language processing agents and robotics expert systems and planning
Section ndash A
Artificial Intelligence Techniques levels of models understand the importance functions advantages as well as the limitations of art ificial intelligence Use of Artificial Intell igence and intell igent agents
State space search control strategies heuristic search problem characteristics production system characteristics Mapping between facts and representations approaches to knowledge representation semantic sets frame conceptual depending scripts predictive logic resolution in predicate logic
Section ndash B
Procedural Vs declarative knowledge matching conflict resolution Non-monotonic reasoning default reasoning statistical reasoning knowledge extraction Investigate the roles and development methods of artificial intell igence in decision making processes Neural network resources cognitive science role of neural network in computer science
Characteristics of AI language LISP-symbol manipulation- basic l isp function predicated condition recursion iteration Array-lambda functions input-output statements AI problems pattern recognition voice recognition Feature Extraction
Text Books
1 Artificial Intelligence by Rich and Kinght TMH2 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence by Charniak and Mcdermott Addison-Wesley 1985 3 Essentials of Artificial Intelligence by Ginsburg Morgan Kaufmann 1993 4 Artificial Intelligence by Winston 3rd Edition Addison Wesley 1992 5 Artificial Intelligence by Padhy Oxford Press
P a g e 47 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 307 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective DSP makes use of mathematical methods in order to handle and analyze the signals The use of such mathematical methods allows extracting information and even modifying the signal in order to use it as we desire DSP so widespread today and applied in everything around us At the end of course students may able to apply different operations of DSP such as filtering noise cancelling enhancing distorting smoothing in many application eg audio and speech processing sonar radar and other sensor array processing spectral statistical signal processing digital image processing signal processing for telecommunications control systems biomedical engineering seismology among others
Section ndash A
Z-Transform Introduction to signals and systems Z-transform pair properties of region of convergence (ROC) for the Z-transform properties of Z-transform analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Z-transforms System functions for interconnection of LTI systems Block diagram representation for causal LTI systems
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) Frequency domain sampling and reconstruction of discrete t ime signals DFT inverse DFT (IDFT) DFT as a linear transformation relationship of the DFT to other transforms properties of DFT use of DFT in l inear fil tering fil tering of long sequences frequency analysis of signals using DFT
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Direct computation of DFT divide and conquer approach to computation of the DFT radix-2 FFT algorithms use of FFT algorithm for efficient computation of the DFT of two real sequences and of the DFT of a 2N point real sequence
Section ndash B
Digital Filter Structures Introduction structures for FIR systems Direct form cascade form and latt ice structure structures for IIR systems Direct form cascade form parallel form and latt ice structures Fixed point representation of numbers errors resulting from rounding and truncation
Design of Digital Filters General considerations causali ty and its implications characterist ics of practical frequency selective fi lters design of symmetric linear phase FIR filters using rectangular Kaiser and Hamming window Design of digital IIR fil ters using impulse invariance transformation method amp bilinear transformation method
Text Books
1 Johan G Proakis and Dimitris G Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithms and Applicationsrdquo PHI
2 Oppenheim amp Schafer ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo PHI
P a g e 48 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 312 INT EXT L T P CrIOT AND APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Effective usage of IoT deployment for different sectors Developing and modifying code for various sensor-based applications using wireless sensor modules and working with variety of modules like environmental and security module Exploring the features of predictive data analytics for IoT applications Modular hands on training will enable participants to conduct IoT related activities in academic environment and init iate new projects in Industrial sectors
Section ndash A
Introduction to IoT Defining IoT Characteristics of IoT Physical design of IoT Logical design of IoT Functional blocks of IoT Communication models amp APIs
IoTamp M2M Machine to Machine Difference between IoT and M2M Software define network
Network and communication aspects Wireless medium access issues MAC protocol survey Survey routing protocols sensor deployment amp Node Discovery Data aggregation amp dissemination
Section ndash B
Applications of IoT Home automation Industry applications Surveillance applications other IOT applications
Challenges in IoT Design challenges Development challenges security challenges other challenges
Developing IoT Introduction to different IoT tools developing applications through IoT tools Implementing various IoT concepts
Text Books
1 SAMuel Greengard ldquothe Internet of Thingsrdquo2 Klaus Schweb ldquoThe Fourth Industrial revolutionrdquo3 CunoPfister ldquoGetting Started with Internet of Thingsrdquo4 Peter Wahel ldquoLearning Internet of Things
P a g e 49 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 313 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the different issues involved in the design and implementation of a database system To study the physical and logical database designs database modeling relational hierarchical and network models To understand and use data manipulation language to query update and manage a database To develop an understanding of essential DBMS concepts such as database security integrity concurrency To design and build a simple database system
Section ndash A
Introduction to Database Concepts Difference between Database and non-database system Data independence DBMS Architecture components of a database system Advantages and disadvantages of Database system Intended Uses of a DBMS Schemas and Instances Database Languages and Interfaces Classification of Database Management Systems
Data Models Relational Model Network Model Hierarchical Model ER Model Design issues Mapping constraints keys ER diagram weak entity sets extended ER features Design of an ER Database schema Reduction of an ER Schema to tables Comparison of Models
Query Processing Fundamental of Relational Algebra Tuple and Domain Relational Calculus
Relational Query Languages SQL Basic SQL Select Statements Table Creation and Management Create Alter Drop and Rename Constraints Primary key Foreign key Unique Not null and Check Data Manipulation Insert Update and Delete Restricting rows in Select using Where clause Comparison operators Logical Operators Order by clause
Section ndash B
Database Design Integrity Constraints Domain constraints Referential integrity enti ty integrity specify these constraints in SQL specification of Additional Constraints as assertions and triggers
Functional dependencies Functional dependencies Decomposition Normalization using FDrsquos MVDrsquos and JDrsquos Domain key normal form
Query Optimization Translating SQL Queries into Relational Algebra Notation for Query Trees and Query Graphs Heuristic Optimization of Query Trees Transformation Rules for Relational Algebra Operations Heuristic Algebraic Optimization Algorithm Converting Query Trees into Query Execution Plans Cost Components in Query Optimization Using cost estimates in query optimization
Joining Data from Multiple Tables Equi Non-Equi Self and Outer Joins Single-row and Group functions Sub-queries
Additional Database Object Sequences Synonyms and Views
Text Books1 Navathe and Elmasri Fundamentals of Database Systems Pearson education2 Korth and Silberschatz Abraham Database Concepts McGraw Hall 19913 An introduction to database system by CJ Date (Addison Welsey Publishing
house)4 Bipin Desai Database System TMG5 Prateek Bhatia Database Management system Kalayani Publishers
P a g e 50 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 357 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study of basic commands of MATLAB
2 Unit Ramp Unit Step Exponential and addition of two sinusoidal sequences
3 Convolution sum of discrete signals
4 Cross- correlation of two sequences
5 Frequency response of discrete system
6 DFT of the given sequence
7 Poles zeros and gain of transfer function
8 Magnitude amp phase of DFT
9 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of FIR Filter
10 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of IIR Filter
11 Analysis of FIR and IIR Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
12 Analysis of FFT Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 51 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 363 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Install procedure of the latest SQL Server edition
2 Write a query to create a table in SQL
3 Write a query to alter a table in SQL
4 Write a query to delete a table in SQL
5 Write a query to insert update and delete rows in a table in SQL
6 Write a query demonstrate the use of foreign keys in SQL
7 Write a query demonstrate various integrity constraints in SQL
8 Write a query demonstrate various joins in SQL
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 52 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 370 INT EXT L T P CrMINOR PROJECT 50 50 0 0 2 10
Electronic hardware andor software project Working model of hardware andor software project with real world usage according to recent trends in engineering
P a g e 53 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 151 INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Recognizing and articulating speech sounds mock dialogueconversation
2 Making an oral presentation class seminars paper reading
3 Participating in a group discussion
4 Holding a mock meeting
5 Developing skills related to Business Correspondence
6 Preparation for participating in a mock interview for a job etc
7 Developing skills for conducting a meeting attending telephonic calls
8 Listening to a recorded conversation and reviewingdiscussing its contents and style
P a g e 54 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 310 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Microelectronics is the branch of science that deals with microcircuits One most commonly used example of microcircuit is IC ie Integrated Circuits IC is a single substrate or chip on which active and passive components are fabricated the number of components which are fabricated on IC can give miniaturization of ICrsquoS This course provides a detailed fundamental analysis and discussion on various ICrsquos there fabrication steps and fabrication of BJTrsquos MOSFETS and CMOS This course than covers designing of layouts and stick diagram using NMOS PMOS and CMOS technology After successful completion of the device students will acquire a thorough understanding on the devices and be able to apply the knowledge to the development of new and novel devices for different applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Classification of integrated circuits (ICs) thick film thin film amp hybrid ICs Fabrication and component design resistor capacitors and inductors design and fabrication
Monolithic Techniques Process on sil icon crystals line growth refining substrate slicing polishing chemical vapor deposition thermal oxidation photolithography diffusion impurities diffusion system ion implantation metall ization isolation
Monolithic Components Bipolar IC process MOS IC process BJT construction diode instruction FET and MOS construction and resistors capacitors and inductors op-amp and voltage regulators design and fabrication
Section ndash B
LSI Circuits Brief introduction to LSI circuits realization of inter connection and realization of integrated elements
Basic VLSI Design Basic MOS transistor and working NMOS and CMOS fabrication thermal aspects MOS and VLSI some electrical properties of MOS design process circuit components system design and layout and scaling of MOS circuit some application of VLSI circuits like PLA
Text Books
1 SM Sze semiconductor device fundamentals Addison Wesley2 Howe R T and C G Sodini Microelectronics An Integrated Approach Upper Saddle River NJ
Prentice Hall 1996 ISBN 01358851833 N Weste and K Eshranghian Principles of CMOS VLSI Design Addison Wesley 19984 Jacob Backer Harry W Li and David E Boyce CMOS Circuit Design Layout and Simulation
Prentice Hall of India 1998 5 L Glaser and D Dobberpuhl The Design and Analysis of VLSI Circuitsrdquo Addison Wesley 19936 Fonstad C G Microelectronic Devices and Circuits New York NY McGraw-Hill 1994 ISBN
00702149647 Sedra A S and K C Smith Microelectronic Circuits 4th ed New York NY Oxford University
Press 1998 ISBN 01951166318 Pierret R F Semiconductor Device Fundamentals Upper Saddle River NJ Prentice Hall 1995 ISBN
0201543931
P a g e 55 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 311 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROCONTROLLER amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course provides ability to understand the basic concepts of microcontroller and its internal architecture The students would be able to learn the logic for assembly language programming It also provides the understanding about interfacing of input output devices with microcontroller So the overall objective of this subject is to make students aware of microcontrollers and their applications for serial parallel communication input output devices control and microcontroller-based projects
Section ndash A
Introduction 8051 Micro controller Comparison of Microprocessor and Microcontroller microcontroller and embedded processors processor Architecture - Harvard versus Princeton (Von Neumann) CISC versus RISC overview of 8051 families and other microcontrollers in use PIC ATMEL 8051 Pin description connections memory organization memory space of 8051 8051 flag bits and PSW register Register banks and stack
Instruction Familiarization Addressing modes and accessing memory using various addressing modes Arithmetic Logical jump loop and call instructions single bit instructions t ime delay generation amp calculation bit manipulation and programming Development system tools Data Types and directives 8051 assembly Language Programming Assembling an 8051 program
Section ndash B
Interrupt amp Embedded Device Programming Interrupts external amp internal hardware interrupts priority programmable IO Port Timercounter Serial Communication connection to RS 232
Real World Interfacing Interfacing of external memory RAM amp EPROM LCD ADC DAC sensors stepper motor and keyboard Interfacing to enhance 8051 capabili ties with 8255 amp Timer chips
Text Books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems -Ali Mazidi Pearson Education2 Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller -Myke Predko Tata Mc Graw Hill
Reference books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture Programming and appl -Kenneth Ayala Penram International2 Microcontrollers theory amp applications -Ajay V Deshmukh Mc Graw Hill
P a g e 56 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 312 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION THEORY AND CODING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Course will help to analyse error performance of a digital communication system in presence of noise and other interferences and it will help to improve the performance of the system The course will also build fundamental understanding of information theory and coding
Section ndash A
Discrete messages Concept of amount of information Average information and Entropy Information rate Coding to increase Average Information per bit Shannon s theorem Channel Capacity Gaussian channel Capacity Bandwidth-SN tradeoff use of orthogonal signals to attain Shannons limit Efficiency of Orthogonal signal transmission
Channel Coding bounds on communication Coding for Reliable Communication Parity check bit coding for Error detection Coding for Error Detection and Correction Linear Block Codes Cyclic Codes Golay Codes BCH codes Examples of algebraic codes Single Parity check bit code Repeated codes Hadaward code Hamming code
Section ndash B
Burst error correction introduction Block interleaving Convolution Interleaving Reed-Solo9mon (RS) code Concatenated codes Convolution Coding decoding of a Convolution Code Code tree decoding in the presence of noise sequential decoding State and Trellis diagram Viterbi algorithm
Probabili ty of Error of Convolution Codes Comparison of Error rates in Coded and Uncoded transmission Automatic-Repeat-Request (ARQ) Performance of ARQ Systems throughput of the stop amp wait ARQ throughput of Go-Back-N ARQ Selective Repeat ARQ Trellis decoded modulation
Text Books
1 Principles of communication systems by Taub amp Schilling Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing 2 Communication system engineering by Proakis TMH3 Digital Communications by Proakis TMH4 Introduction to the theory of error correcting codes Vera press 19925 Information theory amp reliable communication by Robert G Gallanger McGraw Hill 1992
P a g e 57 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 313 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrRELIABILITY ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Understanding of basic principles rather than lsquocook bookrsquo use of tables or handbooks Application to system requirements design manufacturing and testing with real-world examples
Section ndash A
Concept of Reliability Failures of systems and its modes Measure of Reliability Reliability function Hazard rate MTBF and their interrelations
Reliability Data and Analysis Data sources Data collection use of Reliability Data Reliability Analysis Performance Parameters calculation of failure rate Application of Weibull distribution
System Reliability and Modeling Series systems Parallel system series parallel systems Time dependence Reliability Determination stand-by systems r out of n Configurations Methods of tie set and cut sets of Or reliability evaluation simulation and Reliability prediction Monte Carlo method concepts of network topology Overall reliability evolution
Section ndash B
Maintainability and Availability Maintainability and its equation Factors affecting maintainability Measures of Maintainability Mean Down Time Availability Intrinsic availability equipment availability amp Mission availability Replacement processes and Policies
Life Testing of Equipment Non-destructive tests destruction tests and their Mathematic Modeling Quality and Reliability Measurement amp prediction of Human Reliability Reliability and safety safety margins in critical Devices case studies
Value Engineering Techniques in value Engineering Structure of value Engineering Reliability Management
Text Books
1 Reliability Engg By Govil2 Reliability Engg By Dr AK Aggarwal 19923 Related IEEEIEE publications
P a g e 58 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 315 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMODERN CONTROL SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Analyze dynamics of a linear system by State Space Representation Determine the stability of a linear system using pole-placement technique Design state observers Analyze basics of Non-linear control system Determine the stabili ty of Non-linear systems6 Realize the structure of a discrete time system and model i ts action mathematically
Section ndash A
Digital Control Introduction to digital control sampling Data reconstruction principles Pulse transfer functions Block diagram amp signal flow graph Digital Control Techniques- PID Deadbeat
Time domain analysis correlation between time response amp root location in S amp Z transform effect of pole-zero configuration in Z-plane on maximum overshoot amp peak time transient response
Stability in Z-plane using modified Routhrsquos criteria Jurys criteria
State Variable Analysis and Design Review of state space representation for l inear continuous time system solution of linear time invariant state equations controllabili ty and observability solution of state equation for discrete system state space analysis of discrete time systems pole placement Techniques
Section ndash B
Non-Linear Control System Introduction to non-linear feedback control system special features of linear system l imit cycle jump response sub harmonies etc describing function and phase plane techniques for analysis of non-linear system concept of local global asymptotic and total stability of non-linear system Liapunovs stability criterion
Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Basic Principles of Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Model Reference Adaptive Control Types of Learning-Supervised and Un-Supervised Learning Control Systems On-line and Off-line Learning Control Systems
Text Books
1 Katsuhiko Ogata Modern Control Engineering Prentice-Hall of India New Delhi 2 J Nagarath and M Gopal Control system Engineering New Age International (P) Ltd 3 Katsuhiko Ogata State Space Analysis of Control Systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 4 Benjamin C Kuo and Farid Golnaraghi Automatic Control Systems 8th Edition John Wiley amp Sons 5 H Khalil Nonlinear Control systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 6 Control System Engineering by Norman S Nise Wiley7 Modern Control System by RC Dorf RH Bishop Addision Wesley8 Digital Control amp State Variable Methods by M Gopal TMH9 Brogan W L Modern Control theory Prentice Hall International New Jersey
P a g e 59 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 405 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives It deals with Introduction and different architectures of neural network It deals with the Application of Neural Networks It deals with Genetic Algorithms and Hybrid Systems
Section ndash A
Introduction What is Soft Computing Difference between Hard and Soft computing Requirement of Soft computing Major Areas of Soft Computing Applications of Soft Computing
Neural Networks What is Neural Network Learning rules and various activation functions Single layer Perceptrons Back Propagation networks Architecture of Backpropagation (BP) Networks Backpropagation Learning Variation of Standard Back propagation Neural Network Introduction to Associative Memory Adaptive Resonance theory and Self Organizing Map Recent Applications
Section ndash B
Genetic Algorithm History of Genetic Algorithms (GA) Working Principle Various Encoding methods Fitness function GA Operators- Reproduction Crossover Mutation Convergence of GA Bit wise operation in GA Multi-level Optimization
GA based Backpropagation Networks GA based Weight Determination K - factor determination in Columns
Hybrid Systems Sequential Hybrid Systems Auxiliary Hybrid Systems Embedded Hybrid Systems Neuro-Fuzzy Hybrid Systems Neuro-Genetic Hybrid Systems Fuzzy-Genetic Hybrid Systems
Text Books
1 Rao Vallinu Band Rao Hayagriva Neural networks and fuzzy Logic second edition BPB Publication
2 Berkan C Riza Trubatch L Sheldon Fuzzy Systems design Principlea IEEE Press standard publishers
3 Freeman A James Skapura M David- neural networks algorithms applications and programming4 Soft Computing by Fred Aminzadel amp Jamshich Prentice Hall
P a g e 60 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 406 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understand what MFAs do and how they work Understand the fundamentals of diplomatic negotiations Understand bilateral and multi lateral diplomacy Understand subject-specific diplomacy Understand what makes a document a ldquotreatyrdquo Be aware of historical cases relevant to various diplomatic methods
Section ndash A
Introduction and Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image representation Fundamental steps in Image processing Elements of digital Image processing Sampling and quantization some basic relationships l ike neighborrsquos connectivity distance measure between pixels Image geometry
Image Transforms Discrete Fourier transform Some properties of two-dimensional Fourier transform Fast Fourier transform Inverse FFT
Image Enhancement Point Operations Histograms Spatial Domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement by point processing Spatial fil tering low pass filtering High pass fil tering Homomorphic fi ltering Color image processing Image Restoration Degradation model Algebraic approach to Restoration Inverse fi ltering Wiener fil ter Constrained least square restoration Interactive restoration Restoration in spatial domain
Section ndash B
Image Compression Coding Inter-pixel and Psycho visual redundancy Image Compression models Error free compression Lossy Compression Image Compression standards
Image Segmentation Detection of discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection Thresholding Region Orientation Segmentation Motion based segmentation
Representation and Description Representation schemes l ike chain coding Polygonal approximation Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary Description Regional descriptors Morphology
Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and pattern classes Decision Theoretic methods Structural methods Interpretation
Text Books
1 AK Jainrdquo Fundamentals of Digital Image Processingrdquo Pearson Education2 Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo AWL3 W K Prattrdquo Digital Image Processingrdquo4 Ramesh Jain Brian G Schunck ldquoMachine Visionrdquo TMH
P a g e 61 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 313 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSYSTEM SIMULATION amp MODELING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Systems modeling general systems theory Concept of simulation Simulation as a decision-making tool types of simulation Simulation Terminologies- Application areas ndash Model Classification ndashTypes of Simulation- Steps in a Simulation study- Concepts in Discrete Event Simulation - Simulation Examples
Statistical Models Concepts Discrete Distribution Continuous Distribution Poisson Process Empirical Distributions- Queueing Models ndash Characteristics Notation ndash Queueing Systems ndash Markovian Models- Properties of random numbers- Generation of Pseudo Random numbers- Techniques for generating random numbers-Testing random number generators- Generating Random-Variates- Inverse Transform technique ndash Acceptance- Rejection technique Composition amp Convolution Method
Section ndash B
Design of Simulation Experiments Problem formulation data collection and reduction time flow mechanism key variables logic flow chart starting condition run size experimental design consideration output analysis and interpretation validation input modeling Data collection Assessing sample independence Hypothesizing distribution family with data Parameter Estimation Goodness-of-fit tests Selecting input models in absence of data Output analysis for a Single system Terminating Simulations Steady state simulations
Development of simulation models using simulation language studied for systems like queuing systems Production systems Inventory systems maintenance and replacement systems and Investment analysis Simulation Tools ndash Model Input High level computer system simulation CPU ndashMemory Simulation Comparison of systems via simulation ndash Simulation Programming techniques - Development of Simulation models Simulation programming languages ndash simulation suitability with characterist ics Comparison and selection of simulation languages study of any one simulation language
Text Books
1 Jerry Banks and John Carson ldquoDiscrete Event System Simulationrdquo Fourth Edition PHI 20052 Geoffrey Gordon ldquoSystem Simulationrdquo Second Edition PHI 20063 Narsingh Deo ldquoSystem Simulation with Digital Computer ldquoPrentice Hall India 20014 Frank L Severance ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulationrdquo Wiley 20015 Jerry Banks ldquoHandbook of Simulation Principles Methodology Advances Applications and Practicerdquo
Wiley 1998
P a g e 62 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 318 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrBUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to digital data and its types ndash structured semi-structured and unstructured Introduction to OLTP and OLAP (MOLAP ROLAP HOLAP) BI Definitions amp Concepts BI Framework Data Warehousing concepts and its role in BI BI Infrastructure Components ndash BI Process BI Technology BI Roles amp Responsibili ties Business Applications of BI BI best practices
Basics of Data Integration (Extraction Transformation Loading) Concepts of data integration needs and advantages of using data integration introduction to common data integration approaches Meta data - types and sources Introduction to data quality data profiling concepts and applications introduction to ETL using Kettle
Section ndash B
Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling Introduction to data and dimension modeling multidimensional data model ER Modeling vs multi-dimensional modeling concepts of dimensions facts cubes attribute hierarchies star and snowflake schema introduction to business metrics and KPIs creating cubes using Microsoft Excel
Basics of Enterprise Reporting A typical enterprise Malcolm Baldrige - quality performance framework balanced scorecard enterprise dashboard balanced scorecard vs enterprise dashboard enterprise reporting using MS Access MS Excel best practices in the design of enterprise dashboards
Text Books
1 RN Prasad and Seema Acharya Fundamentals of Business Analytics Wiley India Ltd2 Mike Biere Business Intelligence for the Enterprise Prentice Hall Professional3 Teo Lachev Applied Microsoft Analysis Services 2005 And Microsoft Business Intelligence Platform
Prologika Press4 David Taniar Progressive methods in data warehousing and business intelligence concepts and
competitive analytics Idea Group Inc (IGI)5 Data warehousing the ultimate guide to building corporate business intelligence Birkhaumluser6 Mark Humphries Michael W Hawkins Michelle C Dy Data warehousing architecture and
implementation Prentice Hall Professional
P a g e 63 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 7th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 401 Cryptography and Network Security 3 1 0 35
ECE 413 Wireless amp Mobile Communications 3 1 0 35
ECM 402 Big Data amp Cloud Computing 3 1 0 35
ECE 304 Digital System Design 3 1 0 35
ECE 453 Wireless amp Mobile Communications Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 354 Digital Signal Design Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 453 Software Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective - IV 3 1 0 35
Elective ndash V 3 1 0 35
18 6 6 24
Total contact hours 30
ECE 453 ECE 354 amp ECM 453 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
Elective - IV
1 CPE 402 - Data Mining amp Warehousing2 CPE 403 - Information Security and Cyber Law3 CPE 308 - Computer Graphics4 CPE 409 - Advanced Computer Architecture5 CPE 304 - JAVA Programming6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective ndash V
1 ECE 401 - Microwave Engineering2 ECE 416 - Radar and Satellite Communication3 ECE 415 - Advanced Communication System4 ECE 407 - Nano Electronics5 ECE 408 - Biomedical Instrumentation6 ECE 409 - Optical Networks7 ECE 410 - Digital VLSI Design8 ECE 412 - Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic9 ECE 417 - RF System Design10 ECE 418 - Digital Image and Speech Processing11 ECE 321 ndash Optical Fiber Communications12 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
P a g e 64 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 65 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 401 INT EXT L T P CrCRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Conventional Encryption Introduction Conventional encryption model Steganography Data Encryption Standard block cipher Encryption algorithms confidentiality Key distribution
Public Key Encryption and Hashing Principles of public key cryptosystems RSA algorithm Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange Elliptic curve cryptology message authentication and Hash functions Hash and Mac algorithms Digital signatures
IP Security IP Security Overview IP security Architecture authentication Header Security payload security associations Key Management
Section ndash B
Web Security Web security requirement secure sockets layer transport layer security secure electronic transaction dual signature
Security System Intruders Viruses Worms firewall design Trusted systems antivirus techniques digital Immune systems
Text Books
1 William Stallings Cryptography and Network security 2nd ed Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
1999
2 Baldwin R and Rivest R The RC5 RC5-CBC RC5-CBC-Pad and RC5-CTS Algorithmsrdquo
October1996
P a g e 66 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 413 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Wireless communication has become a ubiquitous part of modern life from global cellular telephone systems to local and even personal area network The objective of the course is that students should be able to familiarize with the evolution and basics of wireless communication technology identify and explain various wireless systems design aspects of cellular systems radio propagation mechanism fading and upcoming wireless networks
Course Outcomes By the end of this course the students will be able to Explain the fundamental concepts of wireless communication systems Learn cellular system design basics and frequency management techniques Describe capacity increase mechanisms interference reduction strategies and long-distance propagation concepts Understand effects of fading voice coding techniques and signal processing in GSM network Update themselves with recent technology and happenings in the field of mobile technology
Section ndash A
Introduction History of wireless communication Future trends in cellular radio and personal communications Second generation (2G) cellular networks evolution to 25G wireless networks (HSCSD GPRS and EDGE for 25G GSM and IS-136 IS-95B for 25G CDMA) 3G Wireless Networks 3G W-CDMA (UMTS) 3G CDMA 2000 3G TD-SCDMA Wireless local loop (WLL) and LMDS WLANs Bluetooth and PANs
Cellular Concepts Introduction frequency reuse channel alignment strategies hand off strategies interference and system capacity Trunking and grade of service improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems using cell splitting sectoring cellular system design considerations
Mobile Radio Propagation Large scale path loss Introduction to radio wave propagation Free space propagation model Three basic propagation mechanism reflection ground reflection (two-ray) model Diffraction scattering shadow fading combined path loss and shadowing
Section ndash B
Small Scale Fading and Multipath Introduction small scale multipath propagation Impulse response of a multipath channel Factors influencing small scale fading parameters of mobile multipath channels (time dispersion coherence bandwidth doppler spread and coherence time) Types of small scale fading Rayleigh Rician and Nakagami fading distributions
Spread Spectrum Modulation Techniques Pseudo- noise (PN) sequences DS-SS FH-SS Block diagram of IS-95 forward link block diagram of IS-95 reverse link GSM (Architecture Channels and signal processing)
Current and upcoming Wireless Systems 4G LTE 5G Adhoc networks
Text Books
1 Mobile cellular Telecommunications William C Y Lee 2nd Edition McGraw Hill Latest edition
2 Wireless and Digital communications Dr Kamilo Feher 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
3 Wireless communication principal amppractice TS Rappaport 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
4 Wireless Communications- Andrea Goldsmith Cambridge University Press
P a g e 67 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 402 INT EXT L T P CrBIG DATA amp CLOUD COMPUTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn how to use Cloud Services To implement Virtualization To implement Task Scheduling algorithms Apply Map-Reduce concept to applications To build Private Cloud Broadly educate to know the impact of engineering on legal and societal issues involved
Section ndash A
Introduction Big Data and its importance Four Vrsquos Drivers for Big data Big data analytics Big data applications
Introduction to Hadoop Hadoop Eco System Moving Data in and out of Hadoop Understanding inputs and outputs of MapReduce
NoSQL Use of NoSQL Types of NoSQL databases Advantages of NoSQL SQL vs NoSQL
MongoDB Introduction to MongoDB key features Core Server tools MongoDB through the JavaScriptrsquos Shell Creating and Querying through Indexes Document-Oriented principles of schema design Constructing queries on Databases collections and documents MongoDB Query Language
Section ndash B
Recent trends in Computing Grid Computing Cluster Computing Distributed Computing Utility Computing Cloud computing
Cloud Computing Architecture Comparison with clientserver computing architecture Services provided at various levels Role of Networks in Cloud computing protocols used Role of Web services Service Models (XaaS) Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) Platform as a Service (PaaS) Software as a Service (SaaS) Public cloud Private cloud Hybrid cloud Community cloud
Cloud Security Infrastructure Security Network level security Host level security Application level security Data security and Storage Data privacy and security issues Jurisdictional issues raised by Data location Identity amp Access Management Access Control Trust Reputation Risk Authentication in cloud computing Client access in cloud Cloud contracting Model Commercial and business considerations
Text Books
1 Cloud Computing Bible Barrie Sosinsky Wiley-India 2010
2 Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms Editors Rajkumar Buyya James Broberg Andrzej M
Goscinski Wiley 2011
3 Cloud Computing Principles Systems and Applications Editors Nikos Antonopoulos Lee Gillam
Springer 2012
4 Cloud Security A Comprehensive Guide to Secure Cloud Computing Ronald L Krutz Russell Dean
Vines Wiley-India 2010
5 Boris lublinsky Kevin t Smith AlexeyYakubovich Professional Hadoop Solutions Wiley ISBN
9788126551071 2015
6 Chris EatonDirk derooset al Understanding Big data McGraw Hill 2012
7 BIG Data and Analytics Sima Acharya Subhashini Chhellappan Willey
P a g e 68 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 304 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of i terative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Review of Digital Electronics Concept MSI and LSI Circuits and Their Applications Arithmetic Circuits Comparators Multiplexers Code Converters XOR And AND-OR INVERTER Gates Wired Logic Bus Oriented Structures Tri-State Bus System Propagation Delay
Sequential Machines The Concept of Memory The Binary Cell The Cell and The Bouncing Switch Set Reset D Clocked T Clocked JK Flip Flop Design of Clock FF State Diagram Synchronous Analysis Process Design Steps for Traditional Synchronous Sequential Circuits State Reduction Design Steps for Next State Decoders Design of Out Put Decoders
Section ndash B
Multi Input System Controller Design System Controllers Design Phases and System Documentation Defining the System Timing and Frequency Considerations MDS Diagram State Assignment Next State Decoders and Its Maps Output Decoders ROM PLA And PAL Based Design
Asynchronous Finite State Machines Scope Asynchronous Analysis Design of Asynchronous Machines Cycle and Races Plotting and Reading the Excitation Map Hazards Essential Hazards Map Entered Variable MEV Approaches to Asynchronous Design Hazards in Circuit Developed by MEV Method
Text Books
1 Fletcher WI Engineering Approach to Digital Design Prentice Hall of India (2007) 4th ed2 Wakerly JF Digital Design Principles and Practices Prentice Hall of India (2013) 5th ed
Reference Books
1 Givone D D Digital Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill (2007) 2nd ed2 Tocci RJ Digital Systems Principles and Applications Prentice-Hall (2006) 10th ed3 Mano MM and Clitti M D Digital Design Prentice Hall (2001) 3rd ed
P a g e 69 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 453 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Note Do any Eight Experiments
I On Satellite Trainer Kit
1 Understanding the basic concepts of satellite Communication 2 Establish direct Communication link between uplink transmitter and downlink receiver using tone
signal 3 To Setup an active Satellite link and Demonstrate link fail Operations 4 To Establish an Audio-Video Satellite link between Transmitter and Receiver 5 To Communicate Voice Signal Through Satellite Link 6 To change different combinations of Uplink amp Downlink frequencies and to check Communication
Link 7 To Transmit and Receive 3 Separate Signals (Audio Video Tone) Simultaneously through Satellite
Link 8 To Transmit and Receive Function Generator Waveforms Through Satellite Link 9 To Transmit and Receive PC Data Through Satellite Link
II On Mobile Phone Trainer Kit
1 To study the Tx IQRx IQ Signals 2 To Observe signal constellation of GMSK signal 3 To Study the Working of Audio IC 4 To Study the Working of a SIM card in a GSM handset 5 To Study SIM CARD Detection
III On Antenna Trainer Kit
1 To study Antenna Trainer Kit 2 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Dipole 3 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ4 Dipole 4 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Folded Dipole 5 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample other Antennas
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 70 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 354 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Design all logic gates using VHDL
2 Write a VHDL programs for Half Adder circuit
3 Write a VHDL programs for Full Adder circuit
4 Write a VHDL programs for Multiplexer amp Demultiplexer circuits
5 Write a VHDL programs for Encoder amp Decoder circuits
6 Write a VHDL programs for Comparator circuit
7 Write a VHDL programs for Code Converter circuit
8 Write a VHDL programs for Flip-Flop circuit
9 Write a VHDL programs for Counter circuit
10 Write a VHDL programs for Register amp Shift Register circuits
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 71 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 453 INT EXT L T P CrSOFTWARE LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
Experiments The list of experiments will be based on the current market requirements and recent trends in latest software regime being followed to employ students with best in class skills at that present time
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 72 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 402 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrDATA MINING amp WAREHOUSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To introduce students to the basic concepts and techniques of Data Mining To develop skills of using recent data mining software for solving practical problems To gain experience of doing independent study and research To study the methodology of engineering legacy databases for data warehousing and data mining to derive business rules for decision support systems Develop and apply critical thinking problem-solving and decision-making skills Develop and apply enthusiasm for learning Class participation is encouraged in this course
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to RDBMS data warehouse transactional databases data mining functionalities classification of data mining system major issues in data mining
Data Preprocessing Data Cleaning Data Integration and Transformation Data Reduction Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation
Data Warehouse And OLAP Need for Data Warehousing Difference from Traditional Databases Data Warehouse Architecture Multidimensional Data Model Schemas for Multi-Dimensional Model Star Snowflake amp Fact Constellation OLAP Operations Types of OLAP Servers ROLAP Versus MOLAP Versus HOLAP
Introduction to Data Mining Basics of data mining Data mining techniques KDP (Knowledge Discovery Process) Application and Challenges of Data Mining Security Issue Privacy Issue
Section ndash B
Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Apriori Algorithm FP Growth Algorithm latest trends in association rules mining
Classification and Clustering classification and prediction issues regarding classification and prediction decision tree induction algorithm rule-based classification using if-then rules for classification prediction linear amp nonlinear regression cluster analysis type of data for cluster analysis introduction to Categorization of Major Clustering Methods Classical Parti tioning Method k-Means
Introduction to Mining Complex Types of Data Complex data objects Mining spatial databases Multimedia databases Time Series and sequence databases Text databases and World Wide Web
Text Books
1 Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo 2 gan Kaufmann Publishers 2000 (ISBN 1-55860-489-8)3 Ian H Witten and Eibe Frank ldquoData Mining Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques with
Java implementationsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers San Fransisco CA (2000)4 Dorian Pyle ldquoData Preparation for Data Miningrdquo Morgan Kaufmann (1999)5 Korth Silbertz Sudarshan ldquoDatabase Conceptsrdquo McGraw Hill6 Elmasri Navathe ldquoFundamentals Of Database Systemsrdquo Addision Wesley
P a g e 73 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 403 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION SECURITY AND CYBER LAW 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To provide an understanding Computer forensics fundamental To analyze various computer forensics technologies To provide computer forensics systems To identify methods for data recovery To apply the methods for preservation of digital evidence
Section ndash A
Introduction to Internet Cyber Space and threats Computer Storage Cell Phone Mobile Forensics Computer Ethics and Application Programs
Electronic and Digital Signatures -Intellectual Property ndash Data Protection and Privacy Need for cyber law and forensics Jurisprudence of Indian Cyber Law
Foot printing WHOIS and DNS enumeration network reconnaissance Email spoofing Email bombing Data diddling Denial of service attack Virusworm attacks- trojans and keyloggers Internet t ime theft Web jacking Phishing-Smishing-Vishing-Identity theft Cyber terrorism- use of encryption by terrorists Human trafficking
Section ndash B
The Legal Perspective ndash The IT Act Challenges faced by IT Act and its amendments Sections Under IT Act- Section 43656667686970 Section relevant to cybercrime under IPC (Indian Penal Code)
Ethical hacking Need penetration testing Information gathering tools like n-map vulnerabili ty detection scanners like nessus nexpose information analysis and planning attack and penetration tools like Metasploit results analysis and reporting
Text Books
1 Cyber Security - Understanding cybercrimes computer forensics and legal perspectives by Nina Godbole and Sunit Belapure
2 System Forensics by Ankit Fadia 3 hacking Exposed network security secrets and solutions by Stuart McClure Scambray and Kurtz Tata
McGraw Hill
P a g e 74 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 308 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER GRAPHICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course objectives To provide comprehensive introduction about computer graphics system design algorithms and two-dimensional transformations To make the students familiar with techniques of clipping three-dimensional graphics and three-dimensional transformations The computer graphics course prepares students for activit ies involving in design development and testing of modeling rendering shading and animation
Section ndash A
Graphics Hardware Raster CRTs Raster and Random Scan Displays Display Controllers and Processors Graphics Input Devices Applications of Computer Graphics
Raster Scan Conversion Algorithms Line Drawing Algorithms (DDA amp Bresenhamrsquos) Circle Drawing Algorithms (Mid-Point and Bresenhamrsquos)
Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Rotation and Scaling) Matrix Representation and Homogenous Coordinates Shear and Reflection Transformations Composite TransformationsFilling Region fi lling Algorithms (Boundary Fill and Flood Fill)
Section ndash B
Windowing and Clipping Viewing pipeline viewing transformations 2-D Clipping algorithms- Line clipping algorithms (Cohen Sutherland Liang Barsky algorithm) Polygon clipping (Sutherland Hodgeman polygon clipping Weiler and Atherton polygon clipping)
Three-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Scaling Rotation) Composite transformations
Projections Parallel and Perspective
Visible Surface Detection Methods Depth Buffer Method A-Buffer Method Scan Line Method Area Subdivision Method
Shading Gouraud and Phong Shading Algorithms Properties of Bezier and B-Spline Curves
Text Books
1 Computer Graphics By Donald Hearn M Pauline Baker2 Computer Graphics (Schaum Series) by Lipschutz (MC Graw Hill)3 Principles of Interactive Computer graphics By WM Newman R Sproull4 Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics By JD Foley A Van Dam5 Computer Graphics Using OPEN GL By FS Hill Jr6 Computer Graphics Roy A Plastock Gordon Kalley
P a g e 75 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 409 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction to Parallel Processing Evolution of Computer Architecture Parallelism in Uniprocessor System Parallel Computer Structures Architectural Classifications Schemes Multiprocessors and Multicomputers Multisector and SIMD Computers Parallel processing application
Memory and input output subsystems Hierarchical Memory structure Virtual memory system Memory Allocation and Management Cache Memories and Management Input-Output Subsystem
Pipelining and Vector Processing Pipelining Instruction and Arithmetic Pipelines Principles of Designing Pipelined Processors Vector Processing Requirements Vector Super Computers Pipeline Chaining and Vector Loops Vectorization and Optimization Methods
Section ndash B
Structures and Algorithms for Array Processors SIMD Array Processors SIMD Interconnection Networks Static amp Dynamic Networks Mesh Connected Network Cube interconnection Networks Parallel Algorithms for array processors Associative Array Processing
Multiprocessor Architecture and Programming Functional Structures Interconnection Networks Multi stage networks for multiprocessors Parallel Memory Organization Multiprocessor Operating System Exploiting Concurrency for Multiprocessing
Text Books
1 Hawang kai Briggs FA Computer Architectures and Parallel Processing McGraw-Hill2 Kain Richard Y Advanced Computer Architecture PHI3 Hwang Kai Advanced Computer Architecture McGraw-Hill4 Mano M Computer System Architecture PHI
P a g e 76 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 304 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrJAVA PROGRAMMING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The model of object-oriented programming abstract data types encapsulation inheritance and polymorphism Fundamental features of an object-oriented language like Java object classes and interfaces exceptions and libraries of object collections How to take the statement of a business problem and from this determine suitable logic for solving the problem then be able to proceed to code that logic as a program written in Java How to test document and prepare a professional looking package for each business project using javadoc
Section ndash A Introduction to Java Features of Java difference between Java and C++ JVM Bytecode data types Wrapper types variables arrays operators-arithmetic bit-wise relational Boolean various control statements
Introduction to Classes Class fundamentals declaring objects methods constructors garbage collection passing parameters to methods recursion
Inheritance types of inheritance Access Modifiers (Private Public Protected Default) Polymorphism (Overloading Overriding Super amp This Keyword) Final Variable Final Classes amp Methods Static variable Static method Abstract methods and classes Packages and interfaces importing packages
Exception Handling Exception types try catch finally throw and throws creating exception subclasses
Section ndash BMultithreading Multithread programming thread priorities synchronization interthread communication Thread class methods runnable interface
IO InputOutput streams reading and writing console inputoutput reading and writing files
Applets and Graphics Applet fundamentals Applet class Applet init ialization and termination event handling keyboard and mouse events AWT class Layout managers panels canvases Frame windows drawing lines rectangles ell ipses
JDBC programming Commonly used classes and interfaces of javasql package connecting java application to a database prepared statements
Advance Concepts Introduction to Java Beans Java Swings Java Server Pages
Recommended Books
1 Dietel and Dietal Java How to Program 6th Edition Pearson Education 2 Herbert Schildt The Complete Reference Java2 TMH 3 James Edward Keogh Jim Keogh J2EE The complete Reference McGraw-Hill
P a g e 77 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 401 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrMICROWAVE ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilities in Microwave engineering through understanding of electromagnetic wave generation transmission and measurements theory and technology by study of microwave transmission medium media and microwave devices and components
Section ndash A
Microwave Tubes and Circuits High frequency limitations of conventional tubes klystrons ndash two cavity klystron multicavity klystron Reflex klystron Travelling wave magnetron - operation and characteristics Helix TWT construction operation and applications
Microwave Solid State Devices amp Their Applications Classification of Microwave Devices Diodes-PIN diode Tunnel Diode varactor and step recovery diodes Transferred Electron Devices- GUNN Diode Avalanche transit time effect- IMPATT Microwave Transistors and high electron mobility transistor-characteristics and performance
Section ndash B
Microwave Components Waveguide Microwave Junctions Scattering matrix and their properties Microwave T junctions ndash H Plane Tee E Plane Tee Magic Tee Rat Race Junction Directional coupler ndashscattering matrix of a directional coupler Waveguide joints bends corners re-entrant cavities Ferrite devices ndash faraday rotation in devices circulator amp isolator phase shifters and microwave attenuators
Microwave Measurements General measurement setup Microwave bench power measurement ndash low medium amp high Attenuation measurement Measurement of VSWR Smith Charts Measurement of Impedance Impedance matching-single and double stub tuners
Text Books
1 Microwave devices and circuits Samuel Liao PHI2 Microwave devices and radar Engg M Kulkarni Umesh Publications3 Foundation of Microwave Engg RE Collin McGraw Hill4 Microwave Engg KC Gupta
P a g e 78 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 416 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRADAR amp SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The objective of this course is to understand analysis of waveguides and gain complete knowledge about microwave components design of impedance matching and tuning using lumped and distributed elements for network to analyze and study characteristics of microwave tube generators and amplifiers and study different RADARs and its supporting systems The course will also provide an in-depth understanding of different concepts used in a satellite communication system like the tools necessary for the calculation of basic parameters in a satellite communication system knowledge about every aspect of satellite communication such as orbital mechanics launching techniques satellite link design earth station technology and different access system towards a satellite
Section ndash A Introduction To Radar Basic Radar Radar equation Radar Block diagram Radar frequencies applications of Radar detection of signals in noise receiver noise and Signal to Noise ratio Probability of detection and false Alarm integration of Radar pulses Radar cross section targets Radar cross section of Fluctuations Antenna parameters system losses
MTI and Doppler Radar Introduction to Doppler and MTI Radar Delay line cancellers Staggered Pulse repetition Frequencies Moving Target Detector Limitations of moving platform Pulse Doppler Radar tracking with Radar Monopulse Tracking Conical Scan and sequential Lobing Limitation to tracking accuracy Tracking in Range
Section ndash B
Orbital aspects of Satellite Communication Introduction to geo-synchronous and geo-stationary satellites Keplerrsquos laws Locating the satellite with respect to the earth sub-satellite point look angles mechanics of launching a synchronous satellite Orbital effects Indian scenario in communication satellites Satellite sub-systems Attitude and Orbit control systems Telemetry Tracking and command control system Power supply system Space craft antennas multiple access techniques comparison of FDMA TDMA CDMA
Satellite link design basic transmission theory system noise temperature and GT ratio design of down link and uplink design of satellite links for specified CN satellite data communication protocols
Text Books
1 Introduction to Radar system by Merrill l Skolnik 3rd Edition Mcgraw Hill 20032 Satellite Communication By T Pratt amp CW Bostain Wiely eastern 2002 2 n d edit ion3 Satellite Communication By Tri T Ha Tata Mcgraw Hill 2nd Edition 1990
P a g e 79 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 415 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart knowledge about advanced communication systems and related design parameters To inculcate ability in students to design wireless communication systems which can provide high data rate to a large number of users The main goal is to utilize the concepts of analogdigital modulation techniques and signal processing in transmission and reception of wireless signals under static and dynamic channels in the presence of noise
Section ndash A
Radio channels and coding Characteristics of Mobile Radio channels Channel capacity and Diversity Overview of STBCs and STTCs
OFDM Introduction Basic principle of OFDM Block diagram of OFDM OFDM standards Spectrum analysis of OFDM Capacity analysis of OFDM Multi-path effects on OFDM BER analysis of OFDM timing and frequency synchronization PAPR in OFDM and its effects mitigation of PAPR
Section ndash B
WiMAX and LTE Background of IEEE 80216 and WiMAX Features of WiMAX WiMAX Network Architecture WiMAX physical layer WiMAX MAC layer channel performance of WiMAX Overview of LTE SAEEPS Architecture of LTE Frame structure in LTE Applications of WiMAX and LTE
MIMO Introduction to MIMO MIMO Spatial Multiplexing MIMO Channel Capacity MIMO Diversity and applications MIMO-OFDM Channel estimation for MIMO-OFDM Multi-user MIMO systems
Text Books
1 Ezio Biglieri Robert Calderbank and Andrea Goldsmith ldquoMIMO Wireless Communicationsrdquo Cambridge University Press
2 Mohinder Jankiraman ldquoSpace-Time Codes and MIMO Systemsrdquo Artech House3 Jeffrey G Andrews Arunabha Ghosh and Rias Muhamed ldquoFundamentals of WiMAX - Understanding
Broadband Wireless Networkingrdquo Prentice Hall4 Abd-Elhamid M Taha and Hossam S Hassanein ldquoLTE LTE-Advanced and WiMAX - Towards IMT-
Advanced Networksrdquo John Wiley and Sons Ltd5 Ramjee Prasad ldquoOFDM for Wireless Communications Systemsrdquo Artech House
P a g e 80 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 407 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNANO ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the fundamentals of Nanotechnology To give a general introduction to different types of nanomaterials spintronic bio electronics molecular electronics organic electronics nano fabrication techniques surface analytical instrumentation techniques micro electro mechanical system (MEMS) and nano electro mechanical system (NEMS) To impart basic knowledge on nano fabrication and surface analytical instrumentation techniques To bring out the magnetic properties optical properties and applications of nano materials
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to Nano-scale Science and Nano-scale Technology Why nano science and nano technology Length energy and time scales Nano structure types and properties electronic and optical properties of materials sensors
Quantum wires and dots single electron effects and single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metall ic tunnel junctions Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy
Fabrication Nanomagnets and spintronics non-ideal interfaces and defects nano fabrication (Lithography Self-assembly Contact imprinting) molecular electronics Organic Electronics (Carbon Fullerness and nanotubes polymers)
Bio Electronics Introduction Binding of Organic semiconductors DNA computing
Section ndash B
Nano-Photonics Emitters Wave Guides Detectors Photonic Crystals
Surface Analytical Instrumentation Techniques for Nanotechnology Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy Low Energy Electron Diffraction (LEED) Scanning Probe Microscopy UV Photo electron spectroscopy (UPS)
Mems and Nems MicroElectro mechanical systems (MEMS) and Nano electro mechanical systems (NEMS) size dependent electronic magnetic and optical behavior of nano materials
Application Introduction to quantum methods of information processing Nano Particles and Environmental Hazardness Industrial applications of Nano Sized materials
TEXT BOOKS
1 Transport in Nanostructures- David Ferry Cambridge University Press20002 Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics - Y Imry Oxford University Press19973 Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems S Datta Cambridge University Press19954 Single Charge Tunneling H Grabert and M Devoret Plenum Press19925 Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining and Microfabrication - P Rai Choudhary SPIE1997
P a g e 81 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 408 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrBIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course will cover various systems of the human physiology signals of biological origin obtained from these systems biosensors transducers bioelectrodes used to acquire such signals and amplifiers for measuring biopotentials Electrical safety of medical devices measurements of the blood pressure blood flow respiratory system clinical laboratory equipment medical imaging and bioethics will also be discussed The main objective of this course is to introduce student to basic biomedical engineering technology As a result student can understand design and evaluate systems and devices that can measure test andor acquire biological information from the human body
Section ndash A
Human Body Subsystems Brief description of neuronal Muscular Cardiovascular and respiratory systems their electrical Mechanical and chemical activities
Transducers and Electrodes Principles and classification of transducers for bio-medical applications Electrode theory Different types of electrodes Selection criteria for transducers and electrodes
Cardiovascular System Measurements Measurement of blood pressure Blood flow Measurement of pH value of blood Cardiac rate Heart sounds Electrocardiograph Plethysmograph
Respiratory System Measurements Measurement of gas volume Flow rate Carbon-dioxide and oxygen concentration in exhaled air
Measurement of Electrical Activity in Neuromuscular System and Brain Neuron potential Muscle potential Electromyograph Brain potentials Electroencephalograph
Section ndash B
Medical Imaging Diagnostic X-rays CAT MRI Ultrasonography Medical use of isotopes Endoscopy
Patient Care Monitoring and Safety Measures Elements of intensive care monitoring Basic hospital systems and components Physiological effect of electric currents Shock hazards from electrical equipment Safety measures
Assisting and Therapeutic Devices Introduction to cardiac pacemakers Defibrillators Ventilators Diathermy
Bio-Telemetry and Lasers Physiological parameters adaptable to Bio-telemetry components of a bio telemetry system Application of telemetry in patient care Application of lasers to biomedical sciences
TEXT BOOKS
1 L Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement - Chromwell FJ Weibell EA Pfeiffer Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
2 Introduction to biomedical Equipment technology- Carr JJ and Brown JM Pearson Publishers Delhi3 Medical Instrumentation applications and design -J G Webster John Wiley Sons New York4 Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation- RS Khandpur Tata Mc Graw Hill New Delhi5 Principles of applied Biomedical Instrumentation -LG Geddes LE Baker John Wiley Sons New
York
P a g e 82 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 409 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The objective of this course is to learn the basic elements of optical fiber transmission l ink fiber glass modes configurations and structures to understand different kinds of losses signal attenuation in optical fibers amp other dispersion factor to learn various optical sources LEDLASER structures receivers (PIN APD) and noise performance Also this course will provide the understanding of optical network system components variety of networking aspects SONETSDH and study of network operations OTDM OTDN etc l ink budget amp network design and management At the end of the course students will be able to apply the fundamental principles of optics and light wave to design optical fiber communication systems differentiate losses in optical fiber link and state transmission characterist ics of optical fiber design optical fiber communication links using appropriate optical fibers light sources detectors explore concept of designing and operating principles of modern optical systems and networks apply different network access schemes and packet switching in OFC systems design and manage networks with appropriate consideration
Section ndash A
Optical Networking Optical networking principle and challenges WDM networking evolution WDM network construction wireless optical systems switching elements Optical Add-Drop Multiplexers Optical Cross-Connect Micro-Electro Mechanical Systems Nonreconfigurable Wavelength Router Reconfigurable Wavelength-Routing Switch Wavelength conversion technologies
Designing WDM Optical Networks Systems Consideration Channels Power Considerations All-optical Cycle of Elimination Additional Considerations Elements of Local-Area WDM Network Design WDM Wide-Area Network Design Issues WDM Metro Network Design Issues Optical Access Network Design Issues
SONET amp SDH evolution multiplexing structure frame structure envelopes functional components problem detection payload pointers VTs overhead bytes SONET amp SDH concatenation Architecture of optical transport networks Digital wrappers hierarchy OTN layer models
Section ndash B
Optical Access Networks Introduction Challenges in Access Networks Next-Generation Access Networks Overview of PON Technologies Optical SplittersCouplers PON Topologies Burst-Mode Transceivers Ethernet PON (EPON) Access Network Ethernet Gaining in Prominence Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation Algorithms Considerations for IP-based Services over EPON Other Types of PONS APONBPON Generalized naming Procedure PON WDM-PON Architectures
ATM vs IP in optical internets IP over ATM amp SONET OSI internet layered model Encapsulation amp its methods PPP packet ATM vs IP debate Optical Internets Evolution to 3G architecture
Text Books
1 Optical WDM Networks - Biswanath Mukherjee ndash Springer2 Optical Networks-Third Generation Transport Systems ndash Uyless Black Pearson
Education3 Optical Network Design and Implementation - Vivek Alwayn Pearson Education4 Understanding SONETSDH and ATM-communications networks for the next millennium by
Stamatious V Kartalopoulos Prentice - Hall India
P a g e 83 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 410 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL VLSI DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course is designed to give the student an understanding of the different design steps required to carry out a complete digital VLSI (Very-Large-Scale Integration) design in silicon It will explore the fundamental concepts and structures of designing digital VLSI systems include CMOS devices and circuits standard CMOS fabrication processes CMOS design rules static and dynamic logic structures interconnect analysis CMOS chip layout simulation and testing low power techniques design tools and methodologies VLSI architecture
Section ndash A
MOS Transistor Theory Evolution of ICs Masking sequence of NMOS and CMOS Structures Electrical Design Rules Stick Diagram Layout Design Introduction to MOS Physics MOSFET Work Function MOS Models MOSFET Structure and Operation Accumulation Depletion and Inversion region Weak and Strong Inversion Threshold voltage Current-Voltage characteristics Body effect MOSFET Scaling theory Limits of miniaturization small geometry effects Sub threshold conduction
Circuit Characterization Resistive Load amp Active Load MOS Inverters NMOS Inverters CMOS Inverters Static Characterist ics Switching Characteristics Interconnect Parasit ics Propagation Delay Static and Dynamic Power Dissipation Noise Margin Logic Threshold Voltage
Section ndash B
Combinational amp Sequential Circuits MOS Logic Circuits with Depletion NMOS loads CMOS Logic Circuits Complex logic circuits Pass Gate Transmission Gate Double Gate Transistor Behavior of Bistable elements SR Latch Circuit Clocked Latch and Flip-Flop Circuits CMOS D-Latch and Edge-triggered Flip-flop Subsystem Design- Adders shifters ALU High Performance Dynamic CMOS Circuits ROM Circuits Static and Dynamic RAM Circuits
VLSI Design Methodologies Semi-custom and Full-Custom Design including Cell Library and Gate Array Based Design FPGA BiCMOS Logic Circuits Design for Testability
TEXT BOOKS
1 Basic VLSI design systems and circuits- Pucknell DA and Eshraghian K PHI2 VLSI design techniques for analog and digital circuits ndash Geiger Rr Allen PE Strader NR
P a g e 84 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 412 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize with soft computing concepts Introduce the ideas of Neural networks fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human experience Familiarize the concepts of Genetic algorithm Apply the soft computing concepts to solve practical problems One will be able to design supervised and unsupervised learning models
Section ndash A
Introduction History of neural networks biological neurons Artificial Neural Net terminology Model of a neuron topology Types of activation functions learning types of learning-supervised unsupervised re-inforcement learning
Neural Learning Perceptrons linear separability Basic learning laws Hebbs rule Delta rule Widrow amp Hoff LMS learning rule correlation learning rule instar and outstar learning rules Supervised learning- Multilayer networks back propagation algorithm and its variations unsupervised learning- competit ive learning K-means clustering algorithm Self-organizing maps Basic Hopfield model
Section ndash B
Radial Basis Functions RBF neural networks Introduction to counter Propagation networks CMAC networks ART networks Broad application areas of neural networks- classification clustering pattern association function approximation
Fuzzy Logic Basic concepts of Fuzzy Logic Fuzziness vs probabili ty Crisp logic vs fuzzy logic Fuzzy sets and systems operations on sets fuzzy relations membership functions fuzzy rule generation variable inference techniques defuzzification techniques Fuzzy applications in consumer products
Text Books
1 Artificial Neural Networks -Yegna Narayanan2 Neural Networks - Simon Haykin 3 Fuzzy logic with engineering application - ROSS JT (Tata Mc)4 Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic - Bart Kosko 5 Neural computing theory amp practice - PD Wasserman (ANZA PUB)6 Introduction to applied Fuzzy Electronics - Ahmad M Ibrahim (PHI)7 Introduction to artificial neural systems - JM Zurada Jaico Pub8 An introduction to Fuzzy control D Driankor H Hellendorn M Reinfrank
P a g e 85 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 417 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRF SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To design and analyse basic resonators and RF Filters 2 To study the operation and device characteristics of RF Active components 3 To design and analyze RF transistor amplifier 4 To understand the operation of Oscillators and mixers used in RF design
Section ndash A
Introduction RF circuits Impedance matching and Quality factor Efficiency Amplifiers RF preamplifiers fi lters Frequency converters Mixers Radio receivers
Oscillators And PLL Relaxation oscil lators Series resonant oscillators Negative resonant oscillators Oscillator dynamics Stabili ty oscillator noise Design examples phase locked loops-loop dynamics analysis Frequency synthesizers
Amplifiers and Power Supplies Amplifier specifications-gain bandwidth and impedance stability Amplifier design Noise considerations class C class D amplifiers High power amplifiers Rectifiers Switching converters Boost and Buck circuits
Section ndash B
Couplers and Waveguide Circuits Directional coupling Hybrids Power combining transformer equivalent circuits Double tuned transformers Transformers with magnetic and iron cores Transmission l ines transformers Baluns Waveguides matching in wave guide circuits Waveguide junctions coaxial lines resistance impedance bridge standing waves
Modulation and Detection Circuits AM High level modulation Digital to analog modulation SSB Angle and frequency modulation Diode detectors FM demodulators-Design power detectors Measurement of power Voltage and Impedance Swept frequency impedance measurements
Text Books
1 Jon B Hagen Radio Frequency Electronics Cambridge university press Cambridge19962 James Hardy High Frequency Circuit Design Resto Publishing Co NewYork19793 Ian Hickman RF HandBook Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd Oxford19934 Ulrich L Rohde TTN Bucher Communication Receivers McGraw Hill New York19985 R Ludcoig RF Circuit Design Pearson Asia Education and P Bretchko New Delhi2000
P a g e 86 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 418 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE AND SPEECH PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 Give the students a general understanding of the fundamentals of digital image processing 2 Introduce the student to analytical tools which are currently used in digital image processing as applied to image information for human viewing 3 To learn the fundamental concepts of digital image processing 4 To study basic image processing operations 5 To understand image analysis algorithms 6 To expose students to current applications in the field of digital image processing 7 Develop the studentrsquos abili ty to apply these tools in the laboratory in image restoration enhancement and compression 8 Understand differences between computer vision and image processing
The main purpose of this course is to provide the learners with solid fundamental tools and experience on the applied technology in the array of speech processing It also gives the opportunity to deepen and widen the understanding of this topic through the study of speech characterist ics and its applications in various fields l ike coding The course is one of the interesting applications of signal processing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Image Processing Overview of Image processing image processing and related fields types of images fundamental steps in image processing Image processing applications Digital image representation and image formation sampling amp Quantization amp application of image Processing
Image Processing operations Basic relationships and distance metrics classification of image processing operations Image Enhancement by Point operation An overview of point Processing constant amp non-linear operations between image amp histogram techniques
Section ndash B
Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing Articulatory Phonetics ndash Production and Classification of Speech Sounds Acoustic Phonetics ndash Acoustics of speech production Review of Digital Signal Processing concepts Short-Time Fourier Transform Filter-Bank and LPC Methods A Review of Discrete-Time Signal amp Systems the Z-transform the DFT Fundamental of Digital Filters FIR system IIR Systems
Features Feature Extraction and Pattern Comparison Techniques Speech distortion measuresndash mathematical and perceptual ndash LogndashSpectral Distance Cepstral Distances Weighted Cepstral Distances and Filtering Likelihood Distortions
Text Books
1 Digital image processing by S Sridhar Oxford University Press2 Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang ldquoFundamentals of Speech Recognitionrdquo
Pearson Education 20033 Digital Image Processing by Rafael C Gonzale amp Richard E Woods Pearson Education Asia4 Fundamentals of digital image processing by AK Jain 1989 Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ5 Ben Gold and Nelson Morgan ldquoSpeech and Audio Signal Processing Processing and Perception of
Speech and Musicrdquo Wiley- India Edition 2006
P a g e 87 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 321 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To understand the basic architecture of optical fiber and related losses like absorption attenuation bending etc 2 To understand the architecture of optical transmitter and receiver for optical communication systems 3 After gone through the design consideration of optical communication the various modulation techniques and measurement techniques will be studied
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of fiber optic communications and its advantages
Review of LEDs and Lasers optical sources PIN and APD diodes optical detectorsOptical Fiber Waveguides amp Its Connections Introduction Ray theory transmission Electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation cylindrical fibers single mode fibers joints - fiber alignment splices connectors
Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers amp Cables Introduction Attenuation Material absorption losses Linear scattering losses Nonlinear scattering losses fiber bend loss Dispersion Intermodal dispersion Overall fiber dispersion Dispersion modified single-mode fibers Polarization
Section ndash B
Optical Fiber Systems Intensity modulationDirect Detection amp Coherent Introduction Optical transmitter circuit Optical receiver circuits system design considerations Digital systems Analog systems Advanced multiplexing strategies Coherent system constraints modulation formats Demodulation schemes Receiver sensitivities
Optical Fiber Measurements Introduction attenuation dispersion refractive index profile cutoff wavelength numerical aperture diameter mode field diameter and field measurements
Text Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash Djafar K Mynbev Lowell L Scheiner Pearson Education
Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill 4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications5 Optoelectronics Fiber optics and Lasers a Text-Lab Manual - Morris Tischler McGraw Hill 6 Related IEEE papers amp websites
P a g e 88 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 8th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
PRJ 451 Project Semester - One Semester Training in Industry 0 0 0 20
INDUSTIAL VISIT BY FACULTY COORDINATOR (150 MARKS) (within 10-12 weeks of commencement of training)
Presentation 60 MarksViva-voce 60 MarksReport (Hard Copy) 30 Marks
Evaluation by Faculty Coordinator in consultation with Industrial Coordinator during industrial visit
EVALUATION BY A TEAM OF FACULTY MEMBERS IN THE INSTITUTE (250 MARKS)(within one week of completion of training)
Presentation 100 MarksViva-voce 100 MarksFinal Report (Hard Copy) 50 Marks
The final presentation and viva-voce will be conducted jointly by the faculty coordinator nominee of the Head to be appointed by the Head of the DepartmentThe letter grade will be awarded to the students according to marks obtained by himher out of total 400 marks
PRJ 451 L T P CrPROJECT SEMESTER 0 0 0 20
Project Semester spans over a period of one Semester
The students shall undertake project (s) in Industry RampD or service organizations under the joint supervision of a faculty member and an executive from the organization The emphasis of the work undertaken is on problem identification and its techno-economic solution for the benefit of the host industry
The project must normally include identification of problem data collection analysis and generating solutions with cost and benefits and recommendations for their implementation If a single project is not available in the industry more than one projects might be undertaken
The evaluation of the project semester should be carried out on a continuous basis and must include the evaluation by faculty coordinator during his visit(s) to the concerned industries evaluation by faculty coordinator towards the completion of the semester and the final evaluation in the Institute by a committee of faculty members
P a g e 89 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 203 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms To understand concepts about searching and sorting techniques To Understand basic concepts about stacks queues l ists trees and graphs To understanding about writ ing algorithms and step by step approach in solving problems with the help of fundamental data structures
Section ndash A
Basic Data Structures Arrays Stacks and Queues and Their Applications Linked and Sequential Representation Linked List Representation of Linked List Multi-Linked Structures
Searching and Sorting use of Various Data Structures for Searching and Sorting Linear and Binary Search Bubble Sort Insertion Sort Shell Sort Selection Sort Merge Sort Radix Sort Quick Sort
Hashing Introduction to hash table hash function resolving collision by chaining and open addressing deleting i tems from a hash table
Section ndash B
Trees Definit ions and Basic Concepts Linked Tree Representation Representations in Contiguous Storage Binary Trees Binary Tree Traversal Searching Insertion and Deletion in Binary Trees Binary Search Tree Heap and Heap Sort Algorithm
Graphs Sequential and Linked Representation of Graph-Adjacency Matrix Operations on Graph Traversing a Graph Dijkstras Algorithm for Shortest Distance Minimal Spanning Tree
File Organization Sequential Relative Index Sequential
Text Books
1 Data structures A Pseudocode Approach with-C 2nd Edition Cengage Learning (Thomson)2 An introduction to data structures with applications Mc-Graw Hill Inc JP Trembley and PG
Sorensen3 Data Structures and Program Design in C Prentice Hall of India 1992 Robort L Kruse Bruce P
Leung Cluvis L Tundo
P a g e 7 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
BAS 202 INT EXT L T P CrDISCRETE MATHEMATICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Throughout the course students will be expected to demonstrate their understanding of Discrete Mathematics Use mathematically correct terminology and notation Construct correct direct and indirect proofs Demonstrate different methods for Graphs Boolean Algebra and Switching Theory Apply logical reasoning to solve a variety of problems
Section ndash A
Relations and Functions Binary Relations Types of Relations Compositions and inverse of Relations Equivalence Relations and Partit ions Partial Ordering Relations Chains and Anti-chains Functions Injective Functions Surjective Functions Bijective Functions Sum and Product of Functions Inverse and Composition of Functions Inclusion and Exclusion Pigeon-hole Principle Linear Recurrence Relations with constant coefficients Homogeneous solutions Particular solutions Solution by Method of Generating Functions
Algebraic Structures Algebraic structures with one binary operation semi-group monoid and groups Cosets Lagrangersquos Theorem (only statement) Homomorphism of groups
Section ndash B
Introduction to Graphs Graphs and their basic terminology Multigraphs and Weighted Graphs Matrix representation of Graphs Paths and Circuits Shortest Paths in Weighted Graphs Dijkstrarsquos Algorithm Planar Graphs Eulerrsquos Theorem Eulerian Paths and Circuits Hamiltonian Paths and Circuits
Boolean Algebra Partially Ordered Set Lattices and Algebraic System Principle of Duality Distributive and Complemented Lattices Boolean Algebra Boolean Functions and Boolean Expressions Disjunctive and Conjunctive Normal Forms Applications of Boolean Algebra in Switching Theory Series and Parallel connections
Text Books
1 C L Liu Elements of Discrete Mathematics 2nd Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 20002 J P Tremblay and R P Manohar Discrete Mathematics with Applications to Computer Science Tata
McGraw-Hill 19973 K H Rosen Discrete Mathematics and its Applications 6th Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 2007
P a g e 8 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 251 INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC DEVICES LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Study of h-Parameters of CE transistor
2 Study of h-Parameters of CB transistor
3 Study of V-I characteristics of Photodiode
4 Study of V-I characteristics of photo transistor
5 Study of V-I characteristics of JFET
6 Study of VI characteristics of MOSFET
7 Study of Clipping amp clamping CKT using Diode
8 Study of V-I characteristics of SCR
9 Study of Diode as rectifier
10 Study of different filters
11 Study of V-I characteristics of DIAC
12 Study of V-I characteristics of TRIAC
13 Study the applications of Thyristor
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 9 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 259 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to illustrate the working of different iterative controls
2 Write a program to illustrate the use of conditional statements
3 Write a program to illustrate difference between call by reference and call by value
4 Write a program to illustrate use of classes and objects
5 Write a program to illustrate the use of constructors and destructors
6 Write a program to illustrate the use operator overloading
7 Write a program to illustrate the use of inheritance and type of inheritance
8 Write a program to illustrate the use virtual function
9 Write a program to illustrate the use runtime polymorphism
10 Write a program to illustrate the use of File Stream operation
11 Create a class Time with members hours minutes seconds Add two class objects and display time
12 Write a program to perform addition of two complex numbers using constructor overloading
13 Write a program to find the greatest of two given numbers in two different classes using friend
function
14 Implement a class String with the following
Overload + operator to carry out the concatenation of strings
Overload = operator to carry out string copy
Overload lt= operator to carry out the comparison of strings
Function to display the length of a string
Function tolower() to convert upper case letters to lower case
Function toupper() to convert lower case letters to upper case
15 Create a class called List with two pure virtual function store() to save a value and retrieve() to get a
saved value from the list Derive two classes Stack and Queue from it and override store and retrieve
16 Write a program to define the function template for calculating the square of given numbers with
different data types
17 Write a program to perform the deletion of white spaces such as horizontal tab vertical tab space
line feed new line and carriage return from a text file and store the result in another file
18 Write a program to raise an exception if any attempt is made to refer to an element whose index is
beyond the array size
P a g e 10 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 253 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to check whether a string is palindrome or not
2 Write a program to extract substring from given string
3 Write a program to implement stack using arrays
4 Write a program to implement queues using arrays
5 Write a program to sort a given list of numbers using following algorithm
Bubble sort
Insertion sort
Selection sort
Quick sort
Radix sort
6 Write a program to implement linear and binary search algorithm
7 Write a program to create a linked list and perform following operations
Insert element at beginning
Insert element at end
Insert element at given position
Delete element from beginning
Delete element at end
Delete element from given position
8 Take a list of numbers and create a sorted linked list from given list
9 Implement stack using linked representation
10 Implement queue using linked representation
P a g e 11 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P CrENVIRONMENTAL AND ROAD SAFETY AWARENESS 2 0 0 0
Time Allowed 3 hours Total Marks 100Total lectures 50 Pass marks 35
Instructionsa) The paper has been introduced from the session 2013-14b) The paper will be taught in the Second yearfourth Semester of all the UG Courses (BA BCom
BSc Law Engineering Commerce Agriculture etc) except LLB three year course and will be a qualifying paper only The marks of this paper will not be counted towards final score of the under graduate degree
c) This will cover only preliminary and basics of the subject and the paper will be set accordinglyd) The written paper will have two parts Each part of the paper will be of 50 marks and will contain ten
questions The candidates will attempt five questions out of each part The answer to each question should not exceed 500 words Each question will carry ten marks
Section ndash IUnit 1 The multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition scope and importance
Concept of Biosphere ndash Lithosphere Hydrosphere Atmosphere Need for public awareness (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 2 Natural Resources ndash Renewable and non-renewable resources Natural resources and associated problems
a) Forest resources use and over exploitation deforestation and its impactb) Water resources use and overutilization of surface and ground water and its impactc) Mineral resources use and effects on environment on over exploitationd) Food resources Effects modern agriculture fertilizer-pesticide problem water logging and
salinitye) Energy resources Growing energy needs renewable and non-renewable energy sources use of
alternate energy resourcesf) Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources for sustainable development
(7 lectures)Unit 3 Ecosystems
Ecosystem and its components Definition structure and function producer consumer and decomposer Types of Ecosystem (Introduction only) Food Chains food web and ecological pyramids (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 4 Biodiversity and conservation Introduction ndash Definition genetic species and ecosystem diversity value of biodiversity Hot spots of biodiversity Threats to biodiversity habitat loss poocting of wildlife man-wildlife conflicts Endangered and endemic species of India Conservation of Biodiversity (6 lectures)
Section ndash IIUnits 5 Environmental Pollution
Definition causes effects and control measures of a) Air pollutionb) Water pollutionc) Soil pollutiond) Marine pollutione) Noise pollutionf) Thermal pollutiong) Nuclear hazard
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution Solid waste management vermicomposting Disaster management Floods earthquake cyclone and landslides (7 lectures)
Unit 6 Social Issues and the Environment Urban problems related to energy Water conservation rain water harvesting water shed management Resettlement and rehabilitation of people its problems and concerns Climate changes global warming acid rain ozone layer depletion Consumerism and waste products Population explosion ndash Family welfare programme (6 lectures)
Unit 7 Introduction to Environmental Protection Laws in India
P a g e 12 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
Environmental Protection Act Air (Prevention and control of pollution) Act Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act Wild life Protection Act Forest Conservation Act Issues involved in the enforcement of environmental legislation (6 lectures)
Unit 8 Road safety Awareness Concept and significance of Road safety Traffic signs Traffic rules Traffic Offences and penalties How to obtain license Role of first aid in Road Safety (6 lectures)
P a g e 13 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 4th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2020-2021)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECE 209 Digital Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECE 210 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECM 205 Computer System Architecture 3 1 0 35
ECM 206 Operating System 3 1 0 35
ECE 213 Circuit Theory 3 1 0 35
ECE 214 Signals amp Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 254 Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 256 Operating System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 263 Circuit Theory Lab 0 0 2 10
Punjabi 3 0 0 0
21 6 6 33
Total contact hours 33
ECM 254 ECM 256 ECE 263 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
In addition to above mentioned subjects there will be an additional course on Punjabi as a qualifying subject
P a g e 14 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 209 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the student should be able to demonstrate the ability to use logic gates Basic Boolean laws minimization techniques for the designing of various combinational circuits The student should also be able to describe operation characterist ic equations excitation table of various flip flops and explain the conversion of flip flops Design and analyze sequential circuits from the basic building blocks and describe memories AD DA Converters Logic families and their characteristics
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of Number Systems Codes and Gates evaluating logic circuit outputs Implementing circuits from Boolean expressions Boolean theorems DeMorgans theorem universality of NAND and NOR gates IEEEANSI standard logic symbols
Combinational Logic Circuits Sum of product form Product of sum form Simplification of Boolean functions using algebraic and Karnaugh map methods Half adder Full adder half subtractor full subtractor circuits parity generator and checker circuits comparator circuit
Combinational Digital Circuit Design Multiplexer Demultiplexer Code converters Combinational logic circuits Some examples of Boolean gate ICs
Sequential Circuits RS JK D and T fl ip-flops circuits and their conversions Serial and parallel counters and shift registers Universal shift registers some examples of counter and shift register ICs
Section ndash B
Logic families and digital ICs Characterist ics of digital ICs Classification of different logic families TTL ECL MOS and CMOS their operation and specifications
Memories Semi-conductor memories ROM and RAM ROM using diodes BJTs and FETs RAM cell Memory organization and expansion An idea about other types of memories
Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Converters Variable register network R-2R DA converters DA accuracy and resolution AD converters Simultaneous conversion and counter method
Text Books
1 Digital Design by Morris Mano PHI 4th edition 2008 2 Digital principles and Applications by Malvino Leach TMH 2011 3 Digital System Principles and Applications by R J Tocci (PHI) 2009 4 Modern Digital Electronics by R P Jain TMH 2006 5 Digital Integrated Electronics by Taub Schilling TMH 2004
P a g e 15 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 210 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Through this course the students will acquire knowledge of -The behavior of BJTs at high frequency using pi-model -Develop the abili ty to analyze and design analog electronic circuits using discrete components-Concept of feedback used in amplifiers and its need -Working of power amplifiers power amplifier circuits tuned amplifiers Oscillators compare experimental results in the laboratory with theoretical analysis
Section ndash A
High Frequency Transistor The high frequency T model CB short circuit current frequency response Alpha cut-off frequency CE short circuit current frequency response Hybrid pi CE transistor model hybrid pi conductance in terms of low frequency h ndash parameters CE short circuit current gain obtained with hybrid pi model current gain with resistive load
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Power Amplifiers Class A large signal amplifier second and higher harmonic distortion transformer coupled amplifiers Efficiency of amplifiers Push-pull amplifiers (class A amp class B)
Tuned Amplifiers Single tuned capacitively coupled amplifier amp its steady state response Determination of Gain Bandwidth product Tapped tuned Inductively coupled single tuned circuit Double tuned circuits
Oscillators Condition for sustained oscillation R-C phase shift Hartley Colpitts Crystal and Wien Bridge Oscillators
Text Books
1 Electronics Devices by Robert Boylsted Tata McGraw Hill publications2 Electronic Devices and circuits MC-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition by Millman amp Halkias3 Malvino Electronic Principles Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
Reference Books
1 Integrated Electronics by Millman amp Halkias Mc-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition2 Electronic Devices and Circuits S Salivahanan etal Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi3 Electron Devices by Floyd Pearson Asia 5th Edition 20014 Liner Integrated circuits by Gayekward5 Engineering Electronics by Alley amp Attwood6 Burns and Bond Principles of Electronic Circuits PWS Publishing Company Boston
P a g e 16 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 205 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a digital computer To discuss in detail the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms amp implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition subtraction multiplication amp division To study the different ways of communicating with IO devices and standard IO interfaces To study the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory
Section ndash A
Introduction Design of basic computer Registers Accumulator Flags Program Counter Stack Pointer Machine Instructions Instruction Cycle Machine Cycle Components of CPU
Register Transfer and Micro operations Register transfer Language Register transfer Bus amp memory transfer Logic micro operations Shift micro operation
Controller Design Hardwired and Micro programmed Approach
Micro program Control Organization Control Memory Address Sequencing Micro program Sequences Microinstruction Formats and Addressing modes
Arithmetic Unit Comparison and Subtraction of unsigned Binary Numbers Addition Subtraction Multiplication Algorithm
Section ndash B
Memory System Memory CPU interaction Principle of locality (Temporal and Spatial)
Memory Organization Interleaved Memory Organization Memory Hierarchy Main Memory Virtual Memory Cache Memory Cache Organization (Direct Fully Associative Set Associative) Cache Coherence Memory Management Hardware Performance Considerations
Input-Output Organization IO interfaces and Buses IO operations Program driven Input- Output Interrupt driven Input-Output DMA Priority Interrupt
Pipeline Processing Overview of Pipelining Types of Pipelining Hazards (Data Control Structural)
Computer Peripherals and Interfaces Introduction to IO buses ISA PCI SCSI EISA Local bus VESA Local bus PCI bus PCI Express Accelerated graphics port bus
Text Books
1 Computer System Architecture MM Mano Prentice Hall of India2 Structured Computer Organization Andrew S Tanenbaum Prentice Hall of India3 JP Hayes Computer Systeui Architecture Prentice Hall of India New Delhi4 Ali leigh System Architecture South Wester publishing co New Delhi5 William Stallings ldquoComputer Organization and Architecture ndash Designing for Performancerdquo 6th Edition
Pearson Education 2003
P a g e 17 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 206 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn the fundamentals of Operating Systems To learn the mechanisms of OS to handle processes and threads and their communication To learn the mechanisms involved in memory management in contemporary OS To gain knowledge on distributed operating system concepts that includes architecture Mutual exclusion algorithms deadlock detection algorithms and agreement protocols To know the components and management aspects of concurrency management To learn programmatically to implement simple OS mechanisms
Section ndash A
Basic Functions and Concepts of Operating Systems Concept of an operating system batch system Multi-programmed Time sharing Personal Computer System Parallel system Real time system Network Operating System and Distributed Operating System
Features and Objective of Operating Systems System components operating system services System calls System Programmers System Structure Simple Structure Layered Approach Microkernel
Process Management Concept of process process states process control block Process Scheduling Scheduling Queues Schedulers and Context Switch operations on processes CPU scheduling Algorithms FCFS SJF RR and priority Multilevel queue scheduling Multilevelfeedback queue scheduling
Deadlocks Introduction to deadlocks Necessary Conditions for deadlock Resource allocation graph Deadlock Prevention Deadlock Avoidance Safe state Resource-Allocation-Graph Algorithm Bankers Algorithm Deadlock Detection Recovery from Deadlock
Section ndash B
Memory Management Logical and physical address space Swapping Contiguous memory Allocation Memory Protection Memory Allocation Fragmentation paging basic method Protection and shared pages segmentation basic method hardware Protection and sharing virtual memory Demand Paging Page Replacement Algorithms ((FIFO Optimal LRU LRU Approximation page replacement) Allocation of Frames Thrashing
Information Management Files - file concept file types File attributes fi le operations access methods allocation methods (contiguous l inked indexed) directory structure free-space management (bit vector linked list grouping counting)
Disk Management Disk structure Disk Scheduling (FCFS SSTF SCAN C-SCAN LOOK) Disk Management (Disk Formatting Boot Block Bad Blocks) Swap Space Management Swap Space Use Swap Space Location
Case Studies Brief introduction of Windows UNIX and LINUX
Text Books
1 Operating System (Sixth Edition) 2005 Galvin Silberschatz Addison Wesley Publishing Ltd2 Flynn Understanding operating Systems Cengage Learning (Thomson)3 DM Dhamdhere Operating System r A Concept Based Approach Tata Me Graw- Hill4 Operating Systems Design and Implementation Andrew S Tanembaum PHI (Latest Edition)
P a g e 18 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 213 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The study of electrical circuits takes off from principles of AC and DC theory and introduces the student to parameters and characteristics of various networks The aim of the subject to understand the different types of circuits and their analysis based on network theorems and to determine the current voltage and power in the circuit The students will be able to analyze two port networks stability of a circuit and to find time response of the circuit The circuits are designed using Foster and Cauer forms The knowledge of Laplaces transform and Inverse will help students to work in multi-disciplinary fields of electronics engineering
Section ndash A
Network Theorems and Two Port Network Descriptions Thevenins theorem as applied to ac circuits Nortons theorem as applied to AC circuits Superposition theorem as applied to ac circuits Maximum power transfer theorem as applied to AC Circuits Two port description in terms of open circuits impedance Parameters Short circuit admittance parameters Hybrid parameters and transmission Inter-connection of two port network Duality networks
Inductively Coupled Circuits Coefficient of coupling mutual inductance in loop and nodal equations
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Time Domain Analysis Unit functions-step impulse and ramp functions Laplaces transform and Inverse Solution of network problems using Laplace transform Solution of Transient and Steady state response of RL amp RC networks with different types of forcing functions Solutions of transient and steady state response of series RLC circuit with step input
Network Synthesis Synthesis vs Analysis Elements of circuit synthesis Introduction and general considerations in network synthesis Purpose and scope of network synthesis
Positive Real Functions Definition Necessary and Sufficient conditions for a function to be positive real testing of driving point functions for positive realness
Foster amp Cauer Forms Foster and Cauer Forms realization in terms of RC RL and LC networks
Text Books
1 Sudhakar amp Shyammohan ldquoCircuits amp Networksrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 Joseph Administer ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo S Chand Series3 Abhijit Chakarbarti ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo Dhanpat Rai amp Sons New Delhi4 Vanvalkenberg ldquoNetwork Analysisrdquo Prentice Hall5 D Roy Choudhary ldquoNetworks amp Systemsrdquo New Age International New Delhi6 Vanvalkenberg ME ldquoNetworks Analysisrdquo P rentice Hall of India (2007) 3rded7 Arshad M ldquoNetwork Analysis and Synthesisrdquo Laxmi Publications (2008) 2nded
Reference Books
1 Franklin F Kuo Network Analysis and Synthesis John Wiley (2003) 2nd ed2 Anderson BDOVongpanitlerd S Network Analysis and Synthesis Dover Publications (2006) 3rd ed3 Charles A Desoer Ernest S Kuh ldquoBasic Circuit Theoryrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company4 William H Hayt Jr Jack E Kemmerly ldquoEngineering Circuit Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company
P a g e 19 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 20 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 214 INT EXT L T P CrSIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The aim of this subject is to develop analytical capability of students by which they would be able to handle real time signal processing related problems and projects The understanding of various transforms will help the students to analyze the problems in both time and frequency domain
Section ndash A
Representation of Signal and Systems Classifications of signals Linear time invariant systems Representation of signals in terms of impulses Discrete time LTI systems continuous t ime LTI systems Properties of LTI systems Systems described by differential and difference equations
Section ndash B
Fourier analysis Signal representation using Fourier series Representation of periodic signals Continuous and discrete time Fourier series Exponential Fourier series Properties of Fourier series Convergence of Fourier series Continuous and Discrete time Fourier transform Properties of Fourier transform Analysis of discrete time signals and systems Correlation Autocorrelation
Random Signals Probability Random variables Probabili ty density and distribution functions Moments of random variables Random processes Transmission of signals through LTI systems Gaussian Process Central Limit Theorem
Text Books
1 Oppenheim Willisky and Nawab Signals amp Systems Tata Mcgraw HillNew Delhi2 Simon Haykin and Barry Van Been ldquoCommunications System Wiley 3 Eastern USA4 BPLathi ldquoCommunication Systems Oxford Press USA5 A Papouils Random Variables amp Stochastic Process Mcgraw Hill USA
Reference Books
1 Charles L Philips John M Parr Eve A Riskin ldquoSignals Systems and Transformrdquo Prentice Hall Third Edition 2003
P a g e 21 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 254 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To plot frequency response characteristics of a RC Single stage RC coupled Amplifier
2 To determine the voltage gain of a two stage RC coupled amplifiers
3 To plot frequency response characteristics of Transformer coupled amplifier
4 To plot frequency response of a tuned voltage amplifier and to calculate its resonant frequency
5 To find voltage gain of an emitter follower and find its operating point
6 To study Wein Bridge Oscillator
7 To study Phase Shift Oscillator
8 To study OP-Amp as Differentiator amp Integrator
9 To study diode as a biased and unbiased clipper
10 To study Astable Multivibrator using Transistors
11 To study Bistable Multivibrator using Transistors
12 To study OP-Amp as an inverting and non-inverting amplifier
13 To study OP-Amp as summing and average amplifier
14 To study the frequency response of audio amplifier
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 22 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 256 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
HARDWARE LAB
1 Identification of Motherboard Processor System buses Power supplies Memories
2 PC assembling
SOFTWARE LAB
1 Familiarization of UNIXLINUX Environment
2 Installation and Administration of UNIXLINUX operating system
3 Implementation of common commands of UNIX operating systems
4 Shell programming and its features
5 Implementation of programs using shell scripts
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 23 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 263 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 24 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P Crਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ 3 0 0 0
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪਜਾਬੀਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਸਿਵਖ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਕਲਾਈਫਾਈਗ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਵਜ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ
ਉਦਸ਼ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ 13ਾਸਿਤ ਅਤ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣਾ ਮਖ ਰਪ ਸਿਵਚ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਬਲਣ ਪੜਹਨ ਦੀਆ 13ਮਸਿ13ਆਵਾ ਨ ਦਰ ਕਰਨ ਦ ਨਾਲndashਨਾਲ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਨਸਿਤਕ ਕਦਰਾ ndashਕੀਮਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣ ਦਾ ਉਪਰਾਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ
1 ਪਜਾਬੀ ਦੀ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ(ਮਖ 13ਪਾਦਕ ਬਲਦਵ ਸਿ13 ਘ ਚੀਮਾ ਪਰਕਾਸ਼ਕ ਪਬਲੀਕਸ਼ਨ ਸਿਬਊਰ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਪਸਿਟਆਲਾ)ਭਾਗ ਪਲਿਹਲਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਾਲਿਹਤ
(ੳ) ਕਸਿਵਤਾ(ਅ) ਕਾਣੀ(ੲ) ਨਾਟਕ
ਭਾਗ ਦਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬ ਸਲਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਲਕਧਾਰਾਭਾਗ ਤੀਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਤ ਗਰਮਖੀ ਲਿਲਪੀ
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਸਿਤ ਨ ਭਾਗ ਨ ਪਰਤ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦ ਭਾਗਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਵ ਗਾ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਪਸਿਲਾ ਭਾਗ
ਪ 13ਤਕ ਦ ਪਸਿਲ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 36 ਅਕ ਨ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਦਜਾ ਭਾਗ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦ ਜ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 24 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਅਤ ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਦ 12ndash12 ਅਕ ਣਗ
(1) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਪਲਿਹਲ ਭਾਗ ਦ ਲਿਤ ਨ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ਅਤ ੲ ਹਨ ਇਨਹਾ ਲਿਤ ਨਾ ਉਪndashਭਾਗਾ ਲਿਵਚ ਹਠ ਲਿਲਖ ਅਨਸਾਰ ਸਆਲ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ
(ੳ) ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਕਲ 12 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਐਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਣਗ ਅਕ 12x1 = 12
(ਅ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਲਘ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 3ndash3 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ ਉਤਰ ਪਜ ਲਾਈਨਾ ਤ ਵਧ ਨਾ ਵ ਅਕ 3x3 = 9x2 =18
(ੲ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਖ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ ਅਕ 1x6 = 6
(2) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਲਿਵਚ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਇਸ ਪਰਕਾਰ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ(ੳ) ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਔਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ
ਅਕ 8x1 = 8(ਅ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਕਲ 5 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨ ਣਗ ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ
ਨ ਅਕ 5x2 = 10(ੲ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ
ਅਕ 6x1 = 6ਨਟ ਮਲਿਖਕ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ ਤ ਹੀ ਆਧਾਲਿਰਤ ਹਵ ਗੀ ਇਸਦੀ ਲਿਵਧੀ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਹਵ ਗੀ
P a g e 25 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ (ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ)ਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ
For Other State Students ofB Tech amp Six Year BTech-MBA Integrated Program Only
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 (ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ 60 ਅਕ) ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਵਲ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਨ ਦ13ਵੀ ਪਧਰ ਦੀ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਪਾ13 ਨੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਦੀ ਲਈ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਲਬ13 ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਵਰਨਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲ ਕ ਮਾਤਰਾਵਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਵਾਕ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨ 13ਬ ਧੀ ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ ਉਦਸ਼ ਪਜਾਬ ਦ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਦ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਤ ਵਾਝ ਰਸਿ ਗਏ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾਉਣਾ ਅਤ ਬਾਰਲ 13ਸਿਬਆ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਇਕ ਨਵੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾ ਕ ਉਨਾ ਨ ਪਜਾਬ ਸਿਵਚ ਰਜ਼ਗਾਰ ਦ ਮਸਿਕਆ ਦ ਯਗ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ
ਭਾਗ ੳ
1) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਵਰਣਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲਖਣ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) ਅਖਰ ਸਿ13 ਸਿਖਆ ਤਰਤੀਬਵਾਰ ਤ ਭਲਾਵ ਅਖਰ(ਅ) ਅਖਰ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਖਰ ਰਪ ਤ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ
2) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਅਖਰ ਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਧਨੀਆ ਦਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) 13ਵਰ ਤ ਸਿਵਅਜਨ ਵਰਗੀਕਰਨ ਤ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਉਚਾਰਨ(ਅ) ਲਗਾ ndashਮਾਤਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
ਭਾਗ ਅ
1) ਸਿਲਪੀ ਦ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ(ੳ) ਪਰ ਤ ਅਧ ਅਖਰ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ਅ) 13ਵਰ 13ਚਕ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
2) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਣndashਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਫ਼ਤ ਦ ਸਿਦਨ(ਅ) ਮੀਸਿਨਆ ਦ ਨਾਮ(ੲ) ਰਗਾ ਦ ਨਾਮ(13) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਰਸ਼ਤਾndashਨਾਤਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ
ਭਾਗ ੲ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਜੜਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਦ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ(ਅ) ਸਿਤ ਨ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ
2) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਵਰਗਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀਆ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਨਾਵ ਪੜਨਾਵ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਸਿਕਸਿਰਆ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਆਸਿਦ)
ਭਾਗ ਸ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਅਗਤਰ ਸਿਪਛਤਰ 13ਮਾ13 ਦਰ ਕਤੀ)(ਅ) ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਵਾਕਸ਼ ਉਪndashਵਾਕ ਤ ਵਾਕ)
P a g e 26 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ
(1) 13ਲਬ13 ਦ ਚਾਰ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x5 = 20x 1 = 20(2) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 13ਖ ਪ ਉਤਰਾ ਵਾਲ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x 2 = 8x 2 = 16(3) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਵਰਣਾਤਮਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਵ ਗਾ 4x 1 = 4x 6 = 24
P a g e 27 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 5th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 301 Analog and Digital Communication Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 302 Web Programming amp Scripting 3 1 0 35
ECM 303 Mobile Application Development 3 1 0 35
ECM 304 Computer Networks 3 1 0 35
ECE 303 Microprocessor and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 351 Analog and Digital Communication Systems Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 353 Mobile Application Development Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 353 Microprocessor and Applications Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective ndash I 3 1 0 35
STG 351 Summer Training 60
Drug Abuse 3 0 0 00
21 6 6 30
Total contact hours 33
ECM 351 ECM 353 ECE 353 amp STG 351 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers Summer Training will be of 4-6 weeks duration in Industry or in- house Qualifying subject
Elective - I
1 ECE 305 ndash Linear Integrated Circuits amp Applications2 ECE 306 ndash Control Engineering 3 ECE 301 ndash Opto Electronics4 ECE 316 ndash HDL Based Digital Design5 ECE 318 ndash Communication Theory6 ECE 319 - Electronic Switching Circuits7 ECE 320 - Transmission Lines and Waveguides8 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 28 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 301 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is intended to understand all types of analog and digital modulation amp demodulation techniques and Recognize the importance of pre-emphasis and de-emphasis Focus will be on the fundamental system aspects of modern analog and digital communication System After successfully completing the course students will also be able to analyze the performance of a baseband and pass band digital communication system
Section-A
Amplitude Modulation (AM) Introduction Basic elements of communications Noise Need for modulation Expression for AM Double sideband suppressed carrier (DSB-SC) single sideband (SSB) and vestigial sideband (VSB)
AM Modulators and Demodulators Introduction with circuit diagram explanation of square law modulator and balanced modulator Fil tering method and Phasing method for generation of SSB Envelope detector and square law detector Working principles and block diagram explanations of super heterodyne receiver Specifications of receiver sensitivity selectivity fidelity signal to noise ratio and double spotting
Angle Modulation Introduction to Phase modulation (PM) and frequency modulation (FM) Relationship between PM and FM Expression of Phase and frequency modulation Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis circuits in FM Armstrong system of FM modulator slope detector balanced slope detector quadrature detector for FM demodulation FM stereo transmitter
Section-B
Pulse Modulation Introduction Sampling theorem and its applications Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) Pulse Time Modulation (PTM) Pulse code Modulation (PCM) quantization quantization error quantization noise companding Delta modulation Adaptive delta modulation Line Coding Schemes Introduction of line coding scheme ON-OFF signaling polar signaling bipolar amp split phase Manchester signaling and comparison among them Introduction to inter-symbol interference eye diagram Modulation Schemes Introduction generation reception spectrum and geometrical representation of BASK BFSK BPSK DPSKQPSK QAM and MSK techniques Use of signal space for calculation of error probabili ty for BPSK BFSK and QPSK Block diagram of digital communication system and functions of each block
TEXT BOOKS 1Electronic Communication Systems ndash George Kennedy and Bernard Davis TMH 2 Modern digital and analog Communication systems B P Lathi Oxford University Press 3 Communication Systems Harold PE Stern Samy and A Mahmond Pearson 4 Communication Systems Singh and Sapre Analog and digital TMH 5 Principles of Communication Systems ndash H Taub amp D Schilling Gautam Sahe TMH6 John Proakis ldquoDigital CommunicationsrdquoMcGrawHill7 Simon Haykin Digital communications John Wiley and sons8 Digital communication system by JSchitode
P a g e 29 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 302 INT EXT L T P CrWEB PROGRAMMING amp SCRIPTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Students are able to develop a dynamic webpage by the use of javascript and HTML Students will be able to know of CSS JQuery and AJAX
Section ndash A
HTML Tags Elements Attributes Headings Paragraphs Styles Formatting Quotations Comments Colors Hyperlinks Images Tables Lists Iframes Forms Form Elements Form Input Element types Canvas
CSS Inline amp External Anatomy of a CSS ruleset Measurement Units Colors Backgrounds Fonts Text Links Tables Borders Margins Lists Padding Dimensions Display Visibil ity Positioning Media Types Printing
Section ndash B
Javascript Syntax Variables Operators Data Types Number Boolean Strings Arrays Date Objects Functions Events If Else Switch Case While Loop For Loop For in RegExp HTML DOM Error Handling Dialog Boxes
Frameworks Introduction to jQuery Bootstrap JSON
Text Books
1 HTML5 for Web Designers by Jeremy Keith2 The Essential Guide to CSS and HTML Web Design by Craig Grannell3 JavaScript amp JQuery The Missing Manual by David McFarland
P a g e 30 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 303 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is related to the development of applications on mobile and wireless computing platforms Android will be used as a basis for teaching programming techniques and design patterns related to the development of standalone applications and mobile portals to enterprise systems Emphasis is placed on the processes tools and frameworks required to develop applications for current and emerging mobile computing devices Students will work at all stages of the software development life-cycle from inception through to implementation and testing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Android The Android Platform Android SDK Android App Resources Android App Manifest File Android App Permissions
Android Application Design Essentials Anatomy of an Android applications Android terminologies Application Context Activities Activity lifecycle Activity state changes Tasks and back stack Parcelables and bundles Fragments Services Intents
Section ndash B
Android User Interface Design Essentials User Interface Screen elements Designing User Interfaces with Layouts working with different types of resources
Android Architecture Components View Binding Data Binding LiveData ViewModel
WorkManager Room Persistence Library
Text Books
1 Lauren Darcey and Shane Conder ldquoAndroid Wireless Application Developmentrdquo Pearson Education 2nd ed (2011)
Reference Books
1 Reto Meier Professional Android 2 Application Developmentrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd2 Mark L Murphy Beginning Androidrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd
P a g e 31 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 304 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Build an understanding of the fundamental concepts of computer networking Familiarize the student with the basic taxonomy and terminology of the computer networking area Introduce the student to advanced networking concepts preparing the student for entry Advanced courses in computer networking Allow the student to gain expertise in some specific areas of networking such as the design and maintenance of individual networks
Section ndash A
Introduction history and development of computer networks Types of computer networks LAN MAN WAN broadcast and point to point networks Network topologies
Layered Architecture concept of layers protocols interfaces and services The OSI Reference Model The TCPIP Reference Model Comparison of OSI and TCPIP Models
Physical Layer Concept of Analog amp Digital Signal Bandwidth Transmission Impairments Attenuation Distortion Noise Data rate l imits Nyquist formula Shannon Formula
Switching Circuit Switching Message Switching and Packet Switching Comparison of Repeaters Hubs Switches
Transmission media Twisted Pair Co-axial Cables Fiber Optics Wireless Transmission Radio and Microwave and Infrared Transmission
Section ndash B
Data Link Layer Data l ink layer Design Issues Error Detection and Correction Elementary data link protocols An Unrestricted Simplex Protocol A Simplex Stop and Wait Protocol A Simplex Protocol for a Noisy Channel Sliding window protocols A One Bit Sliding Window Protocol A Protocol Using go back N A Protocol using Selective Repeat CSMA CSMACD Protocols
Network layer IP Addressing IPV4 header Fragmentation
Routing algorithms Shortest Path Routing Flooding Distance Vector Routing and Link State Routing Introduction to Congestion Congestion Control
Transport layer Introduction to Elements of Transport Protocols UDP TCP
Application layer Electronic-mail WWW Domain Name System SMTP HTTP
Text Books
1 A S Tannenbaum Computer Networks 3rd Edition Prentice-Hall2 D E Comer Internetworking with TCP-IP Principles Protocols and Architecture Vol I 2nd Edition
Prentice Hall 19913 D E Comer and D L Stevens Internetworking with TCP-IP Design Implementation and Internals
Vol II Prentice Hall 1990
P a g e 32 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 303 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To introduce 8085 architecture and programming in assembly language To introduce basic concepts of interfacing memory and peripheral devices to a microprocessor To introduce serial and parallel bus standards To introduce 8086 microprocessors To introduce various advanced processor architectures such as 80X86 Pentium and Multicore Processors
Section ndash A
Introduction Overview of architecture and instruction set of 8085 introduction to interfacing and inputoutput (IO) techniques Introduction to timing and control interrupts and programming of 8085Bus Contention amp solution
Interfacing Chips Block diagram and modes of operation of interfacing devices 81558156 and 83558755 multipurpose programmable devices 8279 programmable keyboarddisplay interface 8255A programmable peripheral interface 8253 programmable interval t imer 8259A programmable interrupt controller 8257 direct memory access(DMA) controller and 8251 USART
Section ndash B
Microprocessor Applications Interfacing of single and multiple digit seven-segment LED output display Interfacing of DAC (AD 558 AD 7522 amp DAC0800) and ADC (AD570 AD7574 and ADC0800) Applications like Temperature measurement and control water level indicator measurement and display of motor speed and traffic light control system
8086 Microprocessor Architecture memory segmentation parallel processing addressing modes instruction set and simple programming examples
Text Books
1 Ramesh S Gaonkar Microprocessor architecture Programming and applications with 8085 E Prentice Hall 2002
2 A Mathur Introduction to Micro Processor Tata-McGraw Hill3 Microprocessors and Digital systems by Douglas Hall Tata-McGraw Hill4 Fundamental of microprocessors and Micro Computers by B Ram Dhanpat Rai amp Sons5 Micro Processor 8086 by Gibson PHI
P a g e 33 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 351 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
17 To study line coding signals and its formats
18 To study Amplitude Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
19 To study Frequency Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
20 To study Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
21 To study Differential Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
22 To study Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
23 To study the sampling theorem amp reconstruction of signal
24 To study Delta Modulation amp Demodulation amp its characteristic
25 To study Adaptive Delta Modulation amp Demodulation
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 34 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 353 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Develop an Android application using various components fonts and colors
2 Develop an Android application that uses Layout Managers and event listeners
3 Develop an Android application for basic calculator
4 Develop an Android application to write data to the SD card
5 Develop an Android application that uses Fragments
6 Develop an Android application that uses Navigation component
7 Develop an Android application that uses GPS location information
8 Develop an Android application using various Firebase services
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 35 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 353 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To write and test a program for finding the largest and the smallest numbers out of the given list of
numbers
2 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in ascending order
3 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in descending order
4 Study of microprocessor-based temperature recording and monitoring system
5 Study of microprocessor-based Traffic Light Controller
6 Study of microprocessor-based DC Motor Controller
7 Study of microprocessor-based Stepper Motor Interface Card and Controller
8 Study of interfacing of ADC with microprocessor
9 Study of interfacing of DAC with microprocessor
10 To write and test different programs involving the use of interrupts subroutines Flags etc
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 36 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 305 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrLINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives This course introduces theoretical and circuit aspects of operational amplifier which is backbone for the basics of l inear Integrated circuits and its various applications and introduce some special function ICs
Section ndash A
Operational Amplifiers Differential Amplifier ndash Transfer characteristics CMRR PSRR current mirror voltage references internal structure of Op-amp Ideal Op-amp Characteristics Inverting and non-inverting Op-amp offset error voltages and currents slew rate characterization of Op-amp parameters Op-amp internal design starting from basic differential amplifier
Negative Feedback In Op-Amps Block diagram representation of feedback configurations Voltage-series feedback Amplifier Voltage shunt feedback amplifier Differential amplifiers with one op-amp two op-amps and three op-ampsFREQUENCY RESPONSE OF AN OP-AMP Frequency response Compensating Networks Frequency response of internally compensated Op-Amps Frequency response of Non compensated Op-amps Closed loop frequency response Slew rate causes of slew rate and its effect on applications
Section ndash B
Analog Systems with Operational Amplifier as A Building Block Basic applications ndash Inverter scale changer adder voltage to current current to voltage converter voltage follower Bridge amplifier Instrumentation amplifier Analog Integrator and Differentiator Logarithmic amplifier anti-log amplifierComparator amp other applications Comparator comparator characteristics limitation of Op-amp as comparator voltage limiters zero crossing detector timing mark generator precision rectifier average detector peak detector window detector voltage to frequency amp frequency to voltage converters
Specialized IC Applications Active filters First order low pass Butterworth Filter Second order low pass Butterworth Filter First order high pass Butterworth Filter Second Order High pass Butterworth Filter higher order filters Design of active filters Band Pass filters ndash wide band amp narrow band Band reject filters ndash wide band amp narrow band all pass filters 555 timer and its use as bistable monostable amp astable multivibrator Schmitt trigger Phase locked loop 565 applications frequency synthesizers and current differencing (Norton) amplifier
Reference Books
1 Op-Amp amp Linear Integrated Circuits- R A Gayakwad 4th Edition Pearson 20022 Operational Amplifier amp Linear integrated circuits- R F Coughlin amp FF Driscoll -6 th Edition and
Pearson 20013 Design with Op-Amps amp Analog ICs -Sergio France 3rd Edition McGraw Hill Hirher Education4 Linear Integrated Circuits- D Roy Choudhry New Age International Limited Publication
P a g e 37 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 306 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCONTROL ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To provide sound knowledge in the concepts of l inear control theory and design of control systems Further aims are - To develop mathematical model for electrical and mechanical systems - To understand the use of transfer function models in physical systems and simplification -To provide adequate knowledge in the time and frequency response of systems and steady state error analysis -To learn the importance of controllers and effect of different controllers to accord basic knowledge of stabili ty and various techniques to calculate stability -To introduce state space representation for different models -To study the basics of compensation and different types
Section ndash A
Basic Concepts Classification Open loop control system closed loop systems linear and non-linear systems time variant amp invariant systems Relative merits and demerits of open and closed loop systems Servomechanism
Mathematical Modeling Transfer function Mathematical modeling of electrical mechanical systems Analogies Block diagrams and signal flow graphs and their use in determining transfer function
Analysis Time and frequency domain analysis Transient and frequency response of first and second order systems Correlation ship between time and frequency domain specifications Steady-state errors and error constants Concepts and applications of P PD PI and PID types of control
Section ndash B
Stability Definit ion pole and Zero concept Routh-Hurwitz cri terion Root locus techniques Nyquist criterion Bode plots Relative stability Gain margin and phase margins
State Space Analysis Concepts of state State variables and state models State space equations Transfer function Transfer model State space representation of dynamic systems State transit ion matrix Controllability and observability
Compensation Necessity of compensation series and parallel compensations compensating networks
Reference Books
1 Modern Control Engg by K Ogata Prentice Hall New Delhi 19742 Control System Components by JF Gibsen Mcgraw Hill 19633 Automatic Control System by BC Kuo Prentice Hall 3rd Ed 19784 Control System Engineering by IJ Nagrath amp Gopal Wiley Eastern Ltd New Delhi5 DP Eckman Automatic process control6 Liptak ldquoHandbook of process controlrdquo
P a g e 38 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 301 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrOPTO-ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is to provide understanding of working principle performance analysis of various important components of fiber optical communication systems such as optical transmitter receiver optical amplifiers couplers split ters optical modulators etc When actual design of wavelength division multiplexed fiber optic communication systems will be done then working knowledge of Lasers LEDs photodiodes various types of optical amplifiers multiplexers fil ters etc will be beneficial The course is designed in a such way that the students learns the basic principle types of structures with their performances characterist ics of light sources (such as Lasers LEDs) optical detectors such as various types of photodiodes optical amplifiers multiplexers fi lters etc components of a wavelength division multiplexed optical communication systems At the end of course the student of must have thorough understanding of active and passive components of optical communication systems The course also provides basic knowledge of optical sensors which are used in optical instrumentation and many other applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of optoelectronics advantages applications-Network Military Civil industrial Sensors etc
Optoelectronic Sources Introduction Basic concepts Optical emission from semiconductor Semiconductor injection Laser amp its various structures injection laser characterist ics threshold condition wavelength tunable Lasers LED power and efficiency Heterojunction LED structure designs characterist ics Modulation response of an LED Source-Fiber coupling
Optoelectronic Detectors Introduction Device types basic principal of optoelectronic detection Absorption Quantum efficiency Responsivity wavelength cutoff Types of Photodiodes with and without internal gain Mid-infrared photodiode phototransistors Photo-conducting detectors Noise Considerations
Section ndash B
Passive Network Components amp Sensors Introduction CouplersSplit ters WDM multiplexers Demultiplexers Fil ters Isolators Circulators Attenuators Electro-optic Modulators Acousto-optic Modulators and their application areas
Optical Sensors classification-point distributed Intensity phase amp spectral Smart structures amp applications
Optical Amplifiers And Integrated Optics Introduction Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers (SOA) Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFA) Fiber Raman Amplifiers (FRA) Application areas of optical amplifiers Some integrated optical devices OEICs Optical bi-stability and digital optics Optical Computation
Reference Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash DK Mynbev LL Scheiner Pearson Education Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications
P a g e 39 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 316 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrHDL BASED DIGITAL DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of iterative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Introduction to HDL Design Flow Design Methodologies HDL History Capabilities Hardware Abstraction Basic Terminology Model Analysis Comparison between VHDL and Verilog
Basic VHDL Elements Identifiers Data Objects Data Types Operators
Behavioral Modeling Entity declaration architecture body Various Sequential Statements and Constructs multiple processes postponed processes
Dataflow Modeling Concurrent Signal Assignment Statements delta delay model multiple drivers block statement concurrent assertion statement
Structural Modeling Component Declaration component Instantiation resolving signal values
Section ndash B
Supporting Constructs Generics and Configuration Subprograms and Overloading Operator overloading Package declaration package body
Advanced Features Generate statements qualified expressions type conversions guarded signals attributes aggregate targets
Model Simulation Writing a Test Bench and Simulation for combinational circuits
Programmable Logic Devices (PLD) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) Basic Concepts Architecture and Usage
Text Books
a) A VHDL Primer ndash Jayaram Bhasker Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey b) VHDL Programming by Examples ndash Douglas L Perry Mc Graw Hill Fourth Editionc) FPGA based implementation of Signal Processing Systems RogerWoods John McAllister Dr Ying
Yi Gaye Lightbody Wileyd) Advanced FPGA Design ndash Architecture Implementation amp Optimization Steve Kilts
P a g e 40 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 318 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives After completing the course the student should be able to - Understand the basics of information theory and communication systems -understand the role of probability and statist ics in the analysis of communication systems -Solve problems related to channel capacity and spectral efficiency
Section ndash A
Introduction to information messages amp signals Classification of signals The discrete and continuous spectrum Power spectrum Energy density spectrum Dirac delta functions Sampling theory and approximations Convolution of signals LTI systems
Discrete probabili ty theory Continuous random variables Statist ically independent random variables Probability density functions of sums Transformation of density functions Ergodic Process Correlation functions Spectral density and White noise
Atmospheric Thermal Shot and Partition noise Noise figure and experimental determination of noise figure Shot noise in temperature limited diode and space charge limited diodes Pulse response and Digital noise
Section ndash B
Networks with random input Auto-correlations Spectral density and probabili ty density input-output relationships Optimum system and non-Linear systems Maximum criterion Equivalent noise bandwidth
Definit ion of information Units of information Entropy Uncertainty and information rate of communication Redundancy Relation between system capacity and information content of messages Shannonrsquos theorem Discrete noisy channel Channel capacity for different discrete channels
Text Books
1 Hancock JC ldquoAn Introduction to the Principles of Communication Theory Tata McGraw Hill 19612 Sharma Sanjay ldquoSignals and Systemsrdquo S K Kataria amp Sons 20093 Swartz Information Transmission Modulation amp Noiserdquo Mc Graw Hill4 Taub amp Schilling Principals of Communication System Mc Graw Hill5 Simon Haykin ldquoCommunication Systemsrdquo Wiley
Reference Books
1 Papoulis and S U Pillai ldquoProbability Random Variables and Stochastic Processesrdquo Tata McGraw Hill 2002
2 Claude E Shannon ldquoA Mathematical Theory of Communicationrdquo Bell System Technical Journal 27(3) 379-423
3 T Cover and J Thomas ldquoElements of Information Theoryrdquo Wiley 2006
P a g e 41 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 319 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC SWITCHING CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understanding of switching concept and different types of switching techniques Capabilit ies amp other details of finite state machines can be explored Will boost the knowledge of synchronous and asynchronous circuits design amp analysis Also explore the various types of Hazards
Section ndash A
Introduction to Sequential Circuits FlipndashFlops Flip-Flop conversions Classification of Sequential Circuits Registers and Counter circuits
Design amp Analysis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits Sequential circuits introductory examples Counters Finite state Machines Sequence Detector and Sequence Generator circuits Definite state model Basic definit ion Capabilit ies amp Limitation of finite state machines state equivalence amp machine minimization simplification of incompletely specified machines Extraction of maximum compatibles synthesis amp analysis of synchronous sequential circuits
Design amp Analysis of Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Introduction to asynchronous circuits t iming diagram state diagram amp flow tables fundamental mode circuits synthesis state assignment in asynchronous sequential circuits
Section ndash B
Hazards Introduction gate delays generation of spikes production of static hazards in combinational networks elimination of static hazards design of hazard free combinational networks hazard free asynchronous circuit design dynamic hazards essential hazards
Contact Networks amp Symmetric Networks Relay contents analysis amp Synthesis of contact Networks Properties of symmetric functions Synthesis ampidentification of symmetric functions Iterative Networks
Text Books
1 Switching and finite automata theory by ZVI Kohavi2 Logical design of switching circuits by Douglas Lewin 3 Logic Design by NN Biswas
P a g e 42 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 320 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrTRANSMISSION LINES AND WAVEGUIDES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the students should be able to familiarize with the new concepts towards propagation of signals through transmission lines and waveguides
Section ndash A
Classification of guided wave solutions-TE TM and TEM waves Field analysis transmission lines Rectangular and circular waveguides Excitation of waveguides Rectangular and circular cavity resonators
Transmission line equations Voltage and current waves Solutions for different terminations Transmission-line loading
Section ndash B
Impedance transformation and matching Smith Chart Quarter-wave and half-wave transformers Binomial and Tchebeyshev transformers Single double and triple stub matching
Microstriplines stripline slot lines coplanar waveguide and fin line Micro strip MIC design aspects Computer- aided analysis and synthesis
Text Books
1 DMPozar ldquoMicrowave Engineering (3e)rdquo Wiley 20042 JDRyder ldquoNetworks Lines and Fieldsrdquo PHI 20033 RECollin ldquoFoundations for Microwave Engineering (2e)rdquo McGraw-Hill 20024 SYLiao ldquoMicrowave Devices and Circuitsrdquo(3e) PHI 20055 J A Seeger ldquoMicrowave Theory Components and Devicesrdquo Prentice-Hall6 Jordan ldquoEM waves and Radiatingrdquo Prentice Hall7 GSN Raju ldquoElectromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Linesrdquo Pearson Education
P a g e 43 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
INT EXT L T P CrDRUG ABUSE PROBLEM MANAGEMENT AND PREVENTION 50 50 3 0 0 0
Note This is a compulsory qual i fying paper which the students have to study and quali fy during three years of their degree course
REGULAR STUDENTSMax Marks 70 Max Time 3hrsInternal Assessment 30Total Marks 100 Lectures per week 2
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERSThe question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have four quest ions from the respect ive sect ions of the syllabus Each question shal l carry 7 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 14 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any three quest ions f rom sect ion A and any three quest ions from sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
PRIVATE STUDENTSMax Marks 100 Max Time 3hrs
Lectures per week 2INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERS
The question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have three quest ions from the respective sect ions of the syl labus Each quest ion shal l car ry 15 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 20 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any two quest ions f rom sect ion A and any two quest ions f rom sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
SECTION AUNIT I ndash Problem of Drug Abuse Concept and Overview Types of Drug Often Abused
(a) Concept and OverviewWhat are drugs and what constitutes Drug Abuse Prevalence of menace of Drug Abuse How drug Abuse is different from Drug Dependence and Drug Addiction Physical and psychological dependence- concepts of drug tolerance
(b) Introduction to drugs of abuse Short Term Long term effects amp withdrawal symptoms Stimulants Amphetamines Cocaine NicotineDepressants Alcohol Barbiturates- Nembutal Seconal Phenobarbital Benzodiazepines ndashDiazepam Alprazolam FlunitrazepamNarcotics Opium morphine heroin Hallucinogens Cannabis amp derivatives (marijuana hashish hash oil)Steroids Inhalants
UNIT II ndashNature of the Problem Vulnerable Age Groups Signs and symptoms of Drug Abuse (a)- Physical indicators (b)- Academic indicators (c)- Behavioral and Psychological indicators
SECTION BUNIT III ndash Causes and Consequences of Drug Abuse
a) Causes Physiological Psychological Sociological b) Consequences of Drug Abuse For individuals For families For society amp Nation
Unit IV- Management amp Prevention of Drug AbuseManagement of Drug Abuse Prevention of Drug Abuse Role of Family School Media Legislat ion amp Deaddiction Centers
Suggested readings1 Kapoor T (1985) Drug Epidemic among Indian Youth New Delhi Mittal Pub2 Modi Ishwar and Modi Shalini (1997) Drugs Addiction and PreventionJaipur Rawat Publication3 Ahuja Ram(2003) Social Problems in India Rawat Publications Jaipur4 2003 National Household Survey of Alcohol and Drug Abuse New Delhi Clinical Epidemiological Unit All India
Institute of Medical Sciences 20045 World Drug Report 2011 United Nations Office of Drug and Crime6 World Drug Report 2010 United nations Office of Drug and Crime7 Extent Pattern and Trend of Drug Use in India Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment Government of India
20048 The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1985 (New Delhi Universal 2012)
Pedagogy of the Course WorkThe pedagogy of the course work wil l consist of the fol lowing 70 lectures ( including expert lectures) 30 assignments discussion and seminars and class tests Note A visi t to drug de-addiction centre could also be undertaken
P a g e 44 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 6th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 311 Artificial Intelligence and Machine learning 3 1 0 35
ECE 307 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 35
ECM 312 IoT and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 313 Database Management System 3 1 0 35
ECE 357 Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 363 Database Management System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 370 Minor Project 0 0 2 10
Elective-II 3 1 0 35
Elective-III 3 1 0 35
HSS 151 Communication skill Lab
18 6 6 25
Open elective
Total contact hours 32
ECE 357 ECM 363 ECM 370 and HSS 151 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
This is an optional course and student can opt any one elective subject from university Approved Open Elective Subject List with the consent of ACDHEADCourse Mentor
Elective - II
1 ECE 310 ndash Microelectronics 2 ECE 311 ndash Micro controller amp Applications3 ECE 312 ndash Information Theory amp Coding4 ECE 313 ndash Reliability Engineering5 ECE 315 - Modern Control System6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective - III
1 CPE 405 - Soft Computing Techniques2 CPE 406 - Digital Image Processing3 CPE 313 - System Simulation amp Modeling4 CPE 318 - Business Intelligence5 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 45 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 46 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 311 INT EXT L T P CrARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have an appreciation for and understanding of both the achievements of AI and the theory underlying those achievements To have an appreciation for the engineering issues underlying the design of AI systems To have a basic proficiency in a traditional AI language including an ability to write simple to intermediate programs and an ability to understand code written in that language To have a basic understanding of some of the more advanced topics of AI such as learning natural language processing agents and robotics expert systems and planning
Section ndash A
Artificial Intelligence Techniques levels of models understand the importance functions advantages as well as the limitations of art ificial intelligence Use of Artificial Intell igence and intell igent agents
State space search control strategies heuristic search problem characteristics production system characteristics Mapping between facts and representations approaches to knowledge representation semantic sets frame conceptual depending scripts predictive logic resolution in predicate logic
Section ndash B
Procedural Vs declarative knowledge matching conflict resolution Non-monotonic reasoning default reasoning statistical reasoning knowledge extraction Investigate the roles and development methods of artificial intell igence in decision making processes Neural network resources cognitive science role of neural network in computer science
Characteristics of AI language LISP-symbol manipulation- basic l isp function predicated condition recursion iteration Array-lambda functions input-output statements AI problems pattern recognition voice recognition Feature Extraction
Text Books
1 Artificial Intelligence by Rich and Kinght TMH2 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence by Charniak and Mcdermott Addison-Wesley 1985 3 Essentials of Artificial Intelligence by Ginsburg Morgan Kaufmann 1993 4 Artificial Intelligence by Winston 3rd Edition Addison Wesley 1992 5 Artificial Intelligence by Padhy Oxford Press
P a g e 47 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 307 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective DSP makes use of mathematical methods in order to handle and analyze the signals The use of such mathematical methods allows extracting information and even modifying the signal in order to use it as we desire DSP so widespread today and applied in everything around us At the end of course students may able to apply different operations of DSP such as filtering noise cancelling enhancing distorting smoothing in many application eg audio and speech processing sonar radar and other sensor array processing spectral statistical signal processing digital image processing signal processing for telecommunications control systems biomedical engineering seismology among others
Section ndash A
Z-Transform Introduction to signals and systems Z-transform pair properties of region of convergence (ROC) for the Z-transform properties of Z-transform analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Z-transforms System functions for interconnection of LTI systems Block diagram representation for causal LTI systems
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) Frequency domain sampling and reconstruction of discrete t ime signals DFT inverse DFT (IDFT) DFT as a linear transformation relationship of the DFT to other transforms properties of DFT use of DFT in l inear fil tering fil tering of long sequences frequency analysis of signals using DFT
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Direct computation of DFT divide and conquer approach to computation of the DFT radix-2 FFT algorithms use of FFT algorithm for efficient computation of the DFT of two real sequences and of the DFT of a 2N point real sequence
Section ndash B
Digital Filter Structures Introduction structures for FIR systems Direct form cascade form and latt ice structure structures for IIR systems Direct form cascade form parallel form and latt ice structures Fixed point representation of numbers errors resulting from rounding and truncation
Design of Digital Filters General considerations causali ty and its implications characterist ics of practical frequency selective fi lters design of symmetric linear phase FIR filters using rectangular Kaiser and Hamming window Design of digital IIR fil ters using impulse invariance transformation method amp bilinear transformation method
Text Books
1 Johan G Proakis and Dimitris G Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithms and Applicationsrdquo PHI
2 Oppenheim amp Schafer ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo PHI
P a g e 48 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 312 INT EXT L T P CrIOT AND APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Effective usage of IoT deployment for different sectors Developing and modifying code for various sensor-based applications using wireless sensor modules and working with variety of modules like environmental and security module Exploring the features of predictive data analytics for IoT applications Modular hands on training will enable participants to conduct IoT related activities in academic environment and init iate new projects in Industrial sectors
Section ndash A
Introduction to IoT Defining IoT Characteristics of IoT Physical design of IoT Logical design of IoT Functional blocks of IoT Communication models amp APIs
IoTamp M2M Machine to Machine Difference between IoT and M2M Software define network
Network and communication aspects Wireless medium access issues MAC protocol survey Survey routing protocols sensor deployment amp Node Discovery Data aggregation amp dissemination
Section ndash B
Applications of IoT Home automation Industry applications Surveillance applications other IOT applications
Challenges in IoT Design challenges Development challenges security challenges other challenges
Developing IoT Introduction to different IoT tools developing applications through IoT tools Implementing various IoT concepts
Text Books
1 SAMuel Greengard ldquothe Internet of Thingsrdquo2 Klaus Schweb ldquoThe Fourth Industrial revolutionrdquo3 CunoPfister ldquoGetting Started with Internet of Thingsrdquo4 Peter Wahel ldquoLearning Internet of Things
P a g e 49 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 313 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the different issues involved in the design and implementation of a database system To study the physical and logical database designs database modeling relational hierarchical and network models To understand and use data manipulation language to query update and manage a database To develop an understanding of essential DBMS concepts such as database security integrity concurrency To design and build a simple database system
Section ndash A
Introduction to Database Concepts Difference between Database and non-database system Data independence DBMS Architecture components of a database system Advantages and disadvantages of Database system Intended Uses of a DBMS Schemas and Instances Database Languages and Interfaces Classification of Database Management Systems
Data Models Relational Model Network Model Hierarchical Model ER Model Design issues Mapping constraints keys ER diagram weak entity sets extended ER features Design of an ER Database schema Reduction of an ER Schema to tables Comparison of Models
Query Processing Fundamental of Relational Algebra Tuple and Domain Relational Calculus
Relational Query Languages SQL Basic SQL Select Statements Table Creation and Management Create Alter Drop and Rename Constraints Primary key Foreign key Unique Not null and Check Data Manipulation Insert Update and Delete Restricting rows in Select using Where clause Comparison operators Logical Operators Order by clause
Section ndash B
Database Design Integrity Constraints Domain constraints Referential integrity enti ty integrity specify these constraints in SQL specification of Additional Constraints as assertions and triggers
Functional dependencies Functional dependencies Decomposition Normalization using FDrsquos MVDrsquos and JDrsquos Domain key normal form
Query Optimization Translating SQL Queries into Relational Algebra Notation for Query Trees and Query Graphs Heuristic Optimization of Query Trees Transformation Rules for Relational Algebra Operations Heuristic Algebraic Optimization Algorithm Converting Query Trees into Query Execution Plans Cost Components in Query Optimization Using cost estimates in query optimization
Joining Data from Multiple Tables Equi Non-Equi Self and Outer Joins Single-row and Group functions Sub-queries
Additional Database Object Sequences Synonyms and Views
Text Books1 Navathe and Elmasri Fundamentals of Database Systems Pearson education2 Korth and Silberschatz Abraham Database Concepts McGraw Hall 19913 An introduction to database system by CJ Date (Addison Welsey Publishing
house)4 Bipin Desai Database System TMG5 Prateek Bhatia Database Management system Kalayani Publishers
P a g e 50 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 357 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study of basic commands of MATLAB
2 Unit Ramp Unit Step Exponential and addition of two sinusoidal sequences
3 Convolution sum of discrete signals
4 Cross- correlation of two sequences
5 Frequency response of discrete system
6 DFT of the given sequence
7 Poles zeros and gain of transfer function
8 Magnitude amp phase of DFT
9 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of FIR Filter
10 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of IIR Filter
11 Analysis of FIR and IIR Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
12 Analysis of FFT Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 51 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 363 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Install procedure of the latest SQL Server edition
2 Write a query to create a table in SQL
3 Write a query to alter a table in SQL
4 Write a query to delete a table in SQL
5 Write a query to insert update and delete rows in a table in SQL
6 Write a query demonstrate the use of foreign keys in SQL
7 Write a query demonstrate various integrity constraints in SQL
8 Write a query demonstrate various joins in SQL
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 52 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 370 INT EXT L T P CrMINOR PROJECT 50 50 0 0 2 10
Electronic hardware andor software project Working model of hardware andor software project with real world usage according to recent trends in engineering
P a g e 53 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 151 INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Recognizing and articulating speech sounds mock dialogueconversation
2 Making an oral presentation class seminars paper reading
3 Participating in a group discussion
4 Holding a mock meeting
5 Developing skills related to Business Correspondence
6 Preparation for participating in a mock interview for a job etc
7 Developing skills for conducting a meeting attending telephonic calls
8 Listening to a recorded conversation and reviewingdiscussing its contents and style
P a g e 54 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 310 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Microelectronics is the branch of science that deals with microcircuits One most commonly used example of microcircuit is IC ie Integrated Circuits IC is a single substrate or chip on which active and passive components are fabricated the number of components which are fabricated on IC can give miniaturization of ICrsquoS This course provides a detailed fundamental analysis and discussion on various ICrsquos there fabrication steps and fabrication of BJTrsquos MOSFETS and CMOS This course than covers designing of layouts and stick diagram using NMOS PMOS and CMOS technology After successful completion of the device students will acquire a thorough understanding on the devices and be able to apply the knowledge to the development of new and novel devices for different applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Classification of integrated circuits (ICs) thick film thin film amp hybrid ICs Fabrication and component design resistor capacitors and inductors design and fabrication
Monolithic Techniques Process on sil icon crystals line growth refining substrate slicing polishing chemical vapor deposition thermal oxidation photolithography diffusion impurities diffusion system ion implantation metall ization isolation
Monolithic Components Bipolar IC process MOS IC process BJT construction diode instruction FET and MOS construction and resistors capacitors and inductors op-amp and voltage regulators design and fabrication
Section ndash B
LSI Circuits Brief introduction to LSI circuits realization of inter connection and realization of integrated elements
Basic VLSI Design Basic MOS transistor and working NMOS and CMOS fabrication thermal aspects MOS and VLSI some electrical properties of MOS design process circuit components system design and layout and scaling of MOS circuit some application of VLSI circuits like PLA
Text Books
1 SM Sze semiconductor device fundamentals Addison Wesley2 Howe R T and C G Sodini Microelectronics An Integrated Approach Upper Saddle River NJ
Prentice Hall 1996 ISBN 01358851833 N Weste and K Eshranghian Principles of CMOS VLSI Design Addison Wesley 19984 Jacob Backer Harry W Li and David E Boyce CMOS Circuit Design Layout and Simulation
Prentice Hall of India 1998 5 L Glaser and D Dobberpuhl The Design and Analysis of VLSI Circuitsrdquo Addison Wesley 19936 Fonstad C G Microelectronic Devices and Circuits New York NY McGraw-Hill 1994 ISBN
00702149647 Sedra A S and K C Smith Microelectronic Circuits 4th ed New York NY Oxford University
Press 1998 ISBN 01951166318 Pierret R F Semiconductor Device Fundamentals Upper Saddle River NJ Prentice Hall 1995 ISBN
0201543931
P a g e 55 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 311 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROCONTROLLER amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course provides ability to understand the basic concepts of microcontroller and its internal architecture The students would be able to learn the logic for assembly language programming It also provides the understanding about interfacing of input output devices with microcontroller So the overall objective of this subject is to make students aware of microcontrollers and their applications for serial parallel communication input output devices control and microcontroller-based projects
Section ndash A
Introduction 8051 Micro controller Comparison of Microprocessor and Microcontroller microcontroller and embedded processors processor Architecture - Harvard versus Princeton (Von Neumann) CISC versus RISC overview of 8051 families and other microcontrollers in use PIC ATMEL 8051 Pin description connections memory organization memory space of 8051 8051 flag bits and PSW register Register banks and stack
Instruction Familiarization Addressing modes and accessing memory using various addressing modes Arithmetic Logical jump loop and call instructions single bit instructions t ime delay generation amp calculation bit manipulation and programming Development system tools Data Types and directives 8051 assembly Language Programming Assembling an 8051 program
Section ndash B
Interrupt amp Embedded Device Programming Interrupts external amp internal hardware interrupts priority programmable IO Port Timercounter Serial Communication connection to RS 232
Real World Interfacing Interfacing of external memory RAM amp EPROM LCD ADC DAC sensors stepper motor and keyboard Interfacing to enhance 8051 capabili ties with 8255 amp Timer chips
Text Books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems -Ali Mazidi Pearson Education2 Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller -Myke Predko Tata Mc Graw Hill
Reference books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture Programming and appl -Kenneth Ayala Penram International2 Microcontrollers theory amp applications -Ajay V Deshmukh Mc Graw Hill
P a g e 56 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 312 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION THEORY AND CODING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Course will help to analyse error performance of a digital communication system in presence of noise and other interferences and it will help to improve the performance of the system The course will also build fundamental understanding of information theory and coding
Section ndash A
Discrete messages Concept of amount of information Average information and Entropy Information rate Coding to increase Average Information per bit Shannon s theorem Channel Capacity Gaussian channel Capacity Bandwidth-SN tradeoff use of orthogonal signals to attain Shannons limit Efficiency of Orthogonal signal transmission
Channel Coding bounds on communication Coding for Reliable Communication Parity check bit coding for Error detection Coding for Error Detection and Correction Linear Block Codes Cyclic Codes Golay Codes BCH codes Examples of algebraic codes Single Parity check bit code Repeated codes Hadaward code Hamming code
Section ndash B
Burst error correction introduction Block interleaving Convolution Interleaving Reed-Solo9mon (RS) code Concatenated codes Convolution Coding decoding of a Convolution Code Code tree decoding in the presence of noise sequential decoding State and Trellis diagram Viterbi algorithm
Probabili ty of Error of Convolution Codes Comparison of Error rates in Coded and Uncoded transmission Automatic-Repeat-Request (ARQ) Performance of ARQ Systems throughput of the stop amp wait ARQ throughput of Go-Back-N ARQ Selective Repeat ARQ Trellis decoded modulation
Text Books
1 Principles of communication systems by Taub amp Schilling Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing 2 Communication system engineering by Proakis TMH3 Digital Communications by Proakis TMH4 Introduction to the theory of error correcting codes Vera press 19925 Information theory amp reliable communication by Robert G Gallanger McGraw Hill 1992
P a g e 57 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 313 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrRELIABILITY ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Understanding of basic principles rather than lsquocook bookrsquo use of tables or handbooks Application to system requirements design manufacturing and testing with real-world examples
Section ndash A
Concept of Reliability Failures of systems and its modes Measure of Reliability Reliability function Hazard rate MTBF and their interrelations
Reliability Data and Analysis Data sources Data collection use of Reliability Data Reliability Analysis Performance Parameters calculation of failure rate Application of Weibull distribution
System Reliability and Modeling Series systems Parallel system series parallel systems Time dependence Reliability Determination stand-by systems r out of n Configurations Methods of tie set and cut sets of Or reliability evaluation simulation and Reliability prediction Monte Carlo method concepts of network topology Overall reliability evolution
Section ndash B
Maintainability and Availability Maintainability and its equation Factors affecting maintainability Measures of Maintainability Mean Down Time Availability Intrinsic availability equipment availability amp Mission availability Replacement processes and Policies
Life Testing of Equipment Non-destructive tests destruction tests and their Mathematic Modeling Quality and Reliability Measurement amp prediction of Human Reliability Reliability and safety safety margins in critical Devices case studies
Value Engineering Techniques in value Engineering Structure of value Engineering Reliability Management
Text Books
1 Reliability Engg By Govil2 Reliability Engg By Dr AK Aggarwal 19923 Related IEEEIEE publications
P a g e 58 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 315 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMODERN CONTROL SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Analyze dynamics of a linear system by State Space Representation Determine the stability of a linear system using pole-placement technique Design state observers Analyze basics of Non-linear control system Determine the stabili ty of Non-linear systems6 Realize the structure of a discrete time system and model i ts action mathematically
Section ndash A
Digital Control Introduction to digital control sampling Data reconstruction principles Pulse transfer functions Block diagram amp signal flow graph Digital Control Techniques- PID Deadbeat
Time domain analysis correlation between time response amp root location in S amp Z transform effect of pole-zero configuration in Z-plane on maximum overshoot amp peak time transient response
Stability in Z-plane using modified Routhrsquos criteria Jurys criteria
State Variable Analysis and Design Review of state space representation for l inear continuous time system solution of linear time invariant state equations controllabili ty and observability solution of state equation for discrete system state space analysis of discrete time systems pole placement Techniques
Section ndash B
Non-Linear Control System Introduction to non-linear feedback control system special features of linear system l imit cycle jump response sub harmonies etc describing function and phase plane techniques for analysis of non-linear system concept of local global asymptotic and total stability of non-linear system Liapunovs stability criterion
Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Basic Principles of Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Model Reference Adaptive Control Types of Learning-Supervised and Un-Supervised Learning Control Systems On-line and Off-line Learning Control Systems
Text Books
1 Katsuhiko Ogata Modern Control Engineering Prentice-Hall of India New Delhi 2 J Nagarath and M Gopal Control system Engineering New Age International (P) Ltd 3 Katsuhiko Ogata State Space Analysis of Control Systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 4 Benjamin C Kuo and Farid Golnaraghi Automatic Control Systems 8th Edition John Wiley amp Sons 5 H Khalil Nonlinear Control systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 6 Control System Engineering by Norman S Nise Wiley7 Modern Control System by RC Dorf RH Bishop Addision Wesley8 Digital Control amp State Variable Methods by M Gopal TMH9 Brogan W L Modern Control theory Prentice Hall International New Jersey
P a g e 59 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 405 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives It deals with Introduction and different architectures of neural network It deals with the Application of Neural Networks It deals with Genetic Algorithms and Hybrid Systems
Section ndash A
Introduction What is Soft Computing Difference between Hard and Soft computing Requirement of Soft computing Major Areas of Soft Computing Applications of Soft Computing
Neural Networks What is Neural Network Learning rules and various activation functions Single layer Perceptrons Back Propagation networks Architecture of Backpropagation (BP) Networks Backpropagation Learning Variation of Standard Back propagation Neural Network Introduction to Associative Memory Adaptive Resonance theory and Self Organizing Map Recent Applications
Section ndash B
Genetic Algorithm History of Genetic Algorithms (GA) Working Principle Various Encoding methods Fitness function GA Operators- Reproduction Crossover Mutation Convergence of GA Bit wise operation in GA Multi-level Optimization
GA based Backpropagation Networks GA based Weight Determination K - factor determination in Columns
Hybrid Systems Sequential Hybrid Systems Auxiliary Hybrid Systems Embedded Hybrid Systems Neuro-Fuzzy Hybrid Systems Neuro-Genetic Hybrid Systems Fuzzy-Genetic Hybrid Systems
Text Books
1 Rao Vallinu Band Rao Hayagriva Neural networks and fuzzy Logic second edition BPB Publication
2 Berkan C Riza Trubatch L Sheldon Fuzzy Systems design Principlea IEEE Press standard publishers
3 Freeman A James Skapura M David- neural networks algorithms applications and programming4 Soft Computing by Fred Aminzadel amp Jamshich Prentice Hall
P a g e 60 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 406 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understand what MFAs do and how they work Understand the fundamentals of diplomatic negotiations Understand bilateral and multi lateral diplomacy Understand subject-specific diplomacy Understand what makes a document a ldquotreatyrdquo Be aware of historical cases relevant to various diplomatic methods
Section ndash A
Introduction and Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image representation Fundamental steps in Image processing Elements of digital Image processing Sampling and quantization some basic relationships l ike neighborrsquos connectivity distance measure between pixels Image geometry
Image Transforms Discrete Fourier transform Some properties of two-dimensional Fourier transform Fast Fourier transform Inverse FFT
Image Enhancement Point Operations Histograms Spatial Domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement by point processing Spatial fil tering low pass filtering High pass fil tering Homomorphic fi ltering Color image processing Image Restoration Degradation model Algebraic approach to Restoration Inverse fi ltering Wiener fil ter Constrained least square restoration Interactive restoration Restoration in spatial domain
Section ndash B
Image Compression Coding Inter-pixel and Psycho visual redundancy Image Compression models Error free compression Lossy Compression Image Compression standards
Image Segmentation Detection of discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection Thresholding Region Orientation Segmentation Motion based segmentation
Representation and Description Representation schemes l ike chain coding Polygonal approximation Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary Description Regional descriptors Morphology
Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and pattern classes Decision Theoretic methods Structural methods Interpretation
Text Books
1 AK Jainrdquo Fundamentals of Digital Image Processingrdquo Pearson Education2 Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo AWL3 W K Prattrdquo Digital Image Processingrdquo4 Ramesh Jain Brian G Schunck ldquoMachine Visionrdquo TMH
P a g e 61 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 313 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSYSTEM SIMULATION amp MODELING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Systems modeling general systems theory Concept of simulation Simulation as a decision-making tool types of simulation Simulation Terminologies- Application areas ndash Model Classification ndashTypes of Simulation- Steps in a Simulation study- Concepts in Discrete Event Simulation - Simulation Examples
Statistical Models Concepts Discrete Distribution Continuous Distribution Poisson Process Empirical Distributions- Queueing Models ndash Characteristics Notation ndash Queueing Systems ndash Markovian Models- Properties of random numbers- Generation of Pseudo Random numbers- Techniques for generating random numbers-Testing random number generators- Generating Random-Variates- Inverse Transform technique ndash Acceptance- Rejection technique Composition amp Convolution Method
Section ndash B
Design of Simulation Experiments Problem formulation data collection and reduction time flow mechanism key variables logic flow chart starting condition run size experimental design consideration output analysis and interpretation validation input modeling Data collection Assessing sample independence Hypothesizing distribution family with data Parameter Estimation Goodness-of-fit tests Selecting input models in absence of data Output analysis for a Single system Terminating Simulations Steady state simulations
Development of simulation models using simulation language studied for systems like queuing systems Production systems Inventory systems maintenance and replacement systems and Investment analysis Simulation Tools ndash Model Input High level computer system simulation CPU ndashMemory Simulation Comparison of systems via simulation ndash Simulation Programming techniques - Development of Simulation models Simulation programming languages ndash simulation suitability with characterist ics Comparison and selection of simulation languages study of any one simulation language
Text Books
1 Jerry Banks and John Carson ldquoDiscrete Event System Simulationrdquo Fourth Edition PHI 20052 Geoffrey Gordon ldquoSystem Simulationrdquo Second Edition PHI 20063 Narsingh Deo ldquoSystem Simulation with Digital Computer ldquoPrentice Hall India 20014 Frank L Severance ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulationrdquo Wiley 20015 Jerry Banks ldquoHandbook of Simulation Principles Methodology Advances Applications and Practicerdquo
Wiley 1998
P a g e 62 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 318 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrBUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to digital data and its types ndash structured semi-structured and unstructured Introduction to OLTP and OLAP (MOLAP ROLAP HOLAP) BI Definitions amp Concepts BI Framework Data Warehousing concepts and its role in BI BI Infrastructure Components ndash BI Process BI Technology BI Roles amp Responsibili ties Business Applications of BI BI best practices
Basics of Data Integration (Extraction Transformation Loading) Concepts of data integration needs and advantages of using data integration introduction to common data integration approaches Meta data - types and sources Introduction to data quality data profiling concepts and applications introduction to ETL using Kettle
Section ndash B
Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling Introduction to data and dimension modeling multidimensional data model ER Modeling vs multi-dimensional modeling concepts of dimensions facts cubes attribute hierarchies star and snowflake schema introduction to business metrics and KPIs creating cubes using Microsoft Excel
Basics of Enterprise Reporting A typical enterprise Malcolm Baldrige - quality performance framework balanced scorecard enterprise dashboard balanced scorecard vs enterprise dashboard enterprise reporting using MS Access MS Excel best practices in the design of enterprise dashboards
Text Books
1 RN Prasad and Seema Acharya Fundamentals of Business Analytics Wiley India Ltd2 Mike Biere Business Intelligence for the Enterprise Prentice Hall Professional3 Teo Lachev Applied Microsoft Analysis Services 2005 And Microsoft Business Intelligence Platform
Prologika Press4 David Taniar Progressive methods in data warehousing and business intelligence concepts and
competitive analytics Idea Group Inc (IGI)5 Data warehousing the ultimate guide to building corporate business intelligence Birkhaumluser6 Mark Humphries Michael W Hawkins Michelle C Dy Data warehousing architecture and
implementation Prentice Hall Professional
P a g e 63 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 7th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 401 Cryptography and Network Security 3 1 0 35
ECE 413 Wireless amp Mobile Communications 3 1 0 35
ECM 402 Big Data amp Cloud Computing 3 1 0 35
ECE 304 Digital System Design 3 1 0 35
ECE 453 Wireless amp Mobile Communications Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 354 Digital Signal Design Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 453 Software Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective - IV 3 1 0 35
Elective ndash V 3 1 0 35
18 6 6 24
Total contact hours 30
ECE 453 ECE 354 amp ECM 453 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
Elective - IV
1 CPE 402 - Data Mining amp Warehousing2 CPE 403 - Information Security and Cyber Law3 CPE 308 - Computer Graphics4 CPE 409 - Advanced Computer Architecture5 CPE 304 - JAVA Programming6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective ndash V
1 ECE 401 - Microwave Engineering2 ECE 416 - Radar and Satellite Communication3 ECE 415 - Advanced Communication System4 ECE 407 - Nano Electronics5 ECE 408 - Biomedical Instrumentation6 ECE 409 - Optical Networks7 ECE 410 - Digital VLSI Design8 ECE 412 - Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic9 ECE 417 - RF System Design10 ECE 418 - Digital Image and Speech Processing11 ECE 321 ndash Optical Fiber Communications12 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
P a g e 64 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 65 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 401 INT EXT L T P CrCRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Conventional Encryption Introduction Conventional encryption model Steganography Data Encryption Standard block cipher Encryption algorithms confidentiality Key distribution
Public Key Encryption and Hashing Principles of public key cryptosystems RSA algorithm Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange Elliptic curve cryptology message authentication and Hash functions Hash and Mac algorithms Digital signatures
IP Security IP Security Overview IP security Architecture authentication Header Security payload security associations Key Management
Section ndash B
Web Security Web security requirement secure sockets layer transport layer security secure electronic transaction dual signature
Security System Intruders Viruses Worms firewall design Trusted systems antivirus techniques digital Immune systems
Text Books
1 William Stallings Cryptography and Network security 2nd ed Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
1999
2 Baldwin R and Rivest R The RC5 RC5-CBC RC5-CBC-Pad and RC5-CTS Algorithmsrdquo
October1996
P a g e 66 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 413 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Wireless communication has become a ubiquitous part of modern life from global cellular telephone systems to local and even personal area network The objective of the course is that students should be able to familiarize with the evolution and basics of wireless communication technology identify and explain various wireless systems design aspects of cellular systems radio propagation mechanism fading and upcoming wireless networks
Course Outcomes By the end of this course the students will be able to Explain the fundamental concepts of wireless communication systems Learn cellular system design basics and frequency management techniques Describe capacity increase mechanisms interference reduction strategies and long-distance propagation concepts Understand effects of fading voice coding techniques and signal processing in GSM network Update themselves with recent technology and happenings in the field of mobile technology
Section ndash A
Introduction History of wireless communication Future trends in cellular radio and personal communications Second generation (2G) cellular networks evolution to 25G wireless networks (HSCSD GPRS and EDGE for 25G GSM and IS-136 IS-95B for 25G CDMA) 3G Wireless Networks 3G W-CDMA (UMTS) 3G CDMA 2000 3G TD-SCDMA Wireless local loop (WLL) and LMDS WLANs Bluetooth and PANs
Cellular Concepts Introduction frequency reuse channel alignment strategies hand off strategies interference and system capacity Trunking and grade of service improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems using cell splitting sectoring cellular system design considerations
Mobile Radio Propagation Large scale path loss Introduction to radio wave propagation Free space propagation model Three basic propagation mechanism reflection ground reflection (two-ray) model Diffraction scattering shadow fading combined path loss and shadowing
Section ndash B
Small Scale Fading and Multipath Introduction small scale multipath propagation Impulse response of a multipath channel Factors influencing small scale fading parameters of mobile multipath channels (time dispersion coherence bandwidth doppler spread and coherence time) Types of small scale fading Rayleigh Rician and Nakagami fading distributions
Spread Spectrum Modulation Techniques Pseudo- noise (PN) sequences DS-SS FH-SS Block diagram of IS-95 forward link block diagram of IS-95 reverse link GSM (Architecture Channels and signal processing)
Current and upcoming Wireless Systems 4G LTE 5G Adhoc networks
Text Books
1 Mobile cellular Telecommunications William C Y Lee 2nd Edition McGraw Hill Latest edition
2 Wireless and Digital communications Dr Kamilo Feher 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
3 Wireless communication principal amppractice TS Rappaport 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
4 Wireless Communications- Andrea Goldsmith Cambridge University Press
P a g e 67 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 402 INT EXT L T P CrBIG DATA amp CLOUD COMPUTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn how to use Cloud Services To implement Virtualization To implement Task Scheduling algorithms Apply Map-Reduce concept to applications To build Private Cloud Broadly educate to know the impact of engineering on legal and societal issues involved
Section ndash A
Introduction Big Data and its importance Four Vrsquos Drivers for Big data Big data analytics Big data applications
Introduction to Hadoop Hadoop Eco System Moving Data in and out of Hadoop Understanding inputs and outputs of MapReduce
NoSQL Use of NoSQL Types of NoSQL databases Advantages of NoSQL SQL vs NoSQL
MongoDB Introduction to MongoDB key features Core Server tools MongoDB through the JavaScriptrsquos Shell Creating and Querying through Indexes Document-Oriented principles of schema design Constructing queries on Databases collections and documents MongoDB Query Language
Section ndash B
Recent trends in Computing Grid Computing Cluster Computing Distributed Computing Utility Computing Cloud computing
Cloud Computing Architecture Comparison with clientserver computing architecture Services provided at various levels Role of Networks in Cloud computing protocols used Role of Web services Service Models (XaaS) Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) Platform as a Service (PaaS) Software as a Service (SaaS) Public cloud Private cloud Hybrid cloud Community cloud
Cloud Security Infrastructure Security Network level security Host level security Application level security Data security and Storage Data privacy and security issues Jurisdictional issues raised by Data location Identity amp Access Management Access Control Trust Reputation Risk Authentication in cloud computing Client access in cloud Cloud contracting Model Commercial and business considerations
Text Books
1 Cloud Computing Bible Barrie Sosinsky Wiley-India 2010
2 Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms Editors Rajkumar Buyya James Broberg Andrzej M
Goscinski Wiley 2011
3 Cloud Computing Principles Systems and Applications Editors Nikos Antonopoulos Lee Gillam
Springer 2012
4 Cloud Security A Comprehensive Guide to Secure Cloud Computing Ronald L Krutz Russell Dean
Vines Wiley-India 2010
5 Boris lublinsky Kevin t Smith AlexeyYakubovich Professional Hadoop Solutions Wiley ISBN
9788126551071 2015
6 Chris EatonDirk derooset al Understanding Big data McGraw Hill 2012
7 BIG Data and Analytics Sima Acharya Subhashini Chhellappan Willey
P a g e 68 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 304 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of i terative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Review of Digital Electronics Concept MSI and LSI Circuits and Their Applications Arithmetic Circuits Comparators Multiplexers Code Converters XOR And AND-OR INVERTER Gates Wired Logic Bus Oriented Structures Tri-State Bus System Propagation Delay
Sequential Machines The Concept of Memory The Binary Cell The Cell and The Bouncing Switch Set Reset D Clocked T Clocked JK Flip Flop Design of Clock FF State Diagram Synchronous Analysis Process Design Steps for Traditional Synchronous Sequential Circuits State Reduction Design Steps for Next State Decoders Design of Out Put Decoders
Section ndash B
Multi Input System Controller Design System Controllers Design Phases and System Documentation Defining the System Timing and Frequency Considerations MDS Diagram State Assignment Next State Decoders and Its Maps Output Decoders ROM PLA And PAL Based Design
Asynchronous Finite State Machines Scope Asynchronous Analysis Design of Asynchronous Machines Cycle and Races Plotting and Reading the Excitation Map Hazards Essential Hazards Map Entered Variable MEV Approaches to Asynchronous Design Hazards in Circuit Developed by MEV Method
Text Books
1 Fletcher WI Engineering Approach to Digital Design Prentice Hall of India (2007) 4th ed2 Wakerly JF Digital Design Principles and Practices Prentice Hall of India (2013) 5th ed
Reference Books
1 Givone D D Digital Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill (2007) 2nd ed2 Tocci RJ Digital Systems Principles and Applications Prentice-Hall (2006) 10th ed3 Mano MM and Clitti M D Digital Design Prentice Hall (2001) 3rd ed
P a g e 69 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 453 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Note Do any Eight Experiments
I On Satellite Trainer Kit
1 Understanding the basic concepts of satellite Communication 2 Establish direct Communication link between uplink transmitter and downlink receiver using tone
signal 3 To Setup an active Satellite link and Demonstrate link fail Operations 4 To Establish an Audio-Video Satellite link between Transmitter and Receiver 5 To Communicate Voice Signal Through Satellite Link 6 To change different combinations of Uplink amp Downlink frequencies and to check Communication
Link 7 To Transmit and Receive 3 Separate Signals (Audio Video Tone) Simultaneously through Satellite
Link 8 To Transmit and Receive Function Generator Waveforms Through Satellite Link 9 To Transmit and Receive PC Data Through Satellite Link
II On Mobile Phone Trainer Kit
1 To study the Tx IQRx IQ Signals 2 To Observe signal constellation of GMSK signal 3 To Study the Working of Audio IC 4 To Study the Working of a SIM card in a GSM handset 5 To Study SIM CARD Detection
III On Antenna Trainer Kit
1 To study Antenna Trainer Kit 2 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Dipole 3 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ4 Dipole 4 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Folded Dipole 5 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample other Antennas
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 70 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 354 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Design all logic gates using VHDL
2 Write a VHDL programs for Half Adder circuit
3 Write a VHDL programs for Full Adder circuit
4 Write a VHDL programs for Multiplexer amp Demultiplexer circuits
5 Write a VHDL programs for Encoder amp Decoder circuits
6 Write a VHDL programs for Comparator circuit
7 Write a VHDL programs for Code Converter circuit
8 Write a VHDL programs for Flip-Flop circuit
9 Write a VHDL programs for Counter circuit
10 Write a VHDL programs for Register amp Shift Register circuits
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 71 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 453 INT EXT L T P CrSOFTWARE LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
Experiments The list of experiments will be based on the current market requirements and recent trends in latest software regime being followed to employ students with best in class skills at that present time
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 72 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 402 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrDATA MINING amp WAREHOUSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To introduce students to the basic concepts and techniques of Data Mining To develop skills of using recent data mining software for solving practical problems To gain experience of doing independent study and research To study the methodology of engineering legacy databases for data warehousing and data mining to derive business rules for decision support systems Develop and apply critical thinking problem-solving and decision-making skills Develop and apply enthusiasm for learning Class participation is encouraged in this course
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to RDBMS data warehouse transactional databases data mining functionalities classification of data mining system major issues in data mining
Data Preprocessing Data Cleaning Data Integration and Transformation Data Reduction Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation
Data Warehouse And OLAP Need for Data Warehousing Difference from Traditional Databases Data Warehouse Architecture Multidimensional Data Model Schemas for Multi-Dimensional Model Star Snowflake amp Fact Constellation OLAP Operations Types of OLAP Servers ROLAP Versus MOLAP Versus HOLAP
Introduction to Data Mining Basics of data mining Data mining techniques KDP (Knowledge Discovery Process) Application and Challenges of Data Mining Security Issue Privacy Issue
Section ndash B
Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Apriori Algorithm FP Growth Algorithm latest trends in association rules mining
Classification and Clustering classification and prediction issues regarding classification and prediction decision tree induction algorithm rule-based classification using if-then rules for classification prediction linear amp nonlinear regression cluster analysis type of data for cluster analysis introduction to Categorization of Major Clustering Methods Classical Parti tioning Method k-Means
Introduction to Mining Complex Types of Data Complex data objects Mining spatial databases Multimedia databases Time Series and sequence databases Text databases and World Wide Web
Text Books
1 Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo 2 gan Kaufmann Publishers 2000 (ISBN 1-55860-489-8)3 Ian H Witten and Eibe Frank ldquoData Mining Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques with
Java implementationsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers San Fransisco CA (2000)4 Dorian Pyle ldquoData Preparation for Data Miningrdquo Morgan Kaufmann (1999)5 Korth Silbertz Sudarshan ldquoDatabase Conceptsrdquo McGraw Hill6 Elmasri Navathe ldquoFundamentals Of Database Systemsrdquo Addision Wesley
P a g e 73 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 403 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION SECURITY AND CYBER LAW 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To provide an understanding Computer forensics fundamental To analyze various computer forensics technologies To provide computer forensics systems To identify methods for data recovery To apply the methods for preservation of digital evidence
Section ndash A
Introduction to Internet Cyber Space and threats Computer Storage Cell Phone Mobile Forensics Computer Ethics and Application Programs
Electronic and Digital Signatures -Intellectual Property ndash Data Protection and Privacy Need for cyber law and forensics Jurisprudence of Indian Cyber Law
Foot printing WHOIS and DNS enumeration network reconnaissance Email spoofing Email bombing Data diddling Denial of service attack Virusworm attacks- trojans and keyloggers Internet t ime theft Web jacking Phishing-Smishing-Vishing-Identity theft Cyber terrorism- use of encryption by terrorists Human trafficking
Section ndash B
The Legal Perspective ndash The IT Act Challenges faced by IT Act and its amendments Sections Under IT Act- Section 43656667686970 Section relevant to cybercrime under IPC (Indian Penal Code)
Ethical hacking Need penetration testing Information gathering tools like n-map vulnerabili ty detection scanners like nessus nexpose information analysis and planning attack and penetration tools like Metasploit results analysis and reporting
Text Books
1 Cyber Security - Understanding cybercrimes computer forensics and legal perspectives by Nina Godbole and Sunit Belapure
2 System Forensics by Ankit Fadia 3 hacking Exposed network security secrets and solutions by Stuart McClure Scambray and Kurtz Tata
McGraw Hill
P a g e 74 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 308 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER GRAPHICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course objectives To provide comprehensive introduction about computer graphics system design algorithms and two-dimensional transformations To make the students familiar with techniques of clipping three-dimensional graphics and three-dimensional transformations The computer graphics course prepares students for activit ies involving in design development and testing of modeling rendering shading and animation
Section ndash A
Graphics Hardware Raster CRTs Raster and Random Scan Displays Display Controllers and Processors Graphics Input Devices Applications of Computer Graphics
Raster Scan Conversion Algorithms Line Drawing Algorithms (DDA amp Bresenhamrsquos) Circle Drawing Algorithms (Mid-Point and Bresenhamrsquos)
Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Rotation and Scaling) Matrix Representation and Homogenous Coordinates Shear and Reflection Transformations Composite TransformationsFilling Region fi lling Algorithms (Boundary Fill and Flood Fill)
Section ndash B
Windowing and Clipping Viewing pipeline viewing transformations 2-D Clipping algorithms- Line clipping algorithms (Cohen Sutherland Liang Barsky algorithm) Polygon clipping (Sutherland Hodgeman polygon clipping Weiler and Atherton polygon clipping)
Three-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Scaling Rotation) Composite transformations
Projections Parallel and Perspective
Visible Surface Detection Methods Depth Buffer Method A-Buffer Method Scan Line Method Area Subdivision Method
Shading Gouraud and Phong Shading Algorithms Properties of Bezier and B-Spline Curves
Text Books
1 Computer Graphics By Donald Hearn M Pauline Baker2 Computer Graphics (Schaum Series) by Lipschutz (MC Graw Hill)3 Principles of Interactive Computer graphics By WM Newman R Sproull4 Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics By JD Foley A Van Dam5 Computer Graphics Using OPEN GL By FS Hill Jr6 Computer Graphics Roy A Plastock Gordon Kalley
P a g e 75 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 409 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction to Parallel Processing Evolution of Computer Architecture Parallelism in Uniprocessor System Parallel Computer Structures Architectural Classifications Schemes Multiprocessors and Multicomputers Multisector and SIMD Computers Parallel processing application
Memory and input output subsystems Hierarchical Memory structure Virtual memory system Memory Allocation and Management Cache Memories and Management Input-Output Subsystem
Pipelining and Vector Processing Pipelining Instruction and Arithmetic Pipelines Principles of Designing Pipelined Processors Vector Processing Requirements Vector Super Computers Pipeline Chaining and Vector Loops Vectorization and Optimization Methods
Section ndash B
Structures and Algorithms for Array Processors SIMD Array Processors SIMD Interconnection Networks Static amp Dynamic Networks Mesh Connected Network Cube interconnection Networks Parallel Algorithms for array processors Associative Array Processing
Multiprocessor Architecture and Programming Functional Structures Interconnection Networks Multi stage networks for multiprocessors Parallel Memory Organization Multiprocessor Operating System Exploiting Concurrency for Multiprocessing
Text Books
1 Hawang kai Briggs FA Computer Architectures and Parallel Processing McGraw-Hill2 Kain Richard Y Advanced Computer Architecture PHI3 Hwang Kai Advanced Computer Architecture McGraw-Hill4 Mano M Computer System Architecture PHI
P a g e 76 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 304 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrJAVA PROGRAMMING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The model of object-oriented programming abstract data types encapsulation inheritance and polymorphism Fundamental features of an object-oriented language like Java object classes and interfaces exceptions and libraries of object collections How to take the statement of a business problem and from this determine suitable logic for solving the problem then be able to proceed to code that logic as a program written in Java How to test document and prepare a professional looking package for each business project using javadoc
Section ndash A Introduction to Java Features of Java difference between Java and C++ JVM Bytecode data types Wrapper types variables arrays operators-arithmetic bit-wise relational Boolean various control statements
Introduction to Classes Class fundamentals declaring objects methods constructors garbage collection passing parameters to methods recursion
Inheritance types of inheritance Access Modifiers (Private Public Protected Default) Polymorphism (Overloading Overriding Super amp This Keyword) Final Variable Final Classes amp Methods Static variable Static method Abstract methods and classes Packages and interfaces importing packages
Exception Handling Exception types try catch finally throw and throws creating exception subclasses
Section ndash BMultithreading Multithread programming thread priorities synchronization interthread communication Thread class methods runnable interface
IO InputOutput streams reading and writing console inputoutput reading and writing files
Applets and Graphics Applet fundamentals Applet class Applet init ialization and termination event handling keyboard and mouse events AWT class Layout managers panels canvases Frame windows drawing lines rectangles ell ipses
JDBC programming Commonly used classes and interfaces of javasql package connecting java application to a database prepared statements
Advance Concepts Introduction to Java Beans Java Swings Java Server Pages
Recommended Books
1 Dietel and Dietal Java How to Program 6th Edition Pearson Education 2 Herbert Schildt The Complete Reference Java2 TMH 3 James Edward Keogh Jim Keogh J2EE The complete Reference McGraw-Hill
P a g e 77 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 401 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrMICROWAVE ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilities in Microwave engineering through understanding of electromagnetic wave generation transmission and measurements theory and technology by study of microwave transmission medium media and microwave devices and components
Section ndash A
Microwave Tubes and Circuits High frequency limitations of conventional tubes klystrons ndash two cavity klystron multicavity klystron Reflex klystron Travelling wave magnetron - operation and characteristics Helix TWT construction operation and applications
Microwave Solid State Devices amp Their Applications Classification of Microwave Devices Diodes-PIN diode Tunnel Diode varactor and step recovery diodes Transferred Electron Devices- GUNN Diode Avalanche transit time effect- IMPATT Microwave Transistors and high electron mobility transistor-characteristics and performance
Section ndash B
Microwave Components Waveguide Microwave Junctions Scattering matrix and their properties Microwave T junctions ndash H Plane Tee E Plane Tee Magic Tee Rat Race Junction Directional coupler ndashscattering matrix of a directional coupler Waveguide joints bends corners re-entrant cavities Ferrite devices ndash faraday rotation in devices circulator amp isolator phase shifters and microwave attenuators
Microwave Measurements General measurement setup Microwave bench power measurement ndash low medium amp high Attenuation measurement Measurement of VSWR Smith Charts Measurement of Impedance Impedance matching-single and double stub tuners
Text Books
1 Microwave devices and circuits Samuel Liao PHI2 Microwave devices and radar Engg M Kulkarni Umesh Publications3 Foundation of Microwave Engg RE Collin McGraw Hill4 Microwave Engg KC Gupta
P a g e 78 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 416 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRADAR amp SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The objective of this course is to understand analysis of waveguides and gain complete knowledge about microwave components design of impedance matching and tuning using lumped and distributed elements for network to analyze and study characteristics of microwave tube generators and amplifiers and study different RADARs and its supporting systems The course will also provide an in-depth understanding of different concepts used in a satellite communication system like the tools necessary for the calculation of basic parameters in a satellite communication system knowledge about every aspect of satellite communication such as orbital mechanics launching techniques satellite link design earth station technology and different access system towards a satellite
Section ndash A Introduction To Radar Basic Radar Radar equation Radar Block diagram Radar frequencies applications of Radar detection of signals in noise receiver noise and Signal to Noise ratio Probability of detection and false Alarm integration of Radar pulses Radar cross section targets Radar cross section of Fluctuations Antenna parameters system losses
MTI and Doppler Radar Introduction to Doppler and MTI Radar Delay line cancellers Staggered Pulse repetition Frequencies Moving Target Detector Limitations of moving platform Pulse Doppler Radar tracking with Radar Monopulse Tracking Conical Scan and sequential Lobing Limitation to tracking accuracy Tracking in Range
Section ndash B
Orbital aspects of Satellite Communication Introduction to geo-synchronous and geo-stationary satellites Keplerrsquos laws Locating the satellite with respect to the earth sub-satellite point look angles mechanics of launching a synchronous satellite Orbital effects Indian scenario in communication satellites Satellite sub-systems Attitude and Orbit control systems Telemetry Tracking and command control system Power supply system Space craft antennas multiple access techniques comparison of FDMA TDMA CDMA
Satellite link design basic transmission theory system noise temperature and GT ratio design of down link and uplink design of satellite links for specified CN satellite data communication protocols
Text Books
1 Introduction to Radar system by Merrill l Skolnik 3rd Edition Mcgraw Hill 20032 Satellite Communication By T Pratt amp CW Bostain Wiely eastern 2002 2 n d edit ion3 Satellite Communication By Tri T Ha Tata Mcgraw Hill 2nd Edition 1990
P a g e 79 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 415 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart knowledge about advanced communication systems and related design parameters To inculcate ability in students to design wireless communication systems which can provide high data rate to a large number of users The main goal is to utilize the concepts of analogdigital modulation techniques and signal processing in transmission and reception of wireless signals under static and dynamic channels in the presence of noise
Section ndash A
Radio channels and coding Characteristics of Mobile Radio channels Channel capacity and Diversity Overview of STBCs and STTCs
OFDM Introduction Basic principle of OFDM Block diagram of OFDM OFDM standards Spectrum analysis of OFDM Capacity analysis of OFDM Multi-path effects on OFDM BER analysis of OFDM timing and frequency synchronization PAPR in OFDM and its effects mitigation of PAPR
Section ndash B
WiMAX and LTE Background of IEEE 80216 and WiMAX Features of WiMAX WiMAX Network Architecture WiMAX physical layer WiMAX MAC layer channel performance of WiMAX Overview of LTE SAEEPS Architecture of LTE Frame structure in LTE Applications of WiMAX and LTE
MIMO Introduction to MIMO MIMO Spatial Multiplexing MIMO Channel Capacity MIMO Diversity and applications MIMO-OFDM Channel estimation for MIMO-OFDM Multi-user MIMO systems
Text Books
1 Ezio Biglieri Robert Calderbank and Andrea Goldsmith ldquoMIMO Wireless Communicationsrdquo Cambridge University Press
2 Mohinder Jankiraman ldquoSpace-Time Codes and MIMO Systemsrdquo Artech House3 Jeffrey G Andrews Arunabha Ghosh and Rias Muhamed ldquoFundamentals of WiMAX - Understanding
Broadband Wireless Networkingrdquo Prentice Hall4 Abd-Elhamid M Taha and Hossam S Hassanein ldquoLTE LTE-Advanced and WiMAX - Towards IMT-
Advanced Networksrdquo John Wiley and Sons Ltd5 Ramjee Prasad ldquoOFDM for Wireless Communications Systemsrdquo Artech House
P a g e 80 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 407 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNANO ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the fundamentals of Nanotechnology To give a general introduction to different types of nanomaterials spintronic bio electronics molecular electronics organic electronics nano fabrication techniques surface analytical instrumentation techniques micro electro mechanical system (MEMS) and nano electro mechanical system (NEMS) To impart basic knowledge on nano fabrication and surface analytical instrumentation techniques To bring out the magnetic properties optical properties and applications of nano materials
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to Nano-scale Science and Nano-scale Technology Why nano science and nano technology Length energy and time scales Nano structure types and properties electronic and optical properties of materials sensors
Quantum wires and dots single electron effects and single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metall ic tunnel junctions Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy
Fabrication Nanomagnets and spintronics non-ideal interfaces and defects nano fabrication (Lithography Self-assembly Contact imprinting) molecular electronics Organic Electronics (Carbon Fullerness and nanotubes polymers)
Bio Electronics Introduction Binding of Organic semiconductors DNA computing
Section ndash B
Nano-Photonics Emitters Wave Guides Detectors Photonic Crystals
Surface Analytical Instrumentation Techniques for Nanotechnology Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy Low Energy Electron Diffraction (LEED) Scanning Probe Microscopy UV Photo electron spectroscopy (UPS)
Mems and Nems MicroElectro mechanical systems (MEMS) and Nano electro mechanical systems (NEMS) size dependent electronic magnetic and optical behavior of nano materials
Application Introduction to quantum methods of information processing Nano Particles and Environmental Hazardness Industrial applications of Nano Sized materials
TEXT BOOKS
1 Transport in Nanostructures- David Ferry Cambridge University Press20002 Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics - Y Imry Oxford University Press19973 Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems S Datta Cambridge University Press19954 Single Charge Tunneling H Grabert and M Devoret Plenum Press19925 Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining and Microfabrication - P Rai Choudhary SPIE1997
P a g e 81 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 408 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrBIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course will cover various systems of the human physiology signals of biological origin obtained from these systems biosensors transducers bioelectrodes used to acquire such signals and amplifiers for measuring biopotentials Electrical safety of medical devices measurements of the blood pressure blood flow respiratory system clinical laboratory equipment medical imaging and bioethics will also be discussed The main objective of this course is to introduce student to basic biomedical engineering technology As a result student can understand design and evaluate systems and devices that can measure test andor acquire biological information from the human body
Section ndash A
Human Body Subsystems Brief description of neuronal Muscular Cardiovascular and respiratory systems their electrical Mechanical and chemical activities
Transducers and Electrodes Principles and classification of transducers for bio-medical applications Electrode theory Different types of electrodes Selection criteria for transducers and electrodes
Cardiovascular System Measurements Measurement of blood pressure Blood flow Measurement of pH value of blood Cardiac rate Heart sounds Electrocardiograph Plethysmograph
Respiratory System Measurements Measurement of gas volume Flow rate Carbon-dioxide and oxygen concentration in exhaled air
Measurement of Electrical Activity in Neuromuscular System and Brain Neuron potential Muscle potential Electromyograph Brain potentials Electroencephalograph
Section ndash B
Medical Imaging Diagnostic X-rays CAT MRI Ultrasonography Medical use of isotopes Endoscopy
Patient Care Monitoring and Safety Measures Elements of intensive care monitoring Basic hospital systems and components Physiological effect of electric currents Shock hazards from electrical equipment Safety measures
Assisting and Therapeutic Devices Introduction to cardiac pacemakers Defibrillators Ventilators Diathermy
Bio-Telemetry and Lasers Physiological parameters adaptable to Bio-telemetry components of a bio telemetry system Application of telemetry in patient care Application of lasers to biomedical sciences
TEXT BOOKS
1 L Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement - Chromwell FJ Weibell EA Pfeiffer Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
2 Introduction to biomedical Equipment technology- Carr JJ and Brown JM Pearson Publishers Delhi3 Medical Instrumentation applications and design -J G Webster John Wiley Sons New York4 Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation- RS Khandpur Tata Mc Graw Hill New Delhi5 Principles of applied Biomedical Instrumentation -LG Geddes LE Baker John Wiley Sons New
York
P a g e 82 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 409 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The objective of this course is to learn the basic elements of optical fiber transmission l ink fiber glass modes configurations and structures to understand different kinds of losses signal attenuation in optical fibers amp other dispersion factor to learn various optical sources LEDLASER structures receivers (PIN APD) and noise performance Also this course will provide the understanding of optical network system components variety of networking aspects SONETSDH and study of network operations OTDM OTDN etc l ink budget amp network design and management At the end of the course students will be able to apply the fundamental principles of optics and light wave to design optical fiber communication systems differentiate losses in optical fiber link and state transmission characterist ics of optical fiber design optical fiber communication links using appropriate optical fibers light sources detectors explore concept of designing and operating principles of modern optical systems and networks apply different network access schemes and packet switching in OFC systems design and manage networks with appropriate consideration
Section ndash A
Optical Networking Optical networking principle and challenges WDM networking evolution WDM network construction wireless optical systems switching elements Optical Add-Drop Multiplexers Optical Cross-Connect Micro-Electro Mechanical Systems Nonreconfigurable Wavelength Router Reconfigurable Wavelength-Routing Switch Wavelength conversion technologies
Designing WDM Optical Networks Systems Consideration Channels Power Considerations All-optical Cycle of Elimination Additional Considerations Elements of Local-Area WDM Network Design WDM Wide-Area Network Design Issues WDM Metro Network Design Issues Optical Access Network Design Issues
SONET amp SDH evolution multiplexing structure frame structure envelopes functional components problem detection payload pointers VTs overhead bytes SONET amp SDH concatenation Architecture of optical transport networks Digital wrappers hierarchy OTN layer models
Section ndash B
Optical Access Networks Introduction Challenges in Access Networks Next-Generation Access Networks Overview of PON Technologies Optical SplittersCouplers PON Topologies Burst-Mode Transceivers Ethernet PON (EPON) Access Network Ethernet Gaining in Prominence Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation Algorithms Considerations for IP-based Services over EPON Other Types of PONS APONBPON Generalized naming Procedure PON WDM-PON Architectures
ATM vs IP in optical internets IP over ATM amp SONET OSI internet layered model Encapsulation amp its methods PPP packet ATM vs IP debate Optical Internets Evolution to 3G architecture
Text Books
1 Optical WDM Networks - Biswanath Mukherjee ndash Springer2 Optical Networks-Third Generation Transport Systems ndash Uyless Black Pearson
Education3 Optical Network Design and Implementation - Vivek Alwayn Pearson Education4 Understanding SONETSDH and ATM-communications networks for the next millennium by
Stamatious V Kartalopoulos Prentice - Hall India
P a g e 83 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 410 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL VLSI DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course is designed to give the student an understanding of the different design steps required to carry out a complete digital VLSI (Very-Large-Scale Integration) design in silicon It will explore the fundamental concepts and structures of designing digital VLSI systems include CMOS devices and circuits standard CMOS fabrication processes CMOS design rules static and dynamic logic structures interconnect analysis CMOS chip layout simulation and testing low power techniques design tools and methodologies VLSI architecture
Section ndash A
MOS Transistor Theory Evolution of ICs Masking sequence of NMOS and CMOS Structures Electrical Design Rules Stick Diagram Layout Design Introduction to MOS Physics MOSFET Work Function MOS Models MOSFET Structure and Operation Accumulation Depletion and Inversion region Weak and Strong Inversion Threshold voltage Current-Voltage characteristics Body effect MOSFET Scaling theory Limits of miniaturization small geometry effects Sub threshold conduction
Circuit Characterization Resistive Load amp Active Load MOS Inverters NMOS Inverters CMOS Inverters Static Characterist ics Switching Characteristics Interconnect Parasit ics Propagation Delay Static and Dynamic Power Dissipation Noise Margin Logic Threshold Voltage
Section ndash B
Combinational amp Sequential Circuits MOS Logic Circuits with Depletion NMOS loads CMOS Logic Circuits Complex logic circuits Pass Gate Transmission Gate Double Gate Transistor Behavior of Bistable elements SR Latch Circuit Clocked Latch and Flip-Flop Circuits CMOS D-Latch and Edge-triggered Flip-flop Subsystem Design- Adders shifters ALU High Performance Dynamic CMOS Circuits ROM Circuits Static and Dynamic RAM Circuits
VLSI Design Methodologies Semi-custom and Full-Custom Design including Cell Library and Gate Array Based Design FPGA BiCMOS Logic Circuits Design for Testability
TEXT BOOKS
1 Basic VLSI design systems and circuits- Pucknell DA and Eshraghian K PHI2 VLSI design techniques for analog and digital circuits ndash Geiger Rr Allen PE Strader NR
P a g e 84 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 412 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize with soft computing concepts Introduce the ideas of Neural networks fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human experience Familiarize the concepts of Genetic algorithm Apply the soft computing concepts to solve practical problems One will be able to design supervised and unsupervised learning models
Section ndash A
Introduction History of neural networks biological neurons Artificial Neural Net terminology Model of a neuron topology Types of activation functions learning types of learning-supervised unsupervised re-inforcement learning
Neural Learning Perceptrons linear separability Basic learning laws Hebbs rule Delta rule Widrow amp Hoff LMS learning rule correlation learning rule instar and outstar learning rules Supervised learning- Multilayer networks back propagation algorithm and its variations unsupervised learning- competit ive learning K-means clustering algorithm Self-organizing maps Basic Hopfield model
Section ndash B
Radial Basis Functions RBF neural networks Introduction to counter Propagation networks CMAC networks ART networks Broad application areas of neural networks- classification clustering pattern association function approximation
Fuzzy Logic Basic concepts of Fuzzy Logic Fuzziness vs probabili ty Crisp logic vs fuzzy logic Fuzzy sets and systems operations on sets fuzzy relations membership functions fuzzy rule generation variable inference techniques defuzzification techniques Fuzzy applications in consumer products
Text Books
1 Artificial Neural Networks -Yegna Narayanan2 Neural Networks - Simon Haykin 3 Fuzzy logic with engineering application - ROSS JT (Tata Mc)4 Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic - Bart Kosko 5 Neural computing theory amp practice - PD Wasserman (ANZA PUB)6 Introduction to applied Fuzzy Electronics - Ahmad M Ibrahim (PHI)7 Introduction to artificial neural systems - JM Zurada Jaico Pub8 An introduction to Fuzzy control D Driankor H Hellendorn M Reinfrank
P a g e 85 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 417 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRF SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To design and analyse basic resonators and RF Filters 2 To study the operation and device characteristics of RF Active components 3 To design and analyze RF transistor amplifier 4 To understand the operation of Oscillators and mixers used in RF design
Section ndash A
Introduction RF circuits Impedance matching and Quality factor Efficiency Amplifiers RF preamplifiers fi lters Frequency converters Mixers Radio receivers
Oscillators And PLL Relaxation oscil lators Series resonant oscillators Negative resonant oscillators Oscillator dynamics Stabili ty oscillator noise Design examples phase locked loops-loop dynamics analysis Frequency synthesizers
Amplifiers and Power Supplies Amplifier specifications-gain bandwidth and impedance stability Amplifier design Noise considerations class C class D amplifiers High power amplifiers Rectifiers Switching converters Boost and Buck circuits
Section ndash B
Couplers and Waveguide Circuits Directional coupling Hybrids Power combining transformer equivalent circuits Double tuned transformers Transformers with magnetic and iron cores Transmission l ines transformers Baluns Waveguides matching in wave guide circuits Waveguide junctions coaxial lines resistance impedance bridge standing waves
Modulation and Detection Circuits AM High level modulation Digital to analog modulation SSB Angle and frequency modulation Diode detectors FM demodulators-Design power detectors Measurement of power Voltage and Impedance Swept frequency impedance measurements
Text Books
1 Jon B Hagen Radio Frequency Electronics Cambridge university press Cambridge19962 James Hardy High Frequency Circuit Design Resto Publishing Co NewYork19793 Ian Hickman RF HandBook Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd Oxford19934 Ulrich L Rohde TTN Bucher Communication Receivers McGraw Hill New York19985 R Ludcoig RF Circuit Design Pearson Asia Education and P Bretchko New Delhi2000
P a g e 86 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 418 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE AND SPEECH PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 Give the students a general understanding of the fundamentals of digital image processing 2 Introduce the student to analytical tools which are currently used in digital image processing as applied to image information for human viewing 3 To learn the fundamental concepts of digital image processing 4 To study basic image processing operations 5 To understand image analysis algorithms 6 To expose students to current applications in the field of digital image processing 7 Develop the studentrsquos abili ty to apply these tools in the laboratory in image restoration enhancement and compression 8 Understand differences between computer vision and image processing
The main purpose of this course is to provide the learners with solid fundamental tools and experience on the applied technology in the array of speech processing It also gives the opportunity to deepen and widen the understanding of this topic through the study of speech characterist ics and its applications in various fields l ike coding The course is one of the interesting applications of signal processing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Image Processing Overview of Image processing image processing and related fields types of images fundamental steps in image processing Image processing applications Digital image representation and image formation sampling amp Quantization amp application of image Processing
Image Processing operations Basic relationships and distance metrics classification of image processing operations Image Enhancement by Point operation An overview of point Processing constant amp non-linear operations between image amp histogram techniques
Section ndash B
Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing Articulatory Phonetics ndash Production and Classification of Speech Sounds Acoustic Phonetics ndash Acoustics of speech production Review of Digital Signal Processing concepts Short-Time Fourier Transform Filter-Bank and LPC Methods A Review of Discrete-Time Signal amp Systems the Z-transform the DFT Fundamental of Digital Filters FIR system IIR Systems
Features Feature Extraction and Pattern Comparison Techniques Speech distortion measuresndash mathematical and perceptual ndash LogndashSpectral Distance Cepstral Distances Weighted Cepstral Distances and Filtering Likelihood Distortions
Text Books
1 Digital image processing by S Sridhar Oxford University Press2 Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang ldquoFundamentals of Speech Recognitionrdquo
Pearson Education 20033 Digital Image Processing by Rafael C Gonzale amp Richard E Woods Pearson Education Asia4 Fundamentals of digital image processing by AK Jain 1989 Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ5 Ben Gold and Nelson Morgan ldquoSpeech and Audio Signal Processing Processing and Perception of
Speech and Musicrdquo Wiley- India Edition 2006
P a g e 87 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 321 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To understand the basic architecture of optical fiber and related losses like absorption attenuation bending etc 2 To understand the architecture of optical transmitter and receiver for optical communication systems 3 After gone through the design consideration of optical communication the various modulation techniques and measurement techniques will be studied
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of fiber optic communications and its advantages
Review of LEDs and Lasers optical sources PIN and APD diodes optical detectorsOptical Fiber Waveguides amp Its Connections Introduction Ray theory transmission Electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation cylindrical fibers single mode fibers joints - fiber alignment splices connectors
Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers amp Cables Introduction Attenuation Material absorption losses Linear scattering losses Nonlinear scattering losses fiber bend loss Dispersion Intermodal dispersion Overall fiber dispersion Dispersion modified single-mode fibers Polarization
Section ndash B
Optical Fiber Systems Intensity modulationDirect Detection amp Coherent Introduction Optical transmitter circuit Optical receiver circuits system design considerations Digital systems Analog systems Advanced multiplexing strategies Coherent system constraints modulation formats Demodulation schemes Receiver sensitivities
Optical Fiber Measurements Introduction attenuation dispersion refractive index profile cutoff wavelength numerical aperture diameter mode field diameter and field measurements
Text Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash Djafar K Mynbev Lowell L Scheiner Pearson Education
Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill 4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications5 Optoelectronics Fiber optics and Lasers a Text-Lab Manual - Morris Tischler McGraw Hill 6 Related IEEE papers amp websites
P a g e 88 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 8th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
PRJ 451 Project Semester - One Semester Training in Industry 0 0 0 20
INDUSTIAL VISIT BY FACULTY COORDINATOR (150 MARKS) (within 10-12 weeks of commencement of training)
Presentation 60 MarksViva-voce 60 MarksReport (Hard Copy) 30 Marks
Evaluation by Faculty Coordinator in consultation with Industrial Coordinator during industrial visit
EVALUATION BY A TEAM OF FACULTY MEMBERS IN THE INSTITUTE (250 MARKS)(within one week of completion of training)
Presentation 100 MarksViva-voce 100 MarksFinal Report (Hard Copy) 50 Marks
The final presentation and viva-voce will be conducted jointly by the faculty coordinator nominee of the Head to be appointed by the Head of the DepartmentThe letter grade will be awarded to the students according to marks obtained by himher out of total 400 marks
PRJ 451 L T P CrPROJECT SEMESTER 0 0 0 20
Project Semester spans over a period of one Semester
The students shall undertake project (s) in Industry RampD or service organizations under the joint supervision of a faculty member and an executive from the organization The emphasis of the work undertaken is on problem identification and its techno-economic solution for the benefit of the host industry
The project must normally include identification of problem data collection analysis and generating solutions with cost and benefits and recommendations for their implementation If a single project is not available in the industry more than one projects might be undertaken
The evaluation of the project semester should be carried out on a continuous basis and must include the evaluation by faculty coordinator during his visit(s) to the concerned industries evaluation by faculty coordinator towards the completion of the semester and the final evaluation in the Institute by a committee of faculty members
P a g e 89 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
BAS 202 INT EXT L T P CrDISCRETE MATHEMATICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Throughout the course students will be expected to demonstrate their understanding of Discrete Mathematics Use mathematically correct terminology and notation Construct correct direct and indirect proofs Demonstrate different methods for Graphs Boolean Algebra and Switching Theory Apply logical reasoning to solve a variety of problems
Section ndash A
Relations and Functions Binary Relations Types of Relations Compositions and inverse of Relations Equivalence Relations and Partit ions Partial Ordering Relations Chains and Anti-chains Functions Injective Functions Surjective Functions Bijective Functions Sum and Product of Functions Inverse and Composition of Functions Inclusion and Exclusion Pigeon-hole Principle Linear Recurrence Relations with constant coefficients Homogeneous solutions Particular solutions Solution by Method of Generating Functions
Algebraic Structures Algebraic structures with one binary operation semi-group monoid and groups Cosets Lagrangersquos Theorem (only statement) Homomorphism of groups
Section ndash B
Introduction to Graphs Graphs and their basic terminology Multigraphs and Weighted Graphs Matrix representation of Graphs Paths and Circuits Shortest Paths in Weighted Graphs Dijkstrarsquos Algorithm Planar Graphs Eulerrsquos Theorem Eulerian Paths and Circuits Hamiltonian Paths and Circuits
Boolean Algebra Partially Ordered Set Lattices and Algebraic System Principle of Duality Distributive and Complemented Lattices Boolean Algebra Boolean Functions and Boolean Expressions Disjunctive and Conjunctive Normal Forms Applications of Boolean Algebra in Switching Theory Series and Parallel connections
Text Books
1 C L Liu Elements of Discrete Mathematics 2nd Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 20002 J P Tremblay and R P Manohar Discrete Mathematics with Applications to Computer Science Tata
McGraw-Hill 19973 K H Rosen Discrete Mathematics and its Applications 6th Ed Tata McGraw-Hill 2007
P a g e 8 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 251 INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC DEVICES LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Study of h-Parameters of CE transistor
2 Study of h-Parameters of CB transistor
3 Study of V-I characteristics of Photodiode
4 Study of V-I characteristics of photo transistor
5 Study of V-I characteristics of JFET
6 Study of VI characteristics of MOSFET
7 Study of Clipping amp clamping CKT using Diode
8 Study of V-I characteristics of SCR
9 Study of Diode as rectifier
10 Study of different filters
11 Study of V-I characteristics of DIAC
12 Study of V-I characteristics of TRIAC
13 Study the applications of Thyristor
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 9 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 259 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to illustrate the working of different iterative controls
2 Write a program to illustrate the use of conditional statements
3 Write a program to illustrate difference between call by reference and call by value
4 Write a program to illustrate use of classes and objects
5 Write a program to illustrate the use of constructors and destructors
6 Write a program to illustrate the use operator overloading
7 Write a program to illustrate the use of inheritance and type of inheritance
8 Write a program to illustrate the use virtual function
9 Write a program to illustrate the use runtime polymorphism
10 Write a program to illustrate the use of File Stream operation
11 Create a class Time with members hours minutes seconds Add two class objects and display time
12 Write a program to perform addition of two complex numbers using constructor overloading
13 Write a program to find the greatest of two given numbers in two different classes using friend
function
14 Implement a class String with the following
Overload + operator to carry out the concatenation of strings
Overload = operator to carry out string copy
Overload lt= operator to carry out the comparison of strings
Function to display the length of a string
Function tolower() to convert upper case letters to lower case
Function toupper() to convert lower case letters to upper case
15 Create a class called List with two pure virtual function store() to save a value and retrieve() to get a
saved value from the list Derive two classes Stack and Queue from it and override store and retrieve
16 Write a program to define the function template for calculating the square of given numbers with
different data types
17 Write a program to perform the deletion of white spaces such as horizontal tab vertical tab space
line feed new line and carriage return from a text file and store the result in another file
18 Write a program to raise an exception if any attempt is made to refer to an element whose index is
beyond the array size
P a g e 10 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 253 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to check whether a string is palindrome or not
2 Write a program to extract substring from given string
3 Write a program to implement stack using arrays
4 Write a program to implement queues using arrays
5 Write a program to sort a given list of numbers using following algorithm
Bubble sort
Insertion sort
Selection sort
Quick sort
Radix sort
6 Write a program to implement linear and binary search algorithm
7 Write a program to create a linked list and perform following operations
Insert element at beginning
Insert element at end
Insert element at given position
Delete element from beginning
Delete element at end
Delete element from given position
8 Take a list of numbers and create a sorted linked list from given list
9 Implement stack using linked representation
10 Implement queue using linked representation
P a g e 11 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P CrENVIRONMENTAL AND ROAD SAFETY AWARENESS 2 0 0 0
Time Allowed 3 hours Total Marks 100Total lectures 50 Pass marks 35
Instructionsa) The paper has been introduced from the session 2013-14b) The paper will be taught in the Second yearfourth Semester of all the UG Courses (BA BCom
BSc Law Engineering Commerce Agriculture etc) except LLB three year course and will be a qualifying paper only The marks of this paper will not be counted towards final score of the under graduate degree
c) This will cover only preliminary and basics of the subject and the paper will be set accordinglyd) The written paper will have two parts Each part of the paper will be of 50 marks and will contain ten
questions The candidates will attempt five questions out of each part The answer to each question should not exceed 500 words Each question will carry ten marks
Section ndash IUnit 1 The multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition scope and importance
Concept of Biosphere ndash Lithosphere Hydrosphere Atmosphere Need for public awareness (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 2 Natural Resources ndash Renewable and non-renewable resources Natural resources and associated problems
a) Forest resources use and over exploitation deforestation and its impactb) Water resources use and overutilization of surface and ground water and its impactc) Mineral resources use and effects on environment on over exploitationd) Food resources Effects modern agriculture fertilizer-pesticide problem water logging and
salinitye) Energy resources Growing energy needs renewable and non-renewable energy sources use of
alternate energy resourcesf) Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources for sustainable development
(7 lectures)Unit 3 Ecosystems
Ecosystem and its components Definition structure and function producer consumer and decomposer Types of Ecosystem (Introduction only) Food Chains food web and ecological pyramids (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 4 Biodiversity and conservation Introduction ndash Definition genetic species and ecosystem diversity value of biodiversity Hot spots of biodiversity Threats to biodiversity habitat loss poocting of wildlife man-wildlife conflicts Endangered and endemic species of India Conservation of Biodiversity (6 lectures)
Section ndash IIUnits 5 Environmental Pollution
Definition causes effects and control measures of a) Air pollutionb) Water pollutionc) Soil pollutiond) Marine pollutione) Noise pollutionf) Thermal pollutiong) Nuclear hazard
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution Solid waste management vermicomposting Disaster management Floods earthquake cyclone and landslides (7 lectures)
Unit 6 Social Issues and the Environment Urban problems related to energy Water conservation rain water harvesting water shed management Resettlement and rehabilitation of people its problems and concerns Climate changes global warming acid rain ozone layer depletion Consumerism and waste products Population explosion ndash Family welfare programme (6 lectures)
Unit 7 Introduction to Environmental Protection Laws in India
P a g e 12 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
Environmental Protection Act Air (Prevention and control of pollution) Act Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act Wild life Protection Act Forest Conservation Act Issues involved in the enforcement of environmental legislation (6 lectures)
Unit 8 Road safety Awareness Concept and significance of Road safety Traffic signs Traffic rules Traffic Offences and penalties How to obtain license Role of first aid in Road Safety (6 lectures)
P a g e 13 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 4th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2020-2021)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECE 209 Digital Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECE 210 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECM 205 Computer System Architecture 3 1 0 35
ECM 206 Operating System 3 1 0 35
ECE 213 Circuit Theory 3 1 0 35
ECE 214 Signals amp Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 254 Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 256 Operating System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 263 Circuit Theory Lab 0 0 2 10
Punjabi 3 0 0 0
21 6 6 33
Total contact hours 33
ECM 254 ECM 256 ECE 263 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
In addition to above mentioned subjects there will be an additional course on Punjabi as a qualifying subject
P a g e 14 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 209 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the student should be able to demonstrate the ability to use logic gates Basic Boolean laws minimization techniques for the designing of various combinational circuits The student should also be able to describe operation characterist ic equations excitation table of various flip flops and explain the conversion of flip flops Design and analyze sequential circuits from the basic building blocks and describe memories AD DA Converters Logic families and their characteristics
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of Number Systems Codes and Gates evaluating logic circuit outputs Implementing circuits from Boolean expressions Boolean theorems DeMorgans theorem universality of NAND and NOR gates IEEEANSI standard logic symbols
Combinational Logic Circuits Sum of product form Product of sum form Simplification of Boolean functions using algebraic and Karnaugh map methods Half adder Full adder half subtractor full subtractor circuits parity generator and checker circuits comparator circuit
Combinational Digital Circuit Design Multiplexer Demultiplexer Code converters Combinational logic circuits Some examples of Boolean gate ICs
Sequential Circuits RS JK D and T fl ip-flops circuits and their conversions Serial and parallel counters and shift registers Universal shift registers some examples of counter and shift register ICs
Section ndash B
Logic families and digital ICs Characterist ics of digital ICs Classification of different logic families TTL ECL MOS and CMOS their operation and specifications
Memories Semi-conductor memories ROM and RAM ROM using diodes BJTs and FETs RAM cell Memory organization and expansion An idea about other types of memories
Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Converters Variable register network R-2R DA converters DA accuracy and resolution AD converters Simultaneous conversion and counter method
Text Books
1 Digital Design by Morris Mano PHI 4th edition 2008 2 Digital principles and Applications by Malvino Leach TMH 2011 3 Digital System Principles and Applications by R J Tocci (PHI) 2009 4 Modern Digital Electronics by R P Jain TMH 2006 5 Digital Integrated Electronics by Taub Schilling TMH 2004
P a g e 15 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 210 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Through this course the students will acquire knowledge of -The behavior of BJTs at high frequency using pi-model -Develop the abili ty to analyze and design analog electronic circuits using discrete components-Concept of feedback used in amplifiers and its need -Working of power amplifiers power amplifier circuits tuned amplifiers Oscillators compare experimental results in the laboratory with theoretical analysis
Section ndash A
High Frequency Transistor The high frequency T model CB short circuit current frequency response Alpha cut-off frequency CE short circuit current frequency response Hybrid pi CE transistor model hybrid pi conductance in terms of low frequency h ndash parameters CE short circuit current gain obtained with hybrid pi model current gain with resistive load
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Power Amplifiers Class A large signal amplifier second and higher harmonic distortion transformer coupled amplifiers Efficiency of amplifiers Push-pull amplifiers (class A amp class B)
Tuned Amplifiers Single tuned capacitively coupled amplifier amp its steady state response Determination of Gain Bandwidth product Tapped tuned Inductively coupled single tuned circuit Double tuned circuits
Oscillators Condition for sustained oscillation R-C phase shift Hartley Colpitts Crystal and Wien Bridge Oscillators
Text Books
1 Electronics Devices by Robert Boylsted Tata McGraw Hill publications2 Electronic Devices and circuits MC-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition by Millman amp Halkias3 Malvino Electronic Principles Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
Reference Books
1 Integrated Electronics by Millman amp Halkias Mc-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition2 Electronic Devices and Circuits S Salivahanan etal Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi3 Electron Devices by Floyd Pearson Asia 5th Edition 20014 Liner Integrated circuits by Gayekward5 Engineering Electronics by Alley amp Attwood6 Burns and Bond Principles of Electronic Circuits PWS Publishing Company Boston
P a g e 16 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 205 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a digital computer To discuss in detail the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms amp implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition subtraction multiplication amp division To study the different ways of communicating with IO devices and standard IO interfaces To study the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory
Section ndash A
Introduction Design of basic computer Registers Accumulator Flags Program Counter Stack Pointer Machine Instructions Instruction Cycle Machine Cycle Components of CPU
Register Transfer and Micro operations Register transfer Language Register transfer Bus amp memory transfer Logic micro operations Shift micro operation
Controller Design Hardwired and Micro programmed Approach
Micro program Control Organization Control Memory Address Sequencing Micro program Sequences Microinstruction Formats and Addressing modes
Arithmetic Unit Comparison and Subtraction of unsigned Binary Numbers Addition Subtraction Multiplication Algorithm
Section ndash B
Memory System Memory CPU interaction Principle of locality (Temporal and Spatial)
Memory Organization Interleaved Memory Organization Memory Hierarchy Main Memory Virtual Memory Cache Memory Cache Organization (Direct Fully Associative Set Associative) Cache Coherence Memory Management Hardware Performance Considerations
Input-Output Organization IO interfaces and Buses IO operations Program driven Input- Output Interrupt driven Input-Output DMA Priority Interrupt
Pipeline Processing Overview of Pipelining Types of Pipelining Hazards (Data Control Structural)
Computer Peripherals and Interfaces Introduction to IO buses ISA PCI SCSI EISA Local bus VESA Local bus PCI bus PCI Express Accelerated graphics port bus
Text Books
1 Computer System Architecture MM Mano Prentice Hall of India2 Structured Computer Organization Andrew S Tanenbaum Prentice Hall of India3 JP Hayes Computer Systeui Architecture Prentice Hall of India New Delhi4 Ali leigh System Architecture South Wester publishing co New Delhi5 William Stallings ldquoComputer Organization and Architecture ndash Designing for Performancerdquo 6th Edition
Pearson Education 2003
P a g e 17 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 206 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn the fundamentals of Operating Systems To learn the mechanisms of OS to handle processes and threads and their communication To learn the mechanisms involved in memory management in contemporary OS To gain knowledge on distributed operating system concepts that includes architecture Mutual exclusion algorithms deadlock detection algorithms and agreement protocols To know the components and management aspects of concurrency management To learn programmatically to implement simple OS mechanisms
Section ndash A
Basic Functions and Concepts of Operating Systems Concept of an operating system batch system Multi-programmed Time sharing Personal Computer System Parallel system Real time system Network Operating System and Distributed Operating System
Features and Objective of Operating Systems System components operating system services System calls System Programmers System Structure Simple Structure Layered Approach Microkernel
Process Management Concept of process process states process control block Process Scheduling Scheduling Queues Schedulers and Context Switch operations on processes CPU scheduling Algorithms FCFS SJF RR and priority Multilevel queue scheduling Multilevelfeedback queue scheduling
Deadlocks Introduction to deadlocks Necessary Conditions for deadlock Resource allocation graph Deadlock Prevention Deadlock Avoidance Safe state Resource-Allocation-Graph Algorithm Bankers Algorithm Deadlock Detection Recovery from Deadlock
Section ndash B
Memory Management Logical and physical address space Swapping Contiguous memory Allocation Memory Protection Memory Allocation Fragmentation paging basic method Protection and shared pages segmentation basic method hardware Protection and sharing virtual memory Demand Paging Page Replacement Algorithms ((FIFO Optimal LRU LRU Approximation page replacement) Allocation of Frames Thrashing
Information Management Files - file concept file types File attributes fi le operations access methods allocation methods (contiguous l inked indexed) directory structure free-space management (bit vector linked list grouping counting)
Disk Management Disk structure Disk Scheduling (FCFS SSTF SCAN C-SCAN LOOK) Disk Management (Disk Formatting Boot Block Bad Blocks) Swap Space Management Swap Space Use Swap Space Location
Case Studies Brief introduction of Windows UNIX and LINUX
Text Books
1 Operating System (Sixth Edition) 2005 Galvin Silberschatz Addison Wesley Publishing Ltd2 Flynn Understanding operating Systems Cengage Learning (Thomson)3 DM Dhamdhere Operating System r A Concept Based Approach Tata Me Graw- Hill4 Operating Systems Design and Implementation Andrew S Tanembaum PHI (Latest Edition)
P a g e 18 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 213 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The study of electrical circuits takes off from principles of AC and DC theory and introduces the student to parameters and characteristics of various networks The aim of the subject to understand the different types of circuits and their analysis based on network theorems and to determine the current voltage and power in the circuit The students will be able to analyze two port networks stability of a circuit and to find time response of the circuit The circuits are designed using Foster and Cauer forms The knowledge of Laplaces transform and Inverse will help students to work in multi-disciplinary fields of electronics engineering
Section ndash A
Network Theorems and Two Port Network Descriptions Thevenins theorem as applied to ac circuits Nortons theorem as applied to AC circuits Superposition theorem as applied to ac circuits Maximum power transfer theorem as applied to AC Circuits Two port description in terms of open circuits impedance Parameters Short circuit admittance parameters Hybrid parameters and transmission Inter-connection of two port network Duality networks
Inductively Coupled Circuits Coefficient of coupling mutual inductance in loop and nodal equations
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Time Domain Analysis Unit functions-step impulse and ramp functions Laplaces transform and Inverse Solution of network problems using Laplace transform Solution of Transient and Steady state response of RL amp RC networks with different types of forcing functions Solutions of transient and steady state response of series RLC circuit with step input
Network Synthesis Synthesis vs Analysis Elements of circuit synthesis Introduction and general considerations in network synthesis Purpose and scope of network synthesis
Positive Real Functions Definition Necessary and Sufficient conditions for a function to be positive real testing of driving point functions for positive realness
Foster amp Cauer Forms Foster and Cauer Forms realization in terms of RC RL and LC networks
Text Books
1 Sudhakar amp Shyammohan ldquoCircuits amp Networksrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 Joseph Administer ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo S Chand Series3 Abhijit Chakarbarti ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo Dhanpat Rai amp Sons New Delhi4 Vanvalkenberg ldquoNetwork Analysisrdquo Prentice Hall5 D Roy Choudhary ldquoNetworks amp Systemsrdquo New Age International New Delhi6 Vanvalkenberg ME ldquoNetworks Analysisrdquo P rentice Hall of India (2007) 3rded7 Arshad M ldquoNetwork Analysis and Synthesisrdquo Laxmi Publications (2008) 2nded
Reference Books
1 Franklin F Kuo Network Analysis and Synthesis John Wiley (2003) 2nd ed2 Anderson BDOVongpanitlerd S Network Analysis and Synthesis Dover Publications (2006) 3rd ed3 Charles A Desoer Ernest S Kuh ldquoBasic Circuit Theoryrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company4 William H Hayt Jr Jack E Kemmerly ldquoEngineering Circuit Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company
P a g e 19 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 20 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 214 INT EXT L T P CrSIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The aim of this subject is to develop analytical capability of students by which they would be able to handle real time signal processing related problems and projects The understanding of various transforms will help the students to analyze the problems in both time and frequency domain
Section ndash A
Representation of Signal and Systems Classifications of signals Linear time invariant systems Representation of signals in terms of impulses Discrete time LTI systems continuous t ime LTI systems Properties of LTI systems Systems described by differential and difference equations
Section ndash B
Fourier analysis Signal representation using Fourier series Representation of periodic signals Continuous and discrete time Fourier series Exponential Fourier series Properties of Fourier series Convergence of Fourier series Continuous and Discrete time Fourier transform Properties of Fourier transform Analysis of discrete time signals and systems Correlation Autocorrelation
Random Signals Probability Random variables Probabili ty density and distribution functions Moments of random variables Random processes Transmission of signals through LTI systems Gaussian Process Central Limit Theorem
Text Books
1 Oppenheim Willisky and Nawab Signals amp Systems Tata Mcgraw HillNew Delhi2 Simon Haykin and Barry Van Been ldquoCommunications System Wiley 3 Eastern USA4 BPLathi ldquoCommunication Systems Oxford Press USA5 A Papouils Random Variables amp Stochastic Process Mcgraw Hill USA
Reference Books
1 Charles L Philips John M Parr Eve A Riskin ldquoSignals Systems and Transformrdquo Prentice Hall Third Edition 2003
P a g e 21 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 254 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To plot frequency response characteristics of a RC Single stage RC coupled Amplifier
2 To determine the voltage gain of a two stage RC coupled amplifiers
3 To plot frequency response characteristics of Transformer coupled amplifier
4 To plot frequency response of a tuned voltage amplifier and to calculate its resonant frequency
5 To find voltage gain of an emitter follower and find its operating point
6 To study Wein Bridge Oscillator
7 To study Phase Shift Oscillator
8 To study OP-Amp as Differentiator amp Integrator
9 To study diode as a biased and unbiased clipper
10 To study Astable Multivibrator using Transistors
11 To study Bistable Multivibrator using Transistors
12 To study OP-Amp as an inverting and non-inverting amplifier
13 To study OP-Amp as summing and average amplifier
14 To study the frequency response of audio amplifier
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 22 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 256 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
HARDWARE LAB
1 Identification of Motherboard Processor System buses Power supplies Memories
2 PC assembling
SOFTWARE LAB
1 Familiarization of UNIXLINUX Environment
2 Installation and Administration of UNIXLINUX operating system
3 Implementation of common commands of UNIX operating systems
4 Shell programming and its features
5 Implementation of programs using shell scripts
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 23 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 263 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 24 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P Crਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ 3 0 0 0
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪਜਾਬੀਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਸਿਵਖ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਕਲਾਈਫਾਈਗ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਵਜ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ
ਉਦਸ਼ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ 13ਾਸਿਤ ਅਤ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣਾ ਮਖ ਰਪ ਸਿਵਚ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਬਲਣ ਪੜਹਨ ਦੀਆ 13ਮਸਿ13ਆਵਾ ਨ ਦਰ ਕਰਨ ਦ ਨਾਲndashਨਾਲ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਨਸਿਤਕ ਕਦਰਾ ndashਕੀਮਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣ ਦਾ ਉਪਰਾਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ
1 ਪਜਾਬੀ ਦੀ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ(ਮਖ 13ਪਾਦਕ ਬਲਦਵ ਸਿ13 ਘ ਚੀਮਾ ਪਰਕਾਸ਼ਕ ਪਬਲੀਕਸ਼ਨ ਸਿਬਊਰ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਪਸਿਟਆਲਾ)ਭਾਗ ਪਲਿਹਲਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਾਲਿਹਤ
(ੳ) ਕਸਿਵਤਾ(ਅ) ਕਾਣੀ(ੲ) ਨਾਟਕ
ਭਾਗ ਦਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬ ਸਲਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਲਕਧਾਰਾਭਾਗ ਤੀਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਤ ਗਰਮਖੀ ਲਿਲਪੀ
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਸਿਤ ਨ ਭਾਗ ਨ ਪਰਤ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦ ਭਾਗਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਵ ਗਾ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਪਸਿਲਾ ਭਾਗ
ਪ 13ਤਕ ਦ ਪਸਿਲ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 36 ਅਕ ਨ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਦਜਾ ਭਾਗ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦ ਜ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 24 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਅਤ ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਦ 12ndash12 ਅਕ ਣਗ
(1) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਪਲਿਹਲ ਭਾਗ ਦ ਲਿਤ ਨ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ਅਤ ੲ ਹਨ ਇਨਹਾ ਲਿਤ ਨਾ ਉਪndashਭਾਗਾ ਲਿਵਚ ਹਠ ਲਿਲਖ ਅਨਸਾਰ ਸਆਲ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ
(ੳ) ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਕਲ 12 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਐਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਣਗ ਅਕ 12x1 = 12
(ਅ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਲਘ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 3ndash3 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ ਉਤਰ ਪਜ ਲਾਈਨਾ ਤ ਵਧ ਨਾ ਵ ਅਕ 3x3 = 9x2 =18
(ੲ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਖ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ ਅਕ 1x6 = 6
(2) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਲਿਵਚ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਇਸ ਪਰਕਾਰ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ(ੳ) ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਔਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ
ਅਕ 8x1 = 8(ਅ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਕਲ 5 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨ ਣਗ ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ
ਨ ਅਕ 5x2 = 10(ੲ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ
ਅਕ 6x1 = 6ਨਟ ਮਲਿਖਕ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ ਤ ਹੀ ਆਧਾਲਿਰਤ ਹਵ ਗੀ ਇਸਦੀ ਲਿਵਧੀ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਹਵ ਗੀ
P a g e 25 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ (ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ)ਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ
For Other State Students ofB Tech amp Six Year BTech-MBA Integrated Program Only
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 (ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ 60 ਅਕ) ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਵਲ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਨ ਦ13ਵੀ ਪਧਰ ਦੀ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਪਾ13 ਨੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਦੀ ਲਈ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਲਬ13 ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਵਰਨਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲ ਕ ਮਾਤਰਾਵਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਵਾਕ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨ 13ਬ ਧੀ ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ ਉਦਸ਼ ਪਜਾਬ ਦ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਦ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਤ ਵਾਝ ਰਸਿ ਗਏ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾਉਣਾ ਅਤ ਬਾਰਲ 13ਸਿਬਆ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਇਕ ਨਵੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾ ਕ ਉਨਾ ਨ ਪਜਾਬ ਸਿਵਚ ਰਜ਼ਗਾਰ ਦ ਮਸਿਕਆ ਦ ਯਗ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ
ਭਾਗ ੳ
1) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਵਰਣਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲਖਣ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) ਅਖਰ ਸਿ13 ਸਿਖਆ ਤਰਤੀਬਵਾਰ ਤ ਭਲਾਵ ਅਖਰ(ਅ) ਅਖਰ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਖਰ ਰਪ ਤ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ
2) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਅਖਰ ਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਧਨੀਆ ਦਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) 13ਵਰ ਤ ਸਿਵਅਜਨ ਵਰਗੀਕਰਨ ਤ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਉਚਾਰਨ(ਅ) ਲਗਾ ndashਮਾਤਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
ਭਾਗ ਅ
1) ਸਿਲਪੀ ਦ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ(ੳ) ਪਰ ਤ ਅਧ ਅਖਰ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ਅ) 13ਵਰ 13ਚਕ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
2) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਣndashਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਫ਼ਤ ਦ ਸਿਦਨ(ਅ) ਮੀਸਿਨਆ ਦ ਨਾਮ(ੲ) ਰਗਾ ਦ ਨਾਮ(13) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਰਸ਼ਤਾndashਨਾਤਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ
ਭਾਗ ੲ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਜੜਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਦ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ(ਅ) ਸਿਤ ਨ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ
2) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਵਰਗਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀਆ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਨਾਵ ਪੜਨਾਵ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਸਿਕਸਿਰਆ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਆਸਿਦ)
ਭਾਗ ਸ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਅਗਤਰ ਸਿਪਛਤਰ 13ਮਾ13 ਦਰ ਕਤੀ)(ਅ) ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਵਾਕਸ਼ ਉਪndashਵਾਕ ਤ ਵਾਕ)
P a g e 26 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ
(1) 13ਲਬ13 ਦ ਚਾਰ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x5 = 20x 1 = 20(2) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 13ਖ ਪ ਉਤਰਾ ਵਾਲ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x 2 = 8x 2 = 16(3) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਵਰਣਾਤਮਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਵ ਗਾ 4x 1 = 4x 6 = 24
P a g e 27 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 5th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 301 Analog and Digital Communication Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 302 Web Programming amp Scripting 3 1 0 35
ECM 303 Mobile Application Development 3 1 0 35
ECM 304 Computer Networks 3 1 0 35
ECE 303 Microprocessor and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 351 Analog and Digital Communication Systems Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 353 Mobile Application Development Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 353 Microprocessor and Applications Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective ndash I 3 1 0 35
STG 351 Summer Training 60
Drug Abuse 3 0 0 00
21 6 6 30
Total contact hours 33
ECM 351 ECM 353 ECE 353 amp STG 351 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers Summer Training will be of 4-6 weeks duration in Industry or in- house Qualifying subject
Elective - I
1 ECE 305 ndash Linear Integrated Circuits amp Applications2 ECE 306 ndash Control Engineering 3 ECE 301 ndash Opto Electronics4 ECE 316 ndash HDL Based Digital Design5 ECE 318 ndash Communication Theory6 ECE 319 - Electronic Switching Circuits7 ECE 320 - Transmission Lines and Waveguides8 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 28 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 301 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is intended to understand all types of analog and digital modulation amp demodulation techniques and Recognize the importance of pre-emphasis and de-emphasis Focus will be on the fundamental system aspects of modern analog and digital communication System After successfully completing the course students will also be able to analyze the performance of a baseband and pass band digital communication system
Section-A
Amplitude Modulation (AM) Introduction Basic elements of communications Noise Need for modulation Expression for AM Double sideband suppressed carrier (DSB-SC) single sideband (SSB) and vestigial sideband (VSB)
AM Modulators and Demodulators Introduction with circuit diagram explanation of square law modulator and balanced modulator Fil tering method and Phasing method for generation of SSB Envelope detector and square law detector Working principles and block diagram explanations of super heterodyne receiver Specifications of receiver sensitivity selectivity fidelity signal to noise ratio and double spotting
Angle Modulation Introduction to Phase modulation (PM) and frequency modulation (FM) Relationship between PM and FM Expression of Phase and frequency modulation Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis circuits in FM Armstrong system of FM modulator slope detector balanced slope detector quadrature detector for FM demodulation FM stereo transmitter
Section-B
Pulse Modulation Introduction Sampling theorem and its applications Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) Pulse Time Modulation (PTM) Pulse code Modulation (PCM) quantization quantization error quantization noise companding Delta modulation Adaptive delta modulation Line Coding Schemes Introduction of line coding scheme ON-OFF signaling polar signaling bipolar amp split phase Manchester signaling and comparison among them Introduction to inter-symbol interference eye diagram Modulation Schemes Introduction generation reception spectrum and geometrical representation of BASK BFSK BPSK DPSKQPSK QAM and MSK techniques Use of signal space for calculation of error probabili ty for BPSK BFSK and QPSK Block diagram of digital communication system and functions of each block
TEXT BOOKS 1Electronic Communication Systems ndash George Kennedy and Bernard Davis TMH 2 Modern digital and analog Communication systems B P Lathi Oxford University Press 3 Communication Systems Harold PE Stern Samy and A Mahmond Pearson 4 Communication Systems Singh and Sapre Analog and digital TMH 5 Principles of Communication Systems ndash H Taub amp D Schilling Gautam Sahe TMH6 John Proakis ldquoDigital CommunicationsrdquoMcGrawHill7 Simon Haykin Digital communications John Wiley and sons8 Digital communication system by JSchitode
P a g e 29 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 302 INT EXT L T P CrWEB PROGRAMMING amp SCRIPTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Students are able to develop a dynamic webpage by the use of javascript and HTML Students will be able to know of CSS JQuery and AJAX
Section ndash A
HTML Tags Elements Attributes Headings Paragraphs Styles Formatting Quotations Comments Colors Hyperlinks Images Tables Lists Iframes Forms Form Elements Form Input Element types Canvas
CSS Inline amp External Anatomy of a CSS ruleset Measurement Units Colors Backgrounds Fonts Text Links Tables Borders Margins Lists Padding Dimensions Display Visibil ity Positioning Media Types Printing
Section ndash B
Javascript Syntax Variables Operators Data Types Number Boolean Strings Arrays Date Objects Functions Events If Else Switch Case While Loop For Loop For in RegExp HTML DOM Error Handling Dialog Boxes
Frameworks Introduction to jQuery Bootstrap JSON
Text Books
1 HTML5 for Web Designers by Jeremy Keith2 The Essential Guide to CSS and HTML Web Design by Craig Grannell3 JavaScript amp JQuery The Missing Manual by David McFarland
P a g e 30 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 303 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is related to the development of applications on mobile and wireless computing platforms Android will be used as a basis for teaching programming techniques and design patterns related to the development of standalone applications and mobile portals to enterprise systems Emphasis is placed on the processes tools and frameworks required to develop applications for current and emerging mobile computing devices Students will work at all stages of the software development life-cycle from inception through to implementation and testing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Android The Android Platform Android SDK Android App Resources Android App Manifest File Android App Permissions
Android Application Design Essentials Anatomy of an Android applications Android terminologies Application Context Activities Activity lifecycle Activity state changes Tasks and back stack Parcelables and bundles Fragments Services Intents
Section ndash B
Android User Interface Design Essentials User Interface Screen elements Designing User Interfaces with Layouts working with different types of resources
Android Architecture Components View Binding Data Binding LiveData ViewModel
WorkManager Room Persistence Library
Text Books
1 Lauren Darcey and Shane Conder ldquoAndroid Wireless Application Developmentrdquo Pearson Education 2nd ed (2011)
Reference Books
1 Reto Meier Professional Android 2 Application Developmentrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd2 Mark L Murphy Beginning Androidrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd
P a g e 31 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 304 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Build an understanding of the fundamental concepts of computer networking Familiarize the student with the basic taxonomy and terminology of the computer networking area Introduce the student to advanced networking concepts preparing the student for entry Advanced courses in computer networking Allow the student to gain expertise in some specific areas of networking such as the design and maintenance of individual networks
Section ndash A
Introduction history and development of computer networks Types of computer networks LAN MAN WAN broadcast and point to point networks Network topologies
Layered Architecture concept of layers protocols interfaces and services The OSI Reference Model The TCPIP Reference Model Comparison of OSI and TCPIP Models
Physical Layer Concept of Analog amp Digital Signal Bandwidth Transmission Impairments Attenuation Distortion Noise Data rate l imits Nyquist formula Shannon Formula
Switching Circuit Switching Message Switching and Packet Switching Comparison of Repeaters Hubs Switches
Transmission media Twisted Pair Co-axial Cables Fiber Optics Wireless Transmission Radio and Microwave and Infrared Transmission
Section ndash B
Data Link Layer Data l ink layer Design Issues Error Detection and Correction Elementary data link protocols An Unrestricted Simplex Protocol A Simplex Stop and Wait Protocol A Simplex Protocol for a Noisy Channel Sliding window protocols A One Bit Sliding Window Protocol A Protocol Using go back N A Protocol using Selective Repeat CSMA CSMACD Protocols
Network layer IP Addressing IPV4 header Fragmentation
Routing algorithms Shortest Path Routing Flooding Distance Vector Routing and Link State Routing Introduction to Congestion Congestion Control
Transport layer Introduction to Elements of Transport Protocols UDP TCP
Application layer Electronic-mail WWW Domain Name System SMTP HTTP
Text Books
1 A S Tannenbaum Computer Networks 3rd Edition Prentice-Hall2 D E Comer Internetworking with TCP-IP Principles Protocols and Architecture Vol I 2nd Edition
Prentice Hall 19913 D E Comer and D L Stevens Internetworking with TCP-IP Design Implementation and Internals
Vol II Prentice Hall 1990
P a g e 32 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 303 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To introduce 8085 architecture and programming in assembly language To introduce basic concepts of interfacing memory and peripheral devices to a microprocessor To introduce serial and parallel bus standards To introduce 8086 microprocessors To introduce various advanced processor architectures such as 80X86 Pentium and Multicore Processors
Section ndash A
Introduction Overview of architecture and instruction set of 8085 introduction to interfacing and inputoutput (IO) techniques Introduction to timing and control interrupts and programming of 8085Bus Contention amp solution
Interfacing Chips Block diagram and modes of operation of interfacing devices 81558156 and 83558755 multipurpose programmable devices 8279 programmable keyboarddisplay interface 8255A programmable peripheral interface 8253 programmable interval t imer 8259A programmable interrupt controller 8257 direct memory access(DMA) controller and 8251 USART
Section ndash B
Microprocessor Applications Interfacing of single and multiple digit seven-segment LED output display Interfacing of DAC (AD 558 AD 7522 amp DAC0800) and ADC (AD570 AD7574 and ADC0800) Applications like Temperature measurement and control water level indicator measurement and display of motor speed and traffic light control system
8086 Microprocessor Architecture memory segmentation parallel processing addressing modes instruction set and simple programming examples
Text Books
1 Ramesh S Gaonkar Microprocessor architecture Programming and applications with 8085 E Prentice Hall 2002
2 A Mathur Introduction to Micro Processor Tata-McGraw Hill3 Microprocessors and Digital systems by Douglas Hall Tata-McGraw Hill4 Fundamental of microprocessors and Micro Computers by B Ram Dhanpat Rai amp Sons5 Micro Processor 8086 by Gibson PHI
P a g e 33 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 351 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
17 To study line coding signals and its formats
18 To study Amplitude Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
19 To study Frequency Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
20 To study Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
21 To study Differential Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
22 To study Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
23 To study the sampling theorem amp reconstruction of signal
24 To study Delta Modulation amp Demodulation amp its characteristic
25 To study Adaptive Delta Modulation amp Demodulation
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 34 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 353 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Develop an Android application using various components fonts and colors
2 Develop an Android application that uses Layout Managers and event listeners
3 Develop an Android application for basic calculator
4 Develop an Android application to write data to the SD card
5 Develop an Android application that uses Fragments
6 Develop an Android application that uses Navigation component
7 Develop an Android application that uses GPS location information
8 Develop an Android application using various Firebase services
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 35 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 353 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To write and test a program for finding the largest and the smallest numbers out of the given list of
numbers
2 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in ascending order
3 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in descending order
4 Study of microprocessor-based temperature recording and monitoring system
5 Study of microprocessor-based Traffic Light Controller
6 Study of microprocessor-based DC Motor Controller
7 Study of microprocessor-based Stepper Motor Interface Card and Controller
8 Study of interfacing of ADC with microprocessor
9 Study of interfacing of DAC with microprocessor
10 To write and test different programs involving the use of interrupts subroutines Flags etc
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 36 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 305 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrLINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives This course introduces theoretical and circuit aspects of operational amplifier which is backbone for the basics of l inear Integrated circuits and its various applications and introduce some special function ICs
Section ndash A
Operational Amplifiers Differential Amplifier ndash Transfer characteristics CMRR PSRR current mirror voltage references internal structure of Op-amp Ideal Op-amp Characteristics Inverting and non-inverting Op-amp offset error voltages and currents slew rate characterization of Op-amp parameters Op-amp internal design starting from basic differential amplifier
Negative Feedback In Op-Amps Block diagram representation of feedback configurations Voltage-series feedback Amplifier Voltage shunt feedback amplifier Differential amplifiers with one op-amp two op-amps and three op-ampsFREQUENCY RESPONSE OF AN OP-AMP Frequency response Compensating Networks Frequency response of internally compensated Op-Amps Frequency response of Non compensated Op-amps Closed loop frequency response Slew rate causes of slew rate and its effect on applications
Section ndash B
Analog Systems with Operational Amplifier as A Building Block Basic applications ndash Inverter scale changer adder voltage to current current to voltage converter voltage follower Bridge amplifier Instrumentation amplifier Analog Integrator and Differentiator Logarithmic amplifier anti-log amplifierComparator amp other applications Comparator comparator characteristics limitation of Op-amp as comparator voltage limiters zero crossing detector timing mark generator precision rectifier average detector peak detector window detector voltage to frequency amp frequency to voltage converters
Specialized IC Applications Active filters First order low pass Butterworth Filter Second order low pass Butterworth Filter First order high pass Butterworth Filter Second Order High pass Butterworth Filter higher order filters Design of active filters Band Pass filters ndash wide band amp narrow band Band reject filters ndash wide band amp narrow band all pass filters 555 timer and its use as bistable monostable amp astable multivibrator Schmitt trigger Phase locked loop 565 applications frequency synthesizers and current differencing (Norton) amplifier
Reference Books
1 Op-Amp amp Linear Integrated Circuits- R A Gayakwad 4th Edition Pearson 20022 Operational Amplifier amp Linear integrated circuits- R F Coughlin amp FF Driscoll -6 th Edition and
Pearson 20013 Design with Op-Amps amp Analog ICs -Sergio France 3rd Edition McGraw Hill Hirher Education4 Linear Integrated Circuits- D Roy Choudhry New Age International Limited Publication
P a g e 37 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 306 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCONTROL ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To provide sound knowledge in the concepts of l inear control theory and design of control systems Further aims are - To develop mathematical model for electrical and mechanical systems - To understand the use of transfer function models in physical systems and simplification -To provide adequate knowledge in the time and frequency response of systems and steady state error analysis -To learn the importance of controllers and effect of different controllers to accord basic knowledge of stabili ty and various techniques to calculate stability -To introduce state space representation for different models -To study the basics of compensation and different types
Section ndash A
Basic Concepts Classification Open loop control system closed loop systems linear and non-linear systems time variant amp invariant systems Relative merits and demerits of open and closed loop systems Servomechanism
Mathematical Modeling Transfer function Mathematical modeling of electrical mechanical systems Analogies Block diagrams and signal flow graphs and their use in determining transfer function
Analysis Time and frequency domain analysis Transient and frequency response of first and second order systems Correlation ship between time and frequency domain specifications Steady-state errors and error constants Concepts and applications of P PD PI and PID types of control
Section ndash B
Stability Definit ion pole and Zero concept Routh-Hurwitz cri terion Root locus techniques Nyquist criterion Bode plots Relative stability Gain margin and phase margins
State Space Analysis Concepts of state State variables and state models State space equations Transfer function Transfer model State space representation of dynamic systems State transit ion matrix Controllability and observability
Compensation Necessity of compensation series and parallel compensations compensating networks
Reference Books
1 Modern Control Engg by K Ogata Prentice Hall New Delhi 19742 Control System Components by JF Gibsen Mcgraw Hill 19633 Automatic Control System by BC Kuo Prentice Hall 3rd Ed 19784 Control System Engineering by IJ Nagrath amp Gopal Wiley Eastern Ltd New Delhi5 DP Eckman Automatic process control6 Liptak ldquoHandbook of process controlrdquo
P a g e 38 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 301 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrOPTO-ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is to provide understanding of working principle performance analysis of various important components of fiber optical communication systems such as optical transmitter receiver optical amplifiers couplers split ters optical modulators etc When actual design of wavelength division multiplexed fiber optic communication systems will be done then working knowledge of Lasers LEDs photodiodes various types of optical amplifiers multiplexers fil ters etc will be beneficial The course is designed in a such way that the students learns the basic principle types of structures with their performances characterist ics of light sources (such as Lasers LEDs) optical detectors such as various types of photodiodes optical amplifiers multiplexers fi lters etc components of a wavelength division multiplexed optical communication systems At the end of course the student of must have thorough understanding of active and passive components of optical communication systems The course also provides basic knowledge of optical sensors which are used in optical instrumentation and many other applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of optoelectronics advantages applications-Network Military Civil industrial Sensors etc
Optoelectronic Sources Introduction Basic concepts Optical emission from semiconductor Semiconductor injection Laser amp its various structures injection laser characterist ics threshold condition wavelength tunable Lasers LED power and efficiency Heterojunction LED structure designs characterist ics Modulation response of an LED Source-Fiber coupling
Optoelectronic Detectors Introduction Device types basic principal of optoelectronic detection Absorption Quantum efficiency Responsivity wavelength cutoff Types of Photodiodes with and without internal gain Mid-infrared photodiode phototransistors Photo-conducting detectors Noise Considerations
Section ndash B
Passive Network Components amp Sensors Introduction CouplersSplit ters WDM multiplexers Demultiplexers Fil ters Isolators Circulators Attenuators Electro-optic Modulators Acousto-optic Modulators and their application areas
Optical Sensors classification-point distributed Intensity phase amp spectral Smart structures amp applications
Optical Amplifiers And Integrated Optics Introduction Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers (SOA) Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFA) Fiber Raman Amplifiers (FRA) Application areas of optical amplifiers Some integrated optical devices OEICs Optical bi-stability and digital optics Optical Computation
Reference Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash DK Mynbev LL Scheiner Pearson Education Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications
P a g e 39 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 316 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrHDL BASED DIGITAL DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of iterative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Introduction to HDL Design Flow Design Methodologies HDL History Capabilities Hardware Abstraction Basic Terminology Model Analysis Comparison between VHDL and Verilog
Basic VHDL Elements Identifiers Data Objects Data Types Operators
Behavioral Modeling Entity declaration architecture body Various Sequential Statements and Constructs multiple processes postponed processes
Dataflow Modeling Concurrent Signal Assignment Statements delta delay model multiple drivers block statement concurrent assertion statement
Structural Modeling Component Declaration component Instantiation resolving signal values
Section ndash B
Supporting Constructs Generics and Configuration Subprograms and Overloading Operator overloading Package declaration package body
Advanced Features Generate statements qualified expressions type conversions guarded signals attributes aggregate targets
Model Simulation Writing a Test Bench and Simulation for combinational circuits
Programmable Logic Devices (PLD) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) Basic Concepts Architecture and Usage
Text Books
a) A VHDL Primer ndash Jayaram Bhasker Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey b) VHDL Programming by Examples ndash Douglas L Perry Mc Graw Hill Fourth Editionc) FPGA based implementation of Signal Processing Systems RogerWoods John McAllister Dr Ying
Yi Gaye Lightbody Wileyd) Advanced FPGA Design ndash Architecture Implementation amp Optimization Steve Kilts
P a g e 40 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 318 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives After completing the course the student should be able to - Understand the basics of information theory and communication systems -understand the role of probability and statist ics in the analysis of communication systems -Solve problems related to channel capacity and spectral efficiency
Section ndash A
Introduction to information messages amp signals Classification of signals The discrete and continuous spectrum Power spectrum Energy density spectrum Dirac delta functions Sampling theory and approximations Convolution of signals LTI systems
Discrete probabili ty theory Continuous random variables Statist ically independent random variables Probability density functions of sums Transformation of density functions Ergodic Process Correlation functions Spectral density and White noise
Atmospheric Thermal Shot and Partition noise Noise figure and experimental determination of noise figure Shot noise in temperature limited diode and space charge limited diodes Pulse response and Digital noise
Section ndash B
Networks with random input Auto-correlations Spectral density and probabili ty density input-output relationships Optimum system and non-Linear systems Maximum criterion Equivalent noise bandwidth
Definit ion of information Units of information Entropy Uncertainty and information rate of communication Redundancy Relation between system capacity and information content of messages Shannonrsquos theorem Discrete noisy channel Channel capacity for different discrete channels
Text Books
1 Hancock JC ldquoAn Introduction to the Principles of Communication Theory Tata McGraw Hill 19612 Sharma Sanjay ldquoSignals and Systemsrdquo S K Kataria amp Sons 20093 Swartz Information Transmission Modulation amp Noiserdquo Mc Graw Hill4 Taub amp Schilling Principals of Communication System Mc Graw Hill5 Simon Haykin ldquoCommunication Systemsrdquo Wiley
Reference Books
1 Papoulis and S U Pillai ldquoProbability Random Variables and Stochastic Processesrdquo Tata McGraw Hill 2002
2 Claude E Shannon ldquoA Mathematical Theory of Communicationrdquo Bell System Technical Journal 27(3) 379-423
3 T Cover and J Thomas ldquoElements of Information Theoryrdquo Wiley 2006
P a g e 41 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 319 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC SWITCHING CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understanding of switching concept and different types of switching techniques Capabilit ies amp other details of finite state machines can be explored Will boost the knowledge of synchronous and asynchronous circuits design amp analysis Also explore the various types of Hazards
Section ndash A
Introduction to Sequential Circuits FlipndashFlops Flip-Flop conversions Classification of Sequential Circuits Registers and Counter circuits
Design amp Analysis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits Sequential circuits introductory examples Counters Finite state Machines Sequence Detector and Sequence Generator circuits Definite state model Basic definit ion Capabilit ies amp Limitation of finite state machines state equivalence amp machine minimization simplification of incompletely specified machines Extraction of maximum compatibles synthesis amp analysis of synchronous sequential circuits
Design amp Analysis of Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Introduction to asynchronous circuits t iming diagram state diagram amp flow tables fundamental mode circuits synthesis state assignment in asynchronous sequential circuits
Section ndash B
Hazards Introduction gate delays generation of spikes production of static hazards in combinational networks elimination of static hazards design of hazard free combinational networks hazard free asynchronous circuit design dynamic hazards essential hazards
Contact Networks amp Symmetric Networks Relay contents analysis amp Synthesis of contact Networks Properties of symmetric functions Synthesis ampidentification of symmetric functions Iterative Networks
Text Books
1 Switching and finite automata theory by ZVI Kohavi2 Logical design of switching circuits by Douglas Lewin 3 Logic Design by NN Biswas
P a g e 42 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 320 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrTRANSMISSION LINES AND WAVEGUIDES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the students should be able to familiarize with the new concepts towards propagation of signals through transmission lines and waveguides
Section ndash A
Classification of guided wave solutions-TE TM and TEM waves Field analysis transmission lines Rectangular and circular waveguides Excitation of waveguides Rectangular and circular cavity resonators
Transmission line equations Voltage and current waves Solutions for different terminations Transmission-line loading
Section ndash B
Impedance transformation and matching Smith Chart Quarter-wave and half-wave transformers Binomial and Tchebeyshev transformers Single double and triple stub matching
Microstriplines stripline slot lines coplanar waveguide and fin line Micro strip MIC design aspects Computer- aided analysis and synthesis
Text Books
1 DMPozar ldquoMicrowave Engineering (3e)rdquo Wiley 20042 JDRyder ldquoNetworks Lines and Fieldsrdquo PHI 20033 RECollin ldquoFoundations for Microwave Engineering (2e)rdquo McGraw-Hill 20024 SYLiao ldquoMicrowave Devices and Circuitsrdquo(3e) PHI 20055 J A Seeger ldquoMicrowave Theory Components and Devicesrdquo Prentice-Hall6 Jordan ldquoEM waves and Radiatingrdquo Prentice Hall7 GSN Raju ldquoElectromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Linesrdquo Pearson Education
P a g e 43 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
INT EXT L T P CrDRUG ABUSE PROBLEM MANAGEMENT AND PREVENTION 50 50 3 0 0 0
Note This is a compulsory qual i fying paper which the students have to study and quali fy during three years of their degree course
REGULAR STUDENTSMax Marks 70 Max Time 3hrsInternal Assessment 30Total Marks 100 Lectures per week 2
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERSThe question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have four quest ions from the respect ive sect ions of the syllabus Each question shal l carry 7 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 14 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any three quest ions f rom sect ion A and any three quest ions from sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
PRIVATE STUDENTSMax Marks 100 Max Time 3hrs
Lectures per week 2INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERS
The question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have three quest ions from the respective sect ions of the syl labus Each quest ion shal l car ry 15 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 20 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any two quest ions f rom sect ion A and any two quest ions f rom sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
SECTION AUNIT I ndash Problem of Drug Abuse Concept and Overview Types of Drug Often Abused
(a) Concept and OverviewWhat are drugs and what constitutes Drug Abuse Prevalence of menace of Drug Abuse How drug Abuse is different from Drug Dependence and Drug Addiction Physical and psychological dependence- concepts of drug tolerance
(b) Introduction to drugs of abuse Short Term Long term effects amp withdrawal symptoms Stimulants Amphetamines Cocaine NicotineDepressants Alcohol Barbiturates- Nembutal Seconal Phenobarbital Benzodiazepines ndashDiazepam Alprazolam FlunitrazepamNarcotics Opium morphine heroin Hallucinogens Cannabis amp derivatives (marijuana hashish hash oil)Steroids Inhalants
UNIT II ndashNature of the Problem Vulnerable Age Groups Signs and symptoms of Drug Abuse (a)- Physical indicators (b)- Academic indicators (c)- Behavioral and Psychological indicators
SECTION BUNIT III ndash Causes and Consequences of Drug Abuse
a) Causes Physiological Psychological Sociological b) Consequences of Drug Abuse For individuals For families For society amp Nation
Unit IV- Management amp Prevention of Drug AbuseManagement of Drug Abuse Prevention of Drug Abuse Role of Family School Media Legislat ion amp Deaddiction Centers
Suggested readings1 Kapoor T (1985) Drug Epidemic among Indian Youth New Delhi Mittal Pub2 Modi Ishwar and Modi Shalini (1997) Drugs Addiction and PreventionJaipur Rawat Publication3 Ahuja Ram(2003) Social Problems in India Rawat Publications Jaipur4 2003 National Household Survey of Alcohol and Drug Abuse New Delhi Clinical Epidemiological Unit All India
Institute of Medical Sciences 20045 World Drug Report 2011 United Nations Office of Drug and Crime6 World Drug Report 2010 United nations Office of Drug and Crime7 Extent Pattern and Trend of Drug Use in India Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment Government of India
20048 The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1985 (New Delhi Universal 2012)
Pedagogy of the Course WorkThe pedagogy of the course work wil l consist of the fol lowing 70 lectures ( including expert lectures) 30 assignments discussion and seminars and class tests Note A visi t to drug de-addiction centre could also be undertaken
P a g e 44 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 6th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 311 Artificial Intelligence and Machine learning 3 1 0 35
ECE 307 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 35
ECM 312 IoT and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 313 Database Management System 3 1 0 35
ECE 357 Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 363 Database Management System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 370 Minor Project 0 0 2 10
Elective-II 3 1 0 35
Elective-III 3 1 0 35
HSS 151 Communication skill Lab
18 6 6 25
Open elective
Total contact hours 32
ECE 357 ECM 363 ECM 370 and HSS 151 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
This is an optional course and student can opt any one elective subject from university Approved Open Elective Subject List with the consent of ACDHEADCourse Mentor
Elective - II
1 ECE 310 ndash Microelectronics 2 ECE 311 ndash Micro controller amp Applications3 ECE 312 ndash Information Theory amp Coding4 ECE 313 ndash Reliability Engineering5 ECE 315 - Modern Control System6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective - III
1 CPE 405 - Soft Computing Techniques2 CPE 406 - Digital Image Processing3 CPE 313 - System Simulation amp Modeling4 CPE 318 - Business Intelligence5 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 45 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 46 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 311 INT EXT L T P CrARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have an appreciation for and understanding of both the achievements of AI and the theory underlying those achievements To have an appreciation for the engineering issues underlying the design of AI systems To have a basic proficiency in a traditional AI language including an ability to write simple to intermediate programs and an ability to understand code written in that language To have a basic understanding of some of the more advanced topics of AI such as learning natural language processing agents and robotics expert systems and planning
Section ndash A
Artificial Intelligence Techniques levels of models understand the importance functions advantages as well as the limitations of art ificial intelligence Use of Artificial Intell igence and intell igent agents
State space search control strategies heuristic search problem characteristics production system characteristics Mapping between facts and representations approaches to knowledge representation semantic sets frame conceptual depending scripts predictive logic resolution in predicate logic
Section ndash B
Procedural Vs declarative knowledge matching conflict resolution Non-monotonic reasoning default reasoning statistical reasoning knowledge extraction Investigate the roles and development methods of artificial intell igence in decision making processes Neural network resources cognitive science role of neural network in computer science
Characteristics of AI language LISP-symbol manipulation- basic l isp function predicated condition recursion iteration Array-lambda functions input-output statements AI problems pattern recognition voice recognition Feature Extraction
Text Books
1 Artificial Intelligence by Rich and Kinght TMH2 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence by Charniak and Mcdermott Addison-Wesley 1985 3 Essentials of Artificial Intelligence by Ginsburg Morgan Kaufmann 1993 4 Artificial Intelligence by Winston 3rd Edition Addison Wesley 1992 5 Artificial Intelligence by Padhy Oxford Press
P a g e 47 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 307 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective DSP makes use of mathematical methods in order to handle and analyze the signals The use of such mathematical methods allows extracting information and even modifying the signal in order to use it as we desire DSP so widespread today and applied in everything around us At the end of course students may able to apply different operations of DSP such as filtering noise cancelling enhancing distorting smoothing in many application eg audio and speech processing sonar radar and other sensor array processing spectral statistical signal processing digital image processing signal processing for telecommunications control systems biomedical engineering seismology among others
Section ndash A
Z-Transform Introduction to signals and systems Z-transform pair properties of region of convergence (ROC) for the Z-transform properties of Z-transform analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Z-transforms System functions for interconnection of LTI systems Block diagram representation for causal LTI systems
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) Frequency domain sampling and reconstruction of discrete t ime signals DFT inverse DFT (IDFT) DFT as a linear transformation relationship of the DFT to other transforms properties of DFT use of DFT in l inear fil tering fil tering of long sequences frequency analysis of signals using DFT
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Direct computation of DFT divide and conquer approach to computation of the DFT radix-2 FFT algorithms use of FFT algorithm for efficient computation of the DFT of two real sequences and of the DFT of a 2N point real sequence
Section ndash B
Digital Filter Structures Introduction structures for FIR systems Direct form cascade form and latt ice structure structures for IIR systems Direct form cascade form parallel form and latt ice structures Fixed point representation of numbers errors resulting from rounding and truncation
Design of Digital Filters General considerations causali ty and its implications characterist ics of practical frequency selective fi lters design of symmetric linear phase FIR filters using rectangular Kaiser and Hamming window Design of digital IIR fil ters using impulse invariance transformation method amp bilinear transformation method
Text Books
1 Johan G Proakis and Dimitris G Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithms and Applicationsrdquo PHI
2 Oppenheim amp Schafer ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo PHI
P a g e 48 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 312 INT EXT L T P CrIOT AND APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Effective usage of IoT deployment for different sectors Developing and modifying code for various sensor-based applications using wireless sensor modules and working with variety of modules like environmental and security module Exploring the features of predictive data analytics for IoT applications Modular hands on training will enable participants to conduct IoT related activities in academic environment and init iate new projects in Industrial sectors
Section ndash A
Introduction to IoT Defining IoT Characteristics of IoT Physical design of IoT Logical design of IoT Functional blocks of IoT Communication models amp APIs
IoTamp M2M Machine to Machine Difference between IoT and M2M Software define network
Network and communication aspects Wireless medium access issues MAC protocol survey Survey routing protocols sensor deployment amp Node Discovery Data aggregation amp dissemination
Section ndash B
Applications of IoT Home automation Industry applications Surveillance applications other IOT applications
Challenges in IoT Design challenges Development challenges security challenges other challenges
Developing IoT Introduction to different IoT tools developing applications through IoT tools Implementing various IoT concepts
Text Books
1 SAMuel Greengard ldquothe Internet of Thingsrdquo2 Klaus Schweb ldquoThe Fourth Industrial revolutionrdquo3 CunoPfister ldquoGetting Started with Internet of Thingsrdquo4 Peter Wahel ldquoLearning Internet of Things
P a g e 49 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 313 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the different issues involved in the design and implementation of a database system To study the physical and logical database designs database modeling relational hierarchical and network models To understand and use data manipulation language to query update and manage a database To develop an understanding of essential DBMS concepts such as database security integrity concurrency To design and build a simple database system
Section ndash A
Introduction to Database Concepts Difference between Database and non-database system Data independence DBMS Architecture components of a database system Advantages and disadvantages of Database system Intended Uses of a DBMS Schemas and Instances Database Languages and Interfaces Classification of Database Management Systems
Data Models Relational Model Network Model Hierarchical Model ER Model Design issues Mapping constraints keys ER diagram weak entity sets extended ER features Design of an ER Database schema Reduction of an ER Schema to tables Comparison of Models
Query Processing Fundamental of Relational Algebra Tuple and Domain Relational Calculus
Relational Query Languages SQL Basic SQL Select Statements Table Creation and Management Create Alter Drop and Rename Constraints Primary key Foreign key Unique Not null and Check Data Manipulation Insert Update and Delete Restricting rows in Select using Where clause Comparison operators Logical Operators Order by clause
Section ndash B
Database Design Integrity Constraints Domain constraints Referential integrity enti ty integrity specify these constraints in SQL specification of Additional Constraints as assertions and triggers
Functional dependencies Functional dependencies Decomposition Normalization using FDrsquos MVDrsquos and JDrsquos Domain key normal form
Query Optimization Translating SQL Queries into Relational Algebra Notation for Query Trees and Query Graphs Heuristic Optimization of Query Trees Transformation Rules for Relational Algebra Operations Heuristic Algebraic Optimization Algorithm Converting Query Trees into Query Execution Plans Cost Components in Query Optimization Using cost estimates in query optimization
Joining Data from Multiple Tables Equi Non-Equi Self and Outer Joins Single-row and Group functions Sub-queries
Additional Database Object Sequences Synonyms and Views
Text Books1 Navathe and Elmasri Fundamentals of Database Systems Pearson education2 Korth and Silberschatz Abraham Database Concepts McGraw Hall 19913 An introduction to database system by CJ Date (Addison Welsey Publishing
house)4 Bipin Desai Database System TMG5 Prateek Bhatia Database Management system Kalayani Publishers
P a g e 50 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 357 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study of basic commands of MATLAB
2 Unit Ramp Unit Step Exponential and addition of two sinusoidal sequences
3 Convolution sum of discrete signals
4 Cross- correlation of two sequences
5 Frequency response of discrete system
6 DFT of the given sequence
7 Poles zeros and gain of transfer function
8 Magnitude amp phase of DFT
9 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of FIR Filter
10 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of IIR Filter
11 Analysis of FIR and IIR Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
12 Analysis of FFT Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 51 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 363 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Install procedure of the latest SQL Server edition
2 Write a query to create a table in SQL
3 Write a query to alter a table in SQL
4 Write a query to delete a table in SQL
5 Write a query to insert update and delete rows in a table in SQL
6 Write a query demonstrate the use of foreign keys in SQL
7 Write a query demonstrate various integrity constraints in SQL
8 Write a query demonstrate various joins in SQL
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 52 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 370 INT EXT L T P CrMINOR PROJECT 50 50 0 0 2 10
Electronic hardware andor software project Working model of hardware andor software project with real world usage according to recent trends in engineering
P a g e 53 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 151 INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Recognizing and articulating speech sounds mock dialogueconversation
2 Making an oral presentation class seminars paper reading
3 Participating in a group discussion
4 Holding a mock meeting
5 Developing skills related to Business Correspondence
6 Preparation for participating in a mock interview for a job etc
7 Developing skills for conducting a meeting attending telephonic calls
8 Listening to a recorded conversation and reviewingdiscussing its contents and style
P a g e 54 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 310 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Microelectronics is the branch of science that deals with microcircuits One most commonly used example of microcircuit is IC ie Integrated Circuits IC is a single substrate or chip on which active and passive components are fabricated the number of components which are fabricated on IC can give miniaturization of ICrsquoS This course provides a detailed fundamental analysis and discussion on various ICrsquos there fabrication steps and fabrication of BJTrsquos MOSFETS and CMOS This course than covers designing of layouts and stick diagram using NMOS PMOS and CMOS technology After successful completion of the device students will acquire a thorough understanding on the devices and be able to apply the knowledge to the development of new and novel devices for different applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Classification of integrated circuits (ICs) thick film thin film amp hybrid ICs Fabrication and component design resistor capacitors and inductors design and fabrication
Monolithic Techniques Process on sil icon crystals line growth refining substrate slicing polishing chemical vapor deposition thermal oxidation photolithography diffusion impurities diffusion system ion implantation metall ization isolation
Monolithic Components Bipolar IC process MOS IC process BJT construction diode instruction FET and MOS construction and resistors capacitors and inductors op-amp and voltage regulators design and fabrication
Section ndash B
LSI Circuits Brief introduction to LSI circuits realization of inter connection and realization of integrated elements
Basic VLSI Design Basic MOS transistor and working NMOS and CMOS fabrication thermal aspects MOS and VLSI some electrical properties of MOS design process circuit components system design and layout and scaling of MOS circuit some application of VLSI circuits like PLA
Text Books
1 SM Sze semiconductor device fundamentals Addison Wesley2 Howe R T and C G Sodini Microelectronics An Integrated Approach Upper Saddle River NJ
Prentice Hall 1996 ISBN 01358851833 N Weste and K Eshranghian Principles of CMOS VLSI Design Addison Wesley 19984 Jacob Backer Harry W Li and David E Boyce CMOS Circuit Design Layout and Simulation
Prentice Hall of India 1998 5 L Glaser and D Dobberpuhl The Design and Analysis of VLSI Circuitsrdquo Addison Wesley 19936 Fonstad C G Microelectronic Devices and Circuits New York NY McGraw-Hill 1994 ISBN
00702149647 Sedra A S and K C Smith Microelectronic Circuits 4th ed New York NY Oxford University
Press 1998 ISBN 01951166318 Pierret R F Semiconductor Device Fundamentals Upper Saddle River NJ Prentice Hall 1995 ISBN
0201543931
P a g e 55 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 311 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROCONTROLLER amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course provides ability to understand the basic concepts of microcontroller and its internal architecture The students would be able to learn the logic for assembly language programming It also provides the understanding about interfacing of input output devices with microcontroller So the overall objective of this subject is to make students aware of microcontrollers and their applications for serial parallel communication input output devices control and microcontroller-based projects
Section ndash A
Introduction 8051 Micro controller Comparison of Microprocessor and Microcontroller microcontroller and embedded processors processor Architecture - Harvard versus Princeton (Von Neumann) CISC versus RISC overview of 8051 families and other microcontrollers in use PIC ATMEL 8051 Pin description connections memory organization memory space of 8051 8051 flag bits and PSW register Register banks and stack
Instruction Familiarization Addressing modes and accessing memory using various addressing modes Arithmetic Logical jump loop and call instructions single bit instructions t ime delay generation amp calculation bit manipulation and programming Development system tools Data Types and directives 8051 assembly Language Programming Assembling an 8051 program
Section ndash B
Interrupt amp Embedded Device Programming Interrupts external amp internal hardware interrupts priority programmable IO Port Timercounter Serial Communication connection to RS 232
Real World Interfacing Interfacing of external memory RAM amp EPROM LCD ADC DAC sensors stepper motor and keyboard Interfacing to enhance 8051 capabili ties with 8255 amp Timer chips
Text Books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems -Ali Mazidi Pearson Education2 Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller -Myke Predko Tata Mc Graw Hill
Reference books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture Programming and appl -Kenneth Ayala Penram International2 Microcontrollers theory amp applications -Ajay V Deshmukh Mc Graw Hill
P a g e 56 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 312 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION THEORY AND CODING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Course will help to analyse error performance of a digital communication system in presence of noise and other interferences and it will help to improve the performance of the system The course will also build fundamental understanding of information theory and coding
Section ndash A
Discrete messages Concept of amount of information Average information and Entropy Information rate Coding to increase Average Information per bit Shannon s theorem Channel Capacity Gaussian channel Capacity Bandwidth-SN tradeoff use of orthogonal signals to attain Shannons limit Efficiency of Orthogonal signal transmission
Channel Coding bounds on communication Coding for Reliable Communication Parity check bit coding for Error detection Coding for Error Detection and Correction Linear Block Codes Cyclic Codes Golay Codes BCH codes Examples of algebraic codes Single Parity check bit code Repeated codes Hadaward code Hamming code
Section ndash B
Burst error correction introduction Block interleaving Convolution Interleaving Reed-Solo9mon (RS) code Concatenated codes Convolution Coding decoding of a Convolution Code Code tree decoding in the presence of noise sequential decoding State and Trellis diagram Viterbi algorithm
Probabili ty of Error of Convolution Codes Comparison of Error rates in Coded and Uncoded transmission Automatic-Repeat-Request (ARQ) Performance of ARQ Systems throughput of the stop amp wait ARQ throughput of Go-Back-N ARQ Selective Repeat ARQ Trellis decoded modulation
Text Books
1 Principles of communication systems by Taub amp Schilling Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing 2 Communication system engineering by Proakis TMH3 Digital Communications by Proakis TMH4 Introduction to the theory of error correcting codes Vera press 19925 Information theory amp reliable communication by Robert G Gallanger McGraw Hill 1992
P a g e 57 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 313 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrRELIABILITY ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Understanding of basic principles rather than lsquocook bookrsquo use of tables or handbooks Application to system requirements design manufacturing and testing with real-world examples
Section ndash A
Concept of Reliability Failures of systems and its modes Measure of Reliability Reliability function Hazard rate MTBF and their interrelations
Reliability Data and Analysis Data sources Data collection use of Reliability Data Reliability Analysis Performance Parameters calculation of failure rate Application of Weibull distribution
System Reliability and Modeling Series systems Parallel system series parallel systems Time dependence Reliability Determination stand-by systems r out of n Configurations Methods of tie set and cut sets of Or reliability evaluation simulation and Reliability prediction Monte Carlo method concepts of network topology Overall reliability evolution
Section ndash B
Maintainability and Availability Maintainability and its equation Factors affecting maintainability Measures of Maintainability Mean Down Time Availability Intrinsic availability equipment availability amp Mission availability Replacement processes and Policies
Life Testing of Equipment Non-destructive tests destruction tests and their Mathematic Modeling Quality and Reliability Measurement amp prediction of Human Reliability Reliability and safety safety margins in critical Devices case studies
Value Engineering Techniques in value Engineering Structure of value Engineering Reliability Management
Text Books
1 Reliability Engg By Govil2 Reliability Engg By Dr AK Aggarwal 19923 Related IEEEIEE publications
P a g e 58 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 315 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMODERN CONTROL SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Analyze dynamics of a linear system by State Space Representation Determine the stability of a linear system using pole-placement technique Design state observers Analyze basics of Non-linear control system Determine the stabili ty of Non-linear systems6 Realize the structure of a discrete time system and model i ts action mathematically
Section ndash A
Digital Control Introduction to digital control sampling Data reconstruction principles Pulse transfer functions Block diagram amp signal flow graph Digital Control Techniques- PID Deadbeat
Time domain analysis correlation between time response amp root location in S amp Z transform effect of pole-zero configuration in Z-plane on maximum overshoot amp peak time transient response
Stability in Z-plane using modified Routhrsquos criteria Jurys criteria
State Variable Analysis and Design Review of state space representation for l inear continuous time system solution of linear time invariant state equations controllabili ty and observability solution of state equation for discrete system state space analysis of discrete time systems pole placement Techniques
Section ndash B
Non-Linear Control System Introduction to non-linear feedback control system special features of linear system l imit cycle jump response sub harmonies etc describing function and phase plane techniques for analysis of non-linear system concept of local global asymptotic and total stability of non-linear system Liapunovs stability criterion
Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Basic Principles of Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Model Reference Adaptive Control Types of Learning-Supervised and Un-Supervised Learning Control Systems On-line and Off-line Learning Control Systems
Text Books
1 Katsuhiko Ogata Modern Control Engineering Prentice-Hall of India New Delhi 2 J Nagarath and M Gopal Control system Engineering New Age International (P) Ltd 3 Katsuhiko Ogata State Space Analysis of Control Systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 4 Benjamin C Kuo and Farid Golnaraghi Automatic Control Systems 8th Edition John Wiley amp Sons 5 H Khalil Nonlinear Control systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 6 Control System Engineering by Norman S Nise Wiley7 Modern Control System by RC Dorf RH Bishop Addision Wesley8 Digital Control amp State Variable Methods by M Gopal TMH9 Brogan W L Modern Control theory Prentice Hall International New Jersey
P a g e 59 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 405 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives It deals with Introduction and different architectures of neural network It deals with the Application of Neural Networks It deals with Genetic Algorithms and Hybrid Systems
Section ndash A
Introduction What is Soft Computing Difference between Hard and Soft computing Requirement of Soft computing Major Areas of Soft Computing Applications of Soft Computing
Neural Networks What is Neural Network Learning rules and various activation functions Single layer Perceptrons Back Propagation networks Architecture of Backpropagation (BP) Networks Backpropagation Learning Variation of Standard Back propagation Neural Network Introduction to Associative Memory Adaptive Resonance theory and Self Organizing Map Recent Applications
Section ndash B
Genetic Algorithm History of Genetic Algorithms (GA) Working Principle Various Encoding methods Fitness function GA Operators- Reproduction Crossover Mutation Convergence of GA Bit wise operation in GA Multi-level Optimization
GA based Backpropagation Networks GA based Weight Determination K - factor determination in Columns
Hybrid Systems Sequential Hybrid Systems Auxiliary Hybrid Systems Embedded Hybrid Systems Neuro-Fuzzy Hybrid Systems Neuro-Genetic Hybrid Systems Fuzzy-Genetic Hybrid Systems
Text Books
1 Rao Vallinu Band Rao Hayagriva Neural networks and fuzzy Logic second edition BPB Publication
2 Berkan C Riza Trubatch L Sheldon Fuzzy Systems design Principlea IEEE Press standard publishers
3 Freeman A James Skapura M David- neural networks algorithms applications and programming4 Soft Computing by Fred Aminzadel amp Jamshich Prentice Hall
P a g e 60 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 406 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understand what MFAs do and how they work Understand the fundamentals of diplomatic negotiations Understand bilateral and multi lateral diplomacy Understand subject-specific diplomacy Understand what makes a document a ldquotreatyrdquo Be aware of historical cases relevant to various diplomatic methods
Section ndash A
Introduction and Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image representation Fundamental steps in Image processing Elements of digital Image processing Sampling and quantization some basic relationships l ike neighborrsquos connectivity distance measure between pixels Image geometry
Image Transforms Discrete Fourier transform Some properties of two-dimensional Fourier transform Fast Fourier transform Inverse FFT
Image Enhancement Point Operations Histograms Spatial Domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement by point processing Spatial fil tering low pass filtering High pass fil tering Homomorphic fi ltering Color image processing Image Restoration Degradation model Algebraic approach to Restoration Inverse fi ltering Wiener fil ter Constrained least square restoration Interactive restoration Restoration in spatial domain
Section ndash B
Image Compression Coding Inter-pixel and Psycho visual redundancy Image Compression models Error free compression Lossy Compression Image Compression standards
Image Segmentation Detection of discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection Thresholding Region Orientation Segmentation Motion based segmentation
Representation and Description Representation schemes l ike chain coding Polygonal approximation Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary Description Regional descriptors Morphology
Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and pattern classes Decision Theoretic methods Structural methods Interpretation
Text Books
1 AK Jainrdquo Fundamentals of Digital Image Processingrdquo Pearson Education2 Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo AWL3 W K Prattrdquo Digital Image Processingrdquo4 Ramesh Jain Brian G Schunck ldquoMachine Visionrdquo TMH
P a g e 61 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 313 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSYSTEM SIMULATION amp MODELING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Systems modeling general systems theory Concept of simulation Simulation as a decision-making tool types of simulation Simulation Terminologies- Application areas ndash Model Classification ndashTypes of Simulation- Steps in a Simulation study- Concepts in Discrete Event Simulation - Simulation Examples
Statistical Models Concepts Discrete Distribution Continuous Distribution Poisson Process Empirical Distributions- Queueing Models ndash Characteristics Notation ndash Queueing Systems ndash Markovian Models- Properties of random numbers- Generation of Pseudo Random numbers- Techniques for generating random numbers-Testing random number generators- Generating Random-Variates- Inverse Transform technique ndash Acceptance- Rejection technique Composition amp Convolution Method
Section ndash B
Design of Simulation Experiments Problem formulation data collection and reduction time flow mechanism key variables logic flow chart starting condition run size experimental design consideration output analysis and interpretation validation input modeling Data collection Assessing sample independence Hypothesizing distribution family with data Parameter Estimation Goodness-of-fit tests Selecting input models in absence of data Output analysis for a Single system Terminating Simulations Steady state simulations
Development of simulation models using simulation language studied for systems like queuing systems Production systems Inventory systems maintenance and replacement systems and Investment analysis Simulation Tools ndash Model Input High level computer system simulation CPU ndashMemory Simulation Comparison of systems via simulation ndash Simulation Programming techniques - Development of Simulation models Simulation programming languages ndash simulation suitability with characterist ics Comparison and selection of simulation languages study of any one simulation language
Text Books
1 Jerry Banks and John Carson ldquoDiscrete Event System Simulationrdquo Fourth Edition PHI 20052 Geoffrey Gordon ldquoSystem Simulationrdquo Second Edition PHI 20063 Narsingh Deo ldquoSystem Simulation with Digital Computer ldquoPrentice Hall India 20014 Frank L Severance ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulationrdquo Wiley 20015 Jerry Banks ldquoHandbook of Simulation Principles Methodology Advances Applications and Practicerdquo
Wiley 1998
P a g e 62 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 318 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrBUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to digital data and its types ndash structured semi-structured and unstructured Introduction to OLTP and OLAP (MOLAP ROLAP HOLAP) BI Definitions amp Concepts BI Framework Data Warehousing concepts and its role in BI BI Infrastructure Components ndash BI Process BI Technology BI Roles amp Responsibili ties Business Applications of BI BI best practices
Basics of Data Integration (Extraction Transformation Loading) Concepts of data integration needs and advantages of using data integration introduction to common data integration approaches Meta data - types and sources Introduction to data quality data profiling concepts and applications introduction to ETL using Kettle
Section ndash B
Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling Introduction to data and dimension modeling multidimensional data model ER Modeling vs multi-dimensional modeling concepts of dimensions facts cubes attribute hierarchies star and snowflake schema introduction to business metrics and KPIs creating cubes using Microsoft Excel
Basics of Enterprise Reporting A typical enterprise Malcolm Baldrige - quality performance framework balanced scorecard enterprise dashboard balanced scorecard vs enterprise dashboard enterprise reporting using MS Access MS Excel best practices in the design of enterprise dashboards
Text Books
1 RN Prasad and Seema Acharya Fundamentals of Business Analytics Wiley India Ltd2 Mike Biere Business Intelligence for the Enterprise Prentice Hall Professional3 Teo Lachev Applied Microsoft Analysis Services 2005 And Microsoft Business Intelligence Platform
Prologika Press4 David Taniar Progressive methods in data warehousing and business intelligence concepts and
competitive analytics Idea Group Inc (IGI)5 Data warehousing the ultimate guide to building corporate business intelligence Birkhaumluser6 Mark Humphries Michael W Hawkins Michelle C Dy Data warehousing architecture and
implementation Prentice Hall Professional
P a g e 63 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 7th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 401 Cryptography and Network Security 3 1 0 35
ECE 413 Wireless amp Mobile Communications 3 1 0 35
ECM 402 Big Data amp Cloud Computing 3 1 0 35
ECE 304 Digital System Design 3 1 0 35
ECE 453 Wireless amp Mobile Communications Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 354 Digital Signal Design Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 453 Software Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective - IV 3 1 0 35
Elective ndash V 3 1 0 35
18 6 6 24
Total contact hours 30
ECE 453 ECE 354 amp ECM 453 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
Elective - IV
1 CPE 402 - Data Mining amp Warehousing2 CPE 403 - Information Security and Cyber Law3 CPE 308 - Computer Graphics4 CPE 409 - Advanced Computer Architecture5 CPE 304 - JAVA Programming6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective ndash V
1 ECE 401 - Microwave Engineering2 ECE 416 - Radar and Satellite Communication3 ECE 415 - Advanced Communication System4 ECE 407 - Nano Electronics5 ECE 408 - Biomedical Instrumentation6 ECE 409 - Optical Networks7 ECE 410 - Digital VLSI Design8 ECE 412 - Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic9 ECE 417 - RF System Design10 ECE 418 - Digital Image and Speech Processing11 ECE 321 ndash Optical Fiber Communications12 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
P a g e 64 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 65 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 401 INT EXT L T P CrCRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Conventional Encryption Introduction Conventional encryption model Steganography Data Encryption Standard block cipher Encryption algorithms confidentiality Key distribution
Public Key Encryption and Hashing Principles of public key cryptosystems RSA algorithm Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange Elliptic curve cryptology message authentication and Hash functions Hash and Mac algorithms Digital signatures
IP Security IP Security Overview IP security Architecture authentication Header Security payload security associations Key Management
Section ndash B
Web Security Web security requirement secure sockets layer transport layer security secure electronic transaction dual signature
Security System Intruders Viruses Worms firewall design Trusted systems antivirus techniques digital Immune systems
Text Books
1 William Stallings Cryptography and Network security 2nd ed Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
1999
2 Baldwin R and Rivest R The RC5 RC5-CBC RC5-CBC-Pad and RC5-CTS Algorithmsrdquo
October1996
P a g e 66 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 413 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Wireless communication has become a ubiquitous part of modern life from global cellular telephone systems to local and even personal area network The objective of the course is that students should be able to familiarize with the evolution and basics of wireless communication technology identify and explain various wireless systems design aspects of cellular systems radio propagation mechanism fading and upcoming wireless networks
Course Outcomes By the end of this course the students will be able to Explain the fundamental concepts of wireless communication systems Learn cellular system design basics and frequency management techniques Describe capacity increase mechanisms interference reduction strategies and long-distance propagation concepts Understand effects of fading voice coding techniques and signal processing in GSM network Update themselves with recent technology and happenings in the field of mobile technology
Section ndash A
Introduction History of wireless communication Future trends in cellular radio and personal communications Second generation (2G) cellular networks evolution to 25G wireless networks (HSCSD GPRS and EDGE for 25G GSM and IS-136 IS-95B for 25G CDMA) 3G Wireless Networks 3G W-CDMA (UMTS) 3G CDMA 2000 3G TD-SCDMA Wireless local loop (WLL) and LMDS WLANs Bluetooth and PANs
Cellular Concepts Introduction frequency reuse channel alignment strategies hand off strategies interference and system capacity Trunking and grade of service improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems using cell splitting sectoring cellular system design considerations
Mobile Radio Propagation Large scale path loss Introduction to radio wave propagation Free space propagation model Three basic propagation mechanism reflection ground reflection (two-ray) model Diffraction scattering shadow fading combined path loss and shadowing
Section ndash B
Small Scale Fading and Multipath Introduction small scale multipath propagation Impulse response of a multipath channel Factors influencing small scale fading parameters of mobile multipath channels (time dispersion coherence bandwidth doppler spread and coherence time) Types of small scale fading Rayleigh Rician and Nakagami fading distributions
Spread Spectrum Modulation Techniques Pseudo- noise (PN) sequences DS-SS FH-SS Block diagram of IS-95 forward link block diagram of IS-95 reverse link GSM (Architecture Channels and signal processing)
Current and upcoming Wireless Systems 4G LTE 5G Adhoc networks
Text Books
1 Mobile cellular Telecommunications William C Y Lee 2nd Edition McGraw Hill Latest edition
2 Wireless and Digital communications Dr Kamilo Feher 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
3 Wireless communication principal amppractice TS Rappaport 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
4 Wireless Communications- Andrea Goldsmith Cambridge University Press
P a g e 67 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 402 INT EXT L T P CrBIG DATA amp CLOUD COMPUTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn how to use Cloud Services To implement Virtualization To implement Task Scheduling algorithms Apply Map-Reduce concept to applications To build Private Cloud Broadly educate to know the impact of engineering on legal and societal issues involved
Section ndash A
Introduction Big Data and its importance Four Vrsquos Drivers for Big data Big data analytics Big data applications
Introduction to Hadoop Hadoop Eco System Moving Data in and out of Hadoop Understanding inputs and outputs of MapReduce
NoSQL Use of NoSQL Types of NoSQL databases Advantages of NoSQL SQL vs NoSQL
MongoDB Introduction to MongoDB key features Core Server tools MongoDB through the JavaScriptrsquos Shell Creating and Querying through Indexes Document-Oriented principles of schema design Constructing queries on Databases collections and documents MongoDB Query Language
Section ndash B
Recent trends in Computing Grid Computing Cluster Computing Distributed Computing Utility Computing Cloud computing
Cloud Computing Architecture Comparison with clientserver computing architecture Services provided at various levels Role of Networks in Cloud computing protocols used Role of Web services Service Models (XaaS) Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) Platform as a Service (PaaS) Software as a Service (SaaS) Public cloud Private cloud Hybrid cloud Community cloud
Cloud Security Infrastructure Security Network level security Host level security Application level security Data security and Storage Data privacy and security issues Jurisdictional issues raised by Data location Identity amp Access Management Access Control Trust Reputation Risk Authentication in cloud computing Client access in cloud Cloud contracting Model Commercial and business considerations
Text Books
1 Cloud Computing Bible Barrie Sosinsky Wiley-India 2010
2 Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms Editors Rajkumar Buyya James Broberg Andrzej M
Goscinski Wiley 2011
3 Cloud Computing Principles Systems and Applications Editors Nikos Antonopoulos Lee Gillam
Springer 2012
4 Cloud Security A Comprehensive Guide to Secure Cloud Computing Ronald L Krutz Russell Dean
Vines Wiley-India 2010
5 Boris lublinsky Kevin t Smith AlexeyYakubovich Professional Hadoop Solutions Wiley ISBN
9788126551071 2015
6 Chris EatonDirk derooset al Understanding Big data McGraw Hill 2012
7 BIG Data and Analytics Sima Acharya Subhashini Chhellappan Willey
P a g e 68 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 304 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of i terative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Review of Digital Electronics Concept MSI and LSI Circuits and Their Applications Arithmetic Circuits Comparators Multiplexers Code Converters XOR And AND-OR INVERTER Gates Wired Logic Bus Oriented Structures Tri-State Bus System Propagation Delay
Sequential Machines The Concept of Memory The Binary Cell The Cell and The Bouncing Switch Set Reset D Clocked T Clocked JK Flip Flop Design of Clock FF State Diagram Synchronous Analysis Process Design Steps for Traditional Synchronous Sequential Circuits State Reduction Design Steps for Next State Decoders Design of Out Put Decoders
Section ndash B
Multi Input System Controller Design System Controllers Design Phases and System Documentation Defining the System Timing and Frequency Considerations MDS Diagram State Assignment Next State Decoders and Its Maps Output Decoders ROM PLA And PAL Based Design
Asynchronous Finite State Machines Scope Asynchronous Analysis Design of Asynchronous Machines Cycle and Races Plotting and Reading the Excitation Map Hazards Essential Hazards Map Entered Variable MEV Approaches to Asynchronous Design Hazards in Circuit Developed by MEV Method
Text Books
1 Fletcher WI Engineering Approach to Digital Design Prentice Hall of India (2007) 4th ed2 Wakerly JF Digital Design Principles and Practices Prentice Hall of India (2013) 5th ed
Reference Books
1 Givone D D Digital Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill (2007) 2nd ed2 Tocci RJ Digital Systems Principles and Applications Prentice-Hall (2006) 10th ed3 Mano MM and Clitti M D Digital Design Prentice Hall (2001) 3rd ed
P a g e 69 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 453 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Note Do any Eight Experiments
I On Satellite Trainer Kit
1 Understanding the basic concepts of satellite Communication 2 Establish direct Communication link between uplink transmitter and downlink receiver using tone
signal 3 To Setup an active Satellite link and Demonstrate link fail Operations 4 To Establish an Audio-Video Satellite link between Transmitter and Receiver 5 To Communicate Voice Signal Through Satellite Link 6 To change different combinations of Uplink amp Downlink frequencies and to check Communication
Link 7 To Transmit and Receive 3 Separate Signals (Audio Video Tone) Simultaneously through Satellite
Link 8 To Transmit and Receive Function Generator Waveforms Through Satellite Link 9 To Transmit and Receive PC Data Through Satellite Link
II On Mobile Phone Trainer Kit
1 To study the Tx IQRx IQ Signals 2 To Observe signal constellation of GMSK signal 3 To Study the Working of Audio IC 4 To Study the Working of a SIM card in a GSM handset 5 To Study SIM CARD Detection
III On Antenna Trainer Kit
1 To study Antenna Trainer Kit 2 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Dipole 3 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ4 Dipole 4 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Folded Dipole 5 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample other Antennas
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 70 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 354 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Design all logic gates using VHDL
2 Write a VHDL programs for Half Adder circuit
3 Write a VHDL programs for Full Adder circuit
4 Write a VHDL programs for Multiplexer amp Demultiplexer circuits
5 Write a VHDL programs for Encoder amp Decoder circuits
6 Write a VHDL programs for Comparator circuit
7 Write a VHDL programs for Code Converter circuit
8 Write a VHDL programs for Flip-Flop circuit
9 Write a VHDL programs for Counter circuit
10 Write a VHDL programs for Register amp Shift Register circuits
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 71 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 453 INT EXT L T P CrSOFTWARE LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
Experiments The list of experiments will be based on the current market requirements and recent trends in latest software regime being followed to employ students with best in class skills at that present time
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 72 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 402 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrDATA MINING amp WAREHOUSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To introduce students to the basic concepts and techniques of Data Mining To develop skills of using recent data mining software for solving practical problems To gain experience of doing independent study and research To study the methodology of engineering legacy databases for data warehousing and data mining to derive business rules for decision support systems Develop and apply critical thinking problem-solving and decision-making skills Develop and apply enthusiasm for learning Class participation is encouraged in this course
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to RDBMS data warehouse transactional databases data mining functionalities classification of data mining system major issues in data mining
Data Preprocessing Data Cleaning Data Integration and Transformation Data Reduction Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation
Data Warehouse And OLAP Need for Data Warehousing Difference from Traditional Databases Data Warehouse Architecture Multidimensional Data Model Schemas for Multi-Dimensional Model Star Snowflake amp Fact Constellation OLAP Operations Types of OLAP Servers ROLAP Versus MOLAP Versus HOLAP
Introduction to Data Mining Basics of data mining Data mining techniques KDP (Knowledge Discovery Process) Application and Challenges of Data Mining Security Issue Privacy Issue
Section ndash B
Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Apriori Algorithm FP Growth Algorithm latest trends in association rules mining
Classification and Clustering classification and prediction issues regarding classification and prediction decision tree induction algorithm rule-based classification using if-then rules for classification prediction linear amp nonlinear regression cluster analysis type of data for cluster analysis introduction to Categorization of Major Clustering Methods Classical Parti tioning Method k-Means
Introduction to Mining Complex Types of Data Complex data objects Mining spatial databases Multimedia databases Time Series and sequence databases Text databases and World Wide Web
Text Books
1 Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo 2 gan Kaufmann Publishers 2000 (ISBN 1-55860-489-8)3 Ian H Witten and Eibe Frank ldquoData Mining Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques with
Java implementationsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers San Fransisco CA (2000)4 Dorian Pyle ldquoData Preparation for Data Miningrdquo Morgan Kaufmann (1999)5 Korth Silbertz Sudarshan ldquoDatabase Conceptsrdquo McGraw Hill6 Elmasri Navathe ldquoFundamentals Of Database Systemsrdquo Addision Wesley
P a g e 73 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 403 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION SECURITY AND CYBER LAW 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To provide an understanding Computer forensics fundamental To analyze various computer forensics technologies To provide computer forensics systems To identify methods for data recovery To apply the methods for preservation of digital evidence
Section ndash A
Introduction to Internet Cyber Space and threats Computer Storage Cell Phone Mobile Forensics Computer Ethics and Application Programs
Electronic and Digital Signatures -Intellectual Property ndash Data Protection and Privacy Need for cyber law and forensics Jurisprudence of Indian Cyber Law
Foot printing WHOIS and DNS enumeration network reconnaissance Email spoofing Email bombing Data diddling Denial of service attack Virusworm attacks- trojans and keyloggers Internet t ime theft Web jacking Phishing-Smishing-Vishing-Identity theft Cyber terrorism- use of encryption by terrorists Human trafficking
Section ndash B
The Legal Perspective ndash The IT Act Challenges faced by IT Act and its amendments Sections Under IT Act- Section 43656667686970 Section relevant to cybercrime under IPC (Indian Penal Code)
Ethical hacking Need penetration testing Information gathering tools like n-map vulnerabili ty detection scanners like nessus nexpose information analysis and planning attack and penetration tools like Metasploit results analysis and reporting
Text Books
1 Cyber Security - Understanding cybercrimes computer forensics and legal perspectives by Nina Godbole and Sunit Belapure
2 System Forensics by Ankit Fadia 3 hacking Exposed network security secrets and solutions by Stuart McClure Scambray and Kurtz Tata
McGraw Hill
P a g e 74 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 308 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER GRAPHICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course objectives To provide comprehensive introduction about computer graphics system design algorithms and two-dimensional transformations To make the students familiar with techniques of clipping three-dimensional graphics and three-dimensional transformations The computer graphics course prepares students for activit ies involving in design development and testing of modeling rendering shading and animation
Section ndash A
Graphics Hardware Raster CRTs Raster and Random Scan Displays Display Controllers and Processors Graphics Input Devices Applications of Computer Graphics
Raster Scan Conversion Algorithms Line Drawing Algorithms (DDA amp Bresenhamrsquos) Circle Drawing Algorithms (Mid-Point and Bresenhamrsquos)
Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Rotation and Scaling) Matrix Representation and Homogenous Coordinates Shear and Reflection Transformations Composite TransformationsFilling Region fi lling Algorithms (Boundary Fill and Flood Fill)
Section ndash B
Windowing and Clipping Viewing pipeline viewing transformations 2-D Clipping algorithms- Line clipping algorithms (Cohen Sutherland Liang Barsky algorithm) Polygon clipping (Sutherland Hodgeman polygon clipping Weiler and Atherton polygon clipping)
Three-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Scaling Rotation) Composite transformations
Projections Parallel and Perspective
Visible Surface Detection Methods Depth Buffer Method A-Buffer Method Scan Line Method Area Subdivision Method
Shading Gouraud and Phong Shading Algorithms Properties of Bezier and B-Spline Curves
Text Books
1 Computer Graphics By Donald Hearn M Pauline Baker2 Computer Graphics (Schaum Series) by Lipschutz (MC Graw Hill)3 Principles of Interactive Computer graphics By WM Newman R Sproull4 Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics By JD Foley A Van Dam5 Computer Graphics Using OPEN GL By FS Hill Jr6 Computer Graphics Roy A Plastock Gordon Kalley
P a g e 75 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 409 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction to Parallel Processing Evolution of Computer Architecture Parallelism in Uniprocessor System Parallel Computer Structures Architectural Classifications Schemes Multiprocessors and Multicomputers Multisector and SIMD Computers Parallel processing application
Memory and input output subsystems Hierarchical Memory structure Virtual memory system Memory Allocation and Management Cache Memories and Management Input-Output Subsystem
Pipelining and Vector Processing Pipelining Instruction and Arithmetic Pipelines Principles of Designing Pipelined Processors Vector Processing Requirements Vector Super Computers Pipeline Chaining and Vector Loops Vectorization and Optimization Methods
Section ndash B
Structures and Algorithms for Array Processors SIMD Array Processors SIMD Interconnection Networks Static amp Dynamic Networks Mesh Connected Network Cube interconnection Networks Parallel Algorithms for array processors Associative Array Processing
Multiprocessor Architecture and Programming Functional Structures Interconnection Networks Multi stage networks for multiprocessors Parallel Memory Organization Multiprocessor Operating System Exploiting Concurrency for Multiprocessing
Text Books
1 Hawang kai Briggs FA Computer Architectures and Parallel Processing McGraw-Hill2 Kain Richard Y Advanced Computer Architecture PHI3 Hwang Kai Advanced Computer Architecture McGraw-Hill4 Mano M Computer System Architecture PHI
P a g e 76 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 304 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrJAVA PROGRAMMING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The model of object-oriented programming abstract data types encapsulation inheritance and polymorphism Fundamental features of an object-oriented language like Java object classes and interfaces exceptions and libraries of object collections How to take the statement of a business problem and from this determine suitable logic for solving the problem then be able to proceed to code that logic as a program written in Java How to test document and prepare a professional looking package for each business project using javadoc
Section ndash A Introduction to Java Features of Java difference between Java and C++ JVM Bytecode data types Wrapper types variables arrays operators-arithmetic bit-wise relational Boolean various control statements
Introduction to Classes Class fundamentals declaring objects methods constructors garbage collection passing parameters to methods recursion
Inheritance types of inheritance Access Modifiers (Private Public Protected Default) Polymorphism (Overloading Overriding Super amp This Keyword) Final Variable Final Classes amp Methods Static variable Static method Abstract methods and classes Packages and interfaces importing packages
Exception Handling Exception types try catch finally throw and throws creating exception subclasses
Section ndash BMultithreading Multithread programming thread priorities synchronization interthread communication Thread class methods runnable interface
IO InputOutput streams reading and writing console inputoutput reading and writing files
Applets and Graphics Applet fundamentals Applet class Applet init ialization and termination event handling keyboard and mouse events AWT class Layout managers panels canvases Frame windows drawing lines rectangles ell ipses
JDBC programming Commonly used classes and interfaces of javasql package connecting java application to a database prepared statements
Advance Concepts Introduction to Java Beans Java Swings Java Server Pages
Recommended Books
1 Dietel and Dietal Java How to Program 6th Edition Pearson Education 2 Herbert Schildt The Complete Reference Java2 TMH 3 James Edward Keogh Jim Keogh J2EE The complete Reference McGraw-Hill
P a g e 77 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 401 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrMICROWAVE ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilities in Microwave engineering through understanding of electromagnetic wave generation transmission and measurements theory and technology by study of microwave transmission medium media and microwave devices and components
Section ndash A
Microwave Tubes and Circuits High frequency limitations of conventional tubes klystrons ndash two cavity klystron multicavity klystron Reflex klystron Travelling wave magnetron - operation and characteristics Helix TWT construction operation and applications
Microwave Solid State Devices amp Their Applications Classification of Microwave Devices Diodes-PIN diode Tunnel Diode varactor and step recovery diodes Transferred Electron Devices- GUNN Diode Avalanche transit time effect- IMPATT Microwave Transistors and high electron mobility transistor-characteristics and performance
Section ndash B
Microwave Components Waveguide Microwave Junctions Scattering matrix and their properties Microwave T junctions ndash H Plane Tee E Plane Tee Magic Tee Rat Race Junction Directional coupler ndashscattering matrix of a directional coupler Waveguide joints bends corners re-entrant cavities Ferrite devices ndash faraday rotation in devices circulator amp isolator phase shifters and microwave attenuators
Microwave Measurements General measurement setup Microwave bench power measurement ndash low medium amp high Attenuation measurement Measurement of VSWR Smith Charts Measurement of Impedance Impedance matching-single and double stub tuners
Text Books
1 Microwave devices and circuits Samuel Liao PHI2 Microwave devices and radar Engg M Kulkarni Umesh Publications3 Foundation of Microwave Engg RE Collin McGraw Hill4 Microwave Engg KC Gupta
P a g e 78 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 416 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRADAR amp SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The objective of this course is to understand analysis of waveguides and gain complete knowledge about microwave components design of impedance matching and tuning using lumped and distributed elements for network to analyze and study characteristics of microwave tube generators and amplifiers and study different RADARs and its supporting systems The course will also provide an in-depth understanding of different concepts used in a satellite communication system like the tools necessary for the calculation of basic parameters in a satellite communication system knowledge about every aspect of satellite communication such as orbital mechanics launching techniques satellite link design earth station technology and different access system towards a satellite
Section ndash A Introduction To Radar Basic Radar Radar equation Radar Block diagram Radar frequencies applications of Radar detection of signals in noise receiver noise and Signal to Noise ratio Probability of detection and false Alarm integration of Radar pulses Radar cross section targets Radar cross section of Fluctuations Antenna parameters system losses
MTI and Doppler Radar Introduction to Doppler and MTI Radar Delay line cancellers Staggered Pulse repetition Frequencies Moving Target Detector Limitations of moving platform Pulse Doppler Radar tracking with Radar Monopulse Tracking Conical Scan and sequential Lobing Limitation to tracking accuracy Tracking in Range
Section ndash B
Orbital aspects of Satellite Communication Introduction to geo-synchronous and geo-stationary satellites Keplerrsquos laws Locating the satellite with respect to the earth sub-satellite point look angles mechanics of launching a synchronous satellite Orbital effects Indian scenario in communication satellites Satellite sub-systems Attitude and Orbit control systems Telemetry Tracking and command control system Power supply system Space craft antennas multiple access techniques comparison of FDMA TDMA CDMA
Satellite link design basic transmission theory system noise temperature and GT ratio design of down link and uplink design of satellite links for specified CN satellite data communication protocols
Text Books
1 Introduction to Radar system by Merrill l Skolnik 3rd Edition Mcgraw Hill 20032 Satellite Communication By T Pratt amp CW Bostain Wiely eastern 2002 2 n d edit ion3 Satellite Communication By Tri T Ha Tata Mcgraw Hill 2nd Edition 1990
P a g e 79 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 415 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart knowledge about advanced communication systems and related design parameters To inculcate ability in students to design wireless communication systems which can provide high data rate to a large number of users The main goal is to utilize the concepts of analogdigital modulation techniques and signal processing in transmission and reception of wireless signals under static and dynamic channels in the presence of noise
Section ndash A
Radio channels and coding Characteristics of Mobile Radio channels Channel capacity and Diversity Overview of STBCs and STTCs
OFDM Introduction Basic principle of OFDM Block diagram of OFDM OFDM standards Spectrum analysis of OFDM Capacity analysis of OFDM Multi-path effects on OFDM BER analysis of OFDM timing and frequency synchronization PAPR in OFDM and its effects mitigation of PAPR
Section ndash B
WiMAX and LTE Background of IEEE 80216 and WiMAX Features of WiMAX WiMAX Network Architecture WiMAX physical layer WiMAX MAC layer channel performance of WiMAX Overview of LTE SAEEPS Architecture of LTE Frame structure in LTE Applications of WiMAX and LTE
MIMO Introduction to MIMO MIMO Spatial Multiplexing MIMO Channel Capacity MIMO Diversity and applications MIMO-OFDM Channel estimation for MIMO-OFDM Multi-user MIMO systems
Text Books
1 Ezio Biglieri Robert Calderbank and Andrea Goldsmith ldquoMIMO Wireless Communicationsrdquo Cambridge University Press
2 Mohinder Jankiraman ldquoSpace-Time Codes and MIMO Systemsrdquo Artech House3 Jeffrey G Andrews Arunabha Ghosh and Rias Muhamed ldquoFundamentals of WiMAX - Understanding
Broadband Wireless Networkingrdquo Prentice Hall4 Abd-Elhamid M Taha and Hossam S Hassanein ldquoLTE LTE-Advanced and WiMAX - Towards IMT-
Advanced Networksrdquo John Wiley and Sons Ltd5 Ramjee Prasad ldquoOFDM for Wireless Communications Systemsrdquo Artech House
P a g e 80 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 407 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNANO ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the fundamentals of Nanotechnology To give a general introduction to different types of nanomaterials spintronic bio electronics molecular electronics organic electronics nano fabrication techniques surface analytical instrumentation techniques micro electro mechanical system (MEMS) and nano electro mechanical system (NEMS) To impart basic knowledge on nano fabrication and surface analytical instrumentation techniques To bring out the magnetic properties optical properties and applications of nano materials
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to Nano-scale Science and Nano-scale Technology Why nano science and nano technology Length energy and time scales Nano structure types and properties electronic and optical properties of materials sensors
Quantum wires and dots single electron effects and single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metall ic tunnel junctions Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy
Fabrication Nanomagnets and spintronics non-ideal interfaces and defects nano fabrication (Lithography Self-assembly Contact imprinting) molecular electronics Organic Electronics (Carbon Fullerness and nanotubes polymers)
Bio Electronics Introduction Binding of Organic semiconductors DNA computing
Section ndash B
Nano-Photonics Emitters Wave Guides Detectors Photonic Crystals
Surface Analytical Instrumentation Techniques for Nanotechnology Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy Low Energy Electron Diffraction (LEED) Scanning Probe Microscopy UV Photo electron spectroscopy (UPS)
Mems and Nems MicroElectro mechanical systems (MEMS) and Nano electro mechanical systems (NEMS) size dependent electronic magnetic and optical behavior of nano materials
Application Introduction to quantum methods of information processing Nano Particles and Environmental Hazardness Industrial applications of Nano Sized materials
TEXT BOOKS
1 Transport in Nanostructures- David Ferry Cambridge University Press20002 Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics - Y Imry Oxford University Press19973 Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems S Datta Cambridge University Press19954 Single Charge Tunneling H Grabert and M Devoret Plenum Press19925 Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining and Microfabrication - P Rai Choudhary SPIE1997
P a g e 81 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 408 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrBIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course will cover various systems of the human physiology signals of biological origin obtained from these systems biosensors transducers bioelectrodes used to acquire such signals and amplifiers for measuring biopotentials Electrical safety of medical devices measurements of the blood pressure blood flow respiratory system clinical laboratory equipment medical imaging and bioethics will also be discussed The main objective of this course is to introduce student to basic biomedical engineering technology As a result student can understand design and evaluate systems and devices that can measure test andor acquire biological information from the human body
Section ndash A
Human Body Subsystems Brief description of neuronal Muscular Cardiovascular and respiratory systems their electrical Mechanical and chemical activities
Transducers and Electrodes Principles and classification of transducers for bio-medical applications Electrode theory Different types of electrodes Selection criteria for transducers and electrodes
Cardiovascular System Measurements Measurement of blood pressure Blood flow Measurement of pH value of blood Cardiac rate Heart sounds Electrocardiograph Plethysmograph
Respiratory System Measurements Measurement of gas volume Flow rate Carbon-dioxide and oxygen concentration in exhaled air
Measurement of Electrical Activity in Neuromuscular System and Brain Neuron potential Muscle potential Electromyograph Brain potentials Electroencephalograph
Section ndash B
Medical Imaging Diagnostic X-rays CAT MRI Ultrasonography Medical use of isotopes Endoscopy
Patient Care Monitoring and Safety Measures Elements of intensive care monitoring Basic hospital systems and components Physiological effect of electric currents Shock hazards from electrical equipment Safety measures
Assisting and Therapeutic Devices Introduction to cardiac pacemakers Defibrillators Ventilators Diathermy
Bio-Telemetry and Lasers Physiological parameters adaptable to Bio-telemetry components of a bio telemetry system Application of telemetry in patient care Application of lasers to biomedical sciences
TEXT BOOKS
1 L Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement - Chromwell FJ Weibell EA Pfeiffer Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
2 Introduction to biomedical Equipment technology- Carr JJ and Brown JM Pearson Publishers Delhi3 Medical Instrumentation applications and design -J G Webster John Wiley Sons New York4 Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation- RS Khandpur Tata Mc Graw Hill New Delhi5 Principles of applied Biomedical Instrumentation -LG Geddes LE Baker John Wiley Sons New
York
P a g e 82 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 409 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The objective of this course is to learn the basic elements of optical fiber transmission l ink fiber glass modes configurations and structures to understand different kinds of losses signal attenuation in optical fibers amp other dispersion factor to learn various optical sources LEDLASER structures receivers (PIN APD) and noise performance Also this course will provide the understanding of optical network system components variety of networking aspects SONETSDH and study of network operations OTDM OTDN etc l ink budget amp network design and management At the end of the course students will be able to apply the fundamental principles of optics and light wave to design optical fiber communication systems differentiate losses in optical fiber link and state transmission characterist ics of optical fiber design optical fiber communication links using appropriate optical fibers light sources detectors explore concept of designing and operating principles of modern optical systems and networks apply different network access schemes and packet switching in OFC systems design and manage networks with appropriate consideration
Section ndash A
Optical Networking Optical networking principle and challenges WDM networking evolution WDM network construction wireless optical systems switching elements Optical Add-Drop Multiplexers Optical Cross-Connect Micro-Electro Mechanical Systems Nonreconfigurable Wavelength Router Reconfigurable Wavelength-Routing Switch Wavelength conversion technologies
Designing WDM Optical Networks Systems Consideration Channels Power Considerations All-optical Cycle of Elimination Additional Considerations Elements of Local-Area WDM Network Design WDM Wide-Area Network Design Issues WDM Metro Network Design Issues Optical Access Network Design Issues
SONET amp SDH evolution multiplexing structure frame structure envelopes functional components problem detection payload pointers VTs overhead bytes SONET amp SDH concatenation Architecture of optical transport networks Digital wrappers hierarchy OTN layer models
Section ndash B
Optical Access Networks Introduction Challenges in Access Networks Next-Generation Access Networks Overview of PON Technologies Optical SplittersCouplers PON Topologies Burst-Mode Transceivers Ethernet PON (EPON) Access Network Ethernet Gaining in Prominence Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation Algorithms Considerations for IP-based Services over EPON Other Types of PONS APONBPON Generalized naming Procedure PON WDM-PON Architectures
ATM vs IP in optical internets IP over ATM amp SONET OSI internet layered model Encapsulation amp its methods PPP packet ATM vs IP debate Optical Internets Evolution to 3G architecture
Text Books
1 Optical WDM Networks - Biswanath Mukherjee ndash Springer2 Optical Networks-Third Generation Transport Systems ndash Uyless Black Pearson
Education3 Optical Network Design and Implementation - Vivek Alwayn Pearson Education4 Understanding SONETSDH and ATM-communications networks for the next millennium by
Stamatious V Kartalopoulos Prentice - Hall India
P a g e 83 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 410 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL VLSI DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course is designed to give the student an understanding of the different design steps required to carry out a complete digital VLSI (Very-Large-Scale Integration) design in silicon It will explore the fundamental concepts and structures of designing digital VLSI systems include CMOS devices and circuits standard CMOS fabrication processes CMOS design rules static and dynamic logic structures interconnect analysis CMOS chip layout simulation and testing low power techniques design tools and methodologies VLSI architecture
Section ndash A
MOS Transistor Theory Evolution of ICs Masking sequence of NMOS and CMOS Structures Electrical Design Rules Stick Diagram Layout Design Introduction to MOS Physics MOSFET Work Function MOS Models MOSFET Structure and Operation Accumulation Depletion and Inversion region Weak and Strong Inversion Threshold voltage Current-Voltage characteristics Body effect MOSFET Scaling theory Limits of miniaturization small geometry effects Sub threshold conduction
Circuit Characterization Resistive Load amp Active Load MOS Inverters NMOS Inverters CMOS Inverters Static Characterist ics Switching Characteristics Interconnect Parasit ics Propagation Delay Static and Dynamic Power Dissipation Noise Margin Logic Threshold Voltage
Section ndash B
Combinational amp Sequential Circuits MOS Logic Circuits with Depletion NMOS loads CMOS Logic Circuits Complex logic circuits Pass Gate Transmission Gate Double Gate Transistor Behavior of Bistable elements SR Latch Circuit Clocked Latch and Flip-Flop Circuits CMOS D-Latch and Edge-triggered Flip-flop Subsystem Design- Adders shifters ALU High Performance Dynamic CMOS Circuits ROM Circuits Static and Dynamic RAM Circuits
VLSI Design Methodologies Semi-custom and Full-Custom Design including Cell Library and Gate Array Based Design FPGA BiCMOS Logic Circuits Design for Testability
TEXT BOOKS
1 Basic VLSI design systems and circuits- Pucknell DA and Eshraghian K PHI2 VLSI design techniques for analog and digital circuits ndash Geiger Rr Allen PE Strader NR
P a g e 84 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 412 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize with soft computing concepts Introduce the ideas of Neural networks fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human experience Familiarize the concepts of Genetic algorithm Apply the soft computing concepts to solve practical problems One will be able to design supervised and unsupervised learning models
Section ndash A
Introduction History of neural networks biological neurons Artificial Neural Net terminology Model of a neuron topology Types of activation functions learning types of learning-supervised unsupervised re-inforcement learning
Neural Learning Perceptrons linear separability Basic learning laws Hebbs rule Delta rule Widrow amp Hoff LMS learning rule correlation learning rule instar and outstar learning rules Supervised learning- Multilayer networks back propagation algorithm and its variations unsupervised learning- competit ive learning K-means clustering algorithm Self-organizing maps Basic Hopfield model
Section ndash B
Radial Basis Functions RBF neural networks Introduction to counter Propagation networks CMAC networks ART networks Broad application areas of neural networks- classification clustering pattern association function approximation
Fuzzy Logic Basic concepts of Fuzzy Logic Fuzziness vs probabili ty Crisp logic vs fuzzy logic Fuzzy sets and systems operations on sets fuzzy relations membership functions fuzzy rule generation variable inference techniques defuzzification techniques Fuzzy applications in consumer products
Text Books
1 Artificial Neural Networks -Yegna Narayanan2 Neural Networks - Simon Haykin 3 Fuzzy logic with engineering application - ROSS JT (Tata Mc)4 Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic - Bart Kosko 5 Neural computing theory amp practice - PD Wasserman (ANZA PUB)6 Introduction to applied Fuzzy Electronics - Ahmad M Ibrahim (PHI)7 Introduction to artificial neural systems - JM Zurada Jaico Pub8 An introduction to Fuzzy control D Driankor H Hellendorn M Reinfrank
P a g e 85 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 417 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRF SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To design and analyse basic resonators and RF Filters 2 To study the operation and device characteristics of RF Active components 3 To design and analyze RF transistor amplifier 4 To understand the operation of Oscillators and mixers used in RF design
Section ndash A
Introduction RF circuits Impedance matching and Quality factor Efficiency Amplifiers RF preamplifiers fi lters Frequency converters Mixers Radio receivers
Oscillators And PLL Relaxation oscil lators Series resonant oscillators Negative resonant oscillators Oscillator dynamics Stabili ty oscillator noise Design examples phase locked loops-loop dynamics analysis Frequency synthesizers
Amplifiers and Power Supplies Amplifier specifications-gain bandwidth and impedance stability Amplifier design Noise considerations class C class D amplifiers High power amplifiers Rectifiers Switching converters Boost and Buck circuits
Section ndash B
Couplers and Waveguide Circuits Directional coupling Hybrids Power combining transformer equivalent circuits Double tuned transformers Transformers with magnetic and iron cores Transmission l ines transformers Baluns Waveguides matching in wave guide circuits Waveguide junctions coaxial lines resistance impedance bridge standing waves
Modulation and Detection Circuits AM High level modulation Digital to analog modulation SSB Angle and frequency modulation Diode detectors FM demodulators-Design power detectors Measurement of power Voltage and Impedance Swept frequency impedance measurements
Text Books
1 Jon B Hagen Radio Frequency Electronics Cambridge university press Cambridge19962 James Hardy High Frequency Circuit Design Resto Publishing Co NewYork19793 Ian Hickman RF HandBook Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd Oxford19934 Ulrich L Rohde TTN Bucher Communication Receivers McGraw Hill New York19985 R Ludcoig RF Circuit Design Pearson Asia Education and P Bretchko New Delhi2000
P a g e 86 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 418 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE AND SPEECH PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 Give the students a general understanding of the fundamentals of digital image processing 2 Introduce the student to analytical tools which are currently used in digital image processing as applied to image information for human viewing 3 To learn the fundamental concepts of digital image processing 4 To study basic image processing operations 5 To understand image analysis algorithms 6 To expose students to current applications in the field of digital image processing 7 Develop the studentrsquos abili ty to apply these tools in the laboratory in image restoration enhancement and compression 8 Understand differences between computer vision and image processing
The main purpose of this course is to provide the learners with solid fundamental tools and experience on the applied technology in the array of speech processing It also gives the opportunity to deepen and widen the understanding of this topic through the study of speech characterist ics and its applications in various fields l ike coding The course is one of the interesting applications of signal processing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Image Processing Overview of Image processing image processing and related fields types of images fundamental steps in image processing Image processing applications Digital image representation and image formation sampling amp Quantization amp application of image Processing
Image Processing operations Basic relationships and distance metrics classification of image processing operations Image Enhancement by Point operation An overview of point Processing constant amp non-linear operations between image amp histogram techniques
Section ndash B
Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing Articulatory Phonetics ndash Production and Classification of Speech Sounds Acoustic Phonetics ndash Acoustics of speech production Review of Digital Signal Processing concepts Short-Time Fourier Transform Filter-Bank and LPC Methods A Review of Discrete-Time Signal amp Systems the Z-transform the DFT Fundamental of Digital Filters FIR system IIR Systems
Features Feature Extraction and Pattern Comparison Techniques Speech distortion measuresndash mathematical and perceptual ndash LogndashSpectral Distance Cepstral Distances Weighted Cepstral Distances and Filtering Likelihood Distortions
Text Books
1 Digital image processing by S Sridhar Oxford University Press2 Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang ldquoFundamentals of Speech Recognitionrdquo
Pearson Education 20033 Digital Image Processing by Rafael C Gonzale amp Richard E Woods Pearson Education Asia4 Fundamentals of digital image processing by AK Jain 1989 Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ5 Ben Gold and Nelson Morgan ldquoSpeech and Audio Signal Processing Processing and Perception of
Speech and Musicrdquo Wiley- India Edition 2006
P a g e 87 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 321 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To understand the basic architecture of optical fiber and related losses like absorption attenuation bending etc 2 To understand the architecture of optical transmitter and receiver for optical communication systems 3 After gone through the design consideration of optical communication the various modulation techniques and measurement techniques will be studied
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of fiber optic communications and its advantages
Review of LEDs and Lasers optical sources PIN and APD diodes optical detectorsOptical Fiber Waveguides amp Its Connections Introduction Ray theory transmission Electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation cylindrical fibers single mode fibers joints - fiber alignment splices connectors
Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers amp Cables Introduction Attenuation Material absorption losses Linear scattering losses Nonlinear scattering losses fiber bend loss Dispersion Intermodal dispersion Overall fiber dispersion Dispersion modified single-mode fibers Polarization
Section ndash B
Optical Fiber Systems Intensity modulationDirect Detection amp Coherent Introduction Optical transmitter circuit Optical receiver circuits system design considerations Digital systems Analog systems Advanced multiplexing strategies Coherent system constraints modulation formats Demodulation schemes Receiver sensitivities
Optical Fiber Measurements Introduction attenuation dispersion refractive index profile cutoff wavelength numerical aperture diameter mode field diameter and field measurements
Text Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash Djafar K Mynbev Lowell L Scheiner Pearson Education
Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill 4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications5 Optoelectronics Fiber optics and Lasers a Text-Lab Manual - Morris Tischler McGraw Hill 6 Related IEEE papers amp websites
P a g e 88 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 8th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
PRJ 451 Project Semester - One Semester Training in Industry 0 0 0 20
INDUSTIAL VISIT BY FACULTY COORDINATOR (150 MARKS) (within 10-12 weeks of commencement of training)
Presentation 60 MarksViva-voce 60 MarksReport (Hard Copy) 30 Marks
Evaluation by Faculty Coordinator in consultation with Industrial Coordinator during industrial visit
EVALUATION BY A TEAM OF FACULTY MEMBERS IN THE INSTITUTE (250 MARKS)(within one week of completion of training)
Presentation 100 MarksViva-voce 100 MarksFinal Report (Hard Copy) 50 Marks
The final presentation and viva-voce will be conducted jointly by the faculty coordinator nominee of the Head to be appointed by the Head of the DepartmentThe letter grade will be awarded to the students according to marks obtained by himher out of total 400 marks
PRJ 451 L T P CrPROJECT SEMESTER 0 0 0 20
Project Semester spans over a period of one Semester
The students shall undertake project (s) in Industry RampD or service organizations under the joint supervision of a faculty member and an executive from the organization The emphasis of the work undertaken is on problem identification and its techno-economic solution for the benefit of the host industry
The project must normally include identification of problem data collection analysis and generating solutions with cost and benefits and recommendations for their implementation If a single project is not available in the industry more than one projects might be undertaken
The evaluation of the project semester should be carried out on a continuous basis and must include the evaluation by faculty coordinator during his visit(s) to the concerned industries evaluation by faculty coordinator towards the completion of the semester and the final evaluation in the Institute by a committee of faculty members
P a g e 89 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 251 INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC DEVICES LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Study of h-Parameters of CE transistor
2 Study of h-Parameters of CB transistor
3 Study of V-I characteristics of Photodiode
4 Study of V-I characteristics of photo transistor
5 Study of V-I characteristics of JFET
6 Study of VI characteristics of MOSFET
7 Study of Clipping amp clamping CKT using Diode
8 Study of V-I characteristics of SCR
9 Study of Diode as rectifier
10 Study of different filters
11 Study of V-I characteristics of DIAC
12 Study of V-I characteristics of TRIAC
13 Study the applications of Thyristor
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 9 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 259 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to illustrate the working of different iterative controls
2 Write a program to illustrate the use of conditional statements
3 Write a program to illustrate difference between call by reference and call by value
4 Write a program to illustrate use of classes and objects
5 Write a program to illustrate the use of constructors and destructors
6 Write a program to illustrate the use operator overloading
7 Write a program to illustrate the use of inheritance and type of inheritance
8 Write a program to illustrate the use virtual function
9 Write a program to illustrate the use runtime polymorphism
10 Write a program to illustrate the use of File Stream operation
11 Create a class Time with members hours minutes seconds Add two class objects and display time
12 Write a program to perform addition of two complex numbers using constructor overloading
13 Write a program to find the greatest of two given numbers in two different classes using friend
function
14 Implement a class String with the following
Overload + operator to carry out the concatenation of strings
Overload = operator to carry out string copy
Overload lt= operator to carry out the comparison of strings
Function to display the length of a string
Function tolower() to convert upper case letters to lower case
Function toupper() to convert lower case letters to upper case
15 Create a class called List with two pure virtual function store() to save a value and retrieve() to get a
saved value from the list Derive two classes Stack and Queue from it and override store and retrieve
16 Write a program to define the function template for calculating the square of given numbers with
different data types
17 Write a program to perform the deletion of white spaces such as horizontal tab vertical tab space
line feed new line and carriage return from a text file and store the result in another file
18 Write a program to raise an exception if any attempt is made to refer to an element whose index is
beyond the array size
P a g e 10 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 253 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to check whether a string is palindrome or not
2 Write a program to extract substring from given string
3 Write a program to implement stack using arrays
4 Write a program to implement queues using arrays
5 Write a program to sort a given list of numbers using following algorithm
Bubble sort
Insertion sort
Selection sort
Quick sort
Radix sort
6 Write a program to implement linear and binary search algorithm
7 Write a program to create a linked list and perform following operations
Insert element at beginning
Insert element at end
Insert element at given position
Delete element from beginning
Delete element at end
Delete element from given position
8 Take a list of numbers and create a sorted linked list from given list
9 Implement stack using linked representation
10 Implement queue using linked representation
P a g e 11 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P CrENVIRONMENTAL AND ROAD SAFETY AWARENESS 2 0 0 0
Time Allowed 3 hours Total Marks 100Total lectures 50 Pass marks 35
Instructionsa) The paper has been introduced from the session 2013-14b) The paper will be taught in the Second yearfourth Semester of all the UG Courses (BA BCom
BSc Law Engineering Commerce Agriculture etc) except LLB three year course and will be a qualifying paper only The marks of this paper will not be counted towards final score of the under graduate degree
c) This will cover only preliminary and basics of the subject and the paper will be set accordinglyd) The written paper will have two parts Each part of the paper will be of 50 marks and will contain ten
questions The candidates will attempt five questions out of each part The answer to each question should not exceed 500 words Each question will carry ten marks
Section ndash IUnit 1 The multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition scope and importance
Concept of Biosphere ndash Lithosphere Hydrosphere Atmosphere Need for public awareness (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 2 Natural Resources ndash Renewable and non-renewable resources Natural resources and associated problems
a) Forest resources use and over exploitation deforestation and its impactb) Water resources use and overutilization of surface and ground water and its impactc) Mineral resources use and effects on environment on over exploitationd) Food resources Effects modern agriculture fertilizer-pesticide problem water logging and
salinitye) Energy resources Growing energy needs renewable and non-renewable energy sources use of
alternate energy resourcesf) Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources for sustainable development
(7 lectures)Unit 3 Ecosystems
Ecosystem and its components Definition structure and function producer consumer and decomposer Types of Ecosystem (Introduction only) Food Chains food web and ecological pyramids (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 4 Biodiversity and conservation Introduction ndash Definition genetic species and ecosystem diversity value of biodiversity Hot spots of biodiversity Threats to biodiversity habitat loss poocting of wildlife man-wildlife conflicts Endangered and endemic species of India Conservation of Biodiversity (6 lectures)
Section ndash IIUnits 5 Environmental Pollution
Definition causes effects and control measures of a) Air pollutionb) Water pollutionc) Soil pollutiond) Marine pollutione) Noise pollutionf) Thermal pollutiong) Nuclear hazard
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution Solid waste management vermicomposting Disaster management Floods earthquake cyclone and landslides (7 lectures)
Unit 6 Social Issues and the Environment Urban problems related to energy Water conservation rain water harvesting water shed management Resettlement and rehabilitation of people its problems and concerns Climate changes global warming acid rain ozone layer depletion Consumerism and waste products Population explosion ndash Family welfare programme (6 lectures)
Unit 7 Introduction to Environmental Protection Laws in India
P a g e 12 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
Environmental Protection Act Air (Prevention and control of pollution) Act Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act Wild life Protection Act Forest Conservation Act Issues involved in the enforcement of environmental legislation (6 lectures)
Unit 8 Road safety Awareness Concept and significance of Road safety Traffic signs Traffic rules Traffic Offences and penalties How to obtain license Role of first aid in Road Safety (6 lectures)
P a g e 13 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 4th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2020-2021)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECE 209 Digital Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECE 210 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECM 205 Computer System Architecture 3 1 0 35
ECM 206 Operating System 3 1 0 35
ECE 213 Circuit Theory 3 1 0 35
ECE 214 Signals amp Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 254 Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 256 Operating System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 263 Circuit Theory Lab 0 0 2 10
Punjabi 3 0 0 0
21 6 6 33
Total contact hours 33
ECM 254 ECM 256 ECE 263 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
In addition to above mentioned subjects there will be an additional course on Punjabi as a qualifying subject
P a g e 14 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 209 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the student should be able to demonstrate the ability to use logic gates Basic Boolean laws minimization techniques for the designing of various combinational circuits The student should also be able to describe operation characterist ic equations excitation table of various flip flops and explain the conversion of flip flops Design and analyze sequential circuits from the basic building blocks and describe memories AD DA Converters Logic families and their characteristics
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of Number Systems Codes and Gates evaluating logic circuit outputs Implementing circuits from Boolean expressions Boolean theorems DeMorgans theorem universality of NAND and NOR gates IEEEANSI standard logic symbols
Combinational Logic Circuits Sum of product form Product of sum form Simplification of Boolean functions using algebraic and Karnaugh map methods Half adder Full adder half subtractor full subtractor circuits parity generator and checker circuits comparator circuit
Combinational Digital Circuit Design Multiplexer Demultiplexer Code converters Combinational logic circuits Some examples of Boolean gate ICs
Sequential Circuits RS JK D and T fl ip-flops circuits and their conversions Serial and parallel counters and shift registers Universal shift registers some examples of counter and shift register ICs
Section ndash B
Logic families and digital ICs Characterist ics of digital ICs Classification of different logic families TTL ECL MOS and CMOS their operation and specifications
Memories Semi-conductor memories ROM and RAM ROM using diodes BJTs and FETs RAM cell Memory organization and expansion An idea about other types of memories
Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Converters Variable register network R-2R DA converters DA accuracy and resolution AD converters Simultaneous conversion and counter method
Text Books
1 Digital Design by Morris Mano PHI 4th edition 2008 2 Digital principles and Applications by Malvino Leach TMH 2011 3 Digital System Principles and Applications by R J Tocci (PHI) 2009 4 Modern Digital Electronics by R P Jain TMH 2006 5 Digital Integrated Electronics by Taub Schilling TMH 2004
P a g e 15 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 210 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Through this course the students will acquire knowledge of -The behavior of BJTs at high frequency using pi-model -Develop the abili ty to analyze and design analog electronic circuits using discrete components-Concept of feedback used in amplifiers and its need -Working of power amplifiers power amplifier circuits tuned amplifiers Oscillators compare experimental results in the laboratory with theoretical analysis
Section ndash A
High Frequency Transistor The high frequency T model CB short circuit current frequency response Alpha cut-off frequency CE short circuit current frequency response Hybrid pi CE transistor model hybrid pi conductance in terms of low frequency h ndash parameters CE short circuit current gain obtained with hybrid pi model current gain with resistive load
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Power Amplifiers Class A large signal amplifier second and higher harmonic distortion transformer coupled amplifiers Efficiency of amplifiers Push-pull amplifiers (class A amp class B)
Tuned Amplifiers Single tuned capacitively coupled amplifier amp its steady state response Determination of Gain Bandwidth product Tapped tuned Inductively coupled single tuned circuit Double tuned circuits
Oscillators Condition for sustained oscillation R-C phase shift Hartley Colpitts Crystal and Wien Bridge Oscillators
Text Books
1 Electronics Devices by Robert Boylsted Tata McGraw Hill publications2 Electronic Devices and circuits MC-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition by Millman amp Halkias3 Malvino Electronic Principles Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
Reference Books
1 Integrated Electronics by Millman amp Halkias Mc-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition2 Electronic Devices and Circuits S Salivahanan etal Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi3 Electron Devices by Floyd Pearson Asia 5th Edition 20014 Liner Integrated circuits by Gayekward5 Engineering Electronics by Alley amp Attwood6 Burns and Bond Principles of Electronic Circuits PWS Publishing Company Boston
P a g e 16 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 205 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a digital computer To discuss in detail the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms amp implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition subtraction multiplication amp division To study the different ways of communicating with IO devices and standard IO interfaces To study the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory
Section ndash A
Introduction Design of basic computer Registers Accumulator Flags Program Counter Stack Pointer Machine Instructions Instruction Cycle Machine Cycle Components of CPU
Register Transfer and Micro operations Register transfer Language Register transfer Bus amp memory transfer Logic micro operations Shift micro operation
Controller Design Hardwired and Micro programmed Approach
Micro program Control Organization Control Memory Address Sequencing Micro program Sequences Microinstruction Formats and Addressing modes
Arithmetic Unit Comparison and Subtraction of unsigned Binary Numbers Addition Subtraction Multiplication Algorithm
Section ndash B
Memory System Memory CPU interaction Principle of locality (Temporal and Spatial)
Memory Organization Interleaved Memory Organization Memory Hierarchy Main Memory Virtual Memory Cache Memory Cache Organization (Direct Fully Associative Set Associative) Cache Coherence Memory Management Hardware Performance Considerations
Input-Output Organization IO interfaces and Buses IO operations Program driven Input- Output Interrupt driven Input-Output DMA Priority Interrupt
Pipeline Processing Overview of Pipelining Types of Pipelining Hazards (Data Control Structural)
Computer Peripherals and Interfaces Introduction to IO buses ISA PCI SCSI EISA Local bus VESA Local bus PCI bus PCI Express Accelerated graphics port bus
Text Books
1 Computer System Architecture MM Mano Prentice Hall of India2 Structured Computer Organization Andrew S Tanenbaum Prentice Hall of India3 JP Hayes Computer Systeui Architecture Prentice Hall of India New Delhi4 Ali leigh System Architecture South Wester publishing co New Delhi5 William Stallings ldquoComputer Organization and Architecture ndash Designing for Performancerdquo 6th Edition
Pearson Education 2003
P a g e 17 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 206 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn the fundamentals of Operating Systems To learn the mechanisms of OS to handle processes and threads and their communication To learn the mechanisms involved in memory management in contemporary OS To gain knowledge on distributed operating system concepts that includes architecture Mutual exclusion algorithms deadlock detection algorithms and agreement protocols To know the components and management aspects of concurrency management To learn programmatically to implement simple OS mechanisms
Section ndash A
Basic Functions and Concepts of Operating Systems Concept of an operating system batch system Multi-programmed Time sharing Personal Computer System Parallel system Real time system Network Operating System and Distributed Operating System
Features and Objective of Operating Systems System components operating system services System calls System Programmers System Structure Simple Structure Layered Approach Microkernel
Process Management Concept of process process states process control block Process Scheduling Scheduling Queues Schedulers and Context Switch operations on processes CPU scheduling Algorithms FCFS SJF RR and priority Multilevel queue scheduling Multilevelfeedback queue scheduling
Deadlocks Introduction to deadlocks Necessary Conditions for deadlock Resource allocation graph Deadlock Prevention Deadlock Avoidance Safe state Resource-Allocation-Graph Algorithm Bankers Algorithm Deadlock Detection Recovery from Deadlock
Section ndash B
Memory Management Logical and physical address space Swapping Contiguous memory Allocation Memory Protection Memory Allocation Fragmentation paging basic method Protection and shared pages segmentation basic method hardware Protection and sharing virtual memory Demand Paging Page Replacement Algorithms ((FIFO Optimal LRU LRU Approximation page replacement) Allocation of Frames Thrashing
Information Management Files - file concept file types File attributes fi le operations access methods allocation methods (contiguous l inked indexed) directory structure free-space management (bit vector linked list grouping counting)
Disk Management Disk structure Disk Scheduling (FCFS SSTF SCAN C-SCAN LOOK) Disk Management (Disk Formatting Boot Block Bad Blocks) Swap Space Management Swap Space Use Swap Space Location
Case Studies Brief introduction of Windows UNIX and LINUX
Text Books
1 Operating System (Sixth Edition) 2005 Galvin Silberschatz Addison Wesley Publishing Ltd2 Flynn Understanding operating Systems Cengage Learning (Thomson)3 DM Dhamdhere Operating System r A Concept Based Approach Tata Me Graw- Hill4 Operating Systems Design and Implementation Andrew S Tanembaum PHI (Latest Edition)
P a g e 18 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 213 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The study of electrical circuits takes off from principles of AC and DC theory and introduces the student to parameters and characteristics of various networks The aim of the subject to understand the different types of circuits and their analysis based on network theorems and to determine the current voltage and power in the circuit The students will be able to analyze two port networks stability of a circuit and to find time response of the circuit The circuits are designed using Foster and Cauer forms The knowledge of Laplaces transform and Inverse will help students to work in multi-disciplinary fields of electronics engineering
Section ndash A
Network Theorems and Two Port Network Descriptions Thevenins theorem as applied to ac circuits Nortons theorem as applied to AC circuits Superposition theorem as applied to ac circuits Maximum power transfer theorem as applied to AC Circuits Two port description in terms of open circuits impedance Parameters Short circuit admittance parameters Hybrid parameters and transmission Inter-connection of two port network Duality networks
Inductively Coupled Circuits Coefficient of coupling mutual inductance in loop and nodal equations
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Time Domain Analysis Unit functions-step impulse and ramp functions Laplaces transform and Inverse Solution of network problems using Laplace transform Solution of Transient and Steady state response of RL amp RC networks with different types of forcing functions Solutions of transient and steady state response of series RLC circuit with step input
Network Synthesis Synthesis vs Analysis Elements of circuit synthesis Introduction and general considerations in network synthesis Purpose and scope of network synthesis
Positive Real Functions Definition Necessary and Sufficient conditions for a function to be positive real testing of driving point functions for positive realness
Foster amp Cauer Forms Foster and Cauer Forms realization in terms of RC RL and LC networks
Text Books
1 Sudhakar amp Shyammohan ldquoCircuits amp Networksrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 Joseph Administer ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo S Chand Series3 Abhijit Chakarbarti ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo Dhanpat Rai amp Sons New Delhi4 Vanvalkenberg ldquoNetwork Analysisrdquo Prentice Hall5 D Roy Choudhary ldquoNetworks amp Systemsrdquo New Age International New Delhi6 Vanvalkenberg ME ldquoNetworks Analysisrdquo P rentice Hall of India (2007) 3rded7 Arshad M ldquoNetwork Analysis and Synthesisrdquo Laxmi Publications (2008) 2nded
Reference Books
1 Franklin F Kuo Network Analysis and Synthesis John Wiley (2003) 2nd ed2 Anderson BDOVongpanitlerd S Network Analysis and Synthesis Dover Publications (2006) 3rd ed3 Charles A Desoer Ernest S Kuh ldquoBasic Circuit Theoryrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company4 William H Hayt Jr Jack E Kemmerly ldquoEngineering Circuit Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company
P a g e 19 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 20 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 214 INT EXT L T P CrSIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The aim of this subject is to develop analytical capability of students by which they would be able to handle real time signal processing related problems and projects The understanding of various transforms will help the students to analyze the problems in both time and frequency domain
Section ndash A
Representation of Signal and Systems Classifications of signals Linear time invariant systems Representation of signals in terms of impulses Discrete time LTI systems continuous t ime LTI systems Properties of LTI systems Systems described by differential and difference equations
Section ndash B
Fourier analysis Signal representation using Fourier series Representation of periodic signals Continuous and discrete time Fourier series Exponential Fourier series Properties of Fourier series Convergence of Fourier series Continuous and Discrete time Fourier transform Properties of Fourier transform Analysis of discrete time signals and systems Correlation Autocorrelation
Random Signals Probability Random variables Probabili ty density and distribution functions Moments of random variables Random processes Transmission of signals through LTI systems Gaussian Process Central Limit Theorem
Text Books
1 Oppenheim Willisky and Nawab Signals amp Systems Tata Mcgraw HillNew Delhi2 Simon Haykin and Barry Van Been ldquoCommunications System Wiley 3 Eastern USA4 BPLathi ldquoCommunication Systems Oxford Press USA5 A Papouils Random Variables amp Stochastic Process Mcgraw Hill USA
Reference Books
1 Charles L Philips John M Parr Eve A Riskin ldquoSignals Systems and Transformrdquo Prentice Hall Third Edition 2003
P a g e 21 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 254 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To plot frequency response characteristics of a RC Single stage RC coupled Amplifier
2 To determine the voltage gain of a two stage RC coupled amplifiers
3 To plot frequency response characteristics of Transformer coupled amplifier
4 To plot frequency response of a tuned voltage amplifier and to calculate its resonant frequency
5 To find voltage gain of an emitter follower and find its operating point
6 To study Wein Bridge Oscillator
7 To study Phase Shift Oscillator
8 To study OP-Amp as Differentiator amp Integrator
9 To study diode as a biased and unbiased clipper
10 To study Astable Multivibrator using Transistors
11 To study Bistable Multivibrator using Transistors
12 To study OP-Amp as an inverting and non-inverting amplifier
13 To study OP-Amp as summing and average amplifier
14 To study the frequency response of audio amplifier
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 22 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 256 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
HARDWARE LAB
1 Identification of Motherboard Processor System buses Power supplies Memories
2 PC assembling
SOFTWARE LAB
1 Familiarization of UNIXLINUX Environment
2 Installation and Administration of UNIXLINUX operating system
3 Implementation of common commands of UNIX operating systems
4 Shell programming and its features
5 Implementation of programs using shell scripts
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 23 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 263 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 24 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P Crਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ 3 0 0 0
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪਜਾਬੀਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਸਿਵਖ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਕਲਾਈਫਾਈਗ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਵਜ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ
ਉਦਸ਼ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ 13ਾਸਿਤ ਅਤ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣਾ ਮਖ ਰਪ ਸਿਵਚ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਬਲਣ ਪੜਹਨ ਦੀਆ 13ਮਸਿ13ਆਵਾ ਨ ਦਰ ਕਰਨ ਦ ਨਾਲndashਨਾਲ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਨਸਿਤਕ ਕਦਰਾ ndashਕੀਮਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣ ਦਾ ਉਪਰਾਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ
1 ਪਜਾਬੀ ਦੀ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ(ਮਖ 13ਪਾਦਕ ਬਲਦਵ ਸਿ13 ਘ ਚੀਮਾ ਪਰਕਾਸ਼ਕ ਪਬਲੀਕਸ਼ਨ ਸਿਬਊਰ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਪਸਿਟਆਲਾ)ਭਾਗ ਪਲਿਹਲਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਾਲਿਹਤ
(ੳ) ਕਸਿਵਤਾ(ਅ) ਕਾਣੀ(ੲ) ਨਾਟਕ
ਭਾਗ ਦਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬ ਸਲਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਲਕਧਾਰਾਭਾਗ ਤੀਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਤ ਗਰਮਖੀ ਲਿਲਪੀ
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਸਿਤ ਨ ਭਾਗ ਨ ਪਰਤ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦ ਭਾਗਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਵ ਗਾ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਪਸਿਲਾ ਭਾਗ
ਪ 13ਤਕ ਦ ਪਸਿਲ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 36 ਅਕ ਨ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਦਜਾ ਭਾਗ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦ ਜ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 24 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਅਤ ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਦ 12ndash12 ਅਕ ਣਗ
(1) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਪਲਿਹਲ ਭਾਗ ਦ ਲਿਤ ਨ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ਅਤ ੲ ਹਨ ਇਨਹਾ ਲਿਤ ਨਾ ਉਪndashਭਾਗਾ ਲਿਵਚ ਹਠ ਲਿਲਖ ਅਨਸਾਰ ਸਆਲ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ
(ੳ) ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਕਲ 12 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਐਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਣਗ ਅਕ 12x1 = 12
(ਅ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਲਘ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 3ndash3 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ ਉਤਰ ਪਜ ਲਾਈਨਾ ਤ ਵਧ ਨਾ ਵ ਅਕ 3x3 = 9x2 =18
(ੲ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਖ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ ਅਕ 1x6 = 6
(2) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਲਿਵਚ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਇਸ ਪਰਕਾਰ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ(ੳ) ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਔਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ
ਅਕ 8x1 = 8(ਅ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਕਲ 5 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨ ਣਗ ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ
ਨ ਅਕ 5x2 = 10(ੲ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ
ਅਕ 6x1 = 6ਨਟ ਮਲਿਖਕ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ ਤ ਹੀ ਆਧਾਲਿਰਤ ਹਵ ਗੀ ਇਸਦੀ ਲਿਵਧੀ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਹਵ ਗੀ
P a g e 25 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ (ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ)ਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ
For Other State Students ofB Tech amp Six Year BTech-MBA Integrated Program Only
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 (ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ 60 ਅਕ) ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਵਲ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਨ ਦ13ਵੀ ਪਧਰ ਦੀ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਪਾ13 ਨੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਦੀ ਲਈ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਲਬ13 ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਵਰਨਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲ ਕ ਮਾਤਰਾਵਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਵਾਕ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨ 13ਬ ਧੀ ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ ਉਦਸ਼ ਪਜਾਬ ਦ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਦ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਤ ਵਾਝ ਰਸਿ ਗਏ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾਉਣਾ ਅਤ ਬਾਰਲ 13ਸਿਬਆ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਇਕ ਨਵੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾ ਕ ਉਨਾ ਨ ਪਜਾਬ ਸਿਵਚ ਰਜ਼ਗਾਰ ਦ ਮਸਿਕਆ ਦ ਯਗ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ
ਭਾਗ ੳ
1) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਵਰਣਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲਖਣ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) ਅਖਰ ਸਿ13 ਸਿਖਆ ਤਰਤੀਬਵਾਰ ਤ ਭਲਾਵ ਅਖਰ(ਅ) ਅਖਰ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਖਰ ਰਪ ਤ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ
2) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਅਖਰ ਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਧਨੀਆ ਦਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) 13ਵਰ ਤ ਸਿਵਅਜਨ ਵਰਗੀਕਰਨ ਤ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਉਚਾਰਨ(ਅ) ਲਗਾ ndashਮਾਤਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
ਭਾਗ ਅ
1) ਸਿਲਪੀ ਦ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ(ੳ) ਪਰ ਤ ਅਧ ਅਖਰ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ਅ) 13ਵਰ 13ਚਕ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
2) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਣndashਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਫ਼ਤ ਦ ਸਿਦਨ(ਅ) ਮੀਸਿਨਆ ਦ ਨਾਮ(ੲ) ਰਗਾ ਦ ਨਾਮ(13) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਰਸ਼ਤਾndashਨਾਤਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ
ਭਾਗ ੲ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਜੜਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਦ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ(ਅ) ਸਿਤ ਨ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ
2) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਵਰਗਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀਆ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਨਾਵ ਪੜਨਾਵ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਸਿਕਸਿਰਆ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਆਸਿਦ)
ਭਾਗ ਸ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਅਗਤਰ ਸਿਪਛਤਰ 13ਮਾ13 ਦਰ ਕਤੀ)(ਅ) ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਵਾਕਸ਼ ਉਪndashਵਾਕ ਤ ਵਾਕ)
P a g e 26 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ
(1) 13ਲਬ13 ਦ ਚਾਰ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x5 = 20x 1 = 20(2) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 13ਖ ਪ ਉਤਰਾ ਵਾਲ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x 2 = 8x 2 = 16(3) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਵਰਣਾਤਮਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਵ ਗਾ 4x 1 = 4x 6 = 24
P a g e 27 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 5th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 301 Analog and Digital Communication Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 302 Web Programming amp Scripting 3 1 0 35
ECM 303 Mobile Application Development 3 1 0 35
ECM 304 Computer Networks 3 1 0 35
ECE 303 Microprocessor and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 351 Analog and Digital Communication Systems Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 353 Mobile Application Development Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 353 Microprocessor and Applications Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective ndash I 3 1 0 35
STG 351 Summer Training 60
Drug Abuse 3 0 0 00
21 6 6 30
Total contact hours 33
ECM 351 ECM 353 ECE 353 amp STG 351 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers Summer Training will be of 4-6 weeks duration in Industry or in- house Qualifying subject
Elective - I
1 ECE 305 ndash Linear Integrated Circuits amp Applications2 ECE 306 ndash Control Engineering 3 ECE 301 ndash Opto Electronics4 ECE 316 ndash HDL Based Digital Design5 ECE 318 ndash Communication Theory6 ECE 319 - Electronic Switching Circuits7 ECE 320 - Transmission Lines and Waveguides8 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 28 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 301 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is intended to understand all types of analog and digital modulation amp demodulation techniques and Recognize the importance of pre-emphasis and de-emphasis Focus will be on the fundamental system aspects of modern analog and digital communication System After successfully completing the course students will also be able to analyze the performance of a baseband and pass band digital communication system
Section-A
Amplitude Modulation (AM) Introduction Basic elements of communications Noise Need for modulation Expression for AM Double sideband suppressed carrier (DSB-SC) single sideband (SSB) and vestigial sideband (VSB)
AM Modulators and Demodulators Introduction with circuit diagram explanation of square law modulator and balanced modulator Fil tering method and Phasing method for generation of SSB Envelope detector and square law detector Working principles and block diagram explanations of super heterodyne receiver Specifications of receiver sensitivity selectivity fidelity signal to noise ratio and double spotting
Angle Modulation Introduction to Phase modulation (PM) and frequency modulation (FM) Relationship between PM and FM Expression of Phase and frequency modulation Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis circuits in FM Armstrong system of FM modulator slope detector balanced slope detector quadrature detector for FM demodulation FM stereo transmitter
Section-B
Pulse Modulation Introduction Sampling theorem and its applications Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) Pulse Time Modulation (PTM) Pulse code Modulation (PCM) quantization quantization error quantization noise companding Delta modulation Adaptive delta modulation Line Coding Schemes Introduction of line coding scheme ON-OFF signaling polar signaling bipolar amp split phase Manchester signaling and comparison among them Introduction to inter-symbol interference eye diagram Modulation Schemes Introduction generation reception spectrum and geometrical representation of BASK BFSK BPSK DPSKQPSK QAM and MSK techniques Use of signal space for calculation of error probabili ty for BPSK BFSK and QPSK Block diagram of digital communication system and functions of each block
TEXT BOOKS 1Electronic Communication Systems ndash George Kennedy and Bernard Davis TMH 2 Modern digital and analog Communication systems B P Lathi Oxford University Press 3 Communication Systems Harold PE Stern Samy and A Mahmond Pearson 4 Communication Systems Singh and Sapre Analog and digital TMH 5 Principles of Communication Systems ndash H Taub amp D Schilling Gautam Sahe TMH6 John Proakis ldquoDigital CommunicationsrdquoMcGrawHill7 Simon Haykin Digital communications John Wiley and sons8 Digital communication system by JSchitode
P a g e 29 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 302 INT EXT L T P CrWEB PROGRAMMING amp SCRIPTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Students are able to develop a dynamic webpage by the use of javascript and HTML Students will be able to know of CSS JQuery and AJAX
Section ndash A
HTML Tags Elements Attributes Headings Paragraphs Styles Formatting Quotations Comments Colors Hyperlinks Images Tables Lists Iframes Forms Form Elements Form Input Element types Canvas
CSS Inline amp External Anatomy of a CSS ruleset Measurement Units Colors Backgrounds Fonts Text Links Tables Borders Margins Lists Padding Dimensions Display Visibil ity Positioning Media Types Printing
Section ndash B
Javascript Syntax Variables Operators Data Types Number Boolean Strings Arrays Date Objects Functions Events If Else Switch Case While Loop For Loop For in RegExp HTML DOM Error Handling Dialog Boxes
Frameworks Introduction to jQuery Bootstrap JSON
Text Books
1 HTML5 for Web Designers by Jeremy Keith2 The Essential Guide to CSS and HTML Web Design by Craig Grannell3 JavaScript amp JQuery The Missing Manual by David McFarland
P a g e 30 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 303 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is related to the development of applications on mobile and wireless computing platforms Android will be used as a basis for teaching programming techniques and design patterns related to the development of standalone applications and mobile portals to enterprise systems Emphasis is placed on the processes tools and frameworks required to develop applications for current and emerging mobile computing devices Students will work at all stages of the software development life-cycle from inception through to implementation and testing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Android The Android Platform Android SDK Android App Resources Android App Manifest File Android App Permissions
Android Application Design Essentials Anatomy of an Android applications Android terminologies Application Context Activities Activity lifecycle Activity state changes Tasks and back stack Parcelables and bundles Fragments Services Intents
Section ndash B
Android User Interface Design Essentials User Interface Screen elements Designing User Interfaces with Layouts working with different types of resources
Android Architecture Components View Binding Data Binding LiveData ViewModel
WorkManager Room Persistence Library
Text Books
1 Lauren Darcey and Shane Conder ldquoAndroid Wireless Application Developmentrdquo Pearson Education 2nd ed (2011)
Reference Books
1 Reto Meier Professional Android 2 Application Developmentrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd2 Mark L Murphy Beginning Androidrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd
P a g e 31 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 304 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Build an understanding of the fundamental concepts of computer networking Familiarize the student with the basic taxonomy and terminology of the computer networking area Introduce the student to advanced networking concepts preparing the student for entry Advanced courses in computer networking Allow the student to gain expertise in some specific areas of networking such as the design and maintenance of individual networks
Section ndash A
Introduction history and development of computer networks Types of computer networks LAN MAN WAN broadcast and point to point networks Network topologies
Layered Architecture concept of layers protocols interfaces and services The OSI Reference Model The TCPIP Reference Model Comparison of OSI and TCPIP Models
Physical Layer Concept of Analog amp Digital Signal Bandwidth Transmission Impairments Attenuation Distortion Noise Data rate l imits Nyquist formula Shannon Formula
Switching Circuit Switching Message Switching and Packet Switching Comparison of Repeaters Hubs Switches
Transmission media Twisted Pair Co-axial Cables Fiber Optics Wireless Transmission Radio and Microwave and Infrared Transmission
Section ndash B
Data Link Layer Data l ink layer Design Issues Error Detection and Correction Elementary data link protocols An Unrestricted Simplex Protocol A Simplex Stop and Wait Protocol A Simplex Protocol for a Noisy Channel Sliding window protocols A One Bit Sliding Window Protocol A Protocol Using go back N A Protocol using Selective Repeat CSMA CSMACD Protocols
Network layer IP Addressing IPV4 header Fragmentation
Routing algorithms Shortest Path Routing Flooding Distance Vector Routing and Link State Routing Introduction to Congestion Congestion Control
Transport layer Introduction to Elements of Transport Protocols UDP TCP
Application layer Electronic-mail WWW Domain Name System SMTP HTTP
Text Books
1 A S Tannenbaum Computer Networks 3rd Edition Prentice-Hall2 D E Comer Internetworking with TCP-IP Principles Protocols and Architecture Vol I 2nd Edition
Prentice Hall 19913 D E Comer and D L Stevens Internetworking with TCP-IP Design Implementation and Internals
Vol II Prentice Hall 1990
P a g e 32 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 303 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To introduce 8085 architecture and programming in assembly language To introduce basic concepts of interfacing memory and peripheral devices to a microprocessor To introduce serial and parallel bus standards To introduce 8086 microprocessors To introduce various advanced processor architectures such as 80X86 Pentium and Multicore Processors
Section ndash A
Introduction Overview of architecture and instruction set of 8085 introduction to interfacing and inputoutput (IO) techniques Introduction to timing and control interrupts and programming of 8085Bus Contention amp solution
Interfacing Chips Block diagram and modes of operation of interfacing devices 81558156 and 83558755 multipurpose programmable devices 8279 programmable keyboarddisplay interface 8255A programmable peripheral interface 8253 programmable interval t imer 8259A programmable interrupt controller 8257 direct memory access(DMA) controller and 8251 USART
Section ndash B
Microprocessor Applications Interfacing of single and multiple digit seven-segment LED output display Interfacing of DAC (AD 558 AD 7522 amp DAC0800) and ADC (AD570 AD7574 and ADC0800) Applications like Temperature measurement and control water level indicator measurement and display of motor speed and traffic light control system
8086 Microprocessor Architecture memory segmentation parallel processing addressing modes instruction set and simple programming examples
Text Books
1 Ramesh S Gaonkar Microprocessor architecture Programming and applications with 8085 E Prentice Hall 2002
2 A Mathur Introduction to Micro Processor Tata-McGraw Hill3 Microprocessors and Digital systems by Douglas Hall Tata-McGraw Hill4 Fundamental of microprocessors and Micro Computers by B Ram Dhanpat Rai amp Sons5 Micro Processor 8086 by Gibson PHI
P a g e 33 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 351 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
17 To study line coding signals and its formats
18 To study Amplitude Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
19 To study Frequency Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
20 To study Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
21 To study Differential Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
22 To study Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
23 To study the sampling theorem amp reconstruction of signal
24 To study Delta Modulation amp Demodulation amp its characteristic
25 To study Adaptive Delta Modulation amp Demodulation
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 34 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 353 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Develop an Android application using various components fonts and colors
2 Develop an Android application that uses Layout Managers and event listeners
3 Develop an Android application for basic calculator
4 Develop an Android application to write data to the SD card
5 Develop an Android application that uses Fragments
6 Develop an Android application that uses Navigation component
7 Develop an Android application that uses GPS location information
8 Develop an Android application using various Firebase services
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 35 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 353 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To write and test a program for finding the largest and the smallest numbers out of the given list of
numbers
2 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in ascending order
3 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in descending order
4 Study of microprocessor-based temperature recording and monitoring system
5 Study of microprocessor-based Traffic Light Controller
6 Study of microprocessor-based DC Motor Controller
7 Study of microprocessor-based Stepper Motor Interface Card and Controller
8 Study of interfacing of ADC with microprocessor
9 Study of interfacing of DAC with microprocessor
10 To write and test different programs involving the use of interrupts subroutines Flags etc
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 36 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 305 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrLINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives This course introduces theoretical and circuit aspects of operational amplifier which is backbone for the basics of l inear Integrated circuits and its various applications and introduce some special function ICs
Section ndash A
Operational Amplifiers Differential Amplifier ndash Transfer characteristics CMRR PSRR current mirror voltage references internal structure of Op-amp Ideal Op-amp Characteristics Inverting and non-inverting Op-amp offset error voltages and currents slew rate characterization of Op-amp parameters Op-amp internal design starting from basic differential amplifier
Negative Feedback In Op-Amps Block diagram representation of feedback configurations Voltage-series feedback Amplifier Voltage shunt feedback amplifier Differential amplifiers with one op-amp two op-amps and three op-ampsFREQUENCY RESPONSE OF AN OP-AMP Frequency response Compensating Networks Frequency response of internally compensated Op-Amps Frequency response of Non compensated Op-amps Closed loop frequency response Slew rate causes of slew rate and its effect on applications
Section ndash B
Analog Systems with Operational Amplifier as A Building Block Basic applications ndash Inverter scale changer adder voltage to current current to voltage converter voltage follower Bridge amplifier Instrumentation amplifier Analog Integrator and Differentiator Logarithmic amplifier anti-log amplifierComparator amp other applications Comparator comparator characteristics limitation of Op-amp as comparator voltage limiters zero crossing detector timing mark generator precision rectifier average detector peak detector window detector voltage to frequency amp frequency to voltage converters
Specialized IC Applications Active filters First order low pass Butterworth Filter Second order low pass Butterworth Filter First order high pass Butterworth Filter Second Order High pass Butterworth Filter higher order filters Design of active filters Band Pass filters ndash wide band amp narrow band Band reject filters ndash wide band amp narrow band all pass filters 555 timer and its use as bistable monostable amp astable multivibrator Schmitt trigger Phase locked loop 565 applications frequency synthesizers and current differencing (Norton) amplifier
Reference Books
1 Op-Amp amp Linear Integrated Circuits- R A Gayakwad 4th Edition Pearson 20022 Operational Amplifier amp Linear integrated circuits- R F Coughlin amp FF Driscoll -6 th Edition and
Pearson 20013 Design with Op-Amps amp Analog ICs -Sergio France 3rd Edition McGraw Hill Hirher Education4 Linear Integrated Circuits- D Roy Choudhry New Age International Limited Publication
P a g e 37 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 306 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCONTROL ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To provide sound knowledge in the concepts of l inear control theory and design of control systems Further aims are - To develop mathematical model for electrical and mechanical systems - To understand the use of transfer function models in physical systems and simplification -To provide adequate knowledge in the time and frequency response of systems and steady state error analysis -To learn the importance of controllers and effect of different controllers to accord basic knowledge of stabili ty and various techniques to calculate stability -To introduce state space representation for different models -To study the basics of compensation and different types
Section ndash A
Basic Concepts Classification Open loop control system closed loop systems linear and non-linear systems time variant amp invariant systems Relative merits and demerits of open and closed loop systems Servomechanism
Mathematical Modeling Transfer function Mathematical modeling of electrical mechanical systems Analogies Block diagrams and signal flow graphs and their use in determining transfer function
Analysis Time and frequency domain analysis Transient and frequency response of first and second order systems Correlation ship between time and frequency domain specifications Steady-state errors and error constants Concepts and applications of P PD PI and PID types of control
Section ndash B
Stability Definit ion pole and Zero concept Routh-Hurwitz cri terion Root locus techniques Nyquist criterion Bode plots Relative stability Gain margin and phase margins
State Space Analysis Concepts of state State variables and state models State space equations Transfer function Transfer model State space representation of dynamic systems State transit ion matrix Controllability and observability
Compensation Necessity of compensation series and parallel compensations compensating networks
Reference Books
1 Modern Control Engg by K Ogata Prentice Hall New Delhi 19742 Control System Components by JF Gibsen Mcgraw Hill 19633 Automatic Control System by BC Kuo Prentice Hall 3rd Ed 19784 Control System Engineering by IJ Nagrath amp Gopal Wiley Eastern Ltd New Delhi5 DP Eckman Automatic process control6 Liptak ldquoHandbook of process controlrdquo
P a g e 38 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 301 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrOPTO-ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is to provide understanding of working principle performance analysis of various important components of fiber optical communication systems such as optical transmitter receiver optical amplifiers couplers split ters optical modulators etc When actual design of wavelength division multiplexed fiber optic communication systems will be done then working knowledge of Lasers LEDs photodiodes various types of optical amplifiers multiplexers fil ters etc will be beneficial The course is designed in a such way that the students learns the basic principle types of structures with their performances characterist ics of light sources (such as Lasers LEDs) optical detectors such as various types of photodiodes optical amplifiers multiplexers fi lters etc components of a wavelength division multiplexed optical communication systems At the end of course the student of must have thorough understanding of active and passive components of optical communication systems The course also provides basic knowledge of optical sensors which are used in optical instrumentation and many other applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of optoelectronics advantages applications-Network Military Civil industrial Sensors etc
Optoelectronic Sources Introduction Basic concepts Optical emission from semiconductor Semiconductor injection Laser amp its various structures injection laser characterist ics threshold condition wavelength tunable Lasers LED power and efficiency Heterojunction LED structure designs characterist ics Modulation response of an LED Source-Fiber coupling
Optoelectronic Detectors Introduction Device types basic principal of optoelectronic detection Absorption Quantum efficiency Responsivity wavelength cutoff Types of Photodiodes with and without internal gain Mid-infrared photodiode phototransistors Photo-conducting detectors Noise Considerations
Section ndash B
Passive Network Components amp Sensors Introduction CouplersSplit ters WDM multiplexers Demultiplexers Fil ters Isolators Circulators Attenuators Electro-optic Modulators Acousto-optic Modulators and their application areas
Optical Sensors classification-point distributed Intensity phase amp spectral Smart structures amp applications
Optical Amplifiers And Integrated Optics Introduction Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers (SOA) Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFA) Fiber Raman Amplifiers (FRA) Application areas of optical amplifiers Some integrated optical devices OEICs Optical bi-stability and digital optics Optical Computation
Reference Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash DK Mynbev LL Scheiner Pearson Education Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications
P a g e 39 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 316 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrHDL BASED DIGITAL DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of iterative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Introduction to HDL Design Flow Design Methodologies HDL History Capabilities Hardware Abstraction Basic Terminology Model Analysis Comparison between VHDL and Verilog
Basic VHDL Elements Identifiers Data Objects Data Types Operators
Behavioral Modeling Entity declaration architecture body Various Sequential Statements and Constructs multiple processes postponed processes
Dataflow Modeling Concurrent Signal Assignment Statements delta delay model multiple drivers block statement concurrent assertion statement
Structural Modeling Component Declaration component Instantiation resolving signal values
Section ndash B
Supporting Constructs Generics and Configuration Subprograms and Overloading Operator overloading Package declaration package body
Advanced Features Generate statements qualified expressions type conversions guarded signals attributes aggregate targets
Model Simulation Writing a Test Bench and Simulation for combinational circuits
Programmable Logic Devices (PLD) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) Basic Concepts Architecture and Usage
Text Books
a) A VHDL Primer ndash Jayaram Bhasker Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey b) VHDL Programming by Examples ndash Douglas L Perry Mc Graw Hill Fourth Editionc) FPGA based implementation of Signal Processing Systems RogerWoods John McAllister Dr Ying
Yi Gaye Lightbody Wileyd) Advanced FPGA Design ndash Architecture Implementation amp Optimization Steve Kilts
P a g e 40 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 318 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives After completing the course the student should be able to - Understand the basics of information theory and communication systems -understand the role of probability and statist ics in the analysis of communication systems -Solve problems related to channel capacity and spectral efficiency
Section ndash A
Introduction to information messages amp signals Classification of signals The discrete and continuous spectrum Power spectrum Energy density spectrum Dirac delta functions Sampling theory and approximations Convolution of signals LTI systems
Discrete probabili ty theory Continuous random variables Statist ically independent random variables Probability density functions of sums Transformation of density functions Ergodic Process Correlation functions Spectral density and White noise
Atmospheric Thermal Shot and Partition noise Noise figure and experimental determination of noise figure Shot noise in temperature limited diode and space charge limited diodes Pulse response and Digital noise
Section ndash B
Networks with random input Auto-correlations Spectral density and probabili ty density input-output relationships Optimum system and non-Linear systems Maximum criterion Equivalent noise bandwidth
Definit ion of information Units of information Entropy Uncertainty and information rate of communication Redundancy Relation between system capacity and information content of messages Shannonrsquos theorem Discrete noisy channel Channel capacity for different discrete channels
Text Books
1 Hancock JC ldquoAn Introduction to the Principles of Communication Theory Tata McGraw Hill 19612 Sharma Sanjay ldquoSignals and Systemsrdquo S K Kataria amp Sons 20093 Swartz Information Transmission Modulation amp Noiserdquo Mc Graw Hill4 Taub amp Schilling Principals of Communication System Mc Graw Hill5 Simon Haykin ldquoCommunication Systemsrdquo Wiley
Reference Books
1 Papoulis and S U Pillai ldquoProbability Random Variables and Stochastic Processesrdquo Tata McGraw Hill 2002
2 Claude E Shannon ldquoA Mathematical Theory of Communicationrdquo Bell System Technical Journal 27(3) 379-423
3 T Cover and J Thomas ldquoElements of Information Theoryrdquo Wiley 2006
P a g e 41 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 319 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC SWITCHING CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understanding of switching concept and different types of switching techniques Capabilit ies amp other details of finite state machines can be explored Will boost the knowledge of synchronous and asynchronous circuits design amp analysis Also explore the various types of Hazards
Section ndash A
Introduction to Sequential Circuits FlipndashFlops Flip-Flop conversions Classification of Sequential Circuits Registers and Counter circuits
Design amp Analysis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits Sequential circuits introductory examples Counters Finite state Machines Sequence Detector and Sequence Generator circuits Definite state model Basic definit ion Capabilit ies amp Limitation of finite state machines state equivalence amp machine minimization simplification of incompletely specified machines Extraction of maximum compatibles synthesis amp analysis of synchronous sequential circuits
Design amp Analysis of Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Introduction to asynchronous circuits t iming diagram state diagram amp flow tables fundamental mode circuits synthesis state assignment in asynchronous sequential circuits
Section ndash B
Hazards Introduction gate delays generation of spikes production of static hazards in combinational networks elimination of static hazards design of hazard free combinational networks hazard free asynchronous circuit design dynamic hazards essential hazards
Contact Networks amp Symmetric Networks Relay contents analysis amp Synthesis of contact Networks Properties of symmetric functions Synthesis ampidentification of symmetric functions Iterative Networks
Text Books
1 Switching and finite automata theory by ZVI Kohavi2 Logical design of switching circuits by Douglas Lewin 3 Logic Design by NN Biswas
P a g e 42 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 320 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrTRANSMISSION LINES AND WAVEGUIDES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the students should be able to familiarize with the new concepts towards propagation of signals through transmission lines and waveguides
Section ndash A
Classification of guided wave solutions-TE TM and TEM waves Field analysis transmission lines Rectangular and circular waveguides Excitation of waveguides Rectangular and circular cavity resonators
Transmission line equations Voltage and current waves Solutions for different terminations Transmission-line loading
Section ndash B
Impedance transformation and matching Smith Chart Quarter-wave and half-wave transformers Binomial and Tchebeyshev transformers Single double and triple stub matching
Microstriplines stripline slot lines coplanar waveguide and fin line Micro strip MIC design aspects Computer- aided analysis and synthesis
Text Books
1 DMPozar ldquoMicrowave Engineering (3e)rdquo Wiley 20042 JDRyder ldquoNetworks Lines and Fieldsrdquo PHI 20033 RECollin ldquoFoundations for Microwave Engineering (2e)rdquo McGraw-Hill 20024 SYLiao ldquoMicrowave Devices and Circuitsrdquo(3e) PHI 20055 J A Seeger ldquoMicrowave Theory Components and Devicesrdquo Prentice-Hall6 Jordan ldquoEM waves and Radiatingrdquo Prentice Hall7 GSN Raju ldquoElectromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Linesrdquo Pearson Education
P a g e 43 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
INT EXT L T P CrDRUG ABUSE PROBLEM MANAGEMENT AND PREVENTION 50 50 3 0 0 0
Note This is a compulsory qual i fying paper which the students have to study and quali fy during three years of their degree course
REGULAR STUDENTSMax Marks 70 Max Time 3hrsInternal Assessment 30Total Marks 100 Lectures per week 2
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERSThe question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have four quest ions from the respect ive sect ions of the syllabus Each question shal l carry 7 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 14 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any three quest ions f rom sect ion A and any three quest ions from sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
PRIVATE STUDENTSMax Marks 100 Max Time 3hrs
Lectures per week 2INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERS
The question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have three quest ions from the respective sect ions of the syl labus Each quest ion shal l car ry 15 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 20 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any two quest ions f rom sect ion A and any two quest ions f rom sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
SECTION AUNIT I ndash Problem of Drug Abuse Concept and Overview Types of Drug Often Abused
(a) Concept and OverviewWhat are drugs and what constitutes Drug Abuse Prevalence of menace of Drug Abuse How drug Abuse is different from Drug Dependence and Drug Addiction Physical and psychological dependence- concepts of drug tolerance
(b) Introduction to drugs of abuse Short Term Long term effects amp withdrawal symptoms Stimulants Amphetamines Cocaine NicotineDepressants Alcohol Barbiturates- Nembutal Seconal Phenobarbital Benzodiazepines ndashDiazepam Alprazolam FlunitrazepamNarcotics Opium morphine heroin Hallucinogens Cannabis amp derivatives (marijuana hashish hash oil)Steroids Inhalants
UNIT II ndashNature of the Problem Vulnerable Age Groups Signs and symptoms of Drug Abuse (a)- Physical indicators (b)- Academic indicators (c)- Behavioral and Psychological indicators
SECTION BUNIT III ndash Causes and Consequences of Drug Abuse
a) Causes Physiological Psychological Sociological b) Consequences of Drug Abuse For individuals For families For society amp Nation
Unit IV- Management amp Prevention of Drug AbuseManagement of Drug Abuse Prevention of Drug Abuse Role of Family School Media Legislat ion amp Deaddiction Centers
Suggested readings1 Kapoor T (1985) Drug Epidemic among Indian Youth New Delhi Mittal Pub2 Modi Ishwar and Modi Shalini (1997) Drugs Addiction and PreventionJaipur Rawat Publication3 Ahuja Ram(2003) Social Problems in India Rawat Publications Jaipur4 2003 National Household Survey of Alcohol and Drug Abuse New Delhi Clinical Epidemiological Unit All India
Institute of Medical Sciences 20045 World Drug Report 2011 United Nations Office of Drug and Crime6 World Drug Report 2010 United nations Office of Drug and Crime7 Extent Pattern and Trend of Drug Use in India Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment Government of India
20048 The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1985 (New Delhi Universal 2012)
Pedagogy of the Course WorkThe pedagogy of the course work wil l consist of the fol lowing 70 lectures ( including expert lectures) 30 assignments discussion and seminars and class tests Note A visi t to drug de-addiction centre could also be undertaken
P a g e 44 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 6th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 311 Artificial Intelligence and Machine learning 3 1 0 35
ECE 307 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 35
ECM 312 IoT and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 313 Database Management System 3 1 0 35
ECE 357 Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 363 Database Management System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 370 Minor Project 0 0 2 10
Elective-II 3 1 0 35
Elective-III 3 1 0 35
HSS 151 Communication skill Lab
18 6 6 25
Open elective
Total contact hours 32
ECE 357 ECM 363 ECM 370 and HSS 151 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
This is an optional course and student can opt any one elective subject from university Approved Open Elective Subject List with the consent of ACDHEADCourse Mentor
Elective - II
1 ECE 310 ndash Microelectronics 2 ECE 311 ndash Micro controller amp Applications3 ECE 312 ndash Information Theory amp Coding4 ECE 313 ndash Reliability Engineering5 ECE 315 - Modern Control System6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective - III
1 CPE 405 - Soft Computing Techniques2 CPE 406 - Digital Image Processing3 CPE 313 - System Simulation amp Modeling4 CPE 318 - Business Intelligence5 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 45 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 46 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 311 INT EXT L T P CrARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have an appreciation for and understanding of both the achievements of AI and the theory underlying those achievements To have an appreciation for the engineering issues underlying the design of AI systems To have a basic proficiency in a traditional AI language including an ability to write simple to intermediate programs and an ability to understand code written in that language To have a basic understanding of some of the more advanced topics of AI such as learning natural language processing agents and robotics expert systems and planning
Section ndash A
Artificial Intelligence Techniques levels of models understand the importance functions advantages as well as the limitations of art ificial intelligence Use of Artificial Intell igence and intell igent agents
State space search control strategies heuristic search problem characteristics production system characteristics Mapping between facts and representations approaches to knowledge representation semantic sets frame conceptual depending scripts predictive logic resolution in predicate logic
Section ndash B
Procedural Vs declarative knowledge matching conflict resolution Non-monotonic reasoning default reasoning statistical reasoning knowledge extraction Investigate the roles and development methods of artificial intell igence in decision making processes Neural network resources cognitive science role of neural network in computer science
Characteristics of AI language LISP-symbol manipulation- basic l isp function predicated condition recursion iteration Array-lambda functions input-output statements AI problems pattern recognition voice recognition Feature Extraction
Text Books
1 Artificial Intelligence by Rich and Kinght TMH2 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence by Charniak and Mcdermott Addison-Wesley 1985 3 Essentials of Artificial Intelligence by Ginsburg Morgan Kaufmann 1993 4 Artificial Intelligence by Winston 3rd Edition Addison Wesley 1992 5 Artificial Intelligence by Padhy Oxford Press
P a g e 47 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 307 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective DSP makes use of mathematical methods in order to handle and analyze the signals The use of such mathematical methods allows extracting information and even modifying the signal in order to use it as we desire DSP so widespread today and applied in everything around us At the end of course students may able to apply different operations of DSP such as filtering noise cancelling enhancing distorting smoothing in many application eg audio and speech processing sonar radar and other sensor array processing spectral statistical signal processing digital image processing signal processing for telecommunications control systems biomedical engineering seismology among others
Section ndash A
Z-Transform Introduction to signals and systems Z-transform pair properties of region of convergence (ROC) for the Z-transform properties of Z-transform analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Z-transforms System functions for interconnection of LTI systems Block diagram representation for causal LTI systems
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) Frequency domain sampling and reconstruction of discrete t ime signals DFT inverse DFT (IDFT) DFT as a linear transformation relationship of the DFT to other transforms properties of DFT use of DFT in l inear fil tering fil tering of long sequences frequency analysis of signals using DFT
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Direct computation of DFT divide and conquer approach to computation of the DFT radix-2 FFT algorithms use of FFT algorithm for efficient computation of the DFT of two real sequences and of the DFT of a 2N point real sequence
Section ndash B
Digital Filter Structures Introduction structures for FIR systems Direct form cascade form and latt ice structure structures for IIR systems Direct form cascade form parallel form and latt ice structures Fixed point representation of numbers errors resulting from rounding and truncation
Design of Digital Filters General considerations causali ty and its implications characterist ics of practical frequency selective fi lters design of symmetric linear phase FIR filters using rectangular Kaiser and Hamming window Design of digital IIR fil ters using impulse invariance transformation method amp bilinear transformation method
Text Books
1 Johan G Proakis and Dimitris G Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithms and Applicationsrdquo PHI
2 Oppenheim amp Schafer ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo PHI
P a g e 48 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 312 INT EXT L T P CrIOT AND APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Effective usage of IoT deployment for different sectors Developing and modifying code for various sensor-based applications using wireless sensor modules and working with variety of modules like environmental and security module Exploring the features of predictive data analytics for IoT applications Modular hands on training will enable participants to conduct IoT related activities in academic environment and init iate new projects in Industrial sectors
Section ndash A
Introduction to IoT Defining IoT Characteristics of IoT Physical design of IoT Logical design of IoT Functional blocks of IoT Communication models amp APIs
IoTamp M2M Machine to Machine Difference between IoT and M2M Software define network
Network and communication aspects Wireless medium access issues MAC protocol survey Survey routing protocols sensor deployment amp Node Discovery Data aggregation amp dissemination
Section ndash B
Applications of IoT Home automation Industry applications Surveillance applications other IOT applications
Challenges in IoT Design challenges Development challenges security challenges other challenges
Developing IoT Introduction to different IoT tools developing applications through IoT tools Implementing various IoT concepts
Text Books
1 SAMuel Greengard ldquothe Internet of Thingsrdquo2 Klaus Schweb ldquoThe Fourth Industrial revolutionrdquo3 CunoPfister ldquoGetting Started with Internet of Thingsrdquo4 Peter Wahel ldquoLearning Internet of Things
P a g e 49 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 313 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the different issues involved in the design and implementation of a database system To study the physical and logical database designs database modeling relational hierarchical and network models To understand and use data manipulation language to query update and manage a database To develop an understanding of essential DBMS concepts such as database security integrity concurrency To design and build a simple database system
Section ndash A
Introduction to Database Concepts Difference between Database and non-database system Data independence DBMS Architecture components of a database system Advantages and disadvantages of Database system Intended Uses of a DBMS Schemas and Instances Database Languages and Interfaces Classification of Database Management Systems
Data Models Relational Model Network Model Hierarchical Model ER Model Design issues Mapping constraints keys ER diagram weak entity sets extended ER features Design of an ER Database schema Reduction of an ER Schema to tables Comparison of Models
Query Processing Fundamental of Relational Algebra Tuple and Domain Relational Calculus
Relational Query Languages SQL Basic SQL Select Statements Table Creation and Management Create Alter Drop and Rename Constraints Primary key Foreign key Unique Not null and Check Data Manipulation Insert Update and Delete Restricting rows in Select using Where clause Comparison operators Logical Operators Order by clause
Section ndash B
Database Design Integrity Constraints Domain constraints Referential integrity enti ty integrity specify these constraints in SQL specification of Additional Constraints as assertions and triggers
Functional dependencies Functional dependencies Decomposition Normalization using FDrsquos MVDrsquos and JDrsquos Domain key normal form
Query Optimization Translating SQL Queries into Relational Algebra Notation for Query Trees and Query Graphs Heuristic Optimization of Query Trees Transformation Rules for Relational Algebra Operations Heuristic Algebraic Optimization Algorithm Converting Query Trees into Query Execution Plans Cost Components in Query Optimization Using cost estimates in query optimization
Joining Data from Multiple Tables Equi Non-Equi Self and Outer Joins Single-row and Group functions Sub-queries
Additional Database Object Sequences Synonyms and Views
Text Books1 Navathe and Elmasri Fundamentals of Database Systems Pearson education2 Korth and Silberschatz Abraham Database Concepts McGraw Hall 19913 An introduction to database system by CJ Date (Addison Welsey Publishing
house)4 Bipin Desai Database System TMG5 Prateek Bhatia Database Management system Kalayani Publishers
P a g e 50 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 357 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study of basic commands of MATLAB
2 Unit Ramp Unit Step Exponential and addition of two sinusoidal sequences
3 Convolution sum of discrete signals
4 Cross- correlation of two sequences
5 Frequency response of discrete system
6 DFT of the given sequence
7 Poles zeros and gain of transfer function
8 Magnitude amp phase of DFT
9 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of FIR Filter
10 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of IIR Filter
11 Analysis of FIR and IIR Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
12 Analysis of FFT Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 51 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 363 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Install procedure of the latest SQL Server edition
2 Write a query to create a table in SQL
3 Write a query to alter a table in SQL
4 Write a query to delete a table in SQL
5 Write a query to insert update and delete rows in a table in SQL
6 Write a query demonstrate the use of foreign keys in SQL
7 Write a query demonstrate various integrity constraints in SQL
8 Write a query demonstrate various joins in SQL
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 52 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 370 INT EXT L T P CrMINOR PROJECT 50 50 0 0 2 10
Electronic hardware andor software project Working model of hardware andor software project with real world usage according to recent trends in engineering
P a g e 53 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 151 INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Recognizing and articulating speech sounds mock dialogueconversation
2 Making an oral presentation class seminars paper reading
3 Participating in a group discussion
4 Holding a mock meeting
5 Developing skills related to Business Correspondence
6 Preparation for participating in a mock interview for a job etc
7 Developing skills for conducting a meeting attending telephonic calls
8 Listening to a recorded conversation and reviewingdiscussing its contents and style
P a g e 54 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 310 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Microelectronics is the branch of science that deals with microcircuits One most commonly used example of microcircuit is IC ie Integrated Circuits IC is a single substrate or chip on which active and passive components are fabricated the number of components which are fabricated on IC can give miniaturization of ICrsquoS This course provides a detailed fundamental analysis and discussion on various ICrsquos there fabrication steps and fabrication of BJTrsquos MOSFETS and CMOS This course than covers designing of layouts and stick diagram using NMOS PMOS and CMOS technology After successful completion of the device students will acquire a thorough understanding on the devices and be able to apply the knowledge to the development of new and novel devices for different applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Classification of integrated circuits (ICs) thick film thin film amp hybrid ICs Fabrication and component design resistor capacitors and inductors design and fabrication
Monolithic Techniques Process on sil icon crystals line growth refining substrate slicing polishing chemical vapor deposition thermal oxidation photolithography diffusion impurities diffusion system ion implantation metall ization isolation
Monolithic Components Bipolar IC process MOS IC process BJT construction diode instruction FET and MOS construction and resistors capacitors and inductors op-amp and voltage regulators design and fabrication
Section ndash B
LSI Circuits Brief introduction to LSI circuits realization of inter connection and realization of integrated elements
Basic VLSI Design Basic MOS transistor and working NMOS and CMOS fabrication thermal aspects MOS and VLSI some electrical properties of MOS design process circuit components system design and layout and scaling of MOS circuit some application of VLSI circuits like PLA
Text Books
1 SM Sze semiconductor device fundamentals Addison Wesley2 Howe R T and C G Sodini Microelectronics An Integrated Approach Upper Saddle River NJ
Prentice Hall 1996 ISBN 01358851833 N Weste and K Eshranghian Principles of CMOS VLSI Design Addison Wesley 19984 Jacob Backer Harry W Li and David E Boyce CMOS Circuit Design Layout and Simulation
Prentice Hall of India 1998 5 L Glaser and D Dobberpuhl The Design and Analysis of VLSI Circuitsrdquo Addison Wesley 19936 Fonstad C G Microelectronic Devices and Circuits New York NY McGraw-Hill 1994 ISBN
00702149647 Sedra A S and K C Smith Microelectronic Circuits 4th ed New York NY Oxford University
Press 1998 ISBN 01951166318 Pierret R F Semiconductor Device Fundamentals Upper Saddle River NJ Prentice Hall 1995 ISBN
0201543931
P a g e 55 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 311 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROCONTROLLER amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course provides ability to understand the basic concepts of microcontroller and its internal architecture The students would be able to learn the logic for assembly language programming It also provides the understanding about interfacing of input output devices with microcontroller So the overall objective of this subject is to make students aware of microcontrollers and their applications for serial parallel communication input output devices control and microcontroller-based projects
Section ndash A
Introduction 8051 Micro controller Comparison of Microprocessor and Microcontroller microcontroller and embedded processors processor Architecture - Harvard versus Princeton (Von Neumann) CISC versus RISC overview of 8051 families and other microcontrollers in use PIC ATMEL 8051 Pin description connections memory organization memory space of 8051 8051 flag bits and PSW register Register banks and stack
Instruction Familiarization Addressing modes and accessing memory using various addressing modes Arithmetic Logical jump loop and call instructions single bit instructions t ime delay generation amp calculation bit manipulation and programming Development system tools Data Types and directives 8051 assembly Language Programming Assembling an 8051 program
Section ndash B
Interrupt amp Embedded Device Programming Interrupts external amp internal hardware interrupts priority programmable IO Port Timercounter Serial Communication connection to RS 232
Real World Interfacing Interfacing of external memory RAM amp EPROM LCD ADC DAC sensors stepper motor and keyboard Interfacing to enhance 8051 capabili ties with 8255 amp Timer chips
Text Books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems -Ali Mazidi Pearson Education2 Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller -Myke Predko Tata Mc Graw Hill
Reference books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture Programming and appl -Kenneth Ayala Penram International2 Microcontrollers theory amp applications -Ajay V Deshmukh Mc Graw Hill
P a g e 56 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 312 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION THEORY AND CODING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Course will help to analyse error performance of a digital communication system in presence of noise and other interferences and it will help to improve the performance of the system The course will also build fundamental understanding of information theory and coding
Section ndash A
Discrete messages Concept of amount of information Average information and Entropy Information rate Coding to increase Average Information per bit Shannon s theorem Channel Capacity Gaussian channel Capacity Bandwidth-SN tradeoff use of orthogonal signals to attain Shannons limit Efficiency of Orthogonal signal transmission
Channel Coding bounds on communication Coding for Reliable Communication Parity check bit coding for Error detection Coding for Error Detection and Correction Linear Block Codes Cyclic Codes Golay Codes BCH codes Examples of algebraic codes Single Parity check bit code Repeated codes Hadaward code Hamming code
Section ndash B
Burst error correction introduction Block interleaving Convolution Interleaving Reed-Solo9mon (RS) code Concatenated codes Convolution Coding decoding of a Convolution Code Code tree decoding in the presence of noise sequential decoding State and Trellis diagram Viterbi algorithm
Probabili ty of Error of Convolution Codes Comparison of Error rates in Coded and Uncoded transmission Automatic-Repeat-Request (ARQ) Performance of ARQ Systems throughput of the stop amp wait ARQ throughput of Go-Back-N ARQ Selective Repeat ARQ Trellis decoded modulation
Text Books
1 Principles of communication systems by Taub amp Schilling Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing 2 Communication system engineering by Proakis TMH3 Digital Communications by Proakis TMH4 Introduction to the theory of error correcting codes Vera press 19925 Information theory amp reliable communication by Robert G Gallanger McGraw Hill 1992
P a g e 57 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 313 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrRELIABILITY ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Understanding of basic principles rather than lsquocook bookrsquo use of tables or handbooks Application to system requirements design manufacturing and testing with real-world examples
Section ndash A
Concept of Reliability Failures of systems and its modes Measure of Reliability Reliability function Hazard rate MTBF and their interrelations
Reliability Data and Analysis Data sources Data collection use of Reliability Data Reliability Analysis Performance Parameters calculation of failure rate Application of Weibull distribution
System Reliability and Modeling Series systems Parallel system series parallel systems Time dependence Reliability Determination stand-by systems r out of n Configurations Methods of tie set and cut sets of Or reliability evaluation simulation and Reliability prediction Monte Carlo method concepts of network topology Overall reliability evolution
Section ndash B
Maintainability and Availability Maintainability and its equation Factors affecting maintainability Measures of Maintainability Mean Down Time Availability Intrinsic availability equipment availability amp Mission availability Replacement processes and Policies
Life Testing of Equipment Non-destructive tests destruction tests and their Mathematic Modeling Quality and Reliability Measurement amp prediction of Human Reliability Reliability and safety safety margins in critical Devices case studies
Value Engineering Techniques in value Engineering Structure of value Engineering Reliability Management
Text Books
1 Reliability Engg By Govil2 Reliability Engg By Dr AK Aggarwal 19923 Related IEEEIEE publications
P a g e 58 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 315 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMODERN CONTROL SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Analyze dynamics of a linear system by State Space Representation Determine the stability of a linear system using pole-placement technique Design state observers Analyze basics of Non-linear control system Determine the stabili ty of Non-linear systems6 Realize the structure of a discrete time system and model i ts action mathematically
Section ndash A
Digital Control Introduction to digital control sampling Data reconstruction principles Pulse transfer functions Block diagram amp signal flow graph Digital Control Techniques- PID Deadbeat
Time domain analysis correlation between time response amp root location in S amp Z transform effect of pole-zero configuration in Z-plane on maximum overshoot amp peak time transient response
Stability in Z-plane using modified Routhrsquos criteria Jurys criteria
State Variable Analysis and Design Review of state space representation for l inear continuous time system solution of linear time invariant state equations controllabili ty and observability solution of state equation for discrete system state space analysis of discrete time systems pole placement Techniques
Section ndash B
Non-Linear Control System Introduction to non-linear feedback control system special features of linear system l imit cycle jump response sub harmonies etc describing function and phase plane techniques for analysis of non-linear system concept of local global asymptotic and total stability of non-linear system Liapunovs stability criterion
Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Basic Principles of Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Model Reference Adaptive Control Types of Learning-Supervised and Un-Supervised Learning Control Systems On-line and Off-line Learning Control Systems
Text Books
1 Katsuhiko Ogata Modern Control Engineering Prentice-Hall of India New Delhi 2 J Nagarath and M Gopal Control system Engineering New Age International (P) Ltd 3 Katsuhiko Ogata State Space Analysis of Control Systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 4 Benjamin C Kuo and Farid Golnaraghi Automatic Control Systems 8th Edition John Wiley amp Sons 5 H Khalil Nonlinear Control systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 6 Control System Engineering by Norman S Nise Wiley7 Modern Control System by RC Dorf RH Bishop Addision Wesley8 Digital Control amp State Variable Methods by M Gopal TMH9 Brogan W L Modern Control theory Prentice Hall International New Jersey
P a g e 59 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 405 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives It deals with Introduction and different architectures of neural network It deals with the Application of Neural Networks It deals with Genetic Algorithms and Hybrid Systems
Section ndash A
Introduction What is Soft Computing Difference between Hard and Soft computing Requirement of Soft computing Major Areas of Soft Computing Applications of Soft Computing
Neural Networks What is Neural Network Learning rules and various activation functions Single layer Perceptrons Back Propagation networks Architecture of Backpropagation (BP) Networks Backpropagation Learning Variation of Standard Back propagation Neural Network Introduction to Associative Memory Adaptive Resonance theory and Self Organizing Map Recent Applications
Section ndash B
Genetic Algorithm History of Genetic Algorithms (GA) Working Principle Various Encoding methods Fitness function GA Operators- Reproduction Crossover Mutation Convergence of GA Bit wise operation in GA Multi-level Optimization
GA based Backpropagation Networks GA based Weight Determination K - factor determination in Columns
Hybrid Systems Sequential Hybrid Systems Auxiliary Hybrid Systems Embedded Hybrid Systems Neuro-Fuzzy Hybrid Systems Neuro-Genetic Hybrid Systems Fuzzy-Genetic Hybrid Systems
Text Books
1 Rao Vallinu Band Rao Hayagriva Neural networks and fuzzy Logic second edition BPB Publication
2 Berkan C Riza Trubatch L Sheldon Fuzzy Systems design Principlea IEEE Press standard publishers
3 Freeman A James Skapura M David- neural networks algorithms applications and programming4 Soft Computing by Fred Aminzadel amp Jamshich Prentice Hall
P a g e 60 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 406 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understand what MFAs do and how they work Understand the fundamentals of diplomatic negotiations Understand bilateral and multi lateral diplomacy Understand subject-specific diplomacy Understand what makes a document a ldquotreatyrdquo Be aware of historical cases relevant to various diplomatic methods
Section ndash A
Introduction and Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image representation Fundamental steps in Image processing Elements of digital Image processing Sampling and quantization some basic relationships l ike neighborrsquos connectivity distance measure between pixels Image geometry
Image Transforms Discrete Fourier transform Some properties of two-dimensional Fourier transform Fast Fourier transform Inverse FFT
Image Enhancement Point Operations Histograms Spatial Domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement by point processing Spatial fil tering low pass filtering High pass fil tering Homomorphic fi ltering Color image processing Image Restoration Degradation model Algebraic approach to Restoration Inverse fi ltering Wiener fil ter Constrained least square restoration Interactive restoration Restoration in spatial domain
Section ndash B
Image Compression Coding Inter-pixel and Psycho visual redundancy Image Compression models Error free compression Lossy Compression Image Compression standards
Image Segmentation Detection of discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection Thresholding Region Orientation Segmentation Motion based segmentation
Representation and Description Representation schemes l ike chain coding Polygonal approximation Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary Description Regional descriptors Morphology
Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and pattern classes Decision Theoretic methods Structural methods Interpretation
Text Books
1 AK Jainrdquo Fundamentals of Digital Image Processingrdquo Pearson Education2 Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo AWL3 W K Prattrdquo Digital Image Processingrdquo4 Ramesh Jain Brian G Schunck ldquoMachine Visionrdquo TMH
P a g e 61 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 313 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSYSTEM SIMULATION amp MODELING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Systems modeling general systems theory Concept of simulation Simulation as a decision-making tool types of simulation Simulation Terminologies- Application areas ndash Model Classification ndashTypes of Simulation- Steps in a Simulation study- Concepts in Discrete Event Simulation - Simulation Examples
Statistical Models Concepts Discrete Distribution Continuous Distribution Poisson Process Empirical Distributions- Queueing Models ndash Characteristics Notation ndash Queueing Systems ndash Markovian Models- Properties of random numbers- Generation of Pseudo Random numbers- Techniques for generating random numbers-Testing random number generators- Generating Random-Variates- Inverse Transform technique ndash Acceptance- Rejection technique Composition amp Convolution Method
Section ndash B
Design of Simulation Experiments Problem formulation data collection and reduction time flow mechanism key variables logic flow chart starting condition run size experimental design consideration output analysis and interpretation validation input modeling Data collection Assessing sample independence Hypothesizing distribution family with data Parameter Estimation Goodness-of-fit tests Selecting input models in absence of data Output analysis for a Single system Terminating Simulations Steady state simulations
Development of simulation models using simulation language studied for systems like queuing systems Production systems Inventory systems maintenance and replacement systems and Investment analysis Simulation Tools ndash Model Input High level computer system simulation CPU ndashMemory Simulation Comparison of systems via simulation ndash Simulation Programming techniques - Development of Simulation models Simulation programming languages ndash simulation suitability with characterist ics Comparison and selection of simulation languages study of any one simulation language
Text Books
1 Jerry Banks and John Carson ldquoDiscrete Event System Simulationrdquo Fourth Edition PHI 20052 Geoffrey Gordon ldquoSystem Simulationrdquo Second Edition PHI 20063 Narsingh Deo ldquoSystem Simulation with Digital Computer ldquoPrentice Hall India 20014 Frank L Severance ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulationrdquo Wiley 20015 Jerry Banks ldquoHandbook of Simulation Principles Methodology Advances Applications and Practicerdquo
Wiley 1998
P a g e 62 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 318 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrBUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to digital data and its types ndash structured semi-structured and unstructured Introduction to OLTP and OLAP (MOLAP ROLAP HOLAP) BI Definitions amp Concepts BI Framework Data Warehousing concepts and its role in BI BI Infrastructure Components ndash BI Process BI Technology BI Roles amp Responsibili ties Business Applications of BI BI best practices
Basics of Data Integration (Extraction Transformation Loading) Concepts of data integration needs and advantages of using data integration introduction to common data integration approaches Meta data - types and sources Introduction to data quality data profiling concepts and applications introduction to ETL using Kettle
Section ndash B
Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling Introduction to data and dimension modeling multidimensional data model ER Modeling vs multi-dimensional modeling concepts of dimensions facts cubes attribute hierarchies star and snowflake schema introduction to business metrics and KPIs creating cubes using Microsoft Excel
Basics of Enterprise Reporting A typical enterprise Malcolm Baldrige - quality performance framework balanced scorecard enterprise dashboard balanced scorecard vs enterprise dashboard enterprise reporting using MS Access MS Excel best practices in the design of enterprise dashboards
Text Books
1 RN Prasad and Seema Acharya Fundamentals of Business Analytics Wiley India Ltd2 Mike Biere Business Intelligence for the Enterprise Prentice Hall Professional3 Teo Lachev Applied Microsoft Analysis Services 2005 And Microsoft Business Intelligence Platform
Prologika Press4 David Taniar Progressive methods in data warehousing and business intelligence concepts and
competitive analytics Idea Group Inc (IGI)5 Data warehousing the ultimate guide to building corporate business intelligence Birkhaumluser6 Mark Humphries Michael W Hawkins Michelle C Dy Data warehousing architecture and
implementation Prentice Hall Professional
P a g e 63 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 7th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 401 Cryptography and Network Security 3 1 0 35
ECE 413 Wireless amp Mobile Communications 3 1 0 35
ECM 402 Big Data amp Cloud Computing 3 1 0 35
ECE 304 Digital System Design 3 1 0 35
ECE 453 Wireless amp Mobile Communications Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 354 Digital Signal Design Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 453 Software Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective - IV 3 1 0 35
Elective ndash V 3 1 0 35
18 6 6 24
Total contact hours 30
ECE 453 ECE 354 amp ECM 453 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
Elective - IV
1 CPE 402 - Data Mining amp Warehousing2 CPE 403 - Information Security and Cyber Law3 CPE 308 - Computer Graphics4 CPE 409 - Advanced Computer Architecture5 CPE 304 - JAVA Programming6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective ndash V
1 ECE 401 - Microwave Engineering2 ECE 416 - Radar and Satellite Communication3 ECE 415 - Advanced Communication System4 ECE 407 - Nano Electronics5 ECE 408 - Biomedical Instrumentation6 ECE 409 - Optical Networks7 ECE 410 - Digital VLSI Design8 ECE 412 - Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic9 ECE 417 - RF System Design10 ECE 418 - Digital Image and Speech Processing11 ECE 321 ndash Optical Fiber Communications12 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
P a g e 64 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 65 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 401 INT EXT L T P CrCRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Conventional Encryption Introduction Conventional encryption model Steganography Data Encryption Standard block cipher Encryption algorithms confidentiality Key distribution
Public Key Encryption and Hashing Principles of public key cryptosystems RSA algorithm Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange Elliptic curve cryptology message authentication and Hash functions Hash and Mac algorithms Digital signatures
IP Security IP Security Overview IP security Architecture authentication Header Security payload security associations Key Management
Section ndash B
Web Security Web security requirement secure sockets layer transport layer security secure electronic transaction dual signature
Security System Intruders Viruses Worms firewall design Trusted systems antivirus techniques digital Immune systems
Text Books
1 William Stallings Cryptography and Network security 2nd ed Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
1999
2 Baldwin R and Rivest R The RC5 RC5-CBC RC5-CBC-Pad and RC5-CTS Algorithmsrdquo
October1996
P a g e 66 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 413 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Wireless communication has become a ubiquitous part of modern life from global cellular telephone systems to local and even personal area network The objective of the course is that students should be able to familiarize with the evolution and basics of wireless communication technology identify and explain various wireless systems design aspects of cellular systems radio propagation mechanism fading and upcoming wireless networks
Course Outcomes By the end of this course the students will be able to Explain the fundamental concepts of wireless communication systems Learn cellular system design basics and frequency management techniques Describe capacity increase mechanisms interference reduction strategies and long-distance propagation concepts Understand effects of fading voice coding techniques and signal processing in GSM network Update themselves with recent technology and happenings in the field of mobile technology
Section ndash A
Introduction History of wireless communication Future trends in cellular radio and personal communications Second generation (2G) cellular networks evolution to 25G wireless networks (HSCSD GPRS and EDGE for 25G GSM and IS-136 IS-95B for 25G CDMA) 3G Wireless Networks 3G W-CDMA (UMTS) 3G CDMA 2000 3G TD-SCDMA Wireless local loop (WLL) and LMDS WLANs Bluetooth and PANs
Cellular Concepts Introduction frequency reuse channel alignment strategies hand off strategies interference and system capacity Trunking and grade of service improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems using cell splitting sectoring cellular system design considerations
Mobile Radio Propagation Large scale path loss Introduction to radio wave propagation Free space propagation model Three basic propagation mechanism reflection ground reflection (two-ray) model Diffraction scattering shadow fading combined path loss and shadowing
Section ndash B
Small Scale Fading and Multipath Introduction small scale multipath propagation Impulse response of a multipath channel Factors influencing small scale fading parameters of mobile multipath channels (time dispersion coherence bandwidth doppler spread and coherence time) Types of small scale fading Rayleigh Rician and Nakagami fading distributions
Spread Spectrum Modulation Techniques Pseudo- noise (PN) sequences DS-SS FH-SS Block diagram of IS-95 forward link block diagram of IS-95 reverse link GSM (Architecture Channels and signal processing)
Current and upcoming Wireless Systems 4G LTE 5G Adhoc networks
Text Books
1 Mobile cellular Telecommunications William C Y Lee 2nd Edition McGraw Hill Latest edition
2 Wireless and Digital communications Dr Kamilo Feher 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
3 Wireless communication principal amppractice TS Rappaport 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
4 Wireless Communications- Andrea Goldsmith Cambridge University Press
P a g e 67 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 402 INT EXT L T P CrBIG DATA amp CLOUD COMPUTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn how to use Cloud Services To implement Virtualization To implement Task Scheduling algorithms Apply Map-Reduce concept to applications To build Private Cloud Broadly educate to know the impact of engineering on legal and societal issues involved
Section ndash A
Introduction Big Data and its importance Four Vrsquos Drivers for Big data Big data analytics Big data applications
Introduction to Hadoop Hadoop Eco System Moving Data in and out of Hadoop Understanding inputs and outputs of MapReduce
NoSQL Use of NoSQL Types of NoSQL databases Advantages of NoSQL SQL vs NoSQL
MongoDB Introduction to MongoDB key features Core Server tools MongoDB through the JavaScriptrsquos Shell Creating and Querying through Indexes Document-Oriented principles of schema design Constructing queries on Databases collections and documents MongoDB Query Language
Section ndash B
Recent trends in Computing Grid Computing Cluster Computing Distributed Computing Utility Computing Cloud computing
Cloud Computing Architecture Comparison with clientserver computing architecture Services provided at various levels Role of Networks in Cloud computing protocols used Role of Web services Service Models (XaaS) Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) Platform as a Service (PaaS) Software as a Service (SaaS) Public cloud Private cloud Hybrid cloud Community cloud
Cloud Security Infrastructure Security Network level security Host level security Application level security Data security and Storage Data privacy and security issues Jurisdictional issues raised by Data location Identity amp Access Management Access Control Trust Reputation Risk Authentication in cloud computing Client access in cloud Cloud contracting Model Commercial and business considerations
Text Books
1 Cloud Computing Bible Barrie Sosinsky Wiley-India 2010
2 Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms Editors Rajkumar Buyya James Broberg Andrzej M
Goscinski Wiley 2011
3 Cloud Computing Principles Systems and Applications Editors Nikos Antonopoulos Lee Gillam
Springer 2012
4 Cloud Security A Comprehensive Guide to Secure Cloud Computing Ronald L Krutz Russell Dean
Vines Wiley-India 2010
5 Boris lublinsky Kevin t Smith AlexeyYakubovich Professional Hadoop Solutions Wiley ISBN
9788126551071 2015
6 Chris EatonDirk derooset al Understanding Big data McGraw Hill 2012
7 BIG Data and Analytics Sima Acharya Subhashini Chhellappan Willey
P a g e 68 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 304 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of i terative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Review of Digital Electronics Concept MSI and LSI Circuits and Their Applications Arithmetic Circuits Comparators Multiplexers Code Converters XOR And AND-OR INVERTER Gates Wired Logic Bus Oriented Structures Tri-State Bus System Propagation Delay
Sequential Machines The Concept of Memory The Binary Cell The Cell and The Bouncing Switch Set Reset D Clocked T Clocked JK Flip Flop Design of Clock FF State Diagram Synchronous Analysis Process Design Steps for Traditional Synchronous Sequential Circuits State Reduction Design Steps for Next State Decoders Design of Out Put Decoders
Section ndash B
Multi Input System Controller Design System Controllers Design Phases and System Documentation Defining the System Timing and Frequency Considerations MDS Diagram State Assignment Next State Decoders and Its Maps Output Decoders ROM PLA And PAL Based Design
Asynchronous Finite State Machines Scope Asynchronous Analysis Design of Asynchronous Machines Cycle and Races Plotting and Reading the Excitation Map Hazards Essential Hazards Map Entered Variable MEV Approaches to Asynchronous Design Hazards in Circuit Developed by MEV Method
Text Books
1 Fletcher WI Engineering Approach to Digital Design Prentice Hall of India (2007) 4th ed2 Wakerly JF Digital Design Principles and Practices Prentice Hall of India (2013) 5th ed
Reference Books
1 Givone D D Digital Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill (2007) 2nd ed2 Tocci RJ Digital Systems Principles and Applications Prentice-Hall (2006) 10th ed3 Mano MM and Clitti M D Digital Design Prentice Hall (2001) 3rd ed
P a g e 69 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 453 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Note Do any Eight Experiments
I On Satellite Trainer Kit
1 Understanding the basic concepts of satellite Communication 2 Establish direct Communication link between uplink transmitter and downlink receiver using tone
signal 3 To Setup an active Satellite link and Demonstrate link fail Operations 4 To Establish an Audio-Video Satellite link between Transmitter and Receiver 5 To Communicate Voice Signal Through Satellite Link 6 To change different combinations of Uplink amp Downlink frequencies and to check Communication
Link 7 To Transmit and Receive 3 Separate Signals (Audio Video Tone) Simultaneously through Satellite
Link 8 To Transmit and Receive Function Generator Waveforms Through Satellite Link 9 To Transmit and Receive PC Data Through Satellite Link
II On Mobile Phone Trainer Kit
1 To study the Tx IQRx IQ Signals 2 To Observe signal constellation of GMSK signal 3 To Study the Working of Audio IC 4 To Study the Working of a SIM card in a GSM handset 5 To Study SIM CARD Detection
III On Antenna Trainer Kit
1 To study Antenna Trainer Kit 2 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Dipole 3 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ4 Dipole 4 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Folded Dipole 5 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample other Antennas
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 70 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 354 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Design all logic gates using VHDL
2 Write a VHDL programs for Half Adder circuit
3 Write a VHDL programs for Full Adder circuit
4 Write a VHDL programs for Multiplexer amp Demultiplexer circuits
5 Write a VHDL programs for Encoder amp Decoder circuits
6 Write a VHDL programs for Comparator circuit
7 Write a VHDL programs for Code Converter circuit
8 Write a VHDL programs for Flip-Flop circuit
9 Write a VHDL programs for Counter circuit
10 Write a VHDL programs for Register amp Shift Register circuits
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 71 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 453 INT EXT L T P CrSOFTWARE LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
Experiments The list of experiments will be based on the current market requirements and recent trends in latest software regime being followed to employ students with best in class skills at that present time
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 72 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 402 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrDATA MINING amp WAREHOUSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To introduce students to the basic concepts and techniques of Data Mining To develop skills of using recent data mining software for solving practical problems To gain experience of doing independent study and research To study the methodology of engineering legacy databases for data warehousing and data mining to derive business rules for decision support systems Develop and apply critical thinking problem-solving and decision-making skills Develop and apply enthusiasm for learning Class participation is encouraged in this course
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to RDBMS data warehouse transactional databases data mining functionalities classification of data mining system major issues in data mining
Data Preprocessing Data Cleaning Data Integration and Transformation Data Reduction Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation
Data Warehouse And OLAP Need for Data Warehousing Difference from Traditional Databases Data Warehouse Architecture Multidimensional Data Model Schemas for Multi-Dimensional Model Star Snowflake amp Fact Constellation OLAP Operations Types of OLAP Servers ROLAP Versus MOLAP Versus HOLAP
Introduction to Data Mining Basics of data mining Data mining techniques KDP (Knowledge Discovery Process) Application and Challenges of Data Mining Security Issue Privacy Issue
Section ndash B
Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Apriori Algorithm FP Growth Algorithm latest trends in association rules mining
Classification and Clustering classification and prediction issues regarding classification and prediction decision tree induction algorithm rule-based classification using if-then rules for classification prediction linear amp nonlinear regression cluster analysis type of data for cluster analysis introduction to Categorization of Major Clustering Methods Classical Parti tioning Method k-Means
Introduction to Mining Complex Types of Data Complex data objects Mining spatial databases Multimedia databases Time Series and sequence databases Text databases and World Wide Web
Text Books
1 Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo 2 gan Kaufmann Publishers 2000 (ISBN 1-55860-489-8)3 Ian H Witten and Eibe Frank ldquoData Mining Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques with
Java implementationsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers San Fransisco CA (2000)4 Dorian Pyle ldquoData Preparation for Data Miningrdquo Morgan Kaufmann (1999)5 Korth Silbertz Sudarshan ldquoDatabase Conceptsrdquo McGraw Hill6 Elmasri Navathe ldquoFundamentals Of Database Systemsrdquo Addision Wesley
P a g e 73 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 403 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION SECURITY AND CYBER LAW 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To provide an understanding Computer forensics fundamental To analyze various computer forensics technologies To provide computer forensics systems To identify methods for data recovery To apply the methods for preservation of digital evidence
Section ndash A
Introduction to Internet Cyber Space and threats Computer Storage Cell Phone Mobile Forensics Computer Ethics and Application Programs
Electronic and Digital Signatures -Intellectual Property ndash Data Protection and Privacy Need for cyber law and forensics Jurisprudence of Indian Cyber Law
Foot printing WHOIS and DNS enumeration network reconnaissance Email spoofing Email bombing Data diddling Denial of service attack Virusworm attacks- trojans and keyloggers Internet t ime theft Web jacking Phishing-Smishing-Vishing-Identity theft Cyber terrorism- use of encryption by terrorists Human trafficking
Section ndash B
The Legal Perspective ndash The IT Act Challenges faced by IT Act and its amendments Sections Under IT Act- Section 43656667686970 Section relevant to cybercrime under IPC (Indian Penal Code)
Ethical hacking Need penetration testing Information gathering tools like n-map vulnerabili ty detection scanners like nessus nexpose information analysis and planning attack and penetration tools like Metasploit results analysis and reporting
Text Books
1 Cyber Security - Understanding cybercrimes computer forensics and legal perspectives by Nina Godbole and Sunit Belapure
2 System Forensics by Ankit Fadia 3 hacking Exposed network security secrets and solutions by Stuart McClure Scambray and Kurtz Tata
McGraw Hill
P a g e 74 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 308 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER GRAPHICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course objectives To provide comprehensive introduction about computer graphics system design algorithms and two-dimensional transformations To make the students familiar with techniques of clipping three-dimensional graphics and three-dimensional transformations The computer graphics course prepares students for activit ies involving in design development and testing of modeling rendering shading and animation
Section ndash A
Graphics Hardware Raster CRTs Raster and Random Scan Displays Display Controllers and Processors Graphics Input Devices Applications of Computer Graphics
Raster Scan Conversion Algorithms Line Drawing Algorithms (DDA amp Bresenhamrsquos) Circle Drawing Algorithms (Mid-Point and Bresenhamrsquos)
Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Rotation and Scaling) Matrix Representation and Homogenous Coordinates Shear and Reflection Transformations Composite TransformationsFilling Region fi lling Algorithms (Boundary Fill and Flood Fill)
Section ndash B
Windowing and Clipping Viewing pipeline viewing transformations 2-D Clipping algorithms- Line clipping algorithms (Cohen Sutherland Liang Barsky algorithm) Polygon clipping (Sutherland Hodgeman polygon clipping Weiler and Atherton polygon clipping)
Three-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Scaling Rotation) Composite transformations
Projections Parallel and Perspective
Visible Surface Detection Methods Depth Buffer Method A-Buffer Method Scan Line Method Area Subdivision Method
Shading Gouraud and Phong Shading Algorithms Properties of Bezier and B-Spline Curves
Text Books
1 Computer Graphics By Donald Hearn M Pauline Baker2 Computer Graphics (Schaum Series) by Lipschutz (MC Graw Hill)3 Principles of Interactive Computer graphics By WM Newman R Sproull4 Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics By JD Foley A Van Dam5 Computer Graphics Using OPEN GL By FS Hill Jr6 Computer Graphics Roy A Plastock Gordon Kalley
P a g e 75 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 409 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction to Parallel Processing Evolution of Computer Architecture Parallelism in Uniprocessor System Parallel Computer Structures Architectural Classifications Schemes Multiprocessors and Multicomputers Multisector and SIMD Computers Parallel processing application
Memory and input output subsystems Hierarchical Memory structure Virtual memory system Memory Allocation and Management Cache Memories and Management Input-Output Subsystem
Pipelining and Vector Processing Pipelining Instruction and Arithmetic Pipelines Principles of Designing Pipelined Processors Vector Processing Requirements Vector Super Computers Pipeline Chaining and Vector Loops Vectorization and Optimization Methods
Section ndash B
Structures and Algorithms for Array Processors SIMD Array Processors SIMD Interconnection Networks Static amp Dynamic Networks Mesh Connected Network Cube interconnection Networks Parallel Algorithms for array processors Associative Array Processing
Multiprocessor Architecture and Programming Functional Structures Interconnection Networks Multi stage networks for multiprocessors Parallel Memory Organization Multiprocessor Operating System Exploiting Concurrency for Multiprocessing
Text Books
1 Hawang kai Briggs FA Computer Architectures and Parallel Processing McGraw-Hill2 Kain Richard Y Advanced Computer Architecture PHI3 Hwang Kai Advanced Computer Architecture McGraw-Hill4 Mano M Computer System Architecture PHI
P a g e 76 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 304 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrJAVA PROGRAMMING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The model of object-oriented programming abstract data types encapsulation inheritance and polymorphism Fundamental features of an object-oriented language like Java object classes and interfaces exceptions and libraries of object collections How to take the statement of a business problem and from this determine suitable logic for solving the problem then be able to proceed to code that logic as a program written in Java How to test document and prepare a professional looking package for each business project using javadoc
Section ndash A Introduction to Java Features of Java difference between Java and C++ JVM Bytecode data types Wrapper types variables arrays operators-arithmetic bit-wise relational Boolean various control statements
Introduction to Classes Class fundamentals declaring objects methods constructors garbage collection passing parameters to methods recursion
Inheritance types of inheritance Access Modifiers (Private Public Protected Default) Polymorphism (Overloading Overriding Super amp This Keyword) Final Variable Final Classes amp Methods Static variable Static method Abstract methods and classes Packages and interfaces importing packages
Exception Handling Exception types try catch finally throw and throws creating exception subclasses
Section ndash BMultithreading Multithread programming thread priorities synchronization interthread communication Thread class methods runnable interface
IO InputOutput streams reading and writing console inputoutput reading and writing files
Applets and Graphics Applet fundamentals Applet class Applet init ialization and termination event handling keyboard and mouse events AWT class Layout managers panels canvases Frame windows drawing lines rectangles ell ipses
JDBC programming Commonly used classes and interfaces of javasql package connecting java application to a database prepared statements
Advance Concepts Introduction to Java Beans Java Swings Java Server Pages
Recommended Books
1 Dietel and Dietal Java How to Program 6th Edition Pearson Education 2 Herbert Schildt The Complete Reference Java2 TMH 3 James Edward Keogh Jim Keogh J2EE The complete Reference McGraw-Hill
P a g e 77 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 401 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrMICROWAVE ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilities in Microwave engineering through understanding of electromagnetic wave generation transmission and measurements theory and technology by study of microwave transmission medium media and microwave devices and components
Section ndash A
Microwave Tubes and Circuits High frequency limitations of conventional tubes klystrons ndash two cavity klystron multicavity klystron Reflex klystron Travelling wave magnetron - operation and characteristics Helix TWT construction operation and applications
Microwave Solid State Devices amp Their Applications Classification of Microwave Devices Diodes-PIN diode Tunnel Diode varactor and step recovery diodes Transferred Electron Devices- GUNN Diode Avalanche transit time effect- IMPATT Microwave Transistors and high electron mobility transistor-characteristics and performance
Section ndash B
Microwave Components Waveguide Microwave Junctions Scattering matrix and their properties Microwave T junctions ndash H Plane Tee E Plane Tee Magic Tee Rat Race Junction Directional coupler ndashscattering matrix of a directional coupler Waveguide joints bends corners re-entrant cavities Ferrite devices ndash faraday rotation in devices circulator amp isolator phase shifters and microwave attenuators
Microwave Measurements General measurement setup Microwave bench power measurement ndash low medium amp high Attenuation measurement Measurement of VSWR Smith Charts Measurement of Impedance Impedance matching-single and double stub tuners
Text Books
1 Microwave devices and circuits Samuel Liao PHI2 Microwave devices and radar Engg M Kulkarni Umesh Publications3 Foundation of Microwave Engg RE Collin McGraw Hill4 Microwave Engg KC Gupta
P a g e 78 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 416 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRADAR amp SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The objective of this course is to understand analysis of waveguides and gain complete knowledge about microwave components design of impedance matching and tuning using lumped and distributed elements for network to analyze and study characteristics of microwave tube generators and amplifiers and study different RADARs and its supporting systems The course will also provide an in-depth understanding of different concepts used in a satellite communication system like the tools necessary for the calculation of basic parameters in a satellite communication system knowledge about every aspect of satellite communication such as orbital mechanics launching techniques satellite link design earth station technology and different access system towards a satellite
Section ndash A Introduction To Radar Basic Radar Radar equation Radar Block diagram Radar frequencies applications of Radar detection of signals in noise receiver noise and Signal to Noise ratio Probability of detection and false Alarm integration of Radar pulses Radar cross section targets Radar cross section of Fluctuations Antenna parameters system losses
MTI and Doppler Radar Introduction to Doppler and MTI Radar Delay line cancellers Staggered Pulse repetition Frequencies Moving Target Detector Limitations of moving platform Pulse Doppler Radar tracking with Radar Monopulse Tracking Conical Scan and sequential Lobing Limitation to tracking accuracy Tracking in Range
Section ndash B
Orbital aspects of Satellite Communication Introduction to geo-synchronous and geo-stationary satellites Keplerrsquos laws Locating the satellite with respect to the earth sub-satellite point look angles mechanics of launching a synchronous satellite Orbital effects Indian scenario in communication satellites Satellite sub-systems Attitude and Orbit control systems Telemetry Tracking and command control system Power supply system Space craft antennas multiple access techniques comparison of FDMA TDMA CDMA
Satellite link design basic transmission theory system noise temperature and GT ratio design of down link and uplink design of satellite links for specified CN satellite data communication protocols
Text Books
1 Introduction to Radar system by Merrill l Skolnik 3rd Edition Mcgraw Hill 20032 Satellite Communication By T Pratt amp CW Bostain Wiely eastern 2002 2 n d edit ion3 Satellite Communication By Tri T Ha Tata Mcgraw Hill 2nd Edition 1990
P a g e 79 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 415 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart knowledge about advanced communication systems and related design parameters To inculcate ability in students to design wireless communication systems which can provide high data rate to a large number of users The main goal is to utilize the concepts of analogdigital modulation techniques and signal processing in transmission and reception of wireless signals under static and dynamic channels in the presence of noise
Section ndash A
Radio channels and coding Characteristics of Mobile Radio channels Channel capacity and Diversity Overview of STBCs and STTCs
OFDM Introduction Basic principle of OFDM Block diagram of OFDM OFDM standards Spectrum analysis of OFDM Capacity analysis of OFDM Multi-path effects on OFDM BER analysis of OFDM timing and frequency synchronization PAPR in OFDM and its effects mitigation of PAPR
Section ndash B
WiMAX and LTE Background of IEEE 80216 and WiMAX Features of WiMAX WiMAX Network Architecture WiMAX physical layer WiMAX MAC layer channel performance of WiMAX Overview of LTE SAEEPS Architecture of LTE Frame structure in LTE Applications of WiMAX and LTE
MIMO Introduction to MIMO MIMO Spatial Multiplexing MIMO Channel Capacity MIMO Diversity and applications MIMO-OFDM Channel estimation for MIMO-OFDM Multi-user MIMO systems
Text Books
1 Ezio Biglieri Robert Calderbank and Andrea Goldsmith ldquoMIMO Wireless Communicationsrdquo Cambridge University Press
2 Mohinder Jankiraman ldquoSpace-Time Codes and MIMO Systemsrdquo Artech House3 Jeffrey G Andrews Arunabha Ghosh and Rias Muhamed ldquoFundamentals of WiMAX - Understanding
Broadband Wireless Networkingrdquo Prentice Hall4 Abd-Elhamid M Taha and Hossam S Hassanein ldquoLTE LTE-Advanced and WiMAX - Towards IMT-
Advanced Networksrdquo John Wiley and Sons Ltd5 Ramjee Prasad ldquoOFDM for Wireless Communications Systemsrdquo Artech House
P a g e 80 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 407 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNANO ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the fundamentals of Nanotechnology To give a general introduction to different types of nanomaterials spintronic bio electronics molecular electronics organic electronics nano fabrication techniques surface analytical instrumentation techniques micro electro mechanical system (MEMS) and nano electro mechanical system (NEMS) To impart basic knowledge on nano fabrication and surface analytical instrumentation techniques To bring out the magnetic properties optical properties and applications of nano materials
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to Nano-scale Science and Nano-scale Technology Why nano science and nano technology Length energy and time scales Nano structure types and properties electronic and optical properties of materials sensors
Quantum wires and dots single electron effects and single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metall ic tunnel junctions Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy
Fabrication Nanomagnets and spintronics non-ideal interfaces and defects nano fabrication (Lithography Self-assembly Contact imprinting) molecular electronics Organic Electronics (Carbon Fullerness and nanotubes polymers)
Bio Electronics Introduction Binding of Organic semiconductors DNA computing
Section ndash B
Nano-Photonics Emitters Wave Guides Detectors Photonic Crystals
Surface Analytical Instrumentation Techniques for Nanotechnology Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy Low Energy Electron Diffraction (LEED) Scanning Probe Microscopy UV Photo electron spectroscopy (UPS)
Mems and Nems MicroElectro mechanical systems (MEMS) and Nano electro mechanical systems (NEMS) size dependent electronic magnetic and optical behavior of nano materials
Application Introduction to quantum methods of information processing Nano Particles and Environmental Hazardness Industrial applications of Nano Sized materials
TEXT BOOKS
1 Transport in Nanostructures- David Ferry Cambridge University Press20002 Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics - Y Imry Oxford University Press19973 Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems S Datta Cambridge University Press19954 Single Charge Tunneling H Grabert and M Devoret Plenum Press19925 Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining and Microfabrication - P Rai Choudhary SPIE1997
P a g e 81 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 408 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrBIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course will cover various systems of the human physiology signals of biological origin obtained from these systems biosensors transducers bioelectrodes used to acquire such signals and amplifiers for measuring biopotentials Electrical safety of medical devices measurements of the blood pressure blood flow respiratory system clinical laboratory equipment medical imaging and bioethics will also be discussed The main objective of this course is to introduce student to basic biomedical engineering technology As a result student can understand design and evaluate systems and devices that can measure test andor acquire biological information from the human body
Section ndash A
Human Body Subsystems Brief description of neuronal Muscular Cardiovascular and respiratory systems their electrical Mechanical and chemical activities
Transducers and Electrodes Principles and classification of transducers for bio-medical applications Electrode theory Different types of electrodes Selection criteria for transducers and electrodes
Cardiovascular System Measurements Measurement of blood pressure Blood flow Measurement of pH value of blood Cardiac rate Heart sounds Electrocardiograph Plethysmograph
Respiratory System Measurements Measurement of gas volume Flow rate Carbon-dioxide and oxygen concentration in exhaled air
Measurement of Electrical Activity in Neuromuscular System and Brain Neuron potential Muscle potential Electromyograph Brain potentials Electroencephalograph
Section ndash B
Medical Imaging Diagnostic X-rays CAT MRI Ultrasonography Medical use of isotopes Endoscopy
Patient Care Monitoring and Safety Measures Elements of intensive care monitoring Basic hospital systems and components Physiological effect of electric currents Shock hazards from electrical equipment Safety measures
Assisting and Therapeutic Devices Introduction to cardiac pacemakers Defibrillators Ventilators Diathermy
Bio-Telemetry and Lasers Physiological parameters adaptable to Bio-telemetry components of a bio telemetry system Application of telemetry in patient care Application of lasers to biomedical sciences
TEXT BOOKS
1 L Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement - Chromwell FJ Weibell EA Pfeiffer Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
2 Introduction to biomedical Equipment technology- Carr JJ and Brown JM Pearson Publishers Delhi3 Medical Instrumentation applications and design -J G Webster John Wiley Sons New York4 Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation- RS Khandpur Tata Mc Graw Hill New Delhi5 Principles of applied Biomedical Instrumentation -LG Geddes LE Baker John Wiley Sons New
York
P a g e 82 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 409 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The objective of this course is to learn the basic elements of optical fiber transmission l ink fiber glass modes configurations and structures to understand different kinds of losses signal attenuation in optical fibers amp other dispersion factor to learn various optical sources LEDLASER structures receivers (PIN APD) and noise performance Also this course will provide the understanding of optical network system components variety of networking aspects SONETSDH and study of network operations OTDM OTDN etc l ink budget amp network design and management At the end of the course students will be able to apply the fundamental principles of optics and light wave to design optical fiber communication systems differentiate losses in optical fiber link and state transmission characterist ics of optical fiber design optical fiber communication links using appropriate optical fibers light sources detectors explore concept of designing and operating principles of modern optical systems and networks apply different network access schemes and packet switching in OFC systems design and manage networks with appropriate consideration
Section ndash A
Optical Networking Optical networking principle and challenges WDM networking evolution WDM network construction wireless optical systems switching elements Optical Add-Drop Multiplexers Optical Cross-Connect Micro-Electro Mechanical Systems Nonreconfigurable Wavelength Router Reconfigurable Wavelength-Routing Switch Wavelength conversion technologies
Designing WDM Optical Networks Systems Consideration Channels Power Considerations All-optical Cycle of Elimination Additional Considerations Elements of Local-Area WDM Network Design WDM Wide-Area Network Design Issues WDM Metro Network Design Issues Optical Access Network Design Issues
SONET amp SDH evolution multiplexing structure frame structure envelopes functional components problem detection payload pointers VTs overhead bytes SONET amp SDH concatenation Architecture of optical transport networks Digital wrappers hierarchy OTN layer models
Section ndash B
Optical Access Networks Introduction Challenges in Access Networks Next-Generation Access Networks Overview of PON Technologies Optical SplittersCouplers PON Topologies Burst-Mode Transceivers Ethernet PON (EPON) Access Network Ethernet Gaining in Prominence Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation Algorithms Considerations for IP-based Services over EPON Other Types of PONS APONBPON Generalized naming Procedure PON WDM-PON Architectures
ATM vs IP in optical internets IP over ATM amp SONET OSI internet layered model Encapsulation amp its methods PPP packet ATM vs IP debate Optical Internets Evolution to 3G architecture
Text Books
1 Optical WDM Networks - Biswanath Mukherjee ndash Springer2 Optical Networks-Third Generation Transport Systems ndash Uyless Black Pearson
Education3 Optical Network Design and Implementation - Vivek Alwayn Pearson Education4 Understanding SONETSDH and ATM-communications networks for the next millennium by
Stamatious V Kartalopoulos Prentice - Hall India
P a g e 83 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 410 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL VLSI DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course is designed to give the student an understanding of the different design steps required to carry out a complete digital VLSI (Very-Large-Scale Integration) design in silicon It will explore the fundamental concepts and structures of designing digital VLSI systems include CMOS devices and circuits standard CMOS fabrication processes CMOS design rules static and dynamic logic structures interconnect analysis CMOS chip layout simulation and testing low power techniques design tools and methodologies VLSI architecture
Section ndash A
MOS Transistor Theory Evolution of ICs Masking sequence of NMOS and CMOS Structures Electrical Design Rules Stick Diagram Layout Design Introduction to MOS Physics MOSFET Work Function MOS Models MOSFET Structure and Operation Accumulation Depletion and Inversion region Weak and Strong Inversion Threshold voltage Current-Voltage characteristics Body effect MOSFET Scaling theory Limits of miniaturization small geometry effects Sub threshold conduction
Circuit Characterization Resistive Load amp Active Load MOS Inverters NMOS Inverters CMOS Inverters Static Characterist ics Switching Characteristics Interconnect Parasit ics Propagation Delay Static and Dynamic Power Dissipation Noise Margin Logic Threshold Voltage
Section ndash B
Combinational amp Sequential Circuits MOS Logic Circuits with Depletion NMOS loads CMOS Logic Circuits Complex logic circuits Pass Gate Transmission Gate Double Gate Transistor Behavior of Bistable elements SR Latch Circuit Clocked Latch and Flip-Flop Circuits CMOS D-Latch and Edge-triggered Flip-flop Subsystem Design- Adders shifters ALU High Performance Dynamic CMOS Circuits ROM Circuits Static and Dynamic RAM Circuits
VLSI Design Methodologies Semi-custom and Full-Custom Design including Cell Library and Gate Array Based Design FPGA BiCMOS Logic Circuits Design for Testability
TEXT BOOKS
1 Basic VLSI design systems and circuits- Pucknell DA and Eshraghian K PHI2 VLSI design techniques for analog and digital circuits ndash Geiger Rr Allen PE Strader NR
P a g e 84 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 412 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize with soft computing concepts Introduce the ideas of Neural networks fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human experience Familiarize the concepts of Genetic algorithm Apply the soft computing concepts to solve practical problems One will be able to design supervised and unsupervised learning models
Section ndash A
Introduction History of neural networks biological neurons Artificial Neural Net terminology Model of a neuron topology Types of activation functions learning types of learning-supervised unsupervised re-inforcement learning
Neural Learning Perceptrons linear separability Basic learning laws Hebbs rule Delta rule Widrow amp Hoff LMS learning rule correlation learning rule instar and outstar learning rules Supervised learning- Multilayer networks back propagation algorithm and its variations unsupervised learning- competit ive learning K-means clustering algorithm Self-organizing maps Basic Hopfield model
Section ndash B
Radial Basis Functions RBF neural networks Introduction to counter Propagation networks CMAC networks ART networks Broad application areas of neural networks- classification clustering pattern association function approximation
Fuzzy Logic Basic concepts of Fuzzy Logic Fuzziness vs probabili ty Crisp logic vs fuzzy logic Fuzzy sets and systems operations on sets fuzzy relations membership functions fuzzy rule generation variable inference techniques defuzzification techniques Fuzzy applications in consumer products
Text Books
1 Artificial Neural Networks -Yegna Narayanan2 Neural Networks - Simon Haykin 3 Fuzzy logic with engineering application - ROSS JT (Tata Mc)4 Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic - Bart Kosko 5 Neural computing theory amp practice - PD Wasserman (ANZA PUB)6 Introduction to applied Fuzzy Electronics - Ahmad M Ibrahim (PHI)7 Introduction to artificial neural systems - JM Zurada Jaico Pub8 An introduction to Fuzzy control D Driankor H Hellendorn M Reinfrank
P a g e 85 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 417 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRF SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To design and analyse basic resonators and RF Filters 2 To study the operation and device characteristics of RF Active components 3 To design and analyze RF transistor amplifier 4 To understand the operation of Oscillators and mixers used in RF design
Section ndash A
Introduction RF circuits Impedance matching and Quality factor Efficiency Amplifiers RF preamplifiers fi lters Frequency converters Mixers Radio receivers
Oscillators And PLL Relaxation oscil lators Series resonant oscillators Negative resonant oscillators Oscillator dynamics Stabili ty oscillator noise Design examples phase locked loops-loop dynamics analysis Frequency synthesizers
Amplifiers and Power Supplies Amplifier specifications-gain bandwidth and impedance stability Amplifier design Noise considerations class C class D amplifiers High power amplifiers Rectifiers Switching converters Boost and Buck circuits
Section ndash B
Couplers and Waveguide Circuits Directional coupling Hybrids Power combining transformer equivalent circuits Double tuned transformers Transformers with magnetic and iron cores Transmission l ines transformers Baluns Waveguides matching in wave guide circuits Waveguide junctions coaxial lines resistance impedance bridge standing waves
Modulation and Detection Circuits AM High level modulation Digital to analog modulation SSB Angle and frequency modulation Diode detectors FM demodulators-Design power detectors Measurement of power Voltage and Impedance Swept frequency impedance measurements
Text Books
1 Jon B Hagen Radio Frequency Electronics Cambridge university press Cambridge19962 James Hardy High Frequency Circuit Design Resto Publishing Co NewYork19793 Ian Hickman RF HandBook Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd Oxford19934 Ulrich L Rohde TTN Bucher Communication Receivers McGraw Hill New York19985 R Ludcoig RF Circuit Design Pearson Asia Education and P Bretchko New Delhi2000
P a g e 86 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 418 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE AND SPEECH PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 Give the students a general understanding of the fundamentals of digital image processing 2 Introduce the student to analytical tools which are currently used in digital image processing as applied to image information for human viewing 3 To learn the fundamental concepts of digital image processing 4 To study basic image processing operations 5 To understand image analysis algorithms 6 To expose students to current applications in the field of digital image processing 7 Develop the studentrsquos abili ty to apply these tools in the laboratory in image restoration enhancement and compression 8 Understand differences between computer vision and image processing
The main purpose of this course is to provide the learners with solid fundamental tools and experience on the applied technology in the array of speech processing It also gives the opportunity to deepen and widen the understanding of this topic through the study of speech characterist ics and its applications in various fields l ike coding The course is one of the interesting applications of signal processing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Image Processing Overview of Image processing image processing and related fields types of images fundamental steps in image processing Image processing applications Digital image representation and image formation sampling amp Quantization amp application of image Processing
Image Processing operations Basic relationships and distance metrics classification of image processing operations Image Enhancement by Point operation An overview of point Processing constant amp non-linear operations between image amp histogram techniques
Section ndash B
Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing Articulatory Phonetics ndash Production and Classification of Speech Sounds Acoustic Phonetics ndash Acoustics of speech production Review of Digital Signal Processing concepts Short-Time Fourier Transform Filter-Bank and LPC Methods A Review of Discrete-Time Signal amp Systems the Z-transform the DFT Fundamental of Digital Filters FIR system IIR Systems
Features Feature Extraction and Pattern Comparison Techniques Speech distortion measuresndash mathematical and perceptual ndash LogndashSpectral Distance Cepstral Distances Weighted Cepstral Distances and Filtering Likelihood Distortions
Text Books
1 Digital image processing by S Sridhar Oxford University Press2 Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang ldquoFundamentals of Speech Recognitionrdquo
Pearson Education 20033 Digital Image Processing by Rafael C Gonzale amp Richard E Woods Pearson Education Asia4 Fundamentals of digital image processing by AK Jain 1989 Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ5 Ben Gold and Nelson Morgan ldquoSpeech and Audio Signal Processing Processing and Perception of
Speech and Musicrdquo Wiley- India Edition 2006
P a g e 87 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 321 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To understand the basic architecture of optical fiber and related losses like absorption attenuation bending etc 2 To understand the architecture of optical transmitter and receiver for optical communication systems 3 After gone through the design consideration of optical communication the various modulation techniques and measurement techniques will be studied
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of fiber optic communications and its advantages
Review of LEDs and Lasers optical sources PIN and APD diodes optical detectorsOptical Fiber Waveguides amp Its Connections Introduction Ray theory transmission Electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation cylindrical fibers single mode fibers joints - fiber alignment splices connectors
Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers amp Cables Introduction Attenuation Material absorption losses Linear scattering losses Nonlinear scattering losses fiber bend loss Dispersion Intermodal dispersion Overall fiber dispersion Dispersion modified single-mode fibers Polarization
Section ndash B
Optical Fiber Systems Intensity modulationDirect Detection amp Coherent Introduction Optical transmitter circuit Optical receiver circuits system design considerations Digital systems Analog systems Advanced multiplexing strategies Coherent system constraints modulation formats Demodulation schemes Receiver sensitivities
Optical Fiber Measurements Introduction attenuation dispersion refractive index profile cutoff wavelength numerical aperture diameter mode field diameter and field measurements
Text Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash Djafar K Mynbev Lowell L Scheiner Pearson Education
Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill 4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications5 Optoelectronics Fiber optics and Lasers a Text-Lab Manual - Morris Tischler McGraw Hill 6 Related IEEE papers amp websites
P a g e 88 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 8th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
PRJ 451 Project Semester - One Semester Training in Industry 0 0 0 20
INDUSTIAL VISIT BY FACULTY COORDINATOR (150 MARKS) (within 10-12 weeks of commencement of training)
Presentation 60 MarksViva-voce 60 MarksReport (Hard Copy) 30 Marks
Evaluation by Faculty Coordinator in consultation with Industrial Coordinator during industrial visit
EVALUATION BY A TEAM OF FACULTY MEMBERS IN THE INSTITUTE (250 MARKS)(within one week of completion of training)
Presentation 100 MarksViva-voce 100 MarksFinal Report (Hard Copy) 50 Marks
The final presentation and viva-voce will be conducted jointly by the faculty coordinator nominee of the Head to be appointed by the Head of the DepartmentThe letter grade will be awarded to the students according to marks obtained by himher out of total 400 marks
PRJ 451 L T P CrPROJECT SEMESTER 0 0 0 20
Project Semester spans over a period of one Semester
The students shall undertake project (s) in Industry RampD or service organizations under the joint supervision of a faculty member and an executive from the organization The emphasis of the work undertaken is on problem identification and its techno-economic solution for the benefit of the host industry
The project must normally include identification of problem data collection analysis and generating solutions with cost and benefits and recommendations for their implementation If a single project is not available in the industry more than one projects might be undertaken
The evaluation of the project semester should be carried out on a continuous basis and must include the evaluation by faculty coordinator during his visit(s) to the concerned industries evaluation by faculty coordinator towards the completion of the semester and the final evaluation in the Institute by a committee of faculty members
P a g e 89 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 259 INT EXT L T P CrOBJECT ORIENTED PROGRAMMING USING C++ LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to illustrate the working of different iterative controls
2 Write a program to illustrate the use of conditional statements
3 Write a program to illustrate difference between call by reference and call by value
4 Write a program to illustrate use of classes and objects
5 Write a program to illustrate the use of constructors and destructors
6 Write a program to illustrate the use operator overloading
7 Write a program to illustrate the use of inheritance and type of inheritance
8 Write a program to illustrate the use virtual function
9 Write a program to illustrate the use runtime polymorphism
10 Write a program to illustrate the use of File Stream operation
11 Create a class Time with members hours minutes seconds Add two class objects and display time
12 Write a program to perform addition of two complex numbers using constructor overloading
13 Write a program to find the greatest of two given numbers in two different classes using friend
function
14 Implement a class String with the following
Overload + operator to carry out the concatenation of strings
Overload = operator to carry out string copy
Overload lt= operator to carry out the comparison of strings
Function to display the length of a string
Function tolower() to convert upper case letters to lower case
Function toupper() to convert lower case letters to upper case
15 Create a class called List with two pure virtual function store() to save a value and retrieve() to get a
saved value from the list Derive two classes Stack and Queue from it and override store and retrieve
16 Write a program to define the function template for calculating the square of given numbers with
different data types
17 Write a program to perform the deletion of white spaces such as horizontal tab vertical tab space
line feed new line and carriage return from a text file and store the result in another file
18 Write a program to raise an exception if any attempt is made to refer to an element whose index is
beyond the array size
P a g e 10 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 253 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to check whether a string is palindrome or not
2 Write a program to extract substring from given string
3 Write a program to implement stack using arrays
4 Write a program to implement queues using arrays
5 Write a program to sort a given list of numbers using following algorithm
Bubble sort
Insertion sort
Selection sort
Quick sort
Radix sort
6 Write a program to implement linear and binary search algorithm
7 Write a program to create a linked list and perform following operations
Insert element at beginning
Insert element at end
Insert element at given position
Delete element from beginning
Delete element at end
Delete element from given position
8 Take a list of numbers and create a sorted linked list from given list
9 Implement stack using linked representation
10 Implement queue using linked representation
P a g e 11 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P CrENVIRONMENTAL AND ROAD SAFETY AWARENESS 2 0 0 0
Time Allowed 3 hours Total Marks 100Total lectures 50 Pass marks 35
Instructionsa) The paper has been introduced from the session 2013-14b) The paper will be taught in the Second yearfourth Semester of all the UG Courses (BA BCom
BSc Law Engineering Commerce Agriculture etc) except LLB three year course and will be a qualifying paper only The marks of this paper will not be counted towards final score of the under graduate degree
c) This will cover only preliminary and basics of the subject and the paper will be set accordinglyd) The written paper will have two parts Each part of the paper will be of 50 marks and will contain ten
questions The candidates will attempt five questions out of each part The answer to each question should not exceed 500 words Each question will carry ten marks
Section ndash IUnit 1 The multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition scope and importance
Concept of Biosphere ndash Lithosphere Hydrosphere Atmosphere Need for public awareness (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 2 Natural Resources ndash Renewable and non-renewable resources Natural resources and associated problems
a) Forest resources use and over exploitation deforestation and its impactb) Water resources use and overutilization of surface and ground water and its impactc) Mineral resources use and effects on environment on over exploitationd) Food resources Effects modern agriculture fertilizer-pesticide problem water logging and
salinitye) Energy resources Growing energy needs renewable and non-renewable energy sources use of
alternate energy resourcesf) Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources for sustainable development
(7 lectures)Unit 3 Ecosystems
Ecosystem and its components Definition structure and function producer consumer and decomposer Types of Ecosystem (Introduction only) Food Chains food web and ecological pyramids (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 4 Biodiversity and conservation Introduction ndash Definition genetic species and ecosystem diversity value of biodiversity Hot spots of biodiversity Threats to biodiversity habitat loss poocting of wildlife man-wildlife conflicts Endangered and endemic species of India Conservation of Biodiversity (6 lectures)
Section ndash IIUnits 5 Environmental Pollution
Definition causes effects and control measures of a) Air pollutionb) Water pollutionc) Soil pollutiond) Marine pollutione) Noise pollutionf) Thermal pollutiong) Nuclear hazard
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution Solid waste management vermicomposting Disaster management Floods earthquake cyclone and landslides (7 lectures)
Unit 6 Social Issues and the Environment Urban problems related to energy Water conservation rain water harvesting water shed management Resettlement and rehabilitation of people its problems and concerns Climate changes global warming acid rain ozone layer depletion Consumerism and waste products Population explosion ndash Family welfare programme (6 lectures)
Unit 7 Introduction to Environmental Protection Laws in India
P a g e 12 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
Environmental Protection Act Air (Prevention and control of pollution) Act Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act Wild life Protection Act Forest Conservation Act Issues involved in the enforcement of environmental legislation (6 lectures)
Unit 8 Road safety Awareness Concept and significance of Road safety Traffic signs Traffic rules Traffic Offences and penalties How to obtain license Role of first aid in Road Safety (6 lectures)
P a g e 13 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 4th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2020-2021)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECE 209 Digital Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECE 210 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECM 205 Computer System Architecture 3 1 0 35
ECM 206 Operating System 3 1 0 35
ECE 213 Circuit Theory 3 1 0 35
ECE 214 Signals amp Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 254 Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 256 Operating System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 263 Circuit Theory Lab 0 0 2 10
Punjabi 3 0 0 0
21 6 6 33
Total contact hours 33
ECM 254 ECM 256 ECE 263 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
In addition to above mentioned subjects there will be an additional course on Punjabi as a qualifying subject
P a g e 14 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 209 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the student should be able to demonstrate the ability to use logic gates Basic Boolean laws minimization techniques for the designing of various combinational circuits The student should also be able to describe operation characterist ic equations excitation table of various flip flops and explain the conversion of flip flops Design and analyze sequential circuits from the basic building blocks and describe memories AD DA Converters Logic families and their characteristics
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of Number Systems Codes and Gates evaluating logic circuit outputs Implementing circuits from Boolean expressions Boolean theorems DeMorgans theorem universality of NAND and NOR gates IEEEANSI standard logic symbols
Combinational Logic Circuits Sum of product form Product of sum form Simplification of Boolean functions using algebraic and Karnaugh map methods Half adder Full adder half subtractor full subtractor circuits parity generator and checker circuits comparator circuit
Combinational Digital Circuit Design Multiplexer Demultiplexer Code converters Combinational logic circuits Some examples of Boolean gate ICs
Sequential Circuits RS JK D and T fl ip-flops circuits and their conversions Serial and parallel counters and shift registers Universal shift registers some examples of counter and shift register ICs
Section ndash B
Logic families and digital ICs Characterist ics of digital ICs Classification of different logic families TTL ECL MOS and CMOS their operation and specifications
Memories Semi-conductor memories ROM and RAM ROM using diodes BJTs and FETs RAM cell Memory organization and expansion An idea about other types of memories
Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Converters Variable register network R-2R DA converters DA accuracy and resolution AD converters Simultaneous conversion and counter method
Text Books
1 Digital Design by Morris Mano PHI 4th edition 2008 2 Digital principles and Applications by Malvino Leach TMH 2011 3 Digital System Principles and Applications by R J Tocci (PHI) 2009 4 Modern Digital Electronics by R P Jain TMH 2006 5 Digital Integrated Electronics by Taub Schilling TMH 2004
P a g e 15 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 210 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Through this course the students will acquire knowledge of -The behavior of BJTs at high frequency using pi-model -Develop the abili ty to analyze and design analog electronic circuits using discrete components-Concept of feedback used in amplifiers and its need -Working of power amplifiers power amplifier circuits tuned amplifiers Oscillators compare experimental results in the laboratory with theoretical analysis
Section ndash A
High Frequency Transistor The high frequency T model CB short circuit current frequency response Alpha cut-off frequency CE short circuit current frequency response Hybrid pi CE transistor model hybrid pi conductance in terms of low frequency h ndash parameters CE short circuit current gain obtained with hybrid pi model current gain with resistive load
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Power Amplifiers Class A large signal amplifier second and higher harmonic distortion transformer coupled amplifiers Efficiency of amplifiers Push-pull amplifiers (class A amp class B)
Tuned Amplifiers Single tuned capacitively coupled amplifier amp its steady state response Determination of Gain Bandwidth product Tapped tuned Inductively coupled single tuned circuit Double tuned circuits
Oscillators Condition for sustained oscillation R-C phase shift Hartley Colpitts Crystal and Wien Bridge Oscillators
Text Books
1 Electronics Devices by Robert Boylsted Tata McGraw Hill publications2 Electronic Devices and circuits MC-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition by Millman amp Halkias3 Malvino Electronic Principles Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
Reference Books
1 Integrated Electronics by Millman amp Halkias Mc-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition2 Electronic Devices and Circuits S Salivahanan etal Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi3 Electron Devices by Floyd Pearson Asia 5th Edition 20014 Liner Integrated circuits by Gayekward5 Engineering Electronics by Alley amp Attwood6 Burns and Bond Principles of Electronic Circuits PWS Publishing Company Boston
P a g e 16 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 205 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a digital computer To discuss in detail the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms amp implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition subtraction multiplication amp division To study the different ways of communicating with IO devices and standard IO interfaces To study the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory
Section ndash A
Introduction Design of basic computer Registers Accumulator Flags Program Counter Stack Pointer Machine Instructions Instruction Cycle Machine Cycle Components of CPU
Register Transfer and Micro operations Register transfer Language Register transfer Bus amp memory transfer Logic micro operations Shift micro operation
Controller Design Hardwired and Micro programmed Approach
Micro program Control Organization Control Memory Address Sequencing Micro program Sequences Microinstruction Formats and Addressing modes
Arithmetic Unit Comparison and Subtraction of unsigned Binary Numbers Addition Subtraction Multiplication Algorithm
Section ndash B
Memory System Memory CPU interaction Principle of locality (Temporal and Spatial)
Memory Organization Interleaved Memory Organization Memory Hierarchy Main Memory Virtual Memory Cache Memory Cache Organization (Direct Fully Associative Set Associative) Cache Coherence Memory Management Hardware Performance Considerations
Input-Output Organization IO interfaces and Buses IO operations Program driven Input- Output Interrupt driven Input-Output DMA Priority Interrupt
Pipeline Processing Overview of Pipelining Types of Pipelining Hazards (Data Control Structural)
Computer Peripherals and Interfaces Introduction to IO buses ISA PCI SCSI EISA Local bus VESA Local bus PCI bus PCI Express Accelerated graphics port bus
Text Books
1 Computer System Architecture MM Mano Prentice Hall of India2 Structured Computer Organization Andrew S Tanenbaum Prentice Hall of India3 JP Hayes Computer Systeui Architecture Prentice Hall of India New Delhi4 Ali leigh System Architecture South Wester publishing co New Delhi5 William Stallings ldquoComputer Organization and Architecture ndash Designing for Performancerdquo 6th Edition
Pearson Education 2003
P a g e 17 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 206 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn the fundamentals of Operating Systems To learn the mechanisms of OS to handle processes and threads and their communication To learn the mechanisms involved in memory management in contemporary OS To gain knowledge on distributed operating system concepts that includes architecture Mutual exclusion algorithms deadlock detection algorithms and agreement protocols To know the components and management aspects of concurrency management To learn programmatically to implement simple OS mechanisms
Section ndash A
Basic Functions and Concepts of Operating Systems Concept of an operating system batch system Multi-programmed Time sharing Personal Computer System Parallel system Real time system Network Operating System and Distributed Operating System
Features and Objective of Operating Systems System components operating system services System calls System Programmers System Structure Simple Structure Layered Approach Microkernel
Process Management Concept of process process states process control block Process Scheduling Scheduling Queues Schedulers and Context Switch operations on processes CPU scheduling Algorithms FCFS SJF RR and priority Multilevel queue scheduling Multilevelfeedback queue scheduling
Deadlocks Introduction to deadlocks Necessary Conditions for deadlock Resource allocation graph Deadlock Prevention Deadlock Avoidance Safe state Resource-Allocation-Graph Algorithm Bankers Algorithm Deadlock Detection Recovery from Deadlock
Section ndash B
Memory Management Logical and physical address space Swapping Contiguous memory Allocation Memory Protection Memory Allocation Fragmentation paging basic method Protection and shared pages segmentation basic method hardware Protection and sharing virtual memory Demand Paging Page Replacement Algorithms ((FIFO Optimal LRU LRU Approximation page replacement) Allocation of Frames Thrashing
Information Management Files - file concept file types File attributes fi le operations access methods allocation methods (contiguous l inked indexed) directory structure free-space management (bit vector linked list grouping counting)
Disk Management Disk structure Disk Scheduling (FCFS SSTF SCAN C-SCAN LOOK) Disk Management (Disk Formatting Boot Block Bad Blocks) Swap Space Management Swap Space Use Swap Space Location
Case Studies Brief introduction of Windows UNIX and LINUX
Text Books
1 Operating System (Sixth Edition) 2005 Galvin Silberschatz Addison Wesley Publishing Ltd2 Flynn Understanding operating Systems Cengage Learning (Thomson)3 DM Dhamdhere Operating System r A Concept Based Approach Tata Me Graw- Hill4 Operating Systems Design and Implementation Andrew S Tanembaum PHI (Latest Edition)
P a g e 18 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 213 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The study of electrical circuits takes off from principles of AC and DC theory and introduces the student to parameters and characteristics of various networks The aim of the subject to understand the different types of circuits and their analysis based on network theorems and to determine the current voltage and power in the circuit The students will be able to analyze two port networks stability of a circuit and to find time response of the circuit The circuits are designed using Foster and Cauer forms The knowledge of Laplaces transform and Inverse will help students to work in multi-disciplinary fields of electronics engineering
Section ndash A
Network Theorems and Two Port Network Descriptions Thevenins theorem as applied to ac circuits Nortons theorem as applied to AC circuits Superposition theorem as applied to ac circuits Maximum power transfer theorem as applied to AC Circuits Two port description in terms of open circuits impedance Parameters Short circuit admittance parameters Hybrid parameters and transmission Inter-connection of two port network Duality networks
Inductively Coupled Circuits Coefficient of coupling mutual inductance in loop and nodal equations
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Time Domain Analysis Unit functions-step impulse and ramp functions Laplaces transform and Inverse Solution of network problems using Laplace transform Solution of Transient and Steady state response of RL amp RC networks with different types of forcing functions Solutions of transient and steady state response of series RLC circuit with step input
Network Synthesis Synthesis vs Analysis Elements of circuit synthesis Introduction and general considerations in network synthesis Purpose and scope of network synthesis
Positive Real Functions Definition Necessary and Sufficient conditions for a function to be positive real testing of driving point functions for positive realness
Foster amp Cauer Forms Foster and Cauer Forms realization in terms of RC RL and LC networks
Text Books
1 Sudhakar amp Shyammohan ldquoCircuits amp Networksrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 Joseph Administer ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo S Chand Series3 Abhijit Chakarbarti ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo Dhanpat Rai amp Sons New Delhi4 Vanvalkenberg ldquoNetwork Analysisrdquo Prentice Hall5 D Roy Choudhary ldquoNetworks amp Systemsrdquo New Age International New Delhi6 Vanvalkenberg ME ldquoNetworks Analysisrdquo P rentice Hall of India (2007) 3rded7 Arshad M ldquoNetwork Analysis and Synthesisrdquo Laxmi Publications (2008) 2nded
Reference Books
1 Franklin F Kuo Network Analysis and Synthesis John Wiley (2003) 2nd ed2 Anderson BDOVongpanitlerd S Network Analysis and Synthesis Dover Publications (2006) 3rd ed3 Charles A Desoer Ernest S Kuh ldquoBasic Circuit Theoryrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company4 William H Hayt Jr Jack E Kemmerly ldquoEngineering Circuit Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company
P a g e 19 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 20 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 214 INT EXT L T P CrSIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The aim of this subject is to develop analytical capability of students by which they would be able to handle real time signal processing related problems and projects The understanding of various transforms will help the students to analyze the problems in both time and frequency domain
Section ndash A
Representation of Signal and Systems Classifications of signals Linear time invariant systems Representation of signals in terms of impulses Discrete time LTI systems continuous t ime LTI systems Properties of LTI systems Systems described by differential and difference equations
Section ndash B
Fourier analysis Signal representation using Fourier series Representation of periodic signals Continuous and discrete time Fourier series Exponential Fourier series Properties of Fourier series Convergence of Fourier series Continuous and Discrete time Fourier transform Properties of Fourier transform Analysis of discrete time signals and systems Correlation Autocorrelation
Random Signals Probability Random variables Probabili ty density and distribution functions Moments of random variables Random processes Transmission of signals through LTI systems Gaussian Process Central Limit Theorem
Text Books
1 Oppenheim Willisky and Nawab Signals amp Systems Tata Mcgraw HillNew Delhi2 Simon Haykin and Barry Van Been ldquoCommunications System Wiley 3 Eastern USA4 BPLathi ldquoCommunication Systems Oxford Press USA5 A Papouils Random Variables amp Stochastic Process Mcgraw Hill USA
Reference Books
1 Charles L Philips John M Parr Eve A Riskin ldquoSignals Systems and Transformrdquo Prentice Hall Third Edition 2003
P a g e 21 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 254 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To plot frequency response characteristics of a RC Single stage RC coupled Amplifier
2 To determine the voltage gain of a two stage RC coupled amplifiers
3 To plot frequency response characteristics of Transformer coupled amplifier
4 To plot frequency response of a tuned voltage amplifier and to calculate its resonant frequency
5 To find voltage gain of an emitter follower and find its operating point
6 To study Wein Bridge Oscillator
7 To study Phase Shift Oscillator
8 To study OP-Amp as Differentiator amp Integrator
9 To study diode as a biased and unbiased clipper
10 To study Astable Multivibrator using Transistors
11 To study Bistable Multivibrator using Transistors
12 To study OP-Amp as an inverting and non-inverting amplifier
13 To study OP-Amp as summing and average amplifier
14 To study the frequency response of audio amplifier
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 22 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 256 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
HARDWARE LAB
1 Identification of Motherboard Processor System buses Power supplies Memories
2 PC assembling
SOFTWARE LAB
1 Familiarization of UNIXLINUX Environment
2 Installation and Administration of UNIXLINUX operating system
3 Implementation of common commands of UNIX operating systems
4 Shell programming and its features
5 Implementation of programs using shell scripts
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 23 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 263 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 24 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P Crਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ 3 0 0 0
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪਜਾਬੀਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਸਿਵਖ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਕਲਾਈਫਾਈਗ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਵਜ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ
ਉਦਸ਼ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ 13ਾਸਿਤ ਅਤ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣਾ ਮਖ ਰਪ ਸਿਵਚ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਬਲਣ ਪੜਹਨ ਦੀਆ 13ਮਸਿ13ਆਵਾ ਨ ਦਰ ਕਰਨ ਦ ਨਾਲndashਨਾਲ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਨਸਿਤਕ ਕਦਰਾ ndashਕੀਮਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣ ਦਾ ਉਪਰਾਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ
1 ਪਜਾਬੀ ਦੀ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ(ਮਖ 13ਪਾਦਕ ਬਲਦਵ ਸਿ13 ਘ ਚੀਮਾ ਪਰਕਾਸ਼ਕ ਪਬਲੀਕਸ਼ਨ ਸਿਬਊਰ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਪਸਿਟਆਲਾ)ਭਾਗ ਪਲਿਹਲਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਾਲਿਹਤ
(ੳ) ਕਸਿਵਤਾ(ਅ) ਕਾਣੀ(ੲ) ਨਾਟਕ
ਭਾਗ ਦਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬ ਸਲਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਲਕਧਾਰਾਭਾਗ ਤੀਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਤ ਗਰਮਖੀ ਲਿਲਪੀ
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਸਿਤ ਨ ਭਾਗ ਨ ਪਰਤ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦ ਭਾਗਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਵ ਗਾ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਪਸਿਲਾ ਭਾਗ
ਪ 13ਤਕ ਦ ਪਸਿਲ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 36 ਅਕ ਨ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਦਜਾ ਭਾਗ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦ ਜ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 24 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਅਤ ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਦ 12ndash12 ਅਕ ਣਗ
(1) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਪਲਿਹਲ ਭਾਗ ਦ ਲਿਤ ਨ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ਅਤ ੲ ਹਨ ਇਨਹਾ ਲਿਤ ਨਾ ਉਪndashਭਾਗਾ ਲਿਵਚ ਹਠ ਲਿਲਖ ਅਨਸਾਰ ਸਆਲ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ
(ੳ) ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਕਲ 12 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਐਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਣਗ ਅਕ 12x1 = 12
(ਅ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਲਘ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 3ndash3 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ ਉਤਰ ਪਜ ਲਾਈਨਾ ਤ ਵਧ ਨਾ ਵ ਅਕ 3x3 = 9x2 =18
(ੲ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਖ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ ਅਕ 1x6 = 6
(2) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਲਿਵਚ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਇਸ ਪਰਕਾਰ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ(ੳ) ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਔਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ
ਅਕ 8x1 = 8(ਅ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਕਲ 5 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨ ਣਗ ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ
ਨ ਅਕ 5x2 = 10(ੲ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ
ਅਕ 6x1 = 6ਨਟ ਮਲਿਖਕ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ ਤ ਹੀ ਆਧਾਲਿਰਤ ਹਵ ਗੀ ਇਸਦੀ ਲਿਵਧੀ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਹਵ ਗੀ
P a g e 25 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ (ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ)ਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ
For Other State Students ofB Tech amp Six Year BTech-MBA Integrated Program Only
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 (ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ 60 ਅਕ) ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਵਲ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਨ ਦ13ਵੀ ਪਧਰ ਦੀ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਪਾ13 ਨੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਦੀ ਲਈ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਲਬ13 ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਵਰਨਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲ ਕ ਮਾਤਰਾਵਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਵਾਕ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨ 13ਬ ਧੀ ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ ਉਦਸ਼ ਪਜਾਬ ਦ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਦ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਤ ਵਾਝ ਰਸਿ ਗਏ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾਉਣਾ ਅਤ ਬਾਰਲ 13ਸਿਬਆ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਇਕ ਨਵੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾ ਕ ਉਨਾ ਨ ਪਜਾਬ ਸਿਵਚ ਰਜ਼ਗਾਰ ਦ ਮਸਿਕਆ ਦ ਯਗ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ
ਭਾਗ ੳ
1) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਵਰਣਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲਖਣ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) ਅਖਰ ਸਿ13 ਸਿਖਆ ਤਰਤੀਬਵਾਰ ਤ ਭਲਾਵ ਅਖਰ(ਅ) ਅਖਰ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਖਰ ਰਪ ਤ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ
2) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਅਖਰ ਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਧਨੀਆ ਦਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) 13ਵਰ ਤ ਸਿਵਅਜਨ ਵਰਗੀਕਰਨ ਤ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਉਚਾਰਨ(ਅ) ਲਗਾ ndashਮਾਤਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
ਭਾਗ ਅ
1) ਸਿਲਪੀ ਦ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ(ੳ) ਪਰ ਤ ਅਧ ਅਖਰ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ਅ) 13ਵਰ 13ਚਕ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
2) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਣndashਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਫ਼ਤ ਦ ਸਿਦਨ(ਅ) ਮੀਸਿਨਆ ਦ ਨਾਮ(ੲ) ਰਗਾ ਦ ਨਾਮ(13) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਰਸ਼ਤਾndashਨਾਤਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ
ਭਾਗ ੲ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਜੜਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਦ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ(ਅ) ਸਿਤ ਨ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ
2) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਵਰਗਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀਆ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਨਾਵ ਪੜਨਾਵ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਸਿਕਸਿਰਆ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਆਸਿਦ)
ਭਾਗ ਸ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਅਗਤਰ ਸਿਪਛਤਰ 13ਮਾ13 ਦਰ ਕਤੀ)(ਅ) ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਵਾਕਸ਼ ਉਪndashਵਾਕ ਤ ਵਾਕ)
P a g e 26 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ
(1) 13ਲਬ13 ਦ ਚਾਰ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x5 = 20x 1 = 20(2) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 13ਖ ਪ ਉਤਰਾ ਵਾਲ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x 2 = 8x 2 = 16(3) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਵਰਣਾਤਮਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਵ ਗਾ 4x 1 = 4x 6 = 24
P a g e 27 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 5th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 301 Analog and Digital Communication Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 302 Web Programming amp Scripting 3 1 0 35
ECM 303 Mobile Application Development 3 1 0 35
ECM 304 Computer Networks 3 1 0 35
ECE 303 Microprocessor and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 351 Analog and Digital Communication Systems Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 353 Mobile Application Development Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 353 Microprocessor and Applications Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective ndash I 3 1 0 35
STG 351 Summer Training 60
Drug Abuse 3 0 0 00
21 6 6 30
Total contact hours 33
ECM 351 ECM 353 ECE 353 amp STG 351 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers Summer Training will be of 4-6 weeks duration in Industry or in- house Qualifying subject
Elective - I
1 ECE 305 ndash Linear Integrated Circuits amp Applications2 ECE 306 ndash Control Engineering 3 ECE 301 ndash Opto Electronics4 ECE 316 ndash HDL Based Digital Design5 ECE 318 ndash Communication Theory6 ECE 319 - Electronic Switching Circuits7 ECE 320 - Transmission Lines and Waveguides8 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 28 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 301 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is intended to understand all types of analog and digital modulation amp demodulation techniques and Recognize the importance of pre-emphasis and de-emphasis Focus will be on the fundamental system aspects of modern analog and digital communication System After successfully completing the course students will also be able to analyze the performance of a baseband and pass band digital communication system
Section-A
Amplitude Modulation (AM) Introduction Basic elements of communications Noise Need for modulation Expression for AM Double sideband suppressed carrier (DSB-SC) single sideband (SSB) and vestigial sideband (VSB)
AM Modulators and Demodulators Introduction with circuit diagram explanation of square law modulator and balanced modulator Fil tering method and Phasing method for generation of SSB Envelope detector and square law detector Working principles and block diagram explanations of super heterodyne receiver Specifications of receiver sensitivity selectivity fidelity signal to noise ratio and double spotting
Angle Modulation Introduction to Phase modulation (PM) and frequency modulation (FM) Relationship between PM and FM Expression of Phase and frequency modulation Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis circuits in FM Armstrong system of FM modulator slope detector balanced slope detector quadrature detector for FM demodulation FM stereo transmitter
Section-B
Pulse Modulation Introduction Sampling theorem and its applications Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) Pulse Time Modulation (PTM) Pulse code Modulation (PCM) quantization quantization error quantization noise companding Delta modulation Adaptive delta modulation Line Coding Schemes Introduction of line coding scheme ON-OFF signaling polar signaling bipolar amp split phase Manchester signaling and comparison among them Introduction to inter-symbol interference eye diagram Modulation Schemes Introduction generation reception spectrum and geometrical representation of BASK BFSK BPSK DPSKQPSK QAM and MSK techniques Use of signal space for calculation of error probabili ty for BPSK BFSK and QPSK Block diagram of digital communication system and functions of each block
TEXT BOOKS 1Electronic Communication Systems ndash George Kennedy and Bernard Davis TMH 2 Modern digital and analog Communication systems B P Lathi Oxford University Press 3 Communication Systems Harold PE Stern Samy and A Mahmond Pearson 4 Communication Systems Singh and Sapre Analog and digital TMH 5 Principles of Communication Systems ndash H Taub amp D Schilling Gautam Sahe TMH6 John Proakis ldquoDigital CommunicationsrdquoMcGrawHill7 Simon Haykin Digital communications John Wiley and sons8 Digital communication system by JSchitode
P a g e 29 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 302 INT EXT L T P CrWEB PROGRAMMING amp SCRIPTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Students are able to develop a dynamic webpage by the use of javascript and HTML Students will be able to know of CSS JQuery and AJAX
Section ndash A
HTML Tags Elements Attributes Headings Paragraphs Styles Formatting Quotations Comments Colors Hyperlinks Images Tables Lists Iframes Forms Form Elements Form Input Element types Canvas
CSS Inline amp External Anatomy of a CSS ruleset Measurement Units Colors Backgrounds Fonts Text Links Tables Borders Margins Lists Padding Dimensions Display Visibil ity Positioning Media Types Printing
Section ndash B
Javascript Syntax Variables Operators Data Types Number Boolean Strings Arrays Date Objects Functions Events If Else Switch Case While Loop For Loop For in RegExp HTML DOM Error Handling Dialog Boxes
Frameworks Introduction to jQuery Bootstrap JSON
Text Books
1 HTML5 for Web Designers by Jeremy Keith2 The Essential Guide to CSS and HTML Web Design by Craig Grannell3 JavaScript amp JQuery The Missing Manual by David McFarland
P a g e 30 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 303 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is related to the development of applications on mobile and wireless computing platforms Android will be used as a basis for teaching programming techniques and design patterns related to the development of standalone applications and mobile portals to enterprise systems Emphasis is placed on the processes tools and frameworks required to develop applications for current and emerging mobile computing devices Students will work at all stages of the software development life-cycle from inception through to implementation and testing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Android The Android Platform Android SDK Android App Resources Android App Manifest File Android App Permissions
Android Application Design Essentials Anatomy of an Android applications Android terminologies Application Context Activities Activity lifecycle Activity state changes Tasks and back stack Parcelables and bundles Fragments Services Intents
Section ndash B
Android User Interface Design Essentials User Interface Screen elements Designing User Interfaces with Layouts working with different types of resources
Android Architecture Components View Binding Data Binding LiveData ViewModel
WorkManager Room Persistence Library
Text Books
1 Lauren Darcey and Shane Conder ldquoAndroid Wireless Application Developmentrdquo Pearson Education 2nd ed (2011)
Reference Books
1 Reto Meier Professional Android 2 Application Developmentrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd2 Mark L Murphy Beginning Androidrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd
P a g e 31 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 304 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Build an understanding of the fundamental concepts of computer networking Familiarize the student with the basic taxonomy and terminology of the computer networking area Introduce the student to advanced networking concepts preparing the student for entry Advanced courses in computer networking Allow the student to gain expertise in some specific areas of networking such as the design and maintenance of individual networks
Section ndash A
Introduction history and development of computer networks Types of computer networks LAN MAN WAN broadcast and point to point networks Network topologies
Layered Architecture concept of layers protocols interfaces and services The OSI Reference Model The TCPIP Reference Model Comparison of OSI and TCPIP Models
Physical Layer Concept of Analog amp Digital Signal Bandwidth Transmission Impairments Attenuation Distortion Noise Data rate l imits Nyquist formula Shannon Formula
Switching Circuit Switching Message Switching and Packet Switching Comparison of Repeaters Hubs Switches
Transmission media Twisted Pair Co-axial Cables Fiber Optics Wireless Transmission Radio and Microwave and Infrared Transmission
Section ndash B
Data Link Layer Data l ink layer Design Issues Error Detection and Correction Elementary data link protocols An Unrestricted Simplex Protocol A Simplex Stop and Wait Protocol A Simplex Protocol for a Noisy Channel Sliding window protocols A One Bit Sliding Window Protocol A Protocol Using go back N A Protocol using Selective Repeat CSMA CSMACD Protocols
Network layer IP Addressing IPV4 header Fragmentation
Routing algorithms Shortest Path Routing Flooding Distance Vector Routing and Link State Routing Introduction to Congestion Congestion Control
Transport layer Introduction to Elements of Transport Protocols UDP TCP
Application layer Electronic-mail WWW Domain Name System SMTP HTTP
Text Books
1 A S Tannenbaum Computer Networks 3rd Edition Prentice-Hall2 D E Comer Internetworking with TCP-IP Principles Protocols and Architecture Vol I 2nd Edition
Prentice Hall 19913 D E Comer and D L Stevens Internetworking with TCP-IP Design Implementation and Internals
Vol II Prentice Hall 1990
P a g e 32 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 303 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To introduce 8085 architecture and programming in assembly language To introduce basic concepts of interfacing memory and peripheral devices to a microprocessor To introduce serial and parallel bus standards To introduce 8086 microprocessors To introduce various advanced processor architectures such as 80X86 Pentium and Multicore Processors
Section ndash A
Introduction Overview of architecture and instruction set of 8085 introduction to interfacing and inputoutput (IO) techniques Introduction to timing and control interrupts and programming of 8085Bus Contention amp solution
Interfacing Chips Block diagram and modes of operation of interfacing devices 81558156 and 83558755 multipurpose programmable devices 8279 programmable keyboarddisplay interface 8255A programmable peripheral interface 8253 programmable interval t imer 8259A programmable interrupt controller 8257 direct memory access(DMA) controller and 8251 USART
Section ndash B
Microprocessor Applications Interfacing of single and multiple digit seven-segment LED output display Interfacing of DAC (AD 558 AD 7522 amp DAC0800) and ADC (AD570 AD7574 and ADC0800) Applications like Temperature measurement and control water level indicator measurement and display of motor speed and traffic light control system
8086 Microprocessor Architecture memory segmentation parallel processing addressing modes instruction set and simple programming examples
Text Books
1 Ramesh S Gaonkar Microprocessor architecture Programming and applications with 8085 E Prentice Hall 2002
2 A Mathur Introduction to Micro Processor Tata-McGraw Hill3 Microprocessors and Digital systems by Douglas Hall Tata-McGraw Hill4 Fundamental of microprocessors and Micro Computers by B Ram Dhanpat Rai amp Sons5 Micro Processor 8086 by Gibson PHI
P a g e 33 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 351 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
17 To study line coding signals and its formats
18 To study Amplitude Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
19 To study Frequency Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
20 To study Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
21 To study Differential Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
22 To study Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
23 To study the sampling theorem amp reconstruction of signal
24 To study Delta Modulation amp Demodulation amp its characteristic
25 To study Adaptive Delta Modulation amp Demodulation
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 34 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 353 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Develop an Android application using various components fonts and colors
2 Develop an Android application that uses Layout Managers and event listeners
3 Develop an Android application for basic calculator
4 Develop an Android application to write data to the SD card
5 Develop an Android application that uses Fragments
6 Develop an Android application that uses Navigation component
7 Develop an Android application that uses GPS location information
8 Develop an Android application using various Firebase services
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 35 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 353 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To write and test a program for finding the largest and the smallest numbers out of the given list of
numbers
2 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in ascending order
3 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in descending order
4 Study of microprocessor-based temperature recording and monitoring system
5 Study of microprocessor-based Traffic Light Controller
6 Study of microprocessor-based DC Motor Controller
7 Study of microprocessor-based Stepper Motor Interface Card and Controller
8 Study of interfacing of ADC with microprocessor
9 Study of interfacing of DAC with microprocessor
10 To write and test different programs involving the use of interrupts subroutines Flags etc
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 36 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 305 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrLINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives This course introduces theoretical and circuit aspects of operational amplifier which is backbone for the basics of l inear Integrated circuits and its various applications and introduce some special function ICs
Section ndash A
Operational Amplifiers Differential Amplifier ndash Transfer characteristics CMRR PSRR current mirror voltage references internal structure of Op-amp Ideal Op-amp Characteristics Inverting and non-inverting Op-amp offset error voltages and currents slew rate characterization of Op-amp parameters Op-amp internal design starting from basic differential amplifier
Negative Feedback In Op-Amps Block diagram representation of feedback configurations Voltage-series feedback Amplifier Voltage shunt feedback amplifier Differential amplifiers with one op-amp two op-amps and three op-ampsFREQUENCY RESPONSE OF AN OP-AMP Frequency response Compensating Networks Frequency response of internally compensated Op-Amps Frequency response of Non compensated Op-amps Closed loop frequency response Slew rate causes of slew rate and its effect on applications
Section ndash B
Analog Systems with Operational Amplifier as A Building Block Basic applications ndash Inverter scale changer adder voltage to current current to voltage converter voltage follower Bridge amplifier Instrumentation amplifier Analog Integrator and Differentiator Logarithmic amplifier anti-log amplifierComparator amp other applications Comparator comparator characteristics limitation of Op-amp as comparator voltage limiters zero crossing detector timing mark generator precision rectifier average detector peak detector window detector voltage to frequency amp frequency to voltage converters
Specialized IC Applications Active filters First order low pass Butterworth Filter Second order low pass Butterworth Filter First order high pass Butterworth Filter Second Order High pass Butterworth Filter higher order filters Design of active filters Band Pass filters ndash wide band amp narrow band Band reject filters ndash wide band amp narrow band all pass filters 555 timer and its use as bistable monostable amp astable multivibrator Schmitt trigger Phase locked loop 565 applications frequency synthesizers and current differencing (Norton) amplifier
Reference Books
1 Op-Amp amp Linear Integrated Circuits- R A Gayakwad 4th Edition Pearson 20022 Operational Amplifier amp Linear integrated circuits- R F Coughlin amp FF Driscoll -6 th Edition and
Pearson 20013 Design with Op-Amps amp Analog ICs -Sergio France 3rd Edition McGraw Hill Hirher Education4 Linear Integrated Circuits- D Roy Choudhry New Age International Limited Publication
P a g e 37 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 306 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCONTROL ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To provide sound knowledge in the concepts of l inear control theory and design of control systems Further aims are - To develop mathematical model for electrical and mechanical systems - To understand the use of transfer function models in physical systems and simplification -To provide adequate knowledge in the time and frequency response of systems and steady state error analysis -To learn the importance of controllers and effect of different controllers to accord basic knowledge of stabili ty and various techniques to calculate stability -To introduce state space representation for different models -To study the basics of compensation and different types
Section ndash A
Basic Concepts Classification Open loop control system closed loop systems linear and non-linear systems time variant amp invariant systems Relative merits and demerits of open and closed loop systems Servomechanism
Mathematical Modeling Transfer function Mathematical modeling of electrical mechanical systems Analogies Block diagrams and signal flow graphs and their use in determining transfer function
Analysis Time and frequency domain analysis Transient and frequency response of first and second order systems Correlation ship between time and frequency domain specifications Steady-state errors and error constants Concepts and applications of P PD PI and PID types of control
Section ndash B
Stability Definit ion pole and Zero concept Routh-Hurwitz cri terion Root locus techniques Nyquist criterion Bode plots Relative stability Gain margin and phase margins
State Space Analysis Concepts of state State variables and state models State space equations Transfer function Transfer model State space representation of dynamic systems State transit ion matrix Controllability and observability
Compensation Necessity of compensation series and parallel compensations compensating networks
Reference Books
1 Modern Control Engg by K Ogata Prentice Hall New Delhi 19742 Control System Components by JF Gibsen Mcgraw Hill 19633 Automatic Control System by BC Kuo Prentice Hall 3rd Ed 19784 Control System Engineering by IJ Nagrath amp Gopal Wiley Eastern Ltd New Delhi5 DP Eckman Automatic process control6 Liptak ldquoHandbook of process controlrdquo
P a g e 38 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 301 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrOPTO-ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is to provide understanding of working principle performance analysis of various important components of fiber optical communication systems such as optical transmitter receiver optical amplifiers couplers split ters optical modulators etc When actual design of wavelength division multiplexed fiber optic communication systems will be done then working knowledge of Lasers LEDs photodiodes various types of optical amplifiers multiplexers fil ters etc will be beneficial The course is designed in a such way that the students learns the basic principle types of structures with their performances characterist ics of light sources (such as Lasers LEDs) optical detectors such as various types of photodiodes optical amplifiers multiplexers fi lters etc components of a wavelength division multiplexed optical communication systems At the end of course the student of must have thorough understanding of active and passive components of optical communication systems The course also provides basic knowledge of optical sensors which are used in optical instrumentation and many other applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of optoelectronics advantages applications-Network Military Civil industrial Sensors etc
Optoelectronic Sources Introduction Basic concepts Optical emission from semiconductor Semiconductor injection Laser amp its various structures injection laser characterist ics threshold condition wavelength tunable Lasers LED power and efficiency Heterojunction LED structure designs characterist ics Modulation response of an LED Source-Fiber coupling
Optoelectronic Detectors Introduction Device types basic principal of optoelectronic detection Absorption Quantum efficiency Responsivity wavelength cutoff Types of Photodiodes with and without internal gain Mid-infrared photodiode phototransistors Photo-conducting detectors Noise Considerations
Section ndash B
Passive Network Components amp Sensors Introduction CouplersSplit ters WDM multiplexers Demultiplexers Fil ters Isolators Circulators Attenuators Electro-optic Modulators Acousto-optic Modulators and their application areas
Optical Sensors classification-point distributed Intensity phase amp spectral Smart structures amp applications
Optical Amplifiers And Integrated Optics Introduction Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers (SOA) Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFA) Fiber Raman Amplifiers (FRA) Application areas of optical amplifiers Some integrated optical devices OEICs Optical bi-stability and digital optics Optical Computation
Reference Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash DK Mynbev LL Scheiner Pearson Education Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications
P a g e 39 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 316 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrHDL BASED DIGITAL DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of iterative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Introduction to HDL Design Flow Design Methodologies HDL History Capabilities Hardware Abstraction Basic Terminology Model Analysis Comparison between VHDL and Verilog
Basic VHDL Elements Identifiers Data Objects Data Types Operators
Behavioral Modeling Entity declaration architecture body Various Sequential Statements and Constructs multiple processes postponed processes
Dataflow Modeling Concurrent Signal Assignment Statements delta delay model multiple drivers block statement concurrent assertion statement
Structural Modeling Component Declaration component Instantiation resolving signal values
Section ndash B
Supporting Constructs Generics and Configuration Subprograms and Overloading Operator overloading Package declaration package body
Advanced Features Generate statements qualified expressions type conversions guarded signals attributes aggregate targets
Model Simulation Writing a Test Bench and Simulation for combinational circuits
Programmable Logic Devices (PLD) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) Basic Concepts Architecture and Usage
Text Books
a) A VHDL Primer ndash Jayaram Bhasker Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey b) VHDL Programming by Examples ndash Douglas L Perry Mc Graw Hill Fourth Editionc) FPGA based implementation of Signal Processing Systems RogerWoods John McAllister Dr Ying
Yi Gaye Lightbody Wileyd) Advanced FPGA Design ndash Architecture Implementation amp Optimization Steve Kilts
P a g e 40 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 318 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives After completing the course the student should be able to - Understand the basics of information theory and communication systems -understand the role of probability and statist ics in the analysis of communication systems -Solve problems related to channel capacity and spectral efficiency
Section ndash A
Introduction to information messages amp signals Classification of signals The discrete and continuous spectrum Power spectrum Energy density spectrum Dirac delta functions Sampling theory and approximations Convolution of signals LTI systems
Discrete probabili ty theory Continuous random variables Statist ically independent random variables Probability density functions of sums Transformation of density functions Ergodic Process Correlation functions Spectral density and White noise
Atmospheric Thermal Shot and Partition noise Noise figure and experimental determination of noise figure Shot noise in temperature limited diode and space charge limited diodes Pulse response and Digital noise
Section ndash B
Networks with random input Auto-correlations Spectral density and probabili ty density input-output relationships Optimum system and non-Linear systems Maximum criterion Equivalent noise bandwidth
Definit ion of information Units of information Entropy Uncertainty and information rate of communication Redundancy Relation between system capacity and information content of messages Shannonrsquos theorem Discrete noisy channel Channel capacity for different discrete channels
Text Books
1 Hancock JC ldquoAn Introduction to the Principles of Communication Theory Tata McGraw Hill 19612 Sharma Sanjay ldquoSignals and Systemsrdquo S K Kataria amp Sons 20093 Swartz Information Transmission Modulation amp Noiserdquo Mc Graw Hill4 Taub amp Schilling Principals of Communication System Mc Graw Hill5 Simon Haykin ldquoCommunication Systemsrdquo Wiley
Reference Books
1 Papoulis and S U Pillai ldquoProbability Random Variables and Stochastic Processesrdquo Tata McGraw Hill 2002
2 Claude E Shannon ldquoA Mathematical Theory of Communicationrdquo Bell System Technical Journal 27(3) 379-423
3 T Cover and J Thomas ldquoElements of Information Theoryrdquo Wiley 2006
P a g e 41 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 319 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC SWITCHING CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understanding of switching concept and different types of switching techniques Capabilit ies amp other details of finite state machines can be explored Will boost the knowledge of synchronous and asynchronous circuits design amp analysis Also explore the various types of Hazards
Section ndash A
Introduction to Sequential Circuits FlipndashFlops Flip-Flop conversions Classification of Sequential Circuits Registers and Counter circuits
Design amp Analysis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits Sequential circuits introductory examples Counters Finite state Machines Sequence Detector and Sequence Generator circuits Definite state model Basic definit ion Capabilit ies amp Limitation of finite state machines state equivalence amp machine minimization simplification of incompletely specified machines Extraction of maximum compatibles synthesis amp analysis of synchronous sequential circuits
Design amp Analysis of Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Introduction to asynchronous circuits t iming diagram state diagram amp flow tables fundamental mode circuits synthesis state assignment in asynchronous sequential circuits
Section ndash B
Hazards Introduction gate delays generation of spikes production of static hazards in combinational networks elimination of static hazards design of hazard free combinational networks hazard free asynchronous circuit design dynamic hazards essential hazards
Contact Networks amp Symmetric Networks Relay contents analysis amp Synthesis of contact Networks Properties of symmetric functions Synthesis ampidentification of symmetric functions Iterative Networks
Text Books
1 Switching and finite automata theory by ZVI Kohavi2 Logical design of switching circuits by Douglas Lewin 3 Logic Design by NN Biswas
P a g e 42 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 320 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrTRANSMISSION LINES AND WAVEGUIDES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the students should be able to familiarize with the new concepts towards propagation of signals through transmission lines and waveguides
Section ndash A
Classification of guided wave solutions-TE TM and TEM waves Field analysis transmission lines Rectangular and circular waveguides Excitation of waveguides Rectangular and circular cavity resonators
Transmission line equations Voltage and current waves Solutions for different terminations Transmission-line loading
Section ndash B
Impedance transformation and matching Smith Chart Quarter-wave and half-wave transformers Binomial and Tchebeyshev transformers Single double and triple stub matching
Microstriplines stripline slot lines coplanar waveguide and fin line Micro strip MIC design aspects Computer- aided analysis and synthesis
Text Books
1 DMPozar ldquoMicrowave Engineering (3e)rdquo Wiley 20042 JDRyder ldquoNetworks Lines and Fieldsrdquo PHI 20033 RECollin ldquoFoundations for Microwave Engineering (2e)rdquo McGraw-Hill 20024 SYLiao ldquoMicrowave Devices and Circuitsrdquo(3e) PHI 20055 J A Seeger ldquoMicrowave Theory Components and Devicesrdquo Prentice-Hall6 Jordan ldquoEM waves and Radiatingrdquo Prentice Hall7 GSN Raju ldquoElectromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Linesrdquo Pearson Education
P a g e 43 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
INT EXT L T P CrDRUG ABUSE PROBLEM MANAGEMENT AND PREVENTION 50 50 3 0 0 0
Note This is a compulsory qual i fying paper which the students have to study and quali fy during three years of their degree course
REGULAR STUDENTSMax Marks 70 Max Time 3hrsInternal Assessment 30Total Marks 100 Lectures per week 2
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERSThe question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have four quest ions from the respect ive sect ions of the syllabus Each question shal l carry 7 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 14 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any three quest ions f rom sect ion A and any three quest ions from sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
PRIVATE STUDENTSMax Marks 100 Max Time 3hrs
Lectures per week 2INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERS
The question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have three quest ions from the respective sect ions of the syl labus Each quest ion shal l car ry 15 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 20 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any two quest ions f rom sect ion A and any two quest ions f rom sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
SECTION AUNIT I ndash Problem of Drug Abuse Concept and Overview Types of Drug Often Abused
(a) Concept and OverviewWhat are drugs and what constitutes Drug Abuse Prevalence of menace of Drug Abuse How drug Abuse is different from Drug Dependence and Drug Addiction Physical and psychological dependence- concepts of drug tolerance
(b) Introduction to drugs of abuse Short Term Long term effects amp withdrawal symptoms Stimulants Amphetamines Cocaine NicotineDepressants Alcohol Barbiturates- Nembutal Seconal Phenobarbital Benzodiazepines ndashDiazepam Alprazolam FlunitrazepamNarcotics Opium morphine heroin Hallucinogens Cannabis amp derivatives (marijuana hashish hash oil)Steroids Inhalants
UNIT II ndashNature of the Problem Vulnerable Age Groups Signs and symptoms of Drug Abuse (a)- Physical indicators (b)- Academic indicators (c)- Behavioral and Psychological indicators
SECTION BUNIT III ndash Causes and Consequences of Drug Abuse
a) Causes Physiological Psychological Sociological b) Consequences of Drug Abuse For individuals For families For society amp Nation
Unit IV- Management amp Prevention of Drug AbuseManagement of Drug Abuse Prevention of Drug Abuse Role of Family School Media Legislat ion amp Deaddiction Centers
Suggested readings1 Kapoor T (1985) Drug Epidemic among Indian Youth New Delhi Mittal Pub2 Modi Ishwar and Modi Shalini (1997) Drugs Addiction and PreventionJaipur Rawat Publication3 Ahuja Ram(2003) Social Problems in India Rawat Publications Jaipur4 2003 National Household Survey of Alcohol and Drug Abuse New Delhi Clinical Epidemiological Unit All India
Institute of Medical Sciences 20045 World Drug Report 2011 United Nations Office of Drug and Crime6 World Drug Report 2010 United nations Office of Drug and Crime7 Extent Pattern and Trend of Drug Use in India Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment Government of India
20048 The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1985 (New Delhi Universal 2012)
Pedagogy of the Course WorkThe pedagogy of the course work wil l consist of the fol lowing 70 lectures ( including expert lectures) 30 assignments discussion and seminars and class tests Note A visi t to drug de-addiction centre could also be undertaken
P a g e 44 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 6th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 311 Artificial Intelligence and Machine learning 3 1 0 35
ECE 307 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 35
ECM 312 IoT and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 313 Database Management System 3 1 0 35
ECE 357 Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 363 Database Management System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 370 Minor Project 0 0 2 10
Elective-II 3 1 0 35
Elective-III 3 1 0 35
HSS 151 Communication skill Lab
18 6 6 25
Open elective
Total contact hours 32
ECE 357 ECM 363 ECM 370 and HSS 151 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
This is an optional course and student can opt any one elective subject from university Approved Open Elective Subject List with the consent of ACDHEADCourse Mentor
Elective - II
1 ECE 310 ndash Microelectronics 2 ECE 311 ndash Micro controller amp Applications3 ECE 312 ndash Information Theory amp Coding4 ECE 313 ndash Reliability Engineering5 ECE 315 - Modern Control System6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective - III
1 CPE 405 - Soft Computing Techniques2 CPE 406 - Digital Image Processing3 CPE 313 - System Simulation amp Modeling4 CPE 318 - Business Intelligence5 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 45 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 46 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 311 INT EXT L T P CrARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have an appreciation for and understanding of both the achievements of AI and the theory underlying those achievements To have an appreciation for the engineering issues underlying the design of AI systems To have a basic proficiency in a traditional AI language including an ability to write simple to intermediate programs and an ability to understand code written in that language To have a basic understanding of some of the more advanced topics of AI such as learning natural language processing agents and robotics expert systems and planning
Section ndash A
Artificial Intelligence Techniques levels of models understand the importance functions advantages as well as the limitations of art ificial intelligence Use of Artificial Intell igence and intell igent agents
State space search control strategies heuristic search problem characteristics production system characteristics Mapping between facts and representations approaches to knowledge representation semantic sets frame conceptual depending scripts predictive logic resolution in predicate logic
Section ndash B
Procedural Vs declarative knowledge matching conflict resolution Non-monotonic reasoning default reasoning statistical reasoning knowledge extraction Investigate the roles and development methods of artificial intell igence in decision making processes Neural network resources cognitive science role of neural network in computer science
Characteristics of AI language LISP-symbol manipulation- basic l isp function predicated condition recursion iteration Array-lambda functions input-output statements AI problems pattern recognition voice recognition Feature Extraction
Text Books
1 Artificial Intelligence by Rich and Kinght TMH2 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence by Charniak and Mcdermott Addison-Wesley 1985 3 Essentials of Artificial Intelligence by Ginsburg Morgan Kaufmann 1993 4 Artificial Intelligence by Winston 3rd Edition Addison Wesley 1992 5 Artificial Intelligence by Padhy Oxford Press
P a g e 47 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 307 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective DSP makes use of mathematical methods in order to handle and analyze the signals The use of such mathematical methods allows extracting information and even modifying the signal in order to use it as we desire DSP so widespread today and applied in everything around us At the end of course students may able to apply different operations of DSP such as filtering noise cancelling enhancing distorting smoothing in many application eg audio and speech processing sonar radar and other sensor array processing spectral statistical signal processing digital image processing signal processing for telecommunications control systems biomedical engineering seismology among others
Section ndash A
Z-Transform Introduction to signals and systems Z-transform pair properties of region of convergence (ROC) for the Z-transform properties of Z-transform analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Z-transforms System functions for interconnection of LTI systems Block diagram representation for causal LTI systems
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) Frequency domain sampling and reconstruction of discrete t ime signals DFT inverse DFT (IDFT) DFT as a linear transformation relationship of the DFT to other transforms properties of DFT use of DFT in l inear fil tering fil tering of long sequences frequency analysis of signals using DFT
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Direct computation of DFT divide and conquer approach to computation of the DFT radix-2 FFT algorithms use of FFT algorithm for efficient computation of the DFT of two real sequences and of the DFT of a 2N point real sequence
Section ndash B
Digital Filter Structures Introduction structures for FIR systems Direct form cascade form and latt ice structure structures for IIR systems Direct form cascade form parallel form and latt ice structures Fixed point representation of numbers errors resulting from rounding and truncation
Design of Digital Filters General considerations causali ty and its implications characterist ics of practical frequency selective fi lters design of symmetric linear phase FIR filters using rectangular Kaiser and Hamming window Design of digital IIR fil ters using impulse invariance transformation method amp bilinear transformation method
Text Books
1 Johan G Proakis and Dimitris G Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithms and Applicationsrdquo PHI
2 Oppenheim amp Schafer ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo PHI
P a g e 48 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 312 INT EXT L T P CrIOT AND APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Effective usage of IoT deployment for different sectors Developing and modifying code for various sensor-based applications using wireless sensor modules and working with variety of modules like environmental and security module Exploring the features of predictive data analytics for IoT applications Modular hands on training will enable participants to conduct IoT related activities in academic environment and init iate new projects in Industrial sectors
Section ndash A
Introduction to IoT Defining IoT Characteristics of IoT Physical design of IoT Logical design of IoT Functional blocks of IoT Communication models amp APIs
IoTamp M2M Machine to Machine Difference between IoT and M2M Software define network
Network and communication aspects Wireless medium access issues MAC protocol survey Survey routing protocols sensor deployment amp Node Discovery Data aggregation amp dissemination
Section ndash B
Applications of IoT Home automation Industry applications Surveillance applications other IOT applications
Challenges in IoT Design challenges Development challenges security challenges other challenges
Developing IoT Introduction to different IoT tools developing applications through IoT tools Implementing various IoT concepts
Text Books
1 SAMuel Greengard ldquothe Internet of Thingsrdquo2 Klaus Schweb ldquoThe Fourth Industrial revolutionrdquo3 CunoPfister ldquoGetting Started with Internet of Thingsrdquo4 Peter Wahel ldquoLearning Internet of Things
P a g e 49 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 313 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the different issues involved in the design and implementation of a database system To study the physical and logical database designs database modeling relational hierarchical and network models To understand and use data manipulation language to query update and manage a database To develop an understanding of essential DBMS concepts such as database security integrity concurrency To design and build a simple database system
Section ndash A
Introduction to Database Concepts Difference between Database and non-database system Data independence DBMS Architecture components of a database system Advantages and disadvantages of Database system Intended Uses of a DBMS Schemas and Instances Database Languages and Interfaces Classification of Database Management Systems
Data Models Relational Model Network Model Hierarchical Model ER Model Design issues Mapping constraints keys ER diagram weak entity sets extended ER features Design of an ER Database schema Reduction of an ER Schema to tables Comparison of Models
Query Processing Fundamental of Relational Algebra Tuple and Domain Relational Calculus
Relational Query Languages SQL Basic SQL Select Statements Table Creation and Management Create Alter Drop and Rename Constraints Primary key Foreign key Unique Not null and Check Data Manipulation Insert Update and Delete Restricting rows in Select using Where clause Comparison operators Logical Operators Order by clause
Section ndash B
Database Design Integrity Constraints Domain constraints Referential integrity enti ty integrity specify these constraints in SQL specification of Additional Constraints as assertions and triggers
Functional dependencies Functional dependencies Decomposition Normalization using FDrsquos MVDrsquos and JDrsquos Domain key normal form
Query Optimization Translating SQL Queries into Relational Algebra Notation for Query Trees and Query Graphs Heuristic Optimization of Query Trees Transformation Rules for Relational Algebra Operations Heuristic Algebraic Optimization Algorithm Converting Query Trees into Query Execution Plans Cost Components in Query Optimization Using cost estimates in query optimization
Joining Data from Multiple Tables Equi Non-Equi Self and Outer Joins Single-row and Group functions Sub-queries
Additional Database Object Sequences Synonyms and Views
Text Books1 Navathe and Elmasri Fundamentals of Database Systems Pearson education2 Korth and Silberschatz Abraham Database Concepts McGraw Hall 19913 An introduction to database system by CJ Date (Addison Welsey Publishing
house)4 Bipin Desai Database System TMG5 Prateek Bhatia Database Management system Kalayani Publishers
P a g e 50 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 357 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study of basic commands of MATLAB
2 Unit Ramp Unit Step Exponential and addition of two sinusoidal sequences
3 Convolution sum of discrete signals
4 Cross- correlation of two sequences
5 Frequency response of discrete system
6 DFT of the given sequence
7 Poles zeros and gain of transfer function
8 Magnitude amp phase of DFT
9 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of FIR Filter
10 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of IIR Filter
11 Analysis of FIR and IIR Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
12 Analysis of FFT Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 51 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 363 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Install procedure of the latest SQL Server edition
2 Write a query to create a table in SQL
3 Write a query to alter a table in SQL
4 Write a query to delete a table in SQL
5 Write a query to insert update and delete rows in a table in SQL
6 Write a query demonstrate the use of foreign keys in SQL
7 Write a query demonstrate various integrity constraints in SQL
8 Write a query demonstrate various joins in SQL
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 52 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 370 INT EXT L T P CrMINOR PROJECT 50 50 0 0 2 10
Electronic hardware andor software project Working model of hardware andor software project with real world usage according to recent trends in engineering
P a g e 53 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 151 INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Recognizing and articulating speech sounds mock dialogueconversation
2 Making an oral presentation class seminars paper reading
3 Participating in a group discussion
4 Holding a mock meeting
5 Developing skills related to Business Correspondence
6 Preparation for participating in a mock interview for a job etc
7 Developing skills for conducting a meeting attending telephonic calls
8 Listening to a recorded conversation and reviewingdiscussing its contents and style
P a g e 54 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 310 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Microelectronics is the branch of science that deals with microcircuits One most commonly used example of microcircuit is IC ie Integrated Circuits IC is a single substrate or chip on which active and passive components are fabricated the number of components which are fabricated on IC can give miniaturization of ICrsquoS This course provides a detailed fundamental analysis and discussion on various ICrsquos there fabrication steps and fabrication of BJTrsquos MOSFETS and CMOS This course than covers designing of layouts and stick diagram using NMOS PMOS and CMOS technology After successful completion of the device students will acquire a thorough understanding on the devices and be able to apply the knowledge to the development of new and novel devices for different applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Classification of integrated circuits (ICs) thick film thin film amp hybrid ICs Fabrication and component design resistor capacitors and inductors design and fabrication
Monolithic Techniques Process on sil icon crystals line growth refining substrate slicing polishing chemical vapor deposition thermal oxidation photolithography diffusion impurities diffusion system ion implantation metall ization isolation
Monolithic Components Bipolar IC process MOS IC process BJT construction diode instruction FET and MOS construction and resistors capacitors and inductors op-amp and voltage regulators design and fabrication
Section ndash B
LSI Circuits Brief introduction to LSI circuits realization of inter connection and realization of integrated elements
Basic VLSI Design Basic MOS transistor and working NMOS and CMOS fabrication thermal aspects MOS and VLSI some electrical properties of MOS design process circuit components system design and layout and scaling of MOS circuit some application of VLSI circuits like PLA
Text Books
1 SM Sze semiconductor device fundamentals Addison Wesley2 Howe R T and C G Sodini Microelectronics An Integrated Approach Upper Saddle River NJ
Prentice Hall 1996 ISBN 01358851833 N Weste and K Eshranghian Principles of CMOS VLSI Design Addison Wesley 19984 Jacob Backer Harry W Li and David E Boyce CMOS Circuit Design Layout and Simulation
Prentice Hall of India 1998 5 L Glaser and D Dobberpuhl The Design and Analysis of VLSI Circuitsrdquo Addison Wesley 19936 Fonstad C G Microelectronic Devices and Circuits New York NY McGraw-Hill 1994 ISBN
00702149647 Sedra A S and K C Smith Microelectronic Circuits 4th ed New York NY Oxford University
Press 1998 ISBN 01951166318 Pierret R F Semiconductor Device Fundamentals Upper Saddle River NJ Prentice Hall 1995 ISBN
0201543931
P a g e 55 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 311 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROCONTROLLER amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course provides ability to understand the basic concepts of microcontroller and its internal architecture The students would be able to learn the logic for assembly language programming It also provides the understanding about interfacing of input output devices with microcontroller So the overall objective of this subject is to make students aware of microcontrollers and their applications for serial parallel communication input output devices control and microcontroller-based projects
Section ndash A
Introduction 8051 Micro controller Comparison of Microprocessor and Microcontroller microcontroller and embedded processors processor Architecture - Harvard versus Princeton (Von Neumann) CISC versus RISC overview of 8051 families and other microcontrollers in use PIC ATMEL 8051 Pin description connections memory organization memory space of 8051 8051 flag bits and PSW register Register banks and stack
Instruction Familiarization Addressing modes and accessing memory using various addressing modes Arithmetic Logical jump loop and call instructions single bit instructions t ime delay generation amp calculation bit manipulation and programming Development system tools Data Types and directives 8051 assembly Language Programming Assembling an 8051 program
Section ndash B
Interrupt amp Embedded Device Programming Interrupts external amp internal hardware interrupts priority programmable IO Port Timercounter Serial Communication connection to RS 232
Real World Interfacing Interfacing of external memory RAM amp EPROM LCD ADC DAC sensors stepper motor and keyboard Interfacing to enhance 8051 capabili ties with 8255 amp Timer chips
Text Books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems -Ali Mazidi Pearson Education2 Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller -Myke Predko Tata Mc Graw Hill
Reference books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture Programming and appl -Kenneth Ayala Penram International2 Microcontrollers theory amp applications -Ajay V Deshmukh Mc Graw Hill
P a g e 56 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 312 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION THEORY AND CODING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Course will help to analyse error performance of a digital communication system in presence of noise and other interferences and it will help to improve the performance of the system The course will also build fundamental understanding of information theory and coding
Section ndash A
Discrete messages Concept of amount of information Average information and Entropy Information rate Coding to increase Average Information per bit Shannon s theorem Channel Capacity Gaussian channel Capacity Bandwidth-SN tradeoff use of orthogonal signals to attain Shannons limit Efficiency of Orthogonal signal transmission
Channel Coding bounds on communication Coding for Reliable Communication Parity check bit coding for Error detection Coding for Error Detection and Correction Linear Block Codes Cyclic Codes Golay Codes BCH codes Examples of algebraic codes Single Parity check bit code Repeated codes Hadaward code Hamming code
Section ndash B
Burst error correction introduction Block interleaving Convolution Interleaving Reed-Solo9mon (RS) code Concatenated codes Convolution Coding decoding of a Convolution Code Code tree decoding in the presence of noise sequential decoding State and Trellis diagram Viterbi algorithm
Probabili ty of Error of Convolution Codes Comparison of Error rates in Coded and Uncoded transmission Automatic-Repeat-Request (ARQ) Performance of ARQ Systems throughput of the stop amp wait ARQ throughput of Go-Back-N ARQ Selective Repeat ARQ Trellis decoded modulation
Text Books
1 Principles of communication systems by Taub amp Schilling Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing 2 Communication system engineering by Proakis TMH3 Digital Communications by Proakis TMH4 Introduction to the theory of error correcting codes Vera press 19925 Information theory amp reliable communication by Robert G Gallanger McGraw Hill 1992
P a g e 57 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 313 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrRELIABILITY ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Understanding of basic principles rather than lsquocook bookrsquo use of tables or handbooks Application to system requirements design manufacturing and testing with real-world examples
Section ndash A
Concept of Reliability Failures of systems and its modes Measure of Reliability Reliability function Hazard rate MTBF and their interrelations
Reliability Data and Analysis Data sources Data collection use of Reliability Data Reliability Analysis Performance Parameters calculation of failure rate Application of Weibull distribution
System Reliability and Modeling Series systems Parallel system series parallel systems Time dependence Reliability Determination stand-by systems r out of n Configurations Methods of tie set and cut sets of Or reliability evaluation simulation and Reliability prediction Monte Carlo method concepts of network topology Overall reliability evolution
Section ndash B
Maintainability and Availability Maintainability and its equation Factors affecting maintainability Measures of Maintainability Mean Down Time Availability Intrinsic availability equipment availability amp Mission availability Replacement processes and Policies
Life Testing of Equipment Non-destructive tests destruction tests and their Mathematic Modeling Quality and Reliability Measurement amp prediction of Human Reliability Reliability and safety safety margins in critical Devices case studies
Value Engineering Techniques in value Engineering Structure of value Engineering Reliability Management
Text Books
1 Reliability Engg By Govil2 Reliability Engg By Dr AK Aggarwal 19923 Related IEEEIEE publications
P a g e 58 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 315 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMODERN CONTROL SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Analyze dynamics of a linear system by State Space Representation Determine the stability of a linear system using pole-placement technique Design state observers Analyze basics of Non-linear control system Determine the stabili ty of Non-linear systems6 Realize the structure of a discrete time system and model i ts action mathematically
Section ndash A
Digital Control Introduction to digital control sampling Data reconstruction principles Pulse transfer functions Block diagram amp signal flow graph Digital Control Techniques- PID Deadbeat
Time domain analysis correlation between time response amp root location in S amp Z transform effect of pole-zero configuration in Z-plane on maximum overshoot amp peak time transient response
Stability in Z-plane using modified Routhrsquos criteria Jurys criteria
State Variable Analysis and Design Review of state space representation for l inear continuous time system solution of linear time invariant state equations controllabili ty and observability solution of state equation for discrete system state space analysis of discrete time systems pole placement Techniques
Section ndash B
Non-Linear Control System Introduction to non-linear feedback control system special features of linear system l imit cycle jump response sub harmonies etc describing function and phase plane techniques for analysis of non-linear system concept of local global asymptotic and total stability of non-linear system Liapunovs stability criterion
Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Basic Principles of Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Model Reference Adaptive Control Types of Learning-Supervised and Un-Supervised Learning Control Systems On-line and Off-line Learning Control Systems
Text Books
1 Katsuhiko Ogata Modern Control Engineering Prentice-Hall of India New Delhi 2 J Nagarath and M Gopal Control system Engineering New Age International (P) Ltd 3 Katsuhiko Ogata State Space Analysis of Control Systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 4 Benjamin C Kuo and Farid Golnaraghi Automatic Control Systems 8th Edition John Wiley amp Sons 5 H Khalil Nonlinear Control systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 6 Control System Engineering by Norman S Nise Wiley7 Modern Control System by RC Dorf RH Bishop Addision Wesley8 Digital Control amp State Variable Methods by M Gopal TMH9 Brogan W L Modern Control theory Prentice Hall International New Jersey
P a g e 59 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 405 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives It deals with Introduction and different architectures of neural network It deals with the Application of Neural Networks It deals with Genetic Algorithms and Hybrid Systems
Section ndash A
Introduction What is Soft Computing Difference between Hard and Soft computing Requirement of Soft computing Major Areas of Soft Computing Applications of Soft Computing
Neural Networks What is Neural Network Learning rules and various activation functions Single layer Perceptrons Back Propagation networks Architecture of Backpropagation (BP) Networks Backpropagation Learning Variation of Standard Back propagation Neural Network Introduction to Associative Memory Adaptive Resonance theory and Self Organizing Map Recent Applications
Section ndash B
Genetic Algorithm History of Genetic Algorithms (GA) Working Principle Various Encoding methods Fitness function GA Operators- Reproduction Crossover Mutation Convergence of GA Bit wise operation in GA Multi-level Optimization
GA based Backpropagation Networks GA based Weight Determination K - factor determination in Columns
Hybrid Systems Sequential Hybrid Systems Auxiliary Hybrid Systems Embedded Hybrid Systems Neuro-Fuzzy Hybrid Systems Neuro-Genetic Hybrid Systems Fuzzy-Genetic Hybrid Systems
Text Books
1 Rao Vallinu Band Rao Hayagriva Neural networks and fuzzy Logic second edition BPB Publication
2 Berkan C Riza Trubatch L Sheldon Fuzzy Systems design Principlea IEEE Press standard publishers
3 Freeman A James Skapura M David- neural networks algorithms applications and programming4 Soft Computing by Fred Aminzadel amp Jamshich Prentice Hall
P a g e 60 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 406 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understand what MFAs do and how they work Understand the fundamentals of diplomatic negotiations Understand bilateral and multi lateral diplomacy Understand subject-specific diplomacy Understand what makes a document a ldquotreatyrdquo Be aware of historical cases relevant to various diplomatic methods
Section ndash A
Introduction and Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image representation Fundamental steps in Image processing Elements of digital Image processing Sampling and quantization some basic relationships l ike neighborrsquos connectivity distance measure between pixels Image geometry
Image Transforms Discrete Fourier transform Some properties of two-dimensional Fourier transform Fast Fourier transform Inverse FFT
Image Enhancement Point Operations Histograms Spatial Domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement by point processing Spatial fil tering low pass filtering High pass fil tering Homomorphic fi ltering Color image processing Image Restoration Degradation model Algebraic approach to Restoration Inverse fi ltering Wiener fil ter Constrained least square restoration Interactive restoration Restoration in spatial domain
Section ndash B
Image Compression Coding Inter-pixel and Psycho visual redundancy Image Compression models Error free compression Lossy Compression Image Compression standards
Image Segmentation Detection of discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection Thresholding Region Orientation Segmentation Motion based segmentation
Representation and Description Representation schemes l ike chain coding Polygonal approximation Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary Description Regional descriptors Morphology
Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and pattern classes Decision Theoretic methods Structural methods Interpretation
Text Books
1 AK Jainrdquo Fundamentals of Digital Image Processingrdquo Pearson Education2 Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo AWL3 W K Prattrdquo Digital Image Processingrdquo4 Ramesh Jain Brian G Schunck ldquoMachine Visionrdquo TMH
P a g e 61 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 313 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSYSTEM SIMULATION amp MODELING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Systems modeling general systems theory Concept of simulation Simulation as a decision-making tool types of simulation Simulation Terminologies- Application areas ndash Model Classification ndashTypes of Simulation- Steps in a Simulation study- Concepts in Discrete Event Simulation - Simulation Examples
Statistical Models Concepts Discrete Distribution Continuous Distribution Poisson Process Empirical Distributions- Queueing Models ndash Characteristics Notation ndash Queueing Systems ndash Markovian Models- Properties of random numbers- Generation of Pseudo Random numbers- Techniques for generating random numbers-Testing random number generators- Generating Random-Variates- Inverse Transform technique ndash Acceptance- Rejection technique Composition amp Convolution Method
Section ndash B
Design of Simulation Experiments Problem formulation data collection and reduction time flow mechanism key variables logic flow chart starting condition run size experimental design consideration output analysis and interpretation validation input modeling Data collection Assessing sample independence Hypothesizing distribution family with data Parameter Estimation Goodness-of-fit tests Selecting input models in absence of data Output analysis for a Single system Terminating Simulations Steady state simulations
Development of simulation models using simulation language studied for systems like queuing systems Production systems Inventory systems maintenance and replacement systems and Investment analysis Simulation Tools ndash Model Input High level computer system simulation CPU ndashMemory Simulation Comparison of systems via simulation ndash Simulation Programming techniques - Development of Simulation models Simulation programming languages ndash simulation suitability with characterist ics Comparison and selection of simulation languages study of any one simulation language
Text Books
1 Jerry Banks and John Carson ldquoDiscrete Event System Simulationrdquo Fourth Edition PHI 20052 Geoffrey Gordon ldquoSystem Simulationrdquo Second Edition PHI 20063 Narsingh Deo ldquoSystem Simulation with Digital Computer ldquoPrentice Hall India 20014 Frank L Severance ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulationrdquo Wiley 20015 Jerry Banks ldquoHandbook of Simulation Principles Methodology Advances Applications and Practicerdquo
Wiley 1998
P a g e 62 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 318 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrBUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to digital data and its types ndash structured semi-structured and unstructured Introduction to OLTP and OLAP (MOLAP ROLAP HOLAP) BI Definitions amp Concepts BI Framework Data Warehousing concepts and its role in BI BI Infrastructure Components ndash BI Process BI Technology BI Roles amp Responsibili ties Business Applications of BI BI best practices
Basics of Data Integration (Extraction Transformation Loading) Concepts of data integration needs and advantages of using data integration introduction to common data integration approaches Meta data - types and sources Introduction to data quality data profiling concepts and applications introduction to ETL using Kettle
Section ndash B
Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling Introduction to data and dimension modeling multidimensional data model ER Modeling vs multi-dimensional modeling concepts of dimensions facts cubes attribute hierarchies star and snowflake schema introduction to business metrics and KPIs creating cubes using Microsoft Excel
Basics of Enterprise Reporting A typical enterprise Malcolm Baldrige - quality performance framework balanced scorecard enterprise dashboard balanced scorecard vs enterprise dashboard enterprise reporting using MS Access MS Excel best practices in the design of enterprise dashboards
Text Books
1 RN Prasad and Seema Acharya Fundamentals of Business Analytics Wiley India Ltd2 Mike Biere Business Intelligence for the Enterprise Prentice Hall Professional3 Teo Lachev Applied Microsoft Analysis Services 2005 And Microsoft Business Intelligence Platform
Prologika Press4 David Taniar Progressive methods in data warehousing and business intelligence concepts and
competitive analytics Idea Group Inc (IGI)5 Data warehousing the ultimate guide to building corporate business intelligence Birkhaumluser6 Mark Humphries Michael W Hawkins Michelle C Dy Data warehousing architecture and
implementation Prentice Hall Professional
P a g e 63 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 7th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 401 Cryptography and Network Security 3 1 0 35
ECE 413 Wireless amp Mobile Communications 3 1 0 35
ECM 402 Big Data amp Cloud Computing 3 1 0 35
ECE 304 Digital System Design 3 1 0 35
ECE 453 Wireless amp Mobile Communications Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 354 Digital Signal Design Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 453 Software Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective - IV 3 1 0 35
Elective ndash V 3 1 0 35
18 6 6 24
Total contact hours 30
ECE 453 ECE 354 amp ECM 453 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
Elective - IV
1 CPE 402 - Data Mining amp Warehousing2 CPE 403 - Information Security and Cyber Law3 CPE 308 - Computer Graphics4 CPE 409 - Advanced Computer Architecture5 CPE 304 - JAVA Programming6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective ndash V
1 ECE 401 - Microwave Engineering2 ECE 416 - Radar and Satellite Communication3 ECE 415 - Advanced Communication System4 ECE 407 - Nano Electronics5 ECE 408 - Biomedical Instrumentation6 ECE 409 - Optical Networks7 ECE 410 - Digital VLSI Design8 ECE 412 - Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic9 ECE 417 - RF System Design10 ECE 418 - Digital Image and Speech Processing11 ECE 321 ndash Optical Fiber Communications12 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
P a g e 64 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 65 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 401 INT EXT L T P CrCRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Conventional Encryption Introduction Conventional encryption model Steganography Data Encryption Standard block cipher Encryption algorithms confidentiality Key distribution
Public Key Encryption and Hashing Principles of public key cryptosystems RSA algorithm Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange Elliptic curve cryptology message authentication and Hash functions Hash and Mac algorithms Digital signatures
IP Security IP Security Overview IP security Architecture authentication Header Security payload security associations Key Management
Section ndash B
Web Security Web security requirement secure sockets layer transport layer security secure electronic transaction dual signature
Security System Intruders Viruses Worms firewall design Trusted systems antivirus techniques digital Immune systems
Text Books
1 William Stallings Cryptography and Network security 2nd ed Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
1999
2 Baldwin R and Rivest R The RC5 RC5-CBC RC5-CBC-Pad and RC5-CTS Algorithmsrdquo
October1996
P a g e 66 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 413 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Wireless communication has become a ubiquitous part of modern life from global cellular telephone systems to local and even personal area network The objective of the course is that students should be able to familiarize with the evolution and basics of wireless communication technology identify and explain various wireless systems design aspects of cellular systems radio propagation mechanism fading and upcoming wireless networks
Course Outcomes By the end of this course the students will be able to Explain the fundamental concepts of wireless communication systems Learn cellular system design basics and frequency management techniques Describe capacity increase mechanisms interference reduction strategies and long-distance propagation concepts Understand effects of fading voice coding techniques and signal processing in GSM network Update themselves with recent technology and happenings in the field of mobile technology
Section ndash A
Introduction History of wireless communication Future trends in cellular radio and personal communications Second generation (2G) cellular networks evolution to 25G wireless networks (HSCSD GPRS and EDGE for 25G GSM and IS-136 IS-95B for 25G CDMA) 3G Wireless Networks 3G W-CDMA (UMTS) 3G CDMA 2000 3G TD-SCDMA Wireless local loop (WLL) and LMDS WLANs Bluetooth and PANs
Cellular Concepts Introduction frequency reuse channel alignment strategies hand off strategies interference and system capacity Trunking and grade of service improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems using cell splitting sectoring cellular system design considerations
Mobile Radio Propagation Large scale path loss Introduction to radio wave propagation Free space propagation model Three basic propagation mechanism reflection ground reflection (two-ray) model Diffraction scattering shadow fading combined path loss and shadowing
Section ndash B
Small Scale Fading and Multipath Introduction small scale multipath propagation Impulse response of a multipath channel Factors influencing small scale fading parameters of mobile multipath channels (time dispersion coherence bandwidth doppler spread and coherence time) Types of small scale fading Rayleigh Rician and Nakagami fading distributions
Spread Spectrum Modulation Techniques Pseudo- noise (PN) sequences DS-SS FH-SS Block diagram of IS-95 forward link block diagram of IS-95 reverse link GSM (Architecture Channels and signal processing)
Current and upcoming Wireless Systems 4G LTE 5G Adhoc networks
Text Books
1 Mobile cellular Telecommunications William C Y Lee 2nd Edition McGraw Hill Latest edition
2 Wireless and Digital communications Dr Kamilo Feher 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
3 Wireless communication principal amppractice TS Rappaport 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
4 Wireless Communications- Andrea Goldsmith Cambridge University Press
P a g e 67 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 402 INT EXT L T P CrBIG DATA amp CLOUD COMPUTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn how to use Cloud Services To implement Virtualization To implement Task Scheduling algorithms Apply Map-Reduce concept to applications To build Private Cloud Broadly educate to know the impact of engineering on legal and societal issues involved
Section ndash A
Introduction Big Data and its importance Four Vrsquos Drivers for Big data Big data analytics Big data applications
Introduction to Hadoop Hadoop Eco System Moving Data in and out of Hadoop Understanding inputs and outputs of MapReduce
NoSQL Use of NoSQL Types of NoSQL databases Advantages of NoSQL SQL vs NoSQL
MongoDB Introduction to MongoDB key features Core Server tools MongoDB through the JavaScriptrsquos Shell Creating and Querying through Indexes Document-Oriented principles of schema design Constructing queries on Databases collections and documents MongoDB Query Language
Section ndash B
Recent trends in Computing Grid Computing Cluster Computing Distributed Computing Utility Computing Cloud computing
Cloud Computing Architecture Comparison with clientserver computing architecture Services provided at various levels Role of Networks in Cloud computing protocols used Role of Web services Service Models (XaaS) Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) Platform as a Service (PaaS) Software as a Service (SaaS) Public cloud Private cloud Hybrid cloud Community cloud
Cloud Security Infrastructure Security Network level security Host level security Application level security Data security and Storage Data privacy and security issues Jurisdictional issues raised by Data location Identity amp Access Management Access Control Trust Reputation Risk Authentication in cloud computing Client access in cloud Cloud contracting Model Commercial and business considerations
Text Books
1 Cloud Computing Bible Barrie Sosinsky Wiley-India 2010
2 Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms Editors Rajkumar Buyya James Broberg Andrzej M
Goscinski Wiley 2011
3 Cloud Computing Principles Systems and Applications Editors Nikos Antonopoulos Lee Gillam
Springer 2012
4 Cloud Security A Comprehensive Guide to Secure Cloud Computing Ronald L Krutz Russell Dean
Vines Wiley-India 2010
5 Boris lublinsky Kevin t Smith AlexeyYakubovich Professional Hadoop Solutions Wiley ISBN
9788126551071 2015
6 Chris EatonDirk derooset al Understanding Big data McGraw Hill 2012
7 BIG Data and Analytics Sima Acharya Subhashini Chhellappan Willey
P a g e 68 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 304 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of i terative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Review of Digital Electronics Concept MSI and LSI Circuits and Their Applications Arithmetic Circuits Comparators Multiplexers Code Converters XOR And AND-OR INVERTER Gates Wired Logic Bus Oriented Structures Tri-State Bus System Propagation Delay
Sequential Machines The Concept of Memory The Binary Cell The Cell and The Bouncing Switch Set Reset D Clocked T Clocked JK Flip Flop Design of Clock FF State Diagram Synchronous Analysis Process Design Steps for Traditional Synchronous Sequential Circuits State Reduction Design Steps for Next State Decoders Design of Out Put Decoders
Section ndash B
Multi Input System Controller Design System Controllers Design Phases and System Documentation Defining the System Timing and Frequency Considerations MDS Diagram State Assignment Next State Decoders and Its Maps Output Decoders ROM PLA And PAL Based Design
Asynchronous Finite State Machines Scope Asynchronous Analysis Design of Asynchronous Machines Cycle and Races Plotting and Reading the Excitation Map Hazards Essential Hazards Map Entered Variable MEV Approaches to Asynchronous Design Hazards in Circuit Developed by MEV Method
Text Books
1 Fletcher WI Engineering Approach to Digital Design Prentice Hall of India (2007) 4th ed2 Wakerly JF Digital Design Principles and Practices Prentice Hall of India (2013) 5th ed
Reference Books
1 Givone D D Digital Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill (2007) 2nd ed2 Tocci RJ Digital Systems Principles and Applications Prentice-Hall (2006) 10th ed3 Mano MM and Clitti M D Digital Design Prentice Hall (2001) 3rd ed
P a g e 69 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 453 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Note Do any Eight Experiments
I On Satellite Trainer Kit
1 Understanding the basic concepts of satellite Communication 2 Establish direct Communication link between uplink transmitter and downlink receiver using tone
signal 3 To Setup an active Satellite link and Demonstrate link fail Operations 4 To Establish an Audio-Video Satellite link between Transmitter and Receiver 5 To Communicate Voice Signal Through Satellite Link 6 To change different combinations of Uplink amp Downlink frequencies and to check Communication
Link 7 To Transmit and Receive 3 Separate Signals (Audio Video Tone) Simultaneously through Satellite
Link 8 To Transmit and Receive Function Generator Waveforms Through Satellite Link 9 To Transmit and Receive PC Data Through Satellite Link
II On Mobile Phone Trainer Kit
1 To study the Tx IQRx IQ Signals 2 To Observe signal constellation of GMSK signal 3 To Study the Working of Audio IC 4 To Study the Working of a SIM card in a GSM handset 5 To Study SIM CARD Detection
III On Antenna Trainer Kit
1 To study Antenna Trainer Kit 2 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Dipole 3 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ4 Dipole 4 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Folded Dipole 5 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample other Antennas
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 70 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 354 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Design all logic gates using VHDL
2 Write a VHDL programs for Half Adder circuit
3 Write a VHDL programs for Full Adder circuit
4 Write a VHDL programs for Multiplexer amp Demultiplexer circuits
5 Write a VHDL programs for Encoder amp Decoder circuits
6 Write a VHDL programs for Comparator circuit
7 Write a VHDL programs for Code Converter circuit
8 Write a VHDL programs for Flip-Flop circuit
9 Write a VHDL programs for Counter circuit
10 Write a VHDL programs for Register amp Shift Register circuits
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 71 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 453 INT EXT L T P CrSOFTWARE LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
Experiments The list of experiments will be based on the current market requirements and recent trends in latest software regime being followed to employ students with best in class skills at that present time
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 72 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 402 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrDATA MINING amp WAREHOUSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To introduce students to the basic concepts and techniques of Data Mining To develop skills of using recent data mining software for solving practical problems To gain experience of doing independent study and research To study the methodology of engineering legacy databases for data warehousing and data mining to derive business rules for decision support systems Develop and apply critical thinking problem-solving and decision-making skills Develop and apply enthusiasm for learning Class participation is encouraged in this course
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to RDBMS data warehouse transactional databases data mining functionalities classification of data mining system major issues in data mining
Data Preprocessing Data Cleaning Data Integration and Transformation Data Reduction Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation
Data Warehouse And OLAP Need for Data Warehousing Difference from Traditional Databases Data Warehouse Architecture Multidimensional Data Model Schemas for Multi-Dimensional Model Star Snowflake amp Fact Constellation OLAP Operations Types of OLAP Servers ROLAP Versus MOLAP Versus HOLAP
Introduction to Data Mining Basics of data mining Data mining techniques KDP (Knowledge Discovery Process) Application and Challenges of Data Mining Security Issue Privacy Issue
Section ndash B
Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Apriori Algorithm FP Growth Algorithm latest trends in association rules mining
Classification and Clustering classification and prediction issues regarding classification and prediction decision tree induction algorithm rule-based classification using if-then rules for classification prediction linear amp nonlinear regression cluster analysis type of data for cluster analysis introduction to Categorization of Major Clustering Methods Classical Parti tioning Method k-Means
Introduction to Mining Complex Types of Data Complex data objects Mining spatial databases Multimedia databases Time Series and sequence databases Text databases and World Wide Web
Text Books
1 Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo 2 gan Kaufmann Publishers 2000 (ISBN 1-55860-489-8)3 Ian H Witten and Eibe Frank ldquoData Mining Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques with
Java implementationsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers San Fransisco CA (2000)4 Dorian Pyle ldquoData Preparation for Data Miningrdquo Morgan Kaufmann (1999)5 Korth Silbertz Sudarshan ldquoDatabase Conceptsrdquo McGraw Hill6 Elmasri Navathe ldquoFundamentals Of Database Systemsrdquo Addision Wesley
P a g e 73 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 403 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION SECURITY AND CYBER LAW 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To provide an understanding Computer forensics fundamental To analyze various computer forensics technologies To provide computer forensics systems To identify methods for data recovery To apply the methods for preservation of digital evidence
Section ndash A
Introduction to Internet Cyber Space and threats Computer Storage Cell Phone Mobile Forensics Computer Ethics and Application Programs
Electronic and Digital Signatures -Intellectual Property ndash Data Protection and Privacy Need for cyber law and forensics Jurisprudence of Indian Cyber Law
Foot printing WHOIS and DNS enumeration network reconnaissance Email spoofing Email bombing Data diddling Denial of service attack Virusworm attacks- trojans and keyloggers Internet t ime theft Web jacking Phishing-Smishing-Vishing-Identity theft Cyber terrorism- use of encryption by terrorists Human trafficking
Section ndash B
The Legal Perspective ndash The IT Act Challenges faced by IT Act and its amendments Sections Under IT Act- Section 43656667686970 Section relevant to cybercrime under IPC (Indian Penal Code)
Ethical hacking Need penetration testing Information gathering tools like n-map vulnerabili ty detection scanners like nessus nexpose information analysis and planning attack and penetration tools like Metasploit results analysis and reporting
Text Books
1 Cyber Security - Understanding cybercrimes computer forensics and legal perspectives by Nina Godbole and Sunit Belapure
2 System Forensics by Ankit Fadia 3 hacking Exposed network security secrets and solutions by Stuart McClure Scambray and Kurtz Tata
McGraw Hill
P a g e 74 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 308 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER GRAPHICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course objectives To provide comprehensive introduction about computer graphics system design algorithms and two-dimensional transformations To make the students familiar with techniques of clipping three-dimensional graphics and three-dimensional transformations The computer graphics course prepares students for activit ies involving in design development and testing of modeling rendering shading and animation
Section ndash A
Graphics Hardware Raster CRTs Raster and Random Scan Displays Display Controllers and Processors Graphics Input Devices Applications of Computer Graphics
Raster Scan Conversion Algorithms Line Drawing Algorithms (DDA amp Bresenhamrsquos) Circle Drawing Algorithms (Mid-Point and Bresenhamrsquos)
Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Rotation and Scaling) Matrix Representation and Homogenous Coordinates Shear and Reflection Transformations Composite TransformationsFilling Region fi lling Algorithms (Boundary Fill and Flood Fill)
Section ndash B
Windowing and Clipping Viewing pipeline viewing transformations 2-D Clipping algorithms- Line clipping algorithms (Cohen Sutherland Liang Barsky algorithm) Polygon clipping (Sutherland Hodgeman polygon clipping Weiler and Atherton polygon clipping)
Three-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Scaling Rotation) Composite transformations
Projections Parallel and Perspective
Visible Surface Detection Methods Depth Buffer Method A-Buffer Method Scan Line Method Area Subdivision Method
Shading Gouraud and Phong Shading Algorithms Properties of Bezier and B-Spline Curves
Text Books
1 Computer Graphics By Donald Hearn M Pauline Baker2 Computer Graphics (Schaum Series) by Lipschutz (MC Graw Hill)3 Principles of Interactive Computer graphics By WM Newman R Sproull4 Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics By JD Foley A Van Dam5 Computer Graphics Using OPEN GL By FS Hill Jr6 Computer Graphics Roy A Plastock Gordon Kalley
P a g e 75 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 409 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction to Parallel Processing Evolution of Computer Architecture Parallelism in Uniprocessor System Parallel Computer Structures Architectural Classifications Schemes Multiprocessors and Multicomputers Multisector and SIMD Computers Parallel processing application
Memory and input output subsystems Hierarchical Memory structure Virtual memory system Memory Allocation and Management Cache Memories and Management Input-Output Subsystem
Pipelining and Vector Processing Pipelining Instruction and Arithmetic Pipelines Principles of Designing Pipelined Processors Vector Processing Requirements Vector Super Computers Pipeline Chaining and Vector Loops Vectorization and Optimization Methods
Section ndash B
Structures and Algorithms for Array Processors SIMD Array Processors SIMD Interconnection Networks Static amp Dynamic Networks Mesh Connected Network Cube interconnection Networks Parallel Algorithms for array processors Associative Array Processing
Multiprocessor Architecture and Programming Functional Structures Interconnection Networks Multi stage networks for multiprocessors Parallel Memory Organization Multiprocessor Operating System Exploiting Concurrency for Multiprocessing
Text Books
1 Hawang kai Briggs FA Computer Architectures and Parallel Processing McGraw-Hill2 Kain Richard Y Advanced Computer Architecture PHI3 Hwang Kai Advanced Computer Architecture McGraw-Hill4 Mano M Computer System Architecture PHI
P a g e 76 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 304 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrJAVA PROGRAMMING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The model of object-oriented programming abstract data types encapsulation inheritance and polymorphism Fundamental features of an object-oriented language like Java object classes and interfaces exceptions and libraries of object collections How to take the statement of a business problem and from this determine suitable logic for solving the problem then be able to proceed to code that logic as a program written in Java How to test document and prepare a professional looking package for each business project using javadoc
Section ndash A Introduction to Java Features of Java difference between Java and C++ JVM Bytecode data types Wrapper types variables arrays operators-arithmetic bit-wise relational Boolean various control statements
Introduction to Classes Class fundamentals declaring objects methods constructors garbage collection passing parameters to methods recursion
Inheritance types of inheritance Access Modifiers (Private Public Protected Default) Polymorphism (Overloading Overriding Super amp This Keyword) Final Variable Final Classes amp Methods Static variable Static method Abstract methods and classes Packages and interfaces importing packages
Exception Handling Exception types try catch finally throw and throws creating exception subclasses
Section ndash BMultithreading Multithread programming thread priorities synchronization interthread communication Thread class methods runnable interface
IO InputOutput streams reading and writing console inputoutput reading and writing files
Applets and Graphics Applet fundamentals Applet class Applet init ialization and termination event handling keyboard and mouse events AWT class Layout managers panels canvases Frame windows drawing lines rectangles ell ipses
JDBC programming Commonly used classes and interfaces of javasql package connecting java application to a database prepared statements
Advance Concepts Introduction to Java Beans Java Swings Java Server Pages
Recommended Books
1 Dietel and Dietal Java How to Program 6th Edition Pearson Education 2 Herbert Schildt The Complete Reference Java2 TMH 3 James Edward Keogh Jim Keogh J2EE The complete Reference McGraw-Hill
P a g e 77 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 401 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrMICROWAVE ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilities in Microwave engineering through understanding of electromagnetic wave generation transmission and measurements theory and technology by study of microwave transmission medium media and microwave devices and components
Section ndash A
Microwave Tubes and Circuits High frequency limitations of conventional tubes klystrons ndash two cavity klystron multicavity klystron Reflex klystron Travelling wave magnetron - operation and characteristics Helix TWT construction operation and applications
Microwave Solid State Devices amp Their Applications Classification of Microwave Devices Diodes-PIN diode Tunnel Diode varactor and step recovery diodes Transferred Electron Devices- GUNN Diode Avalanche transit time effect- IMPATT Microwave Transistors and high electron mobility transistor-characteristics and performance
Section ndash B
Microwave Components Waveguide Microwave Junctions Scattering matrix and their properties Microwave T junctions ndash H Plane Tee E Plane Tee Magic Tee Rat Race Junction Directional coupler ndashscattering matrix of a directional coupler Waveguide joints bends corners re-entrant cavities Ferrite devices ndash faraday rotation in devices circulator amp isolator phase shifters and microwave attenuators
Microwave Measurements General measurement setup Microwave bench power measurement ndash low medium amp high Attenuation measurement Measurement of VSWR Smith Charts Measurement of Impedance Impedance matching-single and double stub tuners
Text Books
1 Microwave devices and circuits Samuel Liao PHI2 Microwave devices and radar Engg M Kulkarni Umesh Publications3 Foundation of Microwave Engg RE Collin McGraw Hill4 Microwave Engg KC Gupta
P a g e 78 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 416 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRADAR amp SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The objective of this course is to understand analysis of waveguides and gain complete knowledge about microwave components design of impedance matching and tuning using lumped and distributed elements for network to analyze and study characteristics of microwave tube generators and amplifiers and study different RADARs and its supporting systems The course will also provide an in-depth understanding of different concepts used in a satellite communication system like the tools necessary for the calculation of basic parameters in a satellite communication system knowledge about every aspect of satellite communication such as orbital mechanics launching techniques satellite link design earth station technology and different access system towards a satellite
Section ndash A Introduction To Radar Basic Radar Radar equation Radar Block diagram Radar frequencies applications of Radar detection of signals in noise receiver noise and Signal to Noise ratio Probability of detection and false Alarm integration of Radar pulses Radar cross section targets Radar cross section of Fluctuations Antenna parameters system losses
MTI and Doppler Radar Introduction to Doppler and MTI Radar Delay line cancellers Staggered Pulse repetition Frequencies Moving Target Detector Limitations of moving platform Pulse Doppler Radar tracking with Radar Monopulse Tracking Conical Scan and sequential Lobing Limitation to tracking accuracy Tracking in Range
Section ndash B
Orbital aspects of Satellite Communication Introduction to geo-synchronous and geo-stationary satellites Keplerrsquos laws Locating the satellite with respect to the earth sub-satellite point look angles mechanics of launching a synchronous satellite Orbital effects Indian scenario in communication satellites Satellite sub-systems Attitude and Orbit control systems Telemetry Tracking and command control system Power supply system Space craft antennas multiple access techniques comparison of FDMA TDMA CDMA
Satellite link design basic transmission theory system noise temperature and GT ratio design of down link and uplink design of satellite links for specified CN satellite data communication protocols
Text Books
1 Introduction to Radar system by Merrill l Skolnik 3rd Edition Mcgraw Hill 20032 Satellite Communication By T Pratt amp CW Bostain Wiely eastern 2002 2 n d edit ion3 Satellite Communication By Tri T Ha Tata Mcgraw Hill 2nd Edition 1990
P a g e 79 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 415 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart knowledge about advanced communication systems and related design parameters To inculcate ability in students to design wireless communication systems which can provide high data rate to a large number of users The main goal is to utilize the concepts of analogdigital modulation techniques and signal processing in transmission and reception of wireless signals under static and dynamic channels in the presence of noise
Section ndash A
Radio channels and coding Characteristics of Mobile Radio channels Channel capacity and Diversity Overview of STBCs and STTCs
OFDM Introduction Basic principle of OFDM Block diagram of OFDM OFDM standards Spectrum analysis of OFDM Capacity analysis of OFDM Multi-path effects on OFDM BER analysis of OFDM timing and frequency synchronization PAPR in OFDM and its effects mitigation of PAPR
Section ndash B
WiMAX and LTE Background of IEEE 80216 and WiMAX Features of WiMAX WiMAX Network Architecture WiMAX physical layer WiMAX MAC layer channel performance of WiMAX Overview of LTE SAEEPS Architecture of LTE Frame structure in LTE Applications of WiMAX and LTE
MIMO Introduction to MIMO MIMO Spatial Multiplexing MIMO Channel Capacity MIMO Diversity and applications MIMO-OFDM Channel estimation for MIMO-OFDM Multi-user MIMO systems
Text Books
1 Ezio Biglieri Robert Calderbank and Andrea Goldsmith ldquoMIMO Wireless Communicationsrdquo Cambridge University Press
2 Mohinder Jankiraman ldquoSpace-Time Codes and MIMO Systemsrdquo Artech House3 Jeffrey G Andrews Arunabha Ghosh and Rias Muhamed ldquoFundamentals of WiMAX - Understanding
Broadband Wireless Networkingrdquo Prentice Hall4 Abd-Elhamid M Taha and Hossam S Hassanein ldquoLTE LTE-Advanced and WiMAX - Towards IMT-
Advanced Networksrdquo John Wiley and Sons Ltd5 Ramjee Prasad ldquoOFDM for Wireless Communications Systemsrdquo Artech House
P a g e 80 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 407 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNANO ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the fundamentals of Nanotechnology To give a general introduction to different types of nanomaterials spintronic bio electronics molecular electronics organic electronics nano fabrication techniques surface analytical instrumentation techniques micro electro mechanical system (MEMS) and nano electro mechanical system (NEMS) To impart basic knowledge on nano fabrication and surface analytical instrumentation techniques To bring out the magnetic properties optical properties and applications of nano materials
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to Nano-scale Science and Nano-scale Technology Why nano science and nano technology Length energy and time scales Nano structure types and properties electronic and optical properties of materials sensors
Quantum wires and dots single electron effects and single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metall ic tunnel junctions Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy
Fabrication Nanomagnets and spintronics non-ideal interfaces and defects nano fabrication (Lithography Self-assembly Contact imprinting) molecular electronics Organic Electronics (Carbon Fullerness and nanotubes polymers)
Bio Electronics Introduction Binding of Organic semiconductors DNA computing
Section ndash B
Nano-Photonics Emitters Wave Guides Detectors Photonic Crystals
Surface Analytical Instrumentation Techniques for Nanotechnology Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy Low Energy Electron Diffraction (LEED) Scanning Probe Microscopy UV Photo electron spectroscopy (UPS)
Mems and Nems MicroElectro mechanical systems (MEMS) and Nano electro mechanical systems (NEMS) size dependent electronic magnetic and optical behavior of nano materials
Application Introduction to quantum methods of information processing Nano Particles and Environmental Hazardness Industrial applications of Nano Sized materials
TEXT BOOKS
1 Transport in Nanostructures- David Ferry Cambridge University Press20002 Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics - Y Imry Oxford University Press19973 Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems S Datta Cambridge University Press19954 Single Charge Tunneling H Grabert and M Devoret Plenum Press19925 Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining and Microfabrication - P Rai Choudhary SPIE1997
P a g e 81 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 408 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrBIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course will cover various systems of the human physiology signals of biological origin obtained from these systems biosensors transducers bioelectrodes used to acquire such signals and amplifiers for measuring biopotentials Electrical safety of medical devices measurements of the blood pressure blood flow respiratory system clinical laboratory equipment medical imaging and bioethics will also be discussed The main objective of this course is to introduce student to basic biomedical engineering technology As a result student can understand design and evaluate systems and devices that can measure test andor acquire biological information from the human body
Section ndash A
Human Body Subsystems Brief description of neuronal Muscular Cardiovascular and respiratory systems their electrical Mechanical and chemical activities
Transducers and Electrodes Principles and classification of transducers for bio-medical applications Electrode theory Different types of electrodes Selection criteria for transducers and electrodes
Cardiovascular System Measurements Measurement of blood pressure Blood flow Measurement of pH value of blood Cardiac rate Heart sounds Electrocardiograph Plethysmograph
Respiratory System Measurements Measurement of gas volume Flow rate Carbon-dioxide and oxygen concentration in exhaled air
Measurement of Electrical Activity in Neuromuscular System and Brain Neuron potential Muscle potential Electromyograph Brain potentials Electroencephalograph
Section ndash B
Medical Imaging Diagnostic X-rays CAT MRI Ultrasonography Medical use of isotopes Endoscopy
Patient Care Monitoring and Safety Measures Elements of intensive care monitoring Basic hospital systems and components Physiological effect of electric currents Shock hazards from electrical equipment Safety measures
Assisting and Therapeutic Devices Introduction to cardiac pacemakers Defibrillators Ventilators Diathermy
Bio-Telemetry and Lasers Physiological parameters adaptable to Bio-telemetry components of a bio telemetry system Application of telemetry in patient care Application of lasers to biomedical sciences
TEXT BOOKS
1 L Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement - Chromwell FJ Weibell EA Pfeiffer Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
2 Introduction to biomedical Equipment technology- Carr JJ and Brown JM Pearson Publishers Delhi3 Medical Instrumentation applications and design -J G Webster John Wiley Sons New York4 Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation- RS Khandpur Tata Mc Graw Hill New Delhi5 Principles of applied Biomedical Instrumentation -LG Geddes LE Baker John Wiley Sons New
York
P a g e 82 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 409 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The objective of this course is to learn the basic elements of optical fiber transmission l ink fiber glass modes configurations and structures to understand different kinds of losses signal attenuation in optical fibers amp other dispersion factor to learn various optical sources LEDLASER structures receivers (PIN APD) and noise performance Also this course will provide the understanding of optical network system components variety of networking aspects SONETSDH and study of network operations OTDM OTDN etc l ink budget amp network design and management At the end of the course students will be able to apply the fundamental principles of optics and light wave to design optical fiber communication systems differentiate losses in optical fiber link and state transmission characterist ics of optical fiber design optical fiber communication links using appropriate optical fibers light sources detectors explore concept of designing and operating principles of modern optical systems and networks apply different network access schemes and packet switching in OFC systems design and manage networks with appropriate consideration
Section ndash A
Optical Networking Optical networking principle and challenges WDM networking evolution WDM network construction wireless optical systems switching elements Optical Add-Drop Multiplexers Optical Cross-Connect Micro-Electro Mechanical Systems Nonreconfigurable Wavelength Router Reconfigurable Wavelength-Routing Switch Wavelength conversion technologies
Designing WDM Optical Networks Systems Consideration Channels Power Considerations All-optical Cycle of Elimination Additional Considerations Elements of Local-Area WDM Network Design WDM Wide-Area Network Design Issues WDM Metro Network Design Issues Optical Access Network Design Issues
SONET amp SDH evolution multiplexing structure frame structure envelopes functional components problem detection payload pointers VTs overhead bytes SONET amp SDH concatenation Architecture of optical transport networks Digital wrappers hierarchy OTN layer models
Section ndash B
Optical Access Networks Introduction Challenges in Access Networks Next-Generation Access Networks Overview of PON Technologies Optical SplittersCouplers PON Topologies Burst-Mode Transceivers Ethernet PON (EPON) Access Network Ethernet Gaining in Prominence Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation Algorithms Considerations for IP-based Services over EPON Other Types of PONS APONBPON Generalized naming Procedure PON WDM-PON Architectures
ATM vs IP in optical internets IP over ATM amp SONET OSI internet layered model Encapsulation amp its methods PPP packet ATM vs IP debate Optical Internets Evolution to 3G architecture
Text Books
1 Optical WDM Networks - Biswanath Mukherjee ndash Springer2 Optical Networks-Third Generation Transport Systems ndash Uyless Black Pearson
Education3 Optical Network Design and Implementation - Vivek Alwayn Pearson Education4 Understanding SONETSDH and ATM-communications networks for the next millennium by
Stamatious V Kartalopoulos Prentice - Hall India
P a g e 83 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 410 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL VLSI DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course is designed to give the student an understanding of the different design steps required to carry out a complete digital VLSI (Very-Large-Scale Integration) design in silicon It will explore the fundamental concepts and structures of designing digital VLSI systems include CMOS devices and circuits standard CMOS fabrication processes CMOS design rules static and dynamic logic structures interconnect analysis CMOS chip layout simulation and testing low power techniques design tools and methodologies VLSI architecture
Section ndash A
MOS Transistor Theory Evolution of ICs Masking sequence of NMOS and CMOS Structures Electrical Design Rules Stick Diagram Layout Design Introduction to MOS Physics MOSFET Work Function MOS Models MOSFET Structure and Operation Accumulation Depletion and Inversion region Weak and Strong Inversion Threshold voltage Current-Voltage characteristics Body effect MOSFET Scaling theory Limits of miniaturization small geometry effects Sub threshold conduction
Circuit Characterization Resistive Load amp Active Load MOS Inverters NMOS Inverters CMOS Inverters Static Characterist ics Switching Characteristics Interconnect Parasit ics Propagation Delay Static and Dynamic Power Dissipation Noise Margin Logic Threshold Voltage
Section ndash B
Combinational amp Sequential Circuits MOS Logic Circuits with Depletion NMOS loads CMOS Logic Circuits Complex logic circuits Pass Gate Transmission Gate Double Gate Transistor Behavior of Bistable elements SR Latch Circuit Clocked Latch and Flip-Flop Circuits CMOS D-Latch and Edge-triggered Flip-flop Subsystem Design- Adders shifters ALU High Performance Dynamic CMOS Circuits ROM Circuits Static and Dynamic RAM Circuits
VLSI Design Methodologies Semi-custom and Full-Custom Design including Cell Library and Gate Array Based Design FPGA BiCMOS Logic Circuits Design for Testability
TEXT BOOKS
1 Basic VLSI design systems and circuits- Pucknell DA and Eshraghian K PHI2 VLSI design techniques for analog and digital circuits ndash Geiger Rr Allen PE Strader NR
P a g e 84 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 412 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize with soft computing concepts Introduce the ideas of Neural networks fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human experience Familiarize the concepts of Genetic algorithm Apply the soft computing concepts to solve practical problems One will be able to design supervised and unsupervised learning models
Section ndash A
Introduction History of neural networks biological neurons Artificial Neural Net terminology Model of a neuron topology Types of activation functions learning types of learning-supervised unsupervised re-inforcement learning
Neural Learning Perceptrons linear separability Basic learning laws Hebbs rule Delta rule Widrow amp Hoff LMS learning rule correlation learning rule instar and outstar learning rules Supervised learning- Multilayer networks back propagation algorithm and its variations unsupervised learning- competit ive learning K-means clustering algorithm Self-organizing maps Basic Hopfield model
Section ndash B
Radial Basis Functions RBF neural networks Introduction to counter Propagation networks CMAC networks ART networks Broad application areas of neural networks- classification clustering pattern association function approximation
Fuzzy Logic Basic concepts of Fuzzy Logic Fuzziness vs probabili ty Crisp logic vs fuzzy logic Fuzzy sets and systems operations on sets fuzzy relations membership functions fuzzy rule generation variable inference techniques defuzzification techniques Fuzzy applications in consumer products
Text Books
1 Artificial Neural Networks -Yegna Narayanan2 Neural Networks - Simon Haykin 3 Fuzzy logic with engineering application - ROSS JT (Tata Mc)4 Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic - Bart Kosko 5 Neural computing theory amp practice - PD Wasserman (ANZA PUB)6 Introduction to applied Fuzzy Electronics - Ahmad M Ibrahim (PHI)7 Introduction to artificial neural systems - JM Zurada Jaico Pub8 An introduction to Fuzzy control D Driankor H Hellendorn M Reinfrank
P a g e 85 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 417 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRF SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To design and analyse basic resonators and RF Filters 2 To study the operation and device characteristics of RF Active components 3 To design and analyze RF transistor amplifier 4 To understand the operation of Oscillators and mixers used in RF design
Section ndash A
Introduction RF circuits Impedance matching and Quality factor Efficiency Amplifiers RF preamplifiers fi lters Frequency converters Mixers Radio receivers
Oscillators And PLL Relaxation oscil lators Series resonant oscillators Negative resonant oscillators Oscillator dynamics Stabili ty oscillator noise Design examples phase locked loops-loop dynamics analysis Frequency synthesizers
Amplifiers and Power Supplies Amplifier specifications-gain bandwidth and impedance stability Amplifier design Noise considerations class C class D amplifiers High power amplifiers Rectifiers Switching converters Boost and Buck circuits
Section ndash B
Couplers and Waveguide Circuits Directional coupling Hybrids Power combining transformer equivalent circuits Double tuned transformers Transformers with magnetic and iron cores Transmission l ines transformers Baluns Waveguides matching in wave guide circuits Waveguide junctions coaxial lines resistance impedance bridge standing waves
Modulation and Detection Circuits AM High level modulation Digital to analog modulation SSB Angle and frequency modulation Diode detectors FM demodulators-Design power detectors Measurement of power Voltage and Impedance Swept frequency impedance measurements
Text Books
1 Jon B Hagen Radio Frequency Electronics Cambridge university press Cambridge19962 James Hardy High Frequency Circuit Design Resto Publishing Co NewYork19793 Ian Hickman RF HandBook Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd Oxford19934 Ulrich L Rohde TTN Bucher Communication Receivers McGraw Hill New York19985 R Ludcoig RF Circuit Design Pearson Asia Education and P Bretchko New Delhi2000
P a g e 86 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 418 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE AND SPEECH PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 Give the students a general understanding of the fundamentals of digital image processing 2 Introduce the student to analytical tools which are currently used in digital image processing as applied to image information for human viewing 3 To learn the fundamental concepts of digital image processing 4 To study basic image processing operations 5 To understand image analysis algorithms 6 To expose students to current applications in the field of digital image processing 7 Develop the studentrsquos abili ty to apply these tools in the laboratory in image restoration enhancement and compression 8 Understand differences between computer vision and image processing
The main purpose of this course is to provide the learners with solid fundamental tools and experience on the applied technology in the array of speech processing It also gives the opportunity to deepen and widen the understanding of this topic through the study of speech characterist ics and its applications in various fields l ike coding The course is one of the interesting applications of signal processing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Image Processing Overview of Image processing image processing and related fields types of images fundamental steps in image processing Image processing applications Digital image representation and image formation sampling amp Quantization amp application of image Processing
Image Processing operations Basic relationships and distance metrics classification of image processing operations Image Enhancement by Point operation An overview of point Processing constant amp non-linear operations between image amp histogram techniques
Section ndash B
Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing Articulatory Phonetics ndash Production and Classification of Speech Sounds Acoustic Phonetics ndash Acoustics of speech production Review of Digital Signal Processing concepts Short-Time Fourier Transform Filter-Bank and LPC Methods A Review of Discrete-Time Signal amp Systems the Z-transform the DFT Fundamental of Digital Filters FIR system IIR Systems
Features Feature Extraction and Pattern Comparison Techniques Speech distortion measuresndash mathematical and perceptual ndash LogndashSpectral Distance Cepstral Distances Weighted Cepstral Distances and Filtering Likelihood Distortions
Text Books
1 Digital image processing by S Sridhar Oxford University Press2 Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang ldquoFundamentals of Speech Recognitionrdquo
Pearson Education 20033 Digital Image Processing by Rafael C Gonzale amp Richard E Woods Pearson Education Asia4 Fundamentals of digital image processing by AK Jain 1989 Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ5 Ben Gold and Nelson Morgan ldquoSpeech and Audio Signal Processing Processing and Perception of
Speech and Musicrdquo Wiley- India Edition 2006
P a g e 87 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 321 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To understand the basic architecture of optical fiber and related losses like absorption attenuation bending etc 2 To understand the architecture of optical transmitter and receiver for optical communication systems 3 After gone through the design consideration of optical communication the various modulation techniques and measurement techniques will be studied
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of fiber optic communications and its advantages
Review of LEDs and Lasers optical sources PIN and APD diodes optical detectorsOptical Fiber Waveguides amp Its Connections Introduction Ray theory transmission Electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation cylindrical fibers single mode fibers joints - fiber alignment splices connectors
Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers amp Cables Introduction Attenuation Material absorption losses Linear scattering losses Nonlinear scattering losses fiber bend loss Dispersion Intermodal dispersion Overall fiber dispersion Dispersion modified single-mode fibers Polarization
Section ndash B
Optical Fiber Systems Intensity modulationDirect Detection amp Coherent Introduction Optical transmitter circuit Optical receiver circuits system design considerations Digital systems Analog systems Advanced multiplexing strategies Coherent system constraints modulation formats Demodulation schemes Receiver sensitivities
Optical Fiber Measurements Introduction attenuation dispersion refractive index profile cutoff wavelength numerical aperture diameter mode field diameter and field measurements
Text Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash Djafar K Mynbev Lowell L Scheiner Pearson Education
Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill 4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications5 Optoelectronics Fiber optics and Lasers a Text-Lab Manual - Morris Tischler McGraw Hill 6 Related IEEE papers amp websites
P a g e 88 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 8th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
PRJ 451 Project Semester - One Semester Training in Industry 0 0 0 20
INDUSTIAL VISIT BY FACULTY COORDINATOR (150 MARKS) (within 10-12 weeks of commencement of training)
Presentation 60 MarksViva-voce 60 MarksReport (Hard Copy) 30 Marks
Evaluation by Faculty Coordinator in consultation with Industrial Coordinator during industrial visit
EVALUATION BY A TEAM OF FACULTY MEMBERS IN THE INSTITUTE (250 MARKS)(within one week of completion of training)
Presentation 100 MarksViva-voce 100 MarksFinal Report (Hard Copy) 50 Marks
The final presentation and viva-voce will be conducted jointly by the faculty coordinator nominee of the Head to be appointed by the Head of the DepartmentThe letter grade will be awarded to the students according to marks obtained by himher out of total 400 marks
PRJ 451 L T P CrPROJECT SEMESTER 0 0 0 20
Project Semester spans over a period of one Semester
The students shall undertake project (s) in Industry RampD or service organizations under the joint supervision of a faculty member and an executive from the organization The emphasis of the work undertaken is on problem identification and its techno-economic solution for the benefit of the host industry
The project must normally include identification of problem data collection analysis and generating solutions with cost and benefits and recommendations for their implementation If a single project is not available in the industry more than one projects might be undertaken
The evaluation of the project semester should be carried out on a continuous basis and must include the evaluation by faculty coordinator during his visit(s) to the concerned industries evaluation by faculty coordinator towards the completion of the semester and the final evaluation in the Institute by a committee of faculty members
P a g e 89 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 253 INT EXT L T P CrDATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Write a program to check whether a string is palindrome or not
2 Write a program to extract substring from given string
3 Write a program to implement stack using arrays
4 Write a program to implement queues using arrays
5 Write a program to sort a given list of numbers using following algorithm
Bubble sort
Insertion sort
Selection sort
Quick sort
Radix sort
6 Write a program to implement linear and binary search algorithm
7 Write a program to create a linked list and perform following operations
Insert element at beginning
Insert element at end
Insert element at given position
Delete element from beginning
Delete element at end
Delete element from given position
8 Take a list of numbers and create a sorted linked list from given list
9 Implement stack using linked representation
10 Implement queue using linked representation
P a g e 11 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P CrENVIRONMENTAL AND ROAD SAFETY AWARENESS 2 0 0 0
Time Allowed 3 hours Total Marks 100Total lectures 50 Pass marks 35
Instructionsa) The paper has been introduced from the session 2013-14b) The paper will be taught in the Second yearfourth Semester of all the UG Courses (BA BCom
BSc Law Engineering Commerce Agriculture etc) except LLB three year course and will be a qualifying paper only The marks of this paper will not be counted towards final score of the under graduate degree
c) This will cover only preliminary and basics of the subject and the paper will be set accordinglyd) The written paper will have two parts Each part of the paper will be of 50 marks and will contain ten
questions The candidates will attempt five questions out of each part The answer to each question should not exceed 500 words Each question will carry ten marks
Section ndash IUnit 1 The multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition scope and importance
Concept of Biosphere ndash Lithosphere Hydrosphere Atmosphere Need for public awareness (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 2 Natural Resources ndash Renewable and non-renewable resources Natural resources and associated problems
a) Forest resources use and over exploitation deforestation and its impactb) Water resources use and overutilization of surface and ground water and its impactc) Mineral resources use and effects on environment on over exploitationd) Food resources Effects modern agriculture fertilizer-pesticide problem water logging and
salinitye) Energy resources Growing energy needs renewable and non-renewable energy sources use of
alternate energy resourcesf) Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources for sustainable development
(7 lectures)Unit 3 Ecosystems
Ecosystem and its components Definition structure and function producer consumer and decomposer Types of Ecosystem (Introduction only) Food Chains food web and ecological pyramids (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 4 Biodiversity and conservation Introduction ndash Definition genetic species and ecosystem diversity value of biodiversity Hot spots of biodiversity Threats to biodiversity habitat loss poocting of wildlife man-wildlife conflicts Endangered and endemic species of India Conservation of Biodiversity (6 lectures)
Section ndash IIUnits 5 Environmental Pollution
Definition causes effects and control measures of a) Air pollutionb) Water pollutionc) Soil pollutiond) Marine pollutione) Noise pollutionf) Thermal pollutiong) Nuclear hazard
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution Solid waste management vermicomposting Disaster management Floods earthquake cyclone and landslides (7 lectures)
Unit 6 Social Issues and the Environment Urban problems related to energy Water conservation rain water harvesting water shed management Resettlement and rehabilitation of people its problems and concerns Climate changes global warming acid rain ozone layer depletion Consumerism and waste products Population explosion ndash Family welfare programme (6 lectures)
Unit 7 Introduction to Environmental Protection Laws in India
P a g e 12 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
Environmental Protection Act Air (Prevention and control of pollution) Act Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act Wild life Protection Act Forest Conservation Act Issues involved in the enforcement of environmental legislation (6 lectures)
Unit 8 Road safety Awareness Concept and significance of Road safety Traffic signs Traffic rules Traffic Offences and penalties How to obtain license Role of first aid in Road Safety (6 lectures)
P a g e 13 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 4th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2020-2021)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECE 209 Digital Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECE 210 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECM 205 Computer System Architecture 3 1 0 35
ECM 206 Operating System 3 1 0 35
ECE 213 Circuit Theory 3 1 0 35
ECE 214 Signals amp Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 254 Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 256 Operating System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 263 Circuit Theory Lab 0 0 2 10
Punjabi 3 0 0 0
21 6 6 33
Total contact hours 33
ECM 254 ECM 256 ECE 263 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
In addition to above mentioned subjects there will be an additional course on Punjabi as a qualifying subject
P a g e 14 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 209 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the student should be able to demonstrate the ability to use logic gates Basic Boolean laws minimization techniques for the designing of various combinational circuits The student should also be able to describe operation characterist ic equations excitation table of various flip flops and explain the conversion of flip flops Design and analyze sequential circuits from the basic building blocks and describe memories AD DA Converters Logic families and their characteristics
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of Number Systems Codes and Gates evaluating logic circuit outputs Implementing circuits from Boolean expressions Boolean theorems DeMorgans theorem universality of NAND and NOR gates IEEEANSI standard logic symbols
Combinational Logic Circuits Sum of product form Product of sum form Simplification of Boolean functions using algebraic and Karnaugh map methods Half adder Full adder half subtractor full subtractor circuits parity generator and checker circuits comparator circuit
Combinational Digital Circuit Design Multiplexer Demultiplexer Code converters Combinational logic circuits Some examples of Boolean gate ICs
Sequential Circuits RS JK D and T fl ip-flops circuits and their conversions Serial and parallel counters and shift registers Universal shift registers some examples of counter and shift register ICs
Section ndash B
Logic families and digital ICs Characterist ics of digital ICs Classification of different logic families TTL ECL MOS and CMOS their operation and specifications
Memories Semi-conductor memories ROM and RAM ROM using diodes BJTs and FETs RAM cell Memory organization and expansion An idea about other types of memories
Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Converters Variable register network R-2R DA converters DA accuracy and resolution AD converters Simultaneous conversion and counter method
Text Books
1 Digital Design by Morris Mano PHI 4th edition 2008 2 Digital principles and Applications by Malvino Leach TMH 2011 3 Digital System Principles and Applications by R J Tocci (PHI) 2009 4 Modern Digital Electronics by R P Jain TMH 2006 5 Digital Integrated Electronics by Taub Schilling TMH 2004
P a g e 15 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 210 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Through this course the students will acquire knowledge of -The behavior of BJTs at high frequency using pi-model -Develop the abili ty to analyze and design analog electronic circuits using discrete components-Concept of feedback used in amplifiers and its need -Working of power amplifiers power amplifier circuits tuned amplifiers Oscillators compare experimental results in the laboratory with theoretical analysis
Section ndash A
High Frequency Transistor The high frequency T model CB short circuit current frequency response Alpha cut-off frequency CE short circuit current frequency response Hybrid pi CE transistor model hybrid pi conductance in terms of low frequency h ndash parameters CE short circuit current gain obtained with hybrid pi model current gain with resistive load
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Power Amplifiers Class A large signal amplifier second and higher harmonic distortion transformer coupled amplifiers Efficiency of amplifiers Push-pull amplifiers (class A amp class B)
Tuned Amplifiers Single tuned capacitively coupled amplifier amp its steady state response Determination of Gain Bandwidth product Tapped tuned Inductively coupled single tuned circuit Double tuned circuits
Oscillators Condition for sustained oscillation R-C phase shift Hartley Colpitts Crystal and Wien Bridge Oscillators
Text Books
1 Electronics Devices by Robert Boylsted Tata McGraw Hill publications2 Electronic Devices and circuits MC-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition by Millman amp Halkias3 Malvino Electronic Principles Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
Reference Books
1 Integrated Electronics by Millman amp Halkias Mc-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition2 Electronic Devices and Circuits S Salivahanan etal Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi3 Electron Devices by Floyd Pearson Asia 5th Edition 20014 Liner Integrated circuits by Gayekward5 Engineering Electronics by Alley amp Attwood6 Burns and Bond Principles of Electronic Circuits PWS Publishing Company Boston
P a g e 16 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 205 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a digital computer To discuss in detail the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms amp implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition subtraction multiplication amp division To study the different ways of communicating with IO devices and standard IO interfaces To study the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory
Section ndash A
Introduction Design of basic computer Registers Accumulator Flags Program Counter Stack Pointer Machine Instructions Instruction Cycle Machine Cycle Components of CPU
Register Transfer and Micro operations Register transfer Language Register transfer Bus amp memory transfer Logic micro operations Shift micro operation
Controller Design Hardwired and Micro programmed Approach
Micro program Control Organization Control Memory Address Sequencing Micro program Sequences Microinstruction Formats and Addressing modes
Arithmetic Unit Comparison and Subtraction of unsigned Binary Numbers Addition Subtraction Multiplication Algorithm
Section ndash B
Memory System Memory CPU interaction Principle of locality (Temporal and Spatial)
Memory Organization Interleaved Memory Organization Memory Hierarchy Main Memory Virtual Memory Cache Memory Cache Organization (Direct Fully Associative Set Associative) Cache Coherence Memory Management Hardware Performance Considerations
Input-Output Organization IO interfaces and Buses IO operations Program driven Input- Output Interrupt driven Input-Output DMA Priority Interrupt
Pipeline Processing Overview of Pipelining Types of Pipelining Hazards (Data Control Structural)
Computer Peripherals and Interfaces Introduction to IO buses ISA PCI SCSI EISA Local bus VESA Local bus PCI bus PCI Express Accelerated graphics port bus
Text Books
1 Computer System Architecture MM Mano Prentice Hall of India2 Structured Computer Organization Andrew S Tanenbaum Prentice Hall of India3 JP Hayes Computer Systeui Architecture Prentice Hall of India New Delhi4 Ali leigh System Architecture South Wester publishing co New Delhi5 William Stallings ldquoComputer Organization and Architecture ndash Designing for Performancerdquo 6th Edition
Pearson Education 2003
P a g e 17 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 206 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn the fundamentals of Operating Systems To learn the mechanisms of OS to handle processes and threads and their communication To learn the mechanisms involved in memory management in contemporary OS To gain knowledge on distributed operating system concepts that includes architecture Mutual exclusion algorithms deadlock detection algorithms and agreement protocols To know the components and management aspects of concurrency management To learn programmatically to implement simple OS mechanisms
Section ndash A
Basic Functions and Concepts of Operating Systems Concept of an operating system batch system Multi-programmed Time sharing Personal Computer System Parallel system Real time system Network Operating System and Distributed Operating System
Features and Objective of Operating Systems System components operating system services System calls System Programmers System Structure Simple Structure Layered Approach Microkernel
Process Management Concept of process process states process control block Process Scheduling Scheduling Queues Schedulers and Context Switch operations on processes CPU scheduling Algorithms FCFS SJF RR and priority Multilevel queue scheduling Multilevelfeedback queue scheduling
Deadlocks Introduction to deadlocks Necessary Conditions for deadlock Resource allocation graph Deadlock Prevention Deadlock Avoidance Safe state Resource-Allocation-Graph Algorithm Bankers Algorithm Deadlock Detection Recovery from Deadlock
Section ndash B
Memory Management Logical and physical address space Swapping Contiguous memory Allocation Memory Protection Memory Allocation Fragmentation paging basic method Protection and shared pages segmentation basic method hardware Protection and sharing virtual memory Demand Paging Page Replacement Algorithms ((FIFO Optimal LRU LRU Approximation page replacement) Allocation of Frames Thrashing
Information Management Files - file concept file types File attributes fi le operations access methods allocation methods (contiguous l inked indexed) directory structure free-space management (bit vector linked list grouping counting)
Disk Management Disk structure Disk Scheduling (FCFS SSTF SCAN C-SCAN LOOK) Disk Management (Disk Formatting Boot Block Bad Blocks) Swap Space Management Swap Space Use Swap Space Location
Case Studies Brief introduction of Windows UNIX and LINUX
Text Books
1 Operating System (Sixth Edition) 2005 Galvin Silberschatz Addison Wesley Publishing Ltd2 Flynn Understanding operating Systems Cengage Learning (Thomson)3 DM Dhamdhere Operating System r A Concept Based Approach Tata Me Graw- Hill4 Operating Systems Design and Implementation Andrew S Tanembaum PHI (Latest Edition)
P a g e 18 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 213 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The study of electrical circuits takes off from principles of AC and DC theory and introduces the student to parameters and characteristics of various networks The aim of the subject to understand the different types of circuits and their analysis based on network theorems and to determine the current voltage and power in the circuit The students will be able to analyze two port networks stability of a circuit and to find time response of the circuit The circuits are designed using Foster and Cauer forms The knowledge of Laplaces transform and Inverse will help students to work in multi-disciplinary fields of electronics engineering
Section ndash A
Network Theorems and Two Port Network Descriptions Thevenins theorem as applied to ac circuits Nortons theorem as applied to AC circuits Superposition theorem as applied to ac circuits Maximum power transfer theorem as applied to AC Circuits Two port description in terms of open circuits impedance Parameters Short circuit admittance parameters Hybrid parameters and transmission Inter-connection of two port network Duality networks
Inductively Coupled Circuits Coefficient of coupling mutual inductance in loop and nodal equations
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Time Domain Analysis Unit functions-step impulse and ramp functions Laplaces transform and Inverse Solution of network problems using Laplace transform Solution of Transient and Steady state response of RL amp RC networks with different types of forcing functions Solutions of transient and steady state response of series RLC circuit with step input
Network Synthesis Synthesis vs Analysis Elements of circuit synthesis Introduction and general considerations in network synthesis Purpose and scope of network synthesis
Positive Real Functions Definition Necessary and Sufficient conditions for a function to be positive real testing of driving point functions for positive realness
Foster amp Cauer Forms Foster and Cauer Forms realization in terms of RC RL and LC networks
Text Books
1 Sudhakar amp Shyammohan ldquoCircuits amp Networksrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 Joseph Administer ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo S Chand Series3 Abhijit Chakarbarti ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo Dhanpat Rai amp Sons New Delhi4 Vanvalkenberg ldquoNetwork Analysisrdquo Prentice Hall5 D Roy Choudhary ldquoNetworks amp Systemsrdquo New Age International New Delhi6 Vanvalkenberg ME ldquoNetworks Analysisrdquo P rentice Hall of India (2007) 3rded7 Arshad M ldquoNetwork Analysis and Synthesisrdquo Laxmi Publications (2008) 2nded
Reference Books
1 Franklin F Kuo Network Analysis and Synthesis John Wiley (2003) 2nd ed2 Anderson BDOVongpanitlerd S Network Analysis and Synthesis Dover Publications (2006) 3rd ed3 Charles A Desoer Ernest S Kuh ldquoBasic Circuit Theoryrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company4 William H Hayt Jr Jack E Kemmerly ldquoEngineering Circuit Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company
P a g e 19 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 20 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 214 INT EXT L T P CrSIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The aim of this subject is to develop analytical capability of students by which they would be able to handle real time signal processing related problems and projects The understanding of various transforms will help the students to analyze the problems in both time and frequency domain
Section ndash A
Representation of Signal and Systems Classifications of signals Linear time invariant systems Representation of signals in terms of impulses Discrete time LTI systems continuous t ime LTI systems Properties of LTI systems Systems described by differential and difference equations
Section ndash B
Fourier analysis Signal representation using Fourier series Representation of periodic signals Continuous and discrete time Fourier series Exponential Fourier series Properties of Fourier series Convergence of Fourier series Continuous and Discrete time Fourier transform Properties of Fourier transform Analysis of discrete time signals and systems Correlation Autocorrelation
Random Signals Probability Random variables Probabili ty density and distribution functions Moments of random variables Random processes Transmission of signals through LTI systems Gaussian Process Central Limit Theorem
Text Books
1 Oppenheim Willisky and Nawab Signals amp Systems Tata Mcgraw HillNew Delhi2 Simon Haykin and Barry Van Been ldquoCommunications System Wiley 3 Eastern USA4 BPLathi ldquoCommunication Systems Oxford Press USA5 A Papouils Random Variables amp Stochastic Process Mcgraw Hill USA
Reference Books
1 Charles L Philips John M Parr Eve A Riskin ldquoSignals Systems and Transformrdquo Prentice Hall Third Edition 2003
P a g e 21 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 254 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To plot frequency response characteristics of a RC Single stage RC coupled Amplifier
2 To determine the voltage gain of a two stage RC coupled amplifiers
3 To plot frequency response characteristics of Transformer coupled amplifier
4 To plot frequency response of a tuned voltage amplifier and to calculate its resonant frequency
5 To find voltage gain of an emitter follower and find its operating point
6 To study Wein Bridge Oscillator
7 To study Phase Shift Oscillator
8 To study OP-Amp as Differentiator amp Integrator
9 To study diode as a biased and unbiased clipper
10 To study Astable Multivibrator using Transistors
11 To study Bistable Multivibrator using Transistors
12 To study OP-Amp as an inverting and non-inverting amplifier
13 To study OP-Amp as summing and average amplifier
14 To study the frequency response of audio amplifier
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 22 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 256 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
HARDWARE LAB
1 Identification of Motherboard Processor System buses Power supplies Memories
2 PC assembling
SOFTWARE LAB
1 Familiarization of UNIXLINUX Environment
2 Installation and Administration of UNIXLINUX operating system
3 Implementation of common commands of UNIX operating systems
4 Shell programming and its features
5 Implementation of programs using shell scripts
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 23 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 263 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 24 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P Crਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ 3 0 0 0
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪਜਾਬੀਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਸਿਵਖ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਕਲਾਈਫਾਈਗ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਵਜ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ
ਉਦਸ਼ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ 13ਾਸਿਤ ਅਤ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣਾ ਮਖ ਰਪ ਸਿਵਚ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਬਲਣ ਪੜਹਨ ਦੀਆ 13ਮਸਿ13ਆਵਾ ਨ ਦਰ ਕਰਨ ਦ ਨਾਲndashਨਾਲ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਨਸਿਤਕ ਕਦਰਾ ndashਕੀਮਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣ ਦਾ ਉਪਰਾਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ
1 ਪਜਾਬੀ ਦੀ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ(ਮਖ 13ਪਾਦਕ ਬਲਦਵ ਸਿ13 ਘ ਚੀਮਾ ਪਰਕਾਸ਼ਕ ਪਬਲੀਕਸ਼ਨ ਸਿਬਊਰ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਪਸਿਟਆਲਾ)ਭਾਗ ਪਲਿਹਲਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਾਲਿਹਤ
(ੳ) ਕਸਿਵਤਾ(ਅ) ਕਾਣੀ(ੲ) ਨਾਟਕ
ਭਾਗ ਦਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬ ਸਲਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਲਕਧਾਰਾਭਾਗ ਤੀਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਤ ਗਰਮਖੀ ਲਿਲਪੀ
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਸਿਤ ਨ ਭਾਗ ਨ ਪਰਤ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦ ਭਾਗਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਵ ਗਾ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਪਸਿਲਾ ਭਾਗ
ਪ 13ਤਕ ਦ ਪਸਿਲ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 36 ਅਕ ਨ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਦਜਾ ਭਾਗ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦ ਜ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 24 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਅਤ ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਦ 12ndash12 ਅਕ ਣਗ
(1) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਪਲਿਹਲ ਭਾਗ ਦ ਲਿਤ ਨ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ਅਤ ੲ ਹਨ ਇਨਹਾ ਲਿਤ ਨਾ ਉਪndashਭਾਗਾ ਲਿਵਚ ਹਠ ਲਿਲਖ ਅਨਸਾਰ ਸਆਲ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ
(ੳ) ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਕਲ 12 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਐਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਣਗ ਅਕ 12x1 = 12
(ਅ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਲਘ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 3ndash3 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ ਉਤਰ ਪਜ ਲਾਈਨਾ ਤ ਵਧ ਨਾ ਵ ਅਕ 3x3 = 9x2 =18
(ੲ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਖ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ ਅਕ 1x6 = 6
(2) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਲਿਵਚ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਇਸ ਪਰਕਾਰ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ(ੳ) ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਔਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ
ਅਕ 8x1 = 8(ਅ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਕਲ 5 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨ ਣਗ ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ
ਨ ਅਕ 5x2 = 10(ੲ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ
ਅਕ 6x1 = 6ਨਟ ਮਲਿਖਕ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ ਤ ਹੀ ਆਧਾਲਿਰਤ ਹਵ ਗੀ ਇਸਦੀ ਲਿਵਧੀ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਹਵ ਗੀ
P a g e 25 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ (ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ)ਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ
For Other State Students ofB Tech amp Six Year BTech-MBA Integrated Program Only
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 (ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ 60 ਅਕ) ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਵਲ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਨ ਦ13ਵੀ ਪਧਰ ਦੀ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਪਾ13 ਨੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਦੀ ਲਈ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਲਬ13 ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਵਰਨਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲ ਕ ਮਾਤਰਾਵਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਵਾਕ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨ 13ਬ ਧੀ ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ ਉਦਸ਼ ਪਜਾਬ ਦ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਦ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਤ ਵਾਝ ਰਸਿ ਗਏ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾਉਣਾ ਅਤ ਬਾਰਲ 13ਸਿਬਆ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਇਕ ਨਵੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾ ਕ ਉਨਾ ਨ ਪਜਾਬ ਸਿਵਚ ਰਜ਼ਗਾਰ ਦ ਮਸਿਕਆ ਦ ਯਗ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ
ਭਾਗ ੳ
1) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਵਰਣਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲਖਣ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) ਅਖਰ ਸਿ13 ਸਿਖਆ ਤਰਤੀਬਵਾਰ ਤ ਭਲਾਵ ਅਖਰ(ਅ) ਅਖਰ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਖਰ ਰਪ ਤ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ
2) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਅਖਰ ਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਧਨੀਆ ਦਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) 13ਵਰ ਤ ਸਿਵਅਜਨ ਵਰਗੀਕਰਨ ਤ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਉਚਾਰਨ(ਅ) ਲਗਾ ndashਮਾਤਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
ਭਾਗ ਅ
1) ਸਿਲਪੀ ਦ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ(ੳ) ਪਰ ਤ ਅਧ ਅਖਰ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ਅ) 13ਵਰ 13ਚਕ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
2) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਣndashਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਫ਼ਤ ਦ ਸਿਦਨ(ਅ) ਮੀਸਿਨਆ ਦ ਨਾਮ(ੲ) ਰਗਾ ਦ ਨਾਮ(13) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਰਸ਼ਤਾndashਨਾਤਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ
ਭਾਗ ੲ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਜੜਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਦ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ(ਅ) ਸਿਤ ਨ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ
2) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਵਰਗਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀਆ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਨਾਵ ਪੜਨਾਵ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਸਿਕਸਿਰਆ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਆਸਿਦ)
ਭਾਗ ਸ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਅਗਤਰ ਸਿਪਛਤਰ 13ਮਾ13 ਦਰ ਕਤੀ)(ਅ) ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਵਾਕਸ਼ ਉਪndashਵਾਕ ਤ ਵਾਕ)
P a g e 26 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ
(1) 13ਲਬ13 ਦ ਚਾਰ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x5 = 20x 1 = 20(2) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 13ਖ ਪ ਉਤਰਾ ਵਾਲ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x 2 = 8x 2 = 16(3) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਵਰਣਾਤਮਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਵ ਗਾ 4x 1 = 4x 6 = 24
P a g e 27 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 5th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 301 Analog and Digital Communication Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 302 Web Programming amp Scripting 3 1 0 35
ECM 303 Mobile Application Development 3 1 0 35
ECM 304 Computer Networks 3 1 0 35
ECE 303 Microprocessor and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 351 Analog and Digital Communication Systems Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 353 Mobile Application Development Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 353 Microprocessor and Applications Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective ndash I 3 1 0 35
STG 351 Summer Training 60
Drug Abuse 3 0 0 00
21 6 6 30
Total contact hours 33
ECM 351 ECM 353 ECE 353 amp STG 351 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers Summer Training will be of 4-6 weeks duration in Industry or in- house Qualifying subject
Elective - I
1 ECE 305 ndash Linear Integrated Circuits amp Applications2 ECE 306 ndash Control Engineering 3 ECE 301 ndash Opto Electronics4 ECE 316 ndash HDL Based Digital Design5 ECE 318 ndash Communication Theory6 ECE 319 - Electronic Switching Circuits7 ECE 320 - Transmission Lines and Waveguides8 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 28 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 301 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is intended to understand all types of analog and digital modulation amp demodulation techniques and Recognize the importance of pre-emphasis and de-emphasis Focus will be on the fundamental system aspects of modern analog and digital communication System After successfully completing the course students will also be able to analyze the performance of a baseband and pass band digital communication system
Section-A
Amplitude Modulation (AM) Introduction Basic elements of communications Noise Need for modulation Expression for AM Double sideband suppressed carrier (DSB-SC) single sideband (SSB) and vestigial sideband (VSB)
AM Modulators and Demodulators Introduction with circuit diagram explanation of square law modulator and balanced modulator Fil tering method and Phasing method for generation of SSB Envelope detector and square law detector Working principles and block diagram explanations of super heterodyne receiver Specifications of receiver sensitivity selectivity fidelity signal to noise ratio and double spotting
Angle Modulation Introduction to Phase modulation (PM) and frequency modulation (FM) Relationship between PM and FM Expression of Phase and frequency modulation Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis circuits in FM Armstrong system of FM modulator slope detector balanced slope detector quadrature detector for FM demodulation FM stereo transmitter
Section-B
Pulse Modulation Introduction Sampling theorem and its applications Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) Pulse Time Modulation (PTM) Pulse code Modulation (PCM) quantization quantization error quantization noise companding Delta modulation Adaptive delta modulation Line Coding Schemes Introduction of line coding scheme ON-OFF signaling polar signaling bipolar amp split phase Manchester signaling and comparison among them Introduction to inter-symbol interference eye diagram Modulation Schemes Introduction generation reception spectrum and geometrical representation of BASK BFSK BPSK DPSKQPSK QAM and MSK techniques Use of signal space for calculation of error probabili ty for BPSK BFSK and QPSK Block diagram of digital communication system and functions of each block
TEXT BOOKS 1Electronic Communication Systems ndash George Kennedy and Bernard Davis TMH 2 Modern digital and analog Communication systems B P Lathi Oxford University Press 3 Communication Systems Harold PE Stern Samy and A Mahmond Pearson 4 Communication Systems Singh and Sapre Analog and digital TMH 5 Principles of Communication Systems ndash H Taub amp D Schilling Gautam Sahe TMH6 John Proakis ldquoDigital CommunicationsrdquoMcGrawHill7 Simon Haykin Digital communications John Wiley and sons8 Digital communication system by JSchitode
P a g e 29 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 302 INT EXT L T P CrWEB PROGRAMMING amp SCRIPTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Students are able to develop a dynamic webpage by the use of javascript and HTML Students will be able to know of CSS JQuery and AJAX
Section ndash A
HTML Tags Elements Attributes Headings Paragraphs Styles Formatting Quotations Comments Colors Hyperlinks Images Tables Lists Iframes Forms Form Elements Form Input Element types Canvas
CSS Inline amp External Anatomy of a CSS ruleset Measurement Units Colors Backgrounds Fonts Text Links Tables Borders Margins Lists Padding Dimensions Display Visibil ity Positioning Media Types Printing
Section ndash B
Javascript Syntax Variables Operators Data Types Number Boolean Strings Arrays Date Objects Functions Events If Else Switch Case While Loop For Loop For in RegExp HTML DOM Error Handling Dialog Boxes
Frameworks Introduction to jQuery Bootstrap JSON
Text Books
1 HTML5 for Web Designers by Jeremy Keith2 The Essential Guide to CSS and HTML Web Design by Craig Grannell3 JavaScript amp JQuery The Missing Manual by David McFarland
P a g e 30 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 303 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is related to the development of applications on mobile and wireless computing platforms Android will be used as a basis for teaching programming techniques and design patterns related to the development of standalone applications and mobile portals to enterprise systems Emphasis is placed on the processes tools and frameworks required to develop applications for current and emerging mobile computing devices Students will work at all stages of the software development life-cycle from inception through to implementation and testing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Android The Android Platform Android SDK Android App Resources Android App Manifest File Android App Permissions
Android Application Design Essentials Anatomy of an Android applications Android terminologies Application Context Activities Activity lifecycle Activity state changes Tasks and back stack Parcelables and bundles Fragments Services Intents
Section ndash B
Android User Interface Design Essentials User Interface Screen elements Designing User Interfaces with Layouts working with different types of resources
Android Architecture Components View Binding Data Binding LiveData ViewModel
WorkManager Room Persistence Library
Text Books
1 Lauren Darcey and Shane Conder ldquoAndroid Wireless Application Developmentrdquo Pearson Education 2nd ed (2011)
Reference Books
1 Reto Meier Professional Android 2 Application Developmentrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd2 Mark L Murphy Beginning Androidrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd
P a g e 31 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 304 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Build an understanding of the fundamental concepts of computer networking Familiarize the student with the basic taxonomy and terminology of the computer networking area Introduce the student to advanced networking concepts preparing the student for entry Advanced courses in computer networking Allow the student to gain expertise in some specific areas of networking such as the design and maintenance of individual networks
Section ndash A
Introduction history and development of computer networks Types of computer networks LAN MAN WAN broadcast and point to point networks Network topologies
Layered Architecture concept of layers protocols interfaces and services The OSI Reference Model The TCPIP Reference Model Comparison of OSI and TCPIP Models
Physical Layer Concept of Analog amp Digital Signal Bandwidth Transmission Impairments Attenuation Distortion Noise Data rate l imits Nyquist formula Shannon Formula
Switching Circuit Switching Message Switching and Packet Switching Comparison of Repeaters Hubs Switches
Transmission media Twisted Pair Co-axial Cables Fiber Optics Wireless Transmission Radio and Microwave and Infrared Transmission
Section ndash B
Data Link Layer Data l ink layer Design Issues Error Detection and Correction Elementary data link protocols An Unrestricted Simplex Protocol A Simplex Stop and Wait Protocol A Simplex Protocol for a Noisy Channel Sliding window protocols A One Bit Sliding Window Protocol A Protocol Using go back N A Protocol using Selective Repeat CSMA CSMACD Protocols
Network layer IP Addressing IPV4 header Fragmentation
Routing algorithms Shortest Path Routing Flooding Distance Vector Routing and Link State Routing Introduction to Congestion Congestion Control
Transport layer Introduction to Elements of Transport Protocols UDP TCP
Application layer Electronic-mail WWW Domain Name System SMTP HTTP
Text Books
1 A S Tannenbaum Computer Networks 3rd Edition Prentice-Hall2 D E Comer Internetworking with TCP-IP Principles Protocols and Architecture Vol I 2nd Edition
Prentice Hall 19913 D E Comer and D L Stevens Internetworking with TCP-IP Design Implementation and Internals
Vol II Prentice Hall 1990
P a g e 32 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 303 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To introduce 8085 architecture and programming in assembly language To introduce basic concepts of interfacing memory and peripheral devices to a microprocessor To introduce serial and parallel bus standards To introduce 8086 microprocessors To introduce various advanced processor architectures such as 80X86 Pentium and Multicore Processors
Section ndash A
Introduction Overview of architecture and instruction set of 8085 introduction to interfacing and inputoutput (IO) techniques Introduction to timing and control interrupts and programming of 8085Bus Contention amp solution
Interfacing Chips Block diagram and modes of operation of interfacing devices 81558156 and 83558755 multipurpose programmable devices 8279 programmable keyboarddisplay interface 8255A programmable peripheral interface 8253 programmable interval t imer 8259A programmable interrupt controller 8257 direct memory access(DMA) controller and 8251 USART
Section ndash B
Microprocessor Applications Interfacing of single and multiple digit seven-segment LED output display Interfacing of DAC (AD 558 AD 7522 amp DAC0800) and ADC (AD570 AD7574 and ADC0800) Applications like Temperature measurement and control water level indicator measurement and display of motor speed and traffic light control system
8086 Microprocessor Architecture memory segmentation parallel processing addressing modes instruction set and simple programming examples
Text Books
1 Ramesh S Gaonkar Microprocessor architecture Programming and applications with 8085 E Prentice Hall 2002
2 A Mathur Introduction to Micro Processor Tata-McGraw Hill3 Microprocessors and Digital systems by Douglas Hall Tata-McGraw Hill4 Fundamental of microprocessors and Micro Computers by B Ram Dhanpat Rai amp Sons5 Micro Processor 8086 by Gibson PHI
P a g e 33 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 351 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
17 To study line coding signals and its formats
18 To study Amplitude Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
19 To study Frequency Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
20 To study Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
21 To study Differential Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
22 To study Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
23 To study the sampling theorem amp reconstruction of signal
24 To study Delta Modulation amp Demodulation amp its characteristic
25 To study Adaptive Delta Modulation amp Demodulation
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 34 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 353 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Develop an Android application using various components fonts and colors
2 Develop an Android application that uses Layout Managers and event listeners
3 Develop an Android application for basic calculator
4 Develop an Android application to write data to the SD card
5 Develop an Android application that uses Fragments
6 Develop an Android application that uses Navigation component
7 Develop an Android application that uses GPS location information
8 Develop an Android application using various Firebase services
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 35 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 353 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To write and test a program for finding the largest and the smallest numbers out of the given list of
numbers
2 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in ascending order
3 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in descending order
4 Study of microprocessor-based temperature recording and monitoring system
5 Study of microprocessor-based Traffic Light Controller
6 Study of microprocessor-based DC Motor Controller
7 Study of microprocessor-based Stepper Motor Interface Card and Controller
8 Study of interfacing of ADC with microprocessor
9 Study of interfacing of DAC with microprocessor
10 To write and test different programs involving the use of interrupts subroutines Flags etc
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 36 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 305 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrLINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives This course introduces theoretical and circuit aspects of operational amplifier which is backbone for the basics of l inear Integrated circuits and its various applications and introduce some special function ICs
Section ndash A
Operational Amplifiers Differential Amplifier ndash Transfer characteristics CMRR PSRR current mirror voltage references internal structure of Op-amp Ideal Op-amp Characteristics Inverting and non-inverting Op-amp offset error voltages and currents slew rate characterization of Op-amp parameters Op-amp internal design starting from basic differential amplifier
Negative Feedback In Op-Amps Block diagram representation of feedback configurations Voltage-series feedback Amplifier Voltage shunt feedback amplifier Differential amplifiers with one op-amp two op-amps and three op-ampsFREQUENCY RESPONSE OF AN OP-AMP Frequency response Compensating Networks Frequency response of internally compensated Op-Amps Frequency response of Non compensated Op-amps Closed loop frequency response Slew rate causes of slew rate and its effect on applications
Section ndash B
Analog Systems with Operational Amplifier as A Building Block Basic applications ndash Inverter scale changer adder voltage to current current to voltage converter voltage follower Bridge amplifier Instrumentation amplifier Analog Integrator and Differentiator Logarithmic amplifier anti-log amplifierComparator amp other applications Comparator comparator characteristics limitation of Op-amp as comparator voltage limiters zero crossing detector timing mark generator precision rectifier average detector peak detector window detector voltage to frequency amp frequency to voltage converters
Specialized IC Applications Active filters First order low pass Butterworth Filter Second order low pass Butterworth Filter First order high pass Butterworth Filter Second Order High pass Butterworth Filter higher order filters Design of active filters Band Pass filters ndash wide band amp narrow band Band reject filters ndash wide band amp narrow band all pass filters 555 timer and its use as bistable monostable amp astable multivibrator Schmitt trigger Phase locked loop 565 applications frequency synthesizers and current differencing (Norton) amplifier
Reference Books
1 Op-Amp amp Linear Integrated Circuits- R A Gayakwad 4th Edition Pearson 20022 Operational Amplifier amp Linear integrated circuits- R F Coughlin amp FF Driscoll -6 th Edition and
Pearson 20013 Design with Op-Amps amp Analog ICs -Sergio France 3rd Edition McGraw Hill Hirher Education4 Linear Integrated Circuits- D Roy Choudhry New Age International Limited Publication
P a g e 37 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 306 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCONTROL ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To provide sound knowledge in the concepts of l inear control theory and design of control systems Further aims are - To develop mathematical model for electrical and mechanical systems - To understand the use of transfer function models in physical systems and simplification -To provide adequate knowledge in the time and frequency response of systems and steady state error analysis -To learn the importance of controllers and effect of different controllers to accord basic knowledge of stabili ty and various techniques to calculate stability -To introduce state space representation for different models -To study the basics of compensation and different types
Section ndash A
Basic Concepts Classification Open loop control system closed loop systems linear and non-linear systems time variant amp invariant systems Relative merits and demerits of open and closed loop systems Servomechanism
Mathematical Modeling Transfer function Mathematical modeling of electrical mechanical systems Analogies Block diagrams and signal flow graphs and their use in determining transfer function
Analysis Time and frequency domain analysis Transient and frequency response of first and second order systems Correlation ship between time and frequency domain specifications Steady-state errors and error constants Concepts and applications of P PD PI and PID types of control
Section ndash B
Stability Definit ion pole and Zero concept Routh-Hurwitz cri terion Root locus techniques Nyquist criterion Bode plots Relative stability Gain margin and phase margins
State Space Analysis Concepts of state State variables and state models State space equations Transfer function Transfer model State space representation of dynamic systems State transit ion matrix Controllability and observability
Compensation Necessity of compensation series and parallel compensations compensating networks
Reference Books
1 Modern Control Engg by K Ogata Prentice Hall New Delhi 19742 Control System Components by JF Gibsen Mcgraw Hill 19633 Automatic Control System by BC Kuo Prentice Hall 3rd Ed 19784 Control System Engineering by IJ Nagrath amp Gopal Wiley Eastern Ltd New Delhi5 DP Eckman Automatic process control6 Liptak ldquoHandbook of process controlrdquo
P a g e 38 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 301 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrOPTO-ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is to provide understanding of working principle performance analysis of various important components of fiber optical communication systems such as optical transmitter receiver optical amplifiers couplers split ters optical modulators etc When actual design of wavelength division multiplexed fiber optic communication systems will be done then working knowledge of Lasers LEDs photodiodes various types of optical amplifiers multiplexers fil ters etc will be beneficial The course is designed in a such way that the students learns the basic principle types of structures with their performances characterist ics of light sources (such as Lasers LEDs) optical detectors such as various types of photodiodes optical amplifiers multiplexers fi lters etc components of a wavelength division multiplexed optical communication systems At the end of course the student of must have thorough understanding of active and passive components of optical communication systems The course also provides basic knowledge of optical sensors which are used in optical instrumentation and many other applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of optoelectronics advantages applications-Network Military Civil industrial Sensors etc
Optoelectronic Sources Introduction Basic concepts Optical emission from semiconductor Semiconductor injection Laser amp its various structures injection laser characterist ics threshold condition wavelength tunable Lasers LED power and efficiency Heterojunction LED structure designs characterist ics Modulation response of an LED Source-Fiber coupling
Optoelectronic Detectors Introduction Device types basic principal of optoelectronic detection Absorption Quantum efficiency Responsivity wavelength cutoff Types of Photodiodes with and without internal gain Mid-infrared photodiode phototransistors Photo-conducting detectors Noise Considerations
Section ndash B
Passive Network Components amp Sensors Introduction CouplersSplit ters WDM multiplexers Demultiplexers Fil ters Isolators Circulators Attenuators Electro-optic Modulators Acousto-optic Modulators and their application areas
Optical Sensors classification-point distributed Intensity phase amp spectral Smart structures amp applications
Optical Amplifiers And Integrated Optics Introduction Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers (SOA) Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFA) Fiber Raman Amplifiers (FRA) Application areas of optical amplifiers Some integrated optical devices OEICs Optical bi-stability and digital optics Optical Computation
Reference Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash DK Mynbev LL Scheiner Pearson Education Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications
P a g e 39 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 316 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrHDL BASED DIGITAL DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of iterative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Introduction to HDL Design Flow Design Methodologies HDL History Capabilities Hardware Abstraction Basic Terminology Model Analysis Comparison between VHDL and Verilog
Basic VHDL Elements Identifiers Data Objects Data Types Operators
Behavioral Modeling Entity declaration architecture body Various Sequential Statements and Constructs multiple processes postponed processes
Dataflow Modeling Concurrent Signal Assignment Statements delta delay model multiple drivers block statement concurrent assertion statement
Structural Modeling Component Declaration component Instantiation resolving signal values
Section ndash B
Supporting Constructs Generics and Configuration Subprograms and Overloading Operator overloading Package declaration package body
Advanced Features Generate statements qualified expressions type conversions guarded signals attributes aggregate targets
Model Simulation Writing a Test Bench and Simulation for combinational circuits
Programmable Logic Devices (PLD) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) Basic Concepts Architecture and Usage
Text Books
a) A VHDL Primer ndash Jayaram Bhasker Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey b) VHDL Programming by Examples ndash Douglas L Perry Mc Graw Hill Fourth Editionc) FPGA based implementation of Signal Processing Systems RogerWoods John McAllister Dr Ying
Yi Gaye Lightbody Wileyd) Advanced FPGA Design ndash Architecture Implementation amp Optimization Steve Kilts
P a g e 40 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 318 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives After completing the course the student should be able to - Understand the basics of information theory and communication systems -understand the role of probability and statist ics in the analysis of communication systems -Solve problems related to channel capacity and spectral efficiency
Section ndash A
Introduction to information messages amp signals Classification of signals The discrete and continuous spectrum Power spectrum Energy density spectrum Dirac delta functions Sampling theory and approximations Convolution of signals LTI systems
Discrete probabili ty theory Continuous random variables Statist ically independent random variables Probability density functions of sums Transformation of density functions Ergodic Process Correlation functions Spectral density and White noise
Atmospheric Thermal Shot and Partition noise Noise figure and experimental determination of noise figure Shot noise in temperature limited diode and space charge limited diodes Pulse response and Digital noise
Section ndash B
Networks with random input Auto-correlations Spectral density and probabili ty density input-output relationships Optimum system and non-Linear systems Maximum criterion Equivalent noise bandwidth
Definit ion of information Units of information Entropy Uncertainty and information rate of communication Redundancy Relation between system capacity and information content of messages Shannonrsquos theorem Discrete noisy channel Channel capacity for different discrete channels
Text Books
1 Hancock JC ldquoAn Introduction to the Principles of Communication Theory Tata McGraw Hill 19612 Sharma Sanjay ldquoSignals and Systemsrdquo S K Kataria amp Sons 20093 Swartz Information Transmission Modulation amp Noiserdquo Mc Graw Hill4 Taub amp Schilling Principals of Communication System Mc Graw Hill5 Simon Haykin ldquoCommunication Systemsrdquo Wiley
Reference Books
1 Papoulis and S U Pillai ldquoProbability Random Variables and Stochastic Processesrdquo Tata McGraw Hill 2002
2 Claude E Shannon ldquoA Mathematical Theory of Communicationrdquo Bell System Technical Journal 27(3) 379-423
3 T Cover and J Thomas ldquoElements of Information Theoryrdquo Wiley 2006
P a g e 41 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 319 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC SWITCHING CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understanding of switching concept and different types of switching techniques Capabilit ies amp other details of finite state machines can be explored Will boost the knowledge of synchronous and asynchronous circuits design amp analysis Also explore the various types of Hazards
Section ndash A
Introduction to Sequential Circuits FlipndashFlops Flip-Flop conversions Classification of Sequential Circuits Registers and Counter circuits
Design amp Analysis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits Sequential circuits introductory examples Counters Finite state Machines Sequence Detector and Sequence Generator circuits Definite state model Basic definit ion Capabilit ies amp Limitation of finite state machines state equivalence amp machine minimization simplification of incompletely specified machines Extraction of maximum compatibles synthesis amp analysis of synchronous sequential circuits
Design amp Analysis of Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Introduction to asynchronous circuits t iming diagram state diagram amp flow tables fundamental mode circuits synthesis state assignment in asynchronous sequential circuits
Section ndash B
Hazards Introduction gate delays generation of spikes production of static hazards in combinational networks elimination of static hazards design of hazard free combinational networks hazard free asynchronous circuit design dynamic hazards essential hazards
Contact Networks amp Symmetric Networks Relay contents analysis amp Synthesis of contact Networks Properties of symmetric functions Synthesis ampidentification of symmetric functions Iterative Networks
Text Books
1 Switching and finite automata theory by ZVI Kohavi2 Logical design of switching circuits by Douglas Lewin 3 Logic Design by NN Biswas
P a g e 42 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 320 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrTRANSMISSION LINES AND WAVEGUIDES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the students should be able to familiarize with the new concepts towards propagation of signals through transmission lines and waveguides
Section ndash A
Classification of guided wave solutions-TE TM and TEM waves Field analysis transmission lines Rectangular and circular waveguides Excitation of waveguides Rectangular and circular cavity resonators
Transmission line equations Voltage and current waves Solutions for different terminations Transmission-line loading
Section ndash B
Impedance transformation and matching Smith Chart Quarter-wave and half-wave transformers Binomial and Tchebeyshev transformers Single double and triple stub matching
Microstriplines stripline slot lines coplanar waveguide and fin line Micro strip MIC design aspects Computer- aided analysis and synthesis
Text Books
1 DMPozar ldquoMicrowave Engineering (3e)rdquo Wiley 20042 JDRyder ldquoNetworks Lines and Fieldsrdquo PHI 20033 RECollin ldquoFoundations for Microwave Engineering (2e)rdquo McGraw-Hill 20024 SYLiao ldquoMicrowave Devices and Circuitsrdquo(3e) PHI 20055 J A Seeger ldquoMicrowave Theory Components and Devicesrdquo Prentice-Hall6 Jordan ldquoEM waves and Radiatingrdquo Prentice Hall7 GSN Raju ldquoElectromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Linesrdquo Pearson Education
P a g e 43 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
INT EXT L T P CrDRUG ABUSE PROBLEM MANAGEMENT AND PREVENTION 50 50 3 0 0 0
Note This is a compulsory qual i fying paper which the students have to study and quali fy during three years of their degree course
REGULAR STUDENTSMax Marks 70 Max Time 3hrsInternal Assessment 30Total Marks 100 Lectures per week 2
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERSThe question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have four quest ions from the respect ive sect ions of the syllabus Each question shal l carry 7 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 14 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any three quest ions f rom sect ion A and any three quest ions from sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
PRIVATE STUDENTSMax Marks 100 Max Time 3hrs
Lectures per week 2INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERS
The question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have three quest ions from the respective sect ions of the syl labus Each quest ion shal l car ry 15 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 20 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any two quest ions f rom sect ion A and any two quest ions f rom sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
SECTION AUNIT I ndash Problem of Drug Abuse Concept and Overview Types of Drug Often Abused
(a) Concept and OverviewWhat are drugs and what constitutes Drug Abuse Prevalence of menace of Drug Abuse How drug Abuse is different from Drug Dependence and Drug Addiction Physical and psychological dependence- concepts of drug tolerance
(b) Introduction to drugs of abuse Short Term Long term effects amp withdrawal symptoms Stimulants Amphetamines Cocaine NicotineDepressants Alcohol Barbiturates- Nembutal Seconal Phenobarbital Benzodiazepines ndashDiazepam Alprazolam FlunitrazepamNarcotics Opium morphine heroin Hallucinogens Cannabis amp derivatives (marijuana hashish hash oil)Steroids Inhalants
UNIT II ndashNature of the Problem Vulnerable Age Groups Signs and symptoms of Drug Abuse (a)- Physical indicators (b)- Academic indicators (c)- Behavioral and Psychological indicators
SECTION BUNIT III ndash Causes and Consequences of Drug Abuse
a) Causes Physiological Psychological Sociological b) Consequences of Drug Abuse For individuals For families For society amp Nation
Unit IV- Management amp Prevention of Drug AbuseManagement of Drug Abuse Prevention of Drug Abuse Role of Family School Media Legislat ion amp Deaddiction Centers
Suggested readings1 Kapoor T (1985) Drug Epidemic among Indian Youth New Delhi Mittal Pub2 Modi Ishwar and Modi Shalini (1997) Drugs Addiction and PreventionJaipur Rawat Publication3 Ahuja Ram(2003) Social Problems in India Rawat Publications Jaipur4 2003 National Household Survey of Alcohol and Drug Abuse New Delhi Clinical Epidemiological Unit All India
Institute of Medical Sciences 20045 World Drug Report 2011 United Nations Office of Drug and Crime6 World Drug Report 2010 United nations Office of Drug and Crime7 Extent Pattern and Trend of Drug Use in India Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment Government of India
20048 The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1985 (New Delhi Universal 2012)
Pedagogy of the Course WorkThe pedagogy of the course work wil l consist of the fol lowing 70 lectures ( including expert lectures) 30 assignments discussion and seminars and class tests Note A visi t to drug de-addiction centre could also be undertaken
P a g e 44 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 6th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 311 Artificial Intelligence and Machine learning 3 1 0 35
ECE 307 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 35
ECM 312 IoT and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 313 Database Management System 3 1 0 35
ECE 357 Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 363 Database Management System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 370 Minor Project 0 0 2 10
Elective-II 3 1 0 35
Elective-III 3 1 0 35
HSS 151 Communication skill Lab
18 6 6 25
Open elective
Total contact hours 32
ECE 357 ECM 363 ECM 370 and HSS 151 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
This is an optional course and student can opt any one elective subject from university Approved Open Elective Subject List with the consent of ACDHEADCourse Mentor
Elective - II
1 ECE 310 ndash Microelectronics 2 ECE 311 ndash Micro controller amp Applications3 ECE 312 ndash Information Theory amp Coding4 ECE 313 ndash Reliability Engineering5 ECE 315 - Modern Control System6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective - III
1 CPE 405 - Soft Computing Techniques2 CPE 406 - Digital Image Processing3 CPE 313 - System Simulation amp Modeling4 CPE 318 - Business Intelligence5 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 45 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 46 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 311 INT EXT L T P CrARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have an appreciation for and understanding of both the achievements of AI and the theory underlying those achievements To have an appreciation for the engineering issues underlying the design of AI systems To have a basic proficiency in a traditional AI language including an ability to write simple to intermediate programs and an ability to understand code written in that language To have a basic understanding of some of the more advanced topics of AI such as learning natural language processing agents and robotics expert systems and planning
Section ndash A
Artificial Intelligence Techniques levels of models understand the importance functions advantages as well as the limitations of art ificial intelligence Use of Artificial Intell igence and intell igent agents
State space search control strategies heuristic search problem characteristics production system characteristics Mapping between facts and representations approaches to knowledge representation semantic sets frame conceptual depending scripts predictive logic resolution in predicate logic
Section ndash B
Procedural Vs declarative knowledge matching conflict resolution Non-monotonic reasoning default reasoning statistical reasoning knowledge extraction Investigate the roles and development methods of artificial intell igence in decision making processes Neural network resources cognitive science role of neural network in computer science
Characteristics of AI language LISP-symbol manipulation- basic l isp function predicated condition recursion iteration Array-lambda functions input-output statements AI problems pattern recognition voice recognition Feature Extraction
Text Books
1 Artificial Intelligence by Rich and Kinght TMH2 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence by Charniak and Mcdermott Addison-Wesley 1985 3 Essentials of Artificial Intelligence by Ginsburg Morgan Kaufmann 1993 4 Artificial Intelligence by Winston 3rd Edition Addison Wesley 1992 5 Artificial Intelligence by Padhy Oxford Press
P a g e 47 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 307 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective DSP makes use of mathematical methods in order to handle and analyze the signals The use of such mathematical methods allows extracting information and even modifying the signal in order to use it as we desire DSP so widespread today and applied in everything around us At the end of course students may able to apply different operations of DSP such as filtering noise cancelling enhancing distorting smoothing in many application eg audio and speech processing sonar radar and other sensor array processing spectral statistical signal processing digital image processing signal processing for telecommunications control systems biomedical engineering seismology among others
Section ndash A
Z-Transform Introduction to signals and systems Z-transform pair properties of region of convergence (ROC) for the Z-transform properties of Z-transform analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Z-transforms System functions for interconnection of LTI systems Block diagram representation for causal LTI systems
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) Frequency domain sampling and reconstruction of discrete t ime signals DFT inverse DFT (IDFT) DFT as a linear transformation relationship of the DFT to other transforms properties of DFT use of DFT in l inear fil tering fil tering of long sequences frequency analysis of signals using DFT
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Direct computation of DFT divide and conquer approach to computation of the DFT radix-2 FFT algorithms use of FFT algorithm for efficient computation of the DFT of two real sequences and of the DFT of a 2N point real sequence
Section ndash B
Digital Filter Structures Introduction structures for FIR systems Direct form cascade form and latt ice structure structures for IIR systems Direct form cascade form parallel form and latt ice structures Fixed point representation of numbers errors resulting from rounding and truncation
Design of Digital Filters General considerations causali ty and its implications characterist ics of practical frequency selective fi lters design of symmetric linear phase FIR filters using rectangular Kaiser and Hamming window Design of digital IIR fil ters using impulse invariance transformation method amp bilinear transformation method
Text Books
1 Johan G Proakis and Dimitris G Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithms and Applicationsrdquo PHI
2 Oppenheim amp Schafer ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo PHI
P a g e 48 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 312 INT EXT L T P CrIOT AND APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Effective usage of IoT deployment for different sectors Developing and modifying code for various sensor-based applications using wireless sensor modules and working with variety of modules like environmental and security module Exploring the features of predictive data analytics for IoT applications Modular hands on training will enable participants to conduct IoT related activities in academic environment and init iate new projects in Industrial sectors
Section ndash A
Introduction to IoT Defining IoT Characteristics of IoT Physical design of IoT Logical design of IoT Functional blocks of IoT Communication models amp APIs
IoTamp M2M Machine to Machine Difference between IoT and M2M Software define network
Network and communication aspects Wireless medium access issues MAC protocol survey Survey routing protocols sensor deployment amp Node Discovery Data aggregation amp dissemination
Section ndash B
Applications of IoT Home automation Industry applications Surveillance applications other IOT applications
Challenges in IoT Design challenges Development challenges security challenges other challenges
Developing IoT Introduction to different IoT tools developing applications through IoT tools Implementing various IoT concepts
Text Books
1 SAMuel Greengard ldquothe Internet of Thingsrdquo2 Klaus Schweb ldquoThe Fourth Industrial revolutionrdquo3 CunoPfister ldquoGetting Started with Internet of Thingsrdquo4 Peter Wahel ldquoLearning Internet of Things
P a g e 49 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 313 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the different issues involved in the design and implementation of a database system To study the physical and logical database designs database modeling relational hierarchical and network models To understand and use data manipulation language to query update and manage a database To develop an understanding of essential DBMS concepts such as database security integrity concurrency To design and build a simple database system
Section ndash A
Introduction to Database Concepts Difference between Database and non-database system Data independence DBMS Architecture components of a database system Advantages and disadvantages of Database system Intended Uses of a DBMS Schemas and Instances Database Languages and Interfaces Classification of Database Management Systems
Data Models Relational Model Network Model Hierarchical Model ER Model Design issues Mapping constraints keys ER diagram weak entity sets extended ER features Design of an ER Database schema Reduction of an ER Schema to tables Comparison of Models
Query Processing Fundamental of Relational Algebra Tuple and Domain Relational Calculus
Relational Query Languages SQL Basic SQL Select Statements Table Creation and Management Create Alter Drop and Rename Constraints Primary key Foreign key Unique Not null and Check Data Manipulation Insert Update and Delete Restricting rows in Select using Where clause Comparison operators Logical Operators Order by clause
Section ndash B
Database Design Integrity Constraints Domain constraints Referential integrity enti ty integrity specify these constraints in SQL specification of Additional Constraints as assertions and triggers
Functional dependencies Functional dependencies Decomposition Normalization using FDrsquos MVDrsquos and JDrsquos Domain key normal form
Query Optimization Translating SQL Queries into Relational Algebra Notation for Query Trees and Query Graphs Heuristic Optimization of Query Trees Transformation Rules for Relational Algebra Operations Heuristic Algebraic Optimization Algorithm Converting Query Trees into Query Execution Plans Cost Components in Query Optimization Using cost estimates in query optimization
Joining Data from Multiple Tables Equi Non-Equi Self and Outer Joins Single-row and Group functions Sub-queries
Additional Database Object Sequences Synonyms and Views
Text Books1 Navathe and Elmasri Fundamentals of Database Systems Pearson education2 Korth and Silberschatz Abraham Database Concepts McGraw Hall 19913 An introduction to database system by CJ Date (Addison Welsey Publishing
house)4 Bipin Desai Database System TMG5 Prateek Bhatia Database Management system Kalayani Publishers
P a g e 50 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 357 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study of basic commands of MATLAB
2 Unit Ramp Unit Step Exponential and addition of two sinusoidal sequences
3 Convolution sum of discrete signals
4 Cross- correlation of two sequences
5 Frequency response of discrete system
6 DFT of the given sequence
7 Poles zeros and gain of transfer function
8 Magnitude amp phase of DFT
9 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of FIR Filter
10 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of IIR Filter
11 Analysis of FIR and IIR Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
12 Analysis of FFT Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 51 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 363 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Install procedure of the latest SQL Server edition
2 Write a query to create a table in SQL
3 Write a query to alter a table in SQL
4 Write a query to delete a table in SQL
5 Write a query to insert update and delete rows in a table in SQL
6 Write a query demonstrate the use of foreign keys in SQL
7 Write a query demonstrate various integrity constraints in SQL
8 Write a query demonstrate various joins in SQL
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 52 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 370 INT EXT L T P CrMINOR PROJECT 50 50 0 0 2 10
Electronic hardware andor software project Working model of hardware andor software project with real world usage according to recent trends in engineering
P a g e 53 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 151 INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Recognizing and articulating speech sounds mock dialogueconversation
2 Making an oral presentation class seminars paper reading
3 Participating in a group discussion
4 Holding a mock meeting
5 Developing skills related to Business Correspondence
6 Preparation for participating in a mock interview for a job etc
7 Developing skills for conducting a meeting attending telephonic calls
8 Listening to a recorded conversation and reviewingdiscussing its contents and style
P a g e 54 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 310 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Microelectronics is the branch of science that deals with microcircuits One most commonly used example of microcircuit is IC ie Integrated Circuits IC is a single substrate or chip on which active and passive components are fabricated the number of components which are fabricated on IC can give miniaturization of ICrsquoS This course provides a detailed fundamental analysis and discussion on various ICrsquos there fabrication steps and fabrication of BJTrsquos MOSFETS and CMOS This course than covers designing of layouts and stick diagram using NMOS PMOS and CMOS technology After successful completion of the device students will acquire a thorough understanding on the devices and be able to apply the knowledge to the development of new and novel devices for different applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Classification of integrated circuits (ICs) thick film thin film amp hybrid ICs Fabrication and component design resistor capacitors and inductors design and fabrication
Monolithic Techniques Process on sil icon crystals line growth refining substrate slicing polishing chemical vapor deposition thermal oxidation photolithography diffusion impurities diffusion system ion implantation metall ization isolation
Monolithic Components Bipolar IC process MOS IC process BJT construction diode instruction FET and MOS construction and resistors capacitors and inductors op-amp and voltage regulators design and fabrication
Section ndash B
LSI Circuits Brief introduction to LSI circuits realization of inter connection and realization of integrated elements
Basic VLSI Design Basic MOS transistor and working NMOS and CMOS fabrication thermal aspects MOS and VLSI some electrical properties of MOS design process circuit components system design and layout and scaling of MOS circuit some application of VLSI circuits like PLA
Text Books
1 SM Sze semiconductor device fundamentals Addison Wesley2 Howe R T and C G Sodini Microelectronics An Integrated Approach Upper Saddle River NJ
Prentice Hall 1996 ISBN 01358851833 N Weste and K Eshranghian Principles of CMOS VLSI Design Addison Wesley 19984 Jacob Backer Harry W Li and David E Boyce CMOS Circuit Design Layout and Simulation
Prentice Hall of India 1998 5 L Glaser and D Dobberpuhl The Design and Analysis of VLSI Circuitsrdquo Addison Wesley 19936 Fonstad C G Microelectronic Devices and Circuits New York NY McGraw-Hill 1994 ISBN
00702149647 Sedra A S and K C Smith Microelectronic Circuits 4th ed New York NY Oxford University
Press 1998 ISBN 01951166318 Pierret R F Semiconductor Device Fundamentals Upper Saddle River NJ Prentice Hall 1995 ISBN
0201543931
P a g e 55 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 311 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROCONTROLLER amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course provides ability to understand the basic concepts of microcontroller and its internal architecture The students would be able to learn the logic for assembly language programming It also provides the understanding about interfacing of input output devices with microcontroller So the overall objective of this subject is to make students aware of microcontrollers and their applications for serial parallel communication input output devices control and microcontroller-based projects
Section ndash A
Introduction 8051 Micro controller Comparison of Microprocessor and Microcontroller microcontroller and embedded processors processor Architecture - Harvard versus Princeton (Von Neumann) CISC versus RISC overview of 8051 families and other microcontrollers in use PIC ATMEL 8051 Pin description connections memory organization memory space of 8051 8051 flag bits and PSW register Register banks and stack
Instruction Familiarization Addressing modes and accessing memory using various addressing modes Arithmetic Logical jump loop and call instructions single bit instructions t ime delay generation amp calculation bit manipulation and programming Development system tools Data Types and directives 8051 assembly Language Programming Assembling an 8051 program
Section ndash B
Interrupt amp Embedded Device Programming Interrupts external amp internal hardware interrupts priority programmable IO Port Timercounter Serial Communication connection to RS 232
Real World Interfacing Interfacing of external memory RAM amp EPROM LCD ADC DAC sensors stepper motor and keyboard Interfacing to enhance 8051 capabili ties with 8255 amp Timer chips
Text Books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems -Ali Mazidi Pearson Education2 Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller -Myke Predko Tata Mc Graw Hill
Reference books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture Programming and appl -Kenneth Ayala Penram International2 Microcontrollers theory amp applications -Ajay V Deshmukh Mc Graw Hill
P a g e 56 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 312 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION THEORY AND CODING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Course will help to analyse error performance of a digital communication system in presence of noise and other interferences and it will help to improve the performance of the system The course will also build fundamental understanding of information theory and coding
Section ndash A
Discrete messages Concept of amount of information Average information and Entropy Information rate Coding to increase Average Information per bit Shannon s theorem Channel Capacity Gaussian channel Capacity Bandwidth-SN tradeoff use of orthogonal signals to attain Shannons limit Efficiency of Orthogonal signal transmission
Channel Coding bounds on communication Coding for Reliable Communication Parity check bit coding for Error detection Coding for Error Detection and Correction Linear Block Codes Cyclic Codes Golay Codes BCH codes Examples of algebraic codes Single Parity check bit code Repeated codes Hadaward code Hamming code
Section ndash B
Burst error correction introduction Block interleaving Convolution Interleaving Reed-Solo9mon (RS) code Concatenated codes Convolution Coding decoding of a Convolution Code Code tree decoding in the presence of noise sequential decoding State and Trellis diagram Viterbi algorithm
Probabili ty of Error of Convolution Codes Comparison of Error rates in Coded and Uncoded transmission Automatic-Repeat-Request (ARQ) Performance of ARQ Systems throughput of the stop amp wait ARQ throughput of Go-Back-N ARQ Selective Repeat ARQ Trellis decoded modulation
Text Books
1 Principles of communication systems by Taub amp Schilling Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing 2 Communication system engineering by Proakis TMH3 Digital Communications by Proakis TMH4 Introduction to the theory of error correcting codes Vera press 19925 Information theory amp reliable communication by Robert G Gallanger McGraw Hill 1992
P a g e 57 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 313 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrRELIABILITY ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Understanding of basic principles rather than lsquocook bookrsquo use of tables or handbooks Application to system requirements design manufacturing and testing with real-world examples
Section ndash A
Concept of Reliability Failures of systems and its modes Measure of Reliability Reliability function Hazard rate MTBF and their interrelations
Reliability Data and Analysis Data sources Data collection use of Reliability Data Reliability Analysis Performance Parameters calculation of failure rate Application of Weibull distribution
System Reliability and Modeling Series systems Parallel system series parallel systems Time dependence Reliability Determination stand-by systems r out of n Configurations Methods of tie set and cut sets of Or reliability evaluation simulation and Reliability prediction Monte Carlo method concepts of network topology Overall reliability evolution
Section ndash B
Maintainability and Availability Maintainability and its equation Factors affecting maintainability Measures of Maintainability Mean Down Time Availability Intrinsic availability equipment availability amp Mission availability Replacement processes and Policies
Life Testing of Equipment Non-destructive tests destruction tests and their Mathematic Modeling Quality and Reliability Measurement amp prediction of Human Reliability Reliability and safety safety margins in critical Devices case studies
Value Engineering Techniques in value Engineering Structure of value Engineering Reliability Management
Text Books
1 Reliability Engg By Govil2 Reliability Engg By Dr AK Aggarwal 19923 Related IEEEIEE publications
P a g e 58 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 315 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMODERN CONTROL SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Analyze dynamics of a linear system by State Space Representation Determine the stability of a linear system using pole-placement technique Design state observers Analyze basics of Non-linear control system Determine the stabili ty of Non-linear systems6 Realize the structure of a discrete time system and model i ts action mathematically
Section ndash A
Digital Control Introduction to digital control sampling Data reconstruction principles Pulse transfer functions Block diagram amp signal flow graph Digital Control Techniques- PID Deadbeat
Time domain analysis correlation between time response amp root location in S amp Z transform effect of pole-zero configuration in Z-plane on maximum overshoot amp peak time transient response
Stability in Z-plane using modified Routhrsquos criteria Jurys criteria
State Variable Analysis and Design Review of state space representation for l inear continuous time system solution of linear time invariant state equations controllabili ty and observability solution of state equation for discrete system state space analysis of discrete time systems pole placement Techniques
Section ndash B
Non-Linear Control System Introduction to non-linear feedback control system special features of linear system l imit cycle jump response sub harmonies etc describing function and phase plane techniques for analysis of non-linear system concept of local global asymptotic and total stability of non-linear system Liapunovs stability criterion
Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Basic Principles of Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Model Reference Adaptive Control Types of Learning-Supervised and Un-Supervised Learning Control Systems On-line and Off-line Learning Control Systems
Text Books
1 Katsuhiko Ogata Modern Control Engineering Prentice-Hall of India New Delhi 2 J Nagarath and M Gopal Control system Engineering New Age International (P) Ltd 3 Katsuhiko Ogata State Space Analysis of Control Systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 4 Benjamin C Kuo and Farid Golnaraghi Automatic Control Systems 8th Edition John Wiley amp Sons 5 H Khalil Nonlinear Control systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 6 Control System Engineering by Norman S Nise Wiley7 Modern Control System by RC Dorf RH Bishop Addision Wesley8 Digital Control amp State Variable Methods by M Gopal TMH9 Brogan W L Modern Control theory Prentice Hall International New Jersey
P a g e 59 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 405 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives It deals with Introduction and different architectures of neural network It deals with the Application of Neural Networks It deals with Genetic Algorithms and Hybrid Systems
Section ndash A
Introduction What is Soft Computing Difference between Hard and Soft computing Requirement of Soft computing Major Areas of Soft Computing Applications of Soft Computing
Neural Networks What is Neural Network Learning rules and various activation functions Single layer Perceptrons Back Propagation networks Architecture of Backpropagation (BP) Networks Backpropagation Learning Variation of Standard Back propagation Neural Network Introduction to Associative Memory Adaptive Resonance theory and Self Organizing Map Recent Applications
Section ndash B
Genetic Algorithm History of Genetic Algorithms (GA) Working Principle Various Encoding methods Fitness function GA Operators- Reproduction Crossover Mutation Convergence of GA Bit wise operation in GA Multi-level Optimization
GA based Backpropagation Networks GA based Weight Determination K - factor determination in Columns
Hybrid Systems Sequential Hybrid Systems Auxiliary Hybrid Systems Embedded Hybrid Systems Neuro-Fuzzy Hybrid Systems Neuro-Genetic Hybrid Systems Fuzzy-Genetic Hybrid Systems
Text Books
1 Rao Vallinu Band Rao Hayagriva Neural networks and fuzzy Logic second edition BPB Publication
2 Berkan C Riza Trubatch L Sheldon Fuzzy Systems design Principlea IEEE Press standard publishers
3 Freeman A James Skapura M David- neural networks algorithms applications and programming4 Soft Computing by Fred Aminzadel amp Jamshich Prentice Hall
P a g e 60 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 406 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understand what MFAs do and how they work Understand the fundamentals of diplomatic negotiations Understand bilateral and multi lateral diplomacy Understand subject-specific diplomacy Understand what makes a document a ldquotreatyrdquo Be aware of historical cases relevant to various diplomatic methods
Section ndash A
Introduction and Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image representation Fundamental steps in Image processing Elements of digital Image processing Sampling and quantization some basic relationships l ike neighborrsquos connectivity distance measure between pixels Image geometry
Image Transforms Discrete Fourier transform Some properties of two-dimensional Fourier transform Fast Fourier transform Inverse FFT
Image Enhancement Point Operations Histograms Spatial Domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement by point processing Spatial fil tering low pass filtering High pass fil tering Homomorphic fi ltering Color image processing Image Restoration Degradation model Algebraic approach to Restoration Inverse fi ltering Wiener fil ter Constrained least square restoration Interactive restoration Restoration in spatial domain
Section ndash B
Image Compression Coding Inter-pixel and Psycho visual redundancy Image Compression models Error free compression Lossy Compression Image Compression standards
Image Segmentation Detection of discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection Thresholding Region Orientation Segmentation Motion based segmentation
Representation and Description Representation schemes l ike chain coding Polygonal approximation Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary Description Regional descriptors Morphology
Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and pattern classes Decision Theoretic methods Structural methods Interpretation
Text Books
1 AK Jainrdquo Fundamentals of Digital Image Processingrdquo Pearson Education2 Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo AWL3 W K Prattrdquo Digital Image Processingrdquo4 Ramesh Jain Brian G Schunck ldquoMachine Visionrdquo TMH
P a g e 61 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 313 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSYSTEM SIMULATION amp MODELING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Systems modeling general systems theory Concept of simulation Simulation as a decision-making tool types of simulation Simulation Terminologies- Application areas ndash Model Classification ndashTypes of Simulation- Steps in a Simulation study- Concepts in Discrete Event Simulation - Simulation Examples
Statistical Models Concepts Discrete Distribution Continuous Distribution Poisson Process Empirical Distributions- Queueing Models ndash Characteristics Notation ndash Queueing Systems ndash Markovian Models- Properties of random numbers- Generation of Pseudo Random numbers- Techniques for generating random numbers-Testing random number generators- Generating Random-Variates- Inverse Transform technique ndash Acceptance- Rejection technique Composition amp Convolution Method
Section ndash B
Design of Simulation Experiments Problem formulation data collection and reduction time flow mechanism key variables logic flow chart starting condition run size experimental design consideration output analysis and interpretation validation input modeling Data collection Assessing sample independence Hypothesizing distribution family with data Parameter Estimation Goodness-of-fit tests Selecting input models in absence of data Output analysis for a Single system Terminating Simulations Steady state simulations
Development of simulation models using simulation language studied for systems like queuing systems Production systems Inventory systems maintenance and replacement systems and Investment analysis Simulation Tools ndash Model Input High level computer system simulation CPU ndashMemory Simulation Comparison of systems via simulation ndash Simulation Programming techniques - Development of Simulation models Simulation programming languages ndash simulation suitability with characterist ics Comparison and selection of simulation languages study of any one simulation language
Text Books
1 Jerry Banks and John Carson ldquoDiscrete Event System Simulationrdquo Fourth Edition PHI 20052 Geoffrey Gordon ldquoSystem Simulationrdquo Second Edition PHI 20063 Narsingh Deo ldquoSystem Simulation with Digital Computer ldquoPrentice Hall India 20014 Frank L Severance ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulationrdquo Wiley 20015 Jerry Banks ldquoHandbook of Simulation Principles Methodology Advances Applications and Practicerdquo
Wiley 1998
P a g e 62 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 318 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrBUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to digital data and its types ndash structured semi-structured and unstructured Introduction to OLTP and OLAP (MOLAP ROLAP HOLAP) BI Definitions amp Concepts BI Framework Data Warehousing concepts and its role in BI BI Infrastructure Components ndash BI Process BI Technology BI Roles amp Responsibili ties Business Applications of BI BI best practices
Basics of Data Integration (Extraction Transformation Loading) Concepts of data integration needs and advantages of using data integration introduction to common data integration approaches Meta data - types and sources Introduction to data quality data profiling concepts and applications introduction to ETL using Kettle
Section ndash B
Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling Introduction to data and dimension modeling multidimensional data model ER Modeling vs multi-dimensional modeling concepts of dimensions facts cubes attribute hierarchies star and snowflake schema introduction to business metrics and KPIs creating cubes using Microsoft Excel
Basics of Enterprise Reporting A typical enterprise Malcolm Baldrige - quality performance framework balanced scorecard enterprise dashboard balanced scorecard vs enterprise dashboard enterprise reporting using MS Access MS Excel best practices in the design of enterprise dashboards
Text Books
1 RN Prasad and Seema Acharya Fundamentals of Business Analytics Wiley India Ltd2 Mike Biere Business Intelligence for the Enterprise Prentice Hall Professional3 Teo Lachev Applied Microsoft Analysis Services 2005 And Microsoft Business Intelligence Platform
Prologika Press4 David Taniar Progressive methods in data warehousing and business intelligence concepts and
competitive analytics Idea Group Inc (IGI)5 Data warehousing the ultimate guide to building corporate business intelligence Birkhaumluser6 Mark Humphries Michael W Hawkins Michelle C Dy Data warehousing architecture and
implementation Prentice Hall Professional
P a g e 63 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 7th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 401 Cryptography and Network Security 3 1 0 35
ECE 413 Wireless amp Mobile Communications 3 1 0 35
ECM 402 Big Data amp Cloud Computing 3 1 0 35
ECE 304 Digital System Design 3 1 0 35
ECE 453 Wireless amp Mobile Communications Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 354 Digital Signal Design Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 453 Software Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective - IV 3 1 0 35
Elective ndash V 3 1 0 35
18 6 6 24
Total contact hours 30
ECE 453 ECE 354 amp ECM 453 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
Elective - IV
1 CPE 402 - Data Mining amp Warehousing2 CPE 403 - Information Security and Cyber Law3 CPE 308 - Computer Graphics4 CPE 409 - Advanced Computer Architecture5 CPE 304 - JAVA Programming6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective ndash V
1 ECE 401 - Microwave Engineering2 ECE 416 - Radar and Satellite Communication3 ECE 415 - Advanced Communication System4 ECE 407 - Nano Electronics5 ECE 408 - Biomedical Instrumentation6 ECE 409 - Optical Networks7 ECE 410 - Digital VLSI Design8 ECE 412 - Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic9 ECE 417 - RF System Design10 ECE 418 - Digital Image and Speech Processing11 ECE 321 ndash Optical Fiber Communications12 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
P a g e 64 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 65 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 401 INT EXT L T P CrCRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Conventional Encryption Introduction Conventional encryption model Steganography Data Encryption Standard block cipher Encryption algorithms confidentiality Key distribution
Public Key Encryption and Hashing Principles of public key cryptosystems RSA algorithm Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange Elliptic curve cryptology message authentication and Hash functions Hash and Mac algorithms Digital signatures
IP Security IP Security Overview IP security Architecture authentication Header Security payload security associations Key Management
Section ndash B
Web Security Web security requirement secure sockets layer transport layer security secure electronic transaction dual signature
Security System Intruders Viruses Worms firewall design Trusted systems antivirus techniques digital Immune systems
Text Books
1 William Stallings Cryptography and Network security 2nd ed Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
1999
2 Baldwin R and Rivest R The RC5 RC5-CBC RC5-CBC-Pad and RC5-CTS Algorithmsrdquo
October1996
P a g e 66 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 413 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Wireless communication has become a ubiquitous part of modern life from global cellular telephone systems to local and even personal area network The objective of the course is that students should be able to familiarize with the evolution and basics of wireless communication technology identify and explain various wireless systems design aspects of cellular systems radio propagation mechanism fading and upcoming wireless networks
Course Outcomes By the end of this course the students will be able to Explain the fundamental concepts of wireless communication systems Learn cellular system design basics and frequency management techniques Describe capacity increase mechanisms interference reduction strategies and long-distance propagation concepts Understand effects of fading voice coding techniques and signal processing in GSM network Update themselves with recent technology and happenings in the field of mobile technology
Section ndash A
Introduction History of wireless communication Future trends in cellular radio and personal communications Second generation (2G) cellular networks evolution to 25G wireless networks (HSCSD GPRS and EDGE for 25G GSM and IS-136 IS-95B for 25G CDMA) 3G Wireless Networks 3G W-CDMA (UMTS) 3G CDMA 2000 3G TD-SCDMA Wireless local loop (WLL) and LMDS WLANs Bluetooth and PANs
Cellular Concepts Introduction frequency reuse channel alignment strategies hand off strategies interference and system capacity Trunking and grade of service improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems using cell splitting sectoring cellular system design considerations
Mobile Radio Propagation Large scale path loss Introduction to radio wave propagation Free space propagation model Three basic propagation mechanism reflection ground reflection (two-ray) model Diffraction scattering shadow fading combined path loss and shadowing
Section ndash B
Small Scale Fading and Multipath Introduction small scale multipath propagation Impulse response of a multipath channel Factors influencing small scale fading parameters of mobile multipath channels (time dispersion coherence bandwidth doppler spread and coherence time) Types of small scale fading Rayleigh Rician and Nakagami fading distributions
Spread Spectrum Modulation Techniques Pseudo- noise (PN) sequences DS-SS FH-SS Block diagram of IS-95 forward link block diagram of IS-95 reverse link GSM (Architecture Channels and signal processing)
Current and upcoming Wireless Systems 4G LTE 5G Adhoc networks
Text Books
1 Mobile cellular Telecommunications William C Y Lee 2nd Edition McGraw Hill Latest edition
2 Wireless and Digital communications Dr Kamilo Feher 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
3 Wireless communication principal amppractice TS Rappaport 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
4 Wireless Communications- Andrea Goldsmith Cambridge University Press
P a g e 67 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 402 INT EXT L T P CrBIG DATA amp CLOUD COMPUTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn how to use Cloud Services To implement Virtualization To implement Task Scheduling algorithms Apply Map-Reduce concept to applications To build Private Cloud Broadly educate to know the impact of engineering on legal and societal issues involved
Section ndash A
Introduction Big Data and its importance Four Vrsquos Drivers for Big data Big data analytics Big data applications
Introduction to Hadoop Hadoop Eco System Moving Data in and out of Hadoop Understanding inputs and outputs of MapReduce
NoSQL Use of NoSQL Types of NoSQL databases Advantages of NoSQL SQL vs NoSQL
MongoDB Introduction to MongoDB key features Core Server tools MongoDB through the JavaScriptrsquos Shell Creating and Querying through Indexes Document-Oriented principles of schema design Constructing queries on Databases collections and documents MongoDB Query Language
Section ndash B
Recent trends in Computing Grid Computing Cluster Computing Distributed Computing Utility Computing Cloud computing
Cloud Computing Architecture Comparison with clientserver computing architecture Services provided at various levels Role of Networks in Cloud computing protocols used Role of Web services Service Models (XaaS) Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) Platform as a Service (PaaS) Software as a Service (SaaS) Public cloud Private cloud Hybrid cloud Community cloud
Cloud Security Infrastructure Security Network level security Host level security Application level security Data security and Storage Data privacy and security issues Jurisdictional issues raised by Data location Identity amp Access Management Access Control Trust Reputation Risk Authentication in cloud computing Client access in cloud Cloud contracting Model Commercial and business considerations
Text Books
1 Cloud Computing Bible Barrie Sosinsky Wiley-India 2010
2 Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms Editors Rajkumar Buyya James Broberg Andrzej M
Goscinski Wiley 2011
3 Cloud Computing Principles Systems and Applications Editors Nikos Antonopoulos Lee Gillam
Springer 2012
4 Cloud Security A Comprehensive Guide to Secure Cloud Computing Ronald L Krutz Russell Dean
Vines Wiley-India 2010
5 Boris lublinsky Kevin t Smith AlexeyYakubovich Professional Hadoop Solutions Wiley ISBN
9788126551071 2015
6 Chris EatonDirk derooset al Understanding Big data McGraw Hill 2012
7 BIG Data and Analytics Sima Acharya Subhashini Chhellappan Willey
P a g e 68 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 304 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of i terative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Review of Digital Electronics Concept MSI and LSI Circuits and Their Applications Arithmetic Circuits Comparators Multiplexers Code Converters XOR And AND-OR INVERTER Gates Wired Logic Bus Oriented Structures Tri-State Bus System Propagation Delay
Sequential Machines The Concept of Memory The Binary Cell The Cell and The Bouncing Switch Set Reset D Clocked T Clocked JK Flip Flop Design of Clock FF State Diagram Synchronous Analysis Process Design Steps for Traditional Synchronous Sequential Circuits State Reduction Design Steps for Next State Decoders Design of Out Put Decoders
Section ndash B
Multi Input System Controller Design System Controllers Design Phases and System Documentation Defining the System Timing and Frequency Considerations MDS Diagram State Assignment Next State Decoders and Its Maps Output Decoders ROM PLA And PAL Based Design
Asynchronous Finite State Machines Scope Asynchronous Analysis Design of Asynchronous Machines Cycle and Races Plotting and Reading the Excitation Map Hazards Essential Hazards Map Entered Variable MEV Approaches to Asynchronous Design Hazards in Circuit Developed by MEV Method
Text Books
1 Fletcher WI Engineering Approach to Digital Design Prentice Hall of India (2007) 4th ed2 Wakerly JF Digital Design Principles and Practices Prentice Hall of India (2013) 5th ed
Reference Books
1 Givone D D Digital Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill (2007) 2nd ed2 Tocci RJ Digital Systems Principles and Applications Prentice-Hall (2006) 10th ed3 Mano MM and Clitti M D Digital Design Prentice Hall (2001) 3rd ed
P a g e 69 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 453 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Note Do any Eight Experiments
I On Satellite Trainer Kit
1 Understanding the basic concepts of satellite Communication 2 Establish direct Communication link between uplink transmitter and downlink receiver using tone
signal 3 To Setup an active Satellite link and Demonstrate link fail Operations 4 To Establish an Audio-Video Satellite link between Transmitter and Receiver 5 To Communicate Voice Signal Through Satellite Link 6 To change different combinations of Uplink amp Downlink frequencies and to check Communication
Link 7 To Transmit and Receive 3 Separate Signals (Audio Video Tone) Simultaneously through Satellite
Link 8 To Transmit and Receive Function Generator Waveforms Through Satellite Link 9 To Transmit and Receive PC Data Through Satellite Link
II On Mobile Phone Trainer Kit
1 To study the Tx IQRx IQ Signals 2 To Observe signal constellation of GMSK signal 3 To Study the Working of Audio IC 4 To Study the Working of a SIM card in a GSM handset 5 To Study SIM CARD Detection
III On Antenna Trainer Kit
1 To study Antenna Trainer Kit 2 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Dipole 3 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ4 Dipole 4 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Folded Dipole 5 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample other Antennas
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 70 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 354 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Design all logic gates using VHDL
2 Write a VHDL programs for Half Adder circuit
3 Write a VHDL programs for Full Adder circuit
4 Write a VHDL programs for Multiplexer amp Demultiplexer circuits
5 Write a VHDL programs for Encoder amp Decoder circuits
6 Write a VHDL programs for Comparator circuit
7 Write a VHDL programs for Code Converter circuit
8 Write a VHDL programs for Flip-Flop circuit
9 Write a VHDL programs for Counter circuit
10 Write a VHDL programs for Register amp Shift Register circuits
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 71 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 453 INT EXT L T P CrSOFTWARE LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
Experiments The list of experiments will be based on the current market requirements and recent trends in latest software regime being followed to employ students with best in class skills at that present time
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 72 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 402 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrDATA MINING amp WAREHOUSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To introduce students to the basic concepts and techniques of Data Mining To develop skills of using recent data mining software for solving practical problems To gain experience of doing independent study and research To study the methodology of engineering legacy databases for data warehousing and data mining to derive business rules for decision support systems Develop and apply critical thinking problem-solving and decision-making skills Develop and apply enthusiasm for learning Class participation is encouraged in this course
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to RDBMS data warehouse transactional databases data mining functionalities classification of data mining system major issues in data mining
Data Preprocessing Data Cleaning Data Integration and Transformation Data Reduction Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation
Data Warehouse And OLAP Need for Data Warehousing Difference from Traditional Databases Data Warehouse Architecture Multidimensional Data Model Schemas for Multi-Dimensional Model Star Snowflake amp Fact Constellation OLAP Operations Types of OLAP Servers ROLAP Versus MOLAP Versus HOLAP
Introduction to Data Mining Basics of data mining Data mining techniques KDP (Knowledge Discovery Process) Application and Challenges of Data Mining Security Issue Privacy Issue
Section ndash B
Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Apriori Algorithm FP Growth Algorithm latest trends in association rules mining
Classification and Clustering classification and prediction issues regarding classification and prediction decision tree induction algorithm rule-based classification using if-then rules for classification prediction linear amp nonlinear regression cluster analysis type of data for cluster analysis introduction to Categorization of Major Clustering Methods Classical Parti tioning Method k-Means
Introduction to Mining Complex Types of Data Complex data objects Mining spatial databases Multimedia databases Time Series and sequence databases Text databases and World Wide Web
Text Books
1 Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo 2 gan Kaufmann Publishers 2000 (ISBN 1-55860-489-8)3 Ian H Witten and Eibe Frank ldquoData Mining Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques with
Java implementationsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers San Fransisco CA (2000)4 Dorian Pyle ldquoData Preparation for Data Miningrdquo Morgan Kaufmann (1999)5 Korth Silbertz Sudarshan ldquoDatabase Conceptsrdquo McGraw Hill6 Elmasri Navathe ldquoFundamentals Of Database Systemsrdquo Addision Wesley
P a g e 73 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 403 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION SECURITY AND CYBER LAW 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To provide an understanding Computer forensics fundamental To analyze various computer forensics technologies To provide computer forensics systems To identify methods for data recovery To apply the methods for preservation of digital evidence
Section ndash A
Introduction to Internet Cyber Space and threats Computer Storage Cell Phone Mobile Forensics Computer Ethics and Application Programs
Electronic and Digital Signatures -Intellectual Property ndash Data Protection and Privacy Need for cyber law and forensics Jurisprudence of Indian Cyber Law
Foot printing WHOIS and DNS enumeration network reconnaissance Email spoofing Email bombing Data diddling Denial of service attack Virusworm attacks- trojans and keyloggers Internet t ime theft Web jacking Phishing-Smishing-Vishing-Identity theft Cyber terrorism- use of encryption by terrorists Human trafficking
Section ndash B
The Legal Perspective ndash The IT Act Challenges faced by IT Act and its amendments Sections Under IT Act- Section 43656667686970 Section relevant to cybercrime under IPC (Indian Penal Code)
Ethical hacking Need penetration testing Information gathering tools like n-map vulnerabili ty detection scanners like nessus nexpose information analysis and planning attack and penetration tools like Metasploit results analysis and reporting
Text Books
1 Cyber Security - Understanding cybercrimes computer forensics and legal perspectives by Nina Godbole and Sunit Belapure
2 System Forensics by Ankit Fadia 3 hacking Exposed network security secrets and solutions by Stuart McClure Scambray and Kurtz Tata
McGraw Hill
P a g e 74 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 308 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER GRAPHICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course objectives To provide comprehensive introduction about computer graphics system design algorithms and two-dimensional transformations To make the students familiar with techniques of clipping three-dimensional graphics and three-dimensional transformations The computer graphics course prepares students for activit ies involving in design development and testing of modeling rendering shading and animation
Section ndash A
Graphics Hardware Raster CRTs Raster and Random Scan Displays Display Controllers and Processors Graphics Input Devices Applications of Computer Graphics
Raster Scan Conversion Algorithms Line Drawing Algorithms (DDA amp Bresenhamrsquos) Circle Drawing Algorithms (Mid-Point and Bresenhamrsquos)
Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Rotation and Scaling) Matrix Representation and Homogenous Coordinates Shear and Reflection Transformations Composite TransformationsFilling Region fi lling Algorithms (Boundary Fill and Flood Fill)
Section ndash B
Windowing and Clipping Viewing pipeline viewing transformations 2-D Clipping algorithms- Line clipping algorithms (Cohen Sutherland Liang Barsky algorithm) Polygon clipping (Sutherland Hodgeman polygon clipping Weiler and Atherton polygon clipping)
Three-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Scaling Rotation) Composite transformations
Projections Parallel and Perspective
Visible Surface Detection Methods Depth Buffer Method A-Buffer Method Scan Line Method Area Subdivision Method
Shading Gouraud and Phong Shading Algorithms Properties of Bezier and B-Spline Curves
Text Books
1 Computer Graphics By Donald Hearn M Pauline Baker2 Computer Graphics (Schaum Series) by Lipschutz (MC Graw Hill)3 Principles of Interactive Computer graphics By WM Newman R Sproull4 Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics By JD Foley A Van Dam5 Computer Graphics Using OPEN GL By FS Hill Jr6 Computer Graphics Roy A Plastock Gordon Kalley
P a g e 75 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 409 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction to Parallel Processing Evolution of Computer Architecture Parallelism in Uniprocessor System Parallel Computer Structures Architectural Classifications Schemes Multiprocessors and Multicomputers Multisector and SIMD Computers Parallel processing application
Memory and input output subsystems Hierarchical Memory structure Virtual memory system Memory Allocation and Management Cache Memories and Management Input-Output Subsystem
Pipelining and Vector Processing Pipelining Instruction and Arithmetic Pipelines Principles of Designing Pipelined Processors Vector Processing Requirements Vector Super Computers Pipeline Chaining and Vector Loops Vectorization and Optimization Methods
Section ndash B
Structures and Algorithms for Array Processors SIMD Array Processors SIMD Interconnection Networks Static amp Dynamic Networks Mesh Connected Network Cube interconnection Networks Parallel Algorithms for array processors Associative Array Processing
Multiprocessor Architecture and Programming Functional Structures Interconnection Networks Multi stage networks for multiprocessors Parallel Memory Organization Multiprocessor Operating System Exploiting Concurrency for Multiprocessing
Text Books
1 Hawang kai Briggs FA Computer Architectures and Parallel Processing McGraw-Hill2 Kain Richard Y Advanced Computer Architecture PHI3 Hwang Kai Advanced Computer Architecture McGraw-Hill4 Mano M Computer System Architecture PHI
P a g e 76 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 304 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrJAVA PROGRAMMING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The model of object-oriented programming abstract data types encapsulation inheritance and polymorphism Fundamental features of an object-oriented language like Java object classes and interfaces exceptions and libraries of object collections How to take the statement of a business problem and from this determine suitable logic for solving the problem then be able to proceed to code that logic as a program written in Java How to test document and prepare a professional looking package for each business project using javadoc
Section ndash A Introduction to Java Features of Java difference between Java and C++ JVM Bytecode data types Wrapper types variables arrays operators-arithmetic bit-wise relational Boolean various control statements
Introduction to Classes Class fundamentals declaring objects methods constructors garbage collection passing parameters to methods recursion
Inheritance types of inheritance Access Modifiers (Private Public Protected Default) Polymorphism (Overloading Overriding Super amp This Keyword) Final Variable Final Classes amp Methods Static variable Static method Abstract methods and classes Packages and interfaces importing packages
Exception Handling Exception types try catch finally throw and throws creating exception subclasses
Section ndash BMultithreading Multithread programming thread priorities synchronization interthread communication Thread class methods runnable interface
IO InputOutput streams reading and writing console inputoutput reading and writing files
Applets and Graphics Applet fundamentals Applet class Applet init ialization and termination event handling keyboard and mouse events AWT class Layout managers panels canvases Frame windows drawing lines rectangles ell ipses
JDBC programming Commonly used classes and interfaces of javasql package connecting java application to a database prepared statements
Advance Concepts Introduction to Java Beans Java Swings Java Server Pages
Recommended Books
1 Dietel and Dietal Java How to Program 6th Edition Pearson Education 2 Herbert Schildt The Complete Reference Java2 TMH 3 James Edward Keogh Jim Keogh J2EE The complete Reference McGraw-Hill
P a g e 77 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 401 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrMICROWAVE ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilities in Microwave engineering through understanding of electromagnetic wave generation transmission and measurements theory and technology by study of microwave transmission medium media and microwave devices and components
Section ndash A
Microwave Tubes and Circuits High frequency limitations of conventional tubes klystrons ndash two cavity klystron multicavity klystron Reflex klystron Travelling wave magnetron - operation and characteristics Helix TWT construction operation and applications
Microwave Solid State Devices amp Their Applications Classification of Microwave Devices Diodes-PIN diode Tunnel Diode varactor and step recovery diodes Transferred Electron Devices- GUNN Diode Avalanche transit time effect- IMPATT Microwave Transistors and high electron mobility transistor-characteristics and performance
Section ndash B
Microwave Components Waveguide Microwave Junctions Scattering matrix and their properties Microwave T junctions ndash H Plane Tee E Plane Tee Magic Tee Rat Race Junction Directional coupler ndashscattering matrix of a directional coupler Waveguide joints bends corners re-entrant cavities Ferrite devices ndash faraday rotation in devices circulator amp isolator phase shifters and microwave attenuators
Microwave Measurements General measurement setup Microwave bench power measurement ndash low medium amp high Attenuation measurement Measurement of VSWR Smith Charts Measurement of Impedance Impedance matching-single and double stub tuners
Text Books
1 Microwave devices and circuits Samuel Liao PHI2 Microwave devices and radar Engg M Kulkarni Umesh Publications3 Foundation of Microwave Engg RE Collin McGraw Hill4 Microwave Engg KC Gupta
P a g e 78 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 416 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRADAR amp SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The objective of this course is to understand analysis of waveguides and gain complete knowledge about microwave components design of impedance matching and tuning using lumped and distributed elements for network to analyze and study characteristics of microwave tube generators and amplifiers and study different RADARs and its supporting systems The course will also provide an in-depth understanding of different concepts used in a satellite communication system like the tools necessary for the calculation of basic parameters in a satellite communication system knowledge about every aspect of satellite communication such as orbital mechanics launching techniques satellite link design earth station technology and different access system towards a satellite
Section ndash A Introduction To Radar Basic Radar Radar equation Radar Block diagram Radar frequencies applications of Radar detection of signals in noise receiver noise and Signal to Noise ratio Probability of detection and false Alarm integration of Radar pulses Radar cross section targets Radar cross section of Fluctuations Antenna parameters system losses
MTI and Doppler Radar Introduction to Doppler and MTI Radar Delay line cancellers Staggered Pulse repetition Frequencies Moving Target Detector Limitations of moving platform Pulse Doppler Radar tracking with Radar Monopulse Tracking Conical Scan and sequential Lobing Limitation to tracking accuracy Tracking in Range
Section ndash B
Orbital aspects of Satellite Communication Introduction to geo-synchronous and geo-stationary satellites Keplerrsquos laws Locating the satellite with respect to the earth sub-satellite point look angles mechanics of launching a synchronous satellite Orbital effects Indian scenario in communication satellites Satellite sub-systems Attitude and Orbit control systems Telemetry Tracking and command control system Power supply system Space craft antennas multiple access techniques comparison of FDMA TDMA CDMA
Satellite link design basic transmission theory system noise temperature and GT ratio design of down link and uplink design of satellite links for specified CN satellite data communication protocols
Text Books
1 Introduction to Radar system by Merrill l Skolnik 3rd Edition Mcgraw Hill 20032 Satellite Communication By T Pratt amp CW Bostain Wiely eastern 2002 2 n d edit ion3 Satellite Communication By Tri T Ha Tata Mcgraw Hill 2nd Edition 1990
P a g e 79 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 415 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart knowledge about advanced communication systems and related design parameters To inculcate ability in students to design wireless communication systems which can provide high data rate to a large number of users The main goal is to utilize the concepts of analogdigital modulation techniques and signal processing in transmission and reception of wireless signals under static and dynamic channels in the presence of noise
Section ndash A
Radio channels and coding Characteristics of Mobile Radio channels Channel capacity and Diversity Overview of STBCs and STTCs
OFDM Introduction Basic principle of OFDM Block diagram of OFDM OFDM standards Spectrum analysis of OFDM Capacity analysis of OFDM Multi-path effects on OFDM BER analysis of OFDM timing and frequency synchronization PAPR in OFDM and its effects mitigation of PAPR
Section ndash B
WiMAX and LTE Background of IEEE 80216 and WiMAX Features of WiMAX WiMAX Network Architecture WiMAX physical layer WiMAX MAC layer channel performance of WiMAX Overview of LTE SAEEPS Architecture of LTE Frame structure in LTE Applications of WiMAX and LTE
MIMO Introduction to MIMO MIMO Spatial Multiplexing MIMO Channel Capacity MIMO Diversity and applications MIMO-OFDM Channel estimation for MIMO-OFDM Multi-user MIMO systems
Text Books
1 Ezio Biglieri Robert Calderbank and Andrea Goldsmith ldquoMIMO Wireless Communicationsrdquo Cambridge University Press
2 Mohinder Jankiraman ldquoSpace-Time Codes and MIMO Systemsrdquo Artech House3 Jeffrey G Andrews Arunabha Ghosh and Rias Muhamed ldquoFundamentals of WiMAX - Understanding
Broadband Wireless Networkingrdquo Prentice Hall4 Abd-Elhamid M Taha and Hossam S Hassanein ldquoLTE LTE-Advanced and WiMAX - Towards IMT-
Advanced Networksrdquo John Wiley and Sons Ltd5 Ramjee Prasad ldquoOFDM for Wireless Communications Systemsrdquo Artech House
P a g e 80 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 407 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNANO ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the fundamentals of Nanotechnology To give a general introduction to different types of nanomaterials spintronic bio electronics molecular electronics organic electronics nano fabrication techniques surface analytical instrumentation techniques micro electro mechanical system (MEMS) and nano electro mechanical system (NEMS) To impart basic knowledge on nano fabrication and surface analytical instrumentation techniques To bring out the magnetic properties optical properties and applications of nano materials
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to Nano-scale Science and Nano-scale Technology Why nano science and nano technology Length energy and time scales Nano structure types and properties electronic and optical properties of materials sensors
Quantum wires and dots single electron effects and single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metall ic tunnel junctions Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy
Fabrication Nanomagnets and spintronics non-ideal interfaces and defects nano fabrication (Lithography Self-assembly Contact imprinting) molecular electronics Organic Electronics (Carbon Fullerness and nanotubes polymers)
Bio Electronics Introduction Binding of Organic semiconductors DNA computing
Section ndash B
Nano-Photonics Emitters Wave Guides Detectors Photonic Crystals
Surface Analytical Instrumentation Techniques for Nanotechnology Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy Low Energy Electron Diffraction (LEED) Scanning Probe Microscopy UV Photo electron spectroscopy (UPS)
Mems and Nems MicroElectro mechanical systems (MEMS) and Nano electro mechanical systems (NEMS) size dependent electronic magnetic and optical behavior of nano materials
Application Introduction to quantum methods of information processing Nano Particles and Environmental Hazardness Industrial applications of Nano Sized materials
TEXT BOOKS
1 Transport in Nanostructures- David Ferry Cambridge University Press20002 Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics - Y Imry Oxford University Press19973 Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems S Datta Cambridge University Press19954 Single Charge Tunneling H Grabert and M Devoret Plenum Press19925 Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining and Microfabrication - P Rai Choudhary SPIE1997
P a g e 81 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 408 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrBIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course will cover various systems of the human physiology signals of biological origin obtained from these systems biosensors transducers bioelectrodes used to acquire such signals and amplifiers for measuring biopotentials Electrical safety of medical devices measurements of the blood pressure blood flow respiratory system clinical laboratory equipment medical imaging and bioethics will also be discussed The main objective of this course is to introduce student to basic biomedical engineering technology As a result student can understand design and evaluate systems and devices that can measure test andor acquire biological information from the human body
Section ndash A
Human Body Subsystems Brief description of neuronal Muscular Cardiovascular and respiratory systems their electrical Mechanical and chemical activities
Transducers and Electrodes Principles and classification of transducers for bio-medical applications Electrode theory Different types of electrodes Selection criteria for transducers and electrodes
Cardiovascular System Measurements Measurement of blood pressure Blood flow Measurement of pH value of blood Cardiac rate Heart sounds Electrocardiograph Plethysmograph
Respiratory System Measurements Measurement of gas volume Flow rate Carbon-dioxide and oxygen concentration in exhaled air
Measurement of Electrical Activity in Neuromuscular System and Brain Neuron potential Muscle potential Electromyograph Brain potentials Electroencephalograph
Section ndash B
Medical Imaging Diagnostic X-rays CAT MRI Ultrasonography Medical use of isotopes Endoscopy
Patient Care Monitoring and Safety Measures Elements of intensive care monitoring Basic hospital systems and components Physiological effect of electric currents Shock hazards from electrical equipment Safety measures
Assisting and Therapeutic Devices Introduction to cardiac pacemakers Defibrillators Ventilators Diathermy
Bio-Telemetry and Lasers Physiological parameters adaptable to Bio-telemetry components of a bio telemetry system Application of telemetry in patient care Application of lasers to biomedical sciences
TEXT BOOKS
1 L Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement - Chromwell FJ Weibell EA Pfeiffer Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
2 Introduction to biomedical Equipment technology- Carr JJ and Brown JM Pearson Publishers Delhi3 Medical Instrumentation applications and design -J G Webster John Wiley Sons New York4 Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation- RS Khandpur Tata Mc Graw Hill New Delhi5 Principles of applied Biomedical Instrumentation -LG Geddes LE Baker John Wiley Sons New
York
P a g e 82 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 409 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The objective of this course is to learn the basic elements of optical fiber transmission l ink fiber glass modes configurations and structures to understand different kinds of losses signal attenuation in optical fibers amp other dispersion factor to learn various optical sources LEDLASER structures receivers (PIN APD) and noise performance Also this course will provide the understanding of optical network system components variety of networking aspects SONETSDH and study of network operations OTDM OTDN etc l ink budget amp network design and management At the end of the course students will be able to apply the fundamental principles of optics and light wave to design optical fiber communication systems differentiate losses in optical fiber link and state transmission characterist ics of optical fiber design optical fiber communication links using appropriate optical fibers light sources detectors explore concept of designing and operating principles of modern optical systems and networks apply different network access schemes and packet switching in OFC systems design and manage networks with appropriate consideration
Section ndash A
Optical Networking Optical networking principle and challenges WDM networking evolution WDM network construction wireless optical systems switching elements Optical Add-Drop Multiplexers Optical Cross-Connect Micro-Electro Mechanical Systems Nonreconfigurable Wavelength Router Reconfigurable Wavelength-Routing Switch Wavelength conversion technologies
Designing WDM Optical Networks Systems Consideration Channels Power Considerations All-optical Cycle of Elimination Additional Considerations Elements of Local-Area WDM Network Design WDM Wide-Area Network Design Issues WDM Metro Network Design Issues Optical Access Network Design Issues
SONET amp SDH evolution multiplexing structure frame structure envelopes functional components problem detection payload pointers VTs overhead bytes SONET amp SDH concatenation Architecture of optical transport networks Digital wrappers hierarchy OTN layer models
Section ndash B
Optical Access Networks Introduction Challenges in Access Networks Next-Generation Access Networks Overview of PON Technologies Optical SplittersCouplers PON Topologies Burst-Mode Transceivers Ethernet PON (EPON) Access Network Ethernet Gaining in Prominence Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation Algorithms Considerations for IP-based Services over EPON Other Types of PONS APONBPON Generalized naming Procedure PON WDM-PON Architectures
ATM vs IP in optical internets IP over ATM amp SONET OSI internet layered model Encapsulation amp its methods PPP packet ATM vs IP debate Optical Internets Evolution to 3G architecture
Text Books
1 Optical WDM Networks - Biswanath Mukherjee ndash Springer2 Optical Networks-Third Generation Transport Systems ndash Uyless Black Pearson
Education3 Optical Network Design and Implementation - Vivek Alwayn Pearson Education4 Understanding SONETSDH and ATM-communications networks for the next millennium by
Stamatious V Kartalopoulos Prentice - Hall India
P a g e 83 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 410 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL VLSI DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course is designed to give the student an understanding of the different design steps required to carry out a complete digital VLSI (Very-Large-Scale Integration) design in silicon It will explore the fundamental concepts and structures of designing digital VLSI systems include CMOS devices and circuits standard CMOS fabrication processes CMOS design rules static and dynamic logic structures interconnect analysis CMOS chip layout simulation and testing low power techniques design tools and methodologies VLSI architecture
Section ndash A
MOS Transistor Theory Evolution of ICs Masking sequence of NMOS and CMOS Structures Electrical Design Rules Stick Diagram Layout Design Introduction to MOS Physics MOSFET Work Function MOS Models MOSFET Structure and Operation Accumulation Depletion and Inversion region Weak and Strong Inversion Threshold voltage Current-Voltage characteristics Body effect MOSFET Scaling theory Limits of miniaturization small geometry effects Sub threshold conduction
Circuit Characterization Resistive Load amp Active Load MOS Inverters NMOS Inverters CMOS Inverters Static Characterist ics Switching Characteristics Interconnect Parasit ics Propagation Delay Static and Dynamic Power Dissipation Noise Margin Logic Threshold Voltage
Section ndash B
Combinational amp Sequential Circuits MOS Logic Circuits with Depletion NMOS loads CMOS Logic Circuits Complex logic circuits Pass Gate Transmission Gate Double Gate Transistor Behavior of Bistable elements SR Latch Circuit Clocked Latch and Flip-Flop Circuits CMOS D-Latch and Edge-triggered Flip-flop Subsystem Design- Adders shifters ALU High Performance Dynamic CMOS Circuits ROM Circuits Static and Dynamic RAM Circuits
VLSI Design Methodologies Semi-custom and Full-Custom Design including Cell Library and Gate Array Based Design FPGA BiCMOS Logic Circuits Design for Testability
TEXT BOOKS
1 Basic VLSI design systems and circuits- Pucknell DA and Eshraghian K PHI2 VLSI design techniques for analog and digital circuits ndash Geiger Rr Allen PE Strader NR
P a g e 84 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 412 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize with soft computing concepts Introduce the ideas of Neural networks fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human experience Familiarize the concepts of Genetic algorithm Apply the soft computing concepts to solve practical problems One will be able to design supervised and unsupervised learning models
Section ndash A
Introduction History of neural networks biological neurons Artificial Neural Net terminology Model of a neuron topology Types of activation functions learning types of learning-supervised unsupervised re-inforcement learning
Neural Learning Perceptrons linear separability Basic learning laws Hebbs rule Delta rule Widrow amp Hoff LMS learning rule correlation learning rule instar and outstar learning rules Supervised learning- Multilayer networks back propagation algorithm and its variations unsupervised learning- competit ive learning K-means clustering algorithm Self-organizing maps Basic Hopfield model
Section ndash B
Radial Basis Functions RBF neural networks Introduction to counter Propagation networks CMAC networks ART networks Broad application areas of neural networks- classification clustering pattern association function approximation
Fuzzy Logic Basic concepts of Fuzzy Logic Fuzziness vs probabili ty Crisp logic vs fuzzy logic Fuzzy sets and systems operations on sets fuzzy relations membership functions fuzzy rule generation variable inference techniques defuzzification techniques Fuzzy applications in consumer products
Text Books
1 Artificial Neural Networks -Yegna Narayanan2 Neural Networks - Simon Haykin 3 Fuzzy logic with engineering application - ROSS JT (Tata Mc)4 Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic - Bart Kosko 5 Neural computing theory amp practice - PD Wasserman (ANZA PUB)6 Introduction to applied Fuzzy Electronics - Ahmad M Ibrahim (PHI)7 Introduction to artificial neural systems - JM Zurada Jaico Pub8 An introduction to Fuzzy control D Driankor H Hellendorn M Reinfrank
P a g e 85 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 417 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRF SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To design and analyse basic resonators and RF Filters 2 To study the operation and device characteristics of RF Active components 3 To design and analyze RF transistor amplifier 4 To understand the operation of Oscillators and mixers used in RF design
Section ndash A
Introduction RF circuits Impedance matching and Quality factor Efficiency Amplifiers RF preamplifiers fi lters Frequency converters Mixers Radio receivers
Oscillators And PLL Relaxation oscil lators Series resonant oscillators Negative resonant oscillators Oscillator dynamics Stabili ty oscillator noise Design examples phase locked loops-loop dynamics analysis Frequency synthesizers
Amplifiers and Power Supplies Amplifier specifications-gain bandwidth and impedance stability Amplifier design Noise considerations class C class D amplifiers High power amplifiers Rectifiers Switching converters Boost and Buck circuits
Section ndash B
Couplers and Waveguide Circuits Directional coupling Hybrids Power combining transformer equivalent circuits Double tuned transformers Transformers with magnetic and iron cores Transmission l ines transformers Baluns Waveguides matching in wave guide circuits Waveguide junctions coaxial lines resistance impedance bridge standing waves
Modulation and Detection Circuits AM High level modulation Digital to analog modulation SSB Angle and frequency modulation Diode detectors FM demodulators-Design power detectors Measurement of power Voltage and Impedance Swept frequency impedance measurements
Text Books
1 Jon B Hagen Radio Frequency Electronics Cambridge university press Cambridge19962 James Hardy High Frequency Circuit Design Resto Publishing Co NewYork19793 Ian Hickman RF HandBook Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd Oxford19934 Ulrich L Rohde TTN Bucher Communication Receivers McGraw Hill New York19985 R Ludcoig RF Circuit Design Pearson Asia Education and P Bretchko New Delhi2000
P a g e 86 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 418 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE AND SPEECH PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 Give the students a general understanding of the fundamentals of digital image processing 2 Introduce the student to analytical tools which are currently used in digital image processing as applied to image information for human viewing 3 To learn the fundamental concepts of digital image processing 4 To study basic image processing operations 5 To understand image analysis algorithms 6 To expose students to current applications in the field of digital image processing 7 Develop the studentrsquos abili ty to apply these tools in the laboratory in image restoration enhancement and compression 8 Understand differences between computer vision and image processing
The main purpose of this course is to provide the learners with solid fundamental tools and experience on the applied technology in the array of speech processing It also gives the opportunity to deepen and widen the understanding of this topic through the study of speech characterist ics and its applications in various fields l ike coding The course is one of the interesting applications of signal processing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Image Processing Overview of Image processing image processing and related fields types of images fundamental steps in image processing Image processing applications Digital image representation and image formation sampling amp Quantization amp application of image Processing
Image Processing operations Basic relationships and distance metrics classification of image processing operations Image Enhancement by Point operation An overview of point Processing constant amp non-linear operations between image amp histogram techniques
Section ndash B
Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing Articulatory Phonetics ndash Production and Classification of Speech Sounds Acoustic Phonetics ndash Acoustics of speech production Review of Digital Signal Processing concepts Short-Time Fourier Transform Filter-Bank and LPC Methods A Review of Discrete-Time Signal amp Systems the Z-transform the DFT Fundamental of Digital Filters FIR system IIR Systems
Features Feature Extraction and Pattern Comparison Techniques Speech distortion measuresndash mathematical and perceptual ndash LogndashSpectral Distance Cepstral Distances Weighted Cepstral Distances and Filtering Likelihood Distortions
Text Books
1 Digital image processing by S Sridhar Oxford University Press2 Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang ldquoFundamentals of Speech Recognitionrdquo
Pearson Education 20033 Digital Image Processing by Rafael C Gonzale amp Richard E Woods Pearson Education Asia4 Fundamentals of digital image processing by AK Jain 1989 Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ5 Ben Gold and Nelson Morgan ldquoSpeech and Audio Signal Processing Processing and Perception of
Speech and Musicrdquo Wiley- India Edition 2006
P a g e 87 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 321 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To understand the basic architecture of optical fiber and related losses like absorption attenuation bending etc 2 To understand the architecture of optical transmitter and receiver for optical communication systems 3 After gone through the design consideration of optical communication the various modulation techniques and measurement techniques will be studied
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of fiber optic communications and its advantages
Review of LEDs and Lasers optical sources PIN and APD diodes optical detectorsOptical Fiber Waveguides amp Its Connections Introduction Ray theory transmission Electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation cylindrical fibers single mode fibers joints - fiber alignment splices connectors
Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers amp Cables Introduction Attenuation Material absorption losses Linear scattering losses Nonlinear scattering losses fiber bend loss Dispersion Intermodal dispersion Overall fiber dispersion Dispersion modified single-mode fibers Polarization
Section ndash B
Optical Fiber Systems Intensity modulationDirect Detection amp Coherent Introduction Optical transmitter circuit Optical receiver circuits system design considerations Digital systems Analog systems Advanced multiplexing strategies Coherent system constraints modulation formats Demodulation schemes Receiver sensitivities
Optical Fiber Measurements Introduction attenuation dispersion refractive index profile cutoff wavelength numerical aperture diameter mode field diameter and field measurements
Text Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash Djafar K Mynbev Lowell L Scheiner Pearson Education
Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill 4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications5 Optoelectronics Fiber optics and Lasers a Text-Lab Manual - Morris Tischler McGraw Hill 6 Related IEEE papers amp websites
P a g e 88 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 8th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
PRJ 451 Project Semester - One Semester Training in Industry 0 0 0 20
INDUSTIAL VISIT BY FACULTY COORDINATOR (150 MARKS) (within 10-12 weeks of commencement of training)
Presentation 60 MarksViva-voce 60 MarksReport (Hard Copy) 30 Marks
Evaluation by Faculty Coordinator in consultation with Industrial Coordinator during industrial visit
EVALUATION BY A TEAM OF FACULTY MEMBERS IN THE INSTITUTE (250 MARKS)(within one week of completion of training)
Presentation 100 MarksViva-voce 100 MarksFinal Report (Hard Copy) 50 Marks
The final presentation and viva-voce will be conducted jointly by the faculty coordinator nominee of the Head to be appointed by the Head of the DepartmentThe letter grade will be awarded to the students according to marks obtained by himher out of total 400 marks
PRJ 451 L T P CrPROJECT SEMESTER 0 0 0 20
Project Semester spans over a period of one Semester
The students shall undertake project (s) in Industry RampD or service organizations under the joint supervision of a faculty member and an executive from the organization The emphasis of the work undertaken is on problem identification and its techno-economic solution for the benefit of the host industry
The project must normally include identification of problem data collection analysis and generating solutions with cost and benefits and recommendations for their implementation If a single project is not available in the industry more than one projects might be undertaken
The evaluation of the project semester should be carried out on a continuous basis and must include the evaluation by faculty coordinator during his visit(s) to the concerned industries evaluation by faculty coordinator towards the completion of the semester and the final evaluation in the Institute by a committee of faculty members
P a g e 89 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P CrENVIRONMENTAL AND ROAD SAFETY AWARENESS 2 0 0 0
Time Allowed 3 hours Total Marks 100Total lectures 50 Pass marks 35
Instructionsa) The paper has been introduced from the session 2013-14b) The paper will be taught in the Second yearfourth Semester of all the UG Courses (BA BCom
BSc Law Engineering Commerce Agriculture etc) except LLB three year course and will be a qualifying paper only The marks of this paper will not be counted towards final score of the under graduate degree
c) This will cover only preliminary and basics of the subject and the paper will be set accordinglyd) The written paper will have two parts Each part of the paper will be of 50 marks and will contain ten
questions The candidates will attempt five questions out of each part The answer to each question should not exceed 500 words Each question will carry ten marks
Section ndash IUnit 1 The multidisciplinary nature of environmental studies Definition scope and importance
Concept of Biosphere ndash Lithosphere Hydrosphere Atmosphere Need for public awareness (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 2 Natural Resources ndash Renewable and non-renewable resources Natural resources and associated problems
a) Forest resources use and over exploitation deforestation and its impactb) Water resources use and overutilization of surface and ground water and its impactc) Mineral resources use and effects on environment on over exploitationd) Food resources Effects modern agriculture fertilizer-pesticide problem water logging and
salinitye) Energy resources Growing energy needs renewable and non-renewable energy sources use of
alternate energy resourcesf) Role of an individual in conservation of natural resources for sustainable development
(7 lectures)Unit 3 Ecosystems
Ecosystem and its components Definition structure and function producer consumer and decomposer Types of Ecosystem (Introduction only) Food Chains food web and ecological pyramids (6 lectures)
Unit ndash 4 Biodiversity and conservation Introduction ndash Definition genetic species and ecosystem diversity value of biodiversity Hot spots of biodiversity Threats to biodiversity habitat loss poocting of wildlife man-wildlife conflicts Endangered and endemic species of India Conservation of Biodiversity (6 lectures)
Section ndash IIUnits 5 Environmental Pollution
Definition causes effects and control measures of a) Air pollutionb) Water pollutionc) Soil pollutiond) Marine pollutione) Noise pollutionf) Thermal pollutiong) Nuclear hazard
Role of an individual in prevention of pollution Solid waste management vermicomposting Disaster management Floods earthquake cyclone and landslides (7 lectures)
Unit 6 Social Issues and the Environment Urban problems related to energy Water conservation rain water harvesting water shed management Resettlement and rehabilitation of people its problems and concerns Climate changes global warming acid rain ozone layer depletion Consumerism and waste products Population explosion ndash Family welfare programme (6 lectures)
Unit 7 Introduction to Environmental Protection Laws in India
P a g e 12 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
Environmental Protection Act Air (Prevention and control of pollution) Act Water (Prevention and Control of pollution) Act Wild life Protection Act Forest Conservation Act Issues involved in the enforcement of environmental legislation (6 lectures)
Unit 8 Road safety Awareness Concept and significance of Road safety Traffic signs Traffic rules Traffic Offences and penalties How to obtain license Role of first aid in Road Safety (6 lectures)
P a g e 13 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 4th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2020-2021)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECE 209 Digital Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECE 210 Analog Electronic Circuits 3 1 0 35
ECM 205 Computer System Architecture 3 1 0 35
ECM 206 Operating System 3 1 0 35
ECE 213 Circuit Theory 3 1 0 35
ECE 214 Signals amp Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 254 Analog and Digital Electronic Circuits Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 256 Operating System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 263 Circuit Theory Lab 0 0 2 10
Punjabi 3 0 0 0
21 6 6 33
Total contact hours 33
ECM 254 ECM 256 ECE 263 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
In addition to above mentioned subjects there will be an additional course on Punjabi as a qualifying subject
P a g e 14 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 209 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the student should be able to demonstrate the ability to use logic gates Basic Boolean laws minimization techniques for the designing of various combinational circuits The student should also be able to describe operation characterist ic equations excitation table of various flip flops and explain the conversion of flip flops Design and analyze sequential circuits from the basic building blocks and describe memories AD DA Converters Logic families and their characteristics
Section ndash A
Introduction Review of Number Systems Codes and Gates evaluating logic circuit outputs Implementing circuits from Boolean expressions Boolean theorems DeMorgans theorem universality of NAND and NOR gates IEEEANSI standard logic symbols
Combinational Logic Circuits Sum of product form Product of sum form Simplification of Boolean functions using algebraic and Karnaugh map methods Half adder Full adder half subtractor full subtractor circuits parity generator and checker circuits comparator circuit
Combinational Digital Circuit Design Multiplexer Demultiplexer Code converters Combinational logic circuits Some examples of Boolean gate ICs
Sequential Circuits RS JK D and T fl ip-flops circuits and their conversions Serial and parallel counters and shift registers Universal shift registers some examples of counter and shift register ICs
Section ndash B
Logic families and digital ICs Characterist ics of digital ICs Classification of different logic families TTL ECL MOS and CMOS their operation and specifications
Memories Semi-conductor memories ROM and RAM ROM using diodes BJTs and FETs RAM cell Memory organization and expansion An idea about other types of memories
Digital to Analog and Analog to Digital Converters Variable register network R-2R DA converters DA accuracy and resolution AD converters Simultaneous conversion and counter method
Text Books
1 Digital Design by Morris Mano PHI 4th edition 2008 2 Digital principles and Applications by Malvino Leach TMH 2011 3 Digital System Principles and Applications by R J Tocci (PHI) 2009 4 Modern Digital Electronics by R P Jain TMH 2006 5 Digital Integrated Electronics by Taub Schilling TMH 2004
P a g e 15 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 210 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Through this course the students will acquire knowledge of -The behavior of BJTs at high frequency using pi-model -Develop the abili ty to analyze and design analog electronic circuits using discrete components-Concept of feedback used in amplifiers and its need -Working of power amplifiers power amplifier circuits tuned amplifiers Oscillators compare experimental results in the laboratory with theoretical analysis
Section ndash A
High Frequency Transistor The high frequency T model CB short circuit current frequency response Alpha cut-off frequency CE short circuit current frequency response Hybrid pi CE transistor model hybrid pi conductance in terms of low frequency h ndash parameters CE short circuit current gain obtained with hybrid pi model current gain with resistive load
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Power Amplifiers Class A large signal amplifier second and higher harmonic distortion transformer coupled amplifiers Efficiency of amplifiers Push-pull amplifiers (class A amp class B)
Tuned Amplifiers Single tuned capacitively coupled amplifier amp its steady state response Determination of Gain Bandwidth product Tapped tuned Inductively coupled single tuned circuit Double tuned circuits
Oscillators Condition for sustained oscillation R-C phase shift Hartley Colpitts Crystal and Wien Bridge Oscillators
Text Books
1 Electronics Devices by Robert Boylsted Tata McGraw Hill publications2 Electronic Devices and circuits MC-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition by Millman amp Halkias3 Malvino Electronic Principles Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
Reference Books
1 Integrated Electronics by Millman amp Halkias Mc-Graw Hill Publication 1997 edition2 Electronic Devices and Circuits S Salivahanan etal Tata McGraw Hill New Delhi3 Electron Devices by Floyd Pearson Asia 5th Edition 20014 Liner Integrated circuits by Gayekward5 Engineering Electronics by Alley amp Attwood6 Burns and Bond Principles of Electronic Circuits PWS Publishing Company Boston
P a g e 16 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 205 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have a thorough understanding of the basic structure and operation of a digital computer To discuss in detail the operation of the arithmetic unit including the algorithms amp implementation of fixed-point and floating-point addition subtraction multiplication amp division To study the different ways of communicating with IO devices and standard IO interfaces To study the hierarchical memory system including cache memories and virtual memory
Section ndash A
Introduction Design of basic computer Registers Accumulator Flags Program Counter Stack Pointer Machine Instructions Instruction Cycle Machine Cycle Components of CPU
Register Transfer and Micro operations Register transfer Language Register transfer Bus amp memory transfer Logic micro operations Shift micro operation
Controller Design Hardwired and Micro programmed Approach
Micro program Control Organization Control Memory Address Sequencing Micro program Sequences Microinstruction Formats and Addressing modes
Arithmetic Unit Comparison and Subtraction of unsigned Binary Numbers Addition Subtraction Multiplication Algorithm
Section ndash B
Memory System Memory CPU interaction Principle of locality (Temporal and Spatial)
Memory Organization Interleaved Memory Organization Memory Hierarchy Main Memory Virtual Memory Cache Memory Cache Organization (Direct Fully Associative Set Associative) Cache Coherence Memory Management Hardware Performance Considerations
Input-Output Organization IO interfaces and Buses IO operations Program driven Input- Output Interrupt driven Input-Output DMA Priority Interrupt
Pipeline Processing Overview of Pipelining Types of Pipelining Hazards (Data Control Structural)
Computer Peripherals and Interfaces Introduction to IO buses ISA PCI SCSI EISA Local bus VESA Local bus PCI bus PCI Express Accelerated graphics port bus
Text Books
1 Computer System Architecture MM Mano Prentice Hall of India2 Structured Computer Organization Andrew S Tanenbaum Prentice Hall of India3 JP Hayes Computer Systeui Architecture Prentice Hall of India New Delhi4 Ali leigh System Architecture South Wester publishing co New Delhi5 William Stallings ldquoComputer Organization and Architecture ndash Designing for Performancerdquo 6th Edition
Pearson Education 2003
P a g e 17 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 206 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn the fundamentals of Operating Systems To learn the mechanisms of OS to handle processes and threads and their communication To learn the mechanisms involved in memory management in contemporary OS To gain knowledge on distributed operating system concepts that includes architecture Mutual exclusion algorithms deadlock detection algorithms and agreement protocols To know the components and management aspects of concurrency management To learn programmatically to implement simple OS mechanisms
Section ndash A
Basic Functions and Concepts of Operating Systems Concept of an operating system batch system Multi-programmed Time sharing Personal Computer System Parallel system Real time system Network Operating System and Distributed Operating System
Features and Objective of Operating Systems System components operating system services System calls System Programmers System Structure Simple Structure Layered Approach Microkernel
Process Management Concept of process process states process control block Process Scheduling Scheduling Queues Schedulers and Context Switch operations on processes CPU scheduling Algorithms FCFS SJF RR and priority Multilevel queue scheduling Multilevelfeedback queue scheduling
Deadlocks Introduction to deadlocks Necessary Conditions for deadlock Resource allocation graph Deadlock Prevention Deadlock Avoidance Safe state Resource-Allocation-Graph Algorithm Bankers Algorithm Deadlock Detection Recovery from Deadlock
Section ndash B
Memory Management Logical and physical address space Swapping Contiguous memory Allocation Memory Protection Memory Allocation Fragmentation paging basic method Protection and shared pages segmentation basic method hardware Protection and sharing virtual memory Demand Paging Page Replacement Algorithms ((FIFO Optimal LRU LRU Approximation page replacement) Allocation of Frames Thrashing
Information Management Files - file concept file types File attributes fi le operations access methods allocation methods (contiguous l inked indexed) directory structure free-space management (bit vector linked list grouping counting)
Disk Management Disk structure Disk Scheduling (FCFS SSTF SCAN C-SCAN LOOK) Disk Management (Disk Formatting Boot Block Bad Blocks) Swap Space Management Swap Space Use Swap Space Location
Case Studies Brief introduction of Windows UNIX and LINUX
Text Books
1 Operating System (Sixth Edition) 2005 Galvin Silberschatz Addison Wesley Publishing Ltd2 Flynn Understanding operating Systems Cengage Learning (Thomson)3 DM Dhamdhere Operating System r A Concept Based Approach Tata Me Graw- Hill4 Operating Systems Design and Implementation Andrew S Tanembaum PHI (Latest Edition)
P a g e 18 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 213 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The study of electrical circuits takes off from principles of AC and DC theory and introduces the student to parameters and characteristics of various networks The aim of the subject to understand the different types of circuits and their analysis based on network theorems and to determine the current voltage and power in the circuit The students will be able to analyze two port networks stability of a circuit and to find time response of the circuit The circuits are designed using Foster and Cauer forms The knowledge of Laplaces transform and Inverse will help students to work in multi-disciplinary fields of electronics engineering
Section ndash A
Network Theorems and Two Port Network Descriptions Thevenins theorem as applied to ac circuits Nortons theorem as applied to AC circuits Superposition theorem as applied to ac circuits Maximum power transfer theorem as applied to AC Circuits Two port description in terms of open circuits impedance Parameters Short circuit admittance parameters Hybrid parameters and transmission Inter-connection of two port network Duality networks
Inductively Coupled Circuits Coefficient of coupling mutual inductance in loop and nodal equations
Feedback Amplifier Classification of amplifier Feedback concept General characteristics of negative feedback amplifiers Analysis of a feedback amplifier Various types of feedbacks and their effects on amplifier performance
Section ndash B
Time Domain Analysis Unit functions-step impulse and ramp functions Laplaces transform and Inverse Solution of network problems using Laplace transform Solution of Transient and Steady state response of RL amp RC networks with different types of forcing functions Solutions of transient and steady state response of series RLC circuit with step input
Network Synthesis Synthesis vs Analysis Elements of circuit synthesis Introduction and general considerations in network synthesis Purpose and scope of network synthesis
Positive Real Functions Definition Necessary and Sufficient conditions for a function to be positive real testing of driving point functions for positive realness
Foster amp Cauer Forms Foster and Cauer Forms realization in terms of RC RL and LC networks
Text Books
1 Sudhakar amp Shyammohan ldquoCircuits amp Networksrdquo Tata McGraw Hill2 Joseph Administer ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo S Chand Series3 Abhijit Chakarbarti ldquoCircuit Theoryrdquo Dhanpat Rai amp Sons New Delhi4 Vanvalkenberg ldquoNetwork Analysisrdquo Prentice Hall5 D Roy Choudhary ldquoNetworks amp Systemsrdquo New Age International New Delhi6 Vanvalkenberg ME ldquoNetworks Analysisrdquo P rentice Hall of India (2007) 3rded7 Arshad M ldquoNetwork Analysis and Synthesisrdquo Laxmi Publications (2008) 2nded
Reference Books
1 Franklin F Kuo Network Analysis and Synthesis John Wiley (2003) 2nd ed2 Anderson BDOVongpanitlerd S Network Analysis and Synthesis Dover Publications (2006) 3rd ed3 Charles A Desoer Ernest S Kuh ldquoBasic Circuit Theoryrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company4 William H Hayt Jr Jack E Kemmerly ldquoEngineering Circuit Analysisrdquo McGraw-Hill Book Company
P a g e 19 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 20 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 214 INT EXT L T P CrSIGNALS AND SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The aim of this subject is to develop analytical capability of students by which they would be able to handle real time signal processing related problems and projects The understanding of various transforms will help the students to analyze the problems in both time and frequency domain
Section ndash A
Representation of Signal and Systems Classifications of signals Linear time invariant systems Representation of signals in terms of impulses Discrete time LTI systems continuous t ime LTI systems Properties of LTI systems Systems described by differential and difference equations
Section ndash B
Fourier analysis Signal representation using Fourier series Representation of periodic signals Continuous and discrete time Fourier series Exponential Fourier series Properties of Fourier series Convergence of Fourier series Continuous and Discrete time Fourier transform Properties of Fourier transform Analysis of discrete time signals and systems Correlation Autocorrelation
Random Signals Probability Random variables Probabili ty density and distribution functions Moments of random variables Random processes Transmission of signals through LTI systems Gaussian Process Central Limit Theorem
Text Books
1 Oppenheim Willisky and Nawab Signals amp Systems Tata Mcgraw HillNew Delhi2 Simon Haykin and Barry Van Been ldquoCommunications System Wiley 3 Eastern USA4 BPLathi ldquoCommunication Systems Oxford Press USA5 A Papouils Random Variables amp Stochastic Process Mcgraw Hill USA
Reference Books
1 Charles L Philips John M Parr Eve A Riskin ldquoSignals Systems and Transformrdquo Prentice Hall Third Edition 2003
P a g e 21 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 254 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To plot frequency response characteristics of a RC Single stage RC coupled Amplifier
2 To determine the voltage gain of a two stage RC coupled amplifiers
3 To plot frequency response characteristics of Transformer coupled amplifier
4 To plot frequency response of a tuned voltage amplifier and to calculate its resonant frequency
5 To find voltage gain of an emitter follower and find its operating point
6 To study Wein Bridge Oscillator
7 To study Phase Shift Oscillator
8 To study OP-Amp as Differentiator amp Integrator
9 To study diode as a biased and unbiased clipper
10 To study Astable Multivibrator using Transistors
11 To study Bistable Multivibrator using Transistors
12 To study OP-Amp as an inverting and non-inverting amplifier
13 To study OP-Amp as summing and average amplifier
14 To study the frequency response of audio amplifier
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 22 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 256 INT EXT L T P CrOPERATING SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
HARDWARE LAB
1 Identification of Motherboard Processor System buses Power supplies Memories
2 PC assembling
SOFTWARE LAB
1 Familiarization of UNIXLINUX Environment
2 Installation and Administration of UNIXLINUX operating system
3 Implementation of common commands of UNIX operating systems
4 Shell programming and its features
5 Implementation of programs using shell scripts
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 23 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 263 INT EXT L T P CrCIRCUIT THEORY LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 24 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
L T P Crਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ 3 0 0 0
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪਜਾਬੀਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਸਿਵਖ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਕਲਾਈਫਾਈਗ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਵਜ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ
ਉਦਸ਼ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ 13ਾਸਿਤ ਅਤ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣਾ ਮਖ ਰਪ ਸਿਵਚ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਈਗ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਬਲਣ ਪੜਹਨ ਦੀਆ 13ਮਸਿ13ਆਵਾ ਨ ਦਰ ਕਰਨ ਦ ਨਾਲndashਨਾਲ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ 13ਸਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਨਸਿਤਕ ਕਦਰਾ ndashਕੀਮਤਾ ਨਾਲ ਜੜ ਕ ਰਖਣ ਦਾ ਉਪਰਾਲਾ ਕੀਤਾ ਜਾਦਾ
1 ਪਜਾਬੀ ਦੀ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ(ਮਖ 13ਪਾਦਕ ਬਲਦਵ ਸਿ13 ਘ ਚੀਮਾ ਪਰਕਾਸ਼ਕ ਪਬਲੀਕਸ਼ਨ ਸਿਬਊਰ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਪਸਿਟਆਲਾ)ਭਾਗ ਪਲਿਹਲਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਾਲਿਹਤ
(ੳ) ਕਸਿਵਤਾ(ਅ) ਕਾਣੀ(ੲ) ਨਾਟਕ
ਭਾਗ ਦਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬ ਸਲਿਭਆਚਾਰ ਅਤ ਲਕਧਾਰਾਭਾਗ ਤੀਜਾndash ਪਜਾਬੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਤ ਗਰਮਖੀ ਲਿਲਪੀ
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਸਿਤ ਨ ਭਾਗ ਨ ਪਰਤ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦ ਭਾਗਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਵ ਗਾ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਪਸਿਲਾ ਭਾਗ
ਪ 13ਤਕ ਦ ਪਸਿਲ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 36 ਅਕ ਨ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਤਰ ਦਾ ਦਜਾ ਭਾਗ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦ ਜ ਭਾਗ ਉਤ ਆਧਾਸਿਰਤ ਵ ਗਾ ਇ13 ਭਾਗ ਦ ਕਲ 24 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਅਤ ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਪ13ਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਦ 12ndash12 ਅਕ ਣਗ
(1) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਪਲਿਹਲ ਭਾਗ ਦ ਲਿਤ ਨ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ਅਤ ੲ ਹਨ ਇਨਹਾ ਲਿਤ ਨਾ ਉਪndashਭਾਗਾ ਲਿਵਚ ਹਠ ਲਿਲਖ ਅਨਸਾਰ ਸਆਲ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ
(ੳ) ਇ13 ਸਿਵਚ ਕਲ 12 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਐਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਣਗ ਅਕ 12x1 = 12
(ਅ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਲਘ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 3ndash3 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ ਉਤਰ ਪਜ ਲਾਈਨਾ ਤ ਵਧ ਨਾ ਵ ਅਕ 3x3 = 9x2 =18
(ੲ) ਰ ਉਪndashਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਖ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ ਅਕ 1x6 = 6
(2) ਪਸਤਕ ਦ ਦਜ ਅਤ ਤੀਜ ਭਾਗ ਲਿਵਚ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਇਸ ਪਰਕਾਰ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ(ੳ) ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਔਬਜਕਸਿਟਵ ਟਾਈਪ ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਵਾਲ ਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ
ਅਕ 8x1 = 8(ਅ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਕਲ 5 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨ ਣਗ ਰ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ
ਨ ਅਕ 5x2 = 10(ੲ) ਰ ਇਕ ਭਾਗ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਸਿਛਆ ਜਾਵ ਗਾ ਇਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਲ ਕਰਨਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਉਤਰ ਇਕ 13ਫ਼ ਤ ਕ 13ੀਮਤ ਵ
ਅਕ 6x1 = 6ਨਟ ਮਲਿਖਕ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ ਪਾਠndashਪਸਤਕ ਤ ਹੀ ਆਧਾਲਿਰਤ ਹਵ ਗੀ ਇਸਦੀ ਲਿਵਧੀ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਹਵ ਗੀ
P a g e 25 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ (ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ)ਅਡਰ ਗਰਜ ਏਟ ਪਧਰ ਤ ਪਰਫ਼ ਸ਼ਨਲ ਕਰਸਾ ਲਈ ਕਆਲੀਫਾਇਗ ਪਜਾਬੀ
For Other State Students ofB Tech amp Six Year BTech-MBA Integrated Program Only
ਕਲ ਅਕ 100 (ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕ ਬਾਹਰੀ ਪਰੀਲਿਖਆ 60 ਅਕ) ਲਿਲਖਤੀ 60 ਅਕਸਮਾ 3 ਘਟ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅਸਸਮ ਟ 40 ਅਕਪੀਰੀਅਡ 3 ਪਰਤੀ ਹਫ਼ਤਾ ਪਾਸ ਅਕ 40
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਲਿਗਆਨ
ਪਜਾਬੀ ਯਨੀਵਰਸਿ13ਟੀ ਵਲ ਬੀ ਟਕ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਨ ਦ13ਵੀ ਪਧਰ ਦੀ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਪਾ13 ਨੀ ਕੀਤੀ ਦੀ ਲਈ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਲਬ13 ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਮਢਲਾ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਰਾੀ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਪ ਜਾਬੀ ਵਰਨਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲ ਕ ਮਾਤਰਾਵਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਵਾਕ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨ 13ਬ ਧੀ ਪੜਹਾਇਆ ਜਾਦਾ ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ ਪੜਹਾਉਣ ਦਾ ਮਖ ਉਦਸ਼ ਪਜਾਬ ਦ ਮਾਤ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਦ ਸਿਗਆਨ ਤ ਵਾਝ ਰਸਿ ਗਏ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾਉਣਾ ਅਤ ਬਾਰਲ 13ਸਿਬਆ ਦ ਸਿਵਸਿਦਆਰਥੀਆ ਨ ਇਕ ਨਵੀ ਭਾਸ਼ਾ ਸਿ13ਖਾ ਕ ਉਨਾ ਨ ਪਜਾਬ ਸਿਵਚ ਰਜ਼ਗਾਰ ਦ ਮਸਿਕਆ ਦ ਯਗ ਬਣਾਉਣਾ
ਭਾਗ ੳ
1) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਵਰਣਮਾਲਾ ਤ ਲਖਣ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) ਅਖਰ ਸਿ13 ਸਿਖਆ ਤਰਤੀਬਵਾਰ ਤ ਭਲਾਵ ਅਖਰ(ਅ) ਅਖਰ ਬਣਤਰ ਅਖਰ ਰਪ ਤ ਸਿਲਖਣ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ
2) ਗਰਮ ਖੀ ਅਖਰ ਤ ਪਜਾਬੀ ਧਨੀਆ ਦਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ(ੳ) 13ਵਰ ਤ ਸਿਵਅਜਨ ਵਰਗੀਕਰਨ ਤ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਉਚਾਰਨ(ਅ) ਲਗਾ ndashਮਾਤਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
ਭਾਗ ਅ
1) ਸਿਲਪੀ ਦ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ ਦ ਸਿਨਯਮ(ੳ) ਪਰ ਤ ਅਧ ਅਖਰ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ਅ) 13ਵਰ 13ਚਕ ਅਖਰਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ
2) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ ਨਾਲ ਜਾਣndashਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਫ਼ਤ ਦ ਸਿਦਨ(ਅ) ਮੀਸਿਨਆ ਦ ਨਾਮ(ੲ) ਰਗਾ ਦ ਨਾਮ(13) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸਿਰਸ਼ਤਾndashਨਾਤਾ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦਾਵਲੀ
ਭਾਗ ੲ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਪਰਬ ਧ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਜੜਾ ਦੀ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਦ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ(ਅ) ਸਿਤ ਨ ਅਖਰੀ ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦ ਸ਼ਬਦndashਜੜ
2) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਵਰਗਾ ਦੀ ਪਛਾਣ(ੳ) ਸ਼ਬਦਾ ਦੀਆ ਸ਼ਰਣੀਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਨਾਵ ਪੜਨਾਵ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਸਿਕਸਿਰਆ ਸਿਵਸ਼ ਸ਼ਣ ਆਸਿਦ)
ਭਾਗ ਸ
1) ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਤ ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਤ ਵਰਤ(ੳ) ਪਜਾਬੀ ਸ਼ਬਦ ਬਣਤਰਾ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਅਗਤਰ ਸਿਪਛਤਰ 13ਮਾ13 ਦਰ ਕਤੀ)(ਅ) ਸਿਵਆਕਰਨਕ ਇਕਾਈਆ ਦਾ ਸਿ13ਧਾਤ ਪਛਾਣ ਤ ਵਰਤ (ਵਾਕਸ਼ ਉਪndashਵਾਕ ਤ ਵਾਕ)
P a g e 26 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ਇ ਸਿਵਸ਼ਾ 100 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਵ ਗਾ ਸਿਜ13 ਸਿਵਚ 40 ਅਕ ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ ਣਗ ਅਤ 60 ਅਕ ਦਾ 13ਾਲਾਨਾ ਸਿਲਖਤੀ ਪਪਰ ਵ ਗਾ
ਇਟਰਨਲ ਅ1313ਮਟ ਦ 40 ਅਕਾ ਸਿਵਚ 10ndash10 ਅਕਾ ਦ ਦ ਸਿਮਡ 13ਮ13ਟਰ ਟ13ਟ ਣਗ ਸਿਜ13ਦੀ ਸਿਵਧੀ ਮ ਸਿਖਕ ਸਿਲਸਿਖਤ ਪਰਕਟੀਕਲ ਵਾਲੀ ਵ ਗੀ 10 ਅਕ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ ਣਗ 75 ਾਜਰੀ ਯਕੀਨੀ ਬਣਾਉਣੀ ਜ਼ਰਰੀ ਵ ਗੀ 75ndash80 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 6 ਅਕ 80ndash85 ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 8 ਅਕ ਅਤ 85 ਅਤ ਇ13 ਤ ਵਧ ਾਜਰੀ ਦ 10 ਅਕ ਣਗ ਬਾਕੀ 10 ਅਕ ਓਵਰਆਲ ਇਵਲਏਸ਼ਨ ਦ ਣਗ
10+10+10+10=40
60 ਅਕਾ ਦਾ ਸਾਲਾਨਾ ਪਪਰ ਲਈ ਅਕndashਵਡ ਅਤ ਪਪਰ ਸਟਰ ਲਈ ਹਦਾਇਤਾ
(1) 13ਲਬ13 ਦ ਚਾਰ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 5ndash5 ਮਲਟੀਪਲ ਚਣ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ 13ਾਰ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x5 = 20x 1 = 20(2) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 4ndash4 13ਖ ਪ ਉਤਰਾ ਵਾਲ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਣਗ 4x 2 = 8x 2 = 16(3) ਰਕ ਭਾਗ ੳ ਅ ੲ ਅਤ 13 ਸਿਵਚ 2ndash2 ਵਰਣਾਤਮਕ ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਪਛ ਜਾਣਗ ਸਿਜਨਹਾ ਸਿਵਚ 1ndash1 ਪਰਸ਼ਨ ਕਰਨਾ ਲਾਜ਼ਮੀ ਵ ਗਾ 4x 1 = 4x 6 = 24
P a g e 27 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 5th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 301 Analog and Digital Communication Systems 3 1 0 35
ECM 302 Web Programming amp Scripting 3 1 0 35
ECM 303 Mobile Application Development 3 1 0 35
ECM 304 Computer Networks 3 1 0 35
ECE 303 Microprocessor and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 351 Analog and Digital Communication Systems Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 353 Mobile Application Development Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 353 Microprocessor and Applications Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective ndash I 3 1 0 35
STG 351 Summer Training 60
Drug Abuse 3 0 0 00
21 6 6 30
Total contact hours 33
ECM 351 ECM 353 ECE 353 amp STG 351 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers Summer Training will be of 4-6 weeks duration in Industry or in- house Qualifying subject
Elective - I
1 ECE 305 ndash Linear Integrated Circuits amp Applications2 ECE 306 ndash Control Engineering 3 ECE 301 ndash Opto Electronics4 ECE 316 ndash HDL Based Digital Design5 ECE 318 ndash Communication Theory6 ECE 319 - Electronic Switching Circuits7 ECE 320 - Transmission Lines and Waveguides8 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 28 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 301 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is intended to understand all types of analog and digital modulation amp demodulation techniques and Recognize the importance of pre-emphasis and de-emphasis Focus will be on the fundamental system aspects of modern analog and digital communication System After successfully completing the course students will also be able to analyze the performance of a baseband and pass band digital communication system
Section-A
Amplitude Modulation (AM) Introduction Basic elements of communications Noise Need for modulation Expression for AM Double sideband suppressed carrier (DSB-SC) single sideband (SSB) and vestigial sideband (VSB)
AM Modulators and Demodulators Introduction with circuit diagram explanation of square law modulator and balanced modulator Fil tering method and Phasing method for generation of SSB Envelope detector and square law detector Working principles and block diagram explanations of super heterodyne receiver Specifications of receiver sensitivity selectivity fidelity signal to noise ratio and double spotting
Angle Modulation Introduction to Phase modulation (PM) and frequency modulation (FM) Relationship between PM and FM Expression of Phase and frequency modulation Pre-emphasis and de-emphasis circuits in FM Armstrong system of FM modulator slope detector balanced slope detector quadrature detector for FM demodulation FM stereo transmitter
Section-B
Pulse Modulation Introduction Sampling theorem and its applications Pulse Amplitude Modulation (PAM) Pulse Time Modulation (PTM) Pulse code Modulation (PCM) quantization quantization error quantization noise companding Delta modulation Adaptive delta modulation Line Coding Schemes Introduction of line coding scheme ON-OFF signaling polar signaling bipolar amp split phase Manchester signaling and comparison among them Introduction to inter-symbol interference eye diagram Modulation Schemes Introduction generation reception spectrum and geometrical representation of BASK BFSK BPSK DPSKQPSK QAM and MSK techniques Use of signal space for calculation of error probabili ty for BPSK BFSK and QPSK Block diagram of digital communication system and functions of each block
TEXT BOOKS 1Electronic Communication Systems ndash George Kennedy and Bernard Davis TMH 2 Modern digital and analog Communication systems B P Lathi Oxford University Press 3 Communication Systems Harold PE Stern Samy and A Mahmond Pearson 4 Communication Systems Singh and Sapre Analog and digital TMH 5 Principles of Communication Systems ndash H Taub amp D Schilling Gautam Sahe TMH6 John Proakis ldquoDigital CommunicationsrdquoMcGrawHill7 Simon Haykin Digital communications John Wiley and sons8 Digital communication system by JSchitode
P a g e 29 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 302 INT EXT L T P CrWEB PROGRAMMING amp SCRIPTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Students are able to develop a dynamic webpage by the use of javascript and HTML Students will be able to know of CSS JQuery and AJAX
Section ndash A
HTML Tags Elements Attributes Headings Paragraphs Styles Formatting Quotations Comments Colors Hyperlinks Images Tables Lists Iframes Forms Form Elements Form Input Element types Canvas
CSS Inline amp External Anatomy of a CSS ruleset Measurement Units Colors Backgrounds Fonts Text Links Tables Borders Margins Lists Padding Dimensions Display Visibil ity Positioning Media Types Printing
Section ndash B
Javascript Syntax Variables Operators Data Types Number Boolean Strings Arrays Date Objects Functions Events If Else Switch Case While Loop For Loop For in RegExp HTML DOM Error Handling Dialog Boxes
Frameworks Introduction to jQuery Bootstrap JSON
Text Books
1 HTML5 for Web Designers by Jeremy Keith2 The Essential Guide to CSS and HTML Web Design by Craig Grannell3 JavaScript amp JQuery The Missing Manual by David McFarland
P a g e 30 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 303 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is related to the development of applications on mobile and wireless computing platforms Android will be used as a basis for teaching programming techniques and design patterns related to the development of standalone applications and mobile portals to enterprise systems Emphasis is placed on the processes tools and frameworks required to develop applications for current and emerging mobile computing devices Students will work at all stages of the software development life-cycle from inception through to implementation and testing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Android The Android Platform Android SDK Android App Resources Android App Manifest File Android App Permissions
Android Application Design Essentials Anatomy of an Android applications Android terminologies Application Context Activities Activity lifecycle Activity state changes Tasks and back stack Parcelables and bundles Fragments Services Intents
Section ndash B
Android User Interface Design Essentials User Interface Screen elements Designing User Interfaces with Layouts working with different types of resources
Android Architecture Components View Binding Data Binding LiveData ViewModel
WorkManager Room Persistence Library
Text Books
1 Lauren Darcey and Shane Conder ldquoAndroid Wireless Application Developmentrdquo Pearson Education 2nd ed (2011)
Reference Books
1 Reto Meier Professional Android 2 Application Developmentrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd2 Mark L Murphy Beginning Androidrdquo Wiley India Pvt Ltd
P a g e 31 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 304 INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Build an understanding of the fundamental concepts of computer networking Familiarize the student with the basic taxonomy and terminology of the computer networking area Introduce the student to advanced networking concepts preparing the student for entry Advanced courses in computer networking Allow the student to gain expertise in some specific areas of networking such as the design and maintenance of individual networks
Section ndash A
Introduction history and development of computer networks Types of computer networks LAN MAN WAN broadcast and point to point networks Network topologies
Layered Architecture concept of layers protocols interfaces and services The OSI Reference Model The TCPIP Reference Model Comparison of OSI and TCPIP Models
Physical Layer Concept of Analog amp Digital Signal Bandwidth Transmission Impairments Attenuation Distortion Noise Data rate l imits Nyquist formula Shannon Formula
Switching Circuit Switching Message Switching and Packet Switching Comparison of Repeaters Hubs Switches
Transmission media Twisted Pair Co-axial Cables Fiber Optics Wireless Transmission Radio and Microwave and Infrared Transmission
Section ndash B
Data Link Layer Data l ink layer Design Issues Error Detection and Correction Elementary data link protocols An Unrestricted Simplex Protocol A Simplex Stop and Wait Protocol A Simplex Protocol for a Noisy Channel Sliding window protocols A One Bit Sliding Window Protocol A Protocol Using go back N A Protocol using Selective Repeat CSMA CSMACD Protocols
Network layer IP Addressing IPV4 header Fragmentation
Routing algorithms Shortest Path Routing Flooding Distance Vector Routing and Link State Routing Introduction to Congestion Congestion Control
Transport layer Introduction to Elements of Transport Protocols UDP TCP
Application layer Electronic-mail WWW Domain Name System SMTP HTTP
Text Books
1 A S Tannenbaum Computer Networks 3rd Edition Prentice-Hall2 D E Comer Internetworking with TCP-IP Principles Protocols and Architecture Vol I 2nd Edition
Prentice Hall 19913 D E Comer and D L Stevens Internetworking with TCP-IP Design Implementation and Internals
Vol II Prentice Hall 1990
P a g e 32 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 303 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To introduce 8085 architecture and programming in assembly language To introduce basic concepts of interfacing memory and peripheral devices to a microprocessor To introduce serial and parallel bus standards To introduce 8086 microprocessors To introduce various advanced processor architectures such as 80X86 Pentium and Multicore Processors
Section ndash A
Introduction Overview of architecture and instruction set of 8085 introduction to interfacing and inputoutput (IO) techniques Introduction to timing and control interrupts and programming of 8085Bus Contention amp solution
Interfacing Chips Block diagram and modes of operation of interfacing devices 81558156 and 83558755 multipurpose programmable devices 8279 programmable keyboarddisplay interface 8255A programmable peripheral interface 8253 programmable interval t imer 8259A programmable interrupt controller 8257 direct memory access(DMA) controller and 8251 USART
Section ndash B
Microprocessor Applications Interfacing of single and multiple digit seven-segment LED output display Interfacing of DAC (AD 558 AD 7522 amp DAC0800) and ADC (AD570 AD7574 and ADC0800) Applications like Temperature measurement and control water level indicator measurement and display of motor speed and traffic light control system
8086 Microprocessor Architecture memory segmentation parallel processing addressing modes instruction set and simple programming examples
Text Books
1 Ramesh S Gaonkar Microprocessor architecture Programming and applications with 8085 E Prentice Hall 2002
2 A Mathur Introduction to Micro Processor Tata-McGraw Hill3 Microprocessors and Digital systems by Douglas Hall Tata-McGraw Hill4 Fundamental of microprocessors and Micro Computers by B Ram Dhanpat Rai amp Sons5 Micro Processor 8086 by Gibson PHI
P a g e 33 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 351 INT EXT L T P CrANALOG AND DIGITAL COMMUNICATION SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study and verify Thevenins Theorem
2 To study and verify Nortons Theorem
3 To study and verify Reciprocity Theorem
4 To study and verify Maximum Power Transfer Theorem
5 To study and verify Superposition Theorem
6 To plot step Response of series RLC Circuit
7 To plot step response of series RC Circuit
8 To solve mesh equations using Matlab
9 To solve nodal equations using Matlab
10 To plot frequency Response of a given transfer function using Matlab
11 To find Laplace Transform of a given sinusoidal signal using Matlab
12 To study and verify Kirchhoffs Voltage Law
13 To study and verify Kirchhoffs current Law
14 To calculate and verify Z-parameters of a T-Network
15 To calculate and verify-parameters of a Pi network
16 To calculate and verify Transmission parameters of a cascaded network
17 To study line coding signals and its formats
18 To study Amplitude Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
19 To study Frequency Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
20 To study Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
21 To study Differential Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
22 To study Quadrature Phase Shift Keying Modulation amp Demodulation
23 To study the sampling theorem amp reconstruction of signal
24 To study Delta Modulation amp Demodulation amp its characteristic
25 To study Adaptive Delta Modulation amp Demodulation
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 34 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 353 INT EXT L T P CrMOBILE APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Develop an Android application using various components fonts and colors
2 Develop an Android application that uses Layout Managers and event listeners
3 Develop an Android application for basic calculator
4 Develop an Android application to write data to the SD card
5 Develop an Android application that uses Fragments
6 Develop an Android application that uses Navigation component
7 Develop an Android application that uses GPS location information
8 Develop an Android application using various Firebase services
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 35 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 353 INT EXT L T P CrMICROPROCESSOR amp APPLICATIONS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To write and test a program for finding the largest and the smallest numbers out of the given list of
numbers
2 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in ascending order
3 To write and test a program for arranging the given list of numbers in descending order
4 Study of microprocessor-based temperature recording and monitoring system
5 Study of microprocessor-based Traffic Light Controller
6 Study of microprocessor-based DC Motor Controller
7 Study of microprocessor-based Stepper Motor Interface Card and Controller
8 Study of interfacing of ADC with microprocessor
9 Study of interfacing of DAC with microprocessor
10 To write and test different programs involving the use of interrupts subroutines Flags etc
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 36 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 305 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrLINEAR INTEGRATED CIRCUITS amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives This course introduces theoretical and circuit aspects of operational amplifier which is backbone for the basics of l inear Integrated circuits and its various applications and introduce some special function ICs
Section ndash A
Operational Amplifiers Differential Amplifier ndash Transfer characteristics CMRR PSRR current mirror voltage references internal structure of Op-amp Ideal Op-amp Characteristics Inverting and non-inverting Op-amp offset error voltages and currents slew rate characterization of Op-amp parameters Op-amp internal design starting from basic differential amplifier
Negative Feedback In Op-Amps Block diagram representation of feedback configurations Voltage-series feedback Amplifier Voltage shunt feedback amplifier Differential amplifiers with one op-amp two op-amps and three op-ampsFREQUENCY RESPONSE OF AN OP-AMP Frequency response Compensating Networks Frequency response of internally compensated Op-Amps Frequency response of Non compensated Op-amps Closed loop frequency response Slew rate causes of slew rate and its effect on applications
Section ndash B
Analog Systems with Operational Amplifier as A Building Block Basic applications ndash Inverter scale changer adder voltage to current current to voltage converter voltage follower Bridge amplifier Instrumentation amplifier Analog Integrator and Differentiator Logarithmic amplifier anti-log amplifierComparator amp other applications Comparator comparator characteristics limitation of Op-amp as comparator voltage limiters zero crossing detector timing mark generator precision rectifier average detector peak detector window detector voltage to frequency amp frequency to voltage converters
Specialized IC Applications Active filters First order low pass Butterworth Filter Second order low pass Butterworth Filter First order high pass Butterworth Filter Second Order High pass Butterworth Filter higher order filters Design of active filters Band Pass filters ndash wide band amp narrow band Band reject filters ndash wide band amp narrow band all pass filters 555 timer and its use as bistable monostable amp astable multivibrator Schmitt trigger Phase locked loop 565 applications frequency synthesizers and current differencing (Norton) amplifier
Reference Books
1 Op-Amp amp Linear Integrated Circuits- R A Gayakwad 4th Edition Pearson 20022 Operational Amplifier amp Linear integrated circuits- R F Coughlin amp FF Driscoll -6 th Edition and
Pearson 20013 Design with Op-Amps amp Analog ICs -Sergio France 3rd Edition McGraw Hill Hirher Education4 Linear Integrated Circuits- D Roy Choudhry New Age International Limited Publication
P a g e 37 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 306 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCONTROL ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To provide sound knowledge in the concepts of l inear control theory and design of control systems Further aims are - To develop mathematical model for electrical and mechanical systems - To understand the use of transfer function models in physical systems and simplification -To provide adequate knowledge in the time and frequency response of systems and steady state error analysis -To learn the importance of controllers and effect of different controllers to accord basic knowledge of stabili ty and various techniques to calculate stability -To introduce state space representation for different models -To study the basics of compensation and different types
Section ndash A
Basic Concepts Classification Open loop control system closed loop systems linear and non-linear systems time variant amp invariant systems Relative merits and demerits of open and closed loop systems Servomechanism
Mathematical Modeling Transfer function Mathematical modeling of electrical mechanical systems Analogies Block diagrams and signal flow graphs and their use in determining transfer function
Analysis Time and frequency domain analysis Transient and frequency response of first and second order systems Correlation ship between time and frequency domain specifications Steady-state errors and error constants Concepts and applications of P PD PI and PID types of control
Section ndash B
Stability Definit ion pole and Zero concept Routh-Hurwitz cri terion Root locus techniques Nyquist criterion Bode plots Relative stability Gain margin and phase margins
State Space Analysis Concepts of state State variables and state models State space equations Transfer function Transfer model State space representation of dynamic systems State transit ion matrix Controllability and observability
Compensation Necessity of compensation series and parallel compensations compensating networks
Reference Books
1 Modern Control Engg by K Ogata Prentice Hall New Delhi 19742 Control System Components by JF Gibsen Mcgraw Hill 19633 Automatic Control System by BC Kuo Prentice Hall 3rd Ed 19784 Control System Engineering by IJ Nagrath amp Gopal Wiley Eastern Ltd New Delhi5 DP Eckman Automatic process control6 Liptak ldquoHandbook of process controlrdquo
P a g e 38 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 301 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrOPTO-ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course is to provide understanding of working principle performance analysis of various important components of fiber optical communication systems such as optical transmitter receiver optical amplifiers couplers split ters optical modulators etc When actual design of wavelength division multiplexed fiber optic communication systems will be done then working knowledge of Lasers LEDs photodiodes various types of optical amplifiers multiplexers fil ters etc will be beneficial The course is designed in a such way that the students learns the basic principle types of structures with their performances characterist ics of light sources (such as Lasers LEDs) optical detectors such as various types of photodiodes optical amplifiers multiplexers fi lters etc components of a wavelength division multiplexed optical communication systems At the end of course the student of must have thorough understanding of active and passive components of optical communication systems The course also provides basic knowledge of optical sensors which are used in optical instrumentation and many other applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of optoelectronics advantages applications-Network Military Civil industrial Sensors etc
Optoelectronic Sources Introduction Basic concepts Optical emission from semiconductor Semiconductor injection Laser amp its various structures injection laser characterist ics threshold condition wavelength tunable Lasers LED power and efficiency Heterojunction LED structure designs characterist ics Modulation response of an LED Source-Fiber coupling
Optoelectronic Detectors Introduction Device types basic principal of optoelectronic detection Absorption Quantum efficiency Responsivity wavelength cutoff Types of Photodiodes with and without internal gain Mid-infrared photodiode phototransistors Photo-conducting detectors Noise Considerations
Section ndash B
Passive Network Components amp Sensors Introduction CouplersSplit ters WDM multiplexers Demultiplexers Fil ters Isolators Circulators Attenuators Electro-optic Modulators Acousto-optic Modulators and their application areas
Optical Sensors classification-point distributed Intensity phase amp spectral Smart structures amp applications
Optical Amplifiers And Integrated Optics Introduction Semiconductor Optical Amplifiers (SOA) Erbium-Doped Fiber Amplifiers (EDFA) Fiber Raman Amplifiers (FRA) Application areas of optical amplifiers Some integrated optical devices OEICs Optical bi-stability and digital optics Optical Computation
Reference Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash DK Mynbev LL Scheiner Pearson Education Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications
P a g e 39 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 316 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrHDL BASED DIGITAL DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of iterative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Introduction to HDL Design Flow Design Methodologies HDL History Capabilities Hardware Abstraction Basic Terminology Model Analysis Comparison between VHDL and Verilog
Basic VHDL Elements Identifiers Data Objects Data Types Operators
Behavioral Modeling Entity declaration architecture body Various Sequential Statements and Constructs multiple processes postponed processes
Dataflow Modeling Concurrent Signal Assignment Statements delta delay model multiple drivers block statement concurrent assertion statement
Structural Modeling Component Declaration component Instantiation resolving signal values
Section ndash B
Supporting Constructs Generics and Configuration Subprograms and Overloading Operator overloading Package declaration package body
Advanced Features Generate statements qualified expressions type conversions guarded signals attributes aggregate targets
Model Simulation Writing a Test Bench and Simulation for combinational circuits
Programmable Logic Devices (PLD) and Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGA) Basic Concepts Architecture and Usage
Text Books
a) A VHDL Primer ndash Jayaram Bhasker Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs New Jersey b) VHDL Programming by Examples ndash Douglas L Perry Mc Graw Hill Fourth Editionc) FPGA based implementation of Signal Processing Systems RogerWoods John McAllister Dr Ying
Yi Gaye Lightbody Wileyd) Advanced FPGA Design ndash Architecture Implementation amp Optimization Steve Kilts
P a g e 40 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 318 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION THEORY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives After completing the course the student should be able to - Understand the basics of information theory and communication systems -understand the role of probability and statist ics in the analysis of communication systems -Solve problems related to channel capacity and spectral efficiency
Section ndash A
Introduction to information messages amp signals Classification of signals The discrete and continuous spectrum Power spectrum Energy density spectrum Dirac delta functions Sampling theory and approximations Convolution of signals LTI systems
Discrete probabili ty theory Continuous random variables Statist ically independent random variables Probability density functions of sums Transformation of density functions Ergodic Process Correlation functions Spectral density and White noise
Atmospheric Thermal Shot and Partition noise Noise figure and experimental determination of noise figure Shot noise in temperature limited diode and space charge limited diodes Pulse response and Digital noise
Section ndash B
Networks with random input Auto-correlations Spectral density and probabili ty density input-output relationships Optimum system and non-Linear systems Maximum criterion Equivalent noise bandwidth
Definit ion of information Units of information Entropy Uncertainty and information rate of communication Redundancy Relation between system capacity and information content of messages Shannonrsquos theorem Discrete noisy channel Channel capacity for different discrete channels
Text Books
1 Hancock JC ldquoAn Introduction to the Principles of Communication Theory Tata McGraw Hill 19612 Sharma Sanjay ldquoSignals and Systemsrdquo S K Kataria amp Sons 20093 Swartz Information Transmission Modulation amp Noiserdquo Mc Graw Hill4 Taub amp Schilling Principals of Communication System Mc Graw Hill5 Simon Haykin ldquoCommunication Systemsrdquo Wiley
Reference Books
1 Papoulis and S U Pillai ldquoProbability Random Variables and Stochastic Processesrdquo Tata McGraw Hill 2002
2 Claude E Shannon ldquoA Mathematical Theory of Communicationrdquo Bell System Technical Journal 27(3) 379-423
3 T Cover and J Thomas ldquoElements of Information Theoryrdquo Wiley 2006
P a g e 41 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 319 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrELECTRONIC SWITCHING CIRCUITS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understanding of switching concept and different types of switching techniques Capabilit ies amp other details of finite state machines can be explored Will boost the knowledge of synchronous and asynchronous circuits design amp analysis Also explore the various types of Hazards
Section ndash A
Introduction to Sequential Circuits FlipndashFlops Flip-Flop conversions Classification of Sequential Circuits Registers and Counter circuits
Design amp Analysis of Synchronous Sequential Circuits Sequential circuits introductory examples Counters Finite state Machines Sequence Detector and Sequence Generator circuits Definite state model Basic definit ion Capabilit ies amp Limitation of finite state machines state equivalence amp machine minimization simplification of incompletely specified machines Extraction of maximum compatibles synthesis amp analysis of synchronous sequential circuits
Design amp Analysis of Asynchronous Sequential Circuits Introduction to asynchronous circuits t iming diagram state diagram amp flow tables fundamental mode circuits synthesis state assignment in asynchronous sequential circuits
Section ndash B
Hazards Introduction gate delays generation of spikes production of static hazards in combinational networks elimination of static hazards design of hazard free combinational networks hazard free asynchronous circuit design dynamic hazards essential hazards
Contact Networks amp Symmetric Networks Relay contents analysis amp Synthesis of contact Networks Properties of symmetric functions Synthesis ampidentification of symmetric functions Iterative Networks
Text Books
1 Switching and finite automata theory by ZVI Kohavi2 Logical design of switching circuits by Douglas Lewin 3 Logic Design by NN Biswas
P a g e 42 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 320 ndash ELECTIVE I INT EXT L T P CrTRANSMISSION LINES AND WAVEGUIDES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective At the end of this course the students should be able to familiarize with the new concepts towards propagation of signals through transmission lines and waveguides
Section ndash A
Classification of guided wave solutions-TE TM and TEM waves Field analysis transmission lines Rectangular and circular waveguides Excitation of waveguides Rectangular and circular cavity resonators
Transmission line equations Voltage and current waves Solutions for different terminations Transmission-line loading
Section ndash B
Impedance transformation and matching Smith Chart Quarter-wave and half-wave transformers Binomial and Tchebeyshev transformers Single double and triple stub matching
Microstriplines stripline slot lines coplanar waveguide and fin line Micro strip MIC design aspects Computer- aided analysis and synthesis
Text Books
1 DMPozar ldquoMicrowave Engineering (3e)rdquo Wiley 20042 JDRyder ldquoNetworks Lines and Fieldsrdquo PHI 20033 RECollin ldquoFoundations for Microwave Engineering (2e)rdquo McGraw-Hill 20024 SYLiao ldquoMicrowave Devices and Circuitsrdquo(3e) PHI 20055 J A Seeger ldquoMicrowave Theory Components and Devicesrdquo Prentice-Hall6 Jordan ldquoEM waves and Radiatingrdquo Prentice Hall7 GSN Raju ldquoElectromagnetic Field Theory and Transmission Linesrdquo Pearson Education
P a g e 43 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
INT EXT L T P CrDRUG ABUSE PROBLEM MANAGEMENT AND PREVENTION 50 50 3 0 0 0
Note This is a compulsory qual i fying paper which the students have to study and quali fy during three years of their degree course
REGULAR STUDENTSMax Marks 70 Max Time 3hrsInternal Assessment 30Total Marks 100 Lectures per week 2
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERSThe question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have four quest ions from the respect ive sect ions of the syllabus Each question shal l carry 7 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 14 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any three quest ions f rom sect ion A and any three quest ions from sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
PRIVATE STUDENTSMax Marks 100 Max Time 3hrs
Lectures per week 2INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE PAPER SETTERS
The question paper wil l consis t of three sec tions A B and C Each of sect ions A and B will have three quest ions from the respective sect ions of the syl labus Each quest ion shal l car ry 15 marks Sect ion C wil l consis t of 20 short answer type of 2 marks each
INSTRUCTIONS FOR THE CANDIDATESCandidates are required to a t tempt any two quest ions f rom sect ion A and any two quest ions f rom sect ion B Sect ion C is compulsory
SECTION AUNIT I ndash Problem of Drug Abuse Concept and Overview Types of Drug Often Abused
(a) Concept and OverviewWhat are drugs and what constitutes Drug Abuse Prevalence of menace of Drug Abuse How drug Abuse is different from Drug Dependence and Drug Addiction Physical and psychological dependence- concepts of drug tolerance
(b) Introduction to drugs of abuse Short Term Long term effects amp withdrawal symptoms Stimulants Amphetamines Cocaine NicotineDepressants Alcohol Barbiturates- Nembutal Seconal Phenobarbital Benzodiazepines ndashDiazepam Alprazolam FlunitrazepamNarcotics Opium morphine heroin Hallucinogens Cannabis amp derivatives (marijuana hashish hash oil)Steroids Inhalants
UNIT II ndashNature of the Problem Vulnerable Age Groups Signs and symptoms of Drug Abuse (a)- Physical indicators (b)- Academic indicators (c)- Behavioral and Psychological indicators
SECTION BUNIT III ndash Causes and Consequences of Drug Abuse
a) Causes Physiological Psychological Sociological b) Consequences of Drug Abuse For individuals For families For society amp Nation
Unit IV- Management amp Prevention of Drug AbuseManagement of Drug Abuse Prevention of Drug Abuse Role of Family School Media Legislat ion amp Deaddiction Centers
Suggested readings1 Kapoor T (1985) Drug Epidemic among Indian Youth New Delhi Mittal Pub2 Modi Ishwar and Modi Shalini (1997) Drugs Addiction and PreventionJaipur Rawat Publication3 Ahuja Ram(2003) Social Problems in India Rawat Publications Jaipur4 2003 National Household Survey of Alcohol and Drug Abuse New Delhi Clinical Epidemiological Unit All India
Institute of Medical Sciences 20045 World Drug Report 2011 United Nations Office of Drug and Crime6 World Drug Report 2010 United nations Office of Drug and Crime7 Extent Pattern and Trend of Drug Use in India Ministry of Social Justice and Empowerment Government of India
20048 The Narcotic Drugs and Psychotropic Substances Act 1985 (New Delhi Universal 2012)
Pedagogy of the Course WorkThe pedagogy of the course work wil l consist of the fol lowing 70 lectures ( including expert lectures) 30 assignments discussion and seminars and class tests Note A visi t to drug de-addiction centre could also be undertaken
P a g e 44 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 6th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2021-2022) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 311 Artificial Intelligence and Machine learning 3 1 0 35
ECE 307 Digital Signal Processing 3 1 0 35
ECM 312 IoT and Applications 3 1 0 35
ECM 313 Database Management System 3 1 0 35
ECE 357 Digital Signal Processing Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 363 Database Management System Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 370 Minor Project 0 0 2 10
Elective-II 3 1 0 35
Elective-III 3 1 0 35
HSS 151 Communication skill Lab
18 6 6 25
Open elective
Total contact hours 32
ECE 357 ECM 363 ECM 370 and HSS 151 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
This is an optional course and student can opt any one elective subject from university Approved Open Elective Subject List with the consent of ACDHEADCourse Mentor
Elective - II
1 ECE 310 ndash Microelectronics 2 ECE 311 ndash Micro controller amp Applications3 ECE 312 ndash Information Theory amp Coding4 ECE 313 ndash Reliability Engineering5 ECE 315 - Modern Control System6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective - III
1 CPE 405 - Soft Computing Techniques2 CPE 406 - Digital Image Processing3 CPE 313 - System Simulation amp Modeling4 CPE 318 - Business Intelligence5 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 45 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
P a g e 46 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 311 INT EXT L T P CrARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND MACHINE LEARNING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To have an appreciation for and understanding of both the achievements of AI and the theory underlying those achievements To have an appreciation for the engineering issues underlying the design of AI systems To have a basic proficiency in a traditional AI language including an ability to write simple to intermediate programs and an ability to understand code written in that language To have a basic understanding of some of the more advanced topics of AI such as learning natural language processing agents and robotics expert systems and planning
Section ndash A
Artificial Intelligence Techniques levels of models understand the importance functions advantages as well as the limitations of art ificial intelligence Use of Artificial Intell igence and intell igent agents
State space search control strategies heuristic search problem characteristics production system characteristics Mapping between facts and representations approaches to knowledge representation semantic sets frame conceptual depending scripts predictive logic resolution in predicate logic
Section ndash B
Procedural Vs declarative knowledge matching conflict resolution Non-monotonic reasoning default reasoning statistical reasoning knowledge extraction Investigate the roles and development methods of artificial intell igence in decision making processes Neural network resources cognitive science role of neural network in computer science
Characteristics of AI language LISP-symbol manipulation- basic l isp function predicated condition recursion iteration Array-lambda functions input-output statements AI problems pattern recognition voice recognition Feature Extraction
Text Books
1 Artificial Intelligence by Rich and Kinght TMH2 Introduction to Artificial Intelligence by Charniak and Mcdermott Addison-Wesley 1985 3 Essentials of Artificial Intelligence by Ginsburg Morgan Kaufmann 1993 4 Artificial Intelligence by Winston 3rd Edition Addison Wesley 1992 5 Artificial Intelligence by Padhy Oxford Press
P a g e 47 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 307 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective DSP makes use of mathematical methods in order to handle and analyze the signals The use of such mathematical methods allows extracting information and even modifying the signal in order to use it as we desire DSP so widespread today and applied in everything around us At the end of course students may able to apply different operations of DSP such as filtering noise cancelling enhancing distorting smoothing in many application eg audio and speech processing sonar radar and other sensor array processing spectral statistical signal processing digital image processing signal processing for telecommunications control systems biomedical engineering seismology among others
Section ndash A
Z-Transform Introduction to signals and systems Z-transform pair properties of region of convergence (ROC) for the Z-transform properties of Z-transform analysis and characterization of LTI systems using Z-transforms System functions for interconnection of LTI systems Block diagram representation for causal LTI systems
Discrete Fourier Transform (DFT) Frequency domain sampling and reconstruction of discrete t ime signals DFT inverse DFT (IDFT) DFT as a linear transformation relationship of the DFT to other transforms properties of DFT use of DFT in l inear fil tering fil tering of long sequences frequency analysis of signals using DFT
Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) Direct computation of DFT divide and conquer approach to computation of the DFT radix-2 FFT algorithms use of FFT algorithm for efficient computation of the DFT of two real sequences and of the DFT of a 2N point real sequence
Section ndash B
Digital Filter Structures Introduction structures for FIR systems Direct form cascade form and latt ice structure structures for IIR systems Direct form cascade form parallel form and latt ice structures Fixed point representation of numbers errors resulting from rounding and truncation
Design of Digital Filters General considerations causali ty and its implications characterist ics of practical frequency selective fi lters design of symmetric linear phase FIR filters using rectangular Kaiser and Hamming window Design of digital IIR fil ters using impulse invariance transformation method amp bilinear transformation method
Text Books
1 Johan G Proakis and Dimitris G Manolakis ldquoDigital Signal Processing Principles Algorithms and Applicationsrdquo PHI
2 Oppenheim amp Schafer ldquoDigital Signal Processingrdquo PHI
P a g e 48 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 312 INT EXT L T P CrIOT AND APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Effective usage of IoT deployment for different sectors Developing and modifying code for various sensor-based applications using wireless sensor modules and working with variety of modules like environmental and security module Exploring the features of predictive data analytics for IoT applications Modular hands on training will enable participants to conduct IoT related activities in academic environment and init iate new projects in Industrial sectors
Section ndash A
Introduction to IoT Defining IoT Characteristics of IoT Physical design of IoT Logical design of IoT Functional blocks of IoT Communication models amp APIs
IoTamp M2M Machine to Machine Difference between IoT and M2M Software define network
Network and communication aspects Wireless medium access issues MAC protocol survey Survey routing protocols sensor deployment amp Node Discovery Data aggregation amp dissemination
Section ndash B
Applications of IoT Home automation Industry applications Surveillance applications other IOT applications
Challenges in IoT Design challenges Development challenges security challenges other challenges
Developing IoT Introduction to different IoT tools developing applications through IoT tools Implementing various IoT concepts
Text Books
1 SAMuel Greengard ldquothe Internet of Thingsrdquo2 Klaus Schweb ldquoThe Fourth Industrial revolutionrdquo3 CunoPfister ldquoGetting Started with Internet of Thingsrdquo4 Peter Wahel ldquoLearning Internet of Things
P a g e 49 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 313 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the different issues involved in the design and implementation of a database system To study the physical and logical database designs database modeling relational hierarchical and network models To understand and use data manipulation language to query update and manage a database To develop an understanding of essential DBMS concepts such as database security integrity concurrency To design and build a simple database system
Section ndash A
Introduction to Database Concepts Difference between Database and non-database system Data independence DBMS Architecture components of a database system Advantages and disadvantages of Database system Intended Uses of a DBMS Schemas and Instances Database Languages and Interfaces Classification of Database Management Systems
Data Models Relational Model Network Model Hierarchical Model ER Model Design issues Mapping constraints keys ER diagram weak entity sets extended ER features Design of an ER Database schema Reduction of an ER Schema to tables Comparison of Models
Query Processing Fundamental of Relational Algebra Tuple and Domain Relational Calculus
Relational Query Languages SQL Basic SQL Select Statements Table Creation and Management Create Alter Drop and Rename Constraints Primary key Foreign key Unique Not null and Check Data Manipulation Insert Update and Delete Restricting rows in Select using Where clause Comparison operators Logical Operators Order by clause
Section ndash B
Database Design Integrity Constraints Domain constraints Referential integrity enti ty integrity specify these constraints in SQL specification of Additional Constraints as assertions and triggers
Functional dependencies Functional dependencies Decomposition Normalization using FDrsquos MVDrsquos and JDrsquos Domain key normal form
Query Optimization Translating SQL Queries into Relational Algebra Notation for Query Trees and Query Graphs Heuristic Optimization of Query Trees Transformation Rules for Relational Algebra Operations Heuristic Algebraic Optimization Algorithm Converting Query Trees into Query Execution Plans Cost Components in Query Optimization Using cost estimates in query optimization
Joining Data from Multiple Tables Equi Non-Equi Self and Outer Joins Single-row and Group functions Sub-queries
Additional Database Object Sequences Synonyms and Views
Text Books1 Navathe and Elmasri Fundamentals of Database Systems Pearson education2 Korth and Silberschatz Abraham Database Concepts McGraw Hall 19913 An introduction to database system by CJ Date (Addison Welsey Publishing
house)4 Bipin Desai Database System TMG5 Prateek Bhatia Database Management system Kalayani Publishers
P a g e 50 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 357 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SIGNAL PROCESSING LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 To study of basic commands of MATLAB
2 Unit Ramp Unit Step Exponential and addition of two sinusoidal sequences
3 Convolution sum of discrete signals
4 Cross- correlation of two sequences
5 Frequency response of discrete system
6 DFT of the given sequence
7 Poles zeros and gain of transfer function
8 Magnitude amp phase of DFT
9 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of FIR Filter
10 To study the magnitude amp Phase response of IIR Filter
11 Analysis of FIR and IIR Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
12 Analysis of FFT Filters using 6713 DSP Kit
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 51 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 363 INT EXT L T P CrDATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Install procedure of the latest SQL Server edition
2 Write a query to create a table in SQL
3 Write a query to alter a table in SQL
4 Write a query to delete a table in SQL
5 Write a query to insert update and delete rows in a table in SQL
6 Write a query demonstrate the use of foreign keys in SQL
7 Write a query demonstrate various integrity constraints in SQL
8 Write a query demonstrate various joins in SQL
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 52 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 370 INT EXT L T P CrMINOR PROJECT 50 50 0 0 2 10
Electronic hardware andor software project Working model of hardware andor software project with real world usage according to recent trends in engineering
P a g e 53 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
HSS 151 INT EXT L T P CrCOMMUNICATION SKILLS LAB 50 50 0 0 2 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Recognizing and articulating speech sounds mock dialogueconversation
2 Making an oral presentation class seminars paper reading
3 Participating in a group discussion
4 Holding a mock meeting
5 Developing skills related to Business Correspondence
6 Preparation for participating in a mock interview for a job etc
7 Developing skills for conducting a meeting attending telephonic calls
8 Listening to a recorded conversation and reviewingdiscussing its contents and style
P a g e 54 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 310 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Microelectronics is the branch of science that deals with microcircuits One most commonly used example of microcircuit is IC ie Integrated Circuits IC is a single substrate or chip on which active and passive components are fabricated the number of components which are fabricated on IC can give miniaturization of ICrsquoS This course provides a detailed fundamental analysis and discussion on various ICrsquos there fabrication steps and fabrication of BJTrsquos MOSFETS and CMOS This course than covers designing of layouts and stick diagram using NMOS PMOS and CMOS technology After successful completion of the device students will acquire a thorough understanding on the devices and be able to apply the knowledge to the development of new and novel devices for different applications
Section ndash A
Introduction Classification of integrated circuits (ICs) thick film thin film amp hybrid ICs Fabrication and component design resistor capacitors and inductors design and fabrication
Monolithic Techniques Process on sil icon crystals line growth refining substrate slicing polishing chemical vapor deposition thermal oxidation photolithography diffusion impurities diffusion system ion implantation metall ization isolation
Monolithic Components Bipolar IC process MOS IC process BJT construction diode instruction FET and MOS construction and resistors capacitors and inductors op-amp and voltage regulators design and fabrication
Section ndash B
LSI Circuits Brief introduction to LSI circuits realization of inter connection and realization of integrated elements
Basic VLSI Design Basic MOS transistor and working NMOS and CMOS fabrication thermal aspects MOS and VLSI some electrical properties of MOS design process circuit components system design and layout and scaling of MOS circuit some application of VLSI circuits like PLA
Text Books
1 SM Sze semiconductor device fundamentals Addison Wesley2 Howe R T and C G Sodini Microelectronics An Integrated Approach Upper Saddle River NJ
Prentice Hall 1996 ISBN 01358851833 N Weste and K Eshranghian Principles of CMOS VLSI Design Addison Wesley 19984 Jacob Backer Harry W Li and David E Boyce CMOS Circuit Design Layout and Simulation
Prentice Hall of India 1998 5 L Glaser and D Dobberpuhl The Design and Analysis of VLSI Circuitsrdquo Addison Wesley 19936 Fonstad C G Microelectronic Devices and Circuits New York NY McGraw-Hill 1994 ISBN
00702149647 Sedra A S and K C Smith Microelectronic Circuits 4th ed New York NY Oxford University
Press 1998 ISBN 01951166318 Pierret R F Semiconductor Device Fundamentals Upper Saddle River NJ Prentice Hall 1995 ISBN
0201543931
P a g e 55 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 311 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMICROCONTROLLER amp APPLICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course provides ability to understand the basic concepts of microcontroller and its internal architecture The students would be able to learn the logic for assembly language programming It also provides the understanding about interfacing of input output devices with microcontroller So the overall objective of this subject is to make students aware of microcontrollers and their applications for serial parallel communication input output devices control and microcontroller-based projects
Section ndash A
Introduction 8051 Micro controller Comparison of Microprocessor and Microcontroller microcontroller and embedded processors processor Architecture - Harvard versus Princeton (Von Neumann) CISC versus RISC overview of 8051 families and other microcontrollers in use PIC ATMEL 8051 Pin description connections memory organization memory space of 8051 8051 flag bits and PSW register Register banks and stack
Instruction Familiarization Addressing modes and accessing memory using various addressing modes Arithmetic Logical jump loop and call instructions single bit instructions t ime delay generation amp calculation bit manipulation and programming Development system tools Data Types and directives 8051 assembly Language Programming Assembling an 8051 program
Section ndash B
Interrupt amp Embedded Device Programming Interrupts external amp internal hardware interrupts priority programmable IO Port Timercounter Serial Communication connection to RS 232
Real World Interfacing Interfacing of external memory RAM amp EPROM LCD ADC DAC sensors stepper motor and keyboard Interfacing to enhance 8051 capabili ties with 8255 amp Timer chips
Text Books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems -Ali Mazidi Pearson Education2 Programming and customizing the 8051 microcontroller -Myke Predko Tata Mc Graw Hill
Reference books
1 The 8051 Microcontroller Architecture Programming and appl -Kenneth Ayala Penram International2 Microcontrollers theory amp applications -Ajay V Deshmukh Mc Graw Hill
P a g e 56 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 312 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION THEORY AND CODING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Course will help to analyse error performance of a digital communication system in presence of noise and other interferences and it will help to improve the performance of the system The course will also build fundamental understanding of information theory and coding
Section ndash A
Discrete messages Concept of amount of information Average information and Entropy Information rate Coding to increase Average Information per bit Shannon s theorem Channel Capacity Gaussian channel Capacity Bandwidth-SN tradeoff use of orthogonal signals to attain Shannons limit Efficiency of Orthogonal signal transmission
Channel Coding bounds on communication Coding for Reliable Communication Parity check bit coding for Error detection Coding for Error Detection and Correction Linear Block Codes Cyclic Codes Golay Codes BCH codes Examples of algebraic codes Single Parity check bit code Repeated codes Hadaward code Hamming code
Section ndash B
Burst error correction introduction Block interleaving Convolution Interleaving Reed-Solo9mon (RS) code Concatenated codes Convolution Coding decoding of a Convolution Code Code tree decoding in the presence of noise sequential decoding State and Trellis diagram Viterbi algorithm
Probabili ty of Error of Convolution Codes Comparison of Error rates in Coded and Uncoded transmission Automatic-Repeat-Request (ARQ) Performance of ARQ Systems throughput of the stop amp wait ARQ throughput of Go-Back-N ARQ Selective Repeat ARQ Trellis decoded modulation
Text Books
1 Principles of communication systems by Taub amp Schilling Tata McGraw-Hill Publishing 2 Communication system engineering by Proakis TMH3 Digital Communications by Proakis TMH4 Introduction to the theory of error correcting codes Vera press 19925 Information theory amp reliable communication by Robert G Gallanger McGraw Hill 1992
P a g e 57 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 313 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrRELIABILITY ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Understanding of basic principles rather than lsquocook bookrsquo use of tables or handbooks Application to system requirements design manufacturing and testing with real-world examples
Section ndash A
Concept of Reliability Failures of systems and its modes Measure of Reliability Reliability function Hazard rate MTBF and their interrelations
Reliability Data and Analysis Data sources Data collection use of Reliability Data Reliability Analysis Performance Parameters calculation of failure rate Application of Weibull distribution
System Reliability and Modeling Series systems Parallel system series parallel systems Time dependence Reliability Determination stand-by systems r out of n Configurations Methods of tie set and cut sets of Or reliability evaluation simulation and Reliability prediction Monte Carlo method concepts of network topology Overall reliability evolution
Section ndash B
Maintainability and Availability Maintainability and its equation Factors affecting maintainability Measures of Maintainability Mean Down Time Availability Intrinsic availability equipment availability amp Mission availability Replacement processes and Policies
Life Testing of Equipment Non-destructive tests destruction tests and their Mathematic Modeling Quality and Reliability Measurement amp prediction of Human Reliability Reliability and safety safety margins in critical Devices case studies
Value Engineering Techniques in value Engineering Structure of value Engineering Reliability Management
Text Books
1 Reliability Engg By Govil2 Reliability Engg By Dr AK Aggarwal 19923 Related IEEEIEE publications
P a g e 58 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 315 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrMODERN CONTROL SYSTEM 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Analyze dynamics of a linear system by State Space Representation Determine the stability of a linear system using pole-placement technique Design state observers Analyze basics of Non-linear control system Determine the stabili ty of Non-linear systems6 Realize the structure of a discrete time system and model i ts action mathematically
Section ndash A
Digital Control Introduction to digital control sampling Data reconstruction principles Pulse transfer functions Block diagram amp signal flow graph Digital Control Techniques- PID Deadbeat
Time domain analysis correlation between time response amp root location in S amp Z transform effect of pole-zero configuration in Z-plane on maximum overshoot amp peak time transient response
Stability in Z-plane using modified Routhrsquos criteria Jurys criteria
State Variable Analysis and Design Review of state space representation for l inear continuous time system solution of linear time invariant state equations controllabili ty and observability solution of state equation for discrete system state space analysis of discrete time systems pole placement Techniques
Section ndash B
Non-Linear Control System Introduction to non-linear feedback control system special features of linear system l imit cycle jump response sub harmonies etc describing function and phase plane techniques for analysis of non-linear system concept of local global asymptotic and total stability of non-linear system Liapunovs stability criterion
Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Basic Principles of Adaptive and Learning Control Systems Model Reference Adaptive Control Types of Learning-Supervised and Un-Supervised Learning Control Systems On-line and Off-line Learning Control Systems
Text Books
1 Katsuhiko Ogata Modern Control Engineering Prentice-Hall of India New Delhi 2 J Nagarath and M Gopal Control system Engineering New Age International (P) Ltd 3 Katsuhiko Ogata State Space Analysis of Control Systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 4 Benjamin C Kuo and Farid Golnaraghi Automatic Control Systems 8th Edition John Wiley amp Sons 5 H Khalil Nonlinear Control systems Prentice Hall Inc New Jersey 6 Control System Engineering by Norman S Nise Wiley7 Modern Control System by RC Dorf RH Bishop Addision Wesley8 Digital Control amp State Variable Methods by M Gopal TMH9 Brogan W L Modern Control theory Prentice Hall International New Jersey
P a g e 59 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 405 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSOFT COMPUTING TECHNIQUES 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives It deals with Introduction and different architectures of neural network It deals with the Application of Neural Networks It deals with Genetic Algorithms and Hybrid Systems
Section ndash A
Introduction What is Soft Computing Difference between Hard and Soft computing Requirement of Soft computing Major Areas of Soft Computing Applications of Soft Computing
Neural Networks What is Neural Network Learning rules and various activation functions Single layer Perceptrons Back Propagation networks Architecture of Backpropagation (BP) Networks Backpropagation Learning Variation of Standard Back propagation Neural Network Introduction to Associative Memory Adaptive Resonance theory and Self Organizing Map Recent Applications
Section ndash B
Genetic Algorithm History of Genetic Algorithms (GA) Working Principle Various Encoding methods Fitness function GA Operators- Reproduction Crossover Mutation Convergence of GA Bit wise operation in GA Multi-level Optimization
GA based Backpropagation Networks GA based Weight Determination K - factor determination in Columns
Hybrid Systems Sequential Hybrid Systems Auxiliary Hybrid Systems Embedded Hybrid Systems Neuro-Fuzzy Hybrid Systems Neuro-Genetic Hybrid Systems Fuzzy-Genetic Hybrid Systems
Text Books
1 Rao Vallinu Band Rao Hayagriva Neural networks and fuzzy Logic second edition BPB Publication
2 Berkan C Riza Trubatch L Sheldon Fuzzy Systems design Principlea IEEE Press standard publishers
3 Freeman A James Skapura M David- neural networks algorithms applications and programming4 Soft Computing by Fred Aminzadel amp Jamshich Prentice Hall
P a g e 60 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 406 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives Understand what MFAs do and how they work Understand the fundamentals of diplomatic negotiations Understand bilateral and multi lateral diplomacy Understand subject-specific diplomacy Understand what makes a document a ldquotreatyrdquo Be aware of historical cases relevant to various diplomatic methods
Section ndash A
Introduction and Digital Image Fundamentals Digital Image representation Fundamental steps in Image processing Elements of digital Image processing Sampling and quantization some basic relationships l ike neighborrsquos connectivity distance measure between pixels Image geometry
Image Transforms Discrete Fourier transform Some properties of two-dimensional Fourier transform Fast Fourier transform Inverse FFT
Image Enhancement Point Operations Histograms Spatial Domain methods Frequency domain methods Enhancement by point processing Spatial fil tering low pass filtering High pass fil tering Homomorphic fi ltering Color image processing Image Restoration Degradation model Algebraic approach to Restoration Inverse fi ltering Wiener fil ter Constrained least square restoration Interactive restoration Restoration in spatial domain
Section ndash B
Image Compression Coding Inter-pixel and Psycho visual redundancy Image Compression models Error free compression Lossy Compression Image Compression standards
Image Segmentation Detection of discontinuities Edge linking and boundary detection Thresholding Region Orientation Segmentation Motion based segmentation
Representation and Description Representation schemes l ike chain coding Polygonal approximation Signatures Boundary Segments Skeleton of region Boundary Description Regional descriptors Morphology
Recognition and Interpretation Elements of Image Analysis Pattern and pattern classes Decision Theoretic methods Structural methods Interpretation
Text Books
1 AK Jainrdquo Fundamentals of Digital Image Processingrdquo Pearson Education2 Rafael C Gonzalez amp Richard E Woods ldquoDigital Image Processingrdquo AWL3 W K Prattrdquo Digital Image Processingrdquo4 Ramesh Jain Brian G Schunck ldquoMachine Visionrdquo TMH
P a g e 61 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 313 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrSYSTEM SIMULATION amp MODELING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Systems modeling general systems theory Concept of simulation Simulation as a decision-making tool types of simulation Simulation Terminologies- Application areas ndash Model Classification ndashTypes of Simulation- Steps in a Simulation study- Concepts in Discrete Event Simulation - Simulation Examples
Statistical Models Concepts Discrete Distribution Continuous Distribution Poisson Process Empirical Distributions- Queueing Models ndash Characteristics Notation ndash Queueing Systems ndash Markovian Models- Properties of random numbers- Generation of Pseudo Random numbers- Techniques for generating random numbers-Testing random number generators- Generating Random-Variates- Inverse Transform technique ndash Acceptance- Rejection technique Composition amp Convolution Method
Section ndash B
Design of Simulation Experiments Problem formulation data collection and reduction time flow mechanism key variables logic flow chart starting condition run size experimental design consideration output analysis and interpretation validation input modeling Data collection Assessing sample independence Hypothesizing distribution family with data Parameter Estimation Goodness-of-fit tests Selecting input models in absence of data Output analysis for a Single system Terminating Simulations Steady state simulations
Development of simulation models using simulation language studied for systems like queuing systems Production systems Inventory systems maintenance and replacement systems and Investment analysis Simulation Tools ndash Model Input High level computer system simulation CPU ndashMemory Simulation Comparison of systems via simulation ndash Simulation Programming techniques - Development of Simulation models Simulation programming languages ndash simulation suitability with characterist ics Comparison and selection of simulation languages study of any one simulation language
Text Books
1 Jerry Banks and John Carson ldquoDiscrete Event System Simulationrdquo Fourth Edition PHI 20052 Geoffrey Gordon ldquoSystem Simulationrdquo Second Edition PHI 20063 Narsingh Deo ldquoSystem Simulation with Digital Computer ldquoPrentice Hall India 20014 Frank L Severance ldquoSystem Modeling and Simulationrdquo Wiley 20015 Jerry Banks ldquoHandbook of Simulation Principles Methodology Advances Applications and Practicerdquo
Wiley 1998
P a g e 62 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 318 ndash ELECTIVE III INT EXT L T P CrBUSINESS INTELLIGENCE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to digital data and its types ndash structured semi-structured and unstructured Introduction to OLTP and OLAP (MOLAP ROLAP HOLAP) BI Definitions amp Concepts BI Framework Data Warehousing concepts and its role in BI BI Infrastructure Components ndash BI Process BI Technology BI Roles amp Responsibili ties Business Applications of BI BI best practices
Basics of Data Integration (Extraction Transformation Loading) Concepts of data integration needs and advantages of using data integration introduction to common data integration approaches Meta data - types and sources Introduction to data quality data profiling concepts and applications introduction to ETL using Kettle
Section ndash B
Introduction to Multi-Dimensional Data Modeling Introduction to data and dimension modeling multidimensional data model ER Modeling vs multi-dimensional modeling concepts of dimensions facts cubes attribute hierarchies star and snowflake schema introduction to business metrics and KPIs creating cubes using Microsoft Excel
Basics of Enterprise Reporting A typical enterprise Malcolm Baldrige - quality performance framework balanced scorecard enterprise dashboard balanced scorecard vs enterprise dashboard enterprise reporting using MS Access MS Excel best practices in the design of enterprise dashboards
Text Books
1 RN Prasad and Seema Acharya Fundamentals of Business Analytics Wiley India Ltd2 Mike Biere Business Intelligence for the Enterprise Prentice Hall Professional3 Teo Lachev Applied Microsoft Analysis Services 2005 And Microsoft Business Intelligence Platform
Prologika Press4 David Taniar Progressive methods in data warehousing and business intelligence concepts and
competitive analytics Idea Group Inc (IGI)5 Data warehousing the ultimate guide to building corporate business intelligence Birkhaumluser6 Mark Humphries Michael W Hawkins Michelle C Dy Data warehousing architecture and
implementation Prentice Hall Professional
P a g e 63 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 7th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023) SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
ECM 401 Cryptography and Network Security 3 1 0 35
ECE 413 Wireless amp Mobile Communications 3 1 0 35
ECM 402 Big Data amp Cloud Computing 3 1 0 35
ECE 304 Digital System Design 3 1 0 35
ECE 453 Wireless amp Mobile Communications Lab 0 0 2 10
ECE 354 Digital Signal Design Lab 0 0 2 10
ECM 453 Software Lab 0 0 2 10
Elective - IV 3 1 0 35
Elective ndash V 3 1 0 35
18 6 6 24
Total contact hours 30
ECE 453 ECE 354 amp ECM 453 are practical papers only There will not be any theory examination for these papers
Elective - IV
1 CPE 402 - Data Mining amp Warehousing2 CPE 403 - Information Security and Cyber Law3 CPE 308 - Computer Graphics4 CPE 409 - Advanced Computer Architecture5 CPE 304 - JAVA Programming6 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
Elective ndash V
1 ECE 401 - Microwave Engineering2 ECE 416 - Radar and Satellite Communication3 ECE 415 - Advanced Communication System4 ECE 407 - Nano Electronics5 ECE 408 - Biomedical Instrumentation6 ECE 409 - Optical Networks7 ECE 410 - Digital VLSI Design8 ECE 412 - Neural Networks and Fuzzy Logic9 ECE 417 - RF System Design10 ECE 418 - Digital Image and Speech Processing11 ECE 321 ndash Optical Fiber Communications12 M O O C - Massive Open Online Course
P a g e 64 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
The subjects which the students can opt from MOOC will be notified by the department semester-wise from time to time
P a g e 65 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 401 INT EXT L T P CrCRYPTOGRAPHY AND NETWORK SECURITY 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Conventional Encryption Introduction Conventional encryption model Steganography Data Encryption Standard block cipher Encryption algorithms confidentiality Key distribution
Public Key Encryption and Hashing Principles of public key cryptosystems RSA algorithm Diffie-Hellman Key Exchange Elliptic curve cryptology message authentication and Hash functions Hash and Mac algorithms Digital signatures
IP Security IP Security Overview IP security Architecture authentication Header Security payload security associations Key Management
Section ndash B
Web Security Web security requirement secure sockets layer transport layer security secure electronic transaction dual signature
Security System Intruders Viruses Worms firewall design Trusted systems antivirus techniques digital Immune systems
Text Books
1 William Stallings Cryptography and Network security 2nd ed Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
1999
2 Baldwin R and Rivest R The RC5 RC5-CBC RC5-CBC-Pad and RC5-CTS Algorithmsrdquo
October1996
P a g e 66 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 413 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective Wireless communication has become a ubiquitous part of modern life from global cellular telephone systems to local and even personal area network The objective of the course is that students should be able to familiarize with the evolution and basics of wireless communication technology identify and explain various wireless systems design aspects of cellular systems radio propagation mechanism fading and upcoming wireless networks
Course Outcomes By the end of this course the students will be able to Explain the fundamental concepts of wireless communication systems Learn cellular system design basics and frequency management techniques Describe capacity increase mechanisms interference reduction strategies and long-distance propagation concepts Understand effects of fading voice coding techniques and signal processing in GSM network Update themselves with recent technology and happenings in the field of mobile technology
Section ndash A
Introduction History of wireless communication Future trends in cellular radio and personal communications Second generation (2G) cellular networks evolution to 25G wireless networks (HSCSD GPRS and EDGE for 25G GSM and IS-136 IS-95B for 25G CDMA) 3G Wireless Networks 3G W-CDMA (UMTS) 3G CDMA 2000 3G TD-SCDMA Wireless local loop (WLL) and LMDS WLANs Bluetooth and PANs
Cellular Concepts Introduction frequency reuse channel alignment strategies hand off strategies interference and system capacity Trunking and grade of service improving coverage and capacity in cellular systems using cell splitting sectoring cellular system design considerations
Mobile Radio Propagation Large scale path loss Introduction to radio wave propagation Free space propagation model Three basic propagation mechanism reflection ground reflection (two-ray) model Diffraction scattering shadow fading combined path loss and shadowing
Section ndash B
Small Scale Fading and Multipath Introduction small scale multipath propagation Impulse response of a multipath channel Factors influencing small scale fading parameters of mobile multipath channels (time dispersion coherence bandwidth doppler spread and coherence time) Types of small scale fading Rayleigh Rician and Nakagami fading distributions
Spread Spectrum Modulation Techniques Pseudo- noise (PN) sequences DS-SS FH-SS Block diagram of IS-95 forward link block diagram of IS-95 reverse link GSM (Architecture Channels and signal processing)
Current and upcoming Wireless Systems 4G LTE 5G Adhoc networks
Text Books
1 Mobile cellular Telecommunications William C Y Lee 2nd Edition McGraw Hill Latest edition
2 Wireless and Digital communications Dr Kamilo Feher 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
3 Wireless communication principal amppractice TS Rappaport 2nd Edition PHI Latest edition
4 Wireless Communications- Andrea Goldsmith Cambridge University Press
P a g e 67 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 402 INT EXT L T P CrBIG DATA amp CLOUD COMPUTING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To learn how to use Cloud Services To implement Virtualization To implement Task Scheduling algorithms Apply Map-Reduce concept to applications To build Private Cloud Broadly educate to know the impact of engineering on legal and societal issues involved
Section ndash A
Introduction Big Data and its importance Four Vrsquos Drivers for Big data Big data analytics Big data applications
Introduction to Hadoop Hadoop Eco System Moving Data in and out of Hadoop Understanding inputs and outputs of MapReduce
NoSQL Use of NoSQL Types of NoSQL databases Advantages of NoSQL SQL vs NoSQL
MongoDB Introduction to MongoDB key features Core Server tools MongoDB through the JavaScriptrsquos Shell Creating and Querying through Indexes Document-Oriented principles of schema design Constructing queries on Databases collections and documents MongoDB Query Language
Section ndash B
Recent trends in Computing Grid Computing Cluster Computing Distributed Computing Utility Computing Cloud computing
Cloud Computing Architecture Comparison with clientserver computing architecture Services provided at various levels Role of Networks in Cloud computing protocols used Role of Web services Service Models (XaaS) Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) Platform as a Service (PaaS) Software as a Service (SaaS) Public cloud Private cloud Hybrid cloud Community cloud
Cloud Security Infrastructure Security Network level security Host level security Application level security Data security and Storage Data privacy and security issues Jurisdictional issues raised by Data location Identity amp Access Management Access Control Trust Reputation Risk Authentication in cloud computing Client access in cloud Cloud contracting Model Commercial and business considerations
Text Books
1 Cloud Computing Bible Barrie Sosinsky Wiley-India 2010
2 Cloud Computing Principles and Paradigms Editors Rajkumar Buyya James Broberg Andrzej M
Goscinski Wiley 2011
3 Cloud Computing Principles Systems and Applications Editors Nikos Antonopoulos Lee Gillam
Springer 2012
4 Cloud Security A Comprehensive Guide to Secure Cloud Computing Ronald L Krutz Russell Dean
Vines Wiley-India 2010
5 Boris lublinsky Kevin t Smith AlexeyYakubovich Professional Hadoop Solutions Wiley ISBN
9788126551071 2015
6 Chris EatonDirk derooset al Understanding Big data McGraw Hill 2012
7 BIG Data and Analytics Sima Acharya Subhashini Chhellappan Willey
P a g e 68 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 304 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize the student with the analysis design and evaluation of digital systems of medium complexity that are based on SSI MSI and Programmable logic devices Also to familiarize the students with the issues in the design of i terative networks timing analysis of synchronous and asynchronous systems
Section ndash A
Review of Digital Electronics Concept MSI and LSI Circuits and Their Applications Arithmetic Circuits Comparators Multiplexers Code Converters XOR And AND-OR INVERTER Gates Wired Logic Bus Oriented Structures Tri-State Bus System Propagation Delay
Sequential Machines The Concept of Memory The Binary Cell The Cell and The Bouncing Switch Set Reset D Clocked T Clocked JK Flip Flop Design of Clock FF State Diagram Synchronous Analysis Process Design Steps for Traditional Synchronous Sequential Circuits State Reduction Design Steps for Next State Decoders Design of Out Put Decoders
Section ndash B
Multi Input System Controller Design System Controllers Design Phases and System Documentation Defining the System Timing and Frequency Considerations MDS Diagram State Assignment Next State Decoders and Its Maps Output Decoders ROM PLA And PAL Based Design
Asynchronous Finite State Machines Scope Asynchronous Analysis Design of Asynchronous Machines Cycle and Races Plotting and Reading the Excitation Map Hazards Essential Hazards Map Entered Variable MEV Approaches to Asynchronous Design Hazards in Circuit Developed by MEV Method
Text Books
1 Fletcher WI Engineering Approach to Digital Design Prentice Hall of India (2007) 4th ed2 Wakerly JF Digital Design Principles and Practices Prentice Hall of India (2013) 5th ed
Reference Books
1 Givone D D Digital Principles and Design Tata McGraw Hill (2007) 2nd ed2 Tocci RJ Digital Systems Principles and Applications Prentice-Hall (2006) 10th ed3 Mano MM and Clitti M D Digital Design Prentice Hall (2001) 3rd ed
P a g e 69 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 453 INT EXT L T P CrWIRELESS amp MOBILE COMMUNICATION LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
Note Do any Eight Experiments
I On Satellite Trainer Kit
1 Understanding the basic concepts of satellite Communication 2 Establish direct Communication link between uplink transmitter and downlink receiver using tone
signal 3 To Setup an active Satellite link and Demonstrate link fail Operations 4 To Establish an Audio-Video Satellite link between Transmitter and Receiver 5 To Communicate Voice Signal Through Satellite Link 6 To change different combinations of Uplink amp Downlink frequencies and to check Communication
Link 7 To Transmit and Receive 3 Separate Signals (Audio Video Tone) Simultaneously through Satellite
Link 8 To Transmit and Receive Function Generator Waveforms Through Satellite Link 9 To Transmit and Receive PC Data Through Satellite Link
II On Mobile Phone Trainer Kit
1 To study the Tx IQRx IQ Signals 2 To Observe signal constellation of GMSK signal 3 To Study the Working of Audio IC 4 To Study the Working of a SIM card in a GSM handset 5 To Study SIM CARD Detection
III On Antenna Trainer Kit
1 To study Antenna Trainer Kit 2 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Dipole 3 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ4 Dipole 4 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample λ2 Folded Dipole 5 To Draw the Directional Pattern of Sample other Antennas
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 70 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 354 INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL SYSTEM DESIGN LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
LIST OF EXPERIMENTS
1 Design all logic gates using VHDL
2 Write a VHDL programs for Half Adder circuit
3 Write a VHDL programs for Full Adder circuit
4 Write a VHDL programs for Multiplexer amp Demultiplexer circuits
5 Write a VHDL programs for Encoder amp Decoder circuits
6 Write a VHDL programs for Comparator circuit
7 Write a VHDL programs for Code Converter circuit
8 Write a VHDL programs for Flip-Flop circuit
9 Write a VHDL programs for Counter circuit
10 Write a VHDL programs for Register amp Shift Register circuits
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working
projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20
weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 71 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECM 453 INT EXT L T P CrSOFTWARE LAB 50 50 0 0 1 10
Experiments The list of experiments will be based on the current market requirements and recent trends in latest software regime being followed to employ students with best in class skills at that present time
Special Note In addition to above experiments every student has to prepare a working projectkithardware or software model based on the above syllabusexperiments 20 weightage (internal (10) + external (10)) will be given for this during evaluations
P a g e 72 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 402 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrDATA MINING amp WAREHOUSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To introduce students to the basic concepts and techniques of Data Mining To develop skills of using recent data mining software for solving practical problems To gain experience of doing independent study and research To study the methodology of engineering legacy databases for data warehousing and data mining to derive business rules for decision support systems Develop and apply critical thinking problem-solving and decision-making skills Develop and apply enthusiasm for learning Class participation is encouraged in this course
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to RDBMS data warehouse transactional databases data mining functionalities classification of data mining system major issues in data mining
Data Preprocessing Data Cleaning Data Integration and Transformation Data Reduction Discretization and Concept Hierarchy Generation
Data Warehouse And OLAP Need for Data Warehousing Difference from Traditional Databases Data Warehouse Architecture Multidimensional Data Model Schemas for Multi-Dimensional Model Star Snowflake amp Fact Constellation OLAP Operations Types of OLAP Servers ROLAP Versus MOLAP Versus HOLAP
Introduction to Data Mining Basics of data mining Data mining techniques KDP (Knowledge Discovery Process) Application and Challenges of Data Mining Security Issue Privacy Issue
Section ndash B
Mining Association Rules in Large Databases Association Rule Mining Apriori Algorithm FP Growth Algorithm latest trends in association rules mining
Classification and Clustering classification and prediction issues regarding classification and prediction decision tree induction algorithm rule-based classification using if-then rules for classification prediction linear amp nonlinear regression cluster analysis type of data for cluster analysis introduction to Categorization of Major Clustering Methods Classical Parti tioning Method k-Means
Introduction to Mining Complex Types of Data Complex data objects Mining spatial databases Multimedia databases Time Series and sequence databases Text databases and World Wide Web
Text Books
1 Jiawei Han and MichelineKamber ldquoData Mining Concepts and Techniquesrdquo 2 gan Kaufmann Publishers 2000 (ISBN 1-55860-489-8)3 Ian H Witten and Eibe Frank ldquoData Mining Practical Machine Learning Tools and Techniques with
Java implementationsrdquo Morgan Kaufmann Publishers San Fransisco CA (2000)4 Dorian Pyle ldquoData Preparation for Data Miningrdquo Morgan Kaufmann (1999)5 Korth Silbertz Sudarshan ldquoDatabase Conceptsrdquo McGraw Hill6 Elmasri Navathe ldquoFundamentals Of Database Systemsrdquo Addision Wesley
P a g e 73 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 403 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrINFORMATION SECURITY AND CYBER LAW 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To provide an understanding Computer forensics fundamental To analyze various computer forensics technologies To provide computer forensics systems To identify methods for data recovery To apply the methods for preservation of digital evidence
Section ndash A
Introduction to Internet Cyber Space and threats Computer Storage Cell Phone Mobile Forensics Computer Ethics and Application Programs
Electronic and Digital Signatures -Intellectual Property ndash Data Protection and Privacy Need for cyber law and forensics Jurisprudence of Indian Cyber Law
Foot printing WHOIS and DNS enumeration network reconnaissance Email spoofing Email bombing Data diddling Denial of service attack Virusworm attacks- trojans and keyloggers Internet t ime theft Web jacking Phishing-Smishing-Vishing-Identity theft Cyber terrorism- use of encryption by terrorists Human trafficking
Section ndash B
The Legal Perspective ndash The IT Act Challenges faced by IT Act and its amendments Sections Under IT Act- Section 43656667686970 Section relevant to cybercrime under IPC (Indian Penal Code)
Ethical hacking Need penetration testing Information gathering tools like n-map vulnerabili ty detection scanners like nessus nexpose information analysis and planning attack and penetration tools like Metasploit results analysis and reporting
Text Books
1 Cyber Security - Understanding cybercrimes computer forensics and legal perspectives by Nina Godbole and Sunit Belapure
2 System Forensics by Ankit Fadia 3 hacking Exposed network security secrets and solutions by Stuart McClure Scambray and Kurtz Tata
McGraw Hill
P a g e 74 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 308 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrCOMPUTER GRAPHICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course objectives To provide comprehensive introduction about computer graphics system design algorithms and two-dimensional transformations To make the students familiar with techniques of clipping three-dimensional graphics and three-dimensional transformations The computer graphics course prepares students for activit ies involving in design development and testing of modeling rendering shading and animation
Section ndash A
Graphics Hardware Raster CRTs Raster and Random Scan Displays Display Controllers and Processors Graphics Input Devices Applications of Computer Graphics
Raster Scan Conversion Algorithms Line Drawing Algorithms (DDA amp Bresenhamrsquos) Circle Drawing Algorithms (Mid-Point and Bresenhamrsquos)
Two-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Rotation and Scaling) Matrix Representation and Homogenous Coordinates Shear and Reflection Transformations Composite TransformationsFilling Region fi lling Algorithms (Boundary Fill and Flood Fill)
Section ndash B
Windowing and Clipping Viewing pipeline viewing transformations 2-D Clipping algorithms- Line clipping algorithms (Cohen Sutherland Liang Barsky algorithm) Polygon clipping (Sutherland Hodgeman polygon clipping Weiler and Atherton polygon clipping)
Three-Dimensional Geometric Transformations Basic Transformations (Translation Scaling Rotation) Composite transformations
Projections Parallel and Perspective
Visible Surface Detection Methods Depth Buffer Method A-Buffer Method Scan Line Method Area Subdivision Method
Shading Gouraud and Phong Shading Algorithms Properties of Bezier and B-Spline Curves
Text Books
1 Computer Graphics By Donald Hearn M Pauline Baker2 Computer Graphics (Schaum Series) by Lipschutz (MC Graw Hill)3 Principles of Interactive Computer graphics By WM Newman R Sproull4 Fundamentals of Interactive Computer Graphics By JD Foley A Van Dam5 Computer Graphics Using OPEN GL By FS Hill Jr6 Computer Graphics Roy A Plastock Gordon Kalley
P a g e 75 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 409 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMPUTER ARCHITECTURE 50 50 3 1 0 35
Section ndash A
Introduction to Parallel Processing Evolution of Computer Architecture Parallelism in Uniprocessor System Parallel Computer Structures Architectural Classifications Schemes Multiprocessors and Multicomputers Multisector and SIMD Computers Parallel processing application
Memory and input output subsystems Hierarchical Memory structure Virtual memory system Memory Allocation and Management Cache Memories and Management Input-Output Subsystem
Pipelining and Vector Processing Pipelining Instruction and Arithmetic Pipelines Principles of Designing Pipelined Processors Vector Processing Requirements Vector Super Computers Pipeline Chaining and Vector Loops Vectorization and Optimization Methods
Section ndash B
Structures and Algorithms for Array Processors SIMD Array Processors SIMD Interconnection Networks Static amp Dynamic Networks Mesh Connected Network Cube interconnection Networks Parallel Algorithms for array processors Associative Array Processing
Multiprocessor Architecture and Programming Functional Structures Interconnection Networks Multi stage networks for multiprocessors Parallel Memory Organization Multiprocessor Operating System Exploiting Concurrency for Multiprocessing
Text Books
1 Hawang kai Briggs FA Computer Architectures and Parallel Processing McGraw-Hill2 Kain Richard Y Advanced Computer Architecture PHI3 Hwang Kai Advanced Computer Architecture McGraw-Hill4 Mano M Computer System Architecture PHI
P a g e 76 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
CPE 304 ndash ELECTIVE IV INT EXT L T P CrJAVA PROGRAMMING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The model of object-oriented programming abstract data types encapsulation inheritance and polymorphism Fundamental features of an object-oriented language like Java object classes and interfaces exceptions and libraries of object collections How to take the statement of a business problem and from this determine suitable logic for solving the problem then be able to proceed to code that logic as a program written in Java How to test document and prepare a professional looking package for each business project using javadoc
Section ndash A Introduction to Java Features of Java difference between Java and C++ JVM Bytecode data types Wrapper types variables arrays operators-arithmetic bit-wise relational Boolean various control statements
Introduction to Classes Class fundamentals declaring objects methods constructors garbage collection passing parameters to methods recursion
Inheritance types of inheritance Access Modifiers (Private Public Protected Default) Polymorphism (Overloading Overriding Super amp This Keyword) Final Variable Final Classes amp Methods Static variable Static method Abstract methods and classes Packages and interfaces importing packages
Exception Handling Exception types try catch finally throw and throws creating exception subclasses
Section ndash BMultithreading Multithread programming thread priorities synchronization interthread communication Thread class methods runnable interface
IO InputOutput streams reading and writing console inputoutput reading and writing files
Applets and Graphics Applet fundamentals Applet class Applet init ialization and termination event handling keyboard and mouse events AWT class Layout managers panels canvases Frame windows drawing lines rectangles ell ipses
JDBC programming Commonly used classes and interfaces of javasql package connecting java application to a database prepared statements
Advance Concepts Introduction to Java Beans Java Swings Java Server Pages
Recommended Books
1 Dietel and Dietal Java How to Program 6th Edition Pearson Education 2 Herbert Schildt The Complete Reference Java2 TMH 3 James Edward Keogh Jim Keogh J2EE The complete Reference McGraw-Hill
P a g e 77 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 401 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrMICROWAVE ENGINEERING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To enhance studentrsquos comprehensive capabilities in Microwave engineering through understanding of electromagnetic wave generation transmission and measurements theory and technology by study of microwave transmission medium media and microwave devices and components
Section ndash A
Microwave Tubes and Circuits High frequency limitations of conventional tubes klystrons ndash two cavity klystron multicavity klystron Reflex klystron Travelling wave magnetron - operation and characteristics Helix TWT construction operation and applications
Microwave Solid State Devices amp Their Applications Classification of Microwave Devices Diodes-PIN diode Tunnel Diode varactor and step recovery diodes Transferred Electron Devices- GUNN Diode Avalanche transit time effect- IMPATT Microwave Transistors and high electron mobility transistor-characteristics and performance
Section ndash B
Microwave Components Waveguide Microwave Junctions Scattering matrix and their properties Microwave T junctions ndash H Plane Tee E Plane Tee Magic Tee Rat Race Junction Directional coupler ndashscattering matrix of a directional coupler Waveguide joints bends corners re-entrant cavities Ferrite devices ndash faraday rotation in devices circulator amp isolator phase shifters and microwave attenuators
Microwave Measurements General measurement setup Microwave bench power measurement ndash low medium amp high Attenuation measurement Measurement of VSWR Smith Charts Measurement of Impedance Impedance matching-single and double stub tuners
Text Books
1 Microwave devices and circuits Samuel Liao PHI2 Microwave devices and radar Engg M Kulkarni Umesh Publications3 Foundation of Microwave Engg RE Collin McGraw Hill4 Microwave Engg KC Gupta
P a g e 78 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 416 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRADAR amp SATELLITE COMMUNICATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives The objective of this course is to understand analysis of waveguides and gain complete knowledge about microwave components design of impedance matching and tuning using lumped and distributed elements for network to analyze and study characteristics of microwave tube generators and amplifiers and study different RADARs and its supporting systems The course will also provide an in-depth understanding of different concepts used in a satellite communication system like the tools necessary for the calculation of basic parameters in a satellite communication system knowledge about every aspect of satellite communication such as orbital mechanics launching techniques satellite link design earth station technology and different access system towards a satellite
Section ndash A Introduction To Radar Basic Radar Radar equation Radar Block diagram Radar frequencies applications of Radar detection of signals in noise receiver noise and Signal to Noise ratio Probability of detection and false Alarm integration of Radar pulses Radar cross section targets Radar cross section of Fluctuations Antenna parameters system losses
MTI and Doppler Radar Introduction to Doppler and MTI Radar Delay line cancellers Staggered Pulse repetition Frequencies Moving Target Detector Limitations of moving platform Pulse Doppler Radar tracking with Radar Monopulse Tracking Conical Scan and sequential Lobing Limitation to tracking accuracy Tracking in Range
Section ndash B
Orbital aspects of Satellite Communication Introduction to geo-synchronous and geo-stationary satellites Keplerrsquos laws Locating the satellite with respect to the earth sub-satellite point look angles mechanics of launching a synchronous satellite Orbital effects Indian scenario in communication satellites Satellite sub-systems Attitude and Orbit control systems Telemetry Tracking and command control system Power supply system Space craft antennas multiple access techniques comparison of FDMA TDMA CDMA
Satellite link design basic transmission theory system noise temperature and GT ratio design of down link and uplink design of satellite links for specified CN satellite data communication protocols
Text Books
1 Introduction to Radar system by Merrill l Skolnik 3rd Edition Mcgraw Hill 20032 Satellite Communication By T Pratt amp CW Bostain Wiely eastern 2002 2 n d edit ion3 Satellite Communication By Tri T Ha Tata Mcgraw Hill 2nd Edition 1990
P a g e 79 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 415 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrADVANCED COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To impart knowledge about advanced communication systems and related design parameters To inculcate ability in students to design wireless communication systems which can provide high data rate to a large number of users The main goal is to utilize the concepts of analogdigital modulation techniques and signal processing in transmission and reception of wireless signals under static and dynamic channels in the presence of noise
Section ndash A
Radio channels and coding Characteristics of Mobile Radio channels Channel capacity and Diversity Overview of STBCs and STTCs
OFDM Introduction Basic principle of OFDM Block diagram of OFDM OFDM standards Spectrum analysis of OFDM Capacity analysis of OFDM Multi-path effects on OFDM BER analysis of OFDM timing and frequency synchronization PAPR in OFDM and its effects mitigation of PAPR
Section ndash B
WiMAX and LTE Background of IEEE 80216 and WiMAX Features of WiMAX WiMAX Network Architecture WiMAX physical layer WiMAX MAC layer channel performance of WiMAX Overview of LTE SAEEPS Architecture of LTE Frame structure in LTE Applications of WiMAX and LTE
MIMO Introduction to MIMO MIMO Spatial Multiplexing MIMO Channel Capacity MIMO Diversity and applications MIMO-OFDM Channel estimation for MIMO-OFDM Multi-user MIMO systems
Text Books
1 Ezio Biglieri Robert Calderbank and Andrea Goldsmith ldquoMIMO Wireless Communicationsrdquo Cambridge University Press
2 Mohinder Jankiraman ldquoSpace-Time Codes and MIMO Systemsrdquo Artech House3 Jeffrey G Andrews Arunabha Ghosh and Rias Muhamed ldquoFundamentals of WiMAX - Understanding
Broadband Wireless Networkingrdquo Prentice Hall4 Abd-Elhamid M Taha and Hossam S Hassanein ldquoLTE LTE-Advanced and WiMAX - Towards IMT-
Advanced Networksrdquo John Wiley and Sons Ltd5 Ramjee Prasad ldquoOFDM for Wireless Communications Systemsrdquo Artech House
P a g e 80 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 407 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNANO ELECTRONICS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objectives To understand the fundamentals of Nanotechnology To give a general introduction to different types of nanomaterials spintronic bio electronics molecular electronics organic electronics nano fabrication techniques surface analytical instrumentation techniques micro electro mechanical system (MEMS) and nano electro mechanical system (NEMS) To impart basic knowledge on nano fabrication and surface analytical instrumentation techniques To bring out the magnetic properties optical properties and applications of nano materials
Section ndash A
Introduction Introduction to Nano-scale Science and Nano-scale Technology Why nano science and nano technology Length energy and time scales Nano structure types and properties electronic and optical properties of materials sensors
Quantum wires and dots single electron effects and single electron transistors coulomb blockade effects in ultra-small metall ic tunnel junctions Quantum confinement of electrons in semiconductor nanostructures two-dimensional confinement (quantum wells) Band gap engineering Epitaxy
Fabrication Nanomagnets and spintronics non-ideal interfaces and defects nano fabrication (Lithography Self-assembly Contact imprinting) molecular electronics Organic Electronics (Carbon Fullerness and nanotubes polymers)
Bio Electronics Introduction Binding of Organic semiconductors DNA computing
Section ndash B
Nano-Photonics Emitters Wave Guides Detectors Photonic Crystals
Surface Analytical Instrumentation Techniques for Nanotechnology Atomic scale characterization techniques scanning tunneling microscopy atomic force microscopy Low Energy Electron Diffraction (LEED) Scanning Probe Microscopy UV Photo electron spectroscopy (UPS)
Mems and Nems MicroElectro mechanical systems (MEMS) and Nano electro mechanical systems (NEMS) size dependent electronic magnetic and optical behavior of nano materials
Application Introduction to quantum methods of information processing Nano Particles and Environmental Hazardness Industrial applications of Nano Sized materials
TEXT BOOKS
1 Transport in Nanostructures- David Ferry Cambridge University Press20002 Introduction to Mesoscopic Physics - Y Imry Oxford University Press19973 Electron Transport in Mesoscopic Systems S Datta Cambridge University Press19954 Single Charge Tunneling H Grabert and M Devoret Plenum Press19925 Handbook of Microlithography Micromachining and Microfabrication - P Rai Choudhary SPIE1997
P a g e 81 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 408 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrBIOMEDICAL INSTRUMENTATION 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective This course will cover various systems of the human physiology signals of biological origin obtained from these systems biosensors transducers bioelectrodes used to acquire such signals and amplifiers for measuring biopotentials Electrical safety of medical devices measurements of the blood pressure blood flow respiratory system clinical laboratory equipment medical imaging and bioethics will also be discussed The main objective of this course is to introduce student to basic biomedical engineering technology As a result student can understand design and evaluate systems and devices that can measure test andor acquire biological information from the human body
Section ndash A
Human Body Subsystems Brief description of neuronal Muscular Cardiovascular and respiratory systems their electrical Mechanical and chemical activities
Transducers and Electrodes Principles and classification of transducers for bio-medical applications Electrode theory Different types of electrodes Selection criteria for transducers and electrodes
Cardiovascular System Measurements Measurement of blood pressure Blood flow Measurement of pH value of blood Cardiac rate Heart sounds Electrocardiograph Plethysmograph
Respiratory System Measurements Measurement of gas volume Flow rate Carbon-dioxide and oxygen concentration in exhaled air
Measurement of Electrical Activity in Neuromuscular System and Brain Neuron potential Muscle potential Electromyograph Brain potentials Electroencephalograph
Section ndash B
Medical Imaging Diagnostic X-rays CAT MRI Ultrasonography Medical use of isotopes Endoscopy
Patient Care Monitoring and Safety Measures Elements of intensive care monitoring Basic hospital systems and components Physiological effect of electric currents Shock hazards from electrical equipment Safety measures
Assisting and Therapeutic Devices Introduction to cardiac pacemakers Defibrillators Ventilators Diathermy
Bio-Telemetry and Lasers Physiological parameters adaptable to Bio-telemetry components of a bio telemetry system Application of telemetry in patient care Application of lasers to biomedical sciences
TEXT BOOKS
1 L Biomedical Instrumentation and Measurement - Chromwell FJ Weibell EA Pfeiffer Prentice Hall of India New Delhi
2 Introduction to biomedical Equipment technology- Carr JJ and Brown JM Pearson Publishers Delhi3 Medical Instrumentation applications and design -J G Webster John Wiley Sons New York4 Handbook of Biomedical Instrumentation- RS Khandpur Tata Mc Graw Hill New Delhi5 Principles of applied Biomedical Instrumentation -LG Geddes LE Baker John Wiley Sons New
York
P a g e 82 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 409 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL NETWORKS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The objective of this course is to learn the basic elements of optical fiber transmission l ink fiber glass modes configurations and structures to understand different kinds of losses signal attenuation in optical fibers amp other dispersion factor to learn various optical sources LEDLASER structures receivers (PIN APD) and noise performance Also this course will provide the understanding of optical network system components variety of networking aspects SONETSDH and study of network operations OTDM OTDN etc l ink budget amp network design and management At the end of the course students will be able to apply the fundamental principles of optics and light wave to design optical fiber communication systems differentiate losses in optical fiber link and state transmission characterist ics of optical fiber design optical fiber communication links using appropriate optical fibers light sources detectors explore concept of designing and operating principles of modern optical systems and networks apply different network access schemes and packet switching in OFC systems design and manage networks with appropriate consideration
Section ndash A
Optical Networking Optical networking principle and challenges WDM networking evolution WDM network construction wireless optical systems switching elements Optical Add-Drop Multiplexers Optical Cross-Connect Micro-Electro Mechanical Systems Nonreconfigurable Wavelength Router Reconfigurable Wavelength-Routing Switch Wavelength conversion technologies
Designing WDM Optical Networks Systems Consideration Channels Power Considerations All-optical Cycle of Elimination Additional Considerations Elements of Local-Area WDM Network Design WDM Wide-Area Network Design Issues WDM Metro Network Design Issues Optical Access Network Design Issues
SONET amp SDH evolution multiplexing structure frame structure envelopes functional components problem detection payload pointers VTs overhead bytes SONET amp SDH concatenation Architecture of optical transport networks Digital wrappers hierarchy OTN layer models
Section ndash B
Optical Access Networks Introduction Challenges in Access Networks Next-Generation Access Networks Overview of PON Technologies Optical SplittersCouplers PON Topologies Burst-Mode Transceivers Ethernet PON (EPON) Access Network Ethernet Gaining in Prominence Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation Algorithms Considerations for IP-based Services over EPON Other Types of PONS APONBPON Generalized naming Procedure PON WDM-PON Architectures
ATM vs IP in optical internets IP over ATM amp SONET OSI internet layered model Encapsulation amp its methods PPP packet ATM vs IP debate Optical Internets Evolution to 3G architecture
Text Books
1 Optical WDM Networks - Biswanath Mukherjee ndash Springer2 Optical Networks-Third Generation Transport Systems ndash Uyless Black Pearson
Education3 Optical Network Design and Implementation - Vivek Alwayn Pearson Education4 Understanding SONETSDH and ATM-communications networks for the next millennium by
Stamatious V Kartalopoulos Prentice - Hall India
P a g e 83 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 410 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL VLSI DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective The course is designed to give the student an understanding of the different design steps required to carry out a complete digital VLSI (Very-Large-Scale Integration) design in silicon It will explore the fundamental concepts and structures of designing digital VLSI systems include CMOS devices and circuits standard CMOS fabrication processes CMOS design rules static and dynamic logic structures interconnect analysis CMOS chip layout simulation and testing low power techniques design tools and methodologies VLSI architecture
Section ndash A
MOS Transistor Theory Evolution of ICs Masking sequence of NMOS and CMOS Structures Electrical Design Rules Stick Diagram Layout Design Introduction to MOS Physics MOSFET Work Function MOS Models MOSFET Structure and Operation Accumulation Depletion and Inversion region Weak and Strong Inversion Threshold voltage Current-Voltage characteristics Body effect MOSFET Scaling theory Limits of miniaturization small geometry effects Sub threshold conduction
Circuit Characterization Resistive Load amp Active Load MOS Inverters NMOS Inverters CMOS Inverters Static Characterist ics Switching Characteristics Interconnect Parasit ics Propagation Delay Static and Dynamic Power Dissipation Noise Margin Logic Threshold Voltage
Section ndash B
Combinational amp Sequential Circuits MOS Logic Circuits with Depletion NMOS loads CMOS Logic Circuits Complex logic circuits Pass Gate Transmission Gate Double Gate Transistor Behavior of Bistable elements SR Latch Circuit Clocked Latch and Flip-Flop Circuits CMOS D-Latch and Edge-triggered Flip-flop Subsystem Design- Adders shifters ALU High Performance Dynamic CMOS Circuits ROM Circuits Static and Dynamic RAM Circuits
VLSI Design Methodologies Semi-custom and Full-Custom Design including Cell Library and Gate Array Based Design FPGA BiCMOS Logic Circuits Design for Testability
TEXT BOOKS
1 Basic VLSI design systems and circuits- Pucknell DA and Eshraghian K PHI2 VLSI design techniques for analog and digital circuits ndash Geiger Rr Allen PE Strader NR
P a g e 84 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 412 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrNEURAL NETWORKS AND FUZZY LOGIC 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective To familiarize with soft computing concepts Introduce the ideas of Neural networks fuzzy logic and use of heuristics based on human experience Familiarize the concepts of Genetic algorithm Apply the soft computing concepts to solve practical problems One will be able to design supervised and unsupervised learning models
Section ndash A
Introduction History of neural networks biological neurons Artificial Neural Net terminology Model of a neuron topology Types of activation functions learning types of learning-supervised unsupervised re-inforcement learning
Neural Learning Perceptrons linear separability Basic learning laws Hebbs rule Delta rule Widrow amp Hoff LMS learning rule correlation learning rule instar and outstar learning rules Supervised learning- Multilayer networks back propagation algorithm and its variations unsupervised learning- competit ive learning K-means clustering algorithm Self-organizing maps Basic Hopfield model
Section ndash B
Radial Basis Functions RBF neural networks Introduction to counter Propagation networks CMAC networks ART networks Broad application areas of neural networks- classification clustering pattern association function approximation
Fuzzy Logic Basic concepts of Fuzzy Logic Fuzziness vs probabili ty Crisp logic vs fuzzy logic Fuzzy sets and systems operations on sets fuzzy relations membership functions fuzzy rule generation variable inference techniques defuzzification techniques Fuzzy applications in consumer products
Text Books
1 Artificial Neural Networks -Yegna Narayanan2 Neural Networks - Simon Haykin 3 Fuzzy logic with engineering application - ROSS JT (Tata Mc)4 Neural Networks amp Fuzzy Logic - Bart Kosko 5 Neural computing theory amp practice - PD Wasserman (ANZA PUB)6 Introduction to applied Fuzzy Electronics - Ahmad M Ibrahim (PHI)7 Introduction to artificial neural systems - JM Zurada Jaico Pub8 An introduction to Fuzzy control D Driankor H Hellendorn M Reinfrank
P a g e 85 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 417 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrRF SYSTEM DESIGN 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To design and analyse basic resonators and RF Filters 2 To study the operation and device characteristics of RF Active components 3 To design and analyze RF transistor amplifier 4 To understand the operation of Oscillators and mixers used in RF design
Section ndash A
Introduction RF circuits Impedance matching and Quality factor Efficiency Amplifiers RF preamplifiers fi lters Frequency converters Mixers Radio receivers
Oscillators And PLL Relaxation oscil lators Series resonant oscillators Negative resonant oscillators Oscillator dynamics Stabili ty oscillator noise Design examples phase locked loops-loop dynamics analysis Frequency synthesizers
Amplifiers and Power Supplies Amplifier specifications-gain bandwidth and impedance stability Amplifier design Noise considerations class C class D amplifiers High power amplifiers Rectifiers Switching converters Boost and Buck circuits
Section ndash B
Couplers and Waveguide Circuits Directional coupling Hybrids Power combining transformer equivalent circuits Double tuned transformers Transformers with magnetic and iron cores Transmission l ines transformers Baluns Waveguides matching in wave guide circuits Waveguide junctions coaxial lines resistance impedance bridge standing waves
Modulation and Detection Circuits AM High level modulation Digital to analog modulation SSB Angle and frequency modulation Diode detectors FM demodulators-Design power detectors Measurement of power Voltage and Impedance Swept frequency impedance measurements
Text Books
1 Jon B Hagen Radio Frequency Electronics Cambridge university press Cambridge19962 James Hardy High Frequency Circuit Design Resto Publishing Co NewYork19793 Ian Hickman RF HandBook Butter Worth Heinemann Ltd Oxford19934 Ulrich L Rohde TTN Bucher Communication Receivers McGraw Hill New York19985 R Ludcoig RF Circuit Design Pearson Asia Education and P Bretchko New Delhi2000
P a g e 86 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 418 ndash ELECTIVE V INT EXT L T P CrDIGITAL IMAGE AND SPEECH PROCESSING 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 Give the students a general understanding of the fundamentals of digital image processing 2 Introduce the student to analytical tools which are currently used in digital image processing as applied to image information for human viewing 3 To learn the fundamental concepts of digital image processing 4 To study basic image processing operations 5 To understand image analysis algorithms 6 To expose students to current applications in the field of digital image processing 7 Develop the studentrsquos abili ty to apply these tools in the laboratory in image restoration enhancement and compression 8 Understand differences between computer vision and image processing
The main purpose of this course is to provide the learners with solid fundamental tools and experience on the applied technology in the array of speech processing It also gives the opportunity to deepen and widen the understanding of this topic through the study of speech characterist ics and its applications in various fields l ike coding The course is one of the interesting applications of signal processing
Section ndash A
Introduction to Image Processing Overview of Image processing image processing and related fields types of images fundamental steps in image processing Image processing applications Digital image representation and image formation sampling amp Quantization amp application of image Processing
Image Processing operations Basic relationships and distance metrics classification of image processing operations Image Enhancement by Point operation An overview of point Processing constant amp non-linear operations between image amp histogram techniques
Section ndash B
Fundamentals of Digital Speech Processing Articulatory Phonetics ndash Production and Classification of Speech Sounds Acoustic Phonetics ndash Acoustics of speech production Review of Digital Signal Processing concepts Short-Time Fourier Transform Filter-Bank and LPC Methods A Review of Discrete-Time Signal amp Systems the Z-transform the DFT Fundamental of Digital Filters FIR system IIR Systems
Features Feature Extraction and Pattern Comparison Techniques Speech distortion measuresndash mathematical and perceptual ndash LogndashSpectral Distance Cepstral Distances Weighted Cepstral Distances and Filtering Likelihood Distortions
Text Books
1 Digital image processing by S Sridhar Oxford University Press2 Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang ldquoFundamentals of Speech Recognitionrdquo
Pearson Education 20033 Digital Image Processing by Rafael C Gonzale amp Richard E Woods Pearson Education Asia4 Fundamentals of digital image processing by AK Jain 1989 Prentice Hall Englewood Cliffs NJ5 Ben Gold and Nelson Morgan ldquoSpeech and Audio Signal Processing Processing and Perception of
Speech and Musicrdquo Wiley- India Edition 2006
P a g e 87 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
ECE 321 ndash ELECTIVE II INT EXT L T P CrOPTICAL FIBER COMMUNICATIONS 50 50 3 1 0 35
Course Objective 1 To understand the basic architecture of optical fiber and related losses like absorption attenuation bending etc 2 To understand the architecture of optical transmitter and receiver for optical communication systems 3 After gone through the design consideration of optical communication the various modulation techniques and measurement techniques will be studied
Section ndash A
Introduction Need of fiber optic communications and its advantages
Review of LEDs and Lasers optical sources PIN and APD diodes optical detectorsOptical Fiber Waveguides amp Its Connections Introduction Ray theory transmission Electromagnetic mode theory for optical propagation cylindrical fibers single mode fibers joints - fiber alignment splices connectors
Transmission Characteristics of Optical Fibers amp Cables Introduction Attenuation Material absorption losses Linear scattering losses Nonlinear scattering losses fiber bend loss Dispersion Intermodal dispersion Overall fiber dispersion Dispersion modified single-mode fibers Polarization
Section ndash B
Optical Fiber Systems Intensity modulationDirect Detection amp Coherent Introduction Optical transmitter circuit Optical receiver circuits system design considerations Digital systems Analog systems Advanced multiplexing strategies Coherent system constraints modulation formats Demodulation schemes Receiver sensitivities
Optical Fiber Measurements Introduction attenuation dispersion refractive index profile cutoff wavelength numerical aperture diameter mode field diameter and field measurements
Text Books
1 Optical Fiber Communications ndash John M Senior PHI 2 Fiber-Optic Communications Technology ndash Djafar K Mynbev Lowell L Scheiner Pearson Education
Asia3 Optical Fiber Communications ndash Gerd Keiser McGraw-Hill 4 Fiber Optics and Optoelectronics ndash R P Khare Oxford Publications5 Optoelectronics Fiber optics and Lasers a Text-Lab Manual - Morris Tischler McGraw Hill 6 Related IEEE papers amp websites
P a g e 88 of 89
Four Year BTech (ECM) Batch 2019 BOS 2020 Punjabi University Patiala
FOUR YEAR BTECH (Electronics and Computer Engineering)
Second Year 8th SEMESTERBatch 2019
(Session 2022-2023)
SCHEME OF PAPERS
CODE TITLE OF PAPERLOAD
L T P CR
PRJ 451 Project Semester - One Semester Training in Industry 0 0 0 20
INDUSTIAL VISIT BY FACULTY COORDINATOR (150 MARKS) (within 10-12 weeks of commencement of training)
Presentation 60 MarksViva-voce 60 MarksReport (Hard Copy) 30 Marks
Evaluation by Faculty Coordinator in consultation with Industrial Coordinator during industrial visit
EVALUATION BY A TEAM OF FACULTY MEMBERS IN THE INSTITUTE (250 MARKS)(within one week of completion of training)
Presentation 100 MarksViva-voce 100 MarksFinal Report (Hard Copy) 50 Marks
The final presentation and viva-voce will be conducted jointly by the faculty coordinator nominee of the Head to be appointed by the Head of the DepartmentThe letter grade will be awarded to the students according to marks obtained by himher out of total 400 marks
PRJ 451 L T P CrPROJECT SEMESTER 0 0 0 20
Project Semester spans over a period of one Semester
The students shall undertake project (s) in Industry RampD or service organizations under the joint supervision of a faculty member and an executive from the organization The emphasis of the work undertaken is on problem identification and its techno-economic solution for the benefit of the host industry
The project must normally include identification of problem data collection analysis and generating solutions with cost and benefits and recommendations for their implementation If a single project is not available in the industry more than one projects might be undertaken
The evaluation of the project semester should be carried out on a continuous basis and must include the evaluation by faculty coordinator during his visit(s) to the concerned industries evaluation by faculty coordinator towards the completion of the semester and the final evaluation in the Institute by a committee of faculty members
P a g e 89 of 89